“Omnes res creat sunt divine sapientix et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomid in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper saestimata ;

& veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

iniimica fuit.”—Linyavs.

* Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckngr, Théoric du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

oben boo 0 oo o Jie gale joer:

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

, 7 d

OA AUERE § QFLAMMAM,.

CONTENTS OF VOL. xX:

[SEVENTH SERIES, ]

NUMBER LY.

Page

I. Notes on Scottish Crustacea. By Tuomas Scort, F.LS.

Pee el sit AG sone Valin se hua DN NOTE nee es

Il. Descriptions of some new Species of African Solifuge and

wnenee., By th. I. Pocock. (Plates 11. & II.)... 0.60: semen es

III. Notes on some Recent Publications concerning Diatoms. By

ff. Conve and C) MERESCHKOWSKY 2.0.00. .e bee cees ee neces 27

IV. On the Genus Latrodectus, Walck. By FREDERICK PICKARD

Sema GHG ERA EY Zi, Si, rae e heele whe WParaln «(ata in tolsrereela'nia\arelara tales abe 38

V. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station —X UI.

On the Bees of the Family Nomadide of Ashmead. By T. D. A.

Cocmmrenm and EMERSON ATKINS ....ncc0csescncenensnsects 40

VI. New and little-known Species of Eastern and Australian

Moths. By Colonel C. Swinnos, M.A., F.LS., &. 22.2... eee 47

VII. Descriptions of a new South-African Galeid Selachian. By

SE SeOOULENGER PRS. (Plate. TV.) eines ccc cnet ese mes 51

VIII. Further Remarks on the Carboniferous Ganoid, Benedenius

deneensis, Traquair. By G. A. Boutenaer, F.R.S. ............ 52

IX. Notes on the Phyllostomatous Genera Mimon and Tonatia.

SRsgreae He EPUSE TG EM AGE CNIS Fog) goa: an a) gs 0! sg arse akacw a graven dh dh-cberenm «4pm, 0% 0) wi0. 6 53

X. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from

pieehasia nis, Assam, By P. CAMERON cic. ccee ne eeae nes o4

XI. Diagnoses of new Cichlid Fishes discovered by Mr. J. E. 8.

Moore in Lake Nvasa.' By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. .......... 69

New Books:—Paleontologia Indica. Series XVI. Vol. L. Part 3.

Fauna of the Upper Cretaceous (Maéstrichtian) Beds of the

Mari Hills. By Frirz Norr.ine, Ph.D., Paleontologist, Geol.

Surv. India.—Notes on the Morphology of the Pelecypoda. By

Frirz Norrie, Ph.D., F.G.S. Paleontologia Indica, New

71—78

WERICRHMVOle leer Arten, CAA Sco cacitelned QAO AT Ahn hae vee

Proceedings of the Geological Society ....c..ceesseee ee eeeee (ONG

1V CONTENTS.

NUMBER LVI.

Page

XII. Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from

the Whasia Hills, Assam, By PC AMMRON | 5. rne ei: ap tee 77

XITI. Some Notes on Nomenclature. By Freprmnick Pickarp

CAMBRIDGE, B.A, (F-ZS. ct. s ves cnclecka 1 shale eee ene ee ee 89

XIV. The Morphology of the Madreporaria.—II. Increase of

Mesenteries in Madrepora beyond the Protocnemic Stage. By J. E.

DvERDEN, Ph.D., A.R.C.Sc, (Lond.), Bruce Fellow, Johns Hopkins

University gas oo csh «3. lavas aces ttehels Ste ee pete ee 96

XV. A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Stromateide. By

Cy Tare REGAN, IBVAL 4. ce cica aloe se tle eels ae uniter a eiein te een 116

XVI. On the Pelvic Fins in the Postlarval and Young Stages of

Onus mustela (the Five-bearded Rockling), By Davin M. Pavt,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, (Plate V.) ............ 132

XVII. Notes and Descriptions of some Dynastide from Tropical

America, chiefly supplementary to the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana.’

By GirsERr J; ARROW, EeEuS: (yee eos ye nines enn eee 137

XVIII. Notes on the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.—II1.

On the Systematic Position of the Genus Lampris, and on the Limits

and Contents of the Suborder Catosteomi. By G. A. BouLENeEr,

BAR Se Gets cas cae eee see ee ees re ws a nlererr es or ie eee 147

XIX. Descriptions of Two new South-American Apodal Batra-

chians:~ ByiG.fA. BOULENGER ROR Sites oo scl rhe rt ee 152

XX. Description of a new Cyprinodontid Fish from Eastern Peru.

By GAS BOUDENGER, ERIS Mo ienier eyelet rcie ben nt 153

XXI. The Stridulating-organ in the Egyptian Beetle, Graphipterus

PaRLEGULUs.. Dyk, Ls PO COCK Waray a oiel eal os eee ia. epee 154

XXII. On Marmosa marmorata and elegans, with Descriptions of

new Subspecies of the latter. By OLprirLp THoMas ,......... 168

XXIII. The Genet of the Balearic Islands. By OLDFInLD THomas. 162

XXIV. On Two new Mammals from China. By OLprreip

THOMAS) ARIS) 5 SGC ise eeronte Wiese lout lotleke ec Geen Pcactenene tate aia 163

XXV. A new Vole from the Lower Yang-tse-kiang. By

OLDERINLD ULHOMASE 9.) pape cet etee spiel ech teria ire eee 166

XXVI. Diagnosis of a new Central-American Porcupine. By

ODGMRIEUD EHOMAS, 7 oie. cut eg mi tanpene aoe eee ee ab egeealle ies sete 169

New Book :—Paleontologia Indica, Series IX. Vol. II. Part 2.

The Jurassic Corals of Cutch. By J. W. Greeory, D.Sce.,

(Ch. ee Rae RaOE ais GO SU a Or ork ee oh oce 170

CONTENTS. Vv

NUMBER LVII.

Page

XXVIII. Rhynchotal Notes.—XIV. Heteroptera: Families Hydro-

metride, Henicocephalide, and Reduviide (part.). By W. L.

Da MENT Cee RU ee een ete oy aP, Miccckorelet Eigse sisicie.s.¢ sf aekas so. ues 173

XXVIII. A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Stromateide. By

SE aPIUAC iL Leta Nea eee ae ete ahd suis shacks Gh scree Wiestedencas hv Sade s 194

XXIX. On the Hymenoptera collected by Mr. W. L. Distant in

the Transvaal, South Africa, with Descriptions of supposed new

Species. By Lieut.-Colonel C.T. BINGHAM ..............00008: 207

XXX. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. By

Kerem Nerney eM Ea eer NS ad cate «1 ) oY 6 days &: Aula hos oh al 'ela Alex's ead Grarere Blowin oa 223

XXXI. Descriptions of Five new Species of Locustide from South

souaniemy, TENN hel) mel Ca sheh chal al Dis ON Ds eae ee ee 239

XXXII. A new Dik-Dik from British East Africa. By OLDFIELD

1 TESTE. 20.2 nih cg ERASE NOCHE NEES ODEO LCE Ea ae oe 242

XXXII. On a new Monkey from Nyasaland. By OLprreLp

TORR. I TAS. SR Le ee ee oer 2 ano tee ne an 243

XXXIV. On Two new Hares allied to Oryctolagus crassicaudatus.

By OLDEIELD: THOMAS 4). 20.065 0p 5s 400s oie se Gates ose 244

XXXV. New Forms of Saimirt, Oryzomys, Phyllotis, Coendou, and

Giclopess By OLD RENTED) LOMAS 6 oooc5's wa ssiw-os wieyeie ee 6 we ate wove 246

XXXVI. On the Panda of Sze-chuen. By Otpriretp THomas,. 261

XXXVII. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

—No. XXIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c.

(CATE U CAG A) einai Re ee cb Miat a's Cad the: SRN EY ura fata Wear Mats ape cahs 252

XXXVIII. List of the Fishes collected by Mr. W. L. 8S. Loat at

Gondokoro., By G; A. BOULENGER,, FURS... 5 cceseees ea sc seems 260

NUMBER LVIII.

XXXIX. On new Species of Histerida and Notices of others. By

Aira learenat Set eis Osea eral ers sts ws) 6 eyeis-+. sis, Sade slaves OR ee wey 6 as 265

XL. On the Systematic Position of Zuwvarus imperialis, Rafinesque.

Eee ee Ee EUG AN pst ate cidvcl stoic civ aldapehe (ten ww dialad saelain’s elec 278

XLI. Rhynchotal Notes.—XV. Heteroptera: Family Reduviide

(continued), Piratine and Ectrichodine. By W.L. Distant ..., 282

XLII. Notes on the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.—IV. On

the Systematic Position of the Pleuronectide. By G. A. BoULENGER,

IPLIR SE —g:a'o'6o-b Sid: CONOR ee ea CIS CTE AICI ONG eee 295

XLUI. A new Arrangement of the existing Species of Equide,

with the Description of a new Subspecies of “ Zebra.” By R. I,

eae PT aay cr el alate) si iNi's iS Avesta 9) opera) ee We wel eve.» WSS wl» on 504

vl CONTEN

Page

XLIV. On the East-African Representative of the Bongo and its

Generic Position, By OLpFieLp Tuomas, F.R.S. .............. 309

XLY. On some new Forms of Ofomys. By OLp¥rietp THomas.. 311

XLVI. Some new African Spiders. By R.I. Pocock ........ 315

XLVIL. Descriptions of Two new Coleoptera of the Family Bu-

prestide. By Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE, FES. ,......20+..00000s 350

XLVIII. Description of Two new Helicoid Land-Shells. By

GOK GupE, FAZiSs wot oe be oc ne tee oe ete ee 332

New Bovks :—International Catalogue of Scientific Literature.

First Annual Issue. ©. Botany. Vol. I. Part 1.—The Fauna

of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Edited by

W. T. Buanrorp. Rhynchota. Vol. I. (Heteroptera), By

W.L. Disrant.—Paleeontologia Indica. Series XV. Hima-

layan Fossils. Vol. III. Part 1. Upper Triassic Cephalopod

Faunee of the Himalaya. By Dr. Epmunp Mogssisovics, EpLEM

von Mogsvar, Imp. Acad. Vienna, &c. Translated by

Dr. AntHUR H. Foorp, F.G.S,, and Mrs. A. H. Foorp.—

Paleontologia Indica. Series XVI. Baluchistan. Vol. I. The

Jurassic Fauna. Part 1. The Fauna of the Kellaways of Mazar

Drik. By Frirz Nortiine, Ph.D., F.G.S., &e. ...... 333—340

NUMBER LIX.

XLIX. Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By

Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.RS., F.LS. ...... d4l

L. On a new Species of Paramithrax from New Zealand. By

Grornge M. THomson, F.L.S. (Plates VII. & VIIL)............ 361

LI. A Contribution to the Systematics of Scorpions. By R. IL.

PGC OC re ten eases oie ae lod Diegsus. eis alan nels bh ee ee B04

LI. Description of a new Genps and Species of Apterous Locust

from Heuador. “By W..F.) Kirey, F°1L.S; FESS. .02.6 3.2 a: eee 380

LIU. The Morphology of the Madreporaria,—III. The Signifi-

cance of Budding and Fission. By J. Kh. Durrpen, Ph.D., A.R.C.Se.

(Lond.), Bruce Fellow, Johns Hopkins University “7-59 s.5 emer 382

LIV. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles from the

Andes of Peru and Bolivia. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.RS. ...... 304

LV. On the Genns Ateleopus of Schlegel. By G. A. BouLENGER,

HARES Ameen essai RAP OEY oh SNe SESS

LVI. A new Rhynchocyon from Nyazaland. By OLpFiEeLp

THOMAS © Peis ci ce slewe see eu se + sie ee ena eee e ea

LVII. On new Species of South-African Curculionide of the

Genus Hipporrhinus, Schén. By Guy A. K. Marsuatt, F.Z.5. .. 404

403

CONTENTS, Vil

Page

LVIII. The Specific Name of the Okapi presented by Sir Harry

Johnston to the British Museum. By E. Ray Lanxester, M.A.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Director of the Natural History Department of the

SUE WYSE Eno bp nce oe ae ea ee 417

New Books :—Paleontologia Indica. New Series. Vol. I. Part 3.

Fauna of the Miocene Beds of Burma. By Frrrz Norriine,

Ph.D., F.G.S., Paleontologist, Geological Survey of India.—

Biologia Centrali-Americana. Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Vol. II.

By G. C. Cuampion.—Gephyrocrinus Grimaldii, Crinoide nou-

veau provenant des campagnes de la ‘ Princesse Alice.’ By R.

Koruuer and F. A. BaTHER........ eee Petras teers 418—420

NUMBER LX.

LIX. Descriptions of new Fishes from the Collection made by

Mr. EK. Degen in Abyssinia. By G. A. BouLenasr, F.R.S. ...... 421

LX. On new Species of South-African Cureulionide of the Genus

Hipporrhinus, Schon, By Guy A. K. Marswatt, F.Z.8......... 439

LXI. On a Collection of Snakes from North-western Argentine

and Bolivia containing new Species. By Dr. Ervan LONNBERG .. 457

LXII. Some Recent Additions to and Notes on the Crustacean

Fauna of New Zealand. By Grorcr M. Tuomson, F.L.S, ...... 462

LXIII. Some Coccide from Mexico. By T. D. A. Cockrrert.. 465

LXIV. Notes on the Natural History of East Fininark. By Canon

Aa we NoaHManN, MA: I CuL,., LL.D., BRS: POLS. li8 a. ic ee 472

LXV. On Five new Mammals from Arabia and Persia. By Oup-

TORTS TOMAS. ie) ocs le) 2 cpaai gs. 2/24 sens Rew Dubos Cjone aeeae rece 487

LXVI. Two new Australian Small Mammals. By Onpririp

TUES Solano tien ne arr Ceo RATE CO One Meera aa A ayert ao wwe 491

LXVII. On Azara’s “Chauve-souris onziéme” (Myotis ruber,

Geoff.) and a new Species allied to it. By OLpriretp Tuomas ..,, 493

LXVIII. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Pseudechis from

Queensland. By G. A. BouLencsr, FBS. «1.0.6... eee eee 494

LXIX. New Eastern Heterocera. By Colonel C. Swrynor, M.A.,

ERS OCR ice ars gies 0 ® SPR ey os stn cinta eye oo 4,8 wiles 5 495

LXX. Some Points in the Morphology and Classification of the

Omiliones. By R. 1. Pocock. (Plates IX. & K.)..cce cece eee eee 504

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

LXXI. On the Mole of the Roman District. By OLpriELp

BRRRO MEAS is ahd Wafesne Jie-t-c 68 4.03918 odebaclt Ean eee 516

New Books :—First Steps in Photo-Micrography. A Handbook for

Novices. By F. Martin Duncan, F.R.H.S.—Report on the

Collections of Natural History made in the Antarctic Regions

during the Voyage of the ‘Southern Cross’ ..........e0e005 517

Note on the Hesteride (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1902, vol. x. p. 273),

byGhs ewig MELAS... 0.0 cdg aiacsieerdes eerie ee eee 519

PLATES IN VOL. X.

PuaTtE I. Scottish Crustacea.

10)

III. |

IV. New South-African Galeid Selachian.

V. Pelvic fins of Onus mustela.

VI. New species of Ceratocephala.

New African Solifugee and Aranez.

VII. | New species of Paramithrax.

VIII. §

4 Morphology of the Opiliones.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

Uy escosccocnn-Eannoe per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ife sub undas ;

Tte, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.

N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Ecl,

No. 55. JULY 1902.

T.—Notes on Scottish Crustacea.

By Tuomas Scort, F.L.S.

[Plate I.]

(1) ISOPoDA.

Pleurocrypta longibranchiata (Bate & Westwood), G. O. Sars.

(Pls 1. figs. 1&2.)

"The female and male specimens of Plourcerypta represented

by the figures 1 and 2 (Pl. I.) were obtained on a specimen

of Galathea captured in the Clyde and sent to me by

Mr. Alexander Patience, of Glasgow.

The female is nearly symmetrical in form, and its outline,

seen from below, is somewhat ovate. The greatest width,

which is near the anterior end, is equal to rather more than

half the entire length ; the anterior end is broadly rounded,

but posteriorly the body becomes gradually narrower and

terminates in a small subquadrangular plate. The pleopods

and uropods are considerably elongated, but the uropods are

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 1

2 Mr. T. Scott on Scottish Crustacea.

more slender than the other appendages, as shown in the

figure (fig. 1).

The male is somewhat depressed, and when viewed from

above is nearly cylindrical. It is very nearly 2 millim. long

and its breadth is equal to fully one third of the entire length ;

the forehead is broadly and evenly.rounded; the metasome

consists of an entire piece of a triangular form, the apex of

which is somewhat blunt-pointed.

Both the female and male of this Clyde parasite agree very

well with the description and figures of Pleurocrypta longi-

branchiata as given in Prof. G. O. Sars’s recently published

monograph on the Norwegian Isopoda*, but they differ

slightly from the description and figures of the same species

in vol. ii. of ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea’ by Bate and

Westwood f, the difference being more marked in the male

than in the female; the last-mentioned authors in their

description of the male state that the ‘ pleon (metasome of

G. O. Sars) is composed of an elongate ovate-conic piece, in

which the segments are fused together,’ and their figure of

the male corresponds with the description. Notwithstanding

this difference and the proportionally narrower form of the

female, Professor G. O. Nars believes that the species described

by him ‘‘is identical with that described in ‘ British Sessile-

eyed Crustacea’ as Phryaus longibranchiatus.” It may be

remarked that M. Bonnier, in his excellent monograph f,

while accepting the identification of the learned author of the

‘Crustacea of Norway,’ does so with a certain amount of

reserve.

The Galathea on which the Pleurocrypta recorded here

was obtained appeared to be somewhat immature; at first I

thought it might ke the Galathea nexa, Embleton, the species

on which G. O. Sars obtained his specimens of Pleurocrypta

longibranchiata; but I am now inclined to ascribe it to the

more common (Cralathea dispersa, Spence Bate; it agrees

better with this species in the form of the rostrum than with

either G. neza or G. squamifera, Leach, which belong to the

same group as G. dispersa. In an interesting monograph

of the “Galatheide des Cétes de France” by M. Jules

Bonnier §, the author divides Galathea into three groups :—

Ist, species furnished with an epipodite on the first pair of

* ‘Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. ii. p. 206, pl. Ixxxvi. fig. 2 (1898).

+ ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ vol. 11. p. 246 (1868).

{ ‘Contribution 4 l’Etude des Epicarides: les Bopyride,’ p. 316 (1900).

§ ‘Bulletin Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique’ (1888),

pp: 85-95.

Mr. T. Scott on Scottish Crustacea. 3

thoracic feet only ; this includes only one species, Galathea

intermedia, Lilljeborg. 2nd, species furnished with epipo-

dites on the first three pairs of thoracic feet; this group

comprises G. squamifera, G. newa, and Gt. dispersa. 3rd,

species without epipodites on the thoracic feet; only one

Galathea (G. strigosa, Fabr.) belongs to this group. Our

Galathea belongs to the middle group, but the second and

third joints of the third maxillipeds differ somewhat in their

proportional lengths from the three species composing the

group. I am inclined, however, to ascribe it to the last one,

as the form of the rostrum agrees more closely with the

rostrum of that species.

Pleurocrypta Patiencei, sp. n.

(PI. I. figs. 3, 4.)

This Pleurocrypta was obtained ona specimen of Caridion

Gordont (Spence Bate) dredged in the Clyde by Mr. Alex-

ander Patience, of Glasgow, who kindly presented it to me,

and in compliment to whom I have named it.

The parasite was attached, as usual, under the cephalic

shield, and in the present instance on the left side, of the

Caridion, and is represented by both male and female

specimens.

The female is distinctly unsymmetrical, and measures

about 4°6 millim. (nearly } of an inch) in length; the

greatest width, which is near the middle, is equal to about

two thirds of the length. The anterior end is obliquely

truncate, while posteriorly the sides converge somewhat

evenly and terminate in a bluntly rounded apex. The

cephalon is deeply immerged in the first segment of the meso-

some, and in this respect the female resembles a female

Bopyrus or Bopyroides. he uropoda consist of two small

elongate-oval plates, similar to those of Pleurocrypta micro-

branchiata, G. O. Sars (P. intermedia, Giard and Bonnier),

and the pleopoda are also, as in that species, scarcely

developed.

The male is subcylindrical and moderately narrow (fig. 4) ;

its entire length is about 1°6 millim. (,!; of an inch) and its

greatest width is equal to rather more than one third of the

length. The head is small, being scarcely one sixth of the

entire length; it is broadly rounded in front and rather

narrower than the next segment. ‘The segments of the

mesosome, though distinct, are not widely separated from

each other, and they are all of nearly equal size. The meta-

4 Mr. 'T’. Scott on Scottish Crustacea.

some, as in the males of other Pleurocrypti, is composed of

one piece ; at the proximal end it is about as broad as long,

but the sides, which are broadly but slightly unequally

rounded, converge posteriorly and terminate in a minute

sharp-pointed apex, as shown in the drawing.

So far as know, Pleurocrypta Patiencet appears to be the

first Bopyrid parasite that has hitherto been recorded from

Caridion Gordoni, and this is the more interesting from the

fact. that these parasites have been so carefully and exhaus-

tively studied by such eminent investigators as Prof. Giard

and M. Bonnier in France and Prof. G. O. Sars in Norway.

Pleurocrypta cluthe, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 5.)

I am indebted for this Bopyrid to the same gentleman who

sent me the species just recorded. Pleurocrypta cluthe was

obtained on a specimen of Pandalina (Pandalus) brevirostris

(Rathke) dredged in the Clyde on April 16th, and is

probably identical with the form observed by Dr. (now

Professor) J. R. Henderson in the branchial chamber of

Pandalina brevirostris, and referred to by him under the

general name of “ Bopyrus” in his work on “The Higher

Crustacea of the Clyde” *, and which M. Jules Bonnier, in

his monograph on the Bopyride already mentioned, ascribes

doubtfully to the genus Pseudionet. It is not likely that

M. Bonnier had at this time examined specimens of the

Bopyrid referred to—at least he had not seen a specimen of

a male, which, as will be shown, is different from the male of

Pseudione.

The female is about 3°5 millim. (4 of an inch) in length,

and in its general form, which is somewhat similar to Plewro-

erypta Patiencet, is distinctly unsymmetrical. ‘The anterior

end is obliquely truncate and the head deeply immerged in the

first segment of the mesosome. The pleopoda are scarcely

developed and the uropoda are very like those of Pleurocrypta

Patiencet.

The male (fig. 5) is slightly over a millimetre in length

and is elongate, narrow, and subcylindrical, its greatest width

being scarcely equal to one third of the entire length. The

cephalon is bluntly rounded in front and is somewhat narrower

than the first segment of the mesosome, to which it appears

to be closely applied; the segments of the mesosome are, for

the most part, widely separated, as in the male of Pleuro-

crypta Hendersont, Giard and Bonnier (P. marginata, G. O.

* Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasg , Trans. vol. 1. (n.s.) p. 87 (1886).

+ ‘Les Bopyride,’ by M. Jules Bonnier, p. 800 (1900).

nad

Mr. T. Scott on Scottish Crustacea. 5

Sars). The metasome, which is undivided, is somewhat

triangular in form and rather narrower than the segment of

the mesosome to which it is articulated. The sides of the

metasome converge gradually and equally to the blunt-pointed

apex, as shown in the drawing, and its length is equal to

about one fifth of that of the entire animal.

Pleurocrypta cluthe appears to some extent to combine the

characters of P. [Hendersoni and P. Patiencet, the female

being not unlike the female of the latter species, while, on

the other hand, the male is very nearly similar to the male

of the former.

All the three species I have recorded appeared to be fully

mature.

(2) PAQUP AT EO Did.

Tryphana Malmit, Boeck.

A single specimen of this somewhat rare Amphipod was

obtained in the deep water about 9 or 10 miles off Aberdeen.

Prof. G. O. Sars states that Boeck obtained his specimens at

a considerable depth in the outer part of the Hardangerfjord

in Norway, and that it has been taken by himself at three

other localities *. Bovallius records its occurrence off the

Feeroe Islands, and the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing in the North

Atlantic, lat. 18° 8’ N., long. 30° 5’ W.; but apparently the

only British record other than the present is ae of the

Rev. A. M. Norman, who, on behalf of the late T. Edward,

records it from Banff +.

It is customary by some learned authors to modify ‘ Try-

phana,” the name adopted by Boeck, and use “Tryphena”

instead ; but the Rev. ‘Tl’. R. R. Stebbing does not approve

of the change, and considers that the name as used by Boeck

ought to be retained.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Pleurocrypta longibranchiata (B. & W.), female. xX 16.

Fig. 2. Ditto, male. x 38}.

Fy. 3. Pleurocr ypta Patiencei, sp. un. female. X 19.

Fig. 4. Ditto, male. x 383.

Fig. 5. Pleurocrypta clutha, | sp.n., male. X 77.

* ‘Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. i. p. 18.

t+ Canon A. M. Norman, “ On British Amphipoda,” Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) vol. v. (January 1900).

6 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

Il.—Descriptions of some new Species of African Solifuge

and Avanex. By R. IL. Pocock.

[Plates II. & III.)

WITtH the exception of the first species mentioned in this paper,

all the new forms here recorded have been received within

the last few years from South Africa. Most of them were

collected by Miss Leppan. Those obtained by Mrs. White

were sent to the British Museum by Dr. Schonland, Curator

of the Albany Museum, Grahamstown.

Order SOLIFUG “i.

Genus Dasta, Koch.

Desia bellula, sp.n. (PI. IL. figs. 1, 1a.)

? .— Colour. Mandibles yellow, with dorsal brown stripes ;

head brown, with oval yellow median patch; abdomen

yellowish, with three narrow tergal stripes; palpi from the

distal half of the femur to the end infuscate; first and second

legs only weakly infuseate, third and fourth (especially the

fourth) more strongly infuscate, except at the base and apex,

which are pale.

Carapace a little shorter than patella of fourth leg,

equal to that of palp, a little shorter than tibia and tarsus

of palp. Of the four distal teeth on the upper jaw of the

mandible the first is smaller than the second, the second and

fourth are about equal and largest, and the third smallest ;

oue intermediate tooth on the lower jaw.

Palpi entirely without spines, clothed with short hairs and

long bristles, which, at least on the lower border of the

patella, show a symmetrically paired arrangement.

g .—Smaller than female, but like it in colour except for

the indistinetness of the mandibular bands.

Carapace only about two thirds the length of the patella

or tibio-tarsus of palp.

Flagellum oval, with narrowed upcurled extremity, its dorsal

border folded over, and a small tuft of short hairs at its

proximal end. Upper jaw of mandible furnished with a deep

oval hollow behind the terminal fang, which distally extends

forwards as a narrow channel on each side of the fang, the

two being separated by a longitudinal crest; the internal

edge of the hollow deeply notched posteriorly, and behind the

notch are some small teeth which precede the large principal

Species of African Solifuge and Aranee. 7

tooth ; behind the latter follow four subequal external cheek-

teeth; lower jaw toothed as in the female. Patella of palp

with long setee beneath; tibia with five inner and three outer

strong spines at its distal end.

Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 15; width

of head 4; length of palpus 13:5, of fourth leg 20.

3d. Total length 13; width of head 2°5; length of

palpus 15.

Loc. Kgypt: Wady Sikait (D. Macalister).

Evidently nearly related to another Kgyptian species,

D. Ehrenbergi, Simon, which has a similar hollow on the

upper jaw of the mandible. In the latter, however, the

hollow is a complete oval, not divided in front and without a

notch on its internal edge. The first long tooth, too, is rela-

tively much shorter. The female seems to differ principally

in colour from that of Lhrenbergi, tunetana, and velox.

Genus BROOMIELLA, nov.

Allied to Desza in having the tarsi of second and third legs

bisegmented, the distal segment not half the length of the

proximal, but differing in that the tarsus of the fourth is also

bisegmented, with the distal segment one third the length of

the proximal.

In Desia the segment that corresponds to the proximal

segment of Broomiella has a couple of complete joints near

its distal end, so that there are four distinct tarsal segments

on the fourth leg.

Type Broomiella lineata.

Broomiella lineata, sp.n. (PI. IL. figs. 3, 3 a, 3 6.)

3g .—Colour. Carapace infuscate, mesially pale; tergites

with three brown spots, forming a median and a right and

left lateral stripe on the back; ventral surface and bases of

appendages quite pale; palpi infuscate, legs also infuscate,

with pale extremities; mandibles with lightly defined dark

stripes.

Width of carapace less than length of patella or tibia of

palp, about equal to tibia of fourth leg.

Mandible with upper jaw strong, stout, distally pointed,

hollowed out on its inner side, projecting nearly straight

forwards, strongly toothed, the first tooth represented by a

small excrescence, the second large, third minute, fourth long ;

lower jaw with two long principal teeth, one minute inner

tooth behind the proximal of these and one between them.

Flagellum with lower edge straight, upcurled, upper edge

strongly convex proximally.

8 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

Palpi clothed with fine short hairs and furnished with

long bristles; the tibia without cylindrical bristles, armed

below with four pairs of spines or spiniform bristles; the three

distal of these on the inner side and the one distal on the

outer are short spines, and the rest are apically setiform.

Protarsus of third /eg armed with five upper spines and

three inferior, two of which are apical, the other anterior ;

the proximal tarsal segment with two anterior spines ; third

leg similarly armed, except that two of the dorsal protarsal

spines take a posterior position; fourth leg without the dorsal

protarsal spines, but otherwise similarly armed with an

additional small spine on the base of the proximal tarsal

segment in front.

Second sternal plate of abdomen with numerous short and

ks clavate bristles clustered on each side of the middle

ine.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 14; width of

head 3-5; length of palpus 15, of fourth leg 18 (both measured

from base of femur).

Loc, Pearston, in Cape Colony (Dr. R. Broom).

A single male example.

Genus Ceroma, Karsch.

Ceroma pictulum, sp. n. (Pl. II. fig. 2.)

6 .— Colour yellow ; mandibles with three black stripes;

carapace with black ocular tubercle, two ill-defined black stripes

behind it and a broader irregular one on each side; abdomen

with three sharply defined narrow black.stripes above; legs

and palpi infuscate, pale basally, quite pale laterally and

below.

Flagellum of male very long, reaching to the middle of the

thoracic portion of the carapace, not curved inwards, but

ending inaslightly enlarged tip, which appears to be minutely

forcipate (?) ; base of flagellum on inner side protected by

seven feathery bristles. Upper fang of mandible slender,

excavated, lightly curved, armed with only two small teeth in

addition to the cheek-teeth, one near the base and the other

nearly halfway along the fang on the inner rim of the exca-

vation. Lower jaw armed with two relatively small and

close-set teeth, the distal of which is smaller; beyond the latter

the cutting-edge is convex and sinuous. ‘Tibia of second

and third degs with three dorsal spines. Pulvillus deeply

cleft.

Total length 15 millim.

Lee. Tea Fountain, near Grahamstown (Miss Leppan).

Species of African Solifuge and Aranee. 9

Resembling C. Sclatert, Purc., in colour, spine-armature

of second and third legs, deeply divided pulvillus, &e., but

differing entirely in the weak dentition of the mandibles.

Order ARANE.

Family Ctenizide.

Genus ACANTHODON, Guér.

Acanthodon ochreolum, sp.n. (PI. II. figs. 5, 5 a.)

$ .—Of about the size, colour, and general appearance of

A. Thorellit, Cambr. (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 156, pl. viii. fig. 6;

also Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 320, 1898), but

with the protarsus of the first leg arcuate in its basal half, with

concavity looking inwards, geniculate just past the middle, the

remainder of the segment running straight forwards ; the tibial

spurs, too, are very unequal, the distal being long, twice

as long as the proximal, which is short and conical; the

tibia is armed beneath with four spines, the protarsus with

two. Except that the patella and tibia are more inflated,

the palpus has much the same form in the two species.

Anterior median eyes much larger than in A. Thorellii, hardly

more than half a diameter apart, less than a diameter from

the posterior laterals, which are barely half their area.

Total length 9 millim.; carapace 3°5; first lee 13,

fourth 13°5.

Loc. Jansenville (Miss Leppan).

Genus STASIMOPUS, Simon.

Stasimopus palpiger, sp. n. (PI. II. figs. 4, 4 a@.)

$ .— Colour. Blackish above, the extremities of the palpi

and anterior two pairs of legs distally pale; third and fourth

legs yellowish brown, the basal half of each segment darker

than the proximal ; lower surface pale.

Carapace granular, a little longer than tibia of first leg,

equal to protarsus of fourth, shorter than patella and tibia of

fourth. yes of anterior line a little procurved, subequal in

size and subequally spaced; eyes of posterior line slightly

recurved, small, subequal, the posterior lateral much smaller

than anterior lateral and widely separated from it.

Labium and mawille unarmed,

Palpi unarmed, exceedingly long and slender, about three

and a half times as long as carapace, and extending as far as

the tip of the first pair of legs; the trochanter cylindrical,

10 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

four to five times as long as wide; the patella and tibia sub-

equal and nearly as long as the femur; tarsus short, truncate ;

organ as in fig. (Pl. II. fig. 4 a).

Legs of first and second pairs very long and slender, with

tarsi scopulate and tibia and protarsi spined beneath ; tarsi

with one or two spines only; claws with a single basally

curved row of eight to ten teeth; third leg with a few short

spines on the anterior side of the patella and of the tibia at

its distal end; protarsus spined beneath; tarsus scopulate,

claw with only two or three strong teeth at the base ; fourth

leg with patella armed with short spines in front, a few also

on the tibia; long spines beneath the distal end of the pro-

tarsus and many spines on the tarsus, which is not scopulate

and has the claws armed basally with a few large teeth and

distally with some small denticles.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 10 ; carapace 5 ;

length of palpus 19, of first leg 19, of second 15, of third 12°5,

of fourth 19.

Loc. Graaf Reinet (Miss Leppan).

Apart from the greater length of its palpi and legs and less

coarse sculpturing of carapace, the male of this species may

be distinguished from that of S. ¢nsculptus, Poc., from King

William’s Town (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vil. p. 289),

by the following amongst other particulars :—

a. Lateral eyes on each side separated by a space which

equals about the long diameter of the anterior and

twice the long diameter of the posterior ; posterior

medians less than their diameter from posterior

laterals and barely more than that from: anterior

Vaberals \j.)s a cuss unvcine oquist S10 wore cei oacorsetsitiewets .. isculptus, Poe.

b. Lateral eyes on each side separated by a space whic

is much greater than the long diameter of the ante-

rior and about four times that of the posterior ;

posterior medians at least twice their diameter

from the laterals and about four times that from

the anterior Medians 9 iy, 5.510 shore slate sta re fetele palpiger, sp. n.

Stasimopus artifex, sp. n.

In disposition of eyes closely resembling S. oculatus, Poc.,

from Bloemfontein (P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 728), as also in the

presence of spines on the apex of the protarsus of the third

leg beneath and the presence of nearly a dozen spines, the

anterior of which are regularly arranged, upon the apex of

the infero-posterior side of the protarsus of the fourth leg; but

differing in that the spines on the protarsus are only about

six instead of about fifteen in number, and weak instead of

Species of African Solifuge and Aranex. En

strong. Moreover, the labium is furnished with eight cusps

instead of two. The legs also are longer, the carapace being

shorter and not longer than the patella+tibia+ protarsus of

the second leg, and only slightly exceeding the tibia+ pro-

tarsus of the fourth.

Total length 35 millim. ; carapace 15; second leg 28, its

pat., tib., and prot. 163; fourth leg 33, its tibia and pro-

tarsus 14:5,

Loc. Cuylerville, near Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

(The single specimen of this species bears the ticket

“Collected Feb. 28th, 1898, by Mr. A. E. C. W.”)

Stasimopus Schénlandi, Poc. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

vi. p. 319, 1900), differs from S. oculatus and S. artifex

principally in the following particulars :—The ocular area is

typically relatively very flat, the tubercles of the anterior

lateral eyes being small and low and the anterior median eyes

but little raised. ‘The anterior laterals are, as a rule, small

and no larger than the anterior medians or posterior laterals,

and all the eyes are widely spaced, the distance between the

anterior medians and laterals being equal to about three or

four times the diameter of the clear area of the medians and

always greater than the long diameter of the laterals. The

distance between anterior median and anterior lateral about

equal to that between the two laterals on each side. ‘The

eyes, however, vary considerably, being larger, and therefore

apparently much closer together in younger specimens than

in the old. There are no spines on the apex of the underside

of the protarsus on the third leg, and the comb on the postero-

inferior side of the fourth protarsus consists of a compact

single row of about six or seven spines. ‘The carapace is as

long as the pat.+tib.+ prot. of first leg, longer than those of

the second, and nearly as long as the tib.+prot.+tarsus of

fourth.

Measurements in millimetres (of large specimen).—Total

length 33; carapace 14°5; second leg 22°65, its pat.+ tib.+

prot. 13°5 ; fourth leg 33.

The British Museum has received a large number of speci-

mens of this species from Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland) and

Brak Kloof, near Grahamstown (Mrs. White).

Stasimopus astutus, sp. 0.

9 .—Very nearly allied to S. Schénlandi, but distinguish-

able by the relative size of the eyes of the anterior line. he

laterals transversely elongated, reniform, their long diameter

exceeding that of the medians, the space between the lateral

12 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

and median generally noticeably less than the diameter of

the median, and always less, generally very much less, than

the long diameter of the lateral; distance between the anterior

and posterior lateral eyes on each side much greater than that

between the anterior lateral and anterior medians.

Loc. Pearston (Dr. Rk. Broom) and Jansenville (Miss

Leppan).

Although the relative size of the eyes and the distances

between them are subject to considerable variation both with

age and individuals, the six specimens presenting the above-

described features may be at once distinguished from all the

examples of S. Schénlandi that I have seen.

The females of this genus known up to the present time

may be diagnosed as follows :—

a, No comb of spines on apex of protarsus of fourth

leg beneath on the posterior side ............+- rufidens, Auss.

b. A comb of spines on apex of protarsus of fourth leg

beneath on the posterior side.

a’, Some spines on apex of protarsus of third leg

beneath ; comb on fourth protarsus consisting

of about a dozen spines, the anterior of which

are irregularly arranged and intermixed with

adjacent sete.

a’. About fifteen strong spines on apex of third

protarsus beneath ; labial cusps 2; legs

SIWOLtOM ey er yorti tere give tee lces erste heer me etre beeien ye oculatus, Poe.

b?, About half a dozen weak spines on apex of

third protarsus beneath ; labial cusps 8; legs

TONG ORI aici: se Ce CEE ee Pegged kbc artifex, sp. 0.

b', No spines on apex of third protarsus beneath ;

comb on fourth protarsus formed of a single

definite series of 6-7 spines.

a°®, Distance between the two lateral eyes on each

side about equal to the long diameter of the

posterior ; anterior laterals much larger

than anterior medians, the space between

them less than the diameter of the medians.. astwéus, sp. n.

6°. Distance between the two lateral eyes never

less than twice the long diameter of the

posterior, and that between the anterior

median and lateral not less than twice the

diameter of the anterior median .......... Schdnlandi, Poe.

Genus PELMATORYCTER, nov.

Allied to Cyrtauchenius, but with the ocular area scarcely

narrowed in front, the posterior line of eyes only the merest

fraction wider than the anterior.

Eyes of the anterior line a little procurved, the anterior

Species of African Solifuge and Aranez. 13

edge of the medians about their own diameter behind a line

touching the anterior edge of the laterals.

Spinning-mamille longish, the second segment longer than

wide, the third nearly or quite as long as the second and

longer than wide, acuminate, all the segments of both pairs

of mamille studded below with numerous stout spinning-

papillae.

A rastellum of many spines on the distal end of the femur

and the proximal end of the patella of the fourth leg.

Type C. flaviceps, Poc.*

Pelmatorycter colonie, sp. n.

Colour yellowish brown; mandibles darker than head;

femora of anterior legs and palpi much darker than distal

portion of the appendages.

Carapace a little longer than patella, tibia, and tarsus of

palp and than tibia and protarsus of fourth leg, about equal

to tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of first leg, nearly one fourth

longer than wide, the width about equal to the patella+

tibia of first leg.

Eyes of anterior line slightly procurved, subequally spaced,

about a diameter of the medians apart, the laterals con-

siderably larger than the medians and much larger than the

posterior laterals, which are a little less than their own long

diameter from the anterior laterals; posterior medians about

midway between the anterior medians and posterior laterals.

Labium and maxille unarmed.

Mandible with an inner row of strong teeth and many

. smaller teeth irregularly arranged in two or three rows on the

fang-groove. Palpt and anterior legs weak; tibia of palp

armed below with strong spiniform sete, the tarsus scopulate

laterally and with a few spines below. Protarsus of first

leg scantily scopulate, armed below with two basal and three

distal spines, the tibia with only spiniform sete below; claws

with two complete rows of six or seven teeth. Second leg

like the first, but with only two inferior distal protarsal spines.

Third leg with patella armed in front with many short spines

and a few above ; tibia with many in front, four or five above,

of which three form a definite series, and two or three distally

behind, and one distal and setiform beneath; protarsus with

two bands above, each consisting of about fourteen spines, three

spines beneath (one proximal, two distal),and about three above

the latter; tarsus with two rows of spines above, the anterior

* Cyrtauchentus flaviceps, Poc. P. Z, 8. 1898, p. 506, from British Kast

Africa,

14 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

of three, the posterior of six, and with about eight spines below

and in front. Fourth leg with its femur furnished distally

above and in front with a rastellum consisting of many close-

set curved spines; a few similar but shorter spines on the

adjacent area of the patella; tibia with one setiform spine

below ; protarsus and tarsus with numerous spines below and

in front, the former with one or two superior spines and

the latter with none or one. Claws of third and fourth legs

reduced in number, but still showing biserial arrangement.

Second segment of posterior spinners longer than wide ; third

s@gment much longer than wide, nearly as long as the second

and tapering.

Total length 18 millim. ; carapace 7 ; first leg 14, second 13,

third 10°5, fourth 15:5.

Loc. Jansenville (Miss Leppan).

The two species of this genus known to me may be di-

agnosed as follows:—

a. Space between anterior and posterior lateral eyes on each

side narrow, about one fourth only of the long diameter

of the posterior lateral, the anterior not much higher and

scarcely longer than the posterior ; protarsus of first and

second legs with 242 proximal spines; tibia of third

with 3 spines in front, the upperside of its tarsus with

Zaspines introntand | pehind 7.2.0. cl sea eer Jlaviceps,

b, Lateral eyes very unequal in size, anterior much Jonger [ Poe.

and higher than posterior, space between them equal to

at least half the long diameter of the posterior; protarsi

of first and second legs with 1+1 proximal spines below ;

tibia of third with more than a dozen anterior spines, its [sp. n.

tarsus With 3-++5 spines above ........60ceecceessere colome,

Genus HERMACHASTES, Poc.

FHlermachastes fuligineus, sp. n.

? .—Colour. Carapace and legs ashy black or ashy brown,

upperside of abdomen paler ashy brown, without pattern of

pale stripes; under surface pale.

Eyes of anterior line slightly procurved, subequally spaced,

or the medians a little nearer the laterals than to each other,

distance between them barely a diameter; laterals much

larger than medians and larger than the posterior laterals, the

space between them more than half the long diameter of the

posteriors ; posterior medians close to posterior laterals, almost

as large as anterior medians, from which they are separated

by a space a little exceeding the diameter of the anterior

medians.

Species of African Solifugee and Aranex. 15

Carapace slightly longer than pat.+ tib. of first or of fourth

leg and than prot.+tarsus of these same appendages, dis-

tinctly shorter than tib. + protarsus of these same appendages.

Protarsus of first and second /egs armed beneath with one

basal, two submedian, and three apical spines, their tibice

unspined.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 20; carapace 8 ;

first leg 21, fourth leg 20.

Loc. Brak Kloof, near Grahamstown (Mrs. White).

This species differs from H, collinus, Poc. (Ann.& Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) vi. p. 319, 1900), from Table Mountain, principally

in its uniformly blackish-grey colouring. The male will no

doubt reveal other distinctive features.

Family Pisauride.

Thalassius Rossii, sp.u. (PI. ill. fig. 1.)

? .— Colour. Carapace castaneous, the whole of the middle

of the upperside covered with a mixture of red and white

hairs, the red predominating ; a broad rich dark brown band

on each side extending from the sides of the clypeus, which

is separated from the lateral border by a yellow band formed

of red and white hairs, the white predominating. Legs marked

above with brown and white; the patella and distal half of

tibia brown ; femora of first and second whitish, of third and

fourth white distally ; palpi covered with rusty-red hairs

intermixed with white. Integument of upperside of abdomen

yellow, thickly covered with a mixture of red and white hairs,

the white predominating ; this pale field bounded laterally by

a broad, sinuous, rich brown band; the whole of the under-

side tolerably uniformly testaceous.

Carapace rather low, slightly raised in the cephalic region,

very distinctly longer than broad, longer than tibia of fourth

leg, about as long as that of first; ocular quadrangle very

slightly narrowed anteriorly and slightly longer than wide.

Anterior median eyes a diameter apart and about the same

distance from the anterior laterals and a diameter and a half

from the posterior medians, which are a little larger and

barely a diameter apart.

Vulva transversely elongate, the lobes meeting in a longish

median suture.

Measurements in millimetres.—T otal length 14; carapace 6 ;

first leg 22, fourth leg 24.

Loc. Durban (A. Loss).

This species resembles in its mottled coloration some West-

16 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

African species, but is distinguishable from all by the form

of the vulva &c.

Tn addition to the spider here described, Mr. Ross sent to

Mr. W. L. Distant, who kindly handed them on to me to

determine, examples of the following species from Durban :—

Nephila pilipes, Cyrtophora citricola, Argyroepeira Antinorit,

Aranea nautica, Sparassus Spenceri, and Sparassus rufilatus.

With the exception of Aranea nautica and Sparassus rufilatus,

all these species were recorded from Durban in my paper on

the Arachnida of Natal published in 1898 (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7) ti. pp. 197-226). Sparassus rufilatus is a

particularly interesting capture, the species having been

found previously only in the Cameroons. It was described

by myself in 1899 (P. Z. 8. p. 878) from a single male

example. Mr. Ross also sent a male example from Natal.

Slight differences are observable in the size of the eyes

between the two, but the differences are not sufficient to

justify the formation of a new species for the Natal specimen

on the material available for comparison. In the synopsis of

West-African species of Sparassus published in the above-

cited work S. rufilatus is erroneously accredited with three

pairs of inferior tibial spines on the first and second legs and

S. benitensis with two pairs, instead of the other way about.

Rothus lineatus, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 2.)

As large as R. catenulatus, Sim. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.

xlii. p. 15, 1898), from Kimberley, and &. auratus, Poc.,

from Namaqualand. Colour variable, but apparently not

different from that of a species from various parts of Cape

Colony which I judge to be £&. vittatus, Sim. Distinguish-

able from the other species by the form of the vulva.

In £. auratus and vittatus the rim of the vulva is thick and

the median trilobate sclerite has its lateral lobes not im-

pressed, and the anterior median fovea either scarcely invades

the anterior border of the sclerite, which is thus superficially

flat (wttatus), or extends only about as far as, or a little

farther than, the middle of its area. In &. lineatus, on

the contrary, the anterior fovea is large, semielliptical, and

spreads backwards over the middle of the trilobate sclerite

almost to its posterior border, dividing it completely into

a right and left portion, each of which bears a deep

impression; or perhaps the vulva might be appropriately

described as having the median trilobate sclerite marked with

three deep impressions; rim of vulva narrow, as compared

with that of 2’. auratus and vittatus.

Species of African Solifuge and Aranez. 17

Ff. catenulatus of Simon, which is unknown to me, is

described as having the vulva impressed with a hairy, semi-

circular, posteriorly thickly marginate fovea.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15 ; carapace 5 ;

first and fourth legs 23.

Loc. Queenstown, Cape Colony (EZ. T. Wells).

The British Museum has specimens that I refer to R. vit-

taius from Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland) ; Tea Fountain

and Graaf Reinet (Idiss Leppan).

Spencerella signata, sp.n. (PI. III. figs. 4, 4a.)

? .—Colour. Carapace with a broad median white band,

covered with olive-yellow hairs laterally, whiter towards the

margin ; head and clypeus white; mandible covered with

white hairs above ; legs with greyish whitish-yellow hairs ;

upperside of abdomen with a broad median white band, olive-

yellow at sides; under surface whitish, speckled; sternum

with median white stripe.

Anterior lateral eyes more than two diameters apart, each

about equidistant from its fellow and from the lateral angle

of head; anterior medians small, a trifle more than a diameter

apart and about two diameters from the posterior medians,

whose radius they equal in size; quadrangle formed by the

posterior median and anterior lateral eyes parallel-sided, about

twice as long as wide, the anterior medians near the middle

of the quadrangle, with their centres in a line with the inner

edge of the posterior medians.

Vulva consisting of a subquadrate plate flanked on each

side by an S-shaped sclerite, and with its anterior border

deeply emarginate.

Measurements in millimetres.—T otal length 13 ; carapace 4;

first leg 18, fourth leg 17.

Loc. Grahamstown (Dr. Schénland).

Distinguished from S. lineata, Poc., from Durban (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 215, 1898), by having the anterior

lateral eyes two diameters instead of one diameter apart, the

anterior medians about a diameter instead of half a diameter

apart, and only equal to the radius of the posterior medians, ec.

(see Pl. III. fig. 5).

The genus Spencerella is very nearly related to Maypacius

of Simon, which has representatives in tropical Atrica and

Madagascar; but, according to Simon’s description of May-

pacius, its species differ from those of Spenceredla in having

only two instead of three teeth on the posterior border of the

fang-groove. Maypacius has two months’ priority over

Spencerella.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 2

18 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

Euprosthenops pulchellus, sp. n.

(PI. ILL. figs. 6, 6 a.)

Colour.— Integument of carapace deep brown, clothed with

olive-black hairs, ornamented on each side with a narrow

white stripe separated from the margin by a dark band

exceeding it in width; cephalic region with a thin median

stripe extending from between the posterior median eyes and

a curved white line passing from the tubercles over the

anterior median eyes; clypeus yellow, clothed with snow-

white hairs; mandibles also yellow, naked below, and clothed

externally and above with snow-white hairs; palpi and legs

yellowish brown, clothed with a mixture of yellowish-brown

and whitish hairs; coxe yellow, spotted, clothed with white

hairs like the sternum, which is black with a large pale median

spot; abdomen blackish above, clothed with dark olive

hairs, the dark field relieved by a thin median and a marginal

silvery sinuous line; sides of abdomen blackish and silvery,

lower surface pale, silvered, with two indistinct yellow bands.

Eyes of ocular quadrangle subequal, the quadrangle very

noticeably longer than broad, the posterior eyes more, the

anterior less, than a diameter apart, the posterior twice their

diameter from the tubercle of the posterior lateral eye;

quadrangle formed by the four posterior eyes not much wider

behind than it is long.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 11; carapace 5;

first and second legs 20, third 18, fourth 24.

Loc. Tea Fountain, near Grahamstown (Miss Leppan,

type) ; Graaf Reinet (Miss Leppan).

Apart from the difference in colour and the form of the vulva,

this speciesis easily distinguishable from £. australis, Sim. In

the latter the eyes of the ocular quadrangle are very unequal ;

the ocular quadrangle is a little longer than wide, much nar-

rowed in front, its anterior width being about half its posterior

width ; the anterior median eyes are much smaller than the

posterior medians ; posterior median eyes less than a diameter

apart and about the same distance from the base of the tubercle

of the posterior lateral eyes ; quadrangle formed by the four

posterior eyes about twice as wide aslong, &c. Total length

of adult female 24 millim.; carapace 9; fourth leg 50.

Family Palpimanide.

Palpimanus Leppane, sp. n.

@ .—At once distinguishable from the rest of the South-

African species by the arrangement of the eyes; the posterior

Species of African Solifuge and Aranex. 19

line is straight and lies far back, the posterior medians are

about five or six diameters apart, the distance between them

is about two thirds the distance between either and the poste-

rior laterals of the same side; median quadrangle very

narrowed in front, very long, considerably more than twice

as long as its posterior width and more than four times its

anterior width. yes of anterior line close-set, procurved,

lower edge of medians only a little higher than upper edge of

laterals, which are much smaller; clypeus low, only about

equal to the height of the quadrangle formed by the eyes of

the anterior line, the laterals of which are about twice their

diameter above it.

Length 7 millim.

Loc. Jansenville (Miss Leppan).

Family Drasside.

Platyotdes pictus, sp.n. (PI. III. fig. 7.)

§ .—Carapace and mandibles almost coral-red or pale

yellow in the young; legs pale brownish red or yellow;

abdomen ashy white, the upperside with a broad marginal

black band and a median black, anteriorly bifurcating stripe ;

sternum with a dark marginal band.

Anterior median eyes a little larger than the laterals,

slightly more than a diameter apart, a little nearer to each

other than either is to the lateral; posterior medians large,

larger than the anterior medians, elliptical, a little more than

their long diameter apart, about twice as far from the poste-

rior laterals as from each other.

Mandible with tooth below.

Legs without spines or long hairs; tarsi and_protarsi

lightly scopulate.

Horny plate of vulva impressed with a pair of semioval

pits, opening behind and separated in front by a V-shaped

process; between the lateral lobes of the vulva a somewhat

tongue-shaped sclerite is traceable.

- Total length 8 millim. ; length of carapace 3, width 2°5.

Loc. ‘Tea Fountain, near Grahamstown, Cape Colony

(Miss Leppan).

Platyoides Leppane, sp.n. (PI. IIT. fig. 8.)

? .—Colour, Carapace and mandibles deep blackish brown ;

legs testaceous, infuscate beneath and at extremities ; sternum

reddish brown, with a black rim; abdomen ashy or creamy

white in alcohol, with a broad marginal black band and a

median, posteriorly narrowing, black stripe. :

20 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

Eyes of the anterior line subequal, medians barely a

diameter apart and about three diameters from the laterals ;

posterior medians small, smaller than anterior medians, about

four diameters apart and nearly six diameters from the poste-

rior laterals.

Mandibles armed below with two strongish teeth.

Legs bristly, more thickly hairy distally, the tarsi and

protarsi of the anterior pairs lightly scopulate beneath, the

bristles on the base of the legs on the upperside spiniform.

Area of vulva with a median T-shaped horny plate, the

upright of the T pointed at the bottom, each half of the cross-

bar lightly arched and curled backwards at the extremity,

circumscribing a shallow, irregularly transversely oval de-

pression.

g.—Like the female in colour. Legs longer. Palpus

with patella and tibia short; tarsus large and inflated,

furnished with a long filiform flagellum and below with a

forwardly-directed spine ending in a small apical hook.

Measurements in millimetres.— 9 . Total length 11-5; length

of carapace 4°5, width 3°8 ; first leg 12°5, second 15, third 13,

fourth 14.

&. Length of carapace 3°5; length of first leg 14, of

second 16, of third 13, of fourth 14:5.

Loc. Tea Fountain, near Grahamstown (Miss Leppan).

Differs from the foregoing and from P. laterigradus and

pusillus in colour, in having two mandibular teeth, and in the

form of the vulva.

Apart from their coloration, the four South-African species

of this genus known to me may be distinguished as follows :—

a. Legs very smooth, without bristles or long hairs, clothed

with short downy hair ; protarsi and tarsi of first and

second pairs with scopula of clavate hairs.......... pictus, sp. n.

b. Legs furnished with long bristles.

a*, Eyes of anterior line not very unequally spaced,

distance between median and lateral a little more

than the diameter of the median; tibia and pro-

tarsus of first leg spined below................4. pusillus, Poe.

b?. Eyes of anterior line very unequally spaced, distance

between median and lateral at least twice the

diameter of the median; no spines, only bristles on

the tibia and protarsus of first leg.

a*, Tibia and protarsus of first and second leg with

short scopula of clavate bristles; distance be-

tween median and lateral eye on each side about [Poe.

twice the diameter of the median ............ laterigradus,

}*. Tibia and protarsus of first and second leg without

scopula; distance between median and lateral eye ,

on each side about three times the diameter of [sp. n.

the median... ..f...=s ah ace Sige ie Leppane,

Species of African Solifuge and Aranee. 21

Family Heteropodide.

Selenops Marshalli, sp. n. (PI, II. fig. 6.)

3 .—Colour. Integument ochre-brown, covered with a

mixture of golden-yellow and blackish hairs; legs mixed

with blackish.

Eyes as in S. atomartus and Spencert; those of the

median quadrangle strongly recurved, the posterior medians

twice the diameter of the anterior medians, with their lower

edges only a little lower than the upper edges of the anterior

medians, the latter equidistant from each other and from the

edge of the clypeus, 7. e. a little more than their own radius ;

anterior lateral standing high above the edge of the clypeus,

about on a level with the lower border of the posterior medians.

Tibize of first and second legs with seven pairs of inferior

spines, protarsi with three pairs.

Palp with its tibia armed with four apophyses—one infe-

rior, large, and irregularly quadrate ; one projecting externally

almost at right angles and somewhat conical in shape; and

two much thinnerand somewhat spiniform, which run forwards

to abut against the outer side of the base of the tarsus—of these

the outer is blade-like, straighter and shorter, being a little

more than half the length of the inner, which is sinuous and

upcurled apically ; to abut against its upcurled apical portion

the tarsus is furnished externally and basally with a distinct

angular prominence.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 11; length of

carapace 5:5, of first leg 26, of second 28°5, of third 30.

Loc. Estcourt (4000 feet), in Natal (G. A. K. Marshall).

Selenops Whitee, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 7.)

g.—Nearly allied to the foregoing, but distinguishable

by the structure of the palpal spurs &c. The lower tibial

apophysis has a much wider and deeper notch on its outer

side near the base, and its distal edge, instead of being

straight and transverse as in S. Marshalli, is more oblique,

the whole apophysis being longer than in that species; the

external apophysis, moreover, has its apex not curved down-

wards and forwards, but directed straight externally ; of the

two forwardly-directed apophyses the outer is thinner, more

cylindrical, and less blade-like than in S. Marshalli, while

the inner has its upper margin convex in its basal half and

concave in the distal, not evenly concave throughout as

in S. Marshalli; and, lastly, in S. Whitee there is no

22 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

angular prominence on the base of the tarsus, only a small

excrescence,

Measurements in millimetres.—TYotal length 12; cara-

pace 5°5; first lez 29, second leg 30, third leg 32, fourth

leg 36°5.

Loc, Brak Kloof, near Grahamstown (J/rs. White).

Selenops Schénlandi, sp. un. (PI. III. fig. 15.)

Resembling S. atomarius, Sim., in having five pairs of

inferior tibial spines on the first and second pairs of legs *,

but much larger and with the eyes of the median quadrangle

less strongly recurved, the posterior medians one fourth larger

than the anterior medians, standing less than their own

diameter above the clypeus, with their lower edge about on a

level with the centres of the latter; the distance between the

anterior medians a little greater than their radius and a little

greater than the distance between the anterior and posterior

medians.

Vulva consisting of a horny plate, marked on each side

posteriorly with a crest twisted like a ram’s horn, and sepa-

rated by a median quadrate area which anteriorly expands

and is furnished with a right and left anguliform prominence.

In atomardus the crests are sinuous or lightly sigmoid, without

the strong ram’s-horn curvature.

Total length 16 millim.; carapace 6°5.

Hab. Cape Colony, Jansenville (Dr. Schénland, type) and

Pearston (Dr. Broom); Graaf Reinet (JMiss Leppan).

The British Museum has examples of S. atomartus from

Port Elizabeth (/7. A. Spencer and Dr. Broom) and from

Brak Kloof, Grahamstown (Mrs. White).

The African species of Selenops occurring south of the

Zambesi may be grouped as follows by the spine-armature of

their anterior legs :—

A. Protarsiof first and second legs with 2 pairs

of spines ; tibize with 3 pairs.......... radiatus, Latr.

B. Protarsi of first and second legs with 3

pairs of spines.

a. Tibie of first and second legs with 4

PRITS Ol SPINS... ate. leyioss wie eee parvulus, Poe.

6. Tibiz of first and second legs with 56

. . 5 . . .

Pairs Of SPINES . 6 .2ses sews cesses atomarius, Sim. ; Broomi,

Poc.; Schénlandi, sp. n.

* In Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vil. p. 288 (1901), I forgetfully

assigned seven pairs of tibial spines to S. atomarius in comparing it with

S, basutus.

Species of African Solifuge and Aranee. 23

ce. Tibiz of first and second legs with 6

PAITS-OF SPINES ~ fe) ot.) eho weds ees Kraussii, Poe.

d, Tibize of first and second legs with 7

pairs of spines .......-...: She Gobe Spencert, Poc.; basutus,

Poe.; Marshalli, sp. n.;

White, sp. n.

Palystes Leppane, sp.n. (PI. ILI. fig. 9.)

Dorsal integument palely castaneous, covered with hairs of

a greyish-olive hue, with silky lustre, darker on the abdomen

and mixed with white spots and blackish lines; clypeus with

a yellow band; mandible with two similarly coloured bands

above ; sternum and coxe clothed with bright golden-yellow

hairs, the former with a pair of mesially interrupted transverse

dark stripes ; femora covered with olive-yellow hairs, speckled

with clear yellow spots; patella yellowish white below ;

tibia with two yellowish-white and two black bands; abdo-

men with epigastric area covered with clear yellow hairs, a

transverse black crescentic band behind the fold, and the rest

of its area covered with a rich umber-red, mottled with

numerous small yellow spots.

Vulva of the same type as that of P. perornatus (see

Pl. ILI. fig. 10), but with the median sclerite heart-shaped,

as wide as long, rounded laterally, bluntly pointed behind

and stalked in front.

Total length 24 millim.; carapace 12; first leg 44,

fourth 41.

Loc. Tea Fountain, near Grahamstown (Miss Leppan).

Belonging to the same category as LP. perornatus, Poe.

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 331, 1900), but differing

in the structure of the vulva and slightly in colouring, the

white spots on the underside of the femora and abdomen

being smaller and more numerous.

These two species and lunatus, Poc. (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xvii. p. 60, pl. viii. fig. 5, 1896), which are evidently

nearly related, to judge by the form of the vulva, may be

distinguished as follows :—

a. Sternum with two bands; femora unspotted ; median

HOHGVOLLVHIVA_VORY LOU «i srctwie.«: 31 sys) Aske 0c aPie 0 os lunatus, Poe.

b, Sternum with a single anterior band; femora richly

spotted with white ; median lobe of vulva short.

a’. Median lobe of vulva longer than wide, its sides

straight ; spots on abdominal femora fewer .... perornatus, Poe.

b’, Median lobe of vulva as wide as long, heart-

shaped, with rounded sides ....,,..00005 ..... Leppane, sp. 1,

24 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new

Palystes Whiter, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 11.)

g.—Upperside of carapace and abdomen mottled with

yellowish and brown hairs, the abdomen with a median,

posteriorly obsolete, laterally angular band; some white

hairs above the anterior eyes, no white clypeal band below

them; mandibles black, without white bands, clothed with

long greyish-yellow hairs above; upperside of appendages

matching the carapace in tint; mouth-parts black; sternum

black, with posterior angle pale; coxe of legs yellowish red,

spotted with black; femora olive, spotted with paler yellow

and with an apical blood-red patch ; patella white; tibia with

a median and distal white band, for the rest black ; scopule

dusky olive-grey; lower side of abdomen pinkish yellow,

marbled with black ; a black patch in front of spinners.

Eyes of posterior line slightly recurved, of the anterior line

straight by their centres, the medians about half the diameter

of the laterals.

Palp with two tibial spurs, as in P. cultrifer (see Pl. III.

figs. 12 & 12a), one being external, just behind the middle,

and quadrate in shape, the other distal, but short, stoutish,

directed forwards with a slight upward inclination and a lightly

hooked extremity; palpal organ furnished with two short

processes running straight forwards from the bulb—an outer

(the spine), stout, apically pointed, and hooked ; the inner (the

conductor) membranous, with an expanded, horny, flattened

extremity.

Total length 15 millim.; carapace 8°5.

Loc. Brak Kloof, near Grahamstown (Mrs. White).

This species is nearly allied to P. cultrifer, Poc., and

P. lycosinus, Poc. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. pp. 330-

331, 1900), the three resembling each other in colour, except

that in P. Whitee there is no black band behind the epi-

gastric fold as in the other two, and there is a blood-red

patch on theapex of the femora. Further approaching cultr¢fer

in having two tibial spurs on the palpus of the male, but the

posterior is short and quadrate, the distal also short and but

little upeurled. Again, in P. cultrifer the style of the

palpal organ is short and pointed, while the conductor is horny

throughout, black, and hollowed.

Palystes scutatus, sp. n. (PI. III. fig. 13.)

¢.—Resembling Palystes distictus, Poc., in colour.

Posterior median eyes about a diameter and a half apart, a

little further away from the laterals, the eyes of this line re-

curved, the centres of the laterals about on a level with the

Species of African Solifuge and Aranee. 25

posterior edge of the medians, subequal ; eyes of anterior line

straight by their inferior edges, the laterals one fourth longer

than the medians ; quadrangle scarcely narrowed in front, a

little longer than wide.

Vulva smaller than that of P. distictus, formed of a horse-

shoe-shaped sclerite, with a median piece wedged in between

the two arms and filling the posterior half of its space, the

anterior half being left empty and semilunar in shape.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13; length ot

carapace 7, of first leg 26, of fourth leg 25.

Loc. Brak Kloof, Grahamstown (Mrs. White).

Neither of these species falls, strictly speaking, into the

genus Palystes, and it is probable that they will have to

constitute a separate genus by themselves. ‘The eyes of the

posterior line are distinctly recurved ; the ocular quadrangle

is only a little longer than wide and only a little wider behind

than in front; the posterior lateral eyes are not elevated and

the anterior lateral eyes are only a little larger than the

anterior medians, which are as large as the posterior medians.

There is, however, considerable variation in the eyes in the

various species referred to this genus. The colouring, again,

of the two known species is quite unlike that of all the

South-African Palystes. he latter apparently may be grouped

as follows :—

1. P. castaneus, lycosinus, cultrifer, White, mega-

cephalus, Chapert.

2. P. lunatus, perornatus, Leppane.

3. P. natalius (=Spencert), Elliott, Johnstoni, Hohnelt,

Fornasini.

4. P. distictus, scutatus.

Sparassus fonticola, sp.n. (PI. ILI. fig. 14.)

Colour. Integument of the cephalothorax, jaws, and limbs

reddish yellow, scantily clothed with pale hairs; abdomen

greyish yellow, faintly mottled.

Carapace as wide as long, a little shorter than patella+

tibia of fourth leg and than tibia of second, and about equal

to patella+tibia of third. Eyes of posterior line subequally

spaced, scarcely procurved, laterals a little larger ; medians

about four diameters apart; quadrangle wider than long,

narrowed in front; anterior medians larger than posterior

medians ; eyes of anterior line straight by their centres, sub-

equally spaced; medians larger than laterals, a little more

than a diameter apart.

26 On some new African Solifuge and Arvanee.

Legs 2,1, 4, 8 in length; patella unspined ; tibia of third

with 1 superior subdistal spine, tibia of first and second pairs

with 2+2 inferior spines ; no apical pair of spines.

Vulva very large, consisting of a long cavity, open behind,

with parallel sides, and an expanded and semicircularly

rounded anterior extremity ; this cavity is filled by a median

flat sclerite with slightly expanded and rounded anterior

extremity, parallel sides, and a truncate posterior extremity

bearing a median tubercular prominence.

Total length 7 millim. ; length and width of carapace 4;

length of first leg 14°5, of second 16.5, of third 11, of fourth 13.

Loc, ‘Tea Fountain, near Grahamstown (J/iss Leppan).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE IT.

Fig. 1. Outer view of right mandible of Desia bellula, the form of the

flagellum shown in outline.

Fig. 1a. Apex of upper jaw of the same from beneath.

Fig. 2. Outer view of right mandible of Ceroma pictulum; flagellum cut

short, its proximal end shown in outline.

Fig. 3. Outer view of jaws of Broomiella lineata.

Tig. 3a. Inner view of upper jaw of same, to show flagellum.

Fig. 3b. Tarsi of third and fourth legs of the same.

Fig. 4. Right palp of Stasimopus palpiger, 3.

Fig. 4a. Distal end of the same.

Fig. 5. Outer view of tibia and tarsus of right palp of Acanthodon

ochreolum,

Fig. 5a, Distal end of tibia and proximal end of protarsus of first leg of

the same.

Fiy. 6. Outer view of tibia of palp of Selenops Marshalh, 3.

Fig.7. Outer view of tibia of palp of Selenops Whitee, 3.

Pratelll.

Fig. 1. Thalassius Rossii, sp.n. Vulva.

ig. 2. Rothus lineatus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 3. Rothus auratus, Poe. Vulva.

Fig. 4. Spencerella signata, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 4a, Ditto. Eyes represented in a horizontal plane.

tg. 5. Spencerella lineata, Poc. Eyes epreaaniel in a horizontal plane.

Fig. 6. Euprosthenops pulchellus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig.6a, Ditto. Eyes represented in a horizontal plane.

Fig. 7, Platyoides pictus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 8. Platyoides Leppane, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 9. Palystes Leppane, sp.u. Vulva.

Fig. 10. Palystes perornatus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 11. Palystes Whitee, sp.n. Outer view of tibia of palp of 3.

Fig. 12. Palystes cultrifer, Poc. Outer view of tibia of palp of ¢.

Fig. 12a. Ditto. Vulva.

Fig, 13, Palystes scutatus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 14. Sparassus fonticola, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 15. Selenops Schinlandi, sp.n. Vulva.

On some Recent Publications concerning Diatoms. 27

Note.

During the passage of this paper through the press I re-

ceived a small consignment of Arachnida from Mr. Richard

Crawshay, who collected them in Basutoland. Amongst them

were two examples of a new species of Palystes which may

be diagnosed as follows :—

Palystes Crawshayt, sp. n.

9 .—Colour of dorsal surface a fairly uniform greyish

brown, obscurely mottled like the back of tarsi; pale clypeal

band on base and two superior external pale bands on man-

dible ; sternum yellow, with two black bands; coxe yellow ;

femora greyish black below, conspicuously spotted with

yellowish grey; epigastric area yellow; a transverse black

band behind the epigastric fold, the rest of the lower surface

dark red variegated with white spots.

Vulva with a deep and wide excavation, which is almost as

wide as long, with its lateral margins converging and almost

meeting in the posterior middle line ; the anterior half of the

space occupied by a skeletal piece, which is irregularly trans-

versely oblong in shape and attached by a narrow “stalk”

running from the middle of its anterior border to the adjacent

anterior rim of the excavation, and laterally by a membranous

piece to the anterior part of the lateral rim.

Total length 25 millim. ; length of carapace 11.

Loc. Maseru, in Basutoland.

Closely allied in colouring &c. to P. lunatus, perornatus,

and Leppane (see p. 23, antea), but differing in the form of

the median sclerite of the vulva, which has its posterior

border transverse and not produced. It resembles duwnatus in

the presence of two sternal bands and the other two in the

spotting of the femora.

Il1.—WNotes on some Recent Publications concerning Diatoms.

By P. T. CLeve and C. Merescukowsky.

1. G. Karsten. ‘Die Diatomeen der Kieler Bucht.”

‘Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen herausge-

geben von der Kommission in Kiel: 1889, 4to.

This in many respects important publication will no doubt

be for a long time a vade mecum for all students of living

diatoms. ‘The observations of the author concerning the

formation of auxospores cannot be overestimated, and the

28 = Prof. P. T. Cleve and Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on

number of interesting and, in the great majority of cases,

correctly described facts concerning the cell-contents of the

diatoms surpasses all that has been done before.

It is the recognition of the great value of this work and

the desire to render it still more valuable and useful, not for

finding errors, that has induced us to undertake the publica-

tion of the following critical remarks. Mistakes are inevit-

able in a work of such great extent and on a subject so

delicate and so full of difficulties. We believe therefore that

our criticism, undertaken in a friendly spirit and for the sake

of truth only, will by no means wound the feelings of the

author.

One of us (Cleve) will endeavour to correct as far as possible

the errors in the determination of species, the other will deal

more particularly with the cell-contents.

February 5, 1902.

A. Notes by P. 'T. CLEVE.

Asterionella Bleakeleyi (p. 23) is a tropical species. The

specimens figured agree with Diatoma tenue, Ag., a common

freshwater form frequently occurring in slightly brackish

water.

Navicula retusa (p. 47).—The figure shows that the median

striz are alternately longer and shorter, a characteristic that

does not belong to the named species. Doubtless Navicula

digito-radiata (var. cyprinus).

Navicula subtilis (p. 53) does not represent Gregory’s

species, but rather Navicula cincta.

Navicula ammophila var. lata (p. 54) is too large to be a

form of NV. ammophila.

Navicula neglecta (p. 57) is said to be akin to N. formosa,

but I have never met with so coarsely striate a form (striz

6-7 in 0°01 mm.).

Navicula latissima var. constricta (p. 57) is a form of

N. humerosa.

Navicula pygmaa (p. 59) =N. forcipata, Grev.

Navicula Greffii (p. 60) seems to represent a form of

Diploneis fusca. Grunow’s N. Greffit occurs in tropical

seas only.

Navicula interrupta (p. 61) probably represents a form of

Diploneis splendida or D. bombus. D. interrupta has no striz

some Recent Publications concerning Diatoms. 29

or only faint ones in the central part, and has besides a

different outline.

Navicula musca (p. 61) does not represent Gregory’s species,

which is altogether different, but Diploneis didyma, Khb.

Navicula aucklandica (p. 66): doubtless not Grunow’s

species ; indeterminable.

Navicula forcipata, Grev., var.? (p. 67), seems not to differ

from N. abrupta, Greg.

Navicula H (p. 68) is nothing but a form of N. lyra,

Ehb.

Trachyneis velata, A. S., var.? (p. 70). As this species

has been noted from the Southern Hemisphere only (Cape

of Good Hope, Cape Horn, Ascension), its occurrence in

“ Kieler Bucht’’? seems to be very doubtful. Probably

T. aspera, var. pulchella.

Pleurosigma marinum (p. 78) does not represent Donkin’s

species, which has an altogether ditterent median line. The

outline reminds one of P. Normanii, Ralfs, but the central

striation and, according to M. Mereschkowsky, the chromato-

phores are different.

Pleurosigma compactum (p. 86): probably Gyrosigma

arcticum, Cl.

Donkinia baltica (pp. 85, 86): probably Gyrosigma com-

pactum.

Amphiprora incisa (p. 90) =A. duplex, Greg.

Mastogloia Smithii (p. 92).—The right figure does not

represent the species of Thwaites, but rather JZ. lanceolata.

The striz are, however, radiate throughout, in which charac-

teristic it resembles VW. elliptica, Ag.; but the median striz

of the latter species are different.

Cocconeis placentula (p. 94) seems to be a small form of

C. scutellum.

Cocconeis apiculata (p. 94) seems not to agree sufiiciently

with A. Schmidt’s figure (from Cape of Good Hope). [I

have once found in plankton from Skagen a diatom the lower

valve of which agreed with fig. 117, but the upper valve was

identical with Grunow’s Schizostauron Reichardtianum, which

thus belongs to Achnanthes, s.1. Another species, hitherto

regarded as a Navicula, viz. Stauronets obliqua, has also

30 ~~ Prof. P. T. Cleve and Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on

dissimilar valves, and is most akin to Cocconets flewella, Kiitz.,

= Achnanthidium flecellum. |

Amphora alpha (p. 106) is doubtful; possibly a form of

A. quadrata (Greg. ?), Perag.

Amphora beta (p. 107): doubtful; possibly A. suleata

(Bréb. ?), Perag.

Amphora gamma (p. 108) =“‘Hantzschia” marina (Donk.).

Amphora delta (p. 108) seems to be akin to A. alata, Perag.

Amphora zeta (p. 109): doubtful; perhaps A. levis, var,

minuta, Cl.

Amphora ostrearia (p. 111) certainly does not represent

this well-known species, but possibly A. commutata, Grun.

Auricula punctata (p. 115) can scarcely be specifically

distinct from A. insecta.

Auricula staurophora (p. 117) is no doubt the same form as

Amphora quadrata (Bréb.), Cl.

Nitzschia dubia (p. 122): too coarsely striate (striz 12-13

in 0'01 mm.) to be the species of W. Smith (strize about 23 in

0:01 mm.).

Nitzschia valida (p. 127): probably N. segma. The true

N., valida occurs in warmer seas only.

Campylodiscus parvulus (p. 1382) =C. Thureti, Bréb. There

can scarcely be any doubt that C. parvulus, W. S8m.= C. Thu-

rett, Bréb., and that C. parvulus, Van Heurck, Syn.

(Ixxvii. 2), represents another species akin to C. Lorenztanus,

Grun.

B. Notes by C. MERESCHKOWSKY.

Fragilaria striatula, Lyngb. (p. 23),

has, according to Karsten, a single plate (he expresses,

however, some doubt about it). The var. californica, Grun.,

has four plates; it seems most probable that the type also

possesses the same number of chromatophores. Also F. hya-

lina has four plates. I doubt whether /. crotonensis (A. M.-

Edw.), Kitt. p. 24, has only one plate.

Synedra sp. (Hennedyana?) (p. 27)

is doubtless nothing but Cylindrotheca gracilis (Bréb.),

Grun. See C. Mereschkowsky, “A List of Californian

some Recent Publications concerning Diatoms. 31

Diatoms,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1901, vol. vii. pl. iv.

free, 21;

Achnanthes brevipes and A. subsessilis (p. 43),

All true Achnanthidia have four plates united into pairs

by a common pyrenoid. ‘This is also correctly represented

in Karsten’s figures of both species, and in thie description

given in the general part (p. 161) he mentions four plates ;

but when on p. 42 he says ‘f Zwei Chromatophoren beiderseits

des centralen Kern,” this can easily be misunderstood. We

differ, however, in one respect ; according to Karsten the

two opposite plates are united by a transverse band of endo-

chrome, while in my figures (Et. sur ’Endochrome des Diat.

pl. vi. figs. 20, 22) no such band exists, the two plates being

united by a colourless body. I have been criticized by

Karsten for calling it (as well as similar bodies in Okedenia

inflexa and O. pontica) a pyrenoid. Indeed, a colourless

pyrenoid seems to be a contradiction in itself, as, according

to the generally accepted opinion, a pyrenoid is a body colour-

less by itself, but being enclosed in the very substance of the

endochrome has therefore necessarily a coloured appearance,

This, however, is not quite correct. The pyrenoid can emerge

from the chromatophore either partly (MJastoglo‘a, Achnan-

thidium) or even entirely. We find all three cases occurring

sometimes in the same genus: coloured common pyrenoids

[Achnanthidium (Cymbosira) Agardhiti (Kiitz.)], partly out

of the endochrome (A. sp.), and completely free (A. glabra-

tum). ‘To this latter type also A. brevipes, at least its var.

intermedia, seems to belong. I intend to return to this inter-

esting subject in a special note.

Navicula dicephala, W. Sm. (p. 51),

cannot be this species, as N. dicephala has the same endo-

chrome as Cymbella (one plate), and therefore does not belong

even to the family Naviculacee.,

Navicula mollis (W. 8.), Cl. (p. 55, fig. 51).

The third figure (next to the margin) is most probably a

Libellus.

Navicula humerosa, Bréb. (p. 56).

Fig. 55 represents either a stage of division or else it is

an error, this species having normally two plates along the

valves (see Et. s. |’End. d. Diat. pl. 11. fig. 6) ; this is exactly

reproduced in fig. 56, representing, according to Cleve, a form

of NV. humerosa. In a letter Karsten expresses his opinion

that the diatoms which we have both studied, although very

32. ——~ Prof. P. T. Cleve and Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on

similar in their general appearance, may belong to two quite

different species. This may indeed be the case, and we see a

beautiful example of it in NV. scopulorum; but in the present

instance such a supposition seems to be very improbable.

Navicula didyma, Ehr. (NV. bombus, Ehr.) (p. 62, fig. 66).

All the four figures belong to Diploneis didyma, but

fig. 67, a 1, is certainly not this species. The cell-contents

differ somewhat from what I have observed in California ;

the margins of the plates do not join so closely, leaving a

broad space in the middle part of the valve; they are more

finely and regularly indented. Four central pleoplasts of a

very peculiar appearance and two libroplasts * are, of course,

not mentioned, as Karsten seems to attribute to them no

importance whatever.

Navicula scopulorum, Bréb. (pp. 63, 64).

The descriptions of the endochrome of this species given

by Karsten and myself differ in every respect. ‘There can be

no doubt as to the correctness of Karsten’s observations, the

more so as they fully agree with those of Paul Petit and

Brébisson ; neither can my observations be doubted, as they

are corroborated by the var. fasciculata, Gr., which has the

same endochrome fT. The only possible conclusion is this :

there exist two very different diatoms, belonging to two widely

separated families (Naviculaceee and Okedeniez), which are

identical as regards the structure of their frustules and valves

(see also Nitzschia angularis).

Navicula (Libellus) constricta, W. Sm. (p. 65).

Is not the type species, but the var. linearis, Mer.{ Does

certainly not belong to the genus Navicula, but represents

rather a new genus (Stauronella).

Pleurosigma fasciola, W. Sm. (p. 74).

I have observed hundreds of living specimens of this species

in the Mediterranean, in the Pacific Ocean, and in fresh water

(California), and I never saw a single individual with four

plates. There are always two plates, as in all species of the

genus Gyrosigma, Ss. 8.

Pleurosigma tenuissimum, W. Sm. (pp. 75, 76).

The above remark applies to this species also: there

* See for these terms my paper ‘On Sedlaphora,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist., Mar. 1902, p. 187.

+ C. Mereschkowsky, “On Okedenia,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1901,

vol. viii. pl. vil. figs. 7, 8.

{ C. Mereschkowsky, “‘On Stauronella, a new Genus of Diatoms,”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1901, vol. viii. p. 424.

some Recent Publications concerning Diatoms. 33

are invariably only two plates, which are always disposed

very asymmetrically—that is to say, if the left plate is nearer

to the upper end of the frustule, the right one is nearer to the

lower end. This is a very characteristic and constant feature

of Gyrosigma tenuissimum.

Pleurosigma nubecula, W. Sm. (p. 77, fig. $8).

The left figure is too sigmoidal to belong to this species ;

it seems rather to represent a small individual of P. deli-

catulum, of which it has the endochrome. The right figure

might be P. nubecula but for the endochrome, which, according

to my observations, is of the same type as in P. Normanit

(Et. s. ?End. d. D. pl. iv. figs. 1-5).

Scoliopleura latestriata, Grun. (p. 84) [its right name is

Scoliotropis latestriata (Bréb.), Cl.].

In the var. amphora the two opposite plates are united by

a common pyrenoid. It is very likely to be the same in

the type species also. Karsten represents them as being

separated.

Tropidoneis maxima, Greg., var.? (p. 88).

Represents two species; the second figure (from the left)

Tropidoneis vitrea, W.Sm., with cell-contents.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 3

34 Prof. P. T. Cleve and Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on

is probably 7. tetraplasta, a new species, characterized by the

presence of four libroplasts instead of two, as is usually the case.

The third figure is doubtless the 7’. vitrea, but the description

of the endochrome is erroneous; there are two plates, it is true,

but they extend all along the connectives, being composed of

an upper and a lower part, uniting in the middle by a very

narrow band. As the same error has been committed by

Pfitzer, I give here a figure (p. 33) of the endochrome of this

species. ‘lhe two elongated bodies on the right side represent

the two libroplasts, so characteristic for the whole genus.

Mastogloia Smithii, Thor. (p. 92).

Here, again, the description of Karsten can easily mislead

the reader, as was the casein regard to Achnanthidium brevipes.

When he says “ Zwei Chromatophoren sind vorhanden,”

this is certainly not correct. In a letter Professor Karsten

explains that he means two pairs of chromatophores united

by a common pyrenoid—which is correct, and agrees pretty

well with the figures. But the species, as Cleve points

out, is not MW. Smithi7, and cannot be the same on account of

the position of the plates along the connecting-zones, a position

very different from what Cleve and I have observed in

M. Smith.

My recent observations on the structure of the genus

Mastogloia have shown the descriptions and figures given in

my ‘tudes sur ?Kndochrome des Diatomées’ to be very

exact.

Cocconeis scutellum, Ehr. (p. 93).

The foramina in the chromatophore-plate are not real.

The margins in this species are sometimes deeply indented

and the lobes may come in contact, thus producing a kind of

pseudo-foramina.

Amphora beta (p. 107).

This is no doubt the same species that I have described in

Etudes s. |’End. pl. v. fig. 9. The endochrome is the same,

the outlines of the frustule are the same, and as to the divisions

of the zone Karsten says ‘‘ Zonen mit punktirten Linien.”

I have but little doubt that this is the A. composita Jan

figured in A. 8. Atlas, pl. xxvi. fig. 44, which I believe to

be a good species. According to Cleve, A. beta might repre-

sent A. sulcata (Bréb.?), Per- (Diat. mar. d. Fr. pl. xlvii.

fig. 7), but the outlines of the frustules in both species are a

little different and the size of the latter is smaller.

some Recent Publications concerning Diatoms. 35

Amphora ehta (p. 109).

This is the same form that is figured in my Etudes sur

l’End. pl. v. figs. 4, 5, representing most probably Gregory’s

A. excisa. I must have overlooked the pyrenoids.

Amphora ostrearia, Bréb. (p. 110).

I have the same doubt as Cleve concerning the correctness

of the determination of this species ; its endochrome, although

of the same type as in A. ostrearda, has a different habitus

from that of the latter species (see A. teta).

Amphora epsilon (p. 111).

A form with which I am well acquainted. It is A. acuta,

var. arcuata, A. 8., the same as in Etudes s. l’Hnd. d. D.

pl. vi. fig. 1. I can fully confirm the correctness of this

determination.

Amphora teta (p. 112).

This is the genuine A. ostrearia; figure 149 represents

the endochrome exactly as I have recently observed it in

California, where this species is very common; the plates are

large, with undulated and broadly indented margins.

Auricula punctata, Karst. (pp. 115, L16).

Is the same as Aurtcula quadrangu/ata, Mer. (Et. s. End.

pl. vi. fig. 18). Seems to differ from A. ¢nsecta, to which it

is nearly related, in the presence of puncta.

Auricula staurophora, Karst.

Same as the form described and figured in Et. s. End.

pl. vi. fig. 14, under the name of Amphora quadrata, a name

which seems to have lost all meaning because of the many

and various forms to which it has been applied (see, for in-

stance, Perag. D. mar. d. Fr. p. 220, pl. xlix. fig. 19). I do

not believe, however, A. staurophora to be sufficiently distinct

from Auricula stauroneis, Mer. (/. c. pl. vi. figs. 15, 16), to

constitute a good species; one of these should be considered

merely a variety of the other. The granules are represented

in my paper as_ being elliptical, which is to be attributed to

the material not being in a sufficiently fresh condition. I also

failed to describe the pyrenoids.

Nitzschia angularis, W. Sm. (p. 120).

Very different from the form I have described under this

name (Kt. s. PEnd. pl. vii. figs. 1, 2). In California I have

observed quite a number of forms which could hardly be

separated trom JN. distans ; at the same time their cell-contents

36 Prof. P. T. Cleve and Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on

are so different that they no doubt represent very distinct

species. This would explain the difference in the present

case, which is analogous to that of Vavicula scopulorum.

But when Karsten describes the endochrome as_ being

composed of a single plate he is certainly wrong. I have

carefully studied over fifty species and varieties of Nitzschia,

and I can positively affirm that there is not a single species

of this genus which has less than two plates. All the state-

ments to the contrary are positively erroneous. This error,

introduced by Pfitzer, has since been frequently repeated with

a remarkable persistency by Paul Petit, Van Heurck (‘A

Treat. on the Diat.’ p. 882), &c., and now again by Karsten.

There is no such thing as a single plate in the genus

Nitzschia.

That is the reason why I do not believe the Hantzschia

marina, which, according to Karsten (see Amphora gamma,

p- 108), possesses a single plate, to be a Hantzschia or to

belong to the Nitzschiew at all. It is, in my opinion, nothing

but an Hpithemia, and therefore belongs to the Archaides *,

which are usually characterized by a single plate (Auricula,

Amphiprora). Its name should be changed into Epithemia

marina.

Karsten also erroneously attributes one plate to Niteschia

punctata, var. elongata (p. 121), N. litoralis (p. 121), and

N. constricta (p. 122).

Nitzschia lanceolata, W. Sm. (p. 129).

We somewhat disagree in regard to this species. One of

us must have made an error in the determination, but I could

not say positively whether it is Karsten or myself.

Surirella gemma, Hhr. (p. 131).

The figure is correct, but it is not quite exact to say that

there are two plates. There is only a single plate, bent at

the lower end, and it is only before the division of the frustule

that the plate becomes divided.

2. C. Merescuxowsky. ‘ Etudes sur |l’Endochrome des

Diatomées.”’ I* Partie. Mémoires de l Académie

Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, 1901,

vol xi. n. 6.

This paper contains a number of erroneous determinations,

* See my paper ‘On Stauronella,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii.

p. 429.

some Recent Publications concerning Diatoms.

which would all have been corrected had I received the proofs.

The most important are the following :—

Instead of

Diploneis suborbicularis, Greg.(p. 6).

Caloneis formosa, var. quadrilineata,

Gr. (p. 6).

Navicula (Iibellus) species prima

(p. 14).

L’exactitude de la figure (p. 15,

line 11 from top).

VY. 33, MNavicula species P (p. 15).

Amphipleura micans, Lyngb. (p.17).

Pleurosigma elongatum, W. Sm.

(p. 20).

Amphora acutiuscula, var. subcon-

stricta, Gr. ? (p. 26).

Amphora angularis, Greg. (p. 26).

Amphora Arcus, Greg. ? (p. 26).

Amphora lineolata, Ehr.? (p. 27).

Amphora ocellata, Donk. (p. 28).

Nitzschia Acus, Cl. (p. 35).

Nitaschiella tenuirostris, var. genu-

ina, Mer. (p. 37).

3. HEIDEN-ROSsTOCK.

Doberan.”’

XA MUM 2.

Read

Diploneis papula, A. 8.?

Caloneis hber, var, evcentrica, Grun.

Libellus reticulatus, Mer.

L’exactitude de la figure 22 d,

Neidium affine, var. amphirhyn-

chus (Ehyr.).

Navicula (Dickieia) oblita, Mey.

Pleurosigma delicatulum, W. Sm.

Amphora angularis, Gree.

Amphora alata, var. delta, Kayst.

Amphora composita, Jan,

Amphora species P

A. quadrangulata, Mer.

Nitzschia seriata, Cl.

Nitzschiella tenuirostris, var. hamu-

lifera, Mer.

“‘ Diatomeen des Conventer Sees bei

Mitth. a. d. Meckb. Geol. Landesanstalt,

Rostock, 1900. 4to.

Amphora Geinitzi (fig. 1) = A. arenicola, Grun., var. major,

Cl. Syn. Nav. D.

Mastogloia stauroneiformis, sp. n. (fig. 5) = JZ. Smithii, var.

lacustris, Grun.

Mastogloia varieloculata,

sp. n.

agrees with

(fig 7),¢

M. Braunii, Grun., but the strie are stated to be 82 in

0:01 mm. (perhaps a misprint for 23).

Navicula alluviana, sp. n. (fig. 8)=Pinnularia rectangu-

lata, Greg. ?

Navicula conventus, sp. n. (fig. 9) = WV. directa, var. subtilis,

Greg. (in Cl. Syn. Navic. Diat. ii. p. 27, the length is given

as 0'012 instead of 0°12 mm.).

Cocconeis lanceolata, sp. n. (fig. 17)=C. quarnerensis,

Grun.

Nitzschia variepunctata, sp. n. (fig. 22)=NV. navisularis

(Bréb.), Grun.

Polo:

38 Mr. F. P. Cambridge on

4. E. Scutirr. “ Centrifugale und simultane Membran-

verdickungen.” Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot. xxxv. 3, 1900.

Guinardia baltica (figs. 11, 12)=G. flaccida (Castr.).

Leptocylindrus danicus (fig. 33)=Rhizosolenia delicatula,

Cl. (ik. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. xxxii. n. 8, 1900).

Rhizosolenia setigera (fig. 34) = 2. semtspina, Hensen.

Rhizosolenia Hensenii= Jt. setigera, Btw. PT.

5. Scuroper. “ Das Phytoplankton des Golfes von Neapel.”

Mitth. aus der zool. Stat. zu Neapel, vol. xiv.

Asteromphalus Ralfsianus (fig. 7) seems to be a small form

of A. Heokerd, but the fig. is not sufficient. It cannot repre-

sent A. Ralfstanus = A. heptactis, the central space being much

too large.

Euodia arcuata, sp. n. (fig. 8) = HWemidiscus cunetformis.

1V.—On the Genus Latrodectus, Walch.

By Freperick PickArD CAmpripGE, B.A., F.Z.8.

In February 1902 a paper on this genus was read before the

Zoological Society of London, and a table giving differential

characters for the various species and subspecies was added.

While executing the plates for that paper it has become

clear that certain characters, based on the clothing of the

abdomen, are of greater importance than I had considered at

the time to be the case, and I therefore publish the following

table as affording a better key to the characters of the different

species than that included in my paper read before the Zoolo-

gical Society. These characters will all be found illustrated

on the plates accompanying my paper in the ‘ Proceedings of

the Zoological Society.’

Females.

A. Integument of abdomen, at any rate on the

lateral area, clothed with minute acanthoid

spines, with or without longer bristles or

spines.

i, Abdomen clothed on the lateral area with

the Genus Latrodectus, Walch.

minute acanthoid spines, densely on the

sides, more sparsely above, variable in

length, but without longer and stouter

S/ LUISE wrigsAVe nea b cucu toiRsicie gro nie shin

ii. Abdomen furnished also with longer spines.

a, The additional spines short, straight, and

in every direction. Abdomen with

red spots or entirely black ....... .

b'. The additional spines shorter, curved

mainly in the same direction. The

bands on abdomen never broken up

into spots nor (so far as one may

judge from material at hand) ever

entirely black.

a”, Dorsal apical red band on abdomen

clothed with both acanthoid

spines and longer spines ....... .

6’, Dorsal band without acanthoid

spines, bristles only.

a*, Bristles on dorsal band at least

their own length apart ......

b*, Bristles on dorsal band less than

half their own length apart,...

B. Integument of abdomen entirely devoid of

acanthoid spines, clothed only with fine

silky hairs (or, in Menavodi, bristles).

a‘, Central anterior eyes not larger than the

lateral anteriors.

1. Bristles on abdomen of two different

lengths. Abdomen with three lateral

spots on each side devoid of hair ....

2. Bristles (or hairs) on abdomen of the

same length. No lateral spots on

abdomen.

GEE DSIZOMATE OTS oc hen el oe bie ativan ae

b*, Size smaller.

la. Legs much more slender. Femur

dv. eight times its width ......

2a. Legs much stouter. Femur iv.

five to six times its width ......

6*, Central anterior eyes larger than the

lateral anteriors .....6....0005 niodaans

pallidus, O. P. Cambr.

. Aystrix, Ki. Simon,

tredecim-guttatus, Rossi.

Hasseltvi, Thor.

var. indicus, Simon.

var. from Loyalty Is.

Menavodi, Vinson.

mactans, Fabricius.

geographicus, Hasselt.

katipo, Powell.

geometricus, ©. L. Koch.

Since my former paper was read I have also received

Dr. Dahl’s publication on the members of this genus*. Whether

the characters deduced from the differences in the hairs of the

patella and tibia will bear the weight of importance laid upon

them can only be judged by a comparative examination of a

* ¢Sitzunes-Bericht der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu

Berlin,’ p. 40 (Feb. 18, 1902): “ Uebersicht der Latrodectus-Arten,”’ by

Friedr. Dahl.

40) Messrs. T. D. A. Cockerell and E. Atkins on

long series of examples. Species are separated, for instance,

by the presence of several (six or seven) blunt bristles, or

at least one, amongst many pointed bristles from those which

possess no blunt bristle. If, however, they vary in this respect

between six and one, there is no reason why they should not

vary from six to none. So, too, with respect to colour-

differences and characters based on the relative length of

protarsus i., in connexion at any rate with the distinction of

J. geometricus from L. obscurior, new species. In numerous

examples of ZL. geometricus from the Amazons, ‘able Moun-

tain, Karachi, and Jansenville one finds every variation in

coloration from pale whity grey to almost jet-black, while

protarsus 1. varies in length from three to four times longer

than the tarsus. JL. obscurtor is distinguished from geome-

tricus by the variation of protarsus i., three and a quarter to

three and a half times the tarsus—that of the latter species

being about four times the tarsus.

The variation of colour in L. mactans, too, ranges from the

central band and lateral slashes being red (as in the typical

North-American form) to almost jet-black, so that one hesi-

tates to separate examples even as subspecies on the strength

of slight variations in this respect—as, for instance, L. insu-

laris, L. ¢nsularts insular’s, and L. insularts lunulifer.

The following are Dr. Dahl’s new species and subspecies :—

JL. obscurior, sp. n., Madagascar; L. tnsularis, sp. n., An-

tilles; LZ. ensularis tnsularis, subsp. n., St. Thomas; ZL, in-

sularts lunulifer, subsp. n., Haiti; L. sagittifer, sp. n., Porto

Alegro; L. ancorifer, sp. n., New Guinea; L. Hahli, sp. n.,

Bismarck Archipelago; L. duzonicus, sp. n., Philippines ;

L. Stuhlmann, sp. n., Kast Africa; L. renivulvatus, sp. n.,

German 8.W. Atrica.

V.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.

—XIII. On the Bees of the Family Nomadide of Ashmead.

3y T. D. A. CocKERELL and EMERSON ATKINS.

Tue Nomadide of Ashmead (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxvi.

p- 64) are the parasitic bees with three submarginal cells.

Ashmead himself says that they have “‘ undoubtedly originated

from other bees, through different lines of descent.” He

adds :— It is evident, however, that most of them are

descendants from various Anthophorid bees, since they agree

more nearly with these bees in venation and the characters of

the mouth-parts than with any of the others.” If we admit

the Bees of the Family Nomadide. 4]

that a valid taxonomic group must consist of forms not less

related to one another than to forms outside of the group, or,

at least, that the group must have a common ancestor ex-

hibiting the group-characters, then the family Nomadidz, by

the admission of its author, is not valid, or else must be

restricted to a small portion of the genera now included in it.

In other words, convergent evolution must be distinguished

from blood-relationship *

In our studies of these bees we have met with facts which

convince us that they are descended from two or three entirely

diverse groups, Nomada itself coming from the Panurgine.

NomapA, Scopoli, 1770.

Mr. E. Saunders (Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiii. p. 423)

says:—‘ This genus forms a curious transition between the

Andrenidee and Apide ; it has many of the characteristics of

the latter division, such as the long tongue, the acute para-

glosse, and the long basal joint of the labial palpi; on the

other hand, however, it has the joints of the labial palpi sub-

cylindrical, like the Andrenide, without any tendency to the

flat or concave sheath-like form of the Apide, and its species

are also parasitic on the Andrenide (with the exception of

_N. seafasciata, which frequents the burrows of Eucera). . .

1 should feel inclined to treat it as a very abnormal genus of

the Andrenide.”

When we come to compare the mouth-parts of Nomada

with those of the Panurgine (which are themselves obviously

derived from the Andrenidz) all the difficulties mentioned by

Saunders disappear. In the Panurgine mouth we find the

long tongue, the long basal joint of the labial palpus, and

paraglossee of the same type as Momada. Moreover, certain

species of Nomada (e. g. N. similis) are-parasitic on Panurgus.

Of all the Panurgine Panurgus is most like Nomada,

having the same slender tapering galea, the same long

maxillary palpi, &c. The greatest difference is in the para-

glosse, which in Nomada are much more slender; but

another Panurgine bee, Dufourea vulgaris, has slender para-

gloss, as in Nomada, though it differs from Nomada in the

palpi. Nomada, to be sure, has three submarginal cells in

* In the famous paper by De Vries (ef. ‘ Science,’ May 9, 1902, p. 726)

new “species” are said to appear repeatedly among the offspring of

Ginothera or Onagra Lamarckiana (apparently it should be Onagra

grandiflora); thus the “species” Cinothera oblonga originated several

hundred times independently. Of course the fact is that ds. Lamarckiana

is polymorphic, and the various mutations haye not yet reached the status

of species.—T. D. A. C.

42 Messrs. T. D. A. Cockerell and IX. Atkins on

the wings, whereas the Panurgine have but two; however,

Nomada obliterata, Cresson, has constantly only two sub-

marginals *, while a form of Dufourea (subg. Trilia, Vachal)

has three. Andrena has usually three submarginals, but

some species have only two.

As typical examples of Nomada we have studied N. fucata,

Panz. (Mallorca, Balearic Is., from Friese), and N. xantho-

phila, Ckll. (New Mexico). In Panurgus we have used

P. calcaratus and P, Banksianus.

Nomada modesta, Cresson (Las Vegas, N. M., collected by

A. Garlick), differs from the other species by the very large

and long galea (actually larger than in WV. «anthophila,

though the bee is smaller), shorter maxillary palpi (not much

over half length of galea), very long paraglosse, long tongue,

and very long basal joint of labial palpi (much exceeding the

other three joints together). In these characters (except the

paraglosse:) WV. modesta closely resembles Calliopsis verbene

(also from Las Vegas, N. M.).

There is a singular resemblance in the mouth-parts between

Nomada and Lzxomalopsts, but the bees are otherwise

entirely different, and are evidently not related.

The following table gives the differential characters of the

mouth-parts of several Panurgine bees, placing Nomada

among them for purposes of comparison :—

A. Maxillary palpi far surpassing the galea 7.

a, First joint of labial palpi longer than the

other three together ; galea broad,

not bristly 61... -.sseeereer eevee ITalictoides dentiventris,

aa. First joint of labial palpi not longer [Nyl.

than the other three together.

b. First joint of labial palpi about equal

with second; the first two ee

WON SOE Geeininis oo beieonNe o . LRhophitoides canus

bb. First joint of labial palpi conspicu- [(Hversm.).

ously longer than second.

ce. Tongue very narrow, nearly parallel-

sided ; labial palpi long and slen-

der ; galea very slender apically,

with bristles along its whole hind

* Nomada obliterata may stand as the type of a subgenus Hem-

nomada.—T. D. A. C.

t+ The maxillary palpi also surpass the galea in Spinoliella scitula

(Cresson) and Hyleosoma atriceps (Cresson), species formerly referred to

Calliopsis. Inthe Spinoliella the first joint of the labial palpi is very stout

and longer than the other three together; in the Hyleosoma it is scarcely

as long as the other three together. In both the galea is broad and

bristly at the apex.—T. D. A. C,

the Lees of the Family Nomadide. 43

margin; third joint of maxillary

palpi about 3 length of second .. Dufowrea vulgaris,

ce, Tongue broad and sharply pointed [Schenck.

(dagger-like) ; galea broad, bristly

at tip.

d. Labial palpi stout, first joint very

stout; third joint of maxillary

palpi hardly half length of

SOCOUd pert hustle aten se emehaier Parahalictoides Tinsleyi,

dd, Labial palpi rather slender; [(CkIL.).

third joint of maxillary palpi

about 3 length of second ,... Parahalictotdes paradoxus

AA. Maxillary palpi shorter than galea. [(Moraw.).

a, First joint of labial palpi much shorter

than the other three together; max-

illary palpi short and rather stout.... Hesperapis rhodocerata

aa. First joint of labial palpi about as long [(Ckll.).

as the other three together ; maxillary

palpi long, often almost as long as

galea,

6. Galea short and broad, sepia-brown,

its hind margin only bristly on apical

POOEGION eas spincais diss 8,016 asco eiaie ace aha -e Panurginus Boylei (Ckll.).

bb. Galea narrow and curved apically,

the apical portion mostly hyaline,

its hind margin bristly throughout.

e. Paraglosses linear 2920 itwesds Ss Nomada xanthophila, Ckl.

ca) (Paraglossas broad). .)s).35 «2 <tsiiids Panurgus Bankstianus

aaa, First joint of labial palpi decidedly (tirby).

longer than the other three together.

6, Maxillary palpi about or little over

half length of galea.

c. Paraglossee long and linear; second

joint of labial palpi bristly and

longer than the last two joints

TORBEN Were aioye Amis yerevels spore eiscs + Nomada modesta (Cresson).

cc. Paraglosse shorter and shaped like

a knife-blade; second joint of

labial palpi short, no longer than

CHIE Geeta Gusta eee ee Calliopsis verbene, C. & P,

bb. Maxillary palpi not very much

shorter than galea.

ec. Galea with the apical portion much

elongated, very narrow, and

CUNVEGs Santis cake serverten mena ale Nomada fucata, Panz.

ee. Galea broad, the apical portion not

or scarcely elongated.

d. First joint of labial palpi not

nearly twice as long as the

other three together; tongue

short (about as in Dasypoda).. Hypomacrotera semirufa

dd. First joint of labial palpi at [(CkIL.).

least twice as long as the other

three together ; tongue longer ;

paraglosse quite slender,

44 Messrs. T. D. A. Cockerell and EB. Atkins on

e. First joint of labial palpi very

LOM GS we ten datorse steel oe eet Calliopsis coloradensis,

ee. First joint of labial palpisome- { Cresson.

what shorter; tongue con-

siderably surpassing labial

Pal piece yea ere Calliopsis chlorops, Ckll.

The Nomada figured by E. Saunders (/. c.) has the labial

palpi of the type of N. canthophila, but the galea, as figured,

is more like that of Panurginus Boylet. Saunders does not

state the species. The species with the N. wanthophila type of

palpi may be regarded as typical Nomada.

Nomada modesta, with the characters indicated in the table,

may be taken as the type of a new subgenus, Micronomada.

Calliopsis verbene, with its long galea not abruptly

narrowed at apex and the extremely long basal joint of labial

palpus, may form the type of a new subgenus, Verbenapis.

We believe that Phileremulus, Neolarra, and probably

Allodape are related to Nomada, and are therefore also derived

from Panurgine ancestors.

Eprouus, Latr., 1802.

This genus is parasitic on Colletes, but cannot be derived

therefrom. From all the genera discussed in connexion with

Nomada it differs by its greatly reduced maxillary palpi,

which have only two joints. Many species found in North

America, formerly referred to LEpeolus, have three-jointed

maxillary palpi, and constitute the genus T'riepeolus of

Robertson (1901). Robertson thinks that YZrdepeolus is

probably a parasite (or, rather, inquiline) of the Melissodinee.

Examining 7riepeolus verbesine (CkIll.) as an example of the

Epeolus type, we find that it has a broad blunt galea, with

erect bristles at intervals on the outer margin, such as we

find in several of the Nomada-Panurgine series. But the

whole of the mouth-parts indicate the closest affinity with

Phileremus. he characters which remove Jpeolus and

Phileremus from the Nomada-Panurgine series are the reduced

maxillary palpi, and the broadened and flattened two basal

joints of the labial palpi, with the two terminal joints

diverging laterally, as in the ordinary long-tongued bees.

At this point we note that Calliopsts chlorops (a veritable

Panurgine) has the first joint of the labial palpi broadened

and flattened, while its paraglosse are very like those of

Epeolus. Furthermore, the series of Phileremulus &c., while

departing very much in many respects from Phileremus or

the Panurgine, nevertheless forms 1n some ways a connecting-

link between these groups. ?/ileremulus is remarkable tor

the Bees of the Family Nomadide. 45

having a very long tongue, with entirely Panurgus-like

labial palpi. Adlodape, on the other hand, has the labial

palpi wholly as in the ordinary long-tongued bees.

It would seem, then, that Hpeolus and Phileremus, with

their allies, have been derived from the Panurgine series, but

from a higher type than Nomada. ‘The resemblances we find

between /peolus and the Anthophorine may be explained by

the probable fact that the Anthophorine themselves have a

Panurgine ancestry, though they have now travelled far

along their own special path.

MeEtect4, Latr., 1802.

Dalla Torre gives this as the first genus of the Nomadine.

It is parasitic upon <Anthophora, as also is Crocisa. In

Melecta miranda we find the maxillary palpi very small, five-

jointed, the last joint minute; the galea is very large, with a

few short dark spines at the apex; the tongue and the labial

palpi are of the type usual in long-tongued bees. In Antho-~

phora montana we find the third joint of the labial palpi

attached laterally some distance betore the end of the second,

at about the middle of the terminal narrowed portion of the

second joint. The outer side of the two first joints is

- covered with bristles, which form a brush at the end of the

second. In Epeolus and Melecta the last two joints are

attached at the end of the second, as also in Melissodes and

Xenoglossa. In Epeolus, however, the second joint is not

narrowed apically, whereas in Melecta miranda it is greatly

narrowed, with the narrowed portion largely hyaline. ‘The

ealea of Anthophora montana has the same general form as

that of Melecta miranda, but is distinguished by numerous

strong bristles scattered over its surface. Much more similar

to that of Me/ecta, when one goes into details, is the galea of

the series of Melissodes &e. ‘Thus in Xenoglossa pruinosa we

find on the apical part of the galea a longitudinal series of

bristles having tubular sockets, while the margin of the galea

behind these bristles is abruptly narrowed and hyaline. ‘The

same row of bristles appears in the J/electa, but it is longer

and the long hyaline area is not narrowed. In Melissodes

pallidicincta the hyaline area is extremely small, but recog-

nizable in comparison with the other genera.

From the above facts we must apparently conclude that

AMelecta is really derived from the Anthophorine series, but

not from Anthophora itself.

46 On the Bees of the Family Nomadide.

Ericrocis, Cresson, 1887.

We have examined £rtcrocis lata, Cresson. Its evident

affinity is with Centris, to which it is allied by the short

paraglossee and the vary peculiar form of the labial palpi and

galea. The similarity of the galea even extends to the trans-

verse brown spots, though the maxillary palpi in Hricrocis

are reduced to two joints. Both Centris and Hricrocis are no

doubt derived from Hzomalopsis or a similar form.

THALESTRIA, Smith, 1854.

We have studied Thalestria smaragdina, Sm., collected by

Mr. H. H. Smith at Chapada, Brazil. The maxillary palpi

are reduced to two joints. The galea is large and broad, with

the series of bristles having tubular sockets, as seen in Xeno-

glossa, while the ill-defined hyaline area is narrowed, though

not strongly. The labial palpi are extremely hairy on the

inner side, and the third joint is placed at the lateral apex of

the second. All this indicates the origin of Thalestria from

the Anthophorine series, near to the place of origin of

Melecta.

Thus the “‘ Nomadide ”’ are of composite origin and should

be divided into groups, somewhat as follows :—

Nomadine, for Nomada and its allies, to follow the Panur-

gine.

Phileremine, for Phileremus and Epeolus.

Melectinz, for Melecta, Thalestria, &c., to follow the groups

of Xenoglossa Ke.

Ericrocinee, for Hricrocis, to follow the group of Centris &e.

The genus Bombomelecta falls in Melectine, and its affinity

with Xenog/ossa is further indicated by the very long para-

gloss, which, however, are devoid of hairs. The tip of the

galea exhibits a number of flattened hairs, and exactly the

same, but not so large, are found in Melissodes. The Bombo-

melecta studied is B. thoracica, var. fulvida, Cresson.

It is worth while to remark that the nest-building bees can

be recognized by the comb of bristles on the basal part (stipes)

of the maxilla. In the parasitic genera this is wholly wanting,

the corresponding place presenting at most a series of fine

short hairs.

All the slides used in this investigation were prepared by

Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

May 21, 1902.

On Eastern and Australian Moths. 47

VI.—New and little-known Species of Eastern and Australian

Moths. By Colonel C. Swinuor, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Family Eupterotide.

Eupterote axesta.

Euterote axesta §, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 157, pl. ii. fig. 2.

?. General coloration a uniform pinkish brown; thorax

and abdomen slightly darker than the wings and more

pinkish ; the wing-markings much as in the male, the inner

bands more indistinct, the discal straight bands dark brown-

pink, with pale outer edging.

Size similar to the male.

A fine series of females lately received; though I have had

many males from the Khasias, I never received a female

before.

Family Boarmiide.

Corymica latimarginata.

3 ?. Bright yellow, irrorated with minute rufous atoms:

fore wings with the costa pale rufous, black and white points

on the costal edge, two brownish-grey marks on the costa

- before and at the middle, these being the commencement of

incomplete outwardly curved obscure grey bands; the outer

margin broadly rufous, its inner edge excavated below the

middle and in some examples margined by a dark thick brown

line: hind wings with a central obscure and irregular grey

band and outer marginal narrower rufous band. ‘The hind

wing of the male has no tuft of hair on abdominal margin ;

the fore wings have the usual fovea of hyaline membrane,

but rounder and smaller than usual in the genus; the outer

margins of both wings are round and the apex of fore wings

is not acute nor produced.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Lawas, Borneo (Lverett).

There are examples of both sexes of this species from Pulo

Laut in the B. M. unnamed.

Family Limacodide.

Nagoda francesca, nov.

3. Branches of antenna ochreous; shafts of antenne,

pectus, head, and body above brown-pink. Wings hyaline,

48 Col. C. Swinhoe on new and little-known

the veins and borders brown-pink: fore wings with the

discoidal vein and the stalk of veins 7, 8, and 9 thickened,

the costa with a maroon band ; the apical band rather broad,

attenuated hindwards; the basal part and a broad band on

the hind wings also brown-pink; in the centre of this band

is a green spot: hind wings with a fairly uniform narrow

band on costa and outer margin and broad band occupying a

third of the wing-space on the abdominal margin. Under-

side: body and legs ochreous.

On eelead: collar, and abdomen rufous; thorax green:

wings of a uniform pale pink or pink-grey, thinly clothed,

rufous at the base of fore wings ; a large green round spot at

middle of hinder margin ; another similar. spot on costa one

fourth from apex ; costa of fore wings and cilia of both wings

rufous. Underside: body and legs rufous; wings coloured

as above, but without any markings.

E:xpanse of wings, ¢ 75, $ 1%5 inch.

Java.

All nine specimens are males; there are two males and

one (the type) female in the B. M.

Parasa ostia, nov.

d. Antenne, palpi and frons, underside of thorax, and

legs chestnut-colour ; thorax and fore wings dark bright

erass-green ; a chestnut basal patch ; costal line pale chestnut ;

cilia pale chestnut, with white patches; abdomen and hind

wings paler green, the wings whitish towards the costa and

outer margin and tinged with chestnut at the base and on the

abdominal margin; cilia whitish, tinged with chestnut at the

anal angle. On the underside the wings are of a pale

uniform green, the base of both wings and costal line of fore

wings chestnut ; cilia of both wings pale chestnut, with white

patches.

Eixpanse of wings 2,/, inches.

Khasia Hills ; three e examples.

Family Drepanulide.

Ectothyris quadrangulus, nov.

?. Frons pure white; head and collar pale chocolate; a

broad pale chocolate-brown band from costa of fore wings

before the middle, outwardly curved and broadening hind-

wards and across the hind wings, also before the middie, this

band containing several darker lines; there are broad choco-

late-grey bands on all the borders of both wings, with two

Eustern and Australian Moths. 49

hyaline patches on each wing inside the bands, one on each

wing between the base and the medial band and the other

between the medial and outer binds; the thorax is grey, the

abdomen pale chocolate-coloured ; a duplex grey line limits

the outer side of the outer hyaline patches, and there is a

dark grey crenellated submirginal line on both wings. On

the underside the wings are dark grey, with a broad still

darker brownish-grey band before the outer margin across

both wings and a brown marginal line.

Expanse of wings | inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Allied to Hetothyris trifenestrata, Swinh., from Pulo Laut.

Family Syntomide.

Syntomis chroma.

Aydrusa chroma, Swinh, Cat. Hot. Mus. Oxon. i. p. 50 (1892).

Syntomis annulata, Ampsn. (part.), Phal. i. p. 72 (1898).

Syntomis Clements, H npsn. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) viii. p. 167 (1901).

W. Australia.

The types (¢ ?) are marked Australia in O. M.

The type Clements? is from the Sherlock River, W. Aus-

tralia, in B. M.

I have lately received over six hundred examples from

Roebourne, 60 miles from the Sherlock River, which are

identical with Hampson’s type and with the types of chroma;

they show very little variation. I never could understand

why Sir George Hampson sank chroma as a synonym to

annulata, Fabr., in ‘ Phalene,’ vol. i. p. 72.

Family Nycteolide.

Ariolica chinensis, nov.

@. Palpi orange-chestnut, with white bands and tip;

frons orange-chestnut ; head ochreous grey ; body and wings

pure white : fore wings with pale orange-chestnut bands, sub-

basal connected on the costa to the base, discal from centre of

costa to the hinder angle, its inner side very sinuous, its

outer side with two branches, one to the costa before apex

and the other to the outer margin in the middle, where it

joins a marginal band ; there is also a thin costal band from

the centre to the apex; all these bands are more or less mar-

gined with black on the sides: hind wings without markings.

Underside white, with a blackish marginal band and a large

orange-chestnut angular patch on the costa one third from

apex, and black costal line broken in the middle.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 4

50 On Eastern and Australian Moths.

Expanse of wings 7°5 inch.

Omei-shan, W. China.

There are some examples in the B. M. mixed up with

A, pulchella, Elwes, but it is nearer the Japanese form A. ar-

gentea, Butler ; the bands are coloured with a distinct tinge

of orange in them, not olive-green as in pulchella, and they

are not one half the width.

Family Trifide.

Leucania Moore?, noy. nom.

Leucania abdominalis, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 338 (preeoce.).

Moolten, Shan States (J/anders) ; Dharmsala (//ocking) ;

Port Blair, Andamans (Wimberley); Khandala, Bombay

(Swinhoe) ; Bengal (Hampson); Khasia Hills (Hamilton).

Nonagria abdominalis, Walker, 1x. p. 131 (1856), from

Australia, is a true Leucania, therefore Moore’s name must

fall.

Family Thyridide.

Ethodoneura giulia, nov.

g. Orange-red, wings striated with brown-red: fore wings

with the costa streaked with white and black at intervals; a

black mark at end of cell; a black boot-shaped subapical

patch, with the toe touching the outer margin above the

middle, and some black dots in the space below it; cilia

silvery ochreous white, with some black marks: hind wings

with a black medial band, slightly disjointed above the

middle; a black streak on outer margin from the anal angle

to the middle of the excavation ; the rest of the margin with

a few black marks ; cilia as in fore wings, without any black

marks. Underside brighter, with numerous, transverse, more

or less dislocated, red bands across both wings; three large

glack patches on costa of fore wings and the boot-shaped

subapical patch.

Expanse of wings 85 inch.

Milne Bay (Meck) ; two examples, type, in B. M.

In the B. M. Coll. this form is put with R. dntimalis,

Moore, from Calcutta, as also is brunnealis, South, from

China, ulterior, Warren, from Ceylon, compunctalis, Warren,

from the Khasia Hills; but 1 do not believe that such very

different-looking and different-sized moths can all belong to

one species because they are more or less alike on their

undersides ; besides the types ¢ 2 of dintima/is, there are

two specimens from Calcutta and one from Ceylon.

On a new South-African Galeid Selachian. 51

Family Pyraustide.

FHemiscopys suffusalis.

Scopula (?) suffusalis, Walker, xxxiv. p. 1471 (1865).

Botys Snellemannt, Snellen, Midd.-Sum. iv., Lep. p. 61 (1880).

Pyrausta violacea, Lucas, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) vii. p. 263.

Type, Ceylon, in B. M.

Type (Snellemanni), Sumatra, in Coll. Snellen.

Type (véolacea), Queensland, in Coll. Lucas.

I have some examples from Queensland that have been

compared with Lucas’s type ; they are identical with Walker’s

type.

VII.—Deseription of a new South-African Galeid

Selachian. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

[Plate IV. ]

SCYLLIOGALEUS, gen. nov.

Characters of Wustelus, but nostrils as in Scyll’um, covered

with broad flaps which extend to the border of the mouth.

Scylliogaleus Quecketti. (Pl. IV.)

Distance between the end of the snout and the base of the

pectoral fin one fifth of the total length. Snout much de-

pressed, twice as broad as deep, with rounded horizontal

outline, as long as the distance between the eye and the first

gill-cleft, once and two thirds the diameter of the eye ; spiracle

small, oval, its diameter about equal to its distance from the

eye; nasal flaps large, narrowly separated on the median

line ; both jaws with a well-developed labial fold, extending

from near the symphysis of the lower jaw to the nasal flap

and notched at the angle of the mouth; outline of the mouth

evenly curved, not angular; teeth small and very numerous

in both jaws, arranged like pavement, flat and ribbed with

very feeble ridges; first gill-cleft as long as the eye, fifth two

thirds that length ; fourth and fifth gill-clefts above the base

of the pectoral. Pectoral as long as its distance from the

anterior border of the eye; ventral shorter, equally distant

from spiraculum and from caudal fin; claspers small, simple.

First dorsal midway between pectoral and ventral, its border

strongly notched ; second dorsal similar in form, but a little

52 On Benedenius deneensis, Traquair.

smaller, the posterior half of its base opposed to the small

anal. Caudal fin two ninths of the total length, its lower

lobe strongly notched. Dermal papille keeled and acutely

pointed. Uniform grey above, white beneath; fins grey,

caudal edged with white.

Total length 340 millim.

A single male specimen of this remarkable dog-fish was

obtained off the coast of Natal in about 40 fathoms, and sent

to me by Mr. F. J. Queckett, Curator of the Durban Museum,

to whom IJ have much pleasure in dedicating the new species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Scylliogaleus Quecketti, + nat. size, with lower view of head, nat. size,

and enlarged view of mandibular teeth.

VIII. — Further Remarks on the Carboniferous Ganoid,

Benedenius deneensis, Traquair. By G. A. BOULENGER,

ERs:

Not long ago I had the privilege in these ‘ Annals’ * of

adding to our knowledge of the rare fish Benedentus deneensis,

of which specimens had been obtained from the original

locality, a black-marble quarry at Denée, in Belgium, and

deposited in the natural history collection of the Abbey of

Maredsous. Quite recently yet another specimen has been

brought to light in another quarry at Salet, near Denée, and

having been acquired for the Maredsous collection, the Rev.

Dom G. Fournier, O.8.B., has again been so kind as to

place it in my hands for examination.

This new specimen appears to have been a little larger

than the one previously figured in these ‘ Annals’ (pl. ix.),

measuring 240 millim. to the base of the anal fin, the caudal

region not being preserved. Its bones and scales are in so

disturbed a condition that few points call for special comment ;

but its chief interest lies in the fortunate fact that it affords

the first definite information as to the shape of the teeth, and

that, although the head cannot be described, the general

proportions of the mouth leave no doubt as to the correctness

of Dr. Traquair’s allocation of Wan Beneden’s supposed

Paleoniscus to the Platysomide. The length of the gape in

this specimen appears to have been only about 25 millim.

The teeth in both jaws may be said to be intermediate in

shape between those of Mesolepis and those of Lurysomus + ;

* Ser. 7, vol. iv. 1899, p. 445.

+ Cf. Traquair, Tr. R. Soc. Edinb. xxix. 1879, pl. iv.

On the Phyllostomatous Genera Mimon and Tonatia. 53

they are quite blunt, some with almost spherical crowns and

with the base slightly but more or less distinctly constricted ;

they measure only about 14 millim.

The longest branchiostegal rays, of which several lie

scattered in various directions, measure about 25 millim. in

length and 2 in width; they are therefore comparatively

slender. The right ventral fin, pressed close to the origin of

the anal, is well preserved and contains 14 rays, the longest

of which measure 27 millim. The depth of the dorsal fin in

front is 53 millim.

‘To sum up on the systematic affinities of Benedenius, from

the evidence which we now possess, it may be said that that

genus agrees most nearly in form and lepidosis with Eury-

notus, in dentition with MJesolepis, whilst in the more slender

branchiostegal rays it differs markedly from both, as well as

fromall Platysomide and Paloniscide figured by Dr. Traquair

or of which I have been able to examine specimens.

IX.—WNotes on the Phyllostomatous Genera Mimon and

| = y ri

Tonatia. By OLprieLD THOMAS.

Mr. ALPHONSE ROBERT has sent from Ypanema, Sao Paulo,

a number of interesting leaf-nosed bats, and in working them

out the following points have appeared and may be of service

to students of the group.

Mimon Bennettit, Gray.

This excessively rare bat has hitherto only been known, so

far as records are given, from the deteriorated type specimen,

no. 7a in the British Museum, received before 1838. That

specimen was without locality, and it is therefore of import-

ance to record that Mr. Robert has found the species at

Ypanema, whence he has sent half a dozen skins which agree

closely in all essential characters with the type. Like it

they have only two lower premolars, a point about which

Dobson expressed some doubt.

TONATIA.

Dr. Allen * has stated that this name, based on Vampyrus

bidens, Spix, antedates and invalidates my Vampyressa of

1900. But the latter was founded, not on Vampyrus bidens,

Spix, but on Vampyrops bidens, Dobson, a bat belonging to

* Pr. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiv. p. 184 (1901).

De Mr. P. Cameron on new

an entirely different group. The name Tonatia (Gray, 1827)

was rightly applied by Mr. T. S. Palmer * in 1898 to the

genus called Lophostoma (d’Orb., 1847) in Dobson’s Cata-

logue, of which the type is Spix’s species.

Tonatia amblyotis, Wagn.

Examples of this rare bat have been received by the

Museum from Bogava, Chiriqui, Panama (H. J. Watson),

and Bogota (G@. D. Child). It may be noticed that by a

mistranslation of a sentence in Peters’s description (“ durch

ein kurzes Band mit der Stirn verbunden”’) the species is

erroneously stated by Dobson to have a connecting-band

across the forehead between the ears. ‘lhe structure described

by Peters is the usual small basal band behind each ear

present in all members of the group. The point is of im-

portance, as Dobson has placed the character in a prominent

position in his synopsis of species.

X.— Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera

from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. CAMERON.

Tis paper is in continuation of previous papers published

in this Magazine on the Hymenoptera of the Khasia Hills.

The types of the species are in the Collection of Mr. G. A.

J. Rothney.

Ampulex Rothneyi, sp. un.

Black, with some violet patches on the head and thorax,

the basal half of the hinder femora red; the wings smoky,

the stigma and nervures black; the front wings with two

cubital cellules. @.

Long. 16-17 mm.

Antenne black, bare ; the third joimt nearly as long as the

fourth and fifth united. Head well developed behind the

eyes and not much narrowed there; the vertex is strongly

punctured, more closely and strongly in front than behind ;

the front is coarsely and irregularly punctured ; there is a

longitudinal keel down the centre with some less distinet

oblique keels running into it. Prothorax stout, twice longer

than wide ; the base is narrowed and is separated from the

main body by a curved furrow. Mesonotum with two irre-

gular transverse rows of furrows on the basal half. The

* Pr. Biol. Soc. Wash. xii. p. 111 (1898).

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 5d

three central keels on the median segment are of equal

length and reach to the apical area, which has two irregular

longitudinal and two irregular transverse keels; the central

part has the transverse striz stout, those on the part border-

ing it closer and finer; on the two outer they are stouter

and more widely separated; the lateral teeth are broad at

the base. The upper half of the mesopleurz is stoutly

irregularly longitudinally striated; the lower strongly and

closely punctured. The basal part of the metapleuree irre-

gularly shagreened ; the lower irregularly obliquely striated.

Legs black; the four anterior tibize and femora more or less

blue in front; the tarsi are long and slender, with the joints

not dilated. Abdomen black, very smooth and shining,

The basal segment of the abdomen is narrowed into a narrow

distinct petiole, which is clearly separated from the greatly

dilated apical part, and it is nearly as long as it. The

species is related to C. Consiancee, Cam., but is much larger

than it or A. ruficornis, Cam.

Ampulex trichiosoma, sp. n.

Blue, marked with greenish tints ; the wings fuscous, with

two transverse cubital nervures ; the head obliquely narrowed

behind the eyes ; the pleurse coarsely reticulated.

Long. 13mm. ?.

Antenne black ; the scape dark blue; the third and fourth

joints equal in length. The vertex and the upper half of

the front are dark blue; they are strongly irregularly

striated, and irregularly punctured on the sides; the striae

behind and on the sides of the ocelli are curved, on the

front they are twisted. The face and clypeus are minutely

punctured ; the centre of the clypeus is keeled and ends at

the apex in a short blunt tooth. The part behind the eyes

is straight and is obliquely narrowed, and ends in a distinctl

separated neck, which is not much more than one half of the

space behind the eyes. Mandibles black. The head is

somewhat thickly covered with long black hair. Prothorax

two-thirds of the length of the mesothorax, distinetly but

not very closely punctured and covered with long black

hair; the prosternum rugosely punctured. Mesonotum

strongly, irregularly, and deeply punctured; the punctures

run into reticulations behind; the mesopleurz coarsely

closely reticulated. Mesosternum coarsely transversely reti-

culated. Median segment transversely striated; the three

central keels reach to the base of the apical third of the

segment ; the keel outside these reaches to the apex of the

56 Mr. P. Cameron on new

segment, which ends laterally in a stout, somewhat trian-

gular tooth; the keel outside this again is shorter, reaching

only to the base of the lateral tooth. Metapleurz in the

middle stoutly irregularly reticulated. Legs dark blue,

thickly covered with long black hair; the tarsal joints are

long and slender, and not much dilated at their apices.

Abdomen shining, with a more distinctly blue tint than the

thorax ; the petiole is sparsely, minutely punctured; the .

second segment is, if anything, more closely punctured than

it at the base, at its apex the punctures are stronger and

more numerous; the apical segments are coarsely rugosely

reticulated and punctured. Wings fuscous, with a distinct

violaceous tint; the first transverse cubital nervure is ob-

literated entirely.

Ampulex ruficoxis, sp. 1.

Bluish green, sparsely punctured; the four posterior

femora, trochanters, and coxe red; the wings fuscous

violaceous, with three transverse cubital nervures ; the front

with three longitudinal keels. @.

Long. 13 mm.

Antenne black, slender, bare; the third joint fully one-

third longer than the fourth. Head bare; the vertex is

sparsely punctured ; on the front a keel reaches from the

ocelli to the face and one, two thirds of its length, runs to

each antenna. Mandibles black, bare, rufous towards the

apex. Protherax bare, in length about one-third longer

than the width at the apex; there is a distinct longitudinal

furrow in the middle. Mesonotum almost impunctate; the

mesopleure with longitudinal rows of deep punctures. The

central keel on the median segment is longer than those on

either side of it; the outer one unites to that bounding the

apex ; the striz are moderately stout and close; the apical

slope is shagreened and, on the upper part, is obscurely

obliquely striated ; the teeth are stout and bluntly rounded

at the apex. The upper part of the metapleure is closely

obliquely striated ; the lower impunctate. Legs dark blue;

the four hinder femora, except at the apex, the four hinder

trochanters, the hinder cox, and the greater part of the

middle pair vermilion-red. Wings fuscous violaceous, paler

at the base; the three transverse cubital nervures are

distinct; the first two are oblique, parallel, and straight.

Abdomen smooth and shining; blue for the greater part;

the narrowed basal half of the petiole is red, like the femora ;

the second segment is one-third longer than the width at

the apex; all the segments are impunctate.

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia [Tills. 57

A distinct species. The characteristic features are the

red coxze and trochanters, the smooth head and thorax, the

longish slender antennze, and the three distinct longish keels

on the front.

Cerceris fortinata, sp. 0.

Nigra, facie clypeoque flavis; lineis duabus pronoti, tegulis, post-

scutello abdominisque segmento 3° late rufis ; alis hyalinis, anticis

fumatis. 9.

Long. 12 mm.

Antennee black, the scape brownish beneath, the former

minutely punctured and covered with long white hair. Head

black, the face, the inner orbits broadly on the inner side,

the clypeus and oral region, except at the apex, lemon-yellow ;

front and vertex closely and strongly punctured and sparsely

covered with longish white hair; the yellow-coloured part

more sparsely punctured and (especially laterally) thickly

covered with silvery pubescence; the apex of the clypeus

slightly roundly projecting in the middle and depressed.

Mandibles black, with a yellow mark at the base. Pro-

notum aud mesothorax strongly and closely punctured ;

the propleurz stoutly striated, the metapleuree at the base

-above obliquely striated, below aciculated ; the apex rngosely

punctured. On either side of the pronotum, behind, is a

broad band ; the tegule and the postscutellum are rufous.

The basal area on the median segment is triangular, is

closely longitudinally striated, and has the basal half furrowed

in the middle, the furrow being continued to the apex as an

elongated area. Legs black, the knees and anterior tibiz

and tarsi in front rufo-testaceous, as are also the fore claws ;

the spurs are pale. Wings hyaline ; the fore wings broadly

smoky in front, especially towards the apex, on the radial

and cubital cellules. Abdomen black, the third segment,

except for a broad curved mark at base, rufous; the fifth

segment is rufous at the apex. Pygidium irregularly

wrinkled; the apex smoother and dull rufous; the hypo-

pygium is deeply incised in the middle at the apex, the sides

forming stout teeth.

Comes into Bingham’s Section C ac’, near C, unifasciata.

Cerceris erythropoda, sp. n.

Head and thorax rufous, largely marked with black; the

area on median segment black ; the petiole, the base of the

second segment and the apex of the third rufous; the legs

58 Mr. P. Cameron on new

rufous ; the wings for the greater part smoky fuscous; the

stigma and the apex of the costa fulvous. 9¢.

Long. 17 mm.

Antenne black ; the basal two joints and the greater part

of the third rufous. Head dark rufous; the front except

below, the vertex except a large semicircular mark behind

the ocelli, and the occiput broadly in the centre, black.

Front and vertex closely punctured ; the antennal keel stout,

longish, and sharply pointed on the top. The cheeks are

closely minutely rugosely punctured ; the face and the centre

of the clypeus are shining and distinctly but not closely

punctured; the sides are punctured like the cheeks. Man-

dibles black, broadly rufous in the centre at the base. The

upper part of the thorax is dark rufous, except the sides of

the scutellum and postseutellum, and the area on the median

segment, which are black; the pro- and mesopleure are

black, execpt above. The thorax is closely and minutely

punctured, and is thickly covered with bright pale fuscous

pubescence. Legs rufous; the apex of the hinder tibize all

round, the apical half on the outer side, and the tarsi black.

The wings have the radial and cubital cellules darker coloured

than the others. Abdomen black; the petiole, a band,

rounded at the apex, on the base of the second segment and

a narrow band on the apex of the third rufous, ‘The third

and following segments are closely and distinctly punctured ;

the basal two are less strongly ; the pygidium opaque, irre-

eularly reticulated ; the fourth and fifth ventral segments

are thickly covered with fuscous pubescence ; the imcision

on the last segment is nearly as wide as it is long. The

sides of the last segment are irregularly largely punctured.

The petiole is short, broad at the sides, and nodose.

The apical margins of the abdominal segments are depressed

and smooth. ‘The cheeks are covered densely with a golden

pile, as are also the lower inner orbits. The area on the

median segment is closely punctured and has a narrow

smooth line down the middle. On the lower side of the

mesopleure, near the apex, is a short, rounded, not very

prominent, tubercle. The apex of the clypeus is roundly

and deeply arched in front.

Comes near to C. dentata, Cam., but, apart from the

structural differences, it may be known from it by the

great extension of the rufous colour avd the absence of

yellow markings.

Fossorial ITymenoptera from the Khasia [Hills, 59

Crabro assamensis, sp. 0.

Niger, nitidus, linea pronoti, scutello, postscutello basi apiceque

abdominis flavis; coxis posticis subtus dentatis; alis hya-

linis. <6.

Long. 8 mm.

Antenne black, the scape lemon-yellow beneath ; the base

of the flagellum (the basal four joints) covered on the under-

side with long soft white hair. Front and vertex shining,

smooth, plumbeous black; the frontal furrow indistinct ;

ocellis.*; the face and clypeus thickly covered with silvery

pubescence ; the apex of the clypeus projecting in the middle

and transverse. Mandibles yellow, black at the base and

apex. Thorax smooth and shining, above with a plumbeous

line; a broad line on the edge of the pronotum, shghtly and

roundly narrowed in the middle behind; the scutellum and

postscutellum and the tubercles yellow. The “ enclosed

space’ on the median segment is smooth and shining, and

has a shallow furrow down the middle; the apical slope is

aciculated irregularly on the upper edges ; the middle furrow

is deep; the middle and the sides on the apical part (almost

the half) are distinctly keeled ; pleurze smooth and shining ;

the mesopleural furrow almost entirely and the lower half

- of the metapleural are crenulated. Sternum thickly covered

with white hair. Legs black; the apex of the trochanters,

the lower part of the four anterior femora, the outer side of

the four anterior tibiz, and a line on the outer side of the

posterior, yellow ; the middle tarsal joints are more or less

rufous, as are also the calcaria; on the inner side of the

hinder coxze at the base is a broad tooth, narrowed and

rounded at the apex; the intermediate tarsi have the middle

joints spined. ‘The petiole above has the sides and apex

lemon-yellow ; the black at the apex is dilated in the middle ;

below the apex is broadly yellow ; the apex of the penulti-

mate and the whole of the last segments are yellow; on the

apex of the penultimate ventral segment are, in the middle,

two broad projecting spines, which are narrowed towards the

top; the base of the hypopygium is broadly raised at the

base.

The female may have an irregular mark on the sides of

the second and third abdominal segments, that on the third

being the larger and more irregular; there may be a minute

mark on the sides of the fourth; the large mark on the

scutellum may be more or less incised at the apex; the

pygidium is for the greater part yellow, and there may be

60 Mr. P. Cameron on new

yellow on the penultimate segment. The quantity of yellow

on the tibize and on the femora in the male varies.

Crabro melanotarsis, sp. 1.

Niger, scapo antennarum, linea pronoti, scutello, postscutello,

femoribus, tibiis lineaque basi abdominis segmenti 3! flavis. 9.

Long. 12 mm.

Scape of antenne yellow; the flagellum covered with a pale

down. Front and vertex alutaceous, sparsely covered with

longish fuscous hair and with a golden down. Ocelli .*.

Face and clypeus thickly covered with golden-silvery pu-

bescence, keeled in the middle; the apex of the clypeus

transverse. Mandibles black. Thorax alutaceous, neither

punctured nor striated; a broad band on the pronotum,

the tubercles, the scutellum, and postscutellum yellow ;

there is a longitudinal furrow above the middle of the meso-

pleure. ‘The “enclosed spot” on the median segment is

alutaceous, there are a few striz outside it; the middle

furrow is narrow, but distinct. Legs black; the femora

and tibiz yellow. Wings smoky; the stigma fulvous ; the

nervures darker. Abdomen black, except for a yellow band

near the base of the third segment ; the pygidium is shining,

its base bears large deep punctures ; the middle is almost

bare, the apex has a few small punctures; the penultimate

segment bears a golden down.

Belongs to Bingham’s Section B, in which it might form

a new division f. ‘* Mesonotum opaque, alutaceous,” not

distinetly punctured as in ¢.

Crabro fulvopilosellus, sp. n.

Niger, flagello antennarum subtus testaceo; abdomine flavo macu-

lato, medio dense fulvo piloso ; alis fusco-hyalinis. @.

Long. 14 mm.

Scape of antennz lemon-yellow ; the base of the flagellum

rufo-testaceous, the rest of it testaceous, black above. The

front is closely punctured ; the vertex less closely and not

quite so distinctly ; the front is densely covered with golden

pubescence ; the vertex is sparsely covered with pale fuscous,

behind with golden, pubescence ; the outer orbits densely

with silvery pubescence. Ocelli *.*; below them is a shallow

furrow. Clypeus keeled in the middle, densely covered with

pale golden pubescence; its sides are waved; below the

eyes the pile is of a brighter golden colour. On the pro-

notum is an interrupted yellow band; there isa yellow mark

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia ITills, 61

on its lower edge, a yellow mark on either side of the

scutellum at the base, and the postscutellum is for the

greater part yellow. The mesonotum is closely obliquely

striated at the base; at the apex the striz become longi-

tudinal. The postscutellum is longitudinally striated. The

“enclosed space” on the median segment has, on either side,

three oblique keels, and there is also one on the outer side ;

the sides are irregularly obliquely striated, stoutly on the

top, indistinctly and irregularly below. Propleurie irregu-

larly and indistinctly striated; the mesopleurze strongly

longitudinally striated, the perpendicular furrow with a few

striations ; the metapleurz closely striated. Wings fuscous

hyaline; the nervures black. Legs black ; the four posterior

trochanters are for the greater ‘part yellow ; the four pos-

terior femora are broadly lined with yellow below ; the

middle have a yellow mark on the apex above; the four

anterior tibize are more or less testaceous in front ; the cal-

caria are dark testaceous; the base of the metatarsus is

yellow. Abdomen black ; the second and following segments

marked laterally with irregular yellow marks, the mark on

the second being the larger; on the penultimate is a broad

transverse yellow band; the apex of the second narrowly,

and the third and fourth are broadly, covered with dark

_fulvous pubescence ; the pygidium is depressed at the apex,

and has, on the sides, some large deep fovew ; the sides are

sharply keeled ; at the base of the depressed part there is, in

the centre, a small yellow mark.

Belongs to the section with non-petiolated abdomen, and

comes near to C. auricomus, Bingham (Faun. Br. Ind.,

Hymen. 1. p. 322).

Crabo khasianus, sp. un.

Niger, basi mandibularum, scapo antennarum, linea pronoti, scutello,

postscutello, pedibus lineisque abdominis flavis; pedibus flavis,

coxis nigris ; alis fumato-hyalinis, stigmate nervisque fulvis. 9.

Long. 15 mm.

Comes nearest to C. auricomus, Bing.: that species may

be known from it by having the base of the median segment

reticulated; the pronotum has only “ indications ” jot a

median groove, the tibiz have only “very few spines,’’ and

the pronotum has no yellow line. Antenne black, short ;

the scape straw-yellow, bare, shining. Head large, broad,

largely developed behind the eyes ; the face, clypeus, front,

and hinder orbits covered with golden pubescence ; the vertex

has a bluish tinge, is shining, obscurely punctured, in front

62 Mr. P. Cameron on new

sparsely, behind thickly, covered with dark fulvous hair;

the upper part of the front indistinctly, the lower more dis-

tinctly furrowed. Mandibles yellow, except at the apex,

their base rugose; the eyes are oblique on the inner side

above; the ocelli *.* Thorax black ; the apex of the pro-

notum, tegule, scutellum, its tubercles, the apex of the

postscutellum, the pleural tubercles, and an oblique mark,

more than double their length, yellow. The hair on the

thorax is dense, short, dark fulvous above, paler on the

sides ; the furrow on the centre of the pronotum is deep and

moderately wide; the base of the mesonotum is strongly

and closely transversely striated, the striz are curved at the

sides. Scutellum strongly and closely punctured. Median

segment opaque ; its base obscurely longitudinally striated ;

the apex has an oblique slope, is furrowed narrowly down

the centre, and, at the apex, is irregularly transversely striated.

Propleurze opaque, the lower part in the middle with some

stout longitudinal keels ; mesopleure shining, finely striated,

more strongly and closely below than above ; the metapleurze

finely and closely obliquely striated. Mesosternum closely

punctured and thickly covered with fulvous hair. Legs

yellow, their coxee black; the apices of the tarsi and the

hinder knees blackish; the hinder tibize stoutly and thickly

spinose. Wings hyaline, with a distinct fulvous tint; the

stigma and nervures are dark fulvous. Abdomen black,

covered with a fulvous pile; the base of the petiole is trian-

galar; there is a transverse yellow line near the apex of the

petiole, a large transverse line, roundly incised at the apex,

on the middle of the second segment, a narrower one in the

centre of the third and fourth, both incised in the middle

at the base, and a broader one on the sixth, yellow. The

pygidial area is shining, its sides sharply margined, the

basal two-thirds with large deep punctures, each haying a

long pale hair; the apex is closely finely rugosely punctured.

The ventral surface is black; in the centre of the second

segment are four small yellow marks, the two central being

placed more behind than the others; the apices of the

second and third segments are obscure rufous.

The colour of the hair in C. auricomus is not stated ; the

strize on the mesonotum are called “ very fine and regular,”

the scutellum is said to be “slightly punctured ” only, the

wings “hyaline,” in all of which poits it differs from

C. khasianus.

The male is similarly coloured; the middle joints of the

antenne are broadly dilated on the underside, and the

flagellum is brownish on the underside. The apex of the

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia Fills. 63

median segment is, in some examples, distinctly trausversely

striated.

This is probably a variable species as regards coloration,

size, and sculpture.

Psen nigrinervis, sp. 1.

Niger, facie clypeoque dense argenteo pilosis; petiolo levo; alis

hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. 2.

Long. 11 mm.

Antenne black ; the scape sparsely covered with longish

white hair; the flagellum almost bare. Head shining, the

face, clypeus, and the outer orbits, except at the top, densely

covered with long silvery hair; the front and vertex finely

and closely punctured, more sparsely near the eyes; they

are covered with long black hair; the front is not furrowed.

Mandibles sparsely covered with white hair, and rufous

before the teeth. Pro- and mesothorax sparsely covered

with long fuscous hair; the metathorax, except at the base,

more thickly with long white hair; the mesonotum closely

and moderately strongly punctured ; the scutellum impunc-

tate; the basal area on the median segment strongly longi-

tudinally irregularly striated, the central more widely

separated than the lateral; the apex of the segment has an

oblique slope; in the centre above there is a shallow area,

rounded at the top; the apex with the sides bordered by

oblique keels; the middle with a deep sharply bordered

furrow, which becomes wider and deeper towards the apex ;

the sides have three stout oblique keels. Pro- and meso-

pleuree smooth, the base of the latter with a crenulated

furrow ; the upper part of the mesopleure roundly raised

and bordered below by a narrow furrow. The apex of the

metapleure is reticulated and bordered on the inner side by

a stout keel; the base is deeply depressed. Mesosternum

smooth, shining, and covered with long fuscous hair; the

broad middle furrow has a central keel. Legs covered with

longish white hair; the calcaria, spines, and claws rufo-

{estaceous. Wings hyaline, with a slight fuscous tinge; the

first cubital cellule is half the length of the third, and

receives the recurrent nervure in the basal fourth; the second

recurrent nervure is interstitial. Abdomen, including the

petiole, smooth and shining ; the pygidial area closely acicu-

lated, the sides with a few punctures margined by a distinct

keel.

The transverse median nervure is not quite interstitial, it

being received shortly behind the transverse basal; the apex

64 Mr. PY Cameron on new

of the clypeus projects outwardly and jis slightly incised in

the centre; the two longitudinal furrows on the basal half

of the Soenoao nana are Sib See ; there is a narrow keel on

front extending from the front ocellus to the antennz. The

keels on the median segment are very irregular and more or

less broken or disconnected ; there is no central depression ;

the third joint of the antennz is about one-third longer than

the fourth. There is no clearly defined area on the base of

the median segment. The species is allied to P. orientalis

and P. reticulatus.

Tachytes andreniformis, sp. n.

Nigra, capite thoraceque dense aureo pilosis; pedibus rufis, coxis,

trochanteribus basique femorum nigris; alis flavo-hyalinis, apice

fere fumatis ; cellula cubitali 2* duplo longiore quam 1*. 9°.

Long. 17 mm.

Scape of antennze brownish beneath, sparsely covered with

long fuscous hair; the flagellum thickly covered with a pale

down. Vertex covered with long fuscous hair, which does

not hide the skin; the front, face, and clypeus thickly

covered with longish bright golden hair, hiding completely

the texture. Base of mandibles covered with “pale golden

pile, the middle is rufous; palpi bright rufo- testaceous.

Thorax covered all over with bright fulvous hair ; ; the texture

under the hair is granular. On the mesosternum behind the

transverse keel is a narrower longitudinal one; the meta-

sternal area has a narrow keel, narrowed in the middle down

the centre, the apex is depressed and rounded. Legs bright

rufous, the coxe, trochanters, and sometimes the base of

femora, black; the tibial and tarsal spines are rufous.

W ings distinctly yellowish hyaline; the nervures rufous,

the apex slightly infuscated; at the top the first cubital

cellule is equal in length to one-third the length of the

second; the first feanecnse cubital nervure is obliquely

curved above the lower fourth ; the second recurrent nervure

is received shortly beyond the middle of the cellule. Abdo-

men black, shining, the basal segment thickly covered with

fuscous hair ; the hypopygium is “thickly covered with bright

fiery-red pubescence ; ; the epipygium is distinctly incised on

the apex, the sides of the incision are somew hat oblique.

The second recurrent nervure is roundly curved, not angled

anywhere.

Agrees in form and coloration with 7. fulvopilosa, which

may be known from it by the first cubital cellule being not

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasta [Hitls. 65

much shorter than the second, by the lower half of the first

transverse cubital nervure being roundly curved, and by the

lower part of the second recurrent nervure being angled.

Philanthus dentatus, sp. un.

Niger, clypeo, basi mandibularum maculisque duabus metanoti

flavis; alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque testaceils. @.

Long, 13-14 mm.

Antenne black, the apex brownish beneath; the base of

the flagellum distinctly narrowed, shining. Head black ;

the clypeus, a curved mark between the antenne, the inner

orbits broadly from the incision, the mandibles, except at

the apex, the maxille, and a small mark in the middle

behind the eyes, yellow. The eclypeus is broadly and shal-

lowly depressed in the middle; the apex is slightly depressed ;

black, marked with some indistinct striz and roundly pro-

jecting; the sides above in the centre armed with stout

black teeth. The vertex bears shallow punctures, which are

more widely separated in the middle; the front is closely

longitudinally punctured ; the front ocellus anteriorly and

the hinder ocelli laterally are bordered by a smooth shining

depression; the outer orbits, except at the top, are impunc-

tate. Thorax biack, a small spot on the edge of the pronotum,

the apex of the tubercles, a small mark behind them, and

two small spots on the apex of the median segment, yellow.

The pronotum above is transverse, raised and projects trian-

gularly at the sides, and finely rugose. Mesonotum strongly

and closely punctured. Scutellum shining, smooth, the

sides and apex punctured. Postscutellum closely punctured.

Median segment closely punctured ; the base more closely

than the apex ; the base with a shallow indistinct furrow in

the middle; the apex with a much wider deeper depression,

which is smooth and shining, especially at the apex. Pleurz

closely punctured ; the mesosternum less strongly punctured

and more shining. Legs black ; the apex of the femora,

tibiz, and the tarsi yellow in front, the posterior femora at

the base yellow all round; the spies on the tibize and tarsi

are numerous, stout, and sharp. On the apex of the petiole

are two rufous marks with a small yellow mark on their

outer side; the second segment is rufous, with a wedge-

shaped mark in the middle, the narrow end being at the

base, and at the apex, on the sides, is a yellow mark; the

third, fourth, and fifth segments are lined with yellow at the

Ann. & Mag, N. Hst..ser. 1. Vol. x 3

66 Mr. P. Cameron on new

apex; the last segment is shining, black, and bears a broad

row of large punctures outside the middle.

The petiole is longer than the second segment, is narrow

at the base, becoming gradually, but not much, wider towards

the apex; the second segment has a narrow smooth depres-

sion at the base; the ventral segments are yellow on the

sides. The eyes are distinctly emarginate on the inner side

above.

A distinct species. In Bingham’s arrangement (p. 294)

it would come in near depredator and basalis.

Pseudagenia erythropoda, sp. n.

Nigra, dense aureo-pilosa ; pedibus rufis, coxis trochanteribusque

nigris ; alis fusco-violaceis. ¢.

Long. 18-19 mm.

Hab. Sikkim, Khasia Hills, and Madras.

Antenne entirely black, covered with a depressed pile.

Head densely covered with golden pubescence; the hinder

ocelli are separated from the eyes by a greater distance than

they are from each other. Clypeus broadly rounded at the

apex, bare, the rest covered with golden pubescence. Man-

dibles black or dark rufous, and covered thickly with

depressed dark fulvous pubescence; the pubescence of variable

tint. Thorax densely covered with depressed golden pu-

bescence ; the median segment strongly transversely striated,

broadly furrowed down the centre, the furrow becoming

wider towards the apex; the metapleurze above obliquely

striated. Legs rufous; the coxz and trochanters black ;

the apices of the tarsal joints more or less black ; the hinder

spurs are black, at the base thickly covered with fulvous

pubescence. Wings dark violaceous, the hinder pair lighter

in colour; the transverse median nervure is received at some

distance in front of the transverse basal; the first recurrent

nervure is received at the base of the apical third, the second

near the apex of the basal third of the cellule. Abdomen

pruinose ; the pygidial area is clearly defined, smooth, and

shining, and is fringed laterally with long pale fulvous

hair.

Comes nearest to P. danaé, which differs from it, inter alia,

in having the scape of the antennz and the trochanters

ferruginous. The tarsi are rather thickly covered with short

stiff spies; the amount of black on the hinder pair varies.

Except that the basal cellule is paler, the fore wings are

uniformly coloured. The species shows an approach to

Macromerus.

Fossorial [Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills, 67

Pseudagenia montanata, sp. nu.

Nigra, femoribus posticis rufis; alis fere hyalinis, nervis nigris,

cellula cubitali 2* longiore quam 1%. 9.

Long. 13-14 mm.

Face and clypeus densely covered with silvery pubescence ;

the sides of the clypeus oblique ; the apex depressed, smooth,

and shining ; the base of mandibles thickly covered with

silvery pubescence. Palpi black, covered with silvery pu-

bescence ; the apex of mandibles piceous. Eyes scarcely

converging above. Thorax thickly covered with silvery pubes-

cence; scutellum and postscutellum aciculated. Median

segment strongly, somewhat irregularly, but not very closely,

transversely striated ; the basal part broadly, but not deeply,

furrowed down the middle. Pleurz pruinose; the oblique

furrow on the mesopleure narrow, but distinct; the part of

the metapleure above the furrow is obliquely striated. Legs

black, pruinose ; the hinder femora, except at the extreme

base and apex, red. Wings hyaline, with a slight fuscous

tinge: the first cubital cellule is distinctly shorter than the

second above and beneath; the first transverse cubital

nervure is roundly curved ; the transverse median nervure is

widely remote from the transverse basal; the accessory

nervure in the hind wing is shortly appendiculated. The

wings have a slight, but distinct, fulvous-violaceous tinge.

The tibize are slightly, the tarsi more thickly spmose. Tegule

black. The abdomen is as long as the thorax; the base of

the petiole is distinctly narrowed ; the apical segments and,

to a less extent, the basal are densely pruinose. The upper

part of the propleura is broadly rounded; this dilated part

is bordered at the apex below by a curved furrow, the part

below this is roundly dilated, but not so much as the lower

part. The apical part of the pronotum is transverse in the

centre at the base. The claws are toothed at the base.

Comes nearest to P. stulta, Bingham.

Pseudagenia gnoma, sp. n.

Nigra, femoribus posticis rufis ; alis hyalinis, macula substigmatali

fusca. @.

Long. 10 mm.

Face and clypeus densely covered with a silvery pile. The

apex of the clypeus depressed, smooth, and shining ; the

sides oblique to near the middle, which is rounded. Man-

dible black, broadly rufous before the apex; palpi black,

68 On new Ilymenoptera from the Khasia LHills,

covered with white pubescence. Eyes parallel, slightly con-

verging at the top and bottom; the hinder ocelli separated

from the eyes by double the distance they are from each

other. Thorax pruinose; the median segment alutaceous,

finely and closely transversely striated, obscurely at the base,

more strongly at the apex; on the basal region in the middle

is a broad shallow furrow. Legs pruinose, the tibiz and

tarsi spinose ; the hinder femora ferruginous, except at the

base and apex. Wings hyaline, iridescent, a fuscous cloud

at the apex of the stigma, extending to the middle of the

discoidal cellule on the inner side of the second recurrent

nervure ; the first cubital cellule is slightly shorter than the

second ; the first recurrent nervure is received shortly, but

distinctly, in front of the middle, the second near the apex

of the basal fourth of the cellule. Abdomen pruinose.

Comes nearest to P. hypsipyle in Bingham’s Section D,

p. 108, but is abundantly distinct.

Pseudagenia excellens, sp. n.

Ferruginea, dense aureo-pilosa ; metanoto striato ; alis fere hyalinis,

neryis fuscis. @.

Long. 15 mm.

Antennee of a paler ferruginous colour than the body,

bare; the scape covered with short fulvous pubescence; the

apical joints blackish. Front and vertex alutaceous, bare ;

the clypeus covered with depressed golden pubescence.

Clypeus roundly convex, the apex smooth, bare, shining ;

the sides of the apex oblique. Mandibles of a shghtly paler

tint than the clypeus ; the apex black ; palpi with only the

basal joints pilose. Eyes parallel; distinctly curved on the

inner side. The propleure before the tegule raised, the

raised part at the base bounded by a deep furrow; in the

centre of the mesopleuree is a narrow slightly oblique furrow,

from its end a broader furrow runs to the bottom, this

furrow being dilated at the top and bottom and irregularly

striated. Mesosternum black ; the sides at the apex roundly

tuberculate. Legs of a brighter, slightly paler tint than the

body; the apices of the joints of the hinder tarsi black.

Wings hyaline, with a distinct fulvous smoky tint; the

nervures dark fulvous; the second and third cubital cellules

are equal in length on the top; the first recurrent nervure

is received in the middle, the second near the apex of the

basal third of the cellule; the basal two transverse cubital

nervures are straight, oblique ; the third is roundly curved,

On new Cichlid Fishes from Lake Nyassa. 69

Abdomen shining, the base of the petiole black ; the apex of

the pygidium is depressed, smooth, and shining, its sides

keeled.

In Bingham’s arrangement (Faun. Br. Ind., Hym. i. p. 107)

this species would form a new section of A. “ Wings yellow,

apex infuscate.” c. Head, thorax, and abdomen ferruginous,

the head covered with a bright golden pile.

[To be continued. |

XI.—Diagnoses of new Cichlid Fishes discovered by Mr.

J, HE. 8. Moore in Lake Nyassa. By G. A. BOULENGER,

Bb.

Paratilupia nototenia.

D. XVII10. A.IIL9. Sq. 365. Lat. 1. 23/9.

Five series of teeth in both jaws, outer largest. Depth of

body 22 times in total length, length of head 8. Snout with

convex upper profile, a little longer than the eye, the diameter

of which is 4 times in length of head; maxillary extending

_ to below anterior border of eye; 3 series of large scales on

the cheek; 11 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which measures

a little more than 4 length of head. Third anal spine }

length of head. Caudal slightly emarginate. Caudal

peduncle 14 as long as deep. Scales with finely denticulated

border. Brown above, white beneath; a blackish band

along each side of the back, above the lateral line; dorsal

fin with a regular series of round brown spots between every

two rays; ventrals and anal blackish.

Total length 230 millim.

A single badly preserved specimen.

CYRTOCARA, gen. nov.

Allied to Paratilapia, but membrane between the dorsal

and anal spines with rectilinear edge, not forming lappets, and

four spines in the anal fin. Jaws with broad bands of conical

slightly curved teeth, the outer enlarged and pointing out-

wards.

Whether or not the hump on the forehead, from which the

generic name is derived, is a sexual character, as in some

South-American Cichlid, is at present uncertain,

70 On new Cichlid Fishes from Lake Nyassa.

Cyrtocara Moort’.

D. XVII. A.1V 8. Sq..37 =: I lat.125/16-

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 33.

Forehead with a strong dermal gibbosity; snout short, its

profile descending very steeply ; diameter of eye 34 times in

length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior border

of eye; lower jaw projecting ; four series of scales on the

cheek ; 10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal

spines rather feeble, increasing in length to the last, which

measures 4 length of head; longest dorsal rays as long as

head. Pectoral a little longer than heal. Ventral as long

as head. Candal densely scaled, deeply notched. Scales

with very indistinctly denticulate border. Brown above,

whitish beneath ; fins darker.

Total length 185 millim.

A single specimen.

Petrochromis Nyasse.

D. XIX 8. A. TIL7..Sq..35.57. La lat, 23/14.

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 3.

Diameter of eye 4 times in length of head; mouth extending

to between nostril and eye; teeth extremely numerous,

forming very broad bands in both jaws; 4 series of scales on

the cheek; 13 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal spines equal from the seventh, nearly half as long as

head. Pectoral a little longer than head, nearly reaching

origin of anal; ventral much produced, extending beyond

origin of anal. Caudal slightly emarginate. Uniform olive-

brown; a blackish opercular spot ; dorsal and anal fins edged

with blackish.

Total length 185 millim.

A single specimen.

Closely allied to P. polyodon, Blgr., from Lake Tanganyika,

but one spine more in the dorsal, pectoral and ventral more

elongate, and scales more numerous in a vertical series.

HEMITILAPIA, gen. nov.

Like Tvlapia, Smith, but jaws with moderately broad

bands of slender club-shaped movable teeth, with slightly

incurved crowns, those of the outer series larger, with the

crown obliquely truncate and pointing forwards.

Bibliographical Notices. a

[lemitilapia oxyrhynchus,

Dex tia "Ae TIT 9, "Sq..36-—. “Wat: 1. 29/15.

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 3.

Snout pointed, with concave profile, 1 to twice as Jong as

the eye, the diameter of which is 4 to nearly 5 times in

leneth of head; maxillary extending to between nostril and

eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek ; 12 gill-rakers on lower

part of anterior arch. Last dorsal spine longest, ? length of

head ; longest dorsal rays nearly as long as head. Scales

with very finely denticulate border.

Total length 180 millim.

Two specimens, in poor condition.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Paleontologia Indica. Series XVI. Vol. I. Part 3. Fauna of the

Upper Cretaceous (Muéstrichtian) Beds of the Mart Hills. By

Fritz Noertine, Ph.])., Paleontologist, Geol. Surv. India. Folio.

79 pages; plates ixxiiil. Calcutta: Geol. Survey Office.

London: Kegan Paul & Co. 1897.

Ir is believed that this account of the species here described and

figured has a special interest in throwing some light on the geo-

graphical distribution of the Upper Cretaceous fauna. ‘The fossils

of this formation collected in Baluchistan (77 in number) afford 66

determinable species, of which 42 are new, and 24 are identified

with forms previously described. Of these last, there are seyen

which hitherto are only known to occur in Indian or Central-Asian

beds, viz. :—

—

. Cardita Beaumonti, d@ Arch. § Haime (Sind); var. baluchistan-

ensis, Noetd.

. Cardita subcomplanata, @’ Arch. § Haime, Sind.

. Radiolites subdilatata, Muschketoff. In strata of Senonian age in

Turkestan.

. Corbula harpa, d' Arch. § Haime. Sind.

. Ovula expansa, d’ Arch. § Haime. Sind.

. Volutilithes latisepta, Stoliczka. In the Ariyahir strata of Southern

India.

. Nautilus subfleuriausianus, @’ Arch. § Haime. Sind.

Qoe Co ho

There remain, therefore, 17 species, or 26 per cent. of the total

number, which the Baluchistan Upper Cretaceous Beds have in

common with the Cretaceous Beds of Europe; and it is these we

have chiefly to consider in looking for information as to the age and

correlation of the //emipneustes beds (as they may be conveniently

72 Bibliographical Notices.

styled). The following table indicates to some extent the geological

distribution of these 17 species :—

1. Orbitolites macropora, Defr.......... siatasiigirhaenalert 4a CSE Lees Ss x

ZOrbitoides|socialis 127/277) nan-b en. eee cias caace rhe ca eer ene eee eee x

3. Cyclolites regularis, Legi. tue, coniescesncevecep sesh ee ereer anette mee eee ene *

Ab yrina avaxensis,"COCLEAt srt sssecerestees se esee eens ee ete eee *

5. Hemipneustes pyrenaicus, Hébert .......24..cccsccdvcecseetaecdeeceenees *

6. Hemipneustes Leymeriei, Hébert .............00c000 SPgogbaczegcood0.ser *

(. Ostreavacutinostris.ViZlSs07 tamccecen eee eee eee ce eee rae eee ae ae ee ee xt

8. ‘Ostrea pectinata, Hamarelh, 6.2. .\usen aces scenece ceeteotece eee xt

9. Ostrea ungulata, (Schloihis4...4ai. ssse0- seed san. vocdddectle tea eae %

10)- Gry plea vesicwlaris, Hamarcies.. wat... sagagonrnceaescerdest eee ener x

TL, Rxopyra pyrenaieay Ley ii ee-ceras.<aascosscceeess anecuse. none feoudno Sate *

12. Spondylus santoniensis, @’ Orb. ............cceeeceeeee osc ooen nels «es wep tee xt?

13 sVolaiquadricostata, Sw: vn -wecdesscsseccsateeh saetareeee ee cee ae *

14. SPecten Dujardints oemer’\\o. 82 i tncacctieaee ease. saree eee xt

15)Crochus: Wartetiantss Tea: .scecducsisscot soeteeee ean eee *

IG Neritaponticand: Archi. wcuccessssetio ne eco ee ee ee xt?

17. Nautilus sublevigatus, d Orb. (N. Labechi, d Arch. §& Haime) ...... xt?

The species marked * belong to the Aturian or Upper Senonian Series ;

and those marked t to the Emscherian or Lower Senonian Series also.

It is suggested by the author, with some reserve, that there is

good evidence of the Cardita Beaumont: beds belonging to a higher

position in the Cretaceous series than Hemipneusies beds; and he

thinks that the above list unquestionably shows that the Hemi-

pneustes beds of Baluchistin are of Senonian age, representing the

upper part (or étage Aturien) of that formation, and most probably

homotaxial with the étage Maéstrichtien of the French authors.

As to the relationship of the Hemipneustes beds to those of similar

age in other parts of the world, Dr. Noetling finds it difficult to

define. In Southern India only six species seem to be common to

Baluchistin and Ariyahir in Southern India, namely Nos. 7, 8, 9, 10,

and 13, together with Volutilithes latisepta, Stoliczka.

““The Upper Cretaceous beds of Asia Minor share only a few

species with the Hemzpneustes beds. The fauna of the Upper

‘retaceous beds of the south-western corner of France bears a strong

resemblance to that of the Hemipneustes beds of Baluchistin.

Except such ubiquitous formsas Vola quadricostata, &c., the following

species are common both to the Maéstrichtian of south-western

France and the //emipneustes beds of Baluchistéin :—

Orbitolites macropora, Defr. Hemipneustes Leymeriei, /7éb,

Orbitoides socialis, Leym. Exogyra pyrenaica, Leym.

Cyclolites regularis, Leym. Trochus Lartetianus, Leym.

Pyrina ataxensis, Cott. Nerita pontica, d’Arch,

Hemipneustes pyrenaicus, Héb,

«And probably also

Nautilus sublevigatus, 7’ Arch.

“Tt is certainly highly remarkable that, even if we exclude the

first and last two species, as occurring elsewhere in similar strata,

there are certainly six species which have hitherto only been ob-

Bibliographical Notices. 73

served in the Upper Cretaceous beds of Southern France and the

Hemipneustes beds of Baluchistan. This seems to point to similar

physical conditions under which the Upper Cretaceous beds were

deposited in South-western France and Baluchistan. Another most

remarkable fact is that the Hemipuneustes beds do not share a single

specimen with the Upper Cretaceous beds of Palestine and North

Africa. It may be doubtful whether strata of the age of the Hemi-

pneustes beds are developed in Palestine; but they certainly occur in

North Africa.

“These considerations lead us to the conclusion that the Hemz-

pneustes beds are of Upper Senonian age, and most probably represent

the étage Maéstrichtien. The fauna therein contained bears hardly

any resemblance to the fauna of similar age in Southern India or

Northern Africa. On the other hand, it exhibits the closest relation-

ship to the fauna contained in beds of similar age of South-western

France. The fauna of the Hemipneustes beds must therefore be

considered as belonging to the European province of the later

Cretaceous sea, and living probably in close proximity to its eastern

shores. This sea was most probably divided by a comparatively

narrow land-barrier from the sea in which the Upper Cretaceous

fauna of Southern India lived—a view first expressed by Dr, Blan-

ford, and not, as I erroneously stated, by the late Professor

Neumayr.”

The 23 quarto plates supply good illustrations of seventy-nine

Upper Cretaceous Baluchistin species, fully described as 3 Rhizopods,

3 Corals, 16 Echinoderms, 26 Pelecypods, 24 Gasteropods, 6 Cepha-

lopods, and 1 Crustacean, The several generic facies remind us of

some of the Lower Cretaceous, as well as of many of the Upper

Cretaceous, forms of Western Europe.

The author is conscientiously careful in terminology and nomen-

elature, and is very correct in orthography; yet the modern

confusion in the names of the Ammonoidea has entangled him, as

usual with less educated writers, and allowed him to let slip a false

concord in the specific name of Zndoveras at several pages.

Notes on the Morphology of the Pelecypoda. By Frirz Noxrrre,

Ph.D., F.G.S. Paleontologia Indica. New Series. Vol. I. Part 2.

57 pages, 4 plates (ii. to v.), and 8 cuts. Folio. 1899. Cal-

cutta: Geol. Survey Office. London: Kegan Paul & Co.

Arter dwelling on the insufficiency of the common method of

describing the hinge-teeth of the Bivalved Molluscs (Bivalvia,

Linné, Acephala, Cuvier, Lamellibranchia, Blainville, Pelecypoda,

Goldfuss), which are here treated under the group-name given by

Goldfuss, the author proceeds to illustrate and explain the well-based

and philosophical system of terminology for these teeth as elaborated

by Munier-Chalmas, Stefanescu, and Bernard, and founded on the

development of the hinge, Although the homologies are as yet

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 6

v4 Bibliographical Notices.

imperfect, and suggestions may be made for improvement in the

details, the eminent scientists have done good in opening up a vast

field of research for conchologists. Dr. Noetling gives his reasons

for preferring Prof. Bernard’s system, and adopts it with some minor

alterations. The following statements are nearly all in the author’s

own words.

The teeth have been evolved from primary lamell (that is, simple

ridges) on the anterior and posterior side of the cardinal margin.

The posterior primary lamelle remained simple throughout the

whole life, and no case is known in which secondary teeth originated

from them; but whether originally or only subsequently, they are

always anteriorly inclined (prosocline). The anterior primary

lamelle, however, indicate various changes at their posterior end by

thickening and curving, which eventually resulted in the differen-

tiation of the cardinal teeth. In the differentiated primary lamelle

the anterior laterals are always, and the anterior cardinals mostly,

posteriorly inclined (opisthocline), while the posterior cardinals are

always prosocline.

It is supposed that the anterior cardinal tooth was formed at the

posterior end of the primary lamelle, and by further growth the

posterior cardinal was developed. This would prove that (1) the

anterior and posterior laterals are the oldest teeth of the bivalve

shell, and should therefore be present in the geological oldest species;

(2) the anterior cardinal was formed afterwards, and is there-

fore younger than the laterals, but older than the posterior cardinal ;

(3) the posterior cardinal was formed latest, and therefore must

be regarded as the youngest of all the teeth: geologically old

species could therefore have no posterior cardinal.

Of the several primary lamelle those on the dorsal side of one

another appear to be older than the ventral lamelle, just as the

ventral portion of a bivalve shell is younger than the dorsal part,

according to the evident direction of growth in the shell.

This relative development of the dorsal primary lamella as older

than the ventrals is evident in the hinge of Peetuneulus and Arca, as

given by Bernard, for the increase of lamelle takes place at the

ventral side of the first; and the more lamella whieh appear

ventrally, the more the older lamella move directly and internally

until they disappear entirely. Thus the ventral primary lamelle are

the youngest ; and an increase of number takes place on the ventral

and not on the dorsal side. Shells having a hinge resulting from

the evolution of ventrally situated lamelle would therefore represent

a modern type; whilst others, in which the hinge has developed

from the more dorsal lamelle, represent a more archaie type.

Dr. Noetling states (page 9) that in examining the hinge of

several Recent and Miocene genera, represented by 18 species

(described at pages 9-57, and illustrated on plates 1i. to v., with

35 figures and 4 diagrams), on the basis of MM. Munier-Chalmas and

Bernard’s methods, he has remarked some very noticeable features

in the development of the hinge of the Pelecypoda.

Geological Society. 75

The genera here described he classifies in three groups, as

follows :—

“J, The first group, including the genus Cardita and the family

Veneride, is distinguished by the reduction of the anterior

and posterior laterals with regard to number and strength ;

on the other hand, the cardinals have strongly developed

with regard to their thickness, though there is unquestion-

ably a tendency towards the reduction of number by resorption

of the posterior cardinals of higher order.

“TI, The second group comprises the genus Mactra. In this genus

just the reverse takes place as in the first group ; the anterior

and posterior laterals are strongly developed with regard to

number and strength ; on the other hand, the cardinals are

almost rudimentary, while their number is greatly reduced.

“III. The third group is represented by the genus Metocardia ; in

this genus laterals and cardinals are neither reduced in

number, nor has the strength of one been increased at the

expense of the other; the peeuliar feature is that originally

separate teeth, originating from different primary lamelle,

have become amalgamated and form composite teeth, which

hardly allow their primary elements to be traced. An

originally complex hinge has therefore become simplified not

by disappearance of some of its elements, but by amalgama-

tion of some of them, a feature which has not been noticed

in either of the two preceding groups.”

An Appendix (pp. 44-57) on the Variability of Pelecypod Shells

suggests a useful “Index” of numerical value, with the figure or

formula L/H (length and height placed over the average measure-

ment, thus—!/H145); and its application, especially with the

graphical method of diagram, in which, the numerical values being

grouped in a horizontal line, their heights can indicate the curve of

variability in a given species (see plate v.).

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 12th, 1902.—Sir Archibald Geikie, D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,

Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On Proterozoic Gasteropoda which have been referred to

Murchisonia and Pleurotomaria, with Descriptions of New Subgenera

and Species.’ By Miss Jane Donald.

Many of the Paleozoic shells referred to Murchisonia do not

agree with the type, and there are at least two separate groups

distinguished by the outer lip. The typical group has a slit, the

76 Geological Society.

other merely a sinus. As the outer lip is rarely well preserved, it

is difficult and sometimes impossible to decide whether a particular

individual belongs to one or other of these two types. With

regard to these shells, two important questions require to be

answered. Firstly, whether the slit or the sinus characterizes the

more primitive type; and, secondly, whether the elongated Mur-

chisonia and the shorter Plewrotomaria are both derived from the

same stock, and which of them appears the earlier. Before con-

sidering the British evidence, the work of foreign paleontologists is

reviewed by the authoress. From the material at present available,

in the British Isles as well as in America and the Baltic Provinces,

elongated forms with a sinus precede those with a slit. There are

at least two distinct groups of sinuated shells with a band: one,

containing Hormotoma, Ectomaria, etc., having the lines of growth

sweeping back to and forward from the band very obliquely; and a

second, containing Lophospira, having the lines less oblique and

agreeing more in direction with those of Murchisonia, only the band

is prominent instead of being grooved. A possible third group is

indicated by a subgenus, subsequently described, in which the lines

of growth are but slightly oblique and the band grooved. The

first two groups in Britain range from Upper Cambrian to Silurian

rocks, and the third from the Bala to the Silurian. The genus

Murchisonia may have begun in the Wenlock Formation. So far,

no light is thrown on the question as to whether Murchisonia and

Pleurotomaria were derived from the same stock, nor has the

authoress yet met with any specimens showing a transition from

sinus to slit.

In the latter part of the paper three new subgenera, eleven

new species, and one new variety are described and figured.

April 30th, 1902.—Prof. Charles Lapworth, LL.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘Revision of the Phyllocarida from the Chemung and Waverly

Groups of Pennsylvania.’ By Prof. Charles Emerson Beecher, Ph.D.,

F.C.G.8.

The specimens described in the paper, as well as those on which

the original descriptions were based, were all obtained in the vicinity

of Warren, Philadelphia. The chief horizon is in the shale-beds of

the Upper Chemung Group, about 50 feet above mean water-level

in the Allegheny River. The deposits are called by the writer the

‘ Phyllocarid-Beds.’ Additions and emendations to the original

diagnoses of the following genera and species are given :— Echino-

caris socialis, Beecher; Tropidocaris, Tr. bicarinata, Beecher, Tr.

alternata, Beecher; Elymocaris, E. siliqua, Beecher ; and two new

species of Echinocaris are described,

oe Ann.& May. Nat. Hist.S.7Vel.X PUL.

_ A,Seott del, MinternBros.lith.

2.PLEUROCRYPTA LONGIBRANCHIATA (B&W). 3,4.P. PATIENCEI,n. sp.

ey. 5.P.CLUTHA..n.sp.

Ann. & Mag. Nat.Hist.S.7.Vol-X.PUI.

Mintern Bros .imp

R.1.P.del. F.P-C.lith.

Anz. &e. Mag Nat. Hist. 5.7 Vol AX PLL.

R.1.P.del. FRC ith.

Mantern Bros <imp.

IiletoaMo SAaivlOlTiADS

‘dure soug uta query “UAT, ye [ep wseqH'

AL Id X PALS 2 PON Pony Puy

CaS)

From the GARDENERS’ CHRONICLE, October 19, 1901, p. 288.

THE FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BomBay *.

A COMPREHENSIVE account of the botany of the whole Empire of India

is provided by Sir Joseph Hooker’s Flora. The immense scope of that

admirable work, while making it eminently suitable for the botanical expert,

renders it difficult of use by anyone whose education has not been specialised

in the direction of systematic botany. For the preparation of provincial

floras, the great work of Hooker forms an admirable basis; and, on this

basis, it is intended to issue floras dealing with the plants of each of the

provinces comprised in the Indian Empire, of a sort which shall be fitted

for the use alike of the educated native inhabitants and of the European

officials and settlers. By the publication of the first part of Dr. Cooke’s

Flora of Bombay the initial step has been taken towards the fulfilment of

this admirable scheme.

Dr. Cooke, who was for many years Principal of the College of Science

at Poona, retired from service in India some years ago; and, since his

retirement, he has been devoting his energies to the preparation of a Flora

of the Presidency of which he was for so long a distinguished ornament,

and in which he amassed, at first as a private individual, and latterly as

Director of its Botanical Survey, an extensive herbarium of beautifully

preserved specimens.

The first part of Dr. Cooke’s work has now been issued. In form it

resembles Sir Joseph Hooker’s Flora of British India, and, like that work,

it is being issued in parts. The natural families are treated in the sequence

of Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum, just as in Hooker’s work.

The indigenous species described in this first part number about 335, and

they range from Ranunculacee to Rutacee. Notices are also given of the

most noteworthy naturalised plants which belong to these families. Some

idea of the progress which has been made in acquiring a knowledge of the

vegetation of the Presidency may be gained from the fact that this number

exceeds by 130 the species of the same families described in the last

published Flora of Bombay (that of Dalzell), which was issued in the year

1861.

Dr. Cooke, in this his first part, has struck a high level of excellence

which it is sincerely to be hoped may be maintained in the floras of the

other provinces which are understood to be now in preparation. His

descriptions are terse and graphic, and they are drawn up on the principle

of comparing the same organ in the same sequence in each species,

Excellent keys to the species are given, and also good keys to the genera,

* By Theodore Cooke, C.1.E., M.A. LL.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., M.Inst.C.E.L,

formerly Principal of the College of Science at Poona, and Director of the

Botanical Survey of Western India. Part I. (Taylor & Francis. Pp. 192.

Price 83.)

( 2 )

which will greatly facilitate the identification of plants by those (may they

be many!) who use the book. If there be given with the concluding part

of the work equally good keys to the natural families, and also a copious

glossary, there will remain no excuse for any inhabitant of the Bombay

Presidency, of moderate intelligence and education, for not making himself

acquainted with the name of any plant he may find growing wild within

its boundaries.

A noteworthy feature in the work is the absence of most of the old and

obsolete synonyms, which, howeyer interesting and valuable to the systematic

expert, are confusing and meaningless to the classes for whom these pro-

vincial floras are mainly intended. While, however, synonymy is thus

curtailed, the date of the original publication of each species is given

immediately after the name of its author. Notes on the economic uses of

plants are given, and also vernacular names; and, in the description of

every species, reference is made to Sir Joseph Hooker’s Flora. Dr. Watts’

Dictionary of Economie Indian Products is also freely quoted.

The book is published under the auspices of the Secretary of State for

India, on the recommendation of Dr. Prain, Director of the Botanical Survey

of India, and of Sir William Thiselton-Dyer, Director of the Royal Botanic

Garden, Kew. It is excellently got up, and it is not unduly costly. In

every way it is a publication in respect of which all concerned may be

warmly congratulated.

From the JOURNAL OF BOTANY for November 1901, p. 392.

Tur FLora OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BomBay. By THEODORE CookE,

C.1L.E., etc., formerly Principal of the College of Science at Poona, and

Director of the Botanical Survey of Western India, Part I. Pp. 192.

London: Taylor & Francis. Price 8s.

Tue Flora of British India, edited, and for the most part also elaborated,

by the veteran botanist, Sir Joseph Hooker, had for its scope, not only the

vegetation of the whole of the Empire, from the Himalaya to Cape Comorin

and Tenasserim, but also that of the provinces of Malacca and Wellesley, in

the Malay Peninsula, and of the adjacent islands of Penang and Singapore.

In that monumental work there had been brought together, not only the

bulk of the information recorded in the books and scattered papers of the

earlier writers on Indian botany, but also descriptions of many of the species

named but undescribed in the great Wallichian Herbarium, and of the crowd

of species, alike unnamed and undescribed, which had been brought together

in the herbaria of numerous Indian travellers and collectors. Sir Joseph’s

work is a signal example of the centralization of botanical knowledge. It

affords an admirable basis for the elaboration, in greater detail, of the

individual floras of the various provinces included in the Indian Empire.

LP 2D

The organization, some years ago, by the Supreme Government of India, of

a botanical survey of the Empire, gave an official impetus to a scheme long

projected and desired by Indian botanists for the preparation and publication

of such floras. A beginning has now been made in the realization of this

project by the publication, under the auspices of the Secretary of State for

India, of a first part of a Flora of the Bombay Presidency. This is the

work of Dr. Theodore Cooke, for many years Principal of the College of

Science at Poona, and for some time Director of the Botanical Survey of

Western India. Similar Floras of the North-Western Provinces of the

Panjab, of the North-Western Himalaya, and of Bengal proper, are under-

stood to be well advanced towards publication. <A local Flora of the country

round Simla (the summer capital of the Indian Empire), prepared by Major-

General Sir Henry Collett, K.C.B., at his own cost and without Government

assistance, is now being passed through the press, and it is to be hoped that

the preparation of official Floras for the provinces of Assam, Madras, and

Burmah may soon be arranged for. The Malayan provinees of Wellesley,

Penang, Malacca, and Singapore were removed, shortly before the com-

mencement of the preparation of Sir Joseph Hooker's F lora, from the

administration of the Viceroy of India, and were formed into a colony under

the designation of the Straits Settlements, The preparation of a special

Flora of these provinces ceased, therefore, to be a responsibility of the

Indian Government. The responsibility has, however, been accepted by the

Straits Government; and precursors to a complete Flora, not only of the four

provinces just mentioned, but of all the remaining provinces of the Malay

Peninsula, have been for some years in course of publication in the Journal

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, under the title, “ Materials for a Flora

of the Malay Peninsula,” and in the Journal of the Straits Settlements, in

the form of complete accounts of various monocotyledonous families by

Mr. H. N. Ridley.

Dr. Cooke’s appearance as the pioneer of this enterprise must be hailed

with satisfaction by everybody interested in the spread of botanical know-

ledge amongst our Indian fellow-subjects; but it is sincerely to be hoped

that the scheme thus inaugurated may be carried through to the end at the

high level of excellence at which it has now been begun. In this first part

of Dr. Cooke’s book the natural orders from Ranunculacee to Rutacee are

dealt with, the sequence followed being that of Hooker’s Flora. The part

contains 192 pages, and gives descriptions of 335 indigenous species, and of

a few introduced plants which have become naturalized. Of these species,

no fewer than 130 are absent from Dalzell’s census of the corresponding

orders made in 1861—a signal proof of how much has been done in the way

of exploration during the last forty years. Dr. Cooke’s descriptions are in

the form of those of Bentham in his Floras of Australia and Hong-Kong ;

and in crispness and graphic force they remind one of those in that excellent

but too much forgotten work, Wight and Arnott’s Prodromus Flore Penin-

sule Indice. Excellent generic and specific keys are supplied, and the date

of the original publication of each specific name is given immediately after

the name of its author.

In a Flora which is primarily intended for use by persons who are not

botanical experts, full citations of synonyms (some of which are often

doubtful) are a waste of time and space, and Dr. Cooke has exercised a

commendable discretion in keeping his references within comparatively

narrow limits. Sir Joseph Hooker’s Flora is quoted as a matter of course,

and so are the catalogues of Graham, Gibson, Talbot, and Woodrow, and

also the Flora of Dalzell and Gibson; but old books, such as Rheede’s

Hortus Malabaricus, are not quoted. Vernacular names are given when

such are current. Brief notes of economic uses are supplied, and Dr. Watts’s

Dictionary of Economic Products is invariably quoted. In the case of the

less widely distributed species, localities are nearly always given. The book

is really a model of good systematic work. It is well printed, and its pages

are disfigured by very few typographical errors. When it shall have been

completed, a great impetus and encouragement may, it is hoped, be given

to the cultivation of botanical knowledge by all those whose duties or

inclinations lead them into the fields or forests of the senior Presidency

of India. G. 3G

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 56. AUGUST 1902.

XII.—Descriptions of new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera

from the Khasia Hills, Assam. By P. Cameron.

[Concluded from p. 69. ]

Salius intimellus, sp. un.

Niger, antennis, clypeo, labro, orbitis oculorum, antennis, tibiis

tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis flavo-hyalinis, basi nigra, <¢.

Long. 22 mm.

The apical joints of the antennie are infuscated. The

inner orbits and the outer above are narrowly lined with

rufous ; the parts between and below the antenne including

the labium are rufo-testaceous ; the mandibles are black,

rufous above to shortly beyond the middle; palpi black,

Thorax velvety black, thickly covered with black hairs; the

median segment transversely striated. Legs black; the

tibiz, except at the extreme apex, and the hinder tarsi rufo-

testaceous ; the four anterior tarsi blackish testaceous; the

tarsi have one stout tooth near the base. Wings yellowish

hyaline, deep blackish violaceous behind the transverse basal

nervure and on the lower side to shortly beyond the sub-

median nervure. Abdomen velvety black.

Belongs to the section with one tooth on the claws, in

which it forms almost a group by itself. It has a consider-

able resemblance to S. bellicosus, but that belongs to a

different group.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. (/

78 Mr. P. Cameron on new

Salius khasianus, sp. n.

Black; the antennz, the head, except round the ocelli,

the apical half of the pronotum, and the legs ferruginous ;

the coxee, trochanters, and the base of the femor& narrowly

black ; the apical three segments of the abdomen rufous, the

last thickly covered with rufous hair; the wings uniformly

dark fuscous-violaceous, the nervures and stigma black. ¢.

Long. 235 mm.

Antenne ferruginous, the scape covered with a pale pile,

bare. The greater part of the occiput and the ocellar region

are black; the vertex is sparsely covered with long black

hair; the front has a shallow but distinct furrow in the

centre. Apical region of the clypeus sparsely covered with

long black hair; the apex of the labrum is incised. The

mandibles are of a paler colour than the head ; their apex

deep black. Thorax black, except the apical half of the

pronotum, which is rufous; the mesonotum has a brownish

pile; the scutellums are flat; the median segment is irregu-

larly transversely striated. The coxee and trochanters are

thickly covered with a dull golden pile on the lower side;

the claws have one basal tooth. Abdomen black ; the apical

three or four segments rufous; the last thickly covered with

rufous pubescence.

Looks at first sight like one of the varieties of S. bipar-

litus, but, apart from the differences in coloration, it may

be known from it by the minute—not large stout—tooth onthe

claws. It wants the golden pile found on the head and thorax

of S. consanguineus, which has also the prothorax entirely,

and the mesonotum and the scutellum also, reddish yellow,

and the front immaculate ; its ocelli are more widely sepa-

rated, especially the posterior, which are separated from

each other by a distinctly greater distance than they are

from the anterior, which is not the case with the present

species.

Salius assamensis, sp. n.

‘ong. 17 mm. "9".

This species looks like a small example of S. DeNicevilliz,

but, apart fromits smaller size (De Nicevilliiis from 20-30 mm.

in length), its body is much less pilose, it having hardly any

hair; the postscutellum is more prominent, and has the

sides and apex more obliquely sloped ; the median segment

has a more oblique straight slope from the base to the apex,

the latter not being depressed, and the third transverse

cubital nervure is broadly rounded, while with the larger

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 79

species its upper half has a straight oblique slope. Antenne

fulvous, paler towards the apex. Head bright rufo-fulvous,

covered thickly with a golden pile; the vertex bears a few

longish black hairs. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex;

the apical half bears some long dark fulvous hairs. Man-

dibles coloured like the head ; the apex broadly black. Ocelli

in a triangle; the hinder separated from each other by a

slightly less distance than they are from the eyes. Thorax

thickly covered with a golden pile; bare except for a few

longish hairs on the seutellums ; the base of the mesonotum

and of the median segment black. The median segment

short, with a somewhat steep rounded slope; it is irregu-

larly, somewhat widely, transversely striated, and is furrowed

down the middle, the furrow becoming wider towards the

apex. The base of the meso- and metapleure more or less

blackish, as is also the sternum. Wings yellowish hyaline,

with a distinct fuscous- violaceous tinge ; the nervures ful-

vous.; the first and third transverse ‘cubital nervures are

roundly curved, the second is oblique and roundly curved

outw a on the lower half. Legs coloured like the body ;

the four hinder cox broadly black at the base behind; the

single tooth on the claws is short and stout. Abdomen of a

darker red than the thorax, shining, bare, except on the

apical segment, which is covered with long fuscous hair and

with a bright golden pile.

Salus junctellus, sp. n.

Niger, dense aureo-sericcus ; antennis nigris, basi late rufa; alis

flavo-hyalinis, apice fumato. ¢ et 9.

Long. 22 mm.

The five basal jomts of the antennex rufous, the others

black. Head above the clypeus black, densely covered with

golden pubescence and more sparsely with longish pale hair ;

the clypeus apparently fulvous aud densely covered with

depressed fulvous pubescence; its apex slightly waved, tri-

lubate. Mandibles ferruginous, densely covered with depressed

fulvous pubescence ; the apex black. ‘Thorax black, densely

covered with depressed golden pubescence. Legs ferruginous,

the coxa and trochanters black; the apices of the basal

tarsal joimts and the apical two entirely black; the claws

with one tooth at the base. Wings yellowish hyaline, the

nervures fulvous, the apex smoky from the end of the radial

cellule; the first and sccond cubital cellules are equal in

length above ; ; the first recurrent nervure is received shortly

beyond the middle, the second at the apex of the basal third.

80 Mr. P. Cameron on new

Abdomen densely golden sericeous above, below not so

densely; the apical segments densely covered with stiff

fulvous hairs. The ground-colour of the body is black ; it

is the dense pile which gives it the golden appearance. In

addition to the hairs the pygidium is thickly covered with

bright, stiff, golden pubescence; the second transverse cubital

nervure is broadly and roundly curved outwardly, not straight

and oblique as with the allied species.

Allied to S. sericosoma, Sm., from which it differs in

having the antenne longer and more slenderly built, in

having the apex of the wings distinctly fuscous, in the second

transverse cubital nervure roundly curved outwardly, in the

second or third apical segment of the abdomen not being

ferruginous, and the coxze and trochanters are black.

Salius curvinervis, sp. 0.

Rufo-ferrugineus; abdomine nigro lineato; alis brunneo-fumatis,

nervo basali curvato; pedibus ferrugineis; coxis subtus nigris. ?.

Long. 18-19 mm.

Antennze short, stout, bare, ferruginous, as is also the

head. Eyes parallel, hardly converging above; the ocelh

separated from them by the same distance they are from

each other; the front is thickly covered with short reddish-

green pubescence and is furrowed down the middle. Apex

of clypeus transyerse, the sides oblique; mandibles ferru-

ginous, black at the apex. Pro- and mesonotum dark

ferruginous, thickly covered with golden pile, which shines in

certain lights. Median segment irregularly, not very closely,

striated, its apex with an oblique slope; the lower side and

apices of the meso- and metapleure and their bases more

broadly black. Legs coloured like the body; their cox

are black behind ; the claws havea large apical and a smaller

basal tooth. Wings dark fulvo-hyaline, with a shght vio-

laceous tint; the nervures pale yellowish; the first cubital

cellule is shorter than the second at top and bottom; the

first transverse cubital nervure is oblique, the second is

straight, the third roundly curved; the first recurrent

nervure is interstitial, the second is received near the apex

of the basal third of the cellule; the accessory nervure in

the hind wing is interstitial. Abdomen with the base of

the petiole broadly, its apex narrowly, the base and apex of

the second and third, and the base of the last distinctly,

and the middle segments indistinctly, banded with black ;

the pygidium is thickly covered on the middle and apex with

long bright fulvous hair, the apex is smooth and shining,

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 81

its sides distinctly keeled; the ventral segments are more

broadly banded with black.

A species easily known by the roundly-curved transverse

basal nervure. The male is similarly coloured to the female.

The colour of the wings varies: in some examples it is deep

fuscous violaceous, the brownish tint being absent. The

species comes close to 8. Jenestratus, Sm.

Salius brevipennis, sp. 0.

Niger, dense aureo-hirtus, basi antennarum late ferruginea ; pedi-

bus abdominisque apice rufo-flavis; alis fusco-violaceis, nervis

stigmateque nigris, Q.

Long. 18 mm.

Belongs to the section with bifid claws and with “ wings

fuscous brown or black, with generally a brilliant purple- blue

or green effulgence,” and to the group with “ hyaline spots in

the fore wings.” It comes nearest to S. placidus, Bingh.,

which differs from it in having the hyaline cloud in the first

discoidal and the second submedial cellules, and differs

further in the pile on the head and thorax being “ silvery

grey,’ not golden; the head largely marked with yellow ;

the coxze black and the abdomen only black at the base, not

black, fulvous at the apex.

The five basal joints of the antennz ferruginous, the rest

black. Head black, thickly covered with golden pubescence ;

the clypeus ferruginous, black at the base ; the apex trans-

verse, the sides rounded ; the apex of the ‘labrum rounded,

fringed with long fuscous hairs; the mandibles rufous ; the

apex deep black; the palpi testaceous yellow; the eyes

distinctly converge towards the bottom; the ocelli are sepa-

rated from the eyes by a greater distance than they are from

each other. Prothorax large, the base transverse, the sides

rounded, above thickly covered with depressed golden pubes-

cence, as is also the mesonotum. The scutellum and _post-

scutellum not much raised. The median segment has on the

apex an oblique slope and is stoutly transversely striated. _

Pro- and mesopleurz covered with golden pubescence and

with shallow punctures; the upper part of the metapleure

at the base smooth and limited by an oblique keel; the base

below this smooth, opaque, and marked with a few scattered

punctures, over the coxz strongly punctured; the apical

division strongly obliquely striated, punctured near the

spiracles. Mesosternum thickly covered with golden pubes-

cence and furrowed down the middle. Wings uniformly

fuscous violaceous; on the base of the discoidal cellule is a

82 Mr. P. Cameron on new

hyaline spot, followed by a dark one; the radial nervure is

curved; the first cubital cellule at the top is, if anything,

longer than the third; the first recurrent nervure is received

shortly beyond, the second in the middle of the cellule.

Legs entirely rufo-fulvous, covered (especially on the tibiz)

with a golden down; the claws bifid, the basal claw shorter

and thicker; the tibial spines rufous. Abdomen black,

covered with golden depressed pubescence ; the basal segment

not much narrowed at the base, the apex of the third and

fc urth segments and the apical ones ferruginous.

The wings are shorter than usual, not extending beyond

the middle of the abdomen.

Pompilus laticollis, sp. n.

Niger, abdomine purpureo, prothorace rufo; alis violaceis, basi

hyalinis. 9.

Long. 18 mm.

Antennze as long as the thorax, distinctly tapering towards

the apex, bare. Head shining, impunctate, pruinose; the

sides of the clypeus broadly rounded, the centre transverse.

The inner orbits from the top of the eye-incision are bordered

with pallid yellow; the top of the occiput to the middle of

the eyes lined with red. Ocelli+.*; they are separated from

the eyes by a less distance than they are from each other.

Prothorax red; meso- and metathorax black, densely pruinose ;

the apex of the metathorax is roundly concave, the sides

triangular; it has a slightly oblique slope and is furrowed

down the middle. Wings violaceous, the base to near

the transverse basal nervure hyaline; the hinder pair have

slightly more than the basal half hyaline; at the top the

second cubital cellule is twice the length of the third, below

they are equal; the first transverse cubital nervure is sharply

obliquely angled above the middle, the second is only very

slightly oblique, the third is roundly curved ; the first re-

current nervure is received at the base of the apical third,

the second near the middle. Legs pruinose; the claws bifid,

the basal claw thick. Abdomen bluish purple, pruinose ; the

pygidium has a deep depression, longer than broad, at the

apex.

Belongs to the Ferreola group. The head is concave in

front, transverse behind; the sides of the elongated pro-

thorax project behind to the middle of the tegulie ; there is a

narrow oblique furrow on the middle of the mesopleure. It

comes nearest to P. circe, Cam., but is a larger species ; the

prothorax is not longer than the mesothorax, being broader

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 83

than long, not longer than broad as in cérce, while in the

latter it is slightly but distinctly narrowed in the middle.

The male is smaller, the yellowish border behind the eyes

narrower and less distinct, and the third cubital cellule is

much more narrowed on the top, being there almost only the

half of the length of the space bounded by the second recur-

rent and the third transverse cubital nervures.

Pompilus Hookeri, sp. un.

Niger, abdomine fere purpureo ; alis violaceis, basilate hyalinis. ¢.

Long. 15 mm.

Head transverse behind and little developed behind the

eyes, shining, the front and vertex sparsely covered with

white pubescence ; the hinder ocelli are placed in deep pits

and are separated from each other by about double the length

they are from the eyes; the front and clypeus are thickly

covered with silvery pubescence, the apex of the clypeus is

almost transverse, the sides obliquely rounded. Mandibles

dark rufous before the apex. Palpi black, thickly covered

with white pubescence. Thorax densely pruinose, the pubes-

cence giving it a pale appearance; on the sides of the meso-

notum are two not very distinct longitudinal furrows.

Scutellum large, dilated at the sides on the base; the sides at

the apex rounded. The apex of the median segment is

roundly incised, the dilated parts seen from the side are

rounded. The furrow in the middle of the mesopleurz is

deep, distinct, and moderately wide; the apex is distinctly

crenulated ; the depressions between the keels are deep and

longest in the middle of the pleuree. The lower part of the

metapleure is slightly depressed and bears some stout

irregular striz. Legs pruinose, the spines black. Abdomen

velvety and with a distinct purple tint, the sides, apex, and

ventral surface covered with black hairs; the apical ventral

surface is incised in the middle. The wings are blackish

violaceous from shortly behind the transverse basal nervure,

the rest clear hyaline; the first cubital cellule is one-third

longer than the second above; the first recurrent nervure is

received near the base of the basal third, the second shortly

beyond the middle of the cellule; the transverse basal ner-

vure is interstitial. The claws are rufous and bifid.

This species comes near to P. tlus, Bing., but is, I believe,

judging trom the descriptions, distinct. In ¢/us the wings

are hyaline for half their length ; the clypeus is “ widely

emarginate anteriorly,’ while in the present species it is

84 Mr. P. Cameron on new

transverse ; the sides of the metathorax are said to be pro-

duced into “sharp tubercles,” here broadly rounded; the

emargination is said to be “longitudinally striated,” here

there are only three stout irregular keels. If the figure of

ilus (Journ, Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1893, pl. i. fig. 7) 1s

correct, then i/us differs from our species in having the first

cubital cellule on the top distinctly shorter than the second,

whereas in our species it is the second which is distinctly

shorter than the first. In Hookert the third transverse

cubital nervure is not broadly rounded, but has an oblique

straight slope above.

Pompilus subfervens, sp. n.

Niger, antennis, capite, linea pronoti, macula mesonoti, scutello

pedibusque ferrugineis; apice antennarum, coxis, trochanteribus

basique femorum nigris; alis violaceis. 9.

Long. 14 mm.

Antennz with the apical three joints black; the scape

covered with short golden pubescence, Head shining, the

cheeks and the clypeus sparsely covered with a short golden

pile; above there is a broad black band extending from

behind the ocelli to near the base of the antennz, where it is

divided in the middle by a tubercle which has an elongated

fovea in the middle above; there is a narrow furrow below the

eyes, which distinctly converge above; the hinder ocelli are

separated from the eyes by the same distance they are from

each other. Apexofclypeus rounded; mandibles black, ferru-

vinous at theapex; palpi fulvo-testaceous. Pronotum broadly

ferruginous behind, its sides there with an oblique slope to

the middle; in the centre of the mesonotum behind is a large

mark, slightly narrowed towards the apex, its sides projecting

at the base. Scutellum flat, ferruginous above, except

narrowly at the apex. Median segment with a gradually

rounded slope, thickly covered with peach-coloured pubes-

cence and sparsely with black hairs; the apex is indistinctly

transversely striated. Legs ferrugimous; the cox, tro-

chanters, and base of femora black ; the apices of the joints

of the posterior tarsi and the apical joint of the middle

and posterior entirely black; the tooth on the middle of the

claw is distinct, Wings uniformly deep violaceous; the first

cubital cellule is shortly but distinctly longer than the

second above; the first recurrent nervure is received near

the second transverse cubital nervure, the second near the

base of the apical third of the cellule; the transverse basal

nervure is interstitial. Abdcmen deep velvety black, shining ;

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills. 85

the pygidium testaceous, sparsely covered with long black

hairs ; the epipygium is also testaceous. The spines on the

tibiz and tarsi are longer and stouter than usual; the tarsi

are thickly spined on the lower side. ‘The first recurrent

nervure is received nearer the transverse cubital than usual,

more as in Salius. Claws with a small erect tooth.

There is no transverse furrow on the second ventral seg-

ment; the tibiz and tarsi are thickly and stoutly spined.

The females and males are similarly coloured. The species

comes close to P. bracatus, Bing.

Pompilus Campbell, sp. n.

Niger, dense argenteo-pruinosus ; alis fumatis, basi fere hyalinis. @.

Long. fere 10 mm.

The lower part of the front, the face, and clypeus densely

covered with silvery pubescence, smooth and shining; on

the lower part of the front above the antenne is a distinct

moderately wide, and deep longitudinal furrow. The sides of

the clypeus are broadly rounded ; the palpi black; mandibles

at the base thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Thorax

densely pruinose, entirely smooth and shining. Wings from

the transverse basal nervure fuscous, with a slight but

distinct violaceous tint ; the base almost hyaline; the hinder

wings hyaline, with the apex smoky; the first and second

cubital cellules above are equal in length ; the first and third

transverse cubital nervures are roundly curved, the second is

straight, oblique; the first recurrent nervure is received near

the base of the apical third, the second very shortly behind

the middle of the cellule. Legs pruinose, especially at the

base; the spines and calcaria are black; the apices of the

tarsi have a fuscous tint; the claws are rufous. The abdo-

men has a slight bluish tint towards the apex; the base

pruinose ; the third and fourth ventral segments with tufts

of longish hair; the last ventral segment is bluntly keeled

down the middle. 5 y keele

Pompilus implicitanus, sp. n.

Niger, dense argenteo-pruinosus ; alis fusco-violaceis, cellula cubitali

1* longiore quam 2%, ¢.

Long. 13 mm.

Front and vertex sparsely pilose; the face and clypeus

densely covered with silvery pubescence ; the upper part of

the front indistinctly, the lower half distinctly longitudinally

86 Mr. P. Cameron on new

furrowed, Base of mandibles thickly covered with silvery

pubescence, the apex piceous. Thorax densely pruinose,

smooth and shining. Legs pruinose, the coxve white through

the white pile, the spines and calcaria black. Wings dark

brownish fuscous, with a distinct violaceous iridescence, the

base more hyaline, the hinder pair with the hyaline part

broader; the first cubital cellule above is shortly but dis-

tinctly longer than the second; the first transverse cubital

nervure has a distinct rounded curve, the second is straight

and oblique, the third has a less distinctly rounded curve

than the first ; the first recurrent nervure is received at the

base of the apical third, the second very shortly beyond the

middle; the transverse basal nervure is interstitial. Abdo-

men pruinose, the middle ventral segments sparsely pilose.

This species agrees closely with P. Campbelli; it is larger,

has the wings of a much darker and uniform violaceous tint ;

the third transverse cubital nervure is not so roundly curved,

the transverse basal nervure is interstitial, and the ventral

segments are not covered with longish hair.

Tiphia khasiana, sp. n.

Nigra, femoribus posterioribus rufis; medio metanoti tricarinato;

alis fusco-hyalinis, nervis fuscis, stigmate nigro. ©.

Long. 11 mm.

Antenne stout, the scape fringed with long silvery hair ;

the flagellum covered with a pale microscopic pile ; the basal

four joints of the flagellum are produced at the apex. Head

shining, sparsely covered with long white hair; the front

and vertex sparsely punctured except for a broad band below

the ocelli; the face and base of the clypeus are closely punc-

tured; the rest of the clypeus is smooth and shining, its apex

with a slight, broad, rounded incision. Mandibles broadly

rufous in the middle and fringed with long pale fulvous hair;

the palpi are dark testaceous. Thorax shining, the basal

slope of the pronotum impunctate below, above closely punc-

tured ; the apex with two rows of punctures, the basal being

the finer; the extreme apex is impunctate. Mesonotum

with large punctures; the postscutellum is closely and finely

punctured except at the base. Median segment aciculated,

most strongly on the basal part; there are three central

keels, the inner one does not quite reach to the apex. Pro-

pleure aciculated; the base is smooth above; there is an

oblique furrow near the middle; the part below this is

closely striated. The middle of the mesopleure is closely

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Khasia Tills. 87

punctured and thickly covered with white hair; the base of

the metapleure is aciculated, the rest closely obliquely

striated. The basal half of the mesosternum is punctured ;

on the apex in the middle is a A-shaped depression with a

furrow down its middle. Wings hyaline, with a distinct

fuscous tinge ; the stigma is black; the nervures are fulvo-

testaceous. Legs black; the four hinder femora are bright

red; the outer side of the tibize thickly covered with silvery

hair; the spines are rufous. Abdomen shining, the middle

and basal segments with two rows of punctures ; the apical

segments are almost entirely punctured and thickly covered

with long white hair; the apical half of the pygidium is

rufous and smooth, the basal strongly punctured and covered

with long white hair. The upper part of the second trans-

verse cub ital nervure is roundly curved, the lower straight.

Comes nearest to 7. cassiope, Cam., which may be known

from it by the apex of the clypeus being transverse.

Tiphia canaliculata, sp. n.

Black, thickly covered with white pubescence, which on

the apical abdominal segments has a more fulvous hue; the

wings fuscous hyaline, highly iridescent ; the stiema and

nervures black; the median segment with three longitudinal

keels, the apex of the segment depressed and stoutly longi-

tudinally striated. ¢.

Long. 12 mm.

Antenne black, stout; the scape thickly covered with long

glistening white hair; the base of the flagellum with a white

pile. Head opaque, closely rugosely punctured, more shining,

less closely and more strongly punctured on the ocellar region.

Clypeus shining, closely and somewhat strongly punctured ; :

the apex roundly transverse. Mandibles black, their base

covered with long white glistening hair. Pronotum closely

and distinctly punctured, except on the hinder edge, which is

smooth and shining. Mesonotum rugosely, rather closely

punctured, except on the sides, which are raised, clearly

separated, and become wider gradually towards the apex.

Scutellum strongly and deeply punctured, except on the apex

and in the middle. Postscutellum closely and strongly

punctured, except in the middle at the apex. Median

segment coarsely aciculated, with three parallel keels; the

outer do not reach to the apex, only to the base of the

furrow, which is wide and deep; it is longitudinally striated ;

the apical slope is coarsely shagreened and bears some indis-

tinct striz; the ocelli are placed in an oval depression on the

88 On new Hymenoptera from the Khasia Hills.

lower side at the base. The upper half of the propleure

coarsely aciculated, the lower closely obliquely striated.

Mesopleurz closely and somewhat strongly punctured and

covered thickly with white pubescence. Metapleure strongly

obliquely striated, the striz becoming more widely separated

towards the apex. Mesosternum punctured, irregularly and

widely furrowed in the middle. The alar nervures are

fuscous; the second transverse cubital nervure is united to

the radius at the foot of the apical abscissa, which is thick-

ened above the junction. Abdomen shining, obsoletely

punctured ; the apical segments are thickly covered with pale

fuscous pubescence ; the base of the underside of the petiole

has a distinct tooth, which is broadly rounded at the base ;

the apex is straight and oblique, from it a keel extends to the

middle. The apices of the ventral segments are fringed with

long dark fuscous hair, Legs entirely black except the lower

side of the fore tibiz; the hair is thick and white; the

calcaria and the tarsal spines are pale rufous.

The transverse median nervure is placed shortly behind

the transverse basal.

Myzine Rothneyi, sp. un.

Black, the four posterior trochanters, femora, and tibize

red; the wings fuscous violaceous; the median segment with

two keels, which unite before the top of the apical slope, the

apex of the segment reticulated.

Long. 18-]9 mm.

Flagellum of antennze fuscous beneath, the scape covered

with white hair. Front and vertex rugosely coarsely punc-

tured, the punctures running into reticulations above the

antenne. Mandibles black, dull piceous beyond the middle.

The basal part of the pronotum coarsely aciculated, smooth

and shining on the apex, and thickly covered with short

white hair; the apical part coarsely closely punctured, its

basal slope smooth. The base of the mesonotum smooth,

impunctate, the apical part with large deep punctures.

Scutellum with large, deep, irregular, elongated punctures,

all clearly separated ; the postscutellum minutely punctured,

but not closely. The basal half of the basal part of the

median segment closely rugosely punctured, the apical reticu-

lated, punctured ; the apical siope bears shallow round punc-

tures, which are sparser in the centre; on the basal part are

two keels, which unite before the top of the apical slope. Pro-

pleurz strongly punctured at the base, the middle smooth,

the apex closely finely striated, the striae becoming weaker at

Some Notes on Nomenclature. 89

the apex. Mesopleure coarsely rugosely punctured. Meta-

pleure longitudinally striated, the striz weaker at the base.

Wings fuscous violaceous, the hinder pair paler than the

anterior; the stigma and nervures dark fuscous ; the third

transverse cubital nervure is interstitial, with the nervure

bounding the top of the radial cellule; the latter is clearly

separated from the radius. Legs thickly covered with white

hairs; those on the tarsi have a fulvous hue. Abdomen

shining, sparsely minutely punctured; the pygidium is more

strongly punctured, except on the apex; the ventral surface

1S sparsely covered with white hair.

A distinct species, not nearly allied to any of those already

described. It is one of the largest species.

XII1.—Some Notes on Nomenclature *.

By Freperick PickarD CAMBRIDGE, B.A., F.Z.S.

In an ordinary way it would not be necessary to make any

reply to Dr. Dahl’s “One Word more on the International

Rules of Nomenclature” (Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xxv. Feb.

1902), for he considers this to be the last word. Since,

however, he asks for some answer to his questions, and has,

as he says, taken up his pen for my special enlightenment,

it would be uncourteous were I to refuse to return the

compliment.

In the first place, Dahl complains that I am upsetting the

unanimity which has hitherto prevailed as to the types of

genera, and quotes Gnaphosa, Micromata, and Salticus as

instances. In the case of the last genus, however, Simon, in

the latest part of his Hist. Nat. Araignées, gives scenicus as

the type; whereas Thorell and nearly all authors, including

Simon himself, have hitherto regarded formicartus as the

type. I might add a few more instances. Thorell gave

sisyphium, Clerck, as the type of Theridion; Simon gives

redimitum, Linn. Simon restores draneus; Thorell, until

quite lately, upheld Hperra, Thorell again gives us lugubris,

Walck., as the type of Lycosa; Simon gives us tarentula,

Rossi. horell regarded mirabilis, Clerck, as the type of

Ocyale ; Simon gives us atalanta, Aud., &c. &c. So much

for the prevailing unanimity. But I may be permitted to

suggest that Dr. Dahl need not exercise himself over the

iniquity of changing a name or two here and there, seeing

* Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. viii. p. 403 (Nov. 1901),

50 Mr. F. P. Cambridge—Some

that, in the case of Clerck, the International Rules have

upset thirty or forty names concerning which an absolute

unanimity has prevailed amongst authors for quite a century.

If we are to swallow this camel, I for one shall not strain at

the change of a name or so where necessary in the cause of

consistency.

I might also point out that in other branches of zoology—

Aves, Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, &e.—I cannot now recognize

by name many of the oldest friends of my youth. But if

the change has been necessary in these cases, there is no

reason to “object to necessary changes in the case of much less

popular groups, such as the Aranew.

The Value of a Definite Type Species.

On the last page of his paper Dr. Dahl says that he con-

siders that the fixation of a type would be of slight practical

utility, and he adds :—“ So far as I can see, I can distinguish

three cases in which the type comes into question: ( (1) [

entirely agree with the founder as to the extent of his genus ;

(2) I agree with a later author; (8) I have my own view.”

And Dahlasks me to point out when I consider that a practical

difficulty arises which would be avoided by the selection

of a type.

I answer at once, ¢n every case, namely the practical diffi-

culty of ascertaining what exactly is the view to begin with.

Dahl appears to misunderstand the question at issue. The

practical value of a selected type comes in before we can form

any definite view or opinion as to the characters of a genus at

all, either to agree with or to differ from. We are dealing,

for instance, with Latreille’s genus Lycosa, having before

us a number of specimens to classify, many of which we may

consider might conveniently be denoted by different group

names. We do not wish, however, to coin a number of new

names before we have definitely determined that there are no

names available which would suit our purpose. We wish

for some definite criterion by which we may judge as to

which of our specimens belong to Lycosa, which to Tarentula,

Trochosa, Pardosa, Arctosa, Potamia, Hogna, Diapontia,

Tricca, Alopecosa, Trochosina, Leena, &e. &e. This can

only be secured by fixing a single type species to each name.

We must determine the type species of Lycosa first; and of

this genus Dahl insists that we must wait fora future worker

to break it up before we can settle on the type, and this

worker must further make a new genus of the species under

Lycosa before his selection will be valid, and so too with all

other genera where types have not been cited,

Notes on Nomenclature. 91

We have waited for nearly a hundred years to ascertain

what we mean when we use the generic name Lycosa, and

if we are to make a new genus every time we want to settle

the type of an old one, it seems likely that we shall wait for

another century.

On account of Inadequate Diagnoses.

In very many cases, moreover, generic diagnoses contain

only characters which apply equally well to the whole family;

and still more noticeable is the fact that there are often plenty

of excellent characters on which genera could be based which

were never even observed by the authors who founded the

divisions, and do not occur in the diagnoses.

As notable instances of this, one may refer to the minute

diagnoses of genera and species made by Dr. Thorell in his

study of the Scorpiones. It is not possible to tell from those

diagnoses even the family to which the species described

belonged, because the one character on which the division

into families can be satisfactorily based was overlooked. So,

too, in the case of the Aviculariide. The subfamily divisions

are now based upon characters of which, except in two cases,

the very existence was not noticed—namely, the organs of

stridulation.

So that unless there are definite type-species to refer to, it

is not possible to make any further progress in systematic

knowledge, We continue to muddle on, checked at every

peint by inadequate diagnoses. But directly we have a type-

species selected for each generic name we are in a position

to judge of the value of the divisions indicated by those

names, and also of others which we may ourselves contem-

plate. We can refer to the facts and see for ourselves, and

we shall not then be making new generic appellations on the

strength of newly-discovered characters, when there are

probably plenty of names already available, if we could but

examine definite types. We want to classify our material

according to the facts we find in Nature, not by the concepts

to which we are restricted by a study of the diagnoses printed

in literature. I may remark, too, that type-species of genera,

unless they happen to be unique, can always be freely inter-

changed, and thus some progress in the science made.

As a concrete illustration of a practical difficulty arising

for the systematic zoologist, I would suggest that anyone

who doubts the value of definite type-species should secure

a collection of 500 species of the Salticide, for instance, and

endeavour to classify them by the light of original generic

92 Mr. F. P. Cambridge—Some

diagnoses or by the views and standpoints of later authors.

Tf he does not soon find himself writing to living authors for

their types and fixing upon types for those who are dead,

I shall be very much surprised.

As to whether I or Dr. Dahl agree with or differ from any

other author as to the extent of his genus is of absolutely no

importance to anyone. Nor are the views, standpoints, or

concepts either of the original or any later author of any

importance either. We are, happily or unhappily, dealing

with names and the definite characters to be connoted by

them, and we want these characters permanently attached to

one or other name by means of a single type-species, so that

we can all, when we wish, go to the facts themselves and

understand what we are talking about when we use these

names.

Names are the current coin in the realms of systematic

zoology, necessary for the interexchange of ideas as to the

facts; but until these names have a fixed and definite

character-value, chaos can be the only result of using them.

But Dr. Dahl says “ of course everyone is at liberty to

choose a type for his own private purposes.’ But authors do

not choose types for their private purposes ; their selections

usually appear in publications, and thus the confusion begins.

Students consult these publications in order to ascertain what

conception, for instance, they are to form as to a certain

genus. ‘here may be four or five authors dealing with

a genus of ten or a dozen species, and the student is often

contronted with three or four different conceptions of the

same genus. Some authors will have made new genera

based on other authors’ concepts of the original genus, each

one taking a different author’s concept. Often, too, an

author’s original concept of another author’s genus will

itself change in course of time (as in the case ot Salticus),

and students who have been basing new genera upon this

author’s original conception find that they have been building

on a quick-sand. Other authors, totally unable to arrive at

any reasonable conclusion as to the original genus at all,

and finding that of later authors not one has the same con-

ception, simply ignore the whole question. They then

probably make another new genus, when several already

exist which would meet the case, if types had been definitely

selected ; or, still worse, they further increase the confusion by

adding to literature yet another concept of the original genus

of theirown. What we need is a definite type-species for

each generic name, so that everyone can go to the fact and

Notes on Nomenclature. 93

find out from it what are the characters which are connoted

by that name.

That in which Thorell in Europ. Spid. and Simon in Hist.

Nat. Ar. have made so excellent a beginning by selecting

types for genera has to be continued, taking care that all

types are fixed by one and the same definite process, so that

errors in the various steps can be corrected, and the whole

science placed upon some solid and definite pS.

The Selected Type.

When we have made up our minds that type-species are

a necessity in systematic zoology, we shall be in a position

to discuss the processes of arriving at this type.

Dr. Dahl quotes three points in which he supposes that

the rules I follow differ from those of the International Con.

gress. The third is this: ‘ Any author, even some time after

the establishment of a genus, may fix the type, if the first author

has omitted to do so.” Dahl adds that I seem to assume that

the International Rujes would be against the process of elimi-

nation for the establishment of a definite type. On the

contrary, it would never occur to me that any body of rules

should contemplate an attitude so illogical, in view of their

decision in paragraph 35, that the first author has to ascribe

the original name of the genus to that part of it which

he considers suitable.

By what right do these rules tamper with the original

genus at all? Limited in any way, the result cannot be said

to be the original author’s conception of his genus. And if

the exigencies of systematic zoology demand a further limi-

tation to a single species, even an International Congress

cannot dispute the right to take that action. But if the

International Rules still adhere to the decision that the deter-

mination of the author who first breaks up the genus

“cannot afterwards be modified,” then no type-species can

ever be fixed upon in cases where more than one species has

been left in by the first author’s action,

As to the absence of a paragraph on the point, this simply

means that the necessity of fixing on a single type-species

never occurred to those who drew up the rules.

I have, however, never heard any reasonable argument

against regarding the first definitely selected type-species as

“the type” to which all may refer when they wish to know

what the characters of a genus may be. One might object

that a species possibly would be selected which afterwards

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 8

94 Mr. I’. P. Cambridge—Some

was found to be congeneric with the type of a previous genus,

and so the name would be lost as asynonym. But the same

objection applies to the case of an author originally breaking

up the genus and limiting it to one species, when he himself

founds a new genus out of one or more of the residue. So

that this objection is of no importance.

There are three very good reasons for recognizing the

definite selection of a type-species :—

(1) Pure elimination, where it leaves us with a single

species, is liable to leave us, especially in the case of

the older genera, with a phantom species, whose

identity is not known and probably never will be

known, since all the well-known species have been

removed to new genera. ‘The recognition of a type-

species, definitely selected by the terms typ, typus, or

type, enables us to avoid this contingency.

(2) Where it leaves us with several species, we can never

really know what we are talking about, when we

refer to a generic name, until the residue has been

finally reduced to one species.

In the case of Lycosa mentioned above, Dahil tells us that

the task of settling on a type “remains for the future worker

who again breaks up the residue.”

This is precisely what I was told twenty years ago, uttered

under the auspices of the “ International Rules,” and we are

still awaiting the advent of that future worker who shall

inform us, by breaking up the residue left in by elimination

and forming a new genus therefrom, what we are to under-

stand when we speak of Lycosa, and, I may add, of dozens

of other genera left in like predicament.

But we want to know now for immediate use, just as we

did twenty, fifty, a hundred years ago.

(3) It has just dawned upon me that I myself may be the

‘« future worker.” I have before me something like

ten genera, each consisting of several species, and I

wish to fix upon a type for each, because I believe

that the species involved may be conveniently broken

up into groups distinguishable by a definite name.

But, according to the International Rules (sec. Dahl),

I must make a new genus out of the residue of each

before I can fix upon a type-species. I must found

ten new genera because I want to fix on the type for

ten old ones.

But if there is one thing we want to avoid, it is the making

of new genera before we know what the old ones are, and

Notes on Nomenclature. 95

we cannot tell what the old ones are until we have definitely

fixed their types.

In the case here mentioned, which is not hypothetical, but

constitutes a problem really at this moment before me, I

believe that the old names will be quite sufficient to represent

the groups I have in view, and one does not want to add a

Jot of useless names to the literature merely for the sake of

justifying the selection of types for those already existing.

If, however, I am compelled to do this, I merely found ten

bogus genera, of no systematic value whatever, by quoting a

name and adding a type species.

If the International Rules are ready to vindicate this

action, I am afraid I really cannot endorse their decision.

For these reasons then, and there are probably others

which one has not foreseen, I look upon the recognition of a

type-species definitely selected by a later author as of the

highest value in systematic zoology. The action is simple

and direct, it saves trouble, enables us to avoid waiting for

future workers, prevents the unnecessary multiplication of

names, and sets nomenclature now at once, for our own

immediate use, upon a fixed and definite basis.

There still remain two points to be noticed, in which

Dr. Dahl supposes that my methods differ trom those of the

International Congress :—

(1) That a binominal name established before 1758 ts valid.

Before Dahl wrote this he should have already received

my paper in which I said that I was perfectly prepared to

agree that Clerck’s names be allowed to lapse, so that this

supposition is incorrect.

(2) The earlier page of the same edition of a work has

priority over a later page.

Thus crudely stated, the point involved is open to miscon-

ception.

I hold, and I know of no one else who does not, that

a name printed on an earlier page of the same edition of

a work, or on an earlier line of the same page, must have

priority over the later name, when there is no doubt that the

species denoted by the two names are identical.

If, for instance, the species represented by Aranea riparia

and Ar. labyrinthica be identical, then the first name must

stand. If the identity of the two species be not certain, then,

of course, the name decided upon by the first author who

selected it would stand for the time being. But if the type

specimen of A. riparia, Linn., turned up at Burlington House,

as might happen, and proved to be what had hitherto been

56 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

called labyrinthica, then the name must be riparia, because it

occurs earlier on the page than labyrinthica,

If this conclusion be contrary to the International Rules,

they must be very strange rules.

As to whether, when the type has been lost, the two names

are to be regarded as denoting the same species or not, is

entirely a matter for mutual discussion between arachnolo-

gists, who, if possible, would come to some definite conclusion

on the point.

X1IV.—The Morphology of the Madreporaria.—lt. Increase

of Mesentertes in Madrepora beyond the Protocnemic Stage.

By J. E. Duerpen, Ph.D., A.R.C.Sc. (Lond.}, Bruce

Fellow, Johns Hopkins University *.

In the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars” (1900), I refer

briefly to the discovery that in the genus Porites the mesen-

teries beyond the primary six pairs (protocnemes) are added

in bilateral pairs, within the entoccele of either the dorsal or

ventral pair of directives. ‘This method of mesenterial increase

is shown to differ from that characteristic of recent corals

generally. The results are also briefly contrasted with the

method of mesenterial increase occurring in the three great

divisions of the Actiniaria—Hexactinie, Zoantherm, and

Cerianthee. ‘The close resemblance of the polyps of Madre-

pora t to those of Porites, with regard to the number and

arrangement of the tentacles and mesenteries, suggested that

perhaps a similar mode of mesenterial addition might be

followed in that genus also, and the present investigation was

undertaken to determine this.

In West-Indian waters at least three well-known types of

* From the ‘ Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xxi. No. 157,

pp. 59-66 (April, 1902). For Part I. see ‘Annals’ for May 1902, p. 381.

+ Since the paper was written I have received Mr. T. Wayland

Vaughan’s reports, “Some Fossil Corals from the Elevated Reefs of

Curacao, Arube, and Bonaire,” and “The Stony Corals of the Porto

Rican Waters,” 1901. Following Brook (1893), Vaughan points out that

none of the species at present called Madrepora were included within

this genus by Linneeus in 1758, and that therefore the name cannot be

retained for the forms embraced by Dana, Milne-Edwards and Haime

and later authors. Vaughan suggests its replacement by Zsopora, a farm

first employed by Studer in 1878 in a subgeneric sense. More recently

Prof. A. E. Verrill (1901) has come to the conclusion that the Acropora

of Oken (1815) has much better claims for adoption. in place of Medre-

pord.

Morphology of the Madreporaria, 97

Madrepora colonies are recognized—M. palmata, M. cervi-

cornis, and M. prolifera. The late George Brook (1893)

regarded all these as but forme or varieties of one species ;

Gregory (1895, 1900) at first accepted Brook’s suggestion,

but, following upon a visit to the West Indies, reverted to the

Lamarckian arrangement of the specific distinctness of the

three; Vaughan (1901) follows Brook in considering them as

only varieties of one species; Verrill (1901) agrees with

Brook and Vaughan. So far as my own observations upon

the living polyps extend, and upon their anatomy and

histology, there are no differences of importance among the

three types of growth, and a discussion of their specific recog-

nition or otherwise becomes restricted to the peculiarities of

form assumed by the skeleton.

The radial polyps of all the West-Indian Madrepore are

characterized by the presence of only twelve tentacles, six

entoceelic and six exoceelic, forming a single cycle, and

usually varying in size in such a manner as to suggest larval

relationships. On almost any colony, whether of the arbo-

rescent or palmate type of growth, polyps are occasionally

met with which are slightly larger than the others and bear

tentacles beyond the usual twelve, any even number from

sixteen to twenty-four being represented. As the number of

tentacles on any polyp is an indication of the number of

internal mesenteries, it was to the polyps possessing more

than twelve tentacles that attention was directed.

To procure these for microscopic examination involved con-

siderable labour and care. The polyps of Madrepora are so

small that the tentacles can only be counted with the assist-

ance of a Jens, and then only when in an expanded condition.

Among a hundred polyps perhaps only one would display

more than twelve tentacles, and on some colonies, especially

those living near the surface, no such examples whatever

would be found. By carefully chipping around the desired

individual it could be isolated on a fragment of the colony of

suitable size for study. The polyps were killed in corrosive-

acetic or in formol, afterwards transferred to alcohol, then

slowly decalcified with hydrochloric acid, and stained and

sectionized.

The radial polyps and corallites of Madrepora are, as a

rule, oval in section, the axial-abaxial diameter being the

longer (fig. 1). The polyps with from sixteen to twenty or

more tentacles were still more elongated, but with the longer

diameter at right angles to the axial-abaxial plane (fig. 7),

the tentacles still forming a single uninterrupted cycle all the

way round. Two oral apertures were present on the disk of

98 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

upwards of thirty enlarged examples found; in only one or

two doubtful instances was but one mouth remaining. Evi-

dently therefore the increase of tentacles and mesenteries

early results in oral fission, if the two, indeed, do not proceed

part passu. The plane of fission coincides with the median

or axial-abaxial plane, and in some rare instances the two

Transverse section through the stomodeal region of a projecting radial

polyp of Madrepora. In relation to the axis of the branch the lower

aspect of the section is axial and the upper is abaxial. The two

mesenteries, JV, IV, forming a bilateral pair, are the dorsal direc-

tives, and mesenteries JIJ, III are the ventral directives. Mesen-

teries IJ, V and J, VI on each side constitute two anisocnemic

unilateral pairs. The polypal cavity is in communication with the

superficial canals by means of several radiating canals. The outer

polypal wall (coenosare) is supported upon twenty-four costal ridges.

In this and all the figures the three ccelenterate layers are repre-

sented as follows:—The ectoderm by the conventional columnar

epithelium ; the mesoglea by a thick black line; and the endoderm

as a Clear layer. Owing to its narrowness the calicoblastic ectoderm

is unrepresented, the skeletotrophic mesogloea appearing to cover the

coralium directly. The skeleton or corallum is indicated by the

dotted areas.

polypal halves appeared to be in process of separation by the

ingrowth of the middle tentacles and septa. Increase in the

number of polyps in any colony of Madrepora by means of

fission must, however, be very insignificant compared with

the usual increase by ccenosareal gemmation.

The early stage at which oral fission is accomplished in

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 99

the larger polyps of MJadrepora is in marked contrast with

the same phenomenon in Porites *, for in numerous examples

of the latter with tentacles and mesenteries in excess of

twelve, often from twenty to twenty-four, I have only come

upon one or two instances in which two oral apertures were

displayed on a single disk. The problem of mesenterial

increase in polyps of Madrepora is therefore more complex

than in Porites, tor from the beginning the new mesenteries

in Madrepora are associated with two stomodzal tubes instead

of only one.

A transverse section of an ordinary radial polyp of Madre-

pora through the stomodzal region is represented in fig. 1.

Attention will be directed only to the mesenteries. ‘Twelve

of these are present, arranged in six bilateral pairs, of which

two pairs, JJ, JV, situated at opposite extremities, are

directives, and two pairs, V, VJ, are incomplete—that is, are

not attached to the stomodzeum. ‘The retractor muscles are

sufficiently well developed on mesoglceal plaitings to admit of

the paired arrangement of the mesenteries being established.

In the figures the mesenteries are numbered I to VI, in accord-

ance with the order in which the pairs are usually found to

appear in the course of embryonic and larval development of

both corals and anemones. Throughout their course the fifth

and sixth mesenterial pairs never become inserted on the

stomodeeum, but disappear shortly below the lower termination

of the stomodeeum, and never bear mesenterial filaments. In

Actinological literature the remaining eight complete mesen-

teries are known as the Edwardsian mesenteries; and the

polyps of Madrepora, like those of Porites, are said to retain

in the adult condition the Hdwardsia-stage of mesenterial

development, a stage passed through in the growth of most

Madreporaria and Actiniaria.

Nearly all Madreporarian polyps pass beyond the stage

with only twelve mesenteries, usually by the addition ‘of

alternating isocnemic pairs within the six primary exocceles,

which in the end constitute one or more distinct cycles.

* In the course of my former investigations on the order of mesenterial

increase in Porites (1900) no evidence was presented that the additions

in the end resulted in polypal fission. From an examination of material

collected later it appears that when six new pairs of mesenteries have

been formed the enlarged polyp, now possessing twenty-four mesenteries,

may undergo division into equal halves, at any rate so far as concerns the

oral aperture, stomodeum, and mesenteries. The mesenteries in each

daughter polyp are arranged exactly as in ordinary polyps arising as

buds. The introduction of fission, however, in no way modifies the

morphological significance of the pinnate order in which the increase of

mesenteries takes place.

100 Dr, J. E. Duerden on the

While this is taking place the fifth and sixth primary pairs

as arule become complete. As already mentioned, Porites

among corals is characterized by the mesenteries beyond the

protocnemic stage being added in bilateral pairs, disposed

pinnately within either the dorsal or ventral entocceles,

Further, the incomplete fifth and sixth pairs never become

united with the stomodeum. Figs. 2 and 3, with their

explanations, will make these differences clear.

Til

Fic. 2.

Diagram representing the order of appearance of the second cycle of

mesenteries in most moderncorals. The primary mesenteries, VJ,

are in the same condition as in the adult polyps of Madrepora, except

that the fifth and sixth pairs are nearly united with the stomodeum.

Within each of the six primary exocceles a new pair of mesenteries,

A-C, has appeared, the sequence being represented by the compara-

tive sizes of the mesenteries from the dorso-lateral to the ventro-

lateral exocceles. Later all the primary mesenteries become inserted

on the stomodeeum and the second cycle pairs are equal. Afterwards

the third cycle mesenteries arise successively in unilateral pairs

within the exocceles between the pairs of the first and second cycles,

first on one aspect of the second cycle mesenteries and then on the

other aspect, and afterwards become equal in size. Thus several

possible regions of growth occur within each primary exoccele, each

capable of giving rise to an isocnemic mesenterial pair.

Over a score of the large polyps of Madrepora were

sectionized transversely. All possessed more than twelve

mesenteries, and two stomodeeal tubes, divided all the way,

were already present ; but as regards the mesenterial increase,

practically only three different stages are represented, in each

of which twenty-four mesenteries already occur at one phase

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 101

or another of their establishment. The three conditions are

represented in figs. 4-6, from camera lucida drawings of actual

sections. — :

The earliest stage obtained is that represented in fig. 4.

Twelve complete mesenteries are present and eight incom-

plete members, all attached to the inner boundary-wall of the

polyp. From the disposition of the musculature and the

relation of the complete to the incomplete members there is

no difficulty in ascertaining which are the primary twelve

Fig. 3.

Diagrammatic arrangement of the mesenteries in a polyp of Portes,

showing the manner of increase of the mesenteries beyond the six

primary pairs. These latter are indicated by the thicker radial

lines, and numbered J-VJ. Four new bilateral pairs, 4A—-D, have

been successively added at one region within the entoccele of the

ventral directives, IJ, III, the latter having become pushed far

apart (cp. fig. 6). In some polyps of Porites the new mesenteries are

added within the dorsal directive entoccele instead of the ventral.

mesenteries. They are indicated by the same numerals as in

the simple polyp. Ventrally they have become widely sepa-

rated from the dorso-ventral plane which passes through the

entoceele of both pairs of directives, but in a symmetrical

manner, so that six are on one side and the corresponding six

on the other. As yet additional mesenteries are found only

on the ventral (axial) side of the polyp, situated within the

directive entoceele (J//, 171). They consist of two bilateral

pairs of complete mesenteries and two incomplete pairs (A—D),

the lettering not necessarily possessing any significance as to

the order in which the mesenteries appeared. Each member

of the new outermost complete pair (4) forms with the

102 . Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

primary complete directive mesentery adjacent to it (Z/Z) a

new pair of directives, the musculature being on the faces of

the mesenteries turned away from one another; the next

incomplete and adjacent complete new mesenteries on each

side form a unilateral anisocnemic pair (2, C), in which the

musculature is on the faces turned toward each other, as in

pairs Zand VI of the simple polyp. The two members of

the middle bilateral pair (J, /)) of incomplete new mesen-

teries have as yet no corresponding complete mesenteries

wherewith to constitute a unilateral pair. The primary dorsal

(abaxial) directives (IV, JV) are somewhat widely separated,

but no new mesenteries are intercalated between them.

With the exception of the presence of two stomodzal tubes

instead of only one, the disposition of the new mesenteries so

far exactly resembles the stage in the mesenterial increase in

Porites represented in fig. 3.

ure

Transverse section through the stomodeal region of an enlarged polyp,

wholly retracted within the corallum. The stomodzeum is divided

into two tubes, which are connected by two mesentery-like strands,

Four pairs of new mesenteries, A-D, are present in addition to the

six pairs in simple polyps.

Special importance attaches to the two mesentery-like

strands which connect the two stomodzal tubes. Sometimes

they are short, as in the section represented, or they may be

much longer, the stomodea then being widely apart. For a

long time their significance was difficult to understand, and it

was only from a study of the early stages in ordinary budding

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 103

in Madrepora that a satisfactory solution of their presence

was reached. Full consideration of them will be deferred

until later. In the meantime it will be noticed that eight

mesenterial insertions—four primary and four new—are

associated with each stomodzeum, which is the number charac-

teristic of an ordinary adult polyp; also that four incomplete

mesenteries belong to each polypal half. Thus, regarding

each of the mesentery-like strands as representing two mesen-

teries, the full complement of twelve mesenteries is associated

with each stomodzeum, as if the latter were separate polyps.

Len]

xe SIO

nae: aK." 0

NOT

Fia. 5.

Transverse section through the stomodzal region of another enlarged

polyp, with the dorsal and lateral areas free. Only a single mesen-

terial strand connects the stomodieal tubes. New mesenteries, A—D,

have been added within the ventral entoccele, and one pair, £, £,

within the dorsal entoccele.

Fig. 5 displays a further stage in the mesenterial develop-

ment. ‘There are now seven complete mesenteries extending

from each stomodeum to the body-wall, and only a single

connecting strand. Evidently the two additional complete

mesenteries (ZH, £) represent the dorsal member of the two

connecting mesenteries in the previous figure. They now

form a new bilateral pair situated at the upper aspect of the

polyp—that is, within the entoccele of the dorsal directives

(IV, IV), and the musculature is so disposed that the mesen-

tery to the left constitutes a pair of directives with the primary

directive mesentery on that side, and likewise with the two

104 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

on the right side (IV, Z). New mesenteries thus occur at

the two axial extremities of the polyp, within both the dorsal

and the ventral entocceles, and each stomodzum has asso-

ciated with it a dorsal and a ventral pair of directives, as in

ordinary adult polyps.

Fig. 6 represents the final stage. Hight mesenteries now

stretch from each stomodeum to the body-wall, and the two

tubes are wholly disconnected. The two additional mesen-

teries (F, F’) are disposed within the entoccele of the dorsal

pair of mesenteries (Z, Z) shown to be added in the previous

figure, and the retractor muscle is arranged on the faces turned

BODES A

Fia. 6.

Transverse section through a third polyp in which the two stomodeal

tubes are altogether distinct from one another. Four pairs of mesen-

teries, A-D, have been added within the ventral entoccele, and two

pairs, £, F, within the dorsal entoccele.

towards each other, so that each mesentery will form an

isocnemic pair with the corresponding incomplete mesentery

(D) on the ventral aspect, a pair comparable with the mesen-

teries JJ and V of the simple polyp. ‘The mesenterial system

associated with each stomodzum is now constituted exactly

as if each represented a distinct polyp (cp. fig. 1).

The three sections from separate polyps clearly demon-

strate that in Madrepora new mesenteries beyond the proto-

cnemes are added in bilateral pairs within the primary ento-

ccele of the dorsal directives and also of the ventral directives,

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 105

For the disposition of the musculature and the relation of the

complete and incomplete members leave no doubt that the

mesenteries numbered JZ to VJ on each side are really the

protocnemes of the original polyp, and therefore the four

bilateral pairs (A-)))—two complete and two incomplete—

on the ventral aspect are new pairs which have been added

within the entoceele of the primary ventral directives, now

pushed widely apart; and similarly with the two bilateral

pairs (7, #) on the dorsal aspect within the primary entoccele

of the dorsal directives.

The accompaniment of fission of the stomodeal tube, in-

volving a separation of the mesenteries attached to it into

two series, has really no bearing upon the manner of mesen-

terial succession, which alone is sought to be established. I

have already carried out investigations on mesenterial deve-

lopment and stomodzal fission in the West-Indian corals,

Manicina areolata (Linn.), Havia fragum (Esper), and

Meandrina labyrinthica (Kl. & Sol.), &c.; but from the

beginning the metacnemes in these are added in unilateral

exoceelic pairs, as already described for the majority of

actinians and corals (fig. 8), and the introduction of fission in

no way modifies this method. Fission commences in young

polyps of MW. areolata and Ff. fragum after the third or fourth

mesenterial cycle has become established. No new pairs of

directives arise mm the fission polyps, and the plane of division

is not through the directive entocceles as in Madrepora, but

is usually at right angles to the directive plane.

During the growth of the second cycle of mesenteries in

most corals and actinians the fifth and sixth developmental

pairs of protocnemes become complete, but tis never happens

in the enlarged polyps of Madrepora nor of Porites; the new

pairs are also anisocnemic with the exception of those consti-

tuting directives.

‘Lhe sequence represented in the three figures is that charac-

teristic of all the polyps examined, but variations in the

number of the mesenteries which may be relegated to either

the dorsal or ventral extremity have been met with. Fig. 7

represents a section through a polyp in which three additional

pairs (C—#')—two complete and one incomplete—are already

added dorsally, and only two pairs (A, B)—one complete

and one incomplete—ventrally. In all the examples pre-

viously considered no more than two new pairs are placed

dorsally, the remaining four being ventral. The connecting

pair in fig. 7, whether in the end attached dorsally or ventrally,

will separate the two members of a bilateral pair of incomplete

mesenteries. From the arrangement of the musculature, and

106 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

the relationships of the complete and incomplete mesenteries,

it is clear that each polyp will, upon separation along the

axial plane, possess twelve mesenteries with the paired

airangement exactly as in the adult.

Another polyp exhibited thirteen complete mesenteries with

several alternating incomplete members, associated with one

stomodzeum, while on the other stomodzum were inserted the

normal eight. Several large ova were developed in the single

connecting mesentery of one polyp, while they were absent

from the remaining mesenteries.

We may now return to a consideration of the median

mesenterial strands connecting the two stomodzal invagina-

tions. In some polyps two of these are found to extend as

vertical partitions throughout the length of each stomodeum,

and at the uppermost extremity of the polyp they pass along

the narrow central portion of the disk intervening between

Transverse section through a large polyp projecting all the way round

from the general surface of the colony. Only two mesenterial pairs,

A, B, occur within the ventral entoccele, while three pairs, C-Z,

have been added within the dorsal entoccele,

the two oral apertures. Sometimes only one may be present,

extending the whole way ; in others the partition has disap-

peared above, but is complete below; while again, as in

fig. 6, both partitions may be wholly absent, each presumably

represented by the two distinct pairs of mesenteries (Z, L;

F, fF) which stretch from the stomodzeum to the dorsal region

of the body-wall. oe

That each connecting strand actually becomes divided into

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 107

two mesenteries, and that these effect a union with the vertical

body-wall, is clearly shown in the series of partly diagram-

matic transverse sections (fig. 8, A—-D), taken at different

Cc D

HIG. 6:

Diagrammatic figures taken at different levels from a smgle polyp to

illustrate the manner in which a single mesenterial strand joining

two stomodieal tubes becomes inserted on the polypal wall as a pair

of distinct mesenteries: A is towards the inner termination of the

stomodzeum, D is from the upper extremity of the polyp, and B and

C’ from intermediate sections,

levels from a single polyp. Fig. A is from a section through

the lower stomodzal region, where only a single straight

mesentery joins the two stomodzal tubes. ‘The dorsal

connecting mesentery is already divided, and presumably

is represented by the two mesenteries, e, e (ep. fig. 5). In

fig. B, taken from a section a little higher, the connecting

mesentery is directed in an angular manner toward the dorsal

part of the body-wall, and in the next it is actually inserted

on the wall; while in the last figure (7), from a section near

the upper extremity of the polyp, the two halves are alto-

gether apart and appear as two distinct mesenteries, f, 7.

108 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

The musculature is strongly developed throughout, whether

the mesentery be simple or divided.

From the series of sections it appears that the two con-

necting mesenteries, which originally pass straight across the

portion of the disk intervening between the two oral apertures,

first begin to extend from their middle towards the periphery

of the disk, and when that is reached each half becomes

distinct. The separation then proceeds down the polypal

wall, until ultimately the partition is divided throughout, and

two mesenteries, each connected with its own stomodeum

from the beginning, are now fully established, and in all

respects resemble the older complete mesenteries.

The new incomplete mesenteries have a much simpler

origin. They are never connected with the stomodeum, but

in serial transverse sections can be seen to arise somewhere

towards the upper extremity of the polypal wall, and to extend

vertically as well as radiately for but a short distance. In

no case do they pass downwards as far as the incomplete

members of the primary series. In one or two instances I

have failed to discover them. ‘The incomplete mesenteries

never bear filaments, but the complete mesenteries are all

filamentiferous for some distance below the inner termination

of the stomodeum. ‘The connecting mesenteries, while still

unattached to the column wall, also bear filaments at their

free edge.

A knowledge of the early stages of gemmation in ordinary

polyps of Madrepora assists towards an understanding of the

peculiar relationships of the mesenteries during the process of

fission. Figs. 9-13 represent a series of sections through a

very young polyp from near the apex of a branch of Jf. pro-

lifera. The stage is so early that no tentacles have yet

appeared, The bud is formed wholly from the superficial

covering of the colony over one of the ordinary peripheral

canals, and structurally is entirely unconnected with the

older polyps, though in communication with them by means

of the canal system. ‘lhe sections are vertical and are taken

from only one side of the polyp, but an exactly similar series

is found to occur on the other half.

Fig. 9 is from a section passing through the oral aperture,

which has just been formed. ‘The stomodzeal walls appear as

simple intu:nings of the superficial wall of the colony. ‘The

section is in the directive plane passing through the two

directive entocceles, so that no trace of the mesenteries is

included. ‘The two slight elevations of the outer wall are

probably the first indications of the axial entoccelic tentacles.

"Nhe endodermal epithelium of the bud, including that forming

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 109

492.92023303222033¢725,

EN ae Oa ws

FE i. Y ed. Qs

STO

Fig. 13. f

Figs. 9-13.—Series of sections illustrating the e

formation of a bud polyp of Madr.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x.

arly stages in the

pora,

110 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

both the inner and outer lining of the stomodeum, differs

altogether from that elsewhere lining the canals and gastric

cavity of the polyps ; the cells are columnar, strongly ciliated,

non-vacuolated, and stain deeply.

Fig. 10 is from a section a little to one side of the oral

aperture, and reveals four mesenteries extending vertically

from the outer wall as far as the inturned stomodeal wall.

In fig. 11 the two outermost mesenteries have become free at

their lower extremity, but the two inner still retain their

connexion with the infolded margin of the stomodeum. In

the next figure all the primary mesenteries are free from the

stomodeum, but the one to the right is connected with the

inner wall of the peripheral canal. To the left of the mesentery

the rudiment of an additional mesentery has now appeared.

In the succeeding figure (fig. 13) the mesentery at the extreme

right has disappeared and a rudiment of a second new mesen-

tery occurs. Thus all the six mesenteries—four complete

and two incomplete—of one side of an adult polyp of Madre-

pora are accounted for.

The important facts in the present connexion which the

series of sections serve to demonstrate are as follows:—1. In

the formation of a bud of Madrepora the six pairs of mesen-

teries characteristic of the adult polyps are all present at a

very early stage, perhaps appearing simultaneously. 2. The

four complete pairs arise at or near the angle between the

disk and stomodzeal wall, and extend all the way down the

latter, and also radiate along the outer wall. 3. The two

incomplete pairs arise on the body-wall (not yet differen-

tiated into actual disk and column) some distance from the

oral aperture, and from the beginning are wholly free from

the stomodeum and extend only a short distance.

The above results from the bud-polyps may now be compared

with the conditions occurring in the fission polyps of Madre-

pora. ‘hat no succession in the appearance of the new six

pairs of mesenteries has been met with in the numerous

fission polyps examined is evidently due to the circumstance

that, as in the bud, all the six pairs appear at a very early

stage, if not simultaneously. ‘The presence of mesenterial

strands connecting the two stomodeal tubes may be brought

about by the close association of the complete mesenteries

with each stomodzeum at the time of separation of the latter.

Obviously from the insertion of the mesenteries at about

equal distances all round the stomodzal wall only two adja-

cent members will be directly opposite each other, and,

arising from the same proliferating band of tissue, may grow

as single lamellae down the opposite aspect of each stomodeal

Morphology of the Madreporaria. tit

wall, and thus for a time remain as partitions uniting the two

stomodzal tubes. It is only later, when each single partition

begins to extend radiately across the disk and passes down

the body-wall, that each strand becomes two distinct mesen-

teries and the mesenterial system for each polyp is normally

established. The early appearance of the incomplete mesen-

teries and their perfect freedom from the stomodeum in the

fission polyps are features likewise reproduced in the young

bud polyps.

It has already been mentioned that the number of tentacles

on the larger polyps may vary from sixteen to twenty-four,

indicating that the passage from the twelve-tentacle stage to

the stage with twenty-four is not abrupt. That such a

succession should characterize the appearance of the tentacles,

though not of the mesenteries, can be easily understood. In

the development of corals and anemones it is found that, as a

rule, the number of tentacles corresponds with the number of

mesenterial chambers, the appearance of new tentacles following

very closely upon the formation of additional mesenterial

chambers. In the earliest stage of mesenterial addition in

Madrepora (fig. 4) only eighteen mesenterial chambers are

fully established, neglecting the two axial chambers where

additions are taking place; thus there would be only as many

tentacles. Fig. 5 possesses two additional peripheral mesen-

teries, hence two additional mesenterial chambers and

tentacles. When all the mesenteries are connected peri-

pherally twenty-four mesenterial chambers will be present,

affording the possibility of twenty-four tentacular outgrowths.

The enquiry way uow be made as to how far the meta-

cnemic sequence characteristic of Porites and Madrepora

conforms with what is already known of the mesenterial

development of the Zoantharia generally. The development

and anatomy of most modern corals reveal that the meta-

cnemes are added as unilateral isocnemic pairs within the six

primary exoccelic chambers, as in fig. 2, and the septa follow

a corresponding succession. One, two, four, &c., unilateral

pairs may arise successively within each primary system, and

in the end become arranged in one, two, three or more cycles.

The first cyele of metacnemes consists of six equal pairs, the

second of twelve, the third of twenty-four, and so on, ‘The

metacnemes, unlike the protocnemes, exhibit perfect radial

symmetry when the members of each cycle are fully deve-

loped; the presence of two pairs of directives imparts a

bilateral character to the six pairs of primary mesenteries.

Departures from the hexameral plan are not infrequent in

corals, but apparently no form has been described which

Lig Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

introduces a different fundamental type of metacnemic succes-

sion. ‘The absence of directives and the irregular mesenteric

systems described in certain colonial corals—Lophophyllia,

Mussa, Euphyllia, &e.—are probably in all cases due to

asexual methods of reproduction, and do not indicate the true

characteristics such as would be revealed by polyps developed

directly from larve.

Similarly with modern Actinians, exclusive of Zoanthids

and Cerianthids. ‘Their metacnemic sequence conforms most

closely with that of modern corals. In many the metacnemes,

even of the first cycle, are incompletely established (Hd-

wardsia, Gonactinia, Oractis, Peachia), but so far as they go

they indicate no new type of development. Dr. O. Carlgren

(1897) has lately described an Actinian, Hndoccelactis, the

adult characteristics of which seem to show that the second

and third cycles of mesenteries have been added in unilateral

pairs within the primary entocceles, the directive entocceles

excepted. The discovery is full of suggestiveness in con-

nexion with the entoccelic succession followed in Porites and

Madrepora. Carlgren, however, is inclined to regard the

arrangement as merely an exception to the general plan of

Hexactinian development, and places the genus under the

subtribe Actinine.

The entoccelic growth of mesenteries and septa is also

different from anything which has yet been definitely esta-

blished among fossil corals, including the Rugosa of Paleo-

zoic times. It must be acknowledged that our acquaintance

with the septal succession of extinct corals is very incomplete ;

a study of numerous types by means of serial sections will be

necessary before an adequate knowledge of their method of

growth is available. ‘Thanks to the labours of R. Ludwig

(1862, 1865) and A. Kunth (1869), we are more or less

familiar with the septal plan of a large number of Rugose

corals, in so far as this can be determined from the ridges and

grooves exhibited on the outer surface of the coralla. Ac-

cording to Ludwig the primary plan in the Rugosa is hexa-

merous, whereas Kunth assumes a tetrameral condition both

for the primary and secondary stages. Both writers find the

metasepta to be added successively at four regions, in a manner

which finds its expression in what is now known as Kunth’s

law.

Some of Ludwig’s descriptions and figures (pl. xxvii.

figs. 2) indicate that new septa were added within all the six

primary chambers, while some few septal pairs appear to

have been added axially, ¢. e. within an entoceele, as in

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 113

Madrepora and Porites. The definite establishment of this

is a matter of the highest importance.

Recently (1902), | have been able to confirm the observa-

tion of Pourtalés (1871) as to the primary hexameral character

of the Rugose coral Lophophyllum proliferum (McChesney),

and by means of serial sections have definitely established

the metaseptal sequence. ‘lhe structure of Paleozoic corals

so nearly conforms with that of recent forms as to warrant

the assumption that the relationships of the polyp to the

corallum were the same as those now thoroughly understood.

The metaseptal arrangement in Lophophyllum is such as to

indicate that the mesenterial additions took place successively

at one region only within four of the six primary exoccelic

chambers: ; two of the chambers are the middle exocceles and

the other two are tle exocceles on each side of one of the

axial (directive) pairs of primary mesenteries ; no additions

were made in the two remaining primary exocw'es. So far

as the septal arrangement in Lophophyllum can be taken as

representative of the Rugosa generally, the order is shown to

be most closely related to the living Zoanthee. In this group

of mainly tropical and colonial Actinians the metacnemes are

added in succession at one region within the primary exoccele

on each side of the ventral pair of directives, whereas in the

Rugosa they were added in two middle primary exocceles in

addition.

With their entoccelic metacnemes, therefore, Porites and

Madrepora cannot yet be brought into conformity with either

the extinct Rugose corals or the living Zoanthid polyps,

seeing that these are characterized by exoceelic additions. In

one feature, however, they all agree. The metacnemes in the

Zoanthez and in Porites aud Madrepora arise successively, a

bilateral pair more or less simultaneously on ephesits sides

of the polyp. In the end they are arranged on each side of

the polyp so as to constitute unilateral pairs consisting of a

complete and an incomplete moiety (anisocnemic), ena

in ordinary Hexactinians the metacnemic unilateral pairs

are constituted of equal moieties which appear together

(isocnemic),

The Cerianthids present in their mesenterial growth a

method which most nearly approaches that under considera-

tion, though differing in several important details. While

Actinian writers such as Boveri and MeMurrich hold that the

first four pairs of mesenteries to arise represent the four

Edwardsian mesenteries, van Beneden (1897) considers that

no such relationship can be maintained, and the results of

114 On the Morphology of the Madreporaria.

Carlgren (1897) upon the arrangement of the musculature

would seem to indicate the same, as only one pair of directives

are represented. The most important characteristic of the

Cerianthez in the present connexion is that the later mesen-

teries are always developed within the axial entoccele on the

asulear aspect of the polyp, and that the organs in the adult

remain as bilateral pairs. Carlgren has shown that the feeble

retractor muscles in each mesentery are always on the face

turned away from the directives—that is, the mesenteries do

not constitute unilateral pairs in which the faces bearing the

retractor muscles are vis-a-vis, as in all other Actinians and

corals.

The numerous researches of the late H. de Lacaze- Duthiers

and those of G. von Koch have demonstrated that the proto-

septal stage of many modern corals is hexameral; I have also

established the same for several West-Indian species, and a

like plan would seem also to have been characteristic of the

extinct Rugosa. It is with the appearance of the metasepta

that fundamental divergences are introduced. These seem to

afford hope that they may serve as a means for arranging the

Madreporaria on a more strictly morphological basis than is

at present possible. At least three fundamental types are

now known :—a, the cyclical, characteristic of most modern

corals; 6, the bilateral exoccelic, in Lophophyllum and

probably other Rugosa; ec, the bilateral entoccelic, now

demonstrated for Porites and Madrepora.

The essential results may be now summarized :—

1. In most of the polyps of the genus Madrepora only the

six bilateral pairs of primary mesenteries are developed, of

which four pairs are complete and two incomplete. On any

colony a few enlarged polyps may possess a greater number

of mesenteries. ‘lhe new mesenteries beyond the primary six

pairs are added in complete or incomplete bilateral pairs at

only the two axial extremities, the entoccele of the dorsal and

ventral directives. ‘The cyclic disposition is never assumed ;

the directives form isocnemic pairs, but the other pairs are all

anisocnemic.

2. The pinnate method of mesenterial increase is distinet

from that characteristic of most recent corals; in these the

metacnemes are added in isocnemic pairs all round the peri-

phery of the polyp, within the six primary exocceles, and in

the end constitute one or more distinct alternating cycles,

3. The method of mesenterial increase beyond the proto-

cnemic stage occurring in Madrepora is also characteristic of

the genus Porites, except that in any one polyp of Porttes the

On the Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 115

new mesenteries are disposed at either the one or the other

extremity, not at both.

4, Six new bilateral pairs of mesenteries appear practically

simultaneously in Madrepora, but only later do they all

extend down the polypal wall. In Porites the new pairs

follow one another in a regular succession,

5. In Madrepora the mesenterial increase is early associated

with fission of the stomodeum and in the end probably with

complete polypal fission, in which half the mesenteries of

each fission polyp are derived from the primary twelve of the

original polyp and the other half are new formations. The

resulting paired arrangement of the mesenteries, including the

presence of two pairs of directives, is exactly as in primary

polyps. Fission of the stomodeum appears very late in

Fortes, not until after the full establishment of six new pairs

of mesenteries.

Ae in No. 155, Jan. 1902; see ‘ Annals’ for May

XV.—A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Stromateide.

By C. TaTe Reaan, B.A.

SINCE the revision of this family by Gill * in 1884, when he

considerably enlarged its limits as understood by Giinther f,

no additions have been made to our knowledge of its affinities.

The character which has always been taken as diagnostic of

this family is the presence of teeth in the cesophagus, and

Giinther grouped the fishes which possessed this character

into two genera, Stromateus and Centrolophus; to these Gill

added the genus Schedophilus, placed by Giinther in the

Coryphenide, the genus Palinurichihys (Pammelas, Gthr.),

placed by Giinther in the Carangidze, and the species Psenes

anomalus (Trachynotus anomalus, Schleg.). Gull subdivided

the family thus constituted as follows :—

Subfamily CENTROLOPHINA,

with complex elongate gill-rakers extending backwards from the epi-

branchials of the last gill-arch, 11 abdominal and 14 caudal vertebra,

protractile premaxillaries, and normal persistent ventral fins.

Genus 1. Centrolophus; body elongate, dorsal spines slender.

2. Schedophilus; body ovate, dorsal with 4 short stout spines.

3. Lirus; body ovate, dorsal with 6 to 8 short stout spines.

* Gill, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xxi. p. 664 (1884).

+ Gunther, ‘Study of Fishes,’ p. 452 (1880).

116 Mr, C, T. Regan on the

Subfamily SrROMATEINA,

with sacciform processes extending back from the last branchial arch,

14-15 abdominal and 17-21 caudal vertebrae, non-protractile premaxilla-

ries, ventral fins rarely persistent,

Genus 1, Stromateus; with ample branchial apertures.

Subgenus a. Stromateus, no pelvic spine.

F, b, Peprilus, a trenchant pelvic spine.

5 c. Poronotus, a trenchant pelvic spine and a row of vertical

slits above the lateral line.

» a. Apolectus, the lateral line keeled posteriorly.

Genus 2, Stromateoides, with restricted branchial apertures.

Subgenus a. Stromateoides, dorsal and anal spines trenchant.

3 b. Chondroplites, dorsal and anal spines concealed, sub-

cartilaginous.

Genus 8. Psenopsis, with persistent perfect ventrals.

In 1896 Steindachner* proposed to unite this last genus

(type Psenes anomalus, Schleg.) with his genus Parapsettus

(type Parapsettus panamensis), which he had previously con-

sidered as allied to Psettus, but now placed in the Stromateide.

I have examined Parapsettus panamensis, and it appears by no

means closely allied to Psenopsis, although superficially it

bears a great resemblance to Stromateoides. Dr. Steindachner

has been misled by the presence in the cesophagus of numerous

conical papille, which have a similar appearance to the

toothed processes of Stromateus, but are soft and fleshy,

and not confined to the sides of the cesophagus. Similar

papille are present in Platax, Ephippus, and Chetodipterus,

which, together with Parapsettus, constitute the family

Ephippide, as defined by Messrs. Jordan and Evermann.

Psettus is not closely related to Parapsettus, and belongs to

the Scorpidide.

Messrs. Goode and Bean (‘ Oceanic Ichthyology,’ p. 215)

unite the genera Jcosteus and Icichthys with the Stromateide.

The affinities of these rare fishes are obscure, but Icosteus,

which I have examined, certainly does not possess teeth in

the oesophagus.

Gill, in 1893 (Nat. Ac. Sci. vi., Mem. 5, p. 115), made a

list of the fishes of New Zealand, in which the Stromateide

are represented by a single species, Neptotichthys violaceus,

Hutton. Hutton t places this fish in the Carangide, and no

reason is given by Gill for his alteration, On investigation I

find it to bea Scorpis, closely allied to Scorpis chilensis, Guich,

In the course of attempting to find definite characters by

which the so-called Scombriform fishes could be diagnosed, I

have discovered that the Stromateide must be enlarged by

the addition of the following genera:—Nomeus, Cubiceps,

* Steindachner, Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xi. p. 211 (1896)

+ Trans. N.Z Inst. v. p. 261, pls. viii. & xxii. p. 278.

Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 117

Psenes, Bathysertola, and Servolella, all of which have a

toothed cesophagus exactly similar to that of a Centrolophus.

The genus Apolectus (Stromateus niger, Bl.), on the other

hand, must be removed from this family, as it lacks cesopha-

geal teeth, and should be placed in the Carangide. It can

only be separated from those species of Caranx with a re-

duced spinous dorsal and feeble dentition by the disappearance

of the ventrals in the adult fish. The pectoral is long and

faleate and the lateral line keeled and shielded posteriorly,

exactly as in Caranz. The ventrals are not jugular, and the

young possess two free anal spines and three or four short

dorsal spines, which become overgrown with age,

The Stromateid# may be thus defined :—

No bony stay for the preopercle. Pectoral pterygials

regulaily hourglass-shaped, the first in contact with the cora-

coid. Scapula with a median foramen. Second suborbital

usually with an internal subocular lamina. Hntopterygoid

present. Palatine arch attached to parethmoid and _pre-

ethmoid cornua. A greater or less number of sessile ribs

anteriorly, posterior ribs inserted on the transverse pro-

cesses where these unite to form a closed hemal arch. Trans-

verse processes directed downwards, epipleural bones variously

attached. ‘T'wo nostrils'on each side. Gill-membranes free

from the isthmus (except in Stromateotdes). Pseudobranchise

present, often rudimentary. Five to seven branchiostegals.

Gills four, a slit behind the fourth. Qésophagus with lateral

sacs, which are toothed internally. Lower pharyngeals not

united. Dorsal fin long, with a more or less distinct spinous

portion. Anal with 3 or more spines, long, sometimes as

long as the soft dorsal. Ventrals, when present, below or

somewhat behind the pectorals, I 5, attached to the abdo-

men by membrane, depressible in a more or less well-marked

groove or furrow. Pelvic bones attached, but not firmly

united, to the pectoral arch.

The skeleton is never strongly ossified. The opercular

bones are thin, the operculum ending in two flat points, the

other opercular bones denticulated or entire. Mouth small

or moderate, jaws generally weak, with a trenchant edge,

having a single series of small, slender, pointed teeth. Palate

and tongue rarely toothed. The shape of the body varies

from elongate to deeply ovate. The nostrils are usually nearer

the eud of the snout than the orbit.

The scales are small or of moderate size, extending on to

the vertical fins, generally thin, deciduous, and cycloid. When

not deciduous the scales are often pierced by small pores;

usually the naked body is covered by pores, which are often

minute, sometimes conspicuous. The skull has well-deve-

118 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

loped muciferous channels and cavities, and during growth

the muciferous system seems to extend from the head over

the body as a superficial network of canals, this extension

being accompanied by the falling off of the scales or else the

scales being pierced by pores.

The lateral line is continuous, its scales with a short,

straight, and wide tube.

In all the genera it appears that the liver is small, the

intestine long, the pyloric appendages in small number, but

usually each with numerous small ceca, forming an arbo-

rescent mass ; sometimes the pyloric appendages are large and

simple, and Riggio * has recorded an instance of a specimen

of Centrolophus niger, in which species this is usually the

condition, which had the pyloric appendages excessively

branched. ‘This is a good example of that kind of variation

which Bateson considers of fiat importance in the origin of

species, and also shows that the character of the pyloric

appendages is of no great value in defining genera. The air-

bladder is either present or absent.

Most of the fishes of this family are known chiefly from

young specimens, which swim freely near the surface in the

open ocean, feeding on pelagic Crustacea and the fry of other

fish. Larger specimens have been rarely taken at considerable

depths, and there seems fair ground for the conclusion that

the adult fishes are in many cases inhabitants of the deep sea.

The differences in the vertebral column are best presented

in tabular form, and the figures in the various columns

represent :—A, total number of vertebre; B, pracaudal

vertebrae; C, precaudal vertebrae without ribs; D, preecaudal

vertebrae without transverse processes, with sessile ribs; H,

precaudal vertebra with transverse processes and sessile ribs ;

F, precaudal vertebre with ribs on transverse processes; and

G, precaudal vertebra: with closed hemal arch. H, pre-

caudal vertebre with epipleurals on neural arch; K, on ribs ;

L, on transverse processes ; and M, on vertebra. N, caudal

vertebra.

AC BC AIDE, BAG. SEE viene

Stromateus fiatola .... 46 23 2 7 0 1414 2 0 021 23

Nomeus Gronovit...... AT) MG 2b a ieee Ome

Stromateoides cinereus... 86 15 2 8 0 1010 2 0 O13 21

Cubiceps gracilis ...... a lo 24705 6 6 8290 Oso. eee

Psenes cyanophrys .... 381 18 2 (4) (2) 4 BD LE ae eee 18

Peprilus triacanthus .. Ol. Abe BP SRE ie ae ee 17

Seriolella porosa ...... 94 10. 25 OOM re. 22. ah ee

Larus ovalts «....+++.- 25. ¢ MO: 2s Oe oe De liens Omaaltes

Psenopsis GNOTIQUIS: sete k= LO ed) ee: Fie 14

+ Riggio, Naturalista Sicil., Ann. xiii, p. 206 (1804).

Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 119

It will be seen that there are great differences between the

genera, but in all cases the following generalizations apply.

A greater or less number of the anterior precaudals have no

transverse processes, and are followed by vertebra with

downwardly directed transverse processes, successively in-

creasing in length, and in the posterior preecaudal region

uniting ventrally to form a closed hemal arch. The two

first precaudals have no ribs and are followed by vertebra

with sessile ribs, which are inserted lower down on each

succeeding one, becoming attached ventrally to the hemal

arch when the transverse processes unite.

Throughout this family considerable changes take place

during growth, and the non-recognition of this fact has been

the cause of multiplication of nominal species. In some

genera, e. g. Nomeus, Cubiceps, the shape of the body

changes from short and deep in the young to elongate in the

adult; but this does not occur throughout the family. The

vertical fins always undergo considerable changes, in most

cases being relatively of much greater height in the young,

and often during growth they become much more densely

scaly, and some of the spines are overgrown and imbedded.

The ventral fins are always much longer in the young; the

pectorals, on the contrary, are subsymmetrical and rounded

in the young, and during growth, owing to the greater elon-

gation of the rays of the upper half of the fin, become asym-

metrical and relatively of greater length. Thus the length of

the ventrals and pectorals or the height of the dorsal and anal

are of little value for systematic purposes, unless the size of

the specimen described is given.

Another cause of the multiplication of species on the part

of some systematists has been their ignorance of the fact that

certain characters regarded as specific are really common to

all the species of a genus. ‘Thus, in all the forms with

deciduous scales, grooves or furrows, corresponding to the

intermuscular septa, are seen on the body; and these have

given rise to the specific names of sulcatus, bilineatus, &c.

Also the presence or absence of pores on the body has been

taken as a character by which to distinguish between species,

their supposed absence being in many cases due to the fact

that they cannot easily be detected in all preserved specimens.

Generally the first two or three articulated rays of the dorsal

are unbranched, and so have been reckoned as spines by

some authors.

The genera of this family have in not a few instances been

insufficiently diagnosed, and the addition of several which

120 Mr, C. T. Regan on the

have not hitherto been understood to belong to it suggests the

need of a complete revision.

The family as now defined includes the Nomeide of

Giinther, minus the genus Gastrochisma ; the latter resembles

Nomeus only in its long ventral fins, depressible into a deep

furrow. But as in all the Scombride and Carangide, as

well as the Stromateide, the ventrals are inserted close

together, more or less widely attached to the abdomen by

membrane, and folding back close together into a more or less

well-marked groove or hollow, the extreme development of this

feature cannot by itself be taken as evidence of genetic affinity.

In all other characters Gastrochisma is a typical member of

the Scombride and must be placed in that family. The

single species, Gastrochisma melampus, closely resembles in

appearance Lepidothynnus Huttonii, Gthr.*; and as_ the

correspondence extends to the number of scales, fin-rays, and

vertebre, I have not the least doubt that the latter is only

a large example of the former species. The smaller size of

the ventrals in the larger fish 1s paralleled in the genera

Nomeus, Psenes, Lirus, &c. As in other Scombride, the ribs

are inserted at the ventral ends of the hamapophyses, and it

is not impossible that the skeleton of Lepidothynnus, described

from a photograph, may have been incorrectly set up, as it

shows the ribs inserted near the bases of the heemapophyses.

In its compressed body and short gill-rakers Gastrochisma

resembles Cybéum, with which it also agrees in the structure

of the dorsal fin and the number of vertebra, whilst the high

occipital crest is similar to that of Coryphena.

It has been generally supposed that the teeth in the

cesophagus are borne by gill-rakers of the last branchial arch,

and throughout the family there are short processes which

may be of this nature ; but, in addition, the anterior part of

the cesophagus has on each side a large muscular sac, which

is studded with numerous separate conical or papilliform

processes bearing setiform teeth similar to those which occur

on the gill-rakers and pharyngeals. In Stromateus, Peprilus,

and Stromateoides these lateral sacs are simple and rather

elongate; in the other genera they are much shorter and

broken up by longitudinal folds into several compartments on

each side.

Synopsis of the Genera,

I. Ventral fins present in the adult; cesophagus

with longitudinal plications,

A. betes line concurrent with dorsal EL:

%* Giinther, ‘Challenger ’ Pelagic Fishes, - p. 15, pl. vi.

Fishes of the Fumily Stromateide. 121

a. Spinous dorsal with 10-11 slender spines,

at least as high as the soft dorsal.

Teeth on, vomer and palatimes...../.....-0..0-80ce8 1. Nomeus.

Teeth on vomer and tongue at least in the young;

body oblong; ventrals behind pectorals........ 2. Cubiceps.

Palate toothless; body ovate; ventrals below pectorals. 3. Psenes,

6. Dorsal spiies short.

Maxillary with small supplemental bone ....... .». 4, Servolella.

Maxillary without supplemental bone ............ 5. Psenopsis.

B. Lateral line curved anteriorly, becoming

straight before reaching the caudal peduncle.

Biouyrelonpate tics t.iee eso tatels atte Feo paaeee me On Controlopiis.

TB OUiy ON ate Ase asta ed octal tr2''bln!tastad of eiebow propl an 7. Lirus.

Il. Ventral fins absent in the adult; cesophagus

without longitudinal plications.

A. Gill-membranes not joined to the isthmus.

Pelvis not projecting as a spine ,..... SOP RR RAS f 8. Stromateus.

Pelyis projecting as a, Spine) '{1 5 eyo ole S ewhiels fe eee oe 9, Peprilus.

B. Gill-membranes broadly joined to the isthmus. 10, Stromateotdes.

In the following descriptions I have marked * species which

are not represented in the British Museum collection. The

descriptions of those not so marked are based on specimens in

the British Museum collection. I have marked + synonyms

which I have been unable to verify.

NoMEUS.

Cuv. Régn. Anim. Ed. i, ii. p. 815 (1817).

Body oblong, moderately compressed, covered with cycloid

scales of moderate size. Head scaly except the snout ; mouth

small; premaxillaries feebly protractile; maxifllaries entirely

concealed when the mouth is shut, without supplemental

bone ; teeth on vomer and palatines ; opercular bones thin,

entire; 6 branchiostegals; gill-rakers of moderate length;

pseudobranchiz well developed; gill-membranes not united,

tree from the isthmus. Spinous dorsal with 10 or 11 slender

spines, the middle spines longest and as long as the longest

soft rays, continued on to the soft dorsal, which is long and

has the anterior rays highest. Anal with 3 spines, similar to

the soft dorsal. Pectorals long, with 23 rays. Ventrals well

developed, attached to the abdomen by membrane and depres-

sible in a deep furrow. Caudal forked. Lateral line running

high, concurrent with the dorsal profile. Air-bladder present.

Al vertebra.

This genus apparently consists of one species only, Vomeus

Gronovit, Cuv. Cuvier and Valenciennes mention a second

species, characterized by white ventrals with two dark trans-

verse bands, which they call V. Perond?; and this may possibly

be identical with Psenes maculatus, Liitken, or with Psenes

arafurensis, Gthr., both of which possess this character.

122 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

Nomeus Gronovit, Gmelin.

Full synonymy given by Jordan and Evermann, Fish. N. Am. i. p. 949.

In this species the changes which take place during growth

are similar to those which occur in Cubiceps gracilis, the

body being much deeper in the young, which have shorter

and subsymmetrical pectorals and longer ventrals. The

ventral fins are inserted distinctly anteriorly to the pectorals

in very young specimens, below them in older fish.

TD Xs 25-27. AST 25-27. “Sc 764-66 ane

20-21°

rakers of moderate length, about 18 on the lower part of the

anterior arch.

The changes during growth can be best represented in

tabular form, the numbers in the various columns representing

in millimetres :—A, total length without caudal; B, depth of

body ; C, length of head; D, length of snout; EH, eye dia-

meter ; F’, interorbital width ; G, length of pectoral ; H, length

of ventrals.

A. B. C. D. Bi. F. G. H.

118 30 ol 8 8 10 36 27

90 23 23 6 6 8 28 23

70 19 20 5 56 65 20 20

56 ilyg 17 2°5 5 45 15 17

37 11 12 16 45 38 9 13

19 7 7 8 3 18 5) 75

The scales are deciduous, the body being covered with

numerous very small mucous pores.

CUBICEPS.

Cubiceps, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1843, p. 82.

Atimostoma, Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., Fish. pl. xxiv. (1845).

Navarchus, Filippi & Verany, Mem. Ace. Sci. Tor. (2) xviii. 1860, p. 7.

Trachelocirrus, Doumet, Rev, et Mag. Zool. 1863, pl. xv.

This genus is closely allied to Vomeus, but differs in having

shorter ventrals, which are inserted posteriorly to the pectorals,

broad coracoids which form a long symphysis causing the

thorax to appear cultrate, and a patch of teeth on the vomer

and on the tongue at least in the young, whilst palatine teeth

are absent. 33 vertebra. Caudal deeply forked.

Synopsis of the Species.

a. D. XI, 1 20-22; A. IIL 19-20.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} times

in total length. Sc. 66 s EY a Sh, OS 1. C. capensis.

Depth of body 4-43 times in total length. .

Bel (CLI) a Re a SGN vt 2. C. gracilis.

16-19

Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 123

6. D. X—-XI, I 14-17; A. IIL 14-15.

Pectorals longer than the head ...........+-> 3. C. pauciradiatus.

Pectorals much shorter than the head ........ 4. C. brevimanus.

Cubiceps capensis.

Atimostoma capense, Smith, J. ¢.

This species is known only from one specimen, 43 inches

long, which is now stuffed and in the British Museum collec-

tion. It seems to me probably distinct from C. gracilis by the

deeper body and greater number of scales in a vertical series.

Depth of body equal to the length of head, 34 times in the

total length. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter of which

is about 4 times in the length of head. Maxillary not ex-

tending to below the eye. Caudal peduncle 13 times as long

as deep. D. XI, I 20, the spines increasing in length to

the third or fourth, thence decreasing, the soft fin low, the

anterior rays produced. A. III 20. Pectorals 14 times as

Jong as the head. Ventrals rather short. Caudal forked,

the lobes rather short. Scales 66 = still adherent in places

and with irregular edges, the naked parts of the body with

large mucous pores. Yellowish brown above, light purplish

brown beneath; fins reddish brown.

Cape of Good Hope.

Cubiceps gracilis.

Seriola (Cubiceps) gracilis, Lowe, /. ec.

Navarchus sulcatus, Filippi & Verany, /. c.

Trachelocirrus mediterraneus, Doumet, l. ¢.

Depth of body 4-4% times in total length (34 in very

young), length of head 33-33 times. Snout shorter than

the eye, the diameter of which is 33-4 times in the length of

head and equal to the interorbital width. Maxillary extending

to vertical from anterior margin of eye. D. XI, I 20-22,

the fourth and fifth spines longest ; anterior soft rays longest,

not as long as longest spines. A. III 19-20. Pectorals 1}

times as long as the head, ventrals less than half as long.

Se. 58-66 jqy9, deciduous, numerous minute pores on the naked

body. Back and sides brownish purple, light red in the

very young, silvery below.

Total length 170 millim.

Mediterranean, Madeira.

Cubiceps pauctradiatus.

Ginther, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) x. 1872, p. 423.

Depth of body 44 times in total length, length of head 34

124 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

times. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3

times in the length of head and equal to interorbital width.

Maxillary extending to below anterior margin of eye.

D.XI,117. <A. Il] 14, beginning below the seventh soft

ray of the dorsal. Pectorals 14 times as long as the head,

more than twice as long as the ventrals. Sc. 48%. Purplish

brown, fins lighter.

One specimen, 120 millim. in total length, from Misol,

Moluccas.

* Cubiceps brevimanus.

Klunzinger, Fisch. Roth. Meer. p. 116, pl. xi. (1884).

Depth of body about 4} times in total length, length of

head about 42 times. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of

which is 4 times in the length of head. D. X, I 14-15, the

first spine 4 the length of the second, which is the longest

and equal to 3 the depth of body ; soft dorsal low, 4 the depth

of body. A IIL 15, beginning below the third or fourth ray

of the soft dorsal. Pectorals # the length of head.

Sc. 50 2. Back dark, sides silvery, fins grey, caudal and

pectorals white.

One specimen, 800 millim, in total length, from deep water

in the Red Sea.

PSENES.

Cuy. & Val. ix. p. 259 (1883).

This genus is distinguished from Cudbiceps by the shape of

the body, which is ovate and strongly compressed, by the

absence of teeth on the tongue and vomer in the young, by

the ventrals inserted below the pectorals, and by the coracoids,

which are not dilated and do not form an elongated symphysis ;

so that the thorax does not appear cultrate in this genus,

Vertebre 31.

Synopsis of the Species.

DP. XI, 133-34; A. TI 34. Body deep and semi-

1. P. pellucidus.

transparent ...+..eeeees Dopod OnE AC’ er ee

D. X, I 25-27; A. III 25-27. Se. 52-56 —

Depth of body about twice in totallength .... 2. P. cyanophrys.

D. XI, 1 22-23; A. 123. Depth 23 tos times in

Gotalleneth 22.0.5. ee v= a oe eles ian 3. P. maculatus.

D. XI, 122; A. 11122. Sc. 47 =. Depthabout 13

times in total length ......... cece eee tenes 4. P. arafurensis.

Ds XL, 119% A. 19: eis, Lath O02 hs oka perereera oaes dD. P. Whiteleggii.

Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 125

D. X-XI, 115; A. TIL 15. L. lat. 41-43. Scales

very deciduous; silvery, purplish above ...... 6. P. indicus,

D. X,115; A. TII15. Silvery, spotted and mottled

WCE GIS at etetcte okra, AREY Slee what delat ydie ducbe 7. P. regulus,

* Psenes pellucidus.

Psenes pellucidus, Liitken, Spolia Atlantica, p. 516, fig. 601 (1880).

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 4

times. Snout shorter than the eye, the diameter of which is

23 times in the total length. D. XI, 134; A. III 34; ver-

tical fins high; pectorals 2 the length of head; ventrals as

long as the head. Colourless and semitransparent.

Atlantic.

Psenes cyanophrys.

Psenes cyanophrys, Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 260 (1833).

Psenes javanicus, Cuv. & Val. t. c. p. 264.

Psenes auratus, Cuy. & Val. t. c. p. 264.

Psenes leucurus, Cuv. & Val. t. c. p. 265.

Psenes guamensis, Cuv. & Val. t. c. p. 266.

Psenes fuscus, Guichen. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg, 1856, p. 138.

Cubiceps multiradiatus, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 661, pl. 1xi.

Depth of body 14 to 2} times in total length, length of head

51 to 34 times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter of

which is 3} to 38# times in the length of head, interorbital

width 22 times. Maxillary extending to below anterior

margin of eyeora littlebeyond. D. X,125-27. A. IIL 25-

27, the spines increasing in length to the third or fourth,

which is the longest, and longer than the highest soft rays.

Soft dorsal and anal slightly emarginate, the anterior rays

longest. Pectorals longer and ventrals shorter in larger

specimens, the former as long as the head and the latter 4 of

that length in the largest specimen. Sc. 52-56 <°..

Brownish, with dark parallel lines of dots along the rows

of scales. Dorsal, anal, and ventral fins dark brown. Pec-

torals white. Very young with irregular vertical bands.

Total length 125 millim.

Atlantic and Indo-Pacific.

* Psenes maculatus.

Psenes maculatus, Liitken, Spolia Atlantica, p. 110 (1880).

Depth of body about 3 times in total length (23 in very

young specimens), length of head 3 to 3% times. Snout

shorter than the eye, the diameter of which is 24 to3 times in

the length of head. D. XI, I 220r23; A. III 23. L, lat. 51.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 10

126 Mr. C. 'T. Regan on the

Yellowish, with 6 or 7 grey-brown vertical bands, which

extend on to the dorsal and anal. Spinous dorsal black, soft

dorsal and anal with a black marginal line; ventrals black at

the base and at the free end, clear in the middle. Pectorals

white.

Atlantic.

Psenes arafurensis.

Psenes arafurensis, Giinther, ‘Challenger’ Pelagic Fishes, p. 13, pl. ii.

(1888).

Giinther was mistaken in describing this species as having

only 7 spines in the spinous dorsal. In his type specimen

some of the dorsal spines are broken off short, but it is easy

to count 11 dorsal spines, as in other species of Psenes. The

single specimen known resembles P, maculatus in colour, but

is distinguished by its deeper body, as is shown by the

following measurements :—Total length, without caudal,

30 millim.; depth of body 18 millim.; length of head

12 millim., of snout 2 millim.; eye-diameter 4°5 millim.

D. XI,122. A. IIE 22. 8c. 47 <.

Arafura Sea.

* Psenes Whiteleggit.

Psenes Whiteleggii, Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2) ix. 1894,

p- 218, pl. xvii.

Depth of body 23 times in total length, length of head 22

to 22 times. Snout half as long as the eye-diameter, which

is 3 times in the length of head and more than the interorbital

width. Maxillary extending to below anterior margin of

eye. D. XJ, 119, the third and fourth spines longest, equal

to half the length of head, higher than the soft dorsal.

A. II] 18. Pectorals long, 8 the length of head. Ventrals

reach the anal. Caudal deeply forked. L. lat. 55.

Delicate salmon-colour, crossed by three brownish trans-

verse bands, the first very broad, extending from the head

to the vent, the second narower, connecting the middle rays

of the soft\dorsal and anal, the third on the caudal peduncle.

Head brown above, silvery below ; fins brown.

Total length 47 millim.

Coast of New South Wales.

Psenes indicus.

Culiceps indicus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1870, p. 690.

Psenes indicus, Day, Fishes of India, p. 287, pl. liv. fig. 2 (1878).

Depth of body 2} times in total length, length of head 3

Fishes of the family Stromateide. 127

times. Snout 4 to 4 as long as the diameter of the eye,

which is 24 to 3 times in the length of head and equal to the

interorbital width. Maxillary extending to below the ante-

rior margin of the eye. D X—XI, 114-15, the fourth and

fifth spines longest, equal to half the length of head ; anterior

soft rays longest, equal to the eye-diameter. A. III 15.

Pectorals # the length of head. Scales very deciduous.

L. lat. 41-43. Silvery, purplish above; spinous dorsal dark.

Total length 100 millim.

Coast of Madras.

* Psenes regulus.

Psenes regulus, Poey, Repert. il. p. 875 (1868).

Body compressed, regularly oval; mouth small. D. XI15,

the fourth, fifth, and sixth spines the highest. A. III 15.

Caudal moderately forked. Scales small, rounded, concen-

trically striated. Silvery, with blue spots on the sides about

as large as the eye; a band passing through the eye.

Total length 90 millim.

Coasts of Cuba.

This species is evidently distinct from P. indicus, differing

markedly in having adherent scales and in the coloration,

and probably in other characters not supplied by Poey’s

incomplete description, and is entirely different from Cubiceps

pauciradiatus, which Jordan and Evermann consider to be

identical with it.

SERIOLELLA.

Seriolella, Guichen. in Gay, Fauna Chilena, Pisces, p. 238 (1847).

Neptomenus, Giinther, Cat. it. p. 880 (1860), and Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869,

p. 249.

Body oblong or ovate, compressed ; mouth moderate; pre-

maxillaries scarcely protractile ; maxillary with small supple-

mental bone, slipping for the entire length of its upper edge

under the przorbital; branchiostegals five to seven; gill-

membranes united far forward, free from the isthmus; gill-

rakers long ; pseudobranchie reduced and fleshy in the adult ;

no teeth on the palate; opercular bones thin, with minute

denticulations or entire. Scales small, deciduous. Upper

surface of head with a spongy porous integument. Lateral

line running high, concurrent with dorsal profile. Dorsal

fins confluent, with VIII 27-40 rays, the spines short. Anal

with III 19-24 rays. Pectorals with 21-22 rays. Candal

forked or emarginate. Vertebree 24.

In some species pyloric cxca branched, forming an arbo-

rescent mass, in others a few simple pyloric ceca.

10*

128 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

Synopsis of the Species *.

A. D. VIII 88-40; conspicuous pores on the body.

Depth of body 4-4} times in total length

Depth of body 33-32 times in total length

B. D. VIII 27-381.

a. Depth of body 22-23 times in total length ...... 3. S. brama.

b. Depth of body about 3 times in total length.

Snout as long as the eye, which is of moderate size. 4. S. violacea.

Snout shorter than the eye, which is large ...... 5. S. Velaint.

1. S. porosa.

one eee 2. S. bilineata.

Seriolella porosa.

Seriolella porosa, Guichen. J, ¢. p. 239, lam. 7.

Neptomenus dobula, Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 429.

Depth of body 4 to 44 times in total length, length of head

31 to 4 times. Snout longer than the eye, the diameter of

which is 4 to 5 times in the length of head, interorbital width

about 34 times. Maxillary extending to below the anterior

margin of the eye. D. VII, I 87-40, the third, fourth, and

fifth spines longest, about equal to half the diameter of the

eye; the anterior soft rays about 2 the length of head.

A. 111 23-24. Pectorals nearly as long as the head, ventrals

half as long. Caudal widely forked. Gill-rakers nearly as

long as gill-fringes, about 14 on the lower part of anterior

arch. Back and sides bluish grey, silvery below; fins and

upper surface of head reddish brown or yellowish brown.

Total length 480 millim.

Coasts of Australia and New Zealand, Pacific coasts of

South America, Atlantic coast of Patagonia.

Seriolella bilineat7.

Neptomenus bilineatus, Hutton, Tr. N. Z, Inst. vy. 1872, p. 261.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 33 to 33 times in

total length. Snout much longer than the eye, the diameter

of which is 54 to 6 times in the length of head, interorbital

width 83 times. Maxillary scarcely reaching the vertical

from the anterior margin of the eye. D. VII, 138, the

fourth spine longest, about 3 the diameter of the eye.

A. I11 24. Pectorals not as long as the head, twice as long as

the ventrals. Caudal forked. Gill-rakers about 3 the length

of gill-fringes, about 12 on the lower part of the anterior arch.

* Seriolella evrulea, Guichen. J. ¢., is insufficiently described, but does

not appear to belong to this genus, and may be a Lirus. The body is

short, ovate, the depth 3 times in the total length with caudal. Seales

very small. Dorsal with 10 stout spines. Pectorals pointed, longer

than ventrals, Caudal forked. Deep blue above, lighter below.

Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 129

Back and sides pale violet, silvery below; tip of both

dorsals and inner surface of pectorals blackish.

Total length 170 millim.

1 New Zealand.

Seriolella brama.

Neptomenus brama, Ginther, Cat. ii. p. 390 (1860).

Neptomenus travale, Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. i. 1872, p. 119.

Depth of body 23 to 2? times in total length, length of

head 3} to 32 times. Snout as long as or longer than the

eye, the diameter of which is 3? to 53 times in the length of

head, interorbital width about 3 times. Maxillary extending

to below anterior margin of eye. D. VIII 27-31, the spines

Increasing in length to the fourth and fifth, which are the

longest and about equal in length to 2 the eye-diameter in

the young; the soft fin emarginate, the anterior rays as long

as the postorbital part of the head, the posterior rays half as

long in the young, less than 4 as long in the adult.

A. III 21-28. Pectorals elongate, falcitorm, 1 times as

long as the head, twice as long as the ventrals in the young,

3 times in the adult. Ventrals inserted behind the pectorals,

more markedly so in the adult. Caudal deeply forked,

Se. 87-100 3-4, deciduous, the naked body with conspicuous

pores in the largest specimen only. Lateral line forming a

keel on the caudal peduncle. Blue-grey, with a copper tinge

on the sides. Upper part of head a brown copper-colour.

A broad dark purple vertical band from in front of the dorsal

to the point of the operculum. Fins yellowish, inner side

of pectorals blackish, ventrals rosy white.

Total length 400 millim.

Coasts of Australia and New Zealand.

Seriolella violacea.

Seriolella violacea, Guichen. 1. ce. p. 241, lam. 7.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total

length. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 34

times in the length of head, interorbital width 31 times.

Maxillary extending to below anterior third of eye, not

entirely slipping under the preeorbital. Pree-, sub-, and inter-

opercles minutely denticulated. D. VIII 27, the second

spine 3 times as long as the first, the rest subequal, the last

rather longer than the rest, the soft rays much longer than

the spines, the soft fin highest anteriorly. A. III 19, similar

to soft dorsal. Pectorals? Ventrals inserted below the

130 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

pectorals. Caudal emarginate. Sc. 87 £. Lateral line

following dorsal profile at $ the height of the body.

Gleaming violet above, silvery below.

Total length 85 millim.

Coast of Chili.

* Seriolella Velaint.

Seriolella Velaini, Sauvage, Arch. Zool. Exp. viii. 1879, p. 82.

Depth of body 33 times in total length with caudal (? about

3 times in total length without caudal), length of head 44

times (233 times without caudal). Snout shorter than the

eye, the diameter of which is 33 times in the length of head,

and less than the interorbital width. Maxillary extending to

below the anterior margin of eye. D. VIII 27, spines sub-

equal, short, equal in length to half the diameter of the eye;

the soft fin low, the first rays sometimes a little higher than

the others. A. III 20, emarginate, the anterior rays twice as

long as the last. Pectorals falciform, as long as the head.

Ventrals less than half the length of the pectorals and inserted

below them. Caudal deeply emarginate. Sc. 90. Lateral

line following dorsal profile. Colour?

Total length 690 millim.

Island of St. Paul.

PSENOPSIS.

Psenopsis, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 157.

Bathyseriola, Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. 1890, p. 202.

Body ovate, compressed, snout truncate; mouth small, no

teeth on the palate. Premaxillaries feebly protractile,

maxillaries without supplemental bone, entirely slipping under

the preorbital. Opercular bones thin, entire or minutely

denticulated, branchiostegals seven ; gill-membranes united far

forward, free from the isthmus; pseudobranchie glandular ;

gill-rakers rather long; scales of moderate size, very de-

ciduous; lateral line concurrent with the dorsal profile. A

single dorsal fin, with VI-JX 26-30 rays. Anal with

III 22-26 rays. Pectorals pointed, with 22 rays. Ventrals

below or slightly in front of the pectorals. Vertebre 24.

Pyloric ceca arborescent. Air-bladder absent.

Synopsis of the Species.

Depth of body 2; times in total length .............. 1. P. anomala.

Depth of body 3} times in total length .............. 2. P. cyanea.

There can be no question that these two species belong to

the same genus, although their relationship has not hitherto

been suspected. ‘The dark mucosa which Alcock described

as lining the gill-chamber in P. cyanea is also to be seen in

Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 131

P: anomala, and the two species are very closely allied, the

chief difference between them being the much deeper body of

P. anomala.

Psenopsis anomala.

Trachynotus anomalus, Schleg. Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 107, pl. lvii.

fie. 2 (1850).

Psenes anomalus, Blkr. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxvi. 1853, p. 104.

Psenopsis anomalus, Gill, Z. e.

Parapsetius anomalus, Steind. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xi. 1896, p. 211.

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 33

times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 44

times in the length of head, interorbital width 23 times.

Maxillary extending to vertical from anterior margin of eye.

Pre-, sub-, and interopercles with minute denticulations.

D. V-VI, 29-30, the anterior spines very short and feeble,

the last 2 or 3 graduating to the higher soft rays, the

soft fin emarginate, the anterior rays twice as high as the last.

A. III 26, similar to soft dorsal. Pectorals falciform, as

long asthe head. Ventrals short, inserted below the pectorals.

Caudal moderately forked. Scales very deciduous, about

50 in a longitudinal series, Lateral line following dorsal

profile at about 3 the height of the body. Dark gleaming

purple above, silvery below.

Total length 190 millim.

Japanese Seas.

Psenopsts cyanea.

Bathysertola cyanea, Aleock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. 1890,

p. 202, and Cat. Indian Deep-sea Fishes, p. 43, and Ill. Zool. ‘ Investi-

gator,’ pl. xviii. fig. 1.

Depth of body 3} times in total length, length of head 3

times. Snout a little longer than the eye, the diameter of

which is nearly 5 times in the length of head and 12 times in

the interorbital width. Maxillary extending to below middle of

eye. Pree-, sub-, and interopercles with minute denticulations.

D. VILI-LX 24-25, the first 4 or 5 spines short and feeble,

the last 2 or 3 graduating to the higher soft rays. A. III 22.

‘The anterior rays of soft dorsal and anal the highest.

Pectorals pointed, about ? the length of head. Ventrals much

shorter, inserted in front of the pectorals. Caudal forked.

Scales very deciduous, apparently about 60 in a longitudinal

series. Lateral line following dorsal profile at about 4 the

height of the body. Uniform gleaming bluish black.

‘Total length 135 millim.

Off Ganjam coast, 98-102 fathoms, and off Godavari coast,

240-276 fathoms.

(To be continued. ]

132 Mr. D. M, Paul on the Pelvic Fins in the

XVJ.—On the Pelvic Fins in the Postlarval and Young Stages

of Onus mustela (the Five-bearded Rockling). By Davin

M. Pau, Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

[Plate V.]

THE young of this form has at different times and by different

observers been described as a distinct species, principally on

account of the great development of the pelvic fins and the

difference in coloration from the adult. The young fish was

first described by Couch* under the name of ‘Ciliata

glauca,” the generic name being given on account of the

peculiar character of the first dorsal fin. The name ‘ Ciliata,”

however, was already occupied, and Thompson ¢ proposed

the name ‘‘Couchia,” and this was the term used by Giinther

in his ‘Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum’ f. It

was pointed out by Malm, and soon afterwards by Liitken §,

that this was not a distinct species, but merely the young

stage of the rockling. In popular language the young fishes

are known as the ‘mackerel midges,” because they afford

food to large numbers of mackerel and other fishes which follow

and prey upon them as they swim in shoals. A similar, if not

identical, form was described by Agassiz ||, and its early

development studied by him and Whitman {]. The early

development has been studied in this country by Brook **,

who also gives a short note on the postlarval stages of the

allied species O. cimbria. In this paper he gives a table

showing the sizes of the fish and of its fins at different stages.

The postlarval and young stages were also described by

M‘Intosh {f and Prince ff, and the former has also a paper §§

in which he studies in greater detail the later stages in the

growth of this species. In all these papers, however, the

later development of the pelvic fins has only been touched

upon, and more attention has been paid to the changes in size

and external appearance than to the structure and function of

these fins at different stages in the life-history of the fish.

* Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol, v. pp. 15 & 741.

+ Nat. Hist. Ireland, vol. iv. p. 190.

1 Vol. iv. p. 363.

§ Smitt, ‘Scandinavian Fishes, pt. 1. p. 644.

|| Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. & Art, vol. xvii. (1882).

4] Ibid. vol. xx. (1884).

* Linn. Soc. Journ., Zool. xviii.

Tt Proc. Roy. Physical Soc. Edinb. vol. x.

t Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xxxv. p. 832.

§ Scot. Fish. Board Rep. 1896, p. 208.

Postlarval and Young Stages of Onus mustela. 133

The present paper is an attempt to give a somewhat more

detailed account of this latter part of the subject.

In their young stages many fishes have greatly developed

paired fins, while in the adult these are less in proportion.

In some cases it is the pectoral fins which are thus hyper-

trophied, while in other cases it is the pelvic fins. ‘The

young gurnards, for example—both the red and grey species

—have large pectoral fins, while in the ling the young has

huge pelvic fins which become reduced in proportion as the

fish grows. In the various species of rockling it is always

the pelvic fins which are thus enlarged. The tollowing table

gives the length of the body and that of the pelvic fin at

various stages ; the figures are only what may be called the

mean measurements, different specimens varying greatly in

the development of the fins. ‘The measurements are all

expressed in millimetres, and apply only to spirit-specimens.

Size of fish. Size of fin.

inm. mm,

4:8 1:8

5°5-6'8 2:0

(as 2D

IS 2°8

ES —Aty oOo

16-18°5 4°5

20-25:5 4°]

26 49

27-29 4:3

As has been already stated, this development is subject. to

considerable variation: for example, of two specimens each

measuring 11°5 millim. the pelvic fins measured 2°8 and

31 millim. That with the longer fin was captured in

August and that with the shorter fin in May; but as the

rockling spawns from March to December this proves nothing.

The condition of the other fins, however, points to the conclu-

sion that the fish with the longer fin was slightly older than

the other. ‘The table indicates that the growth of the pelvies

is at first extremely rapid, but a point is reached at which an

actual reduction in size of the fin takes place. Like all the

rest of the development, this feature is extremely variable,

but the mean may be taken to lie between 20 and 25 millim.,

although we may get specimens of 17 millim. whose fins have

undoubtedly passed this critical point. Several specimens

over 25 millim. have been examined whose fins show no signs

of reduction. About this time a change comes over the

habits of the fish. It has hitherto been pelagic, but now it

134 Mr. D. M. Paul on the Pelvic Fins in the

betakes itself to the rock-pools and its bluish-green back and

silvery sides give place to the uniform brown coloration of

the adult.

The fin may now be described at several stages in more

detail. In the earliest stage obtained the fish measured

slightly less than 5 millim. The fin (of which PI. V. fig. 1 is

a drawing) extends a considerable distance behind the anus;

it measures 1°8 millim., ¢. e. rather more than one third of

the total length of the fish. The fin-rays are four in number

and are of equal length. At the tips they tend to become

split up into a number of fine filaments. The pigment in

this particular specimen was small in amount and confined to

the tip of the fin, the remainder being yellowish. At this

stage the pectoral fin is about one third the size of the pelvic

aud is fan-shaped. The base of the pelvic fin is only very

slightly in front of the pectoral at this stage, thereby con-

trasting with its situation in the adult, where it is considerably

in front. This shows that, as in other species, the tendency

of the pelvic fins is to shift forward. ‘The epithelium, as

shown in transverse section, is thin and undifferentiated ; it

is not wrinkled between the fin-rays, as in somewhat older

specimens, showing that the fin cannot be spread in the form

of a fan, as in later stages. The pigment varies greatly in

different fins at the same stage; this may be due to individual

variation, but more probably because all the specimens

examined had been preserved in spirit, some for a considerable

number of years. As the young fish grows the pelvic fins

increase in length, but still keep the same form. ‘The black

pigment becomes more and more confined to the tip of the

fin, so that when the fish is 10-12 millim. long the extreme

tip of the fin alone is deep black, while the rest is pale in

colour. At this stage the fin measures about one fourth of

the total length.

Fig. 2 (PI. V.) represents the fin of a young rockling which

was still pelagic, although it had grown to a size of 20 millim.

The tips of the fin-rays are not now split, though they are

still very long. The number of fin-rays has increased to

six, and of these the second is slightly the longer, while the

fifth and sixth are short. Sections near the base of the fin

at this stage show that it differs from the adult only by the

less highly differentiated epithelium. Between the fin-rays

the epithelium is now much folded, so that the fin can be

spread out like a fan. This is connected with the fact that

the fish leads a pelagic life and seeks its food near the surface,

the fin being used mainly, if not wholly, as a locomotor

organ, while in adult life it is used chiefly as a tactile organ.

Postlarval and Young Stages of Onus mustela. 135

As the fish grows beyond this stage the tips of the fin-rays

are absorbed, and it is this which gives rise to the shortening

of the fin (fig. 3). A transverse section through the anterior

portion of the fin is represented in fig. 5, four fin-rays being

cut. In this specimen the pigment is very well developed, a

complete layer of pigment-cells being present on the side

which is directed outwards. The bundles of nerve-fibres are

also shown in the section, as well as the undifferentiated

character of the epithelium. In the next stage gradual

differentiation of the epithelium takes place, accompanied by

absorption of the membrane between the first and second and

the second and third fin-rays. This is most noticeable in the

case of that between the first and second fin-rays. When

this process is finished the first ray is free for about one third

of its length and the second ray projects about the same

distance beyond the tip of the first. ‘The fin-rays themselves

become thicker and the extremities are provided with sensory

organs. The pigment of the tips, which was so marked in

previous stages, is now reduced to a few cells of the usual

stellate type (fig. 4). At this stage the free tips are much

longer in proportion than in the adult, but as the fish grows

the fin becomes deeper and soon acquires the proportions

characteristic of the adult.

Adult fin—Fig. 6 (Pl. V.) represents the fin of a rockling

of 98 millim. which was obtained below stones in a rock-pool

at St. Andrews. At this stage the fish has all the characters

of the larger-sized adults. ‘The fin-rays, of which there were

seven, vary in different cases from seven to nine. The former

number is more usual, the latter having been only found in

one specimen. ‘The last two or three rays are very short.

The first is separated from the second, which is the longest,

for a considerable distance. Over the surface of the fin are

scattered small brown pigment-cells, while near the base

occur larger black chromatophores which are visible as small

black dots when the fin is viewed through a lens. In trans-

verse section (fig. 7) the following structure is shown :—

Centrally are five pairs of dermal fin-rays (dr.), above and

below each of which lie a pair of nerve-cords (only five pairs

of fin-rays are shown, as the section is taken about the middle

of the tin, and so does not cut fin-rays 6 and 7). The

nerve-cords give off branches to supply the sense-organs,

dividing as they proceed towards the tips of the rays, which

are more richly innervated than the rest of the fin on

account of the greater number of sensory bodies there. The

rest of the space is filled up with loose connective tissue in

which ramify small blood-vessels. The epithelium consists

136 On the Pelvic Fins of Onus mustcla.

of the following layers (fig. 9):—Externally is the cuticle,

which is composed of small compressed cells. Next is the

Malpighian layer, which is composed of long columnar cells

having a peculiar beaded appearance, more conspicuous in

certain sections than in others. ‘This epithelium is very

similar to that on the free rays of the pectoral arch of the

gurnard *, and seems to be highly specialized for the purpose

of conveying tactile impressions. Below lies the corium, a

homogeneous layer without any obvious cellular structure.

Beneath this, again, is a layer of fine nerve-fibrils, which

supply the sensory organs. A transverse section of a free

ray (fig. 8) exhibits the same structure, except that the sense-

organs are more numerous and the nerve-supply more highly

developed than in the body of the fin. This points to the

explanation that the free tips of the fin are mainly used in

searching for food, and this is corroborated by actual observa-

tion of the living fish.

The sensory organs (fig. 10) have already been described

and figured by Bateson ¢ in large numbers of other fishes as

well as in the rockling :—“ They consist essentially of clusters

of long cells arranged together to form a bulb-shaped body,

whose apex is not covered by cuticle, but projects upon the

surface of the skin.” In the rockling the base of the bulb is

in contact with the basement-membrane, and through this

the nerve enters. In certain other fishes the skin is chan-

nelled to receive the nerve. ‘These organs occur in Onus

mustela on all the barbels, on the pelvic fins, and also on the

pectoral fins, on which latter place Bateson does not appear to

have noticed them. In the young stages these organs are

absent, while in the adult, although they are most numerous

at the tips, they occur all over the body of the fin, especially

on the diret fin-ray. ‘This is connected with a change of

habitat, for while the young form is pelagic, the adult lives

below stones and in chinks in runlets, and seeks its food at

night by feeling along the bottom with its fins spread out at

right angles to the body as it swims along. It is possible

that these structures may be more than tactile; they may be

used for tasting, since when the rockling touches anything in

the tank with its fins it seems to be able to distinguish be-

tween food-substances and others. For example, Bateson

noticed that when a rockling touched a piece of glass or stone

smeared with vaseline it turned and examined it, ‘clearly

remarking the peculiar feel of such substances.” ‘The rockling

* H.C. Williamson, Scot. Fish. Board Rep. 1893.

+ Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. 1889-90, p. 225.

On some Dynastide from Tropical America. 137

usually hunts by smell and not by sight, and when food is

put into the tank it does not swim straight towards it, as

many other fishes (e. g., cod) do, but rushes wildly about with

its pelvic fins spread out at right angles to the body until it

brushes against it. The evidence, however, is not sufficient

to decide whether these organs are purely tactile or whether

they are used in the same way as similar structures in the

higher vertebrates.

My best thanks are due to Professor M‘Intosh for his

kindness in supplying material and for many helpful

suggestions.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Left pelvic fin of Onws mustela, 5 millim. in length.

Fig. 2. Ditto, 20 millim. in length.

Fig. 3. Ditto, 23 millim. in length.

Fig. 4. Ditto, 32 millim. in length.

Fig. 5. Transverse section of pelvic fin of Oxws, 23 millim. in length.

ep., epithelium; fr., dermal fin-rays; z.c., nerve-cord; py.,

pigment.

coh

Fig. 6. Pelvic fin of a specimen 98 millim. in length.

Fig. 7. Transverse section of the foregoing.

Fig. 8. Free ray of ditto in section, more highly magnified.

Fig. 9. Epithelium of ditto, high power.

Fig. 10. Sense-organ.

Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6 are not drawn to scale. The actual size of these

is represented by the line underneath each.

Reference letters.

bs.=basement membrane. mp.= Malpighian layer.

et.=cuticle. n.c.=nerve-cord,

dr.=dermal fin-ray. 8.0. =sense-organ.

ep.=epithelium. ¢.=connective tissue,

XVII.—Notes and Descriptions of some Dynastide from

Tropical America, chiefly supplementary to the ‘ Biologia

Centrali-Americana.’ By GitBert J. Arrow, F145.

I.— On Central-American Species of the Genus Cyclocephiala.

ALTHOUGH thirty-five described species of Cyclocephala are

enumerated by H. W. Bates in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-

Americana,’ this probably forms scarcely more than a fraction

of those actually inhabiting Central America. The British

Museum collection already contains about a dozen additional

species, and, as certain corrections have to be made to the

138 Mr. G. J. Arrow on some

conclusions expressed in the above work, I have thought it

best to preparea short supplementary paper. I have omitted

certain species which it seemed could be more adequately

described when further specimens have been received.

The specimens ascribed by Bates to Cyclocephala mutata

represent four distinct although closely related species, those

from Yucatan only being the true C. mutata (C. frontalis,

Burm.). Two of the Costa-Rican specimens belong to

C. sororia, Bates, while the remainder of the extra-Mexican

individuals constitute a new species and those from the

northern part of Mexico another.

Cyclocephala marginicollis, sp. n.

Testacea, cylindrica, immaculata, tarsis suturaque tenuissime rufes-

centibus; capite rufo-fusco, vertice nigro, clypeo lato, vix producto,

rugoso (¢ subtilissime), vertice crebre punctato; prothorace sat

lato, nitido, leviter punctato, ubique linea incisa marginato,

lateribus fortiter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis curvatis ;

scutello paulo punctato, signa Y-formi yage impresso; elytris

grosse lineato-punctatis, 92 lateribus post medium dilatatis ;

pygidio, ¢ fere opaco, subtilissime punctato, 2 subnitido, dis-

tincte inequaliter punctato.

Long. 16-18 mm.

ITab, Mexico, Cordova, Playa Vicente.

This species and QC. mutata, G. & H., are extremely close

to one another. The true C. mutata, however, seems to be

confined to Yucatan, from which State it was described.

Seven specimens from there in our collection have enabled

me to separate the two forms, being entirely devoid of a

marginal line at the posterior border of the pronotum,

whereas in the new species it is very distinct. ‘he only

other differences which I am able to find are the absence in

C. mutata of the Y-shaped depression on the scutellum, which

is more or less visible in the northern form, and the absence

cf punctures on the posterior part of the head.

Cyclocephala levicauda, sp. n.

Cylindrica, pallide testacea, elytris pellucidis; capite pygidioque

rufo-fuscis, vertice nigro; abdomine, tibiis tarsisque rufescentibus ;

clypeo lato, vix producto, subtiliter rugoso, vertice mediocriter

punctato ; prothorace polito, parce et minute punctato, postice

immarginato, lateribus valde arcuatis, angulis anticis subacutis,

posticis curvatis ; scutello vix punctato ; elytris levissime lineato-

punctatis, 2 lateribus post medium dilatatis ; pygidio politissimo,

Long. 15-17 mm.

Dynastide# from Tropical America. 139

- Hab. Costa Rica, San José, La Palma, Irazu; PANAma,

Chiriqui.

This differs from the two species just distinguished by its

more pellucid and lightly punctured elytra and its dark, very

smooth pygidium. ‘he thorax is without a posterior marginal

line. From C. sororia, Bates, to which it has a very close

superficial resemblance, it is distinguished by its shorter and

broader clypeus, which is not punctured but finely rugose,

its less punctured elytra and impunctate pygidium. The

females are at once recognizable by the lateral expansion of

the elytra, which is absent in C. sororia. In the latter

species the marginal line of the thorax loses its constancy,

our series showing every transition from a complete condition

to its entire obliteration behind.

The North-American C. immaculata, Oliv., has been re-

corded by Bates from Cordova in Southern Mexico, on the

strength of a single specimen which proves to be specifically

distinct, though nearly related. The species must therefore

be supposed to range no further southwards than Northern

Mexico, a single specimen only having occurred so far south

as Lerdo.

The other species is here described :—

Cyclocephala fusctventris, sp. n.

Ovata, testacea, vertice, abdomine, thoracis disco utrinque punc-

tisque elytrorum duobus post medium fusco-rufis ; capite crebre

rugoso, clypeo magnitudinis mediocre, subtruncato; prothorace

sat crebre punctato, linea media levi, lateribus regulariter cur-

vatis, angulis posticis obliteratis, anticis acutis; scutello punc-

tato ; elytris leviter costatis, grosse punctatis; pygidio subtiliter

rugoso et setoso.

Long. 12°5 mm.

Hab. 8. Mexico, Cordova.

The dark markings of the upper surface are only faintly

indicated in our specimen, but the fuscous abdomen immé-

diately distinguishes it from C. immaculata, in which the

abdomen is very pale. The pygidium is very coarsely punc-

tured in that species, whereas in the present one it is very

finely rugose. The clypeus of C. fuscdventris is rather larger

and the club of the male antenna is less elongate.

Cyclocephala acuta, sp. n.

Testacea, capite, abdomine elytrorumque basi et sutura infuscatis ;

capite medio rufo-maculato, sat crebre punctato, clypeo magno,

140 Mr. G. J. Arrow on some

apice acuto; prothorace polito, subtilissime punctato; scutello

levi; elytris lineato-punctatis.

Q elytrorum marginibus post medium explanatis, fusco maculatis;

pygidio acuminato, polito, vix punctato.

Long. 15 mm.

Hab. Costa Rica, Plains of Corredor.

A single female specimen, found by M. Pittier de Fabrega,

has been sent tous. It belongs to the “signata” group,

but is quite unique from the very peculiar form of its clypeus,

which is sharply pointed in front.

Cyclocephala prolongata, sp. n.

Elongata, testacea, capite, prothoracis maculis duabus discoidalibus,

sutura maculisque elytrorum nigris ; capite elongatissimo, antice

crebre strigoso-punctato, postice fere levi, clypeo antice arcuato,

oculis parum prominentibus; prothorace polito, subtiliter pune-

tato, longitudine ad latitudinem equali, antice valde attenuato,

angulis posticis curvatis; scutello vix punctato; elytris haud

perspicue punctatis.

@ pygidio levi, opaco, medio acuminato; elytrorum marginibus

paulo ante apices plicatis, indentatis.

Long. 15-20 mm.

Hab. British Honpuras.

We have received a number of specimens of this at different

times, all of them females, the greater number having been

collected by the Rev. J. Robertson. This also is a quite

isolated form, although belonging to the same group as the

last. The remarkable elongation of the head and thorax is

not found in any other species I know, and the conical prolon-

gation of the pygidium, which will probably be found to

characterize the female sex only, is also very peculiar. The

black vittee on each side of the middle line of the prothorax

appear to be almost constant, but the elytral ornament is

extremely variable. In most of our specimens this consists,

in addition to the narrow sutural line, only of a small spot on

each side below the scutellum; but these may enlarge and

unite into a large triangular patch enclosing the scutellum,

while an outer bar may appear extending obliquely inwards

from the humeral callus.

‘ycloccphala discicoliis, sp. n.

Testacea, fronte, prothorace (lateribus exceptis), abdomine elytro-

rumque vittis quatuor (2 superioribus externis, 2 inferioribus in-

ternis) infuscatis; capite strigoso-punctato, clypeo lato, apice

angulariter emarginato; prothorace nitido, sparse punctato,

Dynastide from Tropical America. 141

lateribus eequaliter curvatis ; scutello punctato ; elytris sat grosse

punctatis: Q elytrorum marginibus post medium explanatis,

infuscatis ; pygidio punctato-rugoso: ¢ pygidio opaco, subtilis-

slme rugoso et setoso.

Long. 13 mm.

flab, Panama, La Chorrera; VENEZUELA.

A specimen of this from Reiche’s collection bears the un-

published name of déseicoll’s. ‘The species belongs to the

same section of the genus as those just preceding. It is

closely related to C. microspila, Bates, another Panama

species, which M. Biolley has recently sent from Costa Rica.

C. discicollis, however, has the clypeus more distinctly

emarginate, is a trifle smaller, and considerably more marked

with brown, ‘The four elytral marks, reduced to dots in

C. microspila, form elongate dashes, the suture is dark,

and in the temale the marginal expansion of the elytra also.

The pronotum, with the exception of the lateral margins and

probably an occasional pale middle line, is dark and the

abdomen is tinged with brown.

Cyclocephala sparsa, sp. n.!

Breviter ovata, testacea, capite nigro, prothorace elytrisque omnino

nigro-sparsis, clypeo parvo, arcuato, fusco-rufo ; capite prothe-

raceque crebre at distincte punctatis, hoc valde transverso, angu-

lis anticis acutis, posticis obliteratis ; scutello punctato ; elytris

confluenter punctatis, punctis ineequalibus; pygidio rugoso-pune-

tato, subtiliter setoso: @ elytrorum margine post medium leviter

angulato, haud explanato.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Playa Vicente.

A single female from Playa Vicente was acquired by

Messrs. Godinan and Salvin from the Sallé collection, and a

pair of the same species from “ Mexico (Secata)’’ have been

since 1854 in the British Museum. It is related to

O. 14-punctata, Mann., but is peculiar in having the thorax

and elytra splashed wregularly with small black spots.

Among these are more or less distinguishable six larger spots

upon the elytra, forming with the scutellum an almost perfect

circle. The single female in our collection is more thickly

speckled than the two males. The front tibia are armed

with two acute terminal teeth, situated close together, and a

third placed before the middle, which is very minute but

separated by a very deep notch.

alnn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. il

142 Mr. G. J. Arrow on some

IIl.—A Revision of the Genus Lycomedes and its Allies.

Three of the six species hitherto assigned to Lycomedes

are Central American, while of the ten members of the group

now known to me all appear to be confined to the mountain

chain between Nicaragua and Ecuador; for, although

L. Mniszechi, Thoms., was recorded as from Mexico, it has

only since been found (by Belt) at Chontales in Nicaragua,

and from the restricted range of the other species and the

describer’s failure to give a precise habitat for the original

specimen, this may be regarded, I think, as only an approxi-

mation to the actual home of the species.

My attention was first called to the necessity for a revision

of the genus by Mons. René Oberthtir, who pointed out to

me that the form assigned by Bates in the Central-American

monograph to Lycomedes Mniszechi, 'Thoms., was distinct

from that species, of which the type is in the Oberthiir collec-

tion. M. Oberthiir has since kindly sent me all his specimens

of the group, and as I have thus had before me the types of

all the described species (all but the one just mentioned being

in our own collection), it has seemed to me advisable, while

re-characterizing the Central-American forms, to tabulate the

distinctive features of all. In so doing I have found all the

species range themselves into two very distinct series, for

which two generic names are already in existence.

‘The typical species of Lycomedes (L. Ieichet) was described

in 1844 by De Bréme, and three years later Burmeister pub-

lished a description of an insect which he regarded as

De Bréme’s species and which he received from Dupont with

the unpublished name of duridipennis. Another large male

he saw in the Hope collection, and to this he attached the

name Spodistes luridipennis, Burm., under which he originally

described the species, but substituted that of Lycomedes Reicher

before publication. Upon examination of the last-mentioned

specimen, I have found that it is entirely distinct from

L. Retchei, and very near, but not the same as, that described

shortly afterwards by Thomson. These two, with the two

others figured in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ form a

generic group for which it will be convenient to retain the

name Spodistes.

In tabulating the characters of the subdivisions of the

Dynastide, Lacordaire has distinguished the Agaocephalina,

to which these insects belong, by the absence of a prosternal

process. In Lycomedes proper this is really strongly deve-

Dynastide from Tropical America. 143

loped, but in the species which I associate under the name of

Spodistes (none of which were known to Lacordaire) it is

entirely absent. Associated with this feature is the form of

the thoracic horn. In Lycomedes it is vertical or even directed

somewhat backwards, and is not pointed, but broad and more

or less compressed from back to front. It is channelled

down the middle, so as to appear as if formed from two fused

lateral horns. ‘The prothorax in both sexes is very transverse.

In Spodistes the horn is directed horizontally forward, as

in the other allied genera, is curved, and tapers to a point.

The prothorax in the male is considerably narrower than the

elytra.

This genus forms a connecting-link therefore between

Lycomedes on the one hand and Agaocephala and Mitracephala

on the other. From the last it differs chiefly by the velvety

elothing of its upper surface and the narrowed prothorax of

the male.

The following are the most salient features of all the species

of Lycomedes and Spodistes yet known to me :—

Genus LycoMEDES.

Cephalic horn toothed at base:

basal toothviarge, bifid’. ... 002.06 ees wet ramosus, Sp. 0.

basal tooth small 2/254. « vase » te + soe Reichei, De Bréme.

Cephalic horn bilaminate at base :

MCSE VElV GUVs castle t fsjaaaioe Osis a elders ou lpee velutipes, sp. N.

MS SDULSRO RY Le ans clas 0 vis ycho siete felis loa ca « hirtipes, sp. n.

Cephalic horn unarmed at base:

DIHGRAG APON, ais aqetiiee Fo eoae ie ate crefery ete a'8 Burmeisteri, Waterh.

HATE PASTE es tare rer oheiele smal ae tin core actos Buckleyi, Waterh.

Genus SPODISTES.

Cephalic horn toothed near base:

BUREN SEC! ME DO crater c-rs Laie cor ole whales chau oe acalete ste beltianus, Bates.

Patel eu LeU Ke oidicisintola e sleiern sa a\as, efe,crere, 15.8% Batest, sp. n.

Cephalic horn unarmed at base:

[LG CCT RENIGLS olen COUR OUEIDT OOO EM OOS Mniszechi, Thoms.

EMMEL EU OLD LIOR or cc ln oy ci alia’ o/h choiay alien sim Scot's 6 vll'= ae Hopet, sp. n.

Lycomedes ramosus, sp. n.

Griseo-olivaceus, fusco-nebulosus, velutinus; cantho oculari acute

producto; elytris subdepressis, latis, vix perspicue punctatis,

nebulosis, callis apicalibus prominentibus; pedibus partim velu-

tinis, longe flavo-setosis.

6, capite cornu valido, ramoso, extremitatibus utrisque bifidis,

thorace cornu erecto, brevi, canaliculato, munitis; pronoti lateri-

fis

144 Mr. G. J. Arrow on some

bus sinuatis, post medium valde angulatis, angulis anticis acutis,

Pa : D peed ’

posticis fere rectis.

Long.* 30 mm., lat. 17 mm.

Hab. Cotomsta, Bogota.

A single male specimen was included in the collection

bequeathed to the Museum by the late Philip Crowley, and is

the only representative of the species at present known. It

is the finest of its genus, both from the great development of

its doubly-branched cephalic horn and the conspicuous

marbling of its upper surface. The prosternum is raised into

a basin-shaped structure behind the coxe.

Lycomedes velutipes, sp. n.

Rufo-fuscus, fulvo-griseo-velutinus, vix variegatus; elytris sub-

depressis, lineato-punctatis, callis apicalibus haud prominentibus,

cantho oculari truncate producto.

dg, capite cornu valido, fortiter bifurcato, baseos lateribus laminate

elevatis, thorace cornu valido, oblique erecto, antice et postice

haud profunde canaliculato, munitis; pronoti lateribus post

medium fortiter angulatis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis obtusis ;

femoribus tibiisque velutinis, parce flayo-setosis.

Long. 32 mm., lat. 19 mm.

Hab. Ecuapor, Chimbo, La Chima.

This species was found by M. de Mathan, from whom

M. Oberthiir received four specimens. By the latter’s kindness

it is now represented in our collection. It is a closely allied

form to the Colombian L. Burmeistert, Waterh., but the

cephalic horn is stouter and more strongly bifurcated, with its

edges raised at the base into two parallel ridges. ‘The elytra are

less diversified in colour and their puncturation is more appa-

rent. The prosternal process also is more strongly developed.

In L. Bui meister? it is only slightly prominent and forms a

conical tubercle thickly clothed with hairs. In ZL. velutipes

it is produced considerably beyond the coxe and is trumpet-

shaped and naked.

Lycomedes hirtipes, sp. n.

Minor, rufo-fuscus, fulvo-griseo-velutinus ; elytris variegatis, irregu-

lariter punctatis, callis apicalibus prominentibus; tibiis tarsisque

haud velutinis, longe fulvo-setosis; cantho oculari acute pro-

ducto.

* The length of these insects is measured from the front margin of the

clypeus to the extremity of the abdomen, the cephalic horn being

excluded.

Dynastide from Tropical America. 145

3, capite cornu valde curvato et bifurcato, baseos lateribus paulo

elevatis, thorace cornu mediocre, oblique erecto, munitis; pronoti

lateribus sinuatis, medio valde angulatis, post medium leviter

excisis, angulis anticis minute productis, posticis obtusis.

Long. 27 mm., lat. 15 mm.

Hab. CotomBta (Sallé), Manizales (Patino).

This species was labelled LZ. Retched in the Sallé collection.

It is closely allied to that form as well as to L. Burmeisteri

and L. velutipes. ‘The first, in addition to the acute tooth at

the base of the cephalic horn, has a pinkish tint, which distin-

guishes it from all others. The pygidium is also very pro-

tuberant and the apical callosities of the elytra are acute.

The latter, though less prominent in L. hirtépes, are more so

than in either of the two other species mentioned above, from

both of which the present species is also distinguished by the

clothing of its legs, which is not velvety, but thickly hairy.

The cephalic horn has its edges elevated at the base, but

much less so than in LZ. velutipes. Both sexes may be

distinguished also by the elytra, which are variegated and

irregularly punctured. ‘The prosternal process is prominent

and formed as in the preceding species, but is less expanded

and hollowed at its extremity, the edges of which are thickly

pilose.

I have seen about a dozen specimens of this species.

Spodistes Batest, sp. n.

Rufo-fuscus, fulvo-griseo-velutinus, haud variegatus ; cantho oculari

haud producto; elytris subdepressis, haud perspicue punctatis,

callo apicali prominente; corpore subtus pedibusque (tarsis

exceptis) omnino velutinis, parce setosis.

3, capite cornu bifido, intus canaliculato, basi plus minusve den-—

tato, thorace cornu gracili, acuto, antice directo, munitis; pronoto

angusto, lateribus postice fere parallelis, latitudine elytrorum

dimidio sequali.

Long. 28 mm., lat. 16 mm,

Hab. PANAMA, Volcan de Chiriqui.

The numerous examples of this collected by Mr. Champion

were confused by Bates with L. Mniszech?, Vhoms., of which

the Godman-Salvin collection contained a single male specimen

from Nicaragua. ‘his specimen agrees exactly with Thom-

son’s type, and both differ from the Panama form by their

broader thorax, the acutely produced ocular canthus, and the

entire absence of any inner tooth on the cephalic horn. This

tooth is formed in L, Batest at the lower extremity of a slight

channel upon the inner face of the horn, The channel is

146 On some Dynastide from Tropical America.

visible in all conditions of development of the horn, and

although Bates states that in the least-developed specimens

the tooth disappears entirely, there is always a slight promi-

nence to mark the termination of the channel. ‘The pro-

sternum, as in all the forms which I have referred to

Spodistes, is not elevated behind the coxe. The figure in

the Biol. Centr.-Amer. is useless for the recognition of this

species.

Spodistes Hopei, sp. un.

Rufo-fuscus, fulvo-griseo-velutinus, haud variegatus, cantho oculari

minute obtuse angulato; elytris subdepressis, vix perspicue

punctatis.

3, capite cornu valido, apice bifido, ante apicem intus dentato,

thorace cornu acuminato, curvato, haud longo, munitis; pronoto

paulo lato, lateribus antice et postice convergentibus.

Long. 33 mm., lat. 19 mm.

Hab. CoLtomBtIA, New Granada.

The type is the specimen in the Hope Collection referred

to by Burmeister under the name of Lycomedes Reichet. As

already mentioned, Burmeister’s description does not apply

to that species, and it is even possible that the specimens

from the Hope and Dupont collections, from which his

description was formulated, are not specifically the same, as

a tooth is mentioned at the base of the cephalic horn, whereas

in the Hope specimen it is situated a little before the apex.

Jn all other respects Burmeister’s description applies to this

form. I have seen in M. Oberthiir’s collection a second male

specimen which formerly belonged to M. Sallé.

It will be of interest to describe here a second species of

the closely-allied genus Brachysiderus, as it appears to indi-

eate an even nearer relationship with the foregoing genera

than has been hitherto supposed. ‘The type specimen of this

genus is now in M. Oberthiir’s colleetion, but through his

kindness I have been able to compare it with a female of the

same species in our collection and with the type of the

following description :—

Brachysiderus paranensis, sp. n

tufo-fuscus, elytris testaceis, sutura, marginibus extremis eallisque

humeralibus et apicalibus infuscatis; cantho oculari extus acute

angulato; prothorace grosse punctato, lateribus irregulariter

ners. angulis poaticia distinctis; scutello grosse rugoso;

elytris crebre punctatis, interstitiis vix punctulatis.

On the Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 147

3, capite cornu curvato, bifurcato, apicibus haud divergentibus,

armato ; prothorace antice medio minute bituberculato ; pygidio

tumido, nitido, irregulariter punctato.

Long. 31 mm., lat. 18 mm.

Hab. Braztu, Castro (Parana Prov.).

A single male specimen in our collection and an almost

identical one in that of Mr. O. E. Janson were collected by

Mr. E. D. Jones. The species is similar to B. guadrimacu-

latus, Waterh., in form and coloration, but the cephalic horn

is not perceptibly narrower at the base than at the apex, the

canthus is not produced forwards, but outwards, there is a

rudiment of a thoracic horn, and the thorax is uniformly dark

in colour, The disc is much more coarsely punctured than

in the other species, and the elytra do not show the thick

interstitial puncturation of that form.

XVIII.—Notes on the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.—

III. On the Systematic Position of the Genus Lampris, and

on the Limits and Contents of the Suborder Catosteomi. By

G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S.

THAT extraordinary-looking pelagic fish, the Opah or King-

fish (Lampris luna), which, from its great size and brilliant

colours, always excites much curiosity when landed on our

coasts, has hitherto invariably been placed not far from the

Mackerels, Scombridz, or, at least, in the division Scombri-

formes. Although attention has repeatedly been drawn to

the many points in which this fish differs from all Scombri-

formes, even the most advanced of recent reformers of classi-

fication, whilst expressing their doubts as to the propriety of

maintaining it in that division, have not ventured to depart

from a tradition based solely upon resemblances of the most

superficial kind.

An analysis of the characters of Lampris at once shows a

combination which should exclude it not only from the

Scombriformes, but also from the suborder to which that

division belongs. The fins are absolutely devoid of spines,

the ventrals are abdominal in position and formed of a great

number of rays—15 to 17 *,—the mouth is bordered by the

maxillaries in addition to the premaxillaries, if not to a great

extent, at least quite as much as in the Scombresocida, this

%* We have to look back to the Ganoids and the lowest Teleosteans —

(Elopidze and Albulide) to meet with anything like so high a number,

148 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

combination of characters indicating a very low position

among the Physoclists. Besides, the general appearance of

the pectoral arch is altogether unique, and the misinterpreta-

tion of the morphological value of its elements is no doubt

the reason why the true systematic relations of this fish have

so long been overlooked.

In all the descriptions of the skeleton which have been

given since the well-known memoir of Bakker* the very

large bone to which the pelvis is attached has been identified

as the coracoid (or a synonymous element), the bone above it

being the scapula, to which four short bones (or, rather, three,

the anterior being fused with it) are attached, these being

regarded as the basals or pterygials of the pectoral fin. We

would thus have a condition, unique among Teleosteans, of

the pelvic bone articulating with the coracoid at a consider-

able distance from the clavicle. Therefore the really “ abdo-

minal’’ position of the ventral fin has been questioned by

some authors, in the same way as the state of things in the

Sticklebacks was discussed before the homologies of the

elements of the pectoral girdle had been realized. On ex-

amining the shoulder-bones on a skeleton of Lampris luna, I

was struck by two things—first, that the disposition of the

articulating facets of the pterygials allows of a much greater

downward than upward movement of the rays of the pectoral,

by which the fin can be pressed down close against the sides

of the body, and precludes the opposite vertical position—a

fact which I have been able to verify on a specimen in the

flesh. ‘This mode of articulation seems so contrary to our

ideas that most figures ¢ and stuffed specimens represent the

pectoral fin directed upwards, as in a Grama, to which the

Opah was believed to be related. Secondly, that the posterior

of the supposed pterygials does not support rays and is alto-

gether unlike a pterygial, whilst its resemblance to a much

reduced coracoid is at first sight obvious. That it is not a

pterygial is conelusively proved by the fact, which I have

ascertained at the suggestion of my friend Prof. Howes, that

it is synchondrosially united with the scapula and the large

bone hitherto named coracoid by cartilage, whilst only liga-

ment intervenes between the true pterygials and the bones of

the primary shoulder-girdle. If, therefore, this be the

coracoid, the large bone between the scapula, thie clavicle

* ‘Osteographia Piscium; Gadi prasertim Aeglefini, comparati cum

Lampride guttato, specie rariori.? Groningen, 1852.

+ Those of Gunnerus, Norsk. Bid. Selsk. Skrift. iv. 1768, pl. xii.;

Sowerby, Brit. Miscell. pl. xxii. (1884) ; and Smitt, Scandin. Fish. p. 123

(1893), are correct, being based on fresh specimens.

Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 149

(cleithrum of Gegenbaur), and the pelvis is not that element ;

it can be nothing but the bony plate regarded as infraclavicle

(clavicle proper of Gegenbaur) in the Teleosteans allied to

the Gastrosteidee (Hemibranchiiof Cope). It may be observed

Pectoral arch and pelvis of Lampris luna.

el., clavicle (cleithrum); cl.', infraclavicle (clavicle) ; cor., coracoid ;

pelv., pelvis; p.r., pectoral rays; pir, pterygials; ptte., post-

temporal ; s¢., scapula; scl, supraclavicle ; v.7., ventral rays.

that, whilst in Gastrosteus the so-called infraclavicles appear

on the surface of the body, and might be regarded as parts

of the exoskeleton, the same bones in Aulorhynchus are

150 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

covered by the ventral muscles. Among the lower Teleo-

stomi the bones named clavicles proper by Gegenbaur, the

morphological significance of which is not open to doubt, are

superficial dermal bones in Polypterus and Sturgeons, whilst

in the Dipneusti they ossify round the primary cartilage of

the shoulder-girdle. Therefore, even if the ‘ infraclavicle ”

of Lampris should prove to ossify from the coraco-scapular

primary cartilage, this would be no insuperable obstacle to its

homology with the clavicle (infraclavicle), which, as we know

from the Mammalia, is not always a true membrane-bone *.

It would only show that in Lampris, in consequence of the

great development of the pectoral region, the bone has evolved

further than in any other fish.

If this identification of the elements of the shoulder-girdle

of Lampris be conceded, all difficulties from the systematic

point of view disappearat once, The Opah must be regarded

as more nearly allied to the Hemibranchii than to any other

group of fishes with which we are as yet acquainted. But

it possesses important features indicative of both greater

generalization and specialization which require the establish-

ment for its reception of a division of at least equal importance

with the Hemibranchii and Lophobranchii, and for this

division I propose the name Selenichthyes. The close rela-

tionship existing between the Hemibranchii (Sticklebacks and

Pipe-Fishes) and the Lophobranchii (Needle-fish and Sea-

horses), realized long ago by Kner and Steindachner ¢ and

by Cope, are now being admitted on all sides§; Dr. A. 5S.

Woodward || and Dr. Swinnerton §{ have independently

proposed to unite them into one suborder, the former using

the term Hemibranchii in an extended sense, the latter pro-

posing the new name Thoracostei, “‘ expressive of the presence

in all [Hemibranchii and Lophobranchii] of a more or less

complete bony armature, and especially of infraclavicles.”

Unfortunately neither of these names would be appropriate

for the suborder after the addition of the Lampridide, in

which the branchial apparatus is complete and the dermal

* Cf. Gegenbaur, Vergl. Anat. i. pp. 207 & 496 (1898).

t+ Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxi, 1862, p. 28.

t Tr. Amer. Philos, Soc. (2) xiv. 1871, p. 457.

§ On the difference in the structure of the gills, ef. the recent work of

A. Huot, Ann. des Sci. Nat. (8) xiv. 1902, p. 197, who shows that there

is no fundamental difference, only one of degree, between the so-called

tufted gill and the normal] type, and that at a certain stage of develop-

ment the disposition of the branchial lamelle is the same in a Syngnathus

and in an ordinary Teleostean.

|| Catal. of Fossil Fishes, iy. p. 369 (1901).

§] Quart. Journ. Micr, Sci. xly. 1902, p. 580,

Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 151

bony armature absent. I therefore feel compelled to propose

a new name to embrace the four divisions Seleniclhthiyes,

Hemibranchii, Lophobranchii, and Hypostomides, and have

chosen that of Catosteomi (xatd, daTéov, @uos), in allusion to

the additional bone under the shoulder-girdle, which can

cnly be identified with the infraclavicle or clavicle proper of

Ganoids and Crossopterygians, and which distinguishes the

group from all other Teleosteans. I may add, in further

support of the affinity of Lampris to the Hemibranchii, that

the palatine bone has the single attachment to which atten-

tion has first been drawn by Dr. Swinnerton (Acrartrete

type).

‘The diagnostic characters of the suborder Catosteomi and

its minor groups are expressed in the following synopsis :—

CATOSTEOMI.

Air-bladder, if present, without open duct. Parietal bones separated

by the supraoccipital. Pectoral arch suspended from the skull; no

mesocoracoid arch ; clavicle (infraclayicle) distinct from the cleithrum.

Ventral fins abdominal, if present.

I, SeLenicuTHyes. Preeoperculum and sym-

plectic distinct ; branchial apparatus fully

developed, gills pectinated ; mouth ter-

minal, toothless ; post-temporal forked,

articulated to the skull; pelvic bones

connected with pectoral arch; ventral

fins with 15 to 17 rays; ribs long,

sessile; fins without spines .......... 1, Lampridide.

II. Hemiprancuu, Preeoperculumandsym-

plectic distinct, latter much elongate ;

branchial apparatus more or less reduced,

gills pectinated; post-temporal simple,

immovably attached to the skull; mouth

terminal,

A. Mouth toothed.

1. Pelvic bones connected with pectoral

arch ; spinous dorsal represented by

isolated spines.

Snout conical or but slightly tubiform ; ventral

fins with one spine and one or two soft

rays; ribs slender, free; anterior vertebrae

mop Tulare MT. Leechers ots cera ndes a eels 2. Gastrosteide.

Snout tubiform ; ventral fins with one spine and

four soft rays; ribs flattened, ankylosed to

lateral bony shields ; anterior vertebrae not

CUNO CUL MP aMaretn ste cr terres. viele 82 ssaele prac tetas 3. Aulorhynchide.

Snout tubiform; ribs slender, free; first ver-

Kepratomlarredit es wet. te Riclod Aa teeitiees 4. Protosyngnathide *,

* Includes a single form, the Tertiary Protosyngnathus sumatrensis,

which has been referred without adequate grounds to Aulorhynchus or

Auliscops.

152 On Two new South-American Batrachians.

2. Pelvic bones not connected with pec-

toral arch; ventrals without spine,

with 5 or 6 rays; snout tubiform ;

first vertebra very elongate, formed

by the fusion of several.

Isolated dorsal spines; body scaly .......... 5. Aulostomatide.

No dorsal spines; body naked ............-- 6. Fistulariide.,

B. Mouth toothless; snout tubiform ; two

short dorsal fins, the first with a few

spines; ventral fins with 3 to 5 rays;

anterior vertebrae elongate.

Body covered with bony shields and small

TOUCH SCALCS 2 a = wateuis eee Baraeas pols soke, Siete 7. Centriscide,

Body completely cuirassed by bony shields which

are fused with the endoskeleton ........ 8. Amphisilide.

III. LopHoprancuit. Preeoperculum ab-

sent; symplectic much elongate; bran-

chial apparatus more or less reduced;

gill-lamelle reduced in number and

enlarged, forming rounded lobes; post-

temporal simple, immovably attached to

the skull; mouth toothless, at the end

of a tubiform snout ; body covered with

bony plates.

Two dorsal fins; ventral fins present, with 7

rays; gill-openings wide; exoskeleton of

large star-like plates ~........... Sender oct: 9. Solenostomide.

A single dorsal fin; no ventral fins;

openings very small; exoskeleton in the

form of TMS) Bea, soe er Pens Ss 10, Syngnathide.

IV. Hypostomiprs. Preoperculum and

symplectic absent; gills pectinated ;

mouth inferior, toothless; body entirely

covered with bony plates; ventral fin

Wilf ONO es TAY S, os ete bi cteiele Seale intele ta piers ll. Peaasidiz.

XIX.—Descriptions of Two new South-American Apodal

Batrachians. By G. A. BouLenGeEr, F.R.S.

Cecilia Thompsoni.

Teeth very large in front, 6 or 7 in the upper jaw, 15 or

16 in the lower jaw, 14 vomero-palatines on each side; 8

small inner mandibular teeth. Snout rounded, very promi-

nent, as long as the distance between the eyes, which are

very indistinct ; tentacle on the lower surface of the snout,

nearer the edge of the mouth than the nostril. Body cylin-

drical, very elongate, its diameter 90 times in the total

length ; 212 circular folds, most of them narrowly interrupted

on the dorsal and ventral regions, the last 36 complete and

On a new Cyprinodontid Fish. 153

with incomplete intermediate ones. Blackish, speckled with

yellowish on the sides.

Total length 1170 millim.; greatest diameter of body 13.

A single specimen from Villeta, Colombia, altitude 350)

feet, collected by Mr. Kay Thompson.

This species is allied to C. gracilis, Shaw, but differs in

the larger teeth and in the lower position of the tentacle.

Lthinatrema peruvianum.

Teeth small; both rows of mandibular teeth well developed.

Snout rounded, scarcely prominent, a little shorter than the

distance between the eyes, which are distinguishable. Body

rather strongly depressed, with 379 very distinct complete

circular folds, 28 of which are on the tail. Anal opening

longitudinal. ‘Tail strongly compressed, rounded at the end,

a little longer than the head. Uniform dark brown, anal

region whitish.

Total length 280 millim.; greatest diameter of body 12.

A single specimen from the Marcapata Valley, E. Peru,

collected by Mr. G. Ockenden.

‘This species is intermediate between Ff. bivittatum, Cuv.,

from Cayenne, and &. bicolor, Blgr., from Colombia and

Ecuador. It differs from the first in the longer compressed

tail*, from the second in the more obtuse tail and the move

numerous annuli on the body, from both in the absence of a

yellow lateral band.

XX.—Description of a new Cyprinodontid Fish from

Eastern Peru. By G. A. BOULENGER, F,R.S.

Orestias tirapate.

Body compressed, its depth equal to the length of the head,

which is 33 to 4 times in the total length. Width of head

equal to its depth; crown slightly convex; snout obtuse, as

long as the eye; mouth small, cleft to the level of the lower

border of the eye; lower jaw not projecting beyond the

upper; teeth very small ; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 32

to 4 times in length of head, 14 to 14 in interocular width ;

scales on head imbedded in the skin, which shows very

* My colleazue Dr. F. Mocquard, of the Paris Museum, has kindly

supplied me with the following measurements of the type specimen :—

Head (to occiput) 9 millim.; length of tail 2; vertical diameter of tail

(at base) 2°75; horizontal diameter of tail (at base) 3:5,

154 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

distinct lines of sensory pores. Dorsal with 14 or 15 rays,

originating at equal distance from occiput and from root of

caudal. Anal exactly opposed to dorsal, with 15 or 16 rays.

Pectoral # to 2 length of head. Caudal truncate. Caudal

peduncle 1} as long as deep. Scales thin, imbricate, with

concentric striz, 31 to 33 in a longitudinal series, 12 to 15

in a transverse series; belly and axillary region naked.

Brownish above, with more or less numerous darker spots

and dots and a blackish lateral streak; belly white; dorsal

and caudal fins dotted with blackish.

Several specimens were collected by Mr. G. Ockenden

at Tirapata, Eastern Peru, at an altitude of 13,000 feet.

The largest female with mature ova measures only 65 milli-

metres.

In its small size this new species approaches O. elegans,

Garman, in which the eyes are nearer together (one diameter

apart), the origin of the dorsal fin is nearer the occiput than the

root of the caudal, and the scales are smaller (34 to 36 ina

longitudinal series) and so thin as to be hardly visible,

according to Dr. Garman’s description.

This species departs less than any other of the genus

Orestias from the normal Cyprinodont pattern, and but for

the absence of ventral fins would be taken for a Fundulus.

XXI.—The Stridulating-organ in the Egyptian Beetle,

Graphipterus variegatus. By R. I. Pocock.

SoME six or seven years ago Mr. Erskine Nicol told me that

there is a spotted ground-beetle in Egypt which makes an

audible scraping sound as it runs over the sand. I supposed

from his description that the insect belonged to the Carabid

genus Anthia; and knowing that Mr. C. J. Gahan was

collecting facts for a paper upon the stridulating-organs of

the Coleoptera, I suggested that an examination of Anthia

might bring to light a new organ of this nature. No such

organ, however, could be found; and there the matter was

allowed to rest. In July of the present year, however,

Mr. J. E. Nicol brought to me, with some Arachnids and

insects collected at Hi Khanka, near Cairo, a specimen of

Anthia and two other beetles of the smaller but allied form

Graphipterus variegatus, Fabr. Pointing to the latter, he

said, “‘ That is the beetle that makes the noise, not the large

kind. When running, it sounds as if it were hollow and

partly filled with grains of dry sand.”

Stridulating-organ in an Egyptian Beetle. 155

Microscopical examination at once showed the position and

structure of the organ that causes the sound. It consists, on

the one hand, of two finely toothed or serrated ridges on each

side of the body, one running along the admedian edge of

the lateral inturned area of the elytron, the other along the

adjacent edges of the sterna of the abdominal somites

(figs. A, B, str.) ; and, on the other hand, of a smooth

angular crest traversing the postaxial side of the femur of the

third leg, and lying in a general way parallel to the long

axis of this segment (see fig. C, cr.). This crest is not a

Stridulating-organ of Graphipterus variegatus (Fabr.).

A. Ventral surface of right half of abdomen and of posterior somites

of thorax. f*, f°, femora of second and third legs; e/., inturned

edge of right elytron; s¢r., serrated stridulating-crests on elytron

and adjacent margins of abdominal sterna.

B. Piece of the right elytron (e/.) and of one of the abdominal sterna (v.),

with adjacent serrated stridulating-crests (s¢r.).

C. Postaxial side of femur of third leg, showing the smooth crest (er.).

sharply defined upstanding ridge, but resembles rather an

angular elevation, such as would be produced by pinching up

the horny integument of the femoral segment. A similar

156 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

but weaker crest is also developed upon the distal portion of

the corresponding surface of the femur of the second leg.

The points ot the denticulations on the elytra and abdo-

minal sterna are directed obliquely outwards and backwards,

so as to cause the greatest friction and produce the loudest

sound when the ridges of the femora are scraped against them

with the forward stroke of these segments *.

No mechanism exactly resembling this in structure and

situation has yet been figured and described in the Coleoptera.

The nearest approach to it is to be found in the Cicindelid genus

Oxycheila and the Heteromerous genus Cacicus t, both of which

stridulate by scraping the femora of the legs of the posterior

pair along the lateral area of the elytra. In these instances,

however, the organ consists of a transversely striated crest on

the elytra and a similarly striated strip of the integument of

the postaxial side of the femora. Again, the striated crests

on the elytra are lateral in position in Oaycheila and

Cacicus, not inferior, as in Graphipterus. 'The position of

the crests in the latter is correlated with the expansion of

the elytra and of the abdominal segments without any

corresponding expansion of the mesosternal and metasternal

sclerites of the thorax, so that during progression the femora

of the second and third legs work in a plane more nearly

approaching the horizontal than the subvertical plane in

which those of Oxycheila and Cacicus move.

That Graphipterus variegatus is capable of stridulation is

no new discovery. ‘To many travellers and residents in

Keypt it is probably a matter of everyday observation, and

so long ago as 1832 an account of it was published by

M. Lefebvre t. According to this author, G. variegatus was

to be met with in the hottest part of the day. At night it

could not be found, in spite of diligent search. It lived on

the sand-hills, and was abundant in the localities it frequented.

* With the help of Mr. C.J. Gahan and Mr. G. J. Arrow I have

ascertained that this organ is present in most of the North-African

species referred to Graphipterus and absent in those assigned to the same

genus from South Africa. The former also have a peculiar type of colo-

ration, not exhibited by the latter, which probably indicates a life amid

sandy surroundings. :

+ C. J. Gahan, Tr. Ent. Soe. London, 1900, p. 448, pl. vii. figs. 8, 8 a.

{ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. i. p. 311. I am indebted to Mr, C. J. Gahan for

this reference. Lefebvre’s account was apparently unknown both to

Darwin and to Landois, if we may judge from the absence of all refer-

ence to it in the former’s ‘ Descent of Man’ (1883) and the latter's

‘' Thierstimmen’ (1874). To this defect in the last-mentioned historical

account of sounding-organs is presumably to be traced the oblivion in

which Lefebvre’s observations have seemingly rested since the time of

Lacordaire.

Stridulating-organ in an Egyptian Beetle. 157

It was more easily heard than seen, on account of the tolerably

distinct stridulation, resembling the word #éxé continually

repeated, which it produced by rubbing the inner side of the

femur of the posterior legs against the edges of the elytra

which border the abdomen. When several were shut in a

bottle, they speedily tore each other to pieces with a fury

greater than that of all other Carabide.

This account contains many observations of interest. In

the first place, the author, although apparently unacquainted

with the structure of the stridulator, noticed that the sound

proceeded from friction between the posterior femora and the

elytra. In the second place, the statements as to the abund-

ance, ferocity, and fearlessness of the beetle in roaming

abroad in midday and advertising itself by stridulation point

to the conclusion that the species is protected and that the

stridulation has the same function as that commonly assigned

to similar sounds emitted by scorpions, “‘ Mygales,” rattle-

snakes, and other poisonous or nauseous animals. ‘This

opinion is strengthened by the equal development of the

organ in the two sexes, which precludes the likelihood of its

primary use as a sexual stridulator helping the male to find

the female or vice versé. Anyone accustomed t) handling

Carabide, and familiar with the extreme offensiveness of the

odour so many of them give out under provocation, will

readily appreciate the cogency of the argument in favour of

the distastefulness of Graphipterus, seeing how intimately

connected in ourselves are the sensations of taste and smell.

The shining black or metallic hue so characteristic of the

Carabide and rendering them such conspicuous objects is

perhaps correlated with this offensiveness, and acts as its

advertiser.

On the other hand, there can be no doubt, I think, that

Graphipterus is protectively coloured, the black and white

speckling of its dorsal surface being admirably suited to

harmonize with the mottled tint of the sand in which it lives ;

and the expanded and somewhat flattened shape of the abdo-

men suggests that when the necessity for concealment for

capture of prey or escape from enemies superven:s, the beetle

sinks into the sand, leaving only the upperside of its body

exposed on the surface.

The combination of procryptic coloration with aposematic

characters is by no means uncommon in the animal kingdom.

'The cobra furnishes an instance amongst snakes *, and the

Indian Mygale known as Pectlotheria amongst spiders. The

* Wallace, ‘ Darwinism,’ p. 262.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 12

158 Mr. O. Thomas on

latter is spotted and banded with grey and brown on the

dorsal side, to harmonize with the colouring of the lichen-

patched tree-trunks it frequents ; but when attacked it starts

into a characteristic attitude of defence, raising its anterior

legs and palpi to display the black and yellow slashes of their

underside, and stridulates at the same time, as a double

warning to enemies to keep aloof.

XXII.— On Marmosa marmota and elegans, with Descriptions

of new Subspecies of the latter. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Since I wrote my paper on the small Paraguayan opossum

(Marmosa marmota, or, as it was then termed, Micoureus

griseus) * the British Museum has received, firstly, a further

consignment of the same interesting animal from Mr. R.

Perrens; secondly, a valuable series of the true JZ. elegans

from Valparaiso, collected and presented by Mr. J. A.

Wolffsohn; thirdly, some specimens of the same group from

Tucuman (coll. L. Dinelli) ; and, lastly, a number of specimens

from Peru and Bolivia collected by the late Mr. Perry O.

Simons. These specimens, amounting to about fifty in

number, enable me more exactly to trace the characters and

distribution of the two forms.

In 1894 I stated that JZ. marmota differed from IZ. elegans

eranially by its more sharply edged supraorbital region, but

that externally “the two species were widely different.”

The further material induces me to modify this statement,

for fresh specimens show that the two are closely similar

externally, and were it not that well-defined supraorbital

processes are present in J/. marmota and entirely absent in

the oldest JL. elegans, 1 should look upon the Paraguayan

species as but another local subspecies of the widely-spread

Andean form. It may, however, be just distinguished from

the most white-bellied of the races of A. elegans by the fact

that the under surface, pure white throughout, is sharply

defined laterally from the grey colour of the sides, none of

the lower hairs having any slaty at all at their bases.

The recognition of A. marmota and M. elegans as species,

and the different races of the latter as subspecies, is in agree-

ment with their geography, for while all the known localities

of M, elegans, far apart as they are, are connected with each

other by mountainous country, JZ, marmota, in Paraguay, is

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv, p. 184 (1894).

Marmosa marmorata and elegans. 159

separated from all the rest by the wide flat expanse of the

Chaco.

The different races of M. elegans, from Peru to Southern

Chili, are all fairly uniform in size (head and body 80-100

willim. ; tail 95-120; hind foot 14-16), though some of the

largest specimens of typical elegans may attain as much as

137-139 millim., with tails of about the same length. The

diagnostic tooth-measurement in opossums, the combined

length of the first three molariform teeth, ranges from 4°6 to

50 millim. All the forms have a darker dorsal area, ex-

tending forward to a point between the eyes, a paler lateral

band separating the dorsal area from the belly, and interrupted

by darker patches on the shoulders and hips, and whitish or

pale yellowish bellies more or less mixed, according to the

subspecies, with slaty grey.

The following are the races I should be disposed to recog-

nize, with their distribution and diagnostic characters; but it

should be remembered that the colour-differences, though

instantly recognizable by eye, are by no means easy to

describe.

1. Marmosa elegans venusta, subsp. n.

Dorsal area rich and fairly dark, most approaching Ridg-

way’s ‘ wood-brown.” Light lateral areas well defined.

Median frontal line generally distinct. Under surface pale

yellowish white, mostly mixed with slaty grey, the hairs on

the chin, throat, centre of chest, and occasionally of belly

above white to their roots.

Hab. Peru and Northern Bolivia; Surco, near Lima

(Simons) ; Cochabamba, Paratani, and Sucre, Bolivia

(Simons).

The Sucre specimens, by their rather paler tone, lead

towards

2. Marmosa elegans pallidior, subsp. n.

General colour pale, approximately ‘ drab-grey,” less con-

trasted with the lighter lateral areas. Under surface nearly

wholly white, the hairs bordering the colour of the flanks

alone inconspicuously slate-based.

Hab. Challapata, Bolivia. A desert-form, probably

characteristic of the arid country round and northwards of

Lake Poopo.

3. Marmosa elegans cinderella, subsp. n.

Dorsal area darkest of group, nearest to Ridgway’s

12*

160 Mr. O. Thomas on

“ broccoli-brown ”’; lateral areas also dark ; hips and sides of

rump prominently dark cinereous grey (“slate-grey’’).

Under surface soiled yellowish, all the hairs except those on

the chin broadly slaty basally.

Hab. Tucuman (Dinelli).

4, Marmosa elegans (typical).

Rather larger than the other subspecies and more variable

in general colour. Dorsal area “drab” or greyer. Under

surface white to the roots of the hairs along the middle line,

nearly or quite to the anus ; sides of belly grey mixed.

Hab. Chili; Valparaiso (Darwin, Wolffsohn).

Further south still, in Valdivia, occur the forms deseribed *

as Didelphys australis, ¥. Philippi, and D. soricina, R. A.

Philippi, but I have not as yet seen specimens of either.

Detailed Descriptions of the new Forms.

Marmosa elegans venusta.

Size rather less than in typical MZ. elegans. Fur very soft

and fine, about 10 millim. long on the back. General

colour of dark dorsal area soft fawn-grey, perhaps most

neatly approaching Ridgway’s “wood-brown.” Forehead

darker, in continuation with a narrow median frontal line.

Eye-rings black. Cheeks below eye prominently white, as

are the lips and chin. Light lateral bands generally well

defined, pale fawn. Under surface almost uniformly soiled

yellowish white, the hairs white to their bases only on the

chin and middle line of the throat and chest, slaty at base

everywhere else, the slate showing through. Ears large and

leafy, practically naked. Hands and feet pure white; outer

side of arms like body, inner side like belly ; hinder side of

legs rather greyer than the rump, but not contrasting

markedly with it. Tail uniformly thinly haired, pale brown

above, white on the sides and below.

Skull as in typical elegans; no trace of supraorbital ridges

or processes ; the nasals not expanded posteriorly.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 105 millim.; tail 118; hind foot, s. u. 15,

c. u. 16; ear 23.

Skull: basal length 27°5; zygomatic breadth 17; nasals

12:7 x2°2; combined length of three anterior molariform

teeth 4°8.

Hab. Paratani, W. of Cochabamba, Bolivia. Altitude

2800 m.

* Arch. f. Nat. 1894, pp. 33 & 36, pl. iv.

Marmosa marmorata and elegans, 161

Type. Female. B.M. no. 2. 1.1.120. Original number

1399. Collected by Mr. Perry O. Simons. Three specimens

examined from the type locality, besides examples from the

other places mentioned above.

Marmosa elegans pallidior.

General characters much as in MV. e. venusta, but the colora-

tion more pallid throughout. Dark dorsal area pale ‘ drab-

grey,” the lighter lateral areas contrasting but little with it.

Under surface practically wholly snow-white, but not so

sharply defined laterally as in M. marmota, as the grey bases

to the lateral hairs encroach a little on each side on to what

are, properly speaking, belly-hairs. Rump and backs of

hind limbs pale drab like the body; hands and feet snowy

white. ‘Tail pale grey above, white laterally and below.

Skull as in M. e. venusta.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 95 millim.; tail 107 ; hind foot (s. u.) 14 ;

ear 24.

Skull: basal length 25; length of three anterior molariform

teeth 4:7.

An older specimen measures :—Head and body 104; tail

119; hind foot (s. u.) 15; ear 24°5.

Hab. Challapata, east of Lake Poopo, Bolivia. Altitude

3800 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 2. 2. 2. 116. Original number

1650. Collected 26th October, 1901, by P. O. Simons.

Six specimens.

Marmosa elegans cinderella.

Size as usual; tail apparently rather longer in proportion.

General colour decidedly darker than in the other forms,

approximating to Ridgway’s “ broccoli-brown” ; light lateral

bands dull fawn, not strongly contiasting with the back.

Forehead darker, continuous with a comparatively broad but

ill-defined median frontal line. Under surface pale yellowish,

the bases of the hairs everywhere broadly slaty, except just

on the chin. Sides of rump and back of hips dark cinereous

grey, sometimes contrasting markedly with the body. Hands

and feet dull whitish. Tail dark brown above, white laterally

and below.

Skull as usual, except that as compared to true JZ. elegans

there is a more marked sharpening of the supraorbital edges,

thus showing a certain inclination towards M. marmota.

162 On the Genet of the Balearic Islands.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 109 millim.; tail 132; hind foot (s. u.) 16;

ear 24.

Skull: basal length 27; zygomatic breadth 16°6; length

of three anterior molariform teeth 4°9.

Hab. Tucuman. Altitude 450 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 7. 9. 20. Original number

151. Collected 1st December, 1899, by L. Dinelli. Three

specimens examined.

XXIII.— The Genet of the Balearic Islands.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

Durnin the collecting-trip to the Balearic Islands in 1900,

of which the mammal results were described before the

Zoological Society in the following year *, we were unable to

obtain any examples of the Genet, an animal by no means

uncommon in Majorca, but not occurring in Minorca.

Since then, however, by the kind help of Don Miguel

Riutort, of Inca, we have been able to obtain a series of

excellently prepared skins of this animal, and a careful com-

parison with a series of the Common Genet from Seville

convinces me that the Majorcan race should have a special

name. Some of the variations of the mainland form, how-

ever, show sufficient approximation to the Balearic one to

make it advisable only to give subspecific rank to the latter.

Genetta genetta balearica, subsp. n.

Size averaging slightly larger than in the Seville Genet.

General colour quite uniform in all the specimens, much

clearer grey than in the allied form, without the fulvous or

buffy suffusion generally present in that animal. Consequent

on this difference the dark spots and other markings stand

out much more distinctly, the deep black spots contrasting

sharply with the clear whitish grey of the ground-colour.

Body-markings approximately similar in number and position

to those in G. genetta, but the nuchal lines break up sooner

into spots, and the spots on the back and flanks are nearly

always rounded or quadrangular in shape, instead of being

frequently linear. Under surface, limbs, and tail as in

G. genetta, except that the characteristic small black spots on

the forearms and wrists are either fewer or absent.

* P,Z, 8. 1901, p. 35.

On Two new Mammals from China. 163

Skull quite as in G. genetta.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the, flesh by Don

Miguel Riutort) :—

Head and body 520 millim. ; tail 480; hind foot 88.

Skull: basal length 87 ; zygomatic breadth 45,

Hab. Majorca, Balearic Islands. Type from Inca, altitude

50 m.; other examples from Alcudia and Mancor.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 1.6.1.3. Collected 15th April,

1901, by Don Miguel Riutort.

XXIV.—On Two new Mammals from China.

By OLpFIELD THoMAS, F'.R.S.

In a further consignment of Chinese mammals, presented by

Mr. F. W. Styan, with his customary liberality and patriotism,

to the National Museum, there are examples of the following

new bat and new water-shrew, the former needing distinction

as a new genus :—

Ta, gen. noy. (Vespertilionide).

General characters of Vespertilio, but dental formula as in

Pipistrellus. Size very large. Hind claws disproportionally

long.

Outer upper incisor minute; inner long, thick, bicuspid

terminally. Small upper premolar exceedingly minute.

Molars comparatively simple, the minute outer supplementary

cusps scarcely developed, and the large inner cusp without a

smaller cusp on its hinder base. Lower incisors trifid, over-

lapping. Lower premolars not markedly crushed, the ante-

rior about half the height of the posterior. Lower molars

with the middle one of the three inner cusps markedly higher

than the other two; last molar with its posterior talon small,

about half the area in section of the main portion. ‘These

tooth-characters are all approximately as in the Serotine

group and different from what is found in Pipistredlus.

Skull short and powerful, not flattened; with a large

crested and overhanging occipital “helmet,” exceeding that

of the Serotine.

Proportions of ears, tragus, and digits about as in the

Serotine, but the hind claws disproportionally long. No

postcalcareal lobule.

164 Mr. O. Thomas on

La to, sp. 0.

Size very large, the largest member of the family Vesper-

tilionide, the forearm slightly exceeding that of Pterygistes

lastopterus, the largest previously known species. General

appearance suggesting that of a gigantic dark-coloured

Serotine. Fur very soft and fine, hairs of back about

10 millim. in length. General colour above dark blackish

brown, the hairs dark brown throughout or with indistinct

lighter tips; below, the hairs are similarly brown basally,

but broadly lighter terminally. Rump rather, but not con-

spicuously, browner than the more blackish shoulders.

Muzzle black, with numerous black whisker-bristles. Ears

fairly large, their inner margin strongly and evenly convex

from the distinct basal lobule to their tip; tip narrowly

rounded off; outer margin straight or faintly concave above,

slightly convex below; antitragus long, low, rounded.

Tragus of medium length, its inner margin concave, tip

narrowly rounded, outer margin strongly convex, slanting

strongly forwards above and below from a point opposite the

middle of the inner margin (in this respect not unlike pl. xv.

fig. 4 of Dobson’s Catalogue) ; basal lobule large, directed

downwards.

Limbs and wing-membranes practically naked throughout ;

the body-fur extends slightly on to the extreme base of the

interfemoral membrane above, and there are a few fine hairs

along the back of the caicar. No postcalzareal lobule.

Calcar very short. Feet large, the claws enormous, strongly

curved. ‘The length of the longest claw (measured above) in

FPipistrellus and Vespertilio is about one twentieth of the

forearm length, in /a it is about one fourteenth. Wings

attached to the sides of the ankles. ‘ail-tip free of the

membrane for about 5 millim.

Skull rather elongate, not markedly flattened ; the zygo-

mata not widely expanded. Occipital ‘‘ helmet” high and

projecting backwards over the occipital surface. Anterior

palatine notch extending back to the level of the small pre-

molars. Bulle of average size.

Outer upper incisors quite minute, blunt and rounded, not

as high as the cingulum of 2’ and not more than about one

twelfth of its area in cross-section, situated on the outer ante-

rior side of it in such a way as to be conspicuously visible from

above, even when the skull is tilted so far forward that the

large inner incisor cannot be seen. Inner incisors long,

powerful, shghtly convergent, bicuspid terminally, the small

Two new Mammals from China. 165

outer secondary cusp less developed than in the Serotine.

Small upper premolar very minute, even smaller than 7,

which it resembles in shape, sitnated quite internal to the

closely approximated canine and large premolar, quite in-

visible externally. Other teeth as described above.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Forearm 72 millim.

Head and body 104; tail 63; ear (wet) 24, tragus on inner

edge 6°5; thumb (c. u.) 14; index-finger, with its rudi-

mentary metacarpal, 73; third finger, metacarpal 70, first

phalanx 24:3, second phalanx 20; fifth finger, metacarpal 61,

first phalanx 12°7, second phalanx 7; tibia (c.) 29 ; tibia and

foot together, s. u. 44, c. u. 46°5; calcar (c.) 11.

Skull: greatest length 27; zygomatic breadth 17; depth

of nasal notch 5:3; interorbital breadth 9°7; intertemporal

breadth 5-1; breadth of brain-case 121; front of canine to

back of m’ 10:9, same measurement below 11°6.

Hab, Chung Yang, 8. Hupeh, China.

Type. Male. B.M. no, 2.6.10. 2. Killed 13th January,

1902. Presented by F. W. Styan, Ksq.

The proper treatment of this most interesting bat is a

difficult problem, and other naturalists may think it might

have been assigned to one of the previously known genera,

But it appears to me that genetically it is a gigantic Serotine,

and if this be the case to put it in P/pistrellus would be

absurd, while to put it with the Serotine in Vespertilio would

be to ignore the convenience, now generally recognized, of

considering the presence or absence of the anterior upper

premolar as by itself of generic importance.

To the Serotine it is related by its general form, the propor-

tions of its ears and tragus, and the structure of its incisors

and molars; and its retention of the little premolar above is

the only point in which it agrees with the Pipistrelle. Its

large, strongly curved claws are peculiar to itself.

Mr. Styan is to be congratulated on this interesting addi-

tion to the many Chinese mammals in whose discovery he

has been instrumental.

Chimarrogale leander, sp. n.

Size small, only exceeding the little C. Styani, de Wint.,

of Sze-chuen, and markedly less than in C. kemalatca, Gray.

General colour a rather paler, more slaty, and less blackish

grey than in C. himalaica; but, as in all the members of this

genus, the difference is trifling. Under surface uniformly

1€6 Mr. O. Thomas on a new

slaty grey, scarcely paler than the upper surface. Upper

surface of hands and feet dull brownish grey, the darker

metapodial markings present, but less defined than usual.

Tail well-haired, brown above and at the end all round,

sharply defined white below for its proximal two thirds.

Skull and teeth apparently quite of the usual proportions,

the different species seeming to differ from each other only in

size.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (stretched) 120 millim.; tail 92; hind foot

(s. u.) (wet) 23-2.

Skull: greatest length 24; basal length 22; interorbital

breadth 5-7; length of upper tooth-row 11:2; combined

Jength of »* and three molars 6°5 ; lower tooth-row from tip

of incisors 10-4.

Hab, Kuatun, N.W. Fokien. Altitude 1200 m.

Type. B.M. no. 2.6. 10. 3. Presented by F. W. Styan,

Esq. ‘ Winter.”

This species is most nearly allied to the Himalayan C. hima-

laica, but differs by its smaller size, smaller teeth, paler

general colour, darker belly, and the non-extension of the

white of the underside of the tail to the end. The Japanese

C. platycephala is much larger, the beautiful Sze-chuen

C. Styani is smaller, with a strongly contrasted light under-

side, and the Bornean C. pheura is darker throughout, with

a wholly brown tail. Although undoubtedly all very closely

allied to each other, the different species seem to be readily

separable by these characters of size and colour.

XXV.—A new Vole from the Lower Yang-tse-kiang.

By OLpFieLp THOMAS.

Tue only Vole hitherto known from the Oriental part of

China has been the peculiar Microtus (Kothenomys) melano-

gaster, M.-Edw., found in the mountains of N.W. Fokien,

and it has therefore been with much interest that I have

examined a series of a species found by Mr. E. B. Howell

near Nanking, on the Lower Yang-tse-kiang, the river

usually considered as the dividing-line between Palzarctic

and Oriental China.

The species proves to be of considerable interest from its

combination of characters, as will be seen below.

Vole from the Lower Yang-tse-kianq. 167

Acting on the suggestion of Mr. Howell, I propose to

call it

Microtus calamorum, sp. n.

Size comparatively large (hind foot attaining 23 millim.,

s.u.). General colour above dark brown, of about the same

intensity as in European JZ. agrestis, but more heavily lined.

Sides of nose, rump, and hips with a slight fulvous suffusion.

Under surface whitish, the bases of the hairs slaty. Ears

fairly long, not entirely hidden by the fur, dark brown.

Hands pale greyish, feet dull brown above. Tail more than

twice the length of the hind foot, blackish brown above,

white below.

Lateral glands apparently present. Mamme 2—2=8.

Sole-pads only 5; hinder part of sole hairy. Claws of hind

feet longest.

Skull large and powerful, rounded above, unusually high,

cylindrical, and unflattened; the height from the molar

surface to the vertex nearly equal to the breadth of the brain-

case. Ridges and angles of brain-case but little marked.

Interparietal of medium size, its hinder edge straight, directly

transverse, its anterior also but little bowed, except for the

median projecting point. Anterior edge of zygoma-root

concave. Palatal foramina contracted behind. Pits on each

side of hinder palate deep and well defined, the opening of

the posterior nares narrow, sharply V-shaped. Bull of

medium size.

Incisors strongly thrown forward, visible from above.

Molar pattern essentially as in J. arvalis, but m, more

simple. J/* with the usual five spaces and without any

posterior extra projection, m” with four and m’* with four

spaces and a posterior ¢, all these teeth being exactly as

figured by Blasius* in J. arvalis. M, with six spaces

and a simple anterior triangle, as figured by Blasius (p. 359)

in A. nivalis, but the outer anterior angle rounded and the

antero-internal edge slightly hollowed, so as to produce

an indistinct extra angle.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 127 millim.; tail 533; hind foot (s. u.) 21;

ear 14. In a larger specimen these measurements are respec-

tively 139, 53, 23, and 14.

Skull: basilar length 26-1; greatest breadth 17; breadth

* Saug. Deutschl. p. 379.

168 Onanew Vole from the Lower Yang-tse-kiang.

of brain-case above zygomata 12°7; height of crown from

molar level 12:1; palate length 15°5; length of palatal

foramina 5:3; length of upper molar series 7°5.

flab. Lower Yangtse, near Nanking. Sea-level. (Type

taken on the north bank.)

Type. Wemale. B.M. no. 2.6. 21. 5. Original number

10. Collected 28th February, 1902, by E. B. Howell.

From the number of mamme and sole-pads, the projecting

incisors, and other characters it appears to me that M. cala-

morum is most nearly allied to the American species placed

by Miller with the Old-World water-voles in the subgenus

Arvicola, Indeed, its tooth-pattern is by no means unlike

that of M. (Arvicola) macropus, as figured by him in his

important work on the subfamily *. The habits of the

animal are in agreement with this view of its affinities.

Perhaps I should myself have been disposed to recognize

this ‘‘ dulacomys”’ group as subgenerically distinct from true

Arvicola, but have not worked at the subject sufficiently to

express a definite opinion.

Mr. Howell sends me the following account of the habits

of M. calamorum :—

“¢ This vole is found on both banks of the Yangtze River,

and is particularly common around Nanking. It is never

found far from water—not that it is aquatic in its habits, but

on account of its apparent inseparability from the peaty soil,

originally the alluvial deposit of the river, and the reeds

which grow there in such profusion.

“These reeds, which in summer attain a height of from

12 to 15 feet, are all cut down in winter. The ground below

is dotted with patches of coarse grass, and it is below this

grass that the voles for the most part make their burrow.

The animals are gregarious in their habits, sometimes covering

an area of 15 yards square with their holes.

‘Their food, from an examination of their stomachs and

also of their droppings, consists of the usual roots, grasses,

&c., and also of the pith of the reeds, of which they must

destroy a Jarge quantity. The female produces five or six

at a birth. |

‘“‘'The adult attains a considerable size, one caught by me

being 139 millim. from snout to root of tail.

‘“‘ Individual varieties are not unknown, as several in my

possession show signs of a white patch between the ears (e. g.,

no. 22). In several, in fact in nearly all /arge specimens

* N, Am. Fauna, no. 12, p. 67 (1896).

On a new Central-American Porcupine. 169

trapped by me during the months of February and March,

1902, the long brown hair on the rump and between the

scapulars is abraded, leaving only the dark grey fur below.

“This vole occurs also at Chinkiang (according to Mr. de

La Touche), where, during the floods of the summer of 1901,

it was flooded out of its burrows and invaded the settlement.

“In the event of the vole proving a new species, which,

from what Messrs. Styan and La Touche tell me, seems not

impossible, might I suggest that some specific name be given

to it which would imply its apparent inseparability from the

reeds among which it is invariably found?”

XXVI.—Diagnosis of a new Central-American Porcupine.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

Coendou Rothschildi, sp. n.

A spinous short-haired species related to the C. quichua,

Thos., of Ecuador, and widely different from the long-

haired Central-American C. mex/canus. Distinguished from

C. quichua by being profusely speckled with white, the

spines of the back all white-tipped. Skull rather larger

than in that animal, more inflated above the orbits, and with

a larger nasal opening (breadth 17 millim.). Anterior cheek-

tooth (p*) scarcely or not larger than the molars.

Dimensions of the type :—

ee and body 410 millim.; tail 330; hind foot, s. u. 60,

es. OS.

Skull: basilar length 71; length of upper cheek-tooth

series 17:3.

Hab. Sevilla Island, off Chiriqui, Panama. Coll. J. Hi.

Batty.

This interesting porcupine, of which further details will be

given later, represents the C. bicolor-quichua group, hitherto

not recorded north of Ecuador. It has no near relationship

to the thickly furry C. meatcanus, the only species hitherto

recorded from Central America.

170 Bibliographical Notice.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Palwontologia Indica, Series IX. Vol. Il. Part 2. The Jurassic

Corals of Cutch. By J. W. Grecory, D.Sc., F.G.S. 196 pages

and Index, pages i-1x; 26 plates (il.a—xxvu.). Folio. Calcutta:

Geol. Surv. Office. London: Kegan Paul & Co. 1900.

Tue fossil corals here described by Dr. J. W. Gregory, F.G.S.,

late of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), now F.R.S., and Professor

of Geology in the University of Melbourne, Australia, were collected

by Wynne and Fedden in 1867-69, and by Stoliczka in 1872.

Among the 8000 specimens dealt with there is an extreme varia-

bility, few of them being exact counterparts one of another. The

critical examination, here given in detail, has resulted in the

unavoidable creation of about 3000 new species and noticeable

varieties. The Jurassic series in Cutch, and the distribution of the

corals there in the several groups and zones or horizons, are noted

at pages 2-4. The previous geological notices by C. W. Grant,

W. T. Blanford, A. B. Wynne, F. Stoliczka, and W. Waagen are

duly recorded; and the summaries in chapter xi. of the ‘ Manual of

Geology of India,’ part i. 1879, and chapter ix. of the second

edition, 1893-94, are referred to.

The geological groups of Cutch have been previously classified

as follows :—

Umiaomoupye «dese ctaricts Tithonian.

fonaner Kmeonien:

= } Upper part.... Kimeridgian.

SEU OD | Lower part.... Oxfordian. }

Upper part.... Oxfordian. |

Lower part.... Callovian.

Putchumveroupis. dx soi. arse Bathonian.

Chari group {

Most of the corals come from the Upper Putchum beds, from a

place N.W. of Jumara, and several from the Chari beds; but the

corals give no definite evidence of the successional or stratigraphical

value of these two groups. The systematic synopsis (at pages 31—33)

indicates the recognized horizons of the several European species

most closely resembling (not necessarily closely allied to) these

Cutch corals, and shows that there may be 71 having such Euro-

pean representatives ; of these, 66 are supplied by the Putchum

beds, as follows, showing a confusion of specific relationships

among the more assorted formations :—Upper Cretaceous 3; Neo-

comian 8; Portlandian 4; Kimeridgian 12; Corallian 16; Callo-

vian 4; Bathonian 15; Bajocian 4; Triassic 1. ‘This apparent

‘confusion of species’ belonging to different horizons is usually

observed when distant coral-faunas are compared.” The Cutch

«corals show that the beds are approximately equivalent or homo-

taxial to the European Upper Batbonian or Callovian, but they were

Bibliographical Notice. Vek

deposited in different zoological provinces, and corals then lived in

the Indian seas which are not found in Europe until later; simi-

larly some European families, such as the Amphiastreeide, which

are not represented in the Putchum limestones, appear to have

entered the Indian region, and become abundant there, during the

subsequent Chari period. . . . Among the European Bathonian and

Callovian faunas the Cutch corals most closely resemble those of

the Crimea and of Galicia described by Eichwald, Solomko, and

von Reuss. The most striking feature of the Cutch corals is the

prevalence of small patelliform corals and of rounded nodular coralla

in the massive forms; there is a marked absence of corals with the

arborescent growth so common in the European Jurassic species.

Even genera in which the coralla are typically caespitose, such as

Goniocora and Latomeandra (sensu stricto), are represented in

Cutch by low nodular coralla. Encrusting corals are very scarce.

We may infer, from the predominant nodular form of the coralla,

that the corals grew on a loose sea-floor exposed to such strong

currents that arborescent and lamellar growth was impossible.

‘‘ Hence, in spite of the great local abundance of corals in the

Upper Putchum beds, to the north-west of Jumara, it does not

appear correct to speak of the deposit as a coral-reef. A reef is a

line of rocks that reaches or nearly reaches to the surface of the

sea. The Jumara corals cannot have formed coral-rocks, and we

may infer, from the rarity of rolled beach-worn specimens, that the

corals lived below the depth of surf-action. The Jumara deposit

may therefore be better described as a coral-bank than as a coral-

reef ” (page 4).

The nomenclature of the coral skeleton is carefully explained, and

an interesting aceount of the several classifications and revisions of

the Madreporarian corals is given, together with a necessary con-

sideration of the taxonic value of the skeletal structure. A very

useful bibliographic list is also given (pp. 23-27).

The preliminary studies above suggested lead to a possible critical

determination of “Coral Species” (pp. 17-22). (1) There may be

mutations, changes, or variations in structure and form more or less

differentiated by peculiarities in the growth of the individual, either

hereditary or unique. (2) Extreme variability of form among the

Invertebrata and the common sorts of plants may be owing to con-

ditions of growth ruled by circumstances of environment, and it is

possible for two closely agreeing forms to be merely homoplastic,

but having no definite affinity.

Thus certain corals may have “ probably descended from different

types and have independently acquired the same specific form. To

give them the same specific name would therefore be misleading, as

it would imply a relationship that does not exist.

“« If we admit the possibility of the independent acquirement of

the same specific characters, it is clearly misleading to correlate

deposits by the presence of such ‘species,’ for the group of corals

included in a ‘species’ may be quite an artificial assemblage.

172 Bibliographical Notice.

Hence in the case of such animals as corals we must recognize some

other character besides form in the specific diagnosis. We cannot

hope to make ‘ species’ true phylogenetic species unless geographical

distribution, and possibly geological distribution, be also taken into

account. Huxley suggested in 1880 that it would some day be

necessary ‘to give up the attempt to define species, and to content

oneself with recording the varieties .... which accompany a defin-

able type in the geographical district in which the latter is indi-

genous.’ It is with the meaning which Professor Huxley predicted

would some day be given to the term ‘ species’ that it is used in

this monograph. I sometimes regret that in the description of this

coral-fauna I did not abandon the binomial Linnean nomenclature

altogether, and simply figure and describe the principal variations

represented in the collection ” (page 20).

“The adoption not only of a trinomial, but sometimes of a poly-

nomial system, is the inevitable result of the retention of a system

of nomenclature based on a belief in the fixity of species. That

system is impracticable among corals unless we have the courage

and patience to make the species nearly as numerousas thespecimens.

Thus, as Dr. Hinde has pointed out, one logical author has recently

founded 86 new species belonging to a single genus, and 63 per cent.

of the new species are represented only by single specimens. An

alternative course is to change the system of nomenclature, so that

groups of individuals or circuli may be described instead of single

specimens or fictitious ‘ species’” (page 21).

Three supplementary plates (comprising twenty diagrams) illus-

trate the specific and varietal characters in several groups :—

Plate A, Figs. 5-9 show the relationship of some Indian to some

European sets of types and varieties, composing *“ cireuli,”

opposite page 96; Table no. 3, p. 97.

Plate B, Figs. 10-14, ditto. Opposite page 105. Tables V. and

VL.: pages 104 and 105,

Plate C, Figs. 15-20, ditto. Opposite page 110 or 113, Tables

VIII. and IX.; pages 110 and 113.

A systematic synopsis and a full list of the Cutch fossil corals

(pp. 28-33) indicate the types and their varieties. In the list a

circulus—that is, a type and its varietal group—is specially noted

as Montlivaltia cornutiformis (nos. 17-23 and p. 85) and another as

Comoseris jumarensis (nos. 43, 44, and p. 157). .

Not only is Dr. J. W. Gregory preeminent in his knowledge of

recent and fossil Invertebrata, but he is exceptionally correct,

orthographically and grammatically, in his use of words derived

from the dead languages. Only two specific names (at pages 157

and 169) have inadvertently false concord. The rehabilitation of the

diphthong in Astrea, Meandyrina, &c., will, we hope, lead others in

the right way. A good Index, partly “ morphological &c.” and

partly “systematic” (pp. i-1x), completes this elaborate monograph,

so useful to both special and general geologists,

Ann .&e Mag.Nat. Hist. S.ASNVLX PL

cae

LS S

See.

nsw

D.M.P. del. R.E.Wintern, se.

Mintern Bros.img

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 57. SEPTEMBER 1902.

XXVII.—Rhynchotal Notes—X1V. Heteroptera: Vamilies

Hydrometridx, Henicocephalide, and Reduviide ( part.),

By W. L. Distant.

My last contribution terminated with the family Aradide.

In the sequence of the Catalogue by Lethierry and Severin

two small families—Hebride and Hydrometride—follow the

Aradide; but in these Walker proposed neither new genera nor

species, and therefore, with the exception of the Hydrometride,

no mention is made of them in the following pages. The

examination of the Reduviide is made to the end of the

Acanthaspine ; but species differently located by Walker

will probably be subsequently found which will require

inclusion in that subfamily, while a few other species stand

over for further examination and comparison,

Fam. Hydrometride.

HIYDROMETRINZ.

Genus HYDROMETRA,

Hydrometra albolineata.

Limnobates albolineatus, Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Tlist. (4) xiv. p. 447

(1874).

Hydrometra Greeni, Kirk. Entomol. 1898, p. 2,

Hab. Japan, Bombay, Ceylon.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 13

174 Mr. W. L. Distant on Tenicocephalide.

Mr. Kirkaldy, in the unique female specimen he described,

appears to have dealt with a rubbed specimen. I have a

series of Ceylonese examples which perfectly agree with

Scott’s type (in the Brit. Mus.) and description.

Hydrometra strigosa.

Limnobates strigosa, Skuse, Record Austr. Mus. ii. p. 43, pl. xi. figs. 1, 2

(1893).

Closely allied to the preceding species. The British

Museum possesses a specimen from Adelaide.

T'am, Henicocephalide.

Genus HENICOCEPHALUS.

Enicocephalus, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1837, p. 22.

Stenopirates, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 189 (1873).

Flenicocephalus collaris.

Stenopirates collaris, Walk. Cat. Het. vil. p. 159. n. 1 (1873).

Henicocephalus anthocoroides.

Stenopirates anthocoroides, Walk. Cat. Het. vil. p. 159. n. 1 (1878).

Long. 43 millim.

Smaller than the dimensions given (7-5 millim.) for the

other West-African species, H/. curculio, Karsch, which has

been placed, probably in error, as a synonym of the Indian

species, L/. basalis, Westw., by Lethierry and Severin. I

have not, however, seen Karsch’s species.

LTenicocephalus Wallacei, sp. n.

Piceous; postocular portion of head brownish piceous;

lateral margins of the hemelytra, from which a short curved

line is emitted a little beyond centre, coxee, bases of inter-

mediate and posterior femora, the intermediate and posterior

tibie, the tarsi, and third and fourth joints of the antenne

ochraceous. Antenne finely pilose, second and third joints

subequal in length ; head robust, broad, the anteocular a little

longer than the postocular area, somewhat strongly pilose ;

anterior lobe of pronotum a little longer than posterior lobe ;

hemelytra not quite reaching apex of abdomen. ('wo carded

specimens.)

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. New Guinea; Dorey (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 175

Henicocephalus majusculus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and sternum dull reddish ochraceous ;

hemelytra piceous; base and lateral margins of hemelytra,

legs, and abdomen stramineous; abdomen with the lateral

areas mottled with brownish; antenne pale fuscous brown,

basal and apical joints paler in hue. Antenne finely pilose,

second joint slightly longer than the third; anterior lobe of

pronotum behind the pronotal collar moderately sculptured

and centrally discally sulcate; legs somewhat strongly

pilose ; eyes black. 92. ;

Long. 11 millim.

Hab. Ceylon (Green, Brit. Mus.).

Fam. Reduviidx.

SAICIN-E.

Genus SAICA.

Saica ochracea, sp. n.

Body above and beneath uniformly dull ochraceous; an-

tenn, lateral spines to pronotum, scutellar spine, and legs

piceous ; cox: and trochanters ochraceous ; pronotal spines

long, obliquely straight, directed a little forward and upward ;

seutellar spine long, slightly curved, directed upward and

hindward ; posterior femora long, about reaching apex of

abdomen; antenne and legs finely hirsute, the anterior

femora clothed beneath with fine sete,

Long. 14 millim.; exp. pronotal spines 4 millim.

Hab. Ecuador: Paramba (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.).

TRIBELOCEPHALINE.

Genus TRIBELOCEPHALA.

Tribelocephala indica.

Opistoplatys indicas, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 20. n. 2 (18738).

This species occurs in both India and Ceylon. 7. dignea,

Reuter (Rev. d’Entom. vi. p. 166, 1887), from Java, may

probably prove to be conspecific.

Tribelocephala pallescens, sp. n.

Head, antennze, lateral marginal area of corium, and body

beneath brownish ochraceous, palely hirsute; hemelytra

ochraceous, with a minute white spot near end of clavus and

two very small, contiguous, transverse, linear white spots near

19%

176 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

apex of corium; first joint of antenna subequal to or slightly

shorter than head; pronotum with a distinct central carinate

line on the posterior lobe.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Borneo: Sandakan (Creagh, Brit. Mus.); Flores

(Brit. Mus.).

Allied to T. indica, Walk., but differing by its much more

hirsute character, especially on the lateral marginal area of

the corium.

Tribelocephala Boschjesmana.

Tribelocephala Boschjesmana, Stil, ify. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 40.

Opinus aeuticeps, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 2. n. 4 (1878).

Genus OPISTOPLATYS.

Opistoplatys foveatus, sp. n.

Head, antenne, anterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, body

beneath, and legs fuscous ; eyes, posterior lobe of pronotum,

corium, tarsi, and apical joints of antenne dull ochraceous ;

membrane black ; corium elongately foveate at inner basal

area and more elongately foveate on the discal area; basal

joint of antenne a little longer than head, first and second

joints subequal in length; head, pronotum, scutellum, and

legs coarsely pilose ; antennz with the first and second joints

strongly hirsute.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. New Guinea: Dory (Brit. Mus.).

Opistoplatys austratasie.

Opistoplatys australasie, Westw. Zool. Journ. (5) xx. p. 447, pl. xxii.

fig. 9 (1859).

Reduvius funereus, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 203. n, 68 (1878).

STENOPODINE.

Pygolampis ethiops, sp. n.

Dark shining piceous brown, head piceous; legs luteous,

apical areas of the femora, bases, apices, and a central annula-

tion to anterior and intermediate tibie, base and apex of

posterior tibie, and inner area of anterior femora (enclosing

some small ochraceous spots) black ; antenne with the basal

joint brownish, with obscure ochraceous annulations, dis-

tinctly longer than the head, subequal in length to the pro-

notum, remaining joints fuscous; pronotum with a distinct

central impression with some ill-defined carine on each side ;

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 177

body beneath brownish ochraceous, central disk of sternum

and abdomen more or less piceous.

Long. 2? 18 millim.

flab. Natal: Isipingo (G. A. K. Marshall).

Pygolampis nyase, sp. n.

Closely allied to the preceding species, but with the pro-

notum much more distinctly carinate, the caring consisting of

two central and continuous, on each side of which are two

convexly united about middle and continued to apex by two

narrow conterminous carine; legs pale luteous, apices of

femora brownish; other characters as in P. ethiops.

Long. ? 14 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland: Fort Johnson (Lendall).

Genus SASTRAPADA.

Sastrapada Baerensprungi.

Harpagochares Baerensprungi, Stal, fv. Vet.-Ak. Forh, 1859, p. 381.

Sastrapada bipunctata, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 28, n. 7 (1878).

Pygolampis innotata, Walk. loc, cit. p. 86, n. 17,

Genus CTENOTRACHELUS.

Ctenotrachelus longicollis.

Sastrapada longicollis, Walk. Cat. Het, viii. p. 28. n. 4 (1873).

Ctenotrachelus longicollis, Champ. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch, ii. p. 185

(1898), note.

Head beneath, sternum, and abdomen with a continuous

fuscous fascia on each lateral area; meso- and metasterna

and abdomen with three slender faint and broken discal

fuscous lines.

Long. 19 millim.

Hab. Amazons (Brit. Mus.).

Genus Nrrornus.

Nitornus fuliginosus, sp. n.

Above ochraceous, mottled with fuscous; beneath with

legs more uniform ochraceous ; head with the postocular a

little darker than the anteocular area; eyes black; antenne

ochraceous, apex of second and the whole of third and fourth

joints fuscous; ocelli distinct; pronotum with a broad,

central, more or less distinct, longitudinal fuscous fascia, and

the lateral areas obsoletely suffused with the same colour ;

scutellum with a central basal fuscous spot and with the apex

178 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

tuberculately elevated; corium pale fuscous brown, lateral

margins and subapical area luteous, a distinct brown spot

near inner angle; membrane pale dull ochraceous, the

marginal areas darker; connexivum ampliately produced

from about centre and lobately angulate, transversely dull

castaneous at the lobate angles; abdomen beneath with a

distinct central ridge ; rostrum luteous, lateral areas of first

joint, apex of second, and the remaining joints dark brown;

prosternum very distinctly longitudinally sulcate,

Long. 21 millim.

Brazil: Iguarassee (G. Ramage, Brit. Mus.).

Genus ONCOCEPHALUS.

Oncocephalus cingalensis.

Oncocephalus cingalensis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 26, n. 16 (1873),

Pronotum with two transverse ochraceous spots at base.

Hab, Ceylon; Singapore; Borneo: Sandakan (Brit. Mus.).

Oncocephalus annulipes.

Oncocephalus annulipes, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 44.1; En.

Hem. iv. p. 88 (1874).

Oncocephalus cingalensis, Kirby (nec Walk.), Journ. Linn. Soc., Zvol.

xxiv. p. 117 (1891).

Stal identified this species, which he described, from

Caffraria, Sierra Leone, Philippines, Australia, and New

Caledonia. The Brit. Museum also contains specimens from

Ceylon, Singapore, Java, Borneo, and East Atrica. I took

the species in the Transvaal. Some recent writers—Reuter,

Lethierry and Severin—have considered it as confined to

South Africa ; but this seems clearly erroneous.

Oncocephalus lineatus.

Reduvius lineatus, Walk. Cat. Met. vii. p. 200, n. 61 (1878).

Genus CANTHESANCUS.

Canthesancus geniculatus, sp. n.

Dull brownish ochraceous; head with a broad central

fascia and another on each lateral area black, the central

fascia attenuated at the area of the eyes and again at base

and more or less margined on each side with reddish ochra-

ceous ; antenne black, third joint (excluding apex) ochra-

ceous ; pronotum with the lateral and posterior margins and a

central and anteriorly attenuated fascia on posterior lobe black,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 179

all the black markings margined with reddish ochraceous, and

the anterior and lateral spines of that colour; scutellum

black, its spine ochraceous, with the apex fuscous; hemelytra

much mottled with ochraceous and with a small spot at about

one fourth from base, a larger subquadrate spot concavely

sinuate posteriorly at base of membrane, and a central narrow

oblique spot on outer area of membrane glossy black; body

beneath fuscous; legs piceous, bases of femora and the tibie

and tarsi ochraceous, the apices and a subbasal annulation to

the anterior and intermediate tibiz and more than the apical

half of.posterior tibia black; lateral spines to pronotum

moderately directed backward, scutellar spine curved and

strongly directed backward; first and second joints of an-

tenne subequal in length; femora very distinctly sulcated

near apices.

Long. 26 millim.

Hab. China: Kiukiang (Pratt, Brit. Mus.).

Genus THODELMUS.

Thodelmus Falleni.

Thodelmus Falleni, Stil, GEfv. Vet.-Ak Férh. 1859, p. 378.

Stenopoda hastata, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 82. n. 14 (1873).

Genus ?

Stenopoda hyalinipennis, Walk. Cat. Het, viii. p. 31. n. 10 (1873).

Podormus hyalinipennis, Leth. & Sey. t. iii. p. 85 (1896).

The unique type of this species is without abdomen, and

therefore exact generic identification is impossible. Lethierry

and Severin have placed it in the genus Podormus ; but this is

incorrect, as the postocular portion of the head is as long ora

little longer than the anteocular portion, not “ parte ante-

oculari parte postoculari nonnihil longiore et graciliore,” as

described by Stal; the legs are longly pilose.

SALYAVATINAN

Genus LISARDA.

Lisarda tnornata.

Acanthaspis rornata, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 175, n. 51 (1878).

Lisarda rhypara.

Tisarda rhypara, Stal, ify. Vet.-Ak, Forh. 1859, p. 192.

Reduvius argillaceus, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 195, n. 47 (1873).

180 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

Lisarda ceenosa.

Acanthaspis cenosa, Stil, GEfy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 39.

Reduvius turpis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 192. n. 41 (1873).

Walker’s type is a somewhat faded specimen, but the

black fascize to the abdomen beneath are quite distinct, though

not mentioned in the description.

Lisarda annularis.

Reduvius annularis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 199. n. 60 (1873).

Lisarda conspersa.

Reduvius conspersus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 197. n. 52 (1873).

Genus VALENTIA.

Valentia apetala.

Petalochirus apetalus, Vuill. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1864, p. 142, pl. i.

fig. 10.

Petalochirus funestus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 9 (1873).

Genus PETALOCHIRUS.

Petalochirus malayus.

Petalochirus malayus, Stal, defy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1859, p. 191; Reut.

Rey. d’Entom. vi. p. 162 (1887).

Petalochirus vicinus, Sign. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1862, p. 126.

Petalochirus singularis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 10. n. 12 (1878).

The species identified by Walker as P. malayus (loc. cit.

p- 9.n. 7) is P. brachialus, Stal. Mr. Kirby was thus misled

into including the first-named species in his Ceylonese

enumeration (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 117, 1891).

Genus SYBERNA.

Syberna? munita.

Petalochirus munitus, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 9. n. 11 (1878).

This species seems to belong to the genus Syberna, with

the exception of the anterior tibiz, which are slightly curved

aud dilated near base and more slightly dilated at apex.

The unique type is not in sufficiently good condition for more

precise generic location.

HotLoprizinz.

Genus PTILOCERUS.

Ptilocerus subannulatus.

Maotys subannulatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 88. n. 5 (1873).

Maotys simplex, Walk. loc, cit. p. 89. n. 7,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 181

Genus HOLOPTILUS.

Loloptilus melanospilus.

Maotys melanospilus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 88. n. 3 (1878).

ees melanospilus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 93

(1896).

ACANTHASPINE.

Genus CENTROCNEMIS.

Centrocnemis philippinensis, sp. n.

Head and pronotum ochraceous; head with a short line in

front of the antenniferous tubercles, a median line, two short

lateral vittee, and sides of head behind eyes black; antennze

ochraceous, apex of second and the whole of the third and

fourth joints piceous; pronotum with the disk shaded with

piceous ; scutellum and hemelytra piceous, apex of scutellum

and veins of corium pale ochraceous, veins of membrane dull

ochraceous; connexivum piceous, its segmental margins,

some oblique fascie, and many of the marginal spines ochra-

ceous ; body beneath and legs piceous; pronotal spines and

lateral angles, margins of acetabulz, coxe, trochanters, apices

of femora, two broad annulations to tibie, two central longi-

tudinal series of linear spots, segmental lateral and basal

margins, and sublateral oblique vitte to abdomen, ochraceous.

Pronotal angles much dilated, with four long apical spines, of

which the two central ones are the most developed.

Long. 23-25 millim.

flab. Philippines: Saman and Cape Engano (Whitehead,

Brit. Mus.).

Allied to C. Signoretti, Stal; differing by the four spined

lateral pronotal angles, different colour of the hemelytra, &c.

Genus ALLGOCRANUM.

Allaocranum biannulipes.

Opisceetus biannulipes, Montr. & Sign. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1861, p. 69.

Reduvius laniger, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. (4) xvii. p. 411 (1876).

Butler’s description does not appear to be recorded by

Lethierry and Severin.

Genus CENTROGONUS.

Centrogonus spinicollis.

Acanthaspis spinicollis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 178. n. 63 (1873).

Vellejus multispinus, Reut. (part.), Rev. d’Entom. vi. p. 162 (1887),

182 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

Among the characters not mentioned by Walker in his

description are the following :—A rounded black spot on

corium near base of membrane and a smaller ochraceous spot

at about centre of apical margin to corium.

Genus VARUS.

Varus varius.

Reduvius varius, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 190. n. 87 (1873).

Genus REDUVIUS.

Reduvius semiflavus.

Reduvius semiflavus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 190. n. 36 (1873),

Corium luteous, with a transverse dark castaneous fascia

crossing base of membrane, but not quite reaching the lateral

margins, and with its apical angle also castaneous; clavus

luteous, with a dark castaneous median longitudinal fascia.

Leduvius humeralis.

Acanthaspis humeralis, Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiv. p, 40

(1874).

Closely allied to R. tenebrosus, Walk. (Cat. Het. vil. p. 194,

1873), from China. Scott’s type is in the British Museum.

Reduvius labeculatus, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous; head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and

scutellum piceous; corium with the veins, a large subbasal

spot, two or three small distinct spots at inner angular area,

and a spot before apical angles, pale luteous; connexivum

alternately ochraceous and piceous; membrane fuliginous,

with the veins paler; meso- and metasterna, abdomen beneath,

and coxex dark shining castaneous ; legs ochraceous; a central

and apical annulation to femora, base and apical area of

anterior and intermediate tibie, base and apex of posterior

tibia, and apices of the tarsi, castaneous; antenna ochra-

ceous, extreme apices of first and second joints castaneous.

Pronotum very strongly centrally channelled on disk, its

lateral angles obtuse; body moderately pilose, its lateral

margins, legs, and antenne longly pilose.

Long. 15-15} millim.

Hab. British East Africa: Samburu and Voi(C. S. Betton,

Brit. Mus.).

Reduvius luteipes, sp. n.

Above piccous; beneath piceous brown; head in front of

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 183

eyes, connexivum, rostrum, central sulcation to prosternum,

acetabula, coxe, and legs ochraceous; lateral margins of

abdomen obscurely paler in hue.

Closely allied to 2. tarsatus, Germ., from which it differs

by the unicolorous legs, the ochraceous connexivum and

anterior area of head, lateral lobe of pronotum more finely

rugulose, anterior pronotal angles less tubercularly promi-

nent, &e.

Long. 21-22 millim.

Hab. British East Africa: Athi-ya-Mawe (C. S. Betton,

Brit. Mus.).

Genus LEOGORRUS.

Leogorrus xanthospilus.

Reduvius xanthospilus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 184. n. 12 (1873).

Leogorrus picturatus.

Leogorrus picturatus, Stal, En. Hem. ii. p. 119 (1872).

Reduvius signatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 184. n. 13 (1873),

Leogorrus pallipes.

Leogorrus pallipes, Stal, En, Hem. ii. p. 119 (1872).

Reduvius crassipes, Walk. Cat. Het. vii, p. 186. n. 18 (1873).

Genus ACANTHASPIS.

Acanthaspis uncinata,

Mardania uncinata, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1859, p. 189.

Reduvius curvifer, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 192. n. 40 (1878).

Acanthaspis bistillata.

Acanthass bistillata, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1858, p. 443,

Acanthaspis pictipes, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 176. n. 52 (1873).

Var. Acanthaspis picina, Stal, Ann, Soc. Ent, Fr. 1863, p. 51,

Walker, in his description of his A. pictipes, writes :—

“ Fore wings with a large round luteous spot near the base.”

He should have written ‘near apex.” Stal’s A. picina, the

type of which is in the British Museum, is a varietal form in

which the legs have the red markings very obscure.

Acanthaspis fulvipes.

Platymeris fulvipes, Dall. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1850, p. 6, pl. ii. fig. 3.

Acanthaspis fulvipes, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 49.

Acanthaspis quadrinotata, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p 175. n. 49 (1878).

Acanthaspis quadristillata, Stal, MS.

A specimen in the British Museum examined by Stal

bears his own label, A. qguadristillatus, Stal.

184 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

Acanthaspis angularis.

Acanthaspis angularis, Stal, ify. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1859, p. 188.

Var. Acanthaspis helluo, Kirby (nee Stal), Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

xxiv. p. 114 (1891).

Corium with a luteous spot at base.

Hab, Ceylon (Green).

Acanthaspis seaguttatus.

Reduvius serguttatus, Fabry. Syst. Ent. p. 832 (1775).

Acanthaspis tergemina, Kirby (nec Burm.), Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool.

xxiv. p. 114 (1891).

The true A. tergemina, Burm., appzars to be absent from

Ceylon.

Acanthaspis biligata.

Reduvius biligatus, Wall. Cat. Iet. vii. p. 195. n. 46 (1875).

Closely allied to A. flavovaria, Hahn.

Acanthaspis hieroglyphicus.

Spiniger hieroglyphicus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 165. n. 60 (1878),

Acanthaspis rubricosa.

Acanthaspis rubricosa, Stal, ify. Vet.-Ak. Forh, 1855, p. 59.

Reduvius cruentus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 192. n. 42 (1878).

Acanthaspis flavovaria.

Reduvius flavovaria, Hahn, Wanz. Ins. ii. p. 18, fig. 126 (1854),

Pirates sculpturatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 125. n. 95 (1873).

Acanthaspis lateralis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, connexivum, legs, and body

beneath castaneous ; corium and membrane piceous; lateral

margins of corium (broadest at base and apex) and base of

clavus ochraceous; membrane with the veins and margins

obscure dull brownish ochraceous.

Head with the postocular area a little longer than the

anteocular ; pronotum with the anterior lobe deeply furrowed,

the posterior lobe rugose, the lateral angles spinously pro-

duced and directed backward ; scutellum rugose; legs mode-

rately pilose.

Long. 19-20 millim.; exp. pronot. ang]. 6 millim.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Brit, Mus.).

Allied to A. lurco, Stal.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 185

Acanthaspis divisicollis.

Reduvius divisicollis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 197. n. 51 (1873).

Genus PLATYMERIS.

Platymeris erebus, sp. n.

Black ; antennee (excluding basal joint) brownish ochra-

ceous 3 corium with a large discal ochraceous or luteous spot,

which almost reaches lateral margin and crosses the basal

margin of membrane.

Pronotum with the anterior lobe deeply furrowed but

unarmed, the posterior lobe with the lateral angles subacutely

prominent and recurved.

Long. 37—40 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 53-6 millim.

Hab. Mombasa (Brit. Mus.). Presented by Directors of

East African Co. (Brit. Mus.),

The unicolorous black legs will alone distinguish this from

any other species of the genus.

KHAFRA, gen. nov.

Body oblong or ovately oblong ; head considerably produced

in front of eyes, ante- and postocular areas subequal in

length; eyes large; ocelli prominent, placed just behind

eyes ; rostrum with the second joint distinctly longer than

the first ; antenne with the first joint considerably passing

the apex of the head; pronotum transversely constricted at

the base of anterior lobe, the posterior lateral angles more or

less spinously prominent or subprominent; scutellum with

the lateral margins straight for a short distance from base,

thence concavely sinuate to apex, which is produced in a long

spine directed hindward, base on each side moderately tuber-

culate but not spined; legs moderately long and slender, the

posterior coxe furthest apart, anterior tibiee not provided with

a distinct apical spongy furrow; abdomen beneath with a

distinct central ridge.

Allied to Platymeris.

Type K. preedo, Stal.

Khafra predo.

Platymeris predo, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1863, p. 49.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Morgan, Brit. Mus., type); Calabar

(Rutherford, Coll. Dist.).

186 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

Khafra fulvonigra.

Platymeris fulvonigra, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 147, n. 10 (1873),

Hab. East Africa.

This species appears to have been overlooked in the

enumeration of Lethierry and Severin.

Khafra concoloripes, sp. n.

Piceous; head, sternum, and rostrum obscure castaneous ;

legs pale castaneous; antennz brownish ochraceous, basal

joint piceous ; lateral angles of pronotum and apex of scutel-

lum castaneous.

Allied to K. prado, Stal, but with the body more elongate

and slender, pronotal angles more aeute, abdomen without

pale margin, legs concolorous, «ce.

Long. 27 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab. 8. Nigeria (D. A. MacAlister, Brit. Mus.).

Genus SPINIGER.

Spiniger truculentus,

Spiniger truculentus, Stal, Rio Hem. i. p. 70. 8 (1860).

Spiniger decoloratus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 164. n. 58 (1875).

Spiniger rufescens.

Spiniger rufescens, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xx. p. 401. 23 (1859).

Spiniger rutilans, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 161. n. 52 (1878).

Walker’s description of his S. rudilans is inexact. The

head is not black, but only discoloured; the clavus and

membrane are not black, but brownish grey, and that colour

extends beyond the clavus to the claval marginal area of the

corium.

Spiniger spinidorsis.

Reduvius spinidorsis, Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. xii. p. 244, pl. xci.

fig. 1 (1832).

Spiniger lutescens, Walk, Cat. Het. vil. p, 160, n. 49 (1873).

Spiniger pictus,

Spiniger pictus, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 160. n. 50 (1873).

Closely allied to S. eburneus, Lepell. & Serv.

Spiniger tenebrifer.

Reduvius tenebrosus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 185, n. 15 (1878).

Spiniger tenebrosus, Champ, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch. ii. p. 198

(1899), note.

Reduvius tenebrifer, Walk, loc. cit. p. 205.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 187

A species probably synonymic with one previously

described, and here only denoted in its proper genus.

Spiniger nothus, sp. n.

Spiniger maculifer, Walk. (part.), Cat. Het. vii. p. 162. n. 54 (1873).

Spiniger pulchellus, Walk. (part.), loc. et. p. 163. n. 56,

The series of specimens thus identified by Walker represent

two species. A reference to the description of pulchellus will

show that Walker has described the hind lobe of the pro-

notum twice over, which refers to two species, while under

the description of S. maculifer he has correctly given the

spotted under surface of the larger species and its correct

dimensions, with other characters which do not apply to

anything else to be found.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ;

head from between the eyes, second joint of antenne, tuber-

cular anterior angles, two long discal spines, and a short

tubercular spine on each lateral margin of anterior pronotal

lobe, a central subbasal fascia and the lateral areas and spines

of posterior pronotal lobe, scutellar spine, basal angle of

corium, coxa, acetabula, two large discal spots (sometimes

united) on second, third, and fourth abdominal segments,

and small elongate spots on abdominal margin, luteous ;

hemelytra cinnamon-brown ; corium with a pale narrow sub-

costal luteous fascia.

Anterior lobe of pronotum with two long ascending discal

spines, the anterior angles spinously tuberculate, and with a

short tubercle on each lateral margin; lateral angles of poste-

rior lobes longly, straightly, spimously produced; scutellar

spine long, nearly perpendicular.

Long. 24-29 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 73-9 millim.

Hab. Amazons (Brit. Mus.).

Spiniger mixtus, sp. n.

Spiniger pulchellus, Walk. (part.), Cat. Het. vil. p. 163, n. 56 (1873).

Black ; a broad anterior fascia to posterior lobe of pronotum

and occupying the lateral angles, base and lateral margins to

corium, ochraceous; a transverse fascia to corium near base

of membrane and abdomen beneath stramineous; sternum

and legs black ; under surface of basal joint of rostrum, central

fascia to head beneath, under surfaces of anterior and inter-

mediate femora, and coxe stramineous ; posterior margin to

prosternum and a posterior spot on each side of mesosternum

ochraceous ; anterior lobe of pronotum with two long erect

black spines, their bases ochraceous, the anterior angles

188 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

tuberculate ; lateral angles of posterior lobe with a somewhat

long black spine directed a little backward, their bases ochra-

ceous; scutellar spine long, black, perpendicular,

Long. 15 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 5 millim,

Hab. Amazons (Bates, Brit. Mus.).

Genus CERILOCUS.

Cerilocus nero.

Cerilocus nero, Stal, Géfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1858, p. 443.

Reduvius decisus, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 191. n. 39 (1878).

Cerilocus histrio, sp. n.

Black ; a large ochraceous spot near inner angle of corium ;

antenne (excluding basal joint), apices of tibia, and the tarsi

brownish ochraceous ; eyes and ocelli more or less stramineous,

apical margin of membrane greyish white. Pilose, especially

the antenne and legs; pronotum with the anterior angles

nodulosely prominent, the disk of both lobes centrally im-

pressed, posterior lateral angles subprominent and rounded ;

first joint of antenne short, barely reaching apex of head,

about one fourth the length of second joint; first and second

joints of rostrum subequal in length.

Long. 22 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 63 millim.

Hab. British East Africa (C. S. Betton, Brit. Mus.).

MANKUNINGA, gen. nov.

Body elongate, depressed ; head well produced in front of

eyes, where it 1s profoundly longitudinally sculptured; an-

tenne with the first joint short, not reaching apex of head

and about one fourth the length of second joint ; rostrum with

the first joint slightly shorter than the second; pronotum

narrowed anteriorly, transversely constricted before middle,

the anterior lobe sculptured and longitudinally impressed, the

posterior lobe not or very obsoletely longitudinally impressed,

lateral angles rounded; scutellum a little shorter than broad ;

legs very long, posterior tibie extending beyond the apex of

the abdomen for rather more than half their length ; anterior

femora moderately incrassated but unarmed; anterior tibia

provided with a profound apical spongy fovea; prosternum

centrally sulcate; abdomen convex beneath and centrally

ridged.

‘This genus is allied to Cerdlocus, Stal, from which it differs

by the sculptured anterior lobe of the pronotum, by the length

of the posterior tibie, the convex abdomen beneath, &c.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Redaviide. 189

Mankuninga longipes, sp. 0.

Black above, piceous brown beneath; a large rounded

discal spot near inner angle of corium and the legs ochra-

ceous ; femoral apices, bases of posterior femora, tibie and

tarsi brownish ochraceous; lateral abdominal margins ochra-

ceous, spotted with brown; legs and antenne somewhat

longly pilose. _ Ms

Long. 25 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 7 millim.

Hab. British East Africa (C. S. Betton, Brit. Mus.).

Genus VELITRA.

Velitra rubropicta.

Opinus rubropicta, Amy. & Serv. Hém. p. 339 (1843).

Reduvius rivulosus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 194. n. 45 (1873).

Velitra subfasciatus.

Reduvius subfasciatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 200. n. 63 (1873).

Velitra sinensis.

Reduvius sinensis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 196. n. 49 (1873).

Described from China; also received from Ceyion.

Velitra marginata.

Velitra marginata, Sign. Anu. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genoy. xv. p. 544

(1880).

Velitra fuscinervis, Reut. Act. Soc. Sc. Fennic. xii. p. 822 (1881).

Genus LENZUS.

Leneus pyrrhus.

Leneus pyrrhus, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1859, p. 187.

Opinus rugicollis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 3. n. 14 (1875).

Walker has misdescribed this species. ‘The antenna are

not black, but the second and third joints are fuscous, the

first, and base of second, testaceous.

Genus SMINTHUS.

Sminthus singularis.

Reduvius singularis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 198. n. 53 (1873).

Sminthus unijasciatus.

Reduvius unifasciatus, Walk, Cat. Het. vil. p. 201, n. 64 (1873).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 14

190 Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

Sminthus Greent, sp. n.

Pale sanguineous ; head in front of eyes, eyes, area of the

ocelli, a small spot on each side of base, anterior lobe of pro-

notum (excluding base), lateral margins of posterior lobe,

corium, membrane, connexivum, prosternum, lateral margins

of meso- and metasterna, lateral areas of abdomen beneath,

apices of the femora, and under surfaces of anterior and inter-

mediate femora piceous; tibia ferruginous; antenn brownish

ochraceous, apical joint and base and apex of second joint

piceous ; base of corium and clavus sanguineous. Posterior

lobe of pronotum with three distinct longitudinal impressions ;

base of scutellum centrally sulcate.

Long. 17 millim.

Hab, Ceylon (Green, Brit. Mus.).

Genus STALIASTES.

Staliastes rufus.

Tapeinus rufus, de Casteln. Essai, p. 82, 2 (1882).

Opinus semicostalis, Walk. Cat. Het. viil. p. 4. n. 16 (1873).

Staliastes strigifer.

Opinus strigifer, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 3. n. 14 (1878).

The antenne are not black as described by Walker, but

pale fuscous, excluding basal joint and base of second joint.

Genus DURGANDA.

Durganda nigripes.

Opinus nigripes, Waik. Cat. Het. vill. p. 4. n. 17 (18738).

Durganda Signoreti, nom. nov.

Durganda nigripes, Sign. (nom. preoce.), Ann, Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat.

Genoy. xv. p. 548 (1880).

Genus TIARODES.

Tiarodes obyanus, sp. n.

Sanguineous ; head, fifth and sixth segments and apex of

abdomen bluish black ; corium (excepting basal angle) and

the membrane black; legs brownish, finely ochraceously

pilose, femora bluish-black above; connexivum sanguineous,

with the last two segments bluish black; head with an

ochraceous collar ; antenne with the first and second joints

bluish black, third joint brownish ochraceous ; head faintly

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 191

transversely striate; anterior pronotal angles obtusely promi-

nent, transverse incision profound, lateral posterior angles

broadly rounded; lateral margins of connexivum faintly

rugulose.

Long. 11 millim.

flab. Oby Island, near New Guinea (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to 7. Kukenthali, Bredd.

Genus LAMUS.

Lamus lignarius.

Conorhinus lignarius, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 17. n. 26 (1873).

Eratyrus lignarius, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 117 (1896).

Mr. Champion (Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. ii. p. 206, note)

previously suggested the placing of this species in the genus

Lamus.

Lamus megistus.

Conorhinus megistus, Burm. Handb. ii. p. 246 (1835).

Conorhinus porrigens, Walk. Cat. Het. viil. p. 19. n. 29 (1873).

MARLIANUS, gen. nov.

Allied to Rhodnius, Stal. Head long, cylindrical, apex

with a short spine or tubercle on each side; antenne inserted

at less than one half from apex, first joint short, not nearly

reaching apex of head, second joint longer than first or third ;

rostrum with the first and second joints almost subequal in

length; pronotum moderately constricted, unarmed on disk ;

posterior angles subprominent and rounded, anterior lobe

centrally sulcate, posterior lobe centrally bicarinate; con-

nexivum moderately convexly produced ; hemelytra not quite

reaching apex of abdomen.

Marlianus diminutus.

Conorhinus diminutus, Walk, Cat. Het. viii. p. 19. n. 30 (1873).

Hab. Venezuela (Dyson, Brit. Mus.).

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species

belonging to the Kam. Reduviide (part.).

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera,

Spiniger leucotelus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 159, n. 47 (1873).

— siyillatus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 48.

—— pictus, Walk. Joe, eit. p. 160, n. 50,

148

192

Spiniger basalis, Walk. loc. cit, p. 161. n. 51.

— umbrifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 162. n. 53.

pardalinus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 164. n. 57.

Acanthaspis aliena, Walk. loc. cit. p. 171. n. 26.

luteipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 178. n. 60.

megaspilus, WV alk. loc. cit. p. 176. n. 53.

— dubius, Walk. loc. cit. p. 177. n. 54,

micrographa, Walk. loe. cit. n. 55.

Reduvius semiflavus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 190. n. 36.

tenebrosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 194. n. 44.

debilis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 202. n. 67.

Tiarodes juncturus, Walk. loc. cit. viii. p. 7. n. 6 (1873).

Oncocephalus ventralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 24. n. 6.

Pygolampis unicolor, Walk. loe, cit. p. 36. n. 18.

macera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 37. n. 20.

australis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 88. n. 21.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide.

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.

Maotys viverra, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 88. n. 2 (1878), belongs to gen.

Holoptilus.

melanospilus, Walk. loc. ert. n. 3, belongs to gen. Holoptilus.

venosus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 4, belongs to gen. Pézlocerus.

subannulatus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 5, belongs to gen. Ptilocerus.

guttifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 89. n. 6, belongs to gen. Ptilocerus.

Platymeris fulvonigra, Walk. loc. ett. p. 147.n. 10, belongs to gen. Khafra,

2. nN.

Spiniger hieroglyphicus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 165. n. CO, belongs to gen,

Acanthaspis.

Acanthaspis tnornata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 175. n. 51, belongs to gen. Lisarda,

gonus.

Reduvius pallescens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 183. n

xanthospilus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 184. n. 1

5.n. 1

1@ 9)

tenebrosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 185. n.

varius, Walk. loc. cit. p. 190. n. 37,

— biligatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 195, n. 46,

sinensis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 196. n. 49,

— divisicollis, Walk. loc cit. p. 197. n. 51,

conspersus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 197. n. 52,

singularis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 198. n. 53,

annularis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 199. n. GO,

lineatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 200. n. 61,

subfasciatus, Walk. loc. cit. n, 63,

— unifasciutus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 201. n. 64,

incommodus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 204. n. 71,

Opinus strigifer, Walk. loc. cit. viii. p. 3. n. 14,

nigripes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 4. n. 17,

Petalochirus munitus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 9. n.11,

Conorhinus lignarius, Walk. loc, cit. p. 17. n. 26,

diminutus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 19. n. 30,

Opistoplatys indicas, Walk. loc. cit. p. 20. n. 2,

”

spinicollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 178. n. 68, belongs to gen. Centro-

. 9, belongs to gen. Spheridops.

Leogorrus,

Spiniger.

Varus.

Acanthass,

Velitra.

Acanthaspis.

Lisarda,

Sminthus.

Tasarda.

Oncocepha-

[ dus.

Velitra.

Sminthus.

Leogorrus.

Staliastes.

Durganda.

Syberna ?

Lamus.

Marlianus,

[ cephala.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Reduviide. 193

Sastrapada longicollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 28. n. 8, belongs to gen. Ctenotra-

(chelus.

Jiliformis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 9, % » Lnirontis.

Stenopoda hyalinipennis, Walk. loc.cit.p.31.n.10, ,, pp ROD.) F

Species treated as synonymic.

Maotys simpler, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 89. n. 7 (1873),= Ptilocerus

subannulatus, Walk.

Spiniger lutescens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 160, n. 49,=Spiniger spinidorsis,

Gray.

— rutilans, Walk. loc. cit. p. 161. n. 52,= Spiniger rufescens, Stal.

maculifer, Walk, (part.), doc. cit. p. 162. n. 54,=Spineyer nothus,

Dist.

pulchellus, Walk. (part.), loc. cit. p. 163. n, 56,=Spiniger miztus,

Dist.

, Walk. (part.), =Spiniyer nothus, Dist.

decoloratus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 164. n. 58,= Spiniger truculentus, Stal.

naboides, Walk. loc. eit. p. 165. n. 59,= Vescia spicula, Stal.

Acanthaspis quadrinotata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 175. n. 49,= Acanthaspis

fulvipes, Dall.

pictipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 176. n. 52,= Acanthaspis bistillata, Stal.

Reduvius signifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 182. n. 8,=Leogorrus litura, Fabr.

partitus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 183. n. 10,= Leogorrus litura, Fabr.

lugubris, Walk. loc. cit. n. 11,= Leogorrus formicarius, Fabr.

signatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 184. n.13,= Leogorrus picturatus, Stal.

plagipennis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 186. n. 16,=Leogorrus formicarius,

Fabr.

areolatus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 17,= Leogorrus formicarius, Fabr.

crassipes, Walk. loc. cit. n. 18,= Leogorrus pallipes, Stal.

decisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 191. n. 39,= Cerilocus nero, Stal.

curvifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 192. n. 40,= Acanthaspis uncinata, Stal.

—— turpis, Walk. loc. cit. n.41,= Lisarda cenosa, Stal.

eruentus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 42,= Acanthaspis rubricosa, Stal.

— rivulosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 194. n. 45,= Velitra rubropicta, A. & S.

argillaceus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 195. n. 47,= Lisarda rhypara, Stal.

— funereus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 203, n. 68,= Opistoplatys australasia,

Westw.

Opinus pyymeus, Walk. loc, cit. viii. p. 1. n. 3,= Microlestria plebeja, Stal.

acuticeps, Walk. loc. cit. p. 2. n. 4,=Tribelocephala Boschjesmana,

Stal.

— rugicollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 3. n. 15,= Leneus pyrrhus, Stal.

semicostalis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 4. n. 16,=Stahastes rufus, de Casteln.

Petalochirus funestus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 9. n. 10,= Valentia apetala, de

Vuill.

singularis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 10. n. 12, = Petalochirus malayus, Stal.

Conorhinus corticalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 17. n. 25,=Lamus geniculatus,

Latr.

— limosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 18. n. 27,= Rhodnius prolivus, Stal.

porrigens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 19. n. 29,= Lamus megistus, Burm.

Sastrapada bipunctata, Walk. loc. eit. p. 28. n. 7,=Sastrapada Baerens-

prungt, Stal.

Stenopoda hastata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 82. n. 14,= Thodelmus Falleni, Stal.

Pygolampis innotata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 86, n. 17,=Sastrapada Baerens-

prungi, Stal.

194 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

To be treated as non-existent.

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.

Spiniger bipustulatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vil. p. 163. n. 55 (1873).

Acanthass inequalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 168. n. 5.

Reduvius pyrrhophorus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 196. n. 48.

Conorhinus arenarius, Walk. loc. ett. vill. p. 18. n. 28.

Pygolampis concolor, Walk. loc. ett. p. 387. n. 19.

XXVIII.—A Revision of the Fishes of the Family

Stromateide, By C. Tate Recan, B.A.

(Concluded from p. 131.]

CENTROLOPHUS.

Centrolophus, Lacep. Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv. p. 441 (1802).

Pompilus, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 81.

This genus is distinguished from Lirus by the elongated

body and the maxillary slipping under the preorbital for the

entire length of its upper edge. The spines of the dorsal and

anal are slender, indistinct, and graduating. Seven branchio-

stegals. 25 vertebre.

Synopsis of the Species.

a. Lateral line with a short curve above the pectoral,

thence running along the middle of the body.

1) 45 tas AGRO ee eerie octet Lele iGeherho crore eine 1. C. brittanicus.

b, Lateral line with a rather long curve. D. 37-41.

JN PBR

Morsalshimerounded say caveverstists eras citor cries 2. C. niger.

Dorsal fin slightly emarginate in its posterior half. 3. C. maoricus,

Centrolophus brittanicus, Gthr.

Centrolophus brittanicus, Giinther, Cat. ii. p. 402 (1860).

This species is known only from one specimen from Pol-

perro, Cornwall, which is not well stuffed, so that accurate

measurements are not possible. ‘The body seems to be rather

more elongated than in C. niger, the head rather smaller.

D. 45. <A. 30. The fin-rays are broken off short. The

base cf the dorsal is longer relatively to the total length of

the body, the base of the anal shorter than in C. néger.

Lateral line with a short curve above the pectoral, then

running along the middle of the body. In other characters

very similar to C. niger.

Total length 520 millim.

Fishes of the Family Stromateida. 195

Centrolophus niger, Gmelin.

Centrolophus pompilus, Cuy. & Val.

To synonymy given by Jordan & Evermann, Fishes N. Amer. p. 963,

add :—

Schedophilus elongatus, Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 175.

Depth of body about 4 times in total length, length of head

41} to 5 times. Snout as long as or a little longer than the

eye, the diameter of which is 4-4? times in length of head.

Interorbital width about 33 times in length of head.

Maxillary extending to below anterior quarter of eye. Caudal

peduncle 14 to 2 times as long as deep. D. 37-41, with a

few indistinct spines anteriorly ; the rays increasing in length

to about the twelfth, thence decreasing to the last.

A. III 20-22. Pectorals about 3 the length of head, longer

than ventrals. Caudal slightly forked. Sc. 185-205 ==,

rather deciduous in the adult, each scale pierced by a pore.

Lateral line with a long curve, becoming straight above the

origin of the anal. Dark brown.

Total length 480 millim.

Mediterranean and North Atlantic.

* Centrolophus maoricus.

Centrolophus maoricus, Ogilby, Rec. Austral, Mus. ii. 1893, p. 64,

Depth of body 4 times in total length, length of head 44

times. Snout a little longer than the eye, the diameter of

which is a little more than 4 times in the length of head and

rather less than the interorbital width. Maxillary reaching

to below anterior quarter of orbit. D. 38, the rays increasing

in length to the twelfth to fourteenth, then becoming abruptly

shorter, the posterior part of the fin being emarginate. A 25,

exactly half as long as the dorsal. Pectoral less than halt

the length of head; ventrals as long as the snout. Scales

small, each pierced by a central circular pore. Lateral line

decurved, becoming straight below the highest part of the

dorsal. Uniform brown, darkest above ; the sides of the head

washed with dull blue, the fins and opercles with gold.

New Zealand.

LIRvs.

Leirus, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soe. i. p. 148 (1833).

+Mupus, Cocco.

+Schedophilus, Cocco, Giorn. Innom. Mess. An, 3, No. 57, p. 57 (1834).

Crius, Valenc. in Webb & Berthel. Hist. Nat. I. Can., Poiss. ii. pt. 2,

p- 45 (1836-44).

196 Mr. C. 'T. Regan on the

Palinurus, Dekay, Zool. N. York, iv. p. 118 (1842).

Hyperoglyphe, Gunther, Cat. i. p. 837 (1859).

Palinurichthys, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 20.

Pammelas, Giinther, Cat. ii. p. 485 (1860).

Body ovate or oblong-ovate, compressed; mouth small or

moderate ; palate without teeth ; premaxillaries slightly pro-

tractile ; maxillary more or less exposed, with small supple-

mental bone. Upper surface of head with a spongy porous

integument ; preoperculum generally distinctly spimate, sub-

and interopercles denticulated. Five to seven branchiostegals ;

pseudobranchiez present; gill-membranes not united; gill-

rakers long. Scales small; lateral line curved anteriorly,

becoming straight before reaching the caudal peduncle.

Dorsal with IV-IX 19-46 rays. Anal with ILI 16-27 rays.

Pectorals with 19-22 rays. Caudal forked or emarginate.

Vertebree 25.

Synopsis of the Species.

A. Dorsal spines graduating to the higher soft rays.

a. Dorsal rays decreasing in length posteriorly.

D.IV 41-46. A. TIT 24-27. Se. 136-148 =" 1, L. medusophagus.

60-70"

DD) VIEL 27-30) AL En 212304" Se; L00=

108 a cA asetarahtin Bharat CE 2. L. maculatus.

DP VilSVil 29-33, e0AS vil EA Se 9b—

110 a Scns DAES utah Be cote, pene : Ren sos wl ovals:

D. VII-IX 26-28. A. [11 18. Se.80-90 5. 4. L. peruanus,

1D), WITT SI ANS DOUG TUG SOS 7/i3 6 Geo eon 5. L. Valenciennesi.

b. Dorsal rays increasing in length to the last.

eV OS AS WIT See batts teeaekcieerrer: 6. L. rotundicauda.

B. Dorsal spines short, not graduating to the

higher soft rays. D. VII-IX 19-24, A. III

16-21.

a. Lateral line becoming straight above origin

of anali os. -limcinn Ge etl aipiy ee tee 7. L. japonicus.

b. Lateral line becoming straight above middle

0) AC | Da eer hn cd FA eR ROE AT 8. L. paucidens.

c. Lateral line becoming straight above last part

of anal.

Dorsal spines increasing in length to the

fourth, thence subequal .............. 9. L. perciformis.

Dorsal spines increasing in length to the

fourth, thence decreasing .,.......... 10, Z. porosus.

Livrus medusophagus.

+Schedophilus medusophagus, Cocco, Giorn. Innom, Mess. Ann. ii.

1834, No. 27, p. 57.

Depth of body 24 to 2} times in total length, length of

head 3 to 4 times. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of

Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 197

which is 3 to 4 times in the length of head and less than the

interorbital width. Maxilla extending to below middle of

eye. D. 45-50, spines not distinct, rays increasing in length

to about the twentieth, thence subequal to about the fortieth,

thence decreasing rapidly to the last, the whole fin rounded.

A. 27-30. Caudal rounded, its posterior border slightly

emarginate. In very young specimens (35 millim.) the

pectorals are rounded, shorter than the ventrals, which extend

to about the fifth anal ray and equal the head in length; the

longest dorsal rays are equal to 3 the depth of the body. In

larger specimens (100 millim.) the ventrals reach the anus

and the longest dorsal ray is equal to $ the depth of body ; in

these the pectorals are broken. In a specimen figured by

Giinther (Trans. Zool. Soc. xi. p. 221, 1881), which is

240 millim. in total length, the ventrals appear to be less than

half the length of the head, much shorter than the pectorals,

which are no longer rounded, but have the upper rays longest ;

while the dorsal and anal fins are comparatively low.

Sc. 136-148 =. Lateral line curved anteriorly, becoming

straight below the twelfth dorsal ray.

Pale olive, marbled with darker; vertical fins punctulated

with black.

Total length 100 millim.

Pacific, Atlantic, Mediterranean.

Tnirus maculatus. *

Schedophilus maculatus, Giinther, Cat. ii. p. 412 (1860).

Schedophilus marmoratus, Kner, SB. Ak. Wien, liv. 1866, p. 366,

Depth of body 2 to 24 times in total length, length of

head 31 to 33 times. Snout 4 to 3 of the diameter of the eye,

which is 3 to 3} times in the length of head and equal to the

interorbital width. Maxillary scarcely reaches vertical from

middle of eye. D. VIII-IX 27-30, the spines distinct and

increasing in length to the last, the soft rays increasing in

length to about the tenth, thence decreasing, the whole fin

rounded, A. I[] 21-24, rounded. Ventrals extending be-

yond anus and nearly equal to length of head in specimens

44 millim. long, 2 of the distance from their origin to the

anus and % the length of head in specimens 90 millim. long.

Pectorals rounded. Sc. 100-108 = Lateral line with a

long curve, becoming straight below the last quarter of the

dorsal. Caudal apparently emarginate. Pale yellowish

brown, with a purple tinge above, silvery beneath. Large

blotches and bands of darker reddish brown, which extend on

to the dorsal and anal fins, and also on the ventrals and

198 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

caudal, this latter always with a large brown spot at the base

of each lobe.

Total length 44 millim.

Chinese Seas, South Seas, coasts of Australia.

Lirus ovalis.

Centrolophus ovalis, Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 846 (1883).

Centrolophus crassus, Cuv. & Val. t.¢. p. 348.

+ Mupus imperialis, Cocco.

Leirus Bennettii, Lowe, Trans. Camb, Phil. Soc, vi. 1834, p. 199,

tab. v.

Crius Bennettii, Valence. in Webb & Berthel. Hist. Nat. I. Canar.,

Poiss. ii. pt. 2, p. 43 (1836-44).

Crius Berthelotii, Valence. 1. ¢. p. 45, pl. ix.

Pompilus Bennettit, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 82.

Schedophilus Bertheloti, Giinther, Cat. 11. p. 412 (1860).

pene oe porosissimus, Canestr, Mem. Acc. Tor. xxi, 1864, p. 365,

dL, 11,

Schedonhibus Bottert (Heck.), Steind. SB. Ak. Wien, lvii. 1868,

p. 379.

It has twice happened that the same author has described a

young and an adult example of this species as two different

species, Valenciennes describing a specimen 170 millim, long

as Créus Berthelotit and one of 600 millim. as Crius Bennettiz,

and Canestrini one of about 250 millim. as Centrolophus poro-

sissimus and one of 440 millim. as Centrolophus crassus.

Even allowing for the changes which take place during

growth, some of the measurements given as to the height of

the dorsal fin and the size of the eye are outside the limit for

the species; this is probably due to different methods of

measurement, and when the height of the dorsal fin is stated

as 1 the depth of body, it was probably measured with the

fin laid back and not extended, or else from the upper edge of

the scaly sheath, this latter being included in the body depth ;

which would be a very natural error in large specimens, in

which it is difficult to find the bases of the fin-rays. The

eye in this species and throughout the family has a prominent

circular lid, which extends to the outer margin of the iris, and

it often happens in preserved specimens that this lid is torn

or shrunk, thus apparently enlarging the size of the eye.

J append in tabular form the measurements of the specimens

in the British Museum Collection and those described by

various authors. The numbers in the various columns give

in millimetres :—A, total length with caudal, and B, without

caudal; C, depth of body; D, length of head, and E, of

snout; F’, eye-diameter ; G, longest dorsal ray; H, length of

pectoral, and K, of ventral; L, M, and N give the number of

rays in the dorsal and anal fins and the number of scales.

199

Tishes of the Family Stromateide.

T@ IIA ae gt (ee). -R) 2 oer tos = 9 «009. ac eppemagp enti

Ig TA - i) 6 SG GG OOT Os G9& OPP °°" ** snssmao snydojo.tzua)

OS IA FS 0¢ OF cL CL 69 ¥6 GIG "++ gnuassisosod snydoj0.1j,)

v8 Al G6 86 v6 éL él OF Zg i OLD, ee ae Teo EAD

96 6L a . | 9 6 oT IG ie) PO ttt tt Rapog snpydopoyas

‘poqitosep sv steuttoedg

08 ITA vg L6 09 &G 66 OLT OFL O8& OLF

"+ sagojaypag snpydopays

66 IA 6g 08 aa 61 GG G6 Sel OFS OCP

e6 ITA t¥ &P & GL. 96L vg 62 006 OFE

sreeeeeesomao snydoj0.jzua)

G& ITA OV OF Ls Liss sen Og 6L LAT OGG

66 IIA os 86 96 OL 6 OF 9¢ cé1 CLL mpopaypuag snpydopeyos

“dt M dal D ibe Be ach 19) ‘da Vo TOD ‘sn Fg Ur suoutoedg

200 Mr. C. 'T. Regan on the

The interorbital width is 22 to 3 times in the length of

head ; maxillary extending to below anterior quarter of eye ;

‘caudal peduncle about as long as deep. The dorsal originates

above the opercular cleft, and the rays increase in height to

about the seventeenth, the whole fin being rounded. The

caudal is slightly emarginate in the young, moderately forked

in the adult. ‘The lateral line has a long curve, becoming

straight below about the twenty-sixth ray of the dorsal.

Gill-rakers as long as gill-fringes, 16 on the lower part of the

anterior arch. Praoperculum distinctly spinate in the young.

Scales loosely inserted, numerous pores on the body which do

not pierce the scales. Greenish brown above, silvery below ;

fins brown ; the young with purplish spots on the sides, which

are still present in a specimen 175 millim. in total length.

Atlantic; Mediterranean.

*Lirus peruanus.

Centrolophus peruanus, Steind. SB. Ak. Wien, xx. 1875, p. 384.

Depth of body 34 times in total length, length of head 3

times. Snout a little longer than the eye, the diameter of

which is 5 times in the length of head, interorbital width 24

to €2 times. Maxillary extending to below anterior margin

of eye. D. VITI-1X 26-28, spines graduating to the higher

soft rays, the soft fin highest anteriorly, the longest rays 4 to

2 of the length of head. A. IIT. 18, similar to soft dorsal.

Pectorals falciform, as long as the head. Ventrals short,

inserted behind the pectorals. Caudal lunate. Sc. 80-90 555.

Upper part of the body with dorsal and pectoral fins dark

violet ; lower part of body with anal and ventral fins golden,

usually with small violet spots; sometimes violet streaks

extending down from the ground-colour of the back over the

sides.

Coast of Peru, in deep water. Common in the market at

Callao.

Lirus Valenciennest.

Centrolophus Valenciennes, Moreau, Poiss. France, ii. p. 496, fig. 188

(1881).

This species is said to differ from Z. ovalis in the lesser

number of rays in the dorsal and anal. D. VIII 21.

AU dG sac. en).

Mediterranean (Marseilles),

Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 201

*Tirus rotundicauda.

meee rotundicauda, Costa, Ann. Mas. Zool. Nap. vi. 1856, p. 84,

tab. 1.

Depth of body 8 times in total length, length of head 33

times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 4

times in the length of head. D. VIII 28, the rays gradually

increasing in length to the last, which is equal in length to 3

the depth of the body below, and when laid back extends to

the base of the caudal. A. III 18. Pectorals as long as

ventrals, # the length of head. Caudal slightly emarginate,

with rounded lobes. Se. 85/30. Dull greenish above, silvery

below, with obscure darker patches.

Total length 300 millim.

A single specimen from the Bay of Naples.

It seems chiefly to differ from Z. ovalis in the form of the

dorsal fin.

*Lirus japonicus.

Centrolophus japonicus, Steind. Denk. Ak. Wien, xlix. 1885, p. 183.

Depth of body about equal to the length of head, about 3

times in the total length. Snout 3 of the eye-diameter, which

is 3 times in the length of head and equal to the interorbital

width. Maxillary extending to below the middle of the eye.

Preeoperculum denticulated. D. VIII 22, the spines short

and weak, the last the highest and + the length of head ;

anterior soft rays highest, 2? times in the length of head.

A. III 19. Pectorals reach the anus. Ventrals inserted

behind the pectorals, reaching halfway to the anal. Scales

small, rather deciduous, 98-100 in a longitudinal series.

Lateral line decurved, becoming straight above the origin of

the anal. Grey-brown, dark above, clear below.

Total length 420 millim.

Seas of Japan.

Lirus paucidens.

Lnrus paucidens, Gunther , ‘Challenger’ Pelagic Fishes, p. 11, pl. ii,

(1888),

Depth of body 2 to 24 times in total length, length of head

24 times. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is

about 3 times in length of head, less than interorbital width,

Maxilla reaches to nearly below middle of eye. Caudal

peduncle as long as deep. D, VII 23-24; the spines in-

crease in length to the third, the rest subequal, the first soft

ray much higher than the last spine, the soft fin rounded,

202 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

the highest rays more than half the length of the head.

A. Ill 19-21, rounded, rather higher than soft dorsal.

Pectorals rounded, rather longer than ventrals, which extend

toanal. Caudal slightly emarginate. Sc. 1005". Lateral

line with a long curve, becoming straight above middle of

anal. Brown, pectorals and caudal white.

‘Votal length 35 millim.

Surface of open sea between New Guinea and Japan.

Lirus perciformis.

Coryphena perciformis, Mitchill, Am. Month. Mag. ii. 1818, p. 244.

Palinurichthys perciformis, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 29.

Pammelas perciformis, Giinther, Cat. ii. p. 485 (1860).

(Further synonymy given in Jordan & Evermann, Fishes N. Am. i.

p. 964.)

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 3 to

33 times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter of which

is 4 to 42 times in length of head; interorbital width 23

times in length of head. Maxilla extends to below anterior

quarter of eye. Caudal peduncle 14 times as long as deep.

D. VIII 19-21; the spines increase in length to the fourth,

the others subequal, the first soft ray much higher than the

last spine, the soft fin rounded. A. III 16-18, rounded.

Pectorals a little longer than ventrals, about 3 length of head.

Se. 80-90 2. Lateral line with a long curve, becoming

straight below posterior dorsal rays. Greenish brown, fins

dark.

Total length 240 millim.

North Atlantic.

Iirus porosus.

Diagramma porosa, Richards. Ereb. & Terr., Fish. p. 26, figs. 5, 6 (1845)

Hyperoglyphe porosa, Gunther, Cat. 1. p. 3387 (1859).

Lirus porosus, Giinther, ‘ Challenger’ Pelagic Fishes, p. 11 (1888).

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 3 to

31 times. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 4

times in length of head (3 times in very young specimens).

Interorbital width 3 times in length of head. Maxilla nearly

reaches to below middle of eye. Caudal peduncle 1} times as

long as deep. D. 1X 20, the spines increasing in length to

the fourth, decreasing trom the sixth to the eighth, the ninth

longer than the seventh ; soft fin higher than the spinons, the

soft rays decreasing in length from the third. A. IIL 16;

longest rays of dorsal and anal not much more than 4 length of

head. Ventrals nearly as long as pectorals, which are 2 length

Fishes of the Family Stromateide. 203

of head. Caudal emarginate. Sc. 90-100 55. Lateral line

with a long curve, becoming straight below the posterior

dorsal rays. Greenish brown above and on sides, silvery

below ; two or three series of darker spots on soft dorsal.

Total length 140 millim.

Coasts of Australia; Kermadee Islands.

STROMATEUS.

Stromateus, Artedi, Gen. p. 19 (1788); Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 872 (1883).

Seserinus, Cuv. & Val. ¢. ¢. p. 416.

Body ovate, compressed, covered with very small scales ;

mouth small; premaxillaries not protractile; maxillary ex-

posed; no teeth on the palate; opercular bones entire or

minutely denticulated ; gill-membranes united, free from the

isthmus; gill-rakers of moderate length; pseudobranchie

present; six branchiostegals. A single dorsal fin, with

IlI-IX 40-48 rays, the spines feeble, graduating. Anal

long, with III 32-40 rays. Pectorals with 22 rays. Ven-

trals thoracic, absent in the adult, the pelvis not projecting as

aspine. Caudal forked. 46 vertebre.

Synopsis of the Species.

A. Caudal lobes elongate, much longer than the head. 1. S. fiatola.

B. Caudal lobes about as long as the head,

Depth of body about twice in total length........ 2. S. microchirus.

Depth of body about 23 times in total length .... 3, S. maculatus,

Stromateus fiatola.

Stromateus fiatolu, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 452 (1766),

Chrysostromus fiatoloides, Lacep. iv. p. 697 (1802).

Depth of body 2 to 21 times in total length, length of head

about 4 times. Snout longer than the eye, the diameter of

which is 5 to 8 times in the length of head, interorbital width

about 24 times. Maxillary not extending to below the eye.

D. V-V1 88-40, rays increasing in length to the twelfth,

which is about ? the length of head, thence decreasing, the

last 10 to 15 rays subequal, + to } the length of head.

A. I11 80-83. Pectorals nearly as long as the head. Caudal

deeply forked, the lobes # of the depth of body. Gill-rakers

about half as long as the eye-diameter, 10 to 12 on the lower

part of the anterior arch. Dark purple on back and sides,

silvery below ; two or three rows of rounded dark blue spots

above the lateral line and irregular longitudinal bands

below it; inner surface of pectoral and tips of caudal lobes

black.

Total length 3840 millim.

Mediterranean, 8. Africa.

204 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

Stromateus microchirus.

Seserinus microchirus, Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 416 (1853).

Stromateus microchirus, Bonap. Faun. Ital., Pesc., with plate (1834),

Depth of body twice in total length, length of head 4 times.

Snout longer than the eye, the diameter of which is 54 times

in the length of head, interorbital width 2} times. Maxillary

not extending to below the eye. D. 45-50, the rays in-

creasing in length to the thirteenth, which is 3 the length of

head, thence decreasing to the last. A. 35-37. Pectorals 2

the length of head. Caudal forked, the lobes as long as the

head. Gill-rakers about } as long as the eye, 11 or 12 on

the lower part of the anterior arch. Grey, fins darker ; eight

or nine blackish vertical bands on the sides.

Total length 125 millim.

Mediterranean, S. Africa.

Stromateus maculatus.

Stromateus maculatus, Cuy. & Val. ix. p. 399 (1883).

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 44

times. Snout longer than the eye, the diameter of which is

5 times in the length of head, interorbital width 3 times.

Maxillary not extending to below the eye. D. VII 40-43,

the rays increasing in length to the tenth soft ray, which is

half the length of head. A. III 38. Pectorals longer than

the head. Caudal lobes aslong as the head. Giull-rakers less

than 4 the eye-diameter, 12 on the lower part of the anterior

arch. Blue above, silvery below; numerous round dark

spots on the upper half of the body.

Total length 200 millim.

Pacific coast of S. America.

PEPRILUS.

Rhombus, Lacep. ii. p. 321 (1800) ; Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 401 (1833).

Peprilus, Cuv. Rég. An. ii. p. 218 (1829).

This genus differs from Stromateus in that the pelvis

projects through the skin as a prominent spine and the dorsal

and anal fins are preceded by procurrent spines. Vertebree

30-31. Branchiostegals 6 or 7. Gill-rakers of moderate

length or long. Ventrals absent. he name Rhombus was

proposed considerably before 1800 for a genus of Mollusca,

aud Peprilus must therefore be used for this genus. ‘There

appear to be five well-marked species—P. paru, palometa,

medius, similliimus, and triacanthus—which are completely

described in Jordan and Evermann, ‘ Fishes of North America,’

vol. 1. p- 965.

Fishes of the Family Stromateid. 205

STROMATEOIDES.

Stromateoides, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiy. 1852, p. 19.

This genus differs from Stromateus in having the gill-

membranes broadly united to the isthmus, in the absence of

pseudobranchiz, and in having very short gill-rakers.

Branchiostegals 6 or 7 Vertebree 35 or 36. Pectorals

elongate, with 25-27 rays. Ventrals absent.

The subdivision of the genus into two genera—Stromate-

oides, with higher body, elevated vertical fins, and prominent

trenchant dorsal and anal spines; and Chondroplites, with

more oblong body, little elevated dorsal and anal fins, and

concealed subcartilaginous dorsal and anal spines—is un-

necessary, and seems due to a lack of acquaintance with the

species, since the first two supposed differences are non-

existent and the third is unimportant, as in S. cinereus the

spines are concealed in the adult, and although stronger

than those of S. s¢nensis, are formed on a similar plan; for in

S. sinensis the spines have the pointed part set at an obtuse

angle to the rest, and in S. cinereus the terminal part is

similarly set at an angle, but is more expanded.

Synopsis of the Species,

Caudal emarginate or moderately forked .............. 1. S. stnensis.

Caudal widely forked, the lower lobe longer ..... sistent in pe= Wn CUUER EUR

Stromateotdes sinensis.

Stromateus sinensis, Kuphras, Vetensk. Ak. Nya Handl. Stockholm, ix.

Me ve Cuv. & Val. ix. p. 388 (1833).

Stromateus atous, Cuy. & Val. t. ¢. p. 389.

Stromateoides atokoia, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, p. 76.

Depth of body 1j to 14 times in total length, length of

head 3? to 4 times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter

of which is 323 to 44 times in the length of head, interorbital

width twice. Maxillary extending to below anterior third of

the eye. Caudal peduncle not as long as deep. D. 43-50,

the spines feeble, concealed, rays increasing in length to the

fifteenth to eighteenth, which is as long as the pectoral and

14 times the length of head; thence they become abruptly

shorter, the upper edge of the fin being concave, the posterior

part rounded, A. 39-42, exactly similar to the dorsal.

Caudal emarginate in the young, moderately forked in the

adult. Scales small, deciduous. Brownish grey above, silvery

below, with numerous small brown dots. ins silver-grey

at the base, blackish in their marginal parts.

Total length 180 millim.

Seas of India, Malaysia, and China.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 15

206 On the Fishes of the Family Stromateide.

Stromateoides cinereus.

Stromateus cinereus, Bloch, xii. p. 90, t. 420 (1793).

Stromateus argenteus, Bloch, t. c. p. 92, t. 421.

Stromateus griseus, Cuv. & Val, ix. p. 895 (1883),

Stromateus candidus, Cuv. & Val. t. ¢. p. 391.

Stromateus securifer, Cuv. & Val. t. e. p. 894.

Stromateus punctatissimus, Schleg. Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 121, pl. xv.

1850).

ae neous cinereus, Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, p. 75.

Depth of body 1} to 13 times in the total length, length

of head 4 to 5 times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter

of which is 4 to 5 times in the length of head, interorbital

width 21 times. Maxillary almost extending to below

middle of eye. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. D. VIII-

X 36-47, the spines projecting in the young, concealed in

the adult, their free ends expanded, with an anterior and

posterior point, the soft rays increasing in length to about the

tenth, thence becoming abruptly shorter, the last fifteen to

twenty rays short, subequal. A. V-VII 35-46, similar to

the soft dorsal, but with the anterior rays more produced,

extending to below the middle of the caudal in the young,

much shorter in the adult. Pectorals twice as long as the

head in the adult. Caudal forked, with long slender lobes,

the lower the longer, especially in the young. Scales small,

thin, pierced by numerous minute pores, Purplish grey above,

silvery below. Fins silver-grey, dotted with black.

Total length 230 millim.

Seas of India, Malaysia, and China.

APPENDIX.

Mr. Boulenger, who has kindly looked over the above

paper and examined specimens of the various genera dealt

with, was much struck with the fact that the pelvis is in all

cases very loosely attached to the pectoral arch, a feature

which I had not considered of much importance; and he

suggested that I should examine Tetragonurus, which has

been placed with or near the Atherinide. I find that this

genus closely resembles Cubiceps or Nomeus, not only in

general appearance, but also in the dentition and the structure

of the mouth, and that the cesophagus is very similar to that

of Stromateus, having on each side a muscular sac studded

internally with rather soft papillae. The last upper pharyn-

geals extend back as a pair of elongate toothed rods in the

roof of the cesophagus. The Tetragonuride must certainly

be regarded as allied to the Stromateide, differing only in

On Hymenoptera from the Transvaal, 207

the peculiar scales, the shorter soft dorsal and anal, the

cesophageal papille not toothed, and the pelvis quite separate

from the pectoral arch. ‘This suggests that the loose attach-

ment of the pelvis in the Stromateide may be a primitive

feature, a conclusion strengthened by the fact that they are

among the few spiny-rayed fishes known to occur in the

Cretaceous, the genera Platycormus and Homosoma having

been referred by Dr. Smith Woodward, apparently with good

reason, to this family. The Icosteide have been generally

regarded as allied to the Stromateide ; and in Icosteus, the

only genus I have been able to examine, the pelvic bones do

not even approach the pectoral arch, the ventrals being truly

abdominal notwithstanding their rather anterior position.

XXIX.—On the Hymenoptera collected by Mr. W. L. Distant

in the Transvaal, South Africa, with Descriptions of sup-

posed new Species. By Lieut.-Colonel C. 'T. Brncuam.

[Continued from vol. ix. p. 353.)

Family Pompilide (cont.).

Genus PSEUDAGENIA, Kohl.

Pseudagenia Rossi, sp. n.

?. Black, the scape and basal four joints of the flagellum

of the antenne and the femora, tibie, and tarsi of all the legs

ferruginous, the apical two joints of the tarsi more or less

shaded with fuscous; wings brownish hyaline, iridescent in

certain lights, with in the fore wing two obscure darker

brown bars, one along the basal and subbasal nervures, the

other spreading from the radial into third cubital and third

discoidal cells. Head wider than the thorax, the clypeus

very convex, its anterior margin rounded; antenne filiform,

planted low down just above the base of the clypeus; front

very flat; the eyes lateral, reaching down to the base of the

mandibles, their inner orbits parallel ; vertex broad, lightly

convex, passing by a gradual curve into the occiput. Thorax

short, the pronotum rounded anteriorly ; the mesonotum,

scutellum, and postscutellum very convex, the latter two

prominent ; median segment rounded posteriorly, with a

gradual slope to the apex ; legs very long and slender, the

posterior tibiz minutely spined. Wings ample, the basal

15*

208 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

and subbasal nervures in the fore wing not interstitial; the

second cubital cell measured on the cubital nervure twice as

long as high and longer than the third cubital cell; the

second cubital cell receives the first recurrent nervure in the

middle, the third cubital cell receives the second recurrent

nervure before the middle. Head and thorax very minutely

and closely punctured, opaque, the median segment very

finely transversely striate. Abdomen subpetiolate, fusiform,

very minutely aciculate, but shining.

Length, ? 12; exp. 25 millim.

Hab. Durban, Natal (A. Ross).

Allied to and resembling P. commendabilis, Kohl; but that

species has the mandibles, part of the clypeus, scape of the

antenne, and pedicel ferruginous, the wings clear hyaline,

also with two bars, and the second cubital cell smaller than

the third.

Pseudagenia flavotegulata, sp. n.

9. Black, the mandibles, clypeus, antenne, tegulee of the

wings, legs, and abdomen bright ferruginous; the apical

three or four joints of the flagellum of the antenne, the apex

of the tarsi, and the extreme base of the abdomen more or

less shaded with fuscous black; wings hyaline, with a short

narrow dark brown bar extending on either side of the basal

nervure in the fore wing, and a second broader bar extending

from the base of the marginal eell obliquely into the third

discoidal cell. Head flat, transverse; clypeus strongly

convex, transversely oval; antenne filiform, placed imme-

diately above the clypeus; eyes lateral, reaching down to the

base of the mandibles, their inner orbits slightly convergent

above. Thorax rather massive, the pro- and mesonotum

short, the former rounded anteriorly ; the scutellum and post-

scutellum large, prominent, median segment elongate, as long

as the rest of the thorax, with a gentle rounded slope to the

apex; legs long and slender, posterior tibie slightly spinose.

Wings ample; fore wing with the second cubital cell

receiving the first recurrent nervure in the middle and much

smaller than the third cubital cell, which receives the second

recurrent nervure before the middle, and is remarkably broad

at apex, twice as broad there as at base. Head and thorax

finely and closely punctured, opaque and pruinose. Abdomen

shorter than the head and thorax united, subpetiolate and

fusiform.

Length, ¢ 11; exp. 23 millim.

Hab. Nyasaland (Fort Johnston). Collected by Dr. P.

Rendall.

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 209

Family Sphegide.

Genus TAcHYTES, Panz.

Tachytes natalensis, Sauss.

Lachytes natalensis, Sauss. Mém. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve, xiv.

(1854) pt. i. Mél. Hym. p. 2], pl. i. fig. 4, ¢.

One female, Durban (Distant).

Tachytes velox, Smith.

Lachytes velox, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 301, g.

One female, one male, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (2endall).

Tachytes hirsutus, Smith.

Lachytes hirsutus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B, M. iv. (1856) p. 360, ¢.

Three females, three males, Pretoria (Distant).

Genus Liris, Fabr.

Liris hemorrhotdalis, Fabr.

Pompilus hemorrhoidalis, Faby. Syst. Piez. 1804, p. 198.

Lyrops Savignyi, Spin. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. vii. (1838) p. 476, 2.

iris erichalcea, Dhilb. Hym. Eur. (1843) p, 185, ¢.

Liris hemorrhoidalis, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiy, (1884)

p. 256, 5.

Hight females, Pretoria (stant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasa-

land (Lendall).

Liris diabolica, Smith.

Larrada diabolica, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. (1873)

p. 294, 2.

Larra diabolica, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot, Ges, Wien, xxxiv, (1884)

p. 243,

Two females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Genus Norogonta, Costa.

Notogonia subfasciata, Walker.

Larrada subfasciata, Walker, List Hym., in Egypt, 1871, p. 21.

Larra subfasciata, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xxxiy. (1884)

p- 247,

Five females, one male, Pretoria (Distant) ; Waterberg

(Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall),

210 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Genus Larra, Fabr.

Larra anathema, Rossi.

Sphex anathema, Rossi, Faun. Etrus. ii. (1790) p. 65.

Larra ichneumoniformis, Faby. Ent. Syst. ii. (1793) p. 221.

Tachytes anathema, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii. (1845) p. 254.

Larra anathema, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xxxiv. (1884)

Dp: 250, 4) Ge

Two females, Barberton, Transvaal, and Fort Johnston,

Nyasaland (Lendall).

Genus PALARws, Latr.

Palarus O’ Neili, Brauns.

Palaraus O Neili, Brauns, Ann. k. k. naturh, Hofmus. Wien, xiii.

(1898) p. 408.

A pair (male and female), Rustenburg (Distant).

Genns Stizus, Latr.

Stizus fenestratus, Smith.

Larra fenestrata, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 542, ¢.

Stizus fenestratus, Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, ci, (1892)

p.l08, 2s

Three females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Stizus tenuicornis, Smith.

Larra tenuicornis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 351.

Stizus tenuicornis, Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, ci. (1892)

p: 173, 3.

One female, Pretoria (Distant).

Stizus argentifrons ?, Smith.

Larra argentifrons, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 839, ¢.

Stizus argentifrons, Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, ci. (1892)

p. 43, ¢.

One female, Durban (A, Joss).

The specimen is in poor condition, so it is with some doubt

I refer it to the above species. SS. argentifrons, Smith, as

Handlirsch remarks (/. c.), seems to be only a local variety of

the Palearctic S. tridens, Fabr.

Genus BeMBEX, Fabr.

Bembex diversipennis, Smith.

Bembex diversipennis, Smith, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (4) xii. (1873)

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 211

p: 297, 9 db; Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, cii. (1893) p. 714, ¢,

pl. i. fig. 5, pl. iii. fig. 19, pl. iv. fig. 4, and pl. vi. fig. 3

Four females, one male, Pretoria (Distant and Zutrzenka).

Bembex sibilans, Handl.

Bembex sibilans, Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, cii. (1898) p. 852,

pl. iii. figs. 3 & 27, and pl. vii. fig. 30.

Three females and one male, Pretoria (Distant), and Fort

Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Bembex undulata, Spin.

Bembex undulata, Spin. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. vii. (1838) p. 468; Handl.

Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, cil. (1893) p. 895, ¢.

Five females, two males, Pienaars River (Distant) ; Zomba

(Rendall).

Bembex olivata, Dhlb.

Bembex olivata, Dhlb. Hym. Eur. i. (1845) p. 491; Handl. Sitzber.

Akad. Wiss. Wien, cii. (1893) p. 812, 2 ¢, pl. ii. fig. 17, and pl. v.

fig. 23.

One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Bembex lusca, Spin.

Bembex lusea, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vii. (1838) p. 467; Gerst. v. d.

Decken, Reise in Ost-Afr. 1873, p. 333; Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss.

Wien, cil. (1893) p. 802, pl. ii.-fig. 13.

Five females, Johannesburg and Waterval-onder (Ross).

Bembex ochracea, Handlirsch.

Bembex ochracea, Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, cii. (1893)

p- 864, ¢, pl. ii. fig. 10.

Three females, one male, Pretoria (Distant) ; Waterval-

onder (Ross) ; Durban (Distant).

Bembex melanopa, Handlirsch.

Bembex melanopa, Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, cil. (1893)

p- 797, 2d, pl. il. fig. 10, and pl. vii. fig. 7.

Four females and one male, Pretoria (Distant) ; Johannes-

burg (Ross); Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Bembea sulphurescens, Dhlb.

Bembex sulphurescens, Dhlb. Hym. Kur. i. (1845) pp. 180 & 491;

Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, cii. (1893) p. 897, pl. ii. fig. 3.

One female, one male, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Indistinguishable from Indian specimens.

212 Licut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Genus Gorytes, Latr.

Gorytes natalensis, Smith.

Gorytes natalensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 365, 9, pl. xi.

fic. 3; Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xevii. (1888) p. 515, 9.

Lestiphorus africanus, Radosk. Jorn, Acad. Sc. math, Lisb. viii. (1881)

Pa0r, o>:

One female, Durban (A. Foss).

Genus Nysson, Latr.

Nysson abdominalis, Guér.

Nysson (Paranysson) abdominalis, Guér. Icon, Régn. anim. vii. (1845)

p. 441.

Nysson abdominalis, Gerst. Abh. Naturf. Ges. Halle, x. (1866) p. 122;

Handl. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xcv. (1887) p. 318.

Five females and four males, Pretoria (Distant).

Genus PHILANTHUS, Fabr.

Philanthus triangulum, Fabr., var. diadema, Fabr.

Crabro diadema, Faby. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 471.

Philanthus diadema, Faby. Skrivt. naturh. Selsk. Copenhagen, 1. pf. i.

(1790) pp. 27 & 225; id. Ent. Syst. i. (1793) p. 289; Latr. Gen.

Crust. et Ins. iv. (1809) p. 95; Dhlb. Hym. Eur, i. (1845) p. 495;

Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 471.

Philanthus triangulum, var. diadema, Girard, Traité Elém. d’Ent. ii.

1879, p. 928; Grib. Mem, Ins. Bolog. (5) iv. (1895) p. 129.

Five females, three males, Pretoria (Distant); Durban

(Ross) ; Brak Kloof, Cape Colony (Mrs. White) ; Fort John-

ston, Nyasaland (Lendall).

Philanthus innominatus, sp. n.

?. Mandibles black, punctured, shining red in the middle,

with a yellow spot at base above; clypeus, the sides of the

face, a crescentic maik between the base of the antenna, a

sjot on the back of the scape at apex, and a spot on the

cheeks behind the eyes lemon-yellow, the rest of the head and

of the antenne black ; eyes reaching the base of the man-

dibles, the inner orbits emarginate above the base of the

antenne ; clypeus, sides of the face below the base of the

antenne, and the cheeks behind the eyes smooth, very

sparsely punctured, the rest of the head densely and somewhat

coarsely punctured and opaque. ‘Thorax black, a line inter-

rupted in the middle on the pronotum, the anterior half of

the tegule, a large spot on the flanks beneath the base of the

wings, and an elongate lunate spot on the postscutellum

Tlymenoptera from the Transvaal. ys:

yellow ; the whole thorax except the portions marked with

yellow and the basal half of the median segment closely finely

punctured, the basal half of the median segment highly

polished and shining, with a deep, oval, short and broad,

depressed median longitudinal hollow at the apex of the

polished portion, this hollow transversely punctured inside.

Wings fusco-hyaline, pubescent, nervures brown. Legs

black, the tarsi reddish towards the apex; the apex of the

trochanters, a spot on the anterior and intermediate femora

at apex, and a broadish line on the anterior and intermediate

tibie yellow. Abdomen orange-yellow, shining, the basal

half of the first segment black, the third and fourth segments

shaded with fuscous above

Length, ¢, 19 millim.

Hab. Pretoria. Collected by Mr. Distant.

This species seems closest to Philanthus Laflingit, Dhlb.,

but differs both in sculpture and colour.

Philanthus fuscipennis, Guér.

Philanthus fuscipennis, Guér. Iconogr. Régn. anim. vii., Ins. (1845)

p- 443; Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 472.

Three females, Pretoria (Distant); Johannesburg and

Durban (A. Loss).

Philanthus bucephalus, Smith.

Philanthus bucephalus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B, M. iv. (1856) p. 472.

Five males, Pretoria (Distant); Barberton (Lendall) ;

Brak Kloof (Adrs. White).

I was at first inclined to think that this species was only a

light-coloured exceptionally large-headed male of P. fusci-

pennis, Guérin (Smith’s type is a male); but I have lately

seen an undoubted female of what can be nothing else than

P. bucephalus. his latter species has cheeks twice as

broad as those of P. fuscipennis.

Philanthus histrio, Fabr.

Philanthus histrio, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 1804, p. 301.

Philanthus Schonherri, Dhlb. Hym. Eur, i. (1845) p. 496.

Philanthus formosus, Smith, Cat, Hym. B, M. iy. (1856) p. 471.

Two males (typical), Johannesburg (Cregoe) ; two females

and two males (var. formosus), Johannesburg and Durban

(A. Ross).

214 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Genus Crerceris, Latr.

Cerceris nasuta, Lepel.

Cerceris nasuta, Lep. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii. (1845) p. 6; Lucas,

Expl. sc. Alvérie, Zool. iii. (1846) p- 250, pl. xi. fig. 8; André,

Spec. Hym. Eur. iii. (1890) p. 335, 9.

One female, Durban (Distant).

Indistinguishable from Algerian specimens.

Cerceris latifrons, sp. n.

?. Black, the mandibles, the antenne beneath, and the

femora, tibiee, and tarsi of the legs red; the third abdominal

segment above and a narrow line on each side of the apical

margin of the fourth segment yellow, the yellow on the third

segment emarginate anteriorly. Head, thorax, and _ basal

two abdominal segments coarsely, closely, cribrately punc-

tured, the fourth and following abdominal segments with

large, shallow, scattered punctures. Head, thorax, and abdo-

men pubescent, the pubescence pale yellowish white and

most dense on the front below the antenne and the clypeus,

entirely hiding the sculpture. Mandibles shining, covered

with scattered short hairs; clypeus slightly convex, deeply

emarginate anteriorly, front flat, remarkably broad, as broad

across at base of mandibles as high; eyes oval, rather small,

their inner margins parallel ; head above and cheeks behind

the eyes broad and flat, the latter sharply truncate posteriorly.

‘Thorax massive, the mesonotum twice as broad as long; the

median segment convex, the cordiform area at its base

obscurely obliquely striate. Wings fusco-hyaline, nervures

brownish black. Abdomen with the basal segment forming

a narrow rectangular pedicel about a third as wide as the

second segment; beneath the pedicel is briefly carinate at

base and with a tubercle on each side at the margin; pygidium

oblong, finely rugulose, the sides, but not the apex, margined.

Length, ?, 14 millim.

Hab. Procured on the Natal border of the Transvaal.

Cerceris orientalis, Smith.

Cerceris orientalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iy. (1856) p. 454, 2 ¢g.

One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Identical with specimens from Kurachi in Western India.

Cerceris fulviventris, Guérin.

‘erceris fulviventris, Guér. Iconogr. Régn, anim., Ins. vii. (1845) p. 444.

One female (typical), Delagoa Bay (/istant) ; one female

(var. ?), Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

ITymenoptera from the Transvaal. 215

The latter has the abdomen bright yellow, not fulvous, and

the wings a deeper fuscous brown, but otherwise in shape and

sculpture it agrees with Guérin’s brief description.

Cerceris mitrata, sp. n.

g. Clypeus and front to a little above the base of the

antenne and the abdomen bright chrome-yellow ; mandibles,

antenne, the posterior half of the vertex, the occiput and

upper half of the cheeks, the posterior half of the pronotum,

the scutellum and postscutellum, an irregular mark on each

side of the median segment at base with a round detached

spot on the inner side of it, and the femora, tibiw, and tarsi

of the legs red, the red on the head and thorax dark, on the

legs slightly yellowish; the rest of the head and thorax

black, the wings fulvous yellow, the apex and apical margin

fuscous, the tegule fulvous red, the extreme base of the

abdomen black. The head, thorax, and abdomen coarsely

punctured, the punctures on the head and thorax dense, those

on the abdomen more sparse and scattered. ‘The front of the

head below the antennz and clypeus covered with a fairly

abundant beautiful golden pubescence hiding the sculpture.

Clypeus strongly convex in the middle, the sides anterior]

emarginate, the lateral angle laminate and produced, the head

above and the cheeks broad, the occiput and the cheeks poste-

riorly sharply truncate. Thorax narrower than the head;

the scutellum and postscutellum raised gibbous, the median

segment convex, the cordiform space at base with divergent

oblique striz from a medial impressed line. Abdomen with

the basal segment narrowed, forming a pedicel, which is

convex above and twice as broad as long ; pygidial area flat,

margined at the sides, covered with coarse shallow punctures ;

hypopygium convex, with an apical short spine on each side.

Length, g, 10 millim.

Hab. Collected at Middleburg (Déstané), and one male at

Johannesburg (Loss).

Genus SPHEX, Linn. (sensu lat. apud Kohl).

Sphexw xanthocerus, Illig.

Sphex vanthocerus, Ilig. Mag. f. Ins. i. (1801) p. 193.

Chlorion mandibulare, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 1804, p. 218.

Proneus eneus, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. (1809) p, 56.

Proneus rufipes, Guér. Voy. Abyss. vi. pt. 4 (1848), p. 357.

Proneus instabilis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iy. (1856) p. 240.

Chlorion fulvipes, Tasch. Zeits. f. d. ges. Naturw. liii. (1880) p- 482.

Four females and four males, Zomba and Fort Johnston,

Nyasaland (Rendall).

216 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Sphea Boehmanni, Dhlb.

Sphex Boehmanni, Dahlb. Hym. Wur. i. (1845) p. 486, ¢ ; Kohl, Ann.

Naturh, Hofmus, Wien, x. (1895) p. 52, pl. iv. figs. 5-7, ¢.

Nine females, seven males, Pretoria (Distant) ; Barberton

(Rendall) ; Rustenburg (Distant) ; Durban (Loss).

Sphex tyrannus, Smith.

Harpactopus tyrannus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 264, 9.

Sphex tyrannus, Kohl, Ann, Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, v. (1890) p. 349,

2d.

Two females, four males, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall).

Sphex nigripes, Smith.

Sphex nigripes, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 254, 9.

Sphex siamensis, Taschenb, Zeits. f. d. ges. Naturwiss. Halle, xxxiv.

(1869) p. 418, 9, var.

Sphex pulchripennis, Mocs. Magy. Akad. Term. Ertek. xiii. (1883)

p. 1d, 2, var.

Sphex erythropoda, Cam, Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,

ii. (1889) p. 20, 2.

Five females (var. pulchripennis), Pretoria (Distant) ; two

females, five males (var. muticus, Kohl), Pretoria (Distant) ;

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Hendall).

Sphex niveatus, Dufour.

Sphex niveata, Duf. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. sér. 3, i. (1868) p. 877, dg.

Enodia albopectinata, Taschb, Zeits. f. d. ges. Naturwiss, Halle, xxxiv.

(1869) p. 410, 9.

Sphex niveatus, Kohl, Termesz. Fiizetek, ix. (1885) p. 182, 2 g; André,

Spec. Hym. Eur, iti. (1888) fase. xxvii. p. 128, 9 d.

T'wo females, five males, Pretoria (Distant) ; Natal border,

Transvaal; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Kendall); Brak

Kloof, Cape Colony (Mfrs. White).

Sphee pelopeiformis, Dhlb.

Sphex pelopeiformis, Dhlb. Hym. Eur, i, (1845) p. 437; Smith, Cat.

Hym. b. M. iv. (1856) p. 245, 2 dg; Kohl, Termesz. Fuzetek, ix.

(1885) p. 193, 3. x

Sphex longiventris, Sauss. Reise Novara, Bd. ii. (1867), Hym. p. 37,

pl. ii. fig. 21; Grib, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen, xxi. (1884) p. 800, 2d.

A solitary male, Pretoria (Distant).

Sphea umbrosus, Christ.

Sphex umbrosa, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 1791, p. 298, pl. xix. fig. 2, 2.

Sphex rufipennis, albrfrons, et unicolor, Kabr. Ent. Syst. i. (1793)

pp. 201, 207, & 208.

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 217

Sphex argentata, Dhlb. Hym. Eur. i. (1845) p. 25.

Sphex argentifrons, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii. (1845) p. 357.

Sphexr lanatus, Mocs. Magy. Akad. Term. Ertek. xiii. (1883) p. 34,

6, var.

Sphez umbrosus, Kohl, Ann, Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, v. (1890) p. 406.

Two females, two males (var. danatus, Mocs.), Pretoria

(Distant) ; Waterberg (Wildes) ; two females (typical), Fort

Johnston, Nyasaland (2endall).

Genus AMPULEX, Jurine.

Ampulex compressa, Fabr.

Sphex compressa, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 445.

Chlorion compressum, Fabr, Syst. Piez. 1804, p. 219.

Ampulex compressa, Jur. Nouv. Méth. class, Hym. 1807, p. 134, 9 5; |

Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 268; Kohl, Ann. Naturh.

Hofmus. Wien, viii. (1893) pp. 473, 488, & 491, pl. xi. figs. 11 & 22,

and pl. xiii. fig. 71.

Ampulex sinensis, Sauss, Reise Novara, Zool. ii. pt. i. (1867), Hym.

p. 326, pl. il, fig. 25.

Two females, Pemba Island (Mrs. Burtt).

Ampulex nigrocerulea, Sauss.

Ampulex ngrocerulea, Sauss. Dist. Nat. Transv. 1892, p. 212, 2, pl. iv.

fig.6; Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, viii. (1893) p. 497, 9.

One female, Pretoria.

Genus SCELIPHRON, Klug.

Secliphron spirifex, Linn.

Sphex spirifex, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. (1758) p. 570.

Sceliphron spirifex, Klug, Neu. Schrift. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. iii

(1801) p. 564.

Pelopoeus spirrfex, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. xiii, (1805) p. 295.

Nine females, ten males, Pretoria (Distant); Zomba

and Fort Jolinston, Nyasaland (fendall) ; Beaufort West,

Cape Colony (Cregoe).

Sceliphron Spinola, Lepel.

Pelopoeus Spinole, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii. (1845) p.307, 2 ¢.

Pelopoeus Eckloni, Dhlb, Hym, Eur. i. (1845) p. 434,

Sceliphron Spinola, Sauss, Grandid. Hist. Madag. xx. pt. i, (1892)

p- 440, 9d.

Three females, Pretoria (Distant) ; Barberton (Rendall).

Sceliphron violaceum, Fabr.

Sphex violacea, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 346,

Pepsis violaceus, Faby. Syst. Piez. 1804, p. 211,

218 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Pelopoeus violaceus, Ach. Costa, Ann. Mus. Zool. Napoli, iv. (1867)

p. 76, Qc.

Sceliphron violacewm, Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. vii. (1897) p. 392.

One male, Barberton (Rendall).

Genus AMMOPHILA, Kirby.

Ammophila ludovicus, Smith.

Ammophila ludovicus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 212, 2.

Two females, one male, Pretoria (Distant).

Ammophila bonespet, Lepel.

Ammophila bonespei, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii. (1845) p. 382,

2 od; Lucas, Expl. se. Algér., Zool. ili. (1846) p. 276.

Hight males, Pretoria (Distant) ; Durban (A. Loss).

Ammophila ferrugineipes, Lepel.

Ammophila ferrugineipes, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii. (1845)

p. 383, 2 ; Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p p- 312; "Gnbede

Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen, xxi. (1884) p. 297, 9.

Five females, nine males, Pretoria (Distant) ; Fort John-

ston, Nyasaland (fendall).

Ammophila beniniensis, Pal. Beauv.

Sphex beniniensts, Pal. Beauv. Ins, rec, Afr. et Amér. (1811) p. 48,

Hym. pl. vii. fig. 1.

Ammophila beniniensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. (1856) p. 215.

Five females, two males, Pretoria (Distant); Durban

(A. Ross); Delagoa Bay (Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasa-

land (Rendall).

Genus TRYPOXYLON, Latr.

Tryporylon confrater, Kohl.

PE confrater, Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, ix. (1894)

. 202, 9, pl. xiii. fig. 11, and pl. xvi. figs. 109 & 110.

i eee female from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Tribe DIPLOPTERA.

Family Eumenide.

Genus Discoe.tius, Latr.

Discoelius transvaalensis, sp. n.

¢. Black, pubescent, the mandibles, apical half of the

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 219

clypeus, the greater portion of the cheeks behind the eyes,

the scape, the basal joint and basal half of the second joint

of the flagellum of the antennx, the prothorax and legs,

the pedicel underneath and on the sides, and the apical two

abdominal segments deep maroon-red; wings fusco-hyaline,

nervures brown, tegule red. The head, thorax, and abdomen

covered with a soft, white, rather long, semierect pubescence,

most dense on the median segment. Head and thorax closely

and somewhat coarsely punctured, opaque; pedicel and

abdomen more finely but yet closely punctured, shining.

Length, 9,18; exp. 38 millim.

Male unknown.

Hab. Collected by Herr Zutrzenka at Leydenburg, Hast

Transvaal.

This is a true Déscoelius, with four joints in the labial

palpi and the recurrent nervures in the fore wing both

received in the second cubital cell, this latter with a distinct

border at the marginal cell.

Genus EUMENES.

Eumenes maxillosa, Degeer.

Vespa mavxillosa, Degeer, Mém. Hist. Ins. iii. (1773) p. 577, pl. xxix.

figs. 1 & 2.

Sphex tinctor, Christ, Naturg. d. Ins. 1791, p. 311, pl. xxxi. fig. 1.

Lumenes Savigny?, Guér. Icon. Régn. anim, vii. (1845) p. 446, pl. Ixxii.

fie. 4,

Lumenes tinctor, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. i., EZumenes (1852), p. 49;

Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. vy. (1857) p. 27.

Eumenes maxillosus, Sauss. Grandid. Hist. Madag. xx. pt. i. (1891)

p. 153.

Thirty-one females, Pretoria (Distant) ; Fort Johnston,

Nyasaland, and Barberton (Lendall) ; Durban (Ross).

Nine males, Pretoria (Distant) ; Fort Johnsion, Nyasaland

(Rendall).

Eumenes caffra, Linn.

Vespa caffra, Linn. Syst. Nat, 12th ed. (1767) p. 951; Christ, Nature.

d. Ins. 1791, p. 2149. i

Vespa cratiata, Weber, Obs. Ent. 1801, p. 101.

Eumenes caffra, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. i., Zum. (1852) p. 45.

Three females, two males (typical), Pretoria (Distant).

Eumenes Lepeletier’, Sauss.

Eumenes Lepeletiert, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. i., Zum. (1852) p. 45, 2

pl. x. fig. 1; Gerst. v. d. Decken, Reise in Ost-Afr. 1873, p. 322:

André, Spec. Hym. Eur. ii. (1884) p. 632; Grib. Ann. Mus. Ciy,

pics (1884) p. 292; Magretti, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Gen, xxi, (1884)

p. 611,

220 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Seven females, one male, Pretoria (Distant) ; Johannes-

burg (A. Ross); Middleburg (/istant); Durban (A. Ross).

This species is very distinct, but at first sight is apt to be

mistaken for H. caffra; the base of the abdomen (excluding

the pedicel) is in this species always red, in E, caffra always

black.

Eumenes Rendalli, sp. n.

@. Allied to and resembling #. Hdwards?, Sauss., in

shape and &. fenestralis, Sauss., a little in colour, Dull

brick-red ; the clypeus, a triangular mark on the front, and

the antenne orange-red, the flagellum shaded above towards

the apex with black ; vertex black ; the mesonotum, a broad

vertical line on the median segment, and the sutures on the

flanks and above on the thorax black; legs pale red. Wings

hyaline, shaded with fulvous along the costal margin and with

the apical two thirds of the marginal cell in the fore wing

dark fuscous. Pedicel and abdomen red, the former with a

black mark above towards the apex, the latter with the basal

half of the first segment red, the apical half black, the second

and following segments black above, red below, with their

posterior margins broadly yellow. The head above the base

of the antenney, the thorax, and the median segment very

finely and closely punctured ; the clypeus, pedicel, and abdo-

men smooth, but not polished or shining.

g. Similar; the clypeus, a narrow line behind the eyes,

and a broader streak along the lower portion of tne emar-

gination of the eyes bright yellow. ‘The yellow on the apical

abdominal segments replaced with red.

Length*, 9,17; exp.32millim. @,13; exp. 26 millim.

Hab. Described from five females and one male from Tort

Johnston, Nyasaland (collected by Dr. Rendall), and one

female from Barberton, ‘Transvaal.

Eumenes Lucasia, Sauss.

Eumenes Lucasia, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp., 1. Hwmen. (1852) p. 68.

Zethus favillaceus, Walk. List Hym, Egypt, 1871, p. 28.

A solitary specimen of this apparently widespread species

from Pretoria (Distant).

* In the Diploptera the measurement of the length is taken only to

the apex of the second abdominal segment.

Llymenoptera from the Transvaal. 221

Genus RuyNcHIUM, Spinola.

Rhynchium synagrotdes, Sauss.

Rhynchium synagroides, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. i.. Lumen, (1852

p- 1038, pl. xiv. fig. 2, ¢.

Three males, Johannesburg (A. Ross) ; Barberton (Lendall).

Rhynchium cyanopterum, Sauss.

Rhygium cyanopterum, Sauss. Etud. Fam. Vesp. i., Zumen. (1858)

p. 108, 93.

Rhynchium cyanopterum, André, Spec. Hym. Eur. ii. (1884) p. 649,

2 3; Mayr, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xxi. (1884) p. 613; Sauss. Gran-

didier, Hist. Madag. xx. pt. i. (1891) p. 159.

Nine females, two males, Pretoriaand Rustenburg (Distant) ;

Fort Johnston and Zomba, Nyasaland (Lendall).

Rhynchium fallax, Sauss.

Rhynchium fallax, Sauss. Etude Fam. Vesp. iii., Masar. (1856) p.175, 9.

Thirteen females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Lendall).

Genus ODYNERUS, Latr.

Odynerus punctatipennis, Sauss.

Odynerus (Letonotus) punctatipennis, Sauss, Etud. Fam. Vesp. i., Eumen.

(1852) p. 210, 2.

Two females and one male, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall); Durban (A. Ross).

Absolutely inseparable from Indian specimens.

Odynerus carinulatus, Sauss.

Odynerus (Hypodynerus) carinulatus, Sauss. Mtud. Fam. Vesp, iii.,

Masar. (1856) p. 259, pl. xiv. fig. 3.

Four females and one male, Pretoria (Distant) ; Johannes-

burg (A. Loss).

Odynerus capensis, Sauss.

Odynerus (Ancistrocerus) capensis, Sauss. Etud, Fam. Vesp. iii., Masar.

(1856) p. 214.

One female and one male, Pretoria (Distant).

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 16

222 On Hymenoptera from the Transvaal.

Odynerus rubroniger, sp. n.

9. Dull red, the upper margin of the clypeus, the flagellum

of the antenna, the front (except a spot between the base of

the antenne and a spot in the emargination of the eyes), the

vertex and cheeks (except an elongate spot on the latter),

the lower portion of the thorax, the mesonotum, the margins

all round of the scutellum and postscutellum, a broad line

down the middle of the median segment, a large oval spot at

the base of the first abdominal segment above, the base and

two comma-shaped marks on the disk of the second abdo-

minal segment and the apical four segments entirely black ;

wings dark fuscous; the coxe, trochanters, and base of the

femora of the legs black. The head, thorax, and abdomen

closely cribrately punctured ; the mandibles long and pointed,

with broad teeth on the inner margin; clypeus circular,

bidentate anteriorly ; prothorax truncate anteriorly; post-

scutellum strongly bituberculate ; tegulee very large, median

segment with sharp lateral margins not rounded.

Length, 9,12; exp. 26 millim.

Hab. A single specimen procured by Mr. Distant at

Pretoria.

Belongs to the subgenus Pterochilus, Herrich-Schiiffer.

Odynerus simplex, sp. n.

¢g. Allied to and resembling O. stlaos, Sauss., but much

larger and somewhat differently coloured. Black, the clypeus,

a broad line on the scape of the antenne in front, and the

posterior margins of the basal two abdominal segments above

pale yellowish white; the femora, tibizw, and tarsi of the

legs ferruginous. Head, thorax, and base of the abdomen

closely eribrately punctured and covered with abundant soft

white, rather long pubescence, the rest of the abdomen very

smooth and shining, non-pubescent, and very finely and

sparsely punctured. Wings hyaline, fulvous brown along

the costal margin. Abdomen beneath with a deep broad

furrow between the first and second segments, the anterior

margin of the latter tuberculate or dentate in the middle.

Length, 6,133 exp. 28 millim.

Hab. One specimen procured at Pretoria (Distant).

The antenne in this specimen are curled at the apex, as in

the subgenus Hoplopus, Wesmael.

[To be continued. }

On new Species of Histeride. 223

XXX.—On new Species of Histerides and Notices of others.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

Tuts paper is the twenty-first of a series on the Histerida

published in this Magazine. In it I have established two

new genera, which I think will facilitate the study of the

Tryponet, and it is probable before very long it may be

desirable to add to this number, for the species hitherto

included in Tryponwus are extremely numerous, but at present

there is some difficulty in dealing with many undescribed

Species owing to the uncertainty of. it being possible to assign

the sexes correctly to each other. There are about fifteen

undescribed species in my possession, and I believe that in

Herr J. Schmidt’s collection there are as many again.

List of Species and New Crenera.

Apobletes prostratus. Hister mundulus.

feriatus. tetricus,

rubrofemoratus. Eretmotus major.

Foersterii. sinuaticollis.

Platysoma scalptum. ceesariensis.

Thugnaum, Notodoma saturum.

vicinale. elobatum, Mars.

obliquum, nigrum.

Eblisia Nairii. Phoxonotus lectus.

pagana. Fryi, Lew.

infans. Reninus turritus.

Megalocrerus, gen. nov. Tryponeus cornifrons.

rubricatus. bellator.

Pachycrerus prasinus. Coptostethus, gen. nov,

ellipsodes, Xyloneus, gen. nov.

Stenotrophis, gen. nov.

Exosternus, gen. noy.

manicatus.

ceratus.

Phelister conquisitus.

- foveicollis.

—— hospes.

Omalodes foveipennis.

Hister boleti, Lew.

immarginatus.

Trypeticus Grouvellei, Wars.

Teretriosoma festivum, Lew.

prasinum.

Teretrius pilimanus, Mars.

—— Marshallii.

—— 4-striatus.

indus.

distinctus.

Apobletes prostratus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, depressus, piceus, nitidus ; fronte punctulata, stria

supra oculos valida, ad angulos interrupta; elytris striis 1-5

integris (3 aliquando interrupta), 4 apicali; mesosterno bi-

sinuato marginatoque.

L, 33 mill.

Oblong-oval, depressed, piceous and shining; the head

1G*

224 Mr. G. Lewis on

evenly and not closely punctulate, and somewhat concave

anteriorly, stria strong over the eyes and interrupted at the

angle and widely sinuous anteriorly ; the thorax finely punc-

tulate laterally, with the marginal stria interrupted behind

the neck ; the elytra, 1-3 dorsal striz complete, with a short

apical appendage representing the fourth, sometimes the

third is evanescent in the middle; the propygidium is almost

smooth in the middle and sparingly pointed at the sides ; the

pygidium is evenly and rather coarsely punctured, with two

shallow basal fovee; the prosternum is very finely and

sparingly punctulate; the mesosternum is marginate, but

owing to the stria being very fine and close to the edge

(which is impressed behind the prosternal keel) it is not easy

to see except under a microscope.

This species is relatively broader than A. marginicollis,

Lew., and the head is not opaque. Except in size it is most

similar to A. tener, Mars.

Hab. Dutch Timor and Solor Island (Doherty). Twenty

examples.

Apobletes feriatus, sp. Nl.

Oblongas, planatus, niger, nitidus; antennis pedibusque rufo-

brunneis ; fronte parum dense punctulata, stria utrinque distincte

interrupta; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 interrupta vel in medio

evanescenti; pygidio distincte punctato, utrinque foveolato ;

tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L, 33 mill.

Oblong, flat, rather parallel at the sides, black and shining ;

antenne and legs reddish brown; the head and mandibles

somewhat densely punctulate, forehead coneave in the region

of the stria, which is distinctly interrupted on either side;

the thorax finely pupcanete on the lateral borders, marginal

stria interrupted behind the neck; the elytra, strie lightl

impressed, 1-2 complete, 3 sometimes interrupted in the

middle, sometimes traceable as complete; the propygidium

is sparingly and very finely punctured, except at the impres-

sions on either side of the base, where the punctures are more

conspicuous ; the pygidium is distinctly pointed and has two

shallow fovee at the base; the prosternum is wide and without

strie; the mesosternum is bisinuous and not marginate

behind the keel; the anterior tibiz are 4-dentate.

This species is smaller and less wide than A. tener and

A. Schaumi, Mars., but the form of the sternal plates is very

similar in the three species.

Ilab. Dutch Timor (W. Doherty, 1892).

new Species of Uisteride. 22

A pobletes rubrofemeratus, sp. n.

Oblongus, parallelus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte punc-

tata, stria integra; pronoto stria marginali pone caput inter-

rupta ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 brevissima ; pygidio convexo,

ocellato-punctato; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 3 mill.

Oblong, parallel, a little convex, black and shining, legs

reddish brown, with the thighs distinctly red; the head is

concave anteriorly in the region of the stria, stria complete,

surface irregularly punctured, punctures fine, with larger ones

interspersed, on the vertex there is more or less a cluster of

points ; the thorax, the marginal stria is interrupted behind

the middle of the neck and is sinuous laterally, the lateral

border is rather evenly punctured, the points not encroaching

on the interior area; the elytra, strie 1-3 parallel to each

other and complete, 4 very short and apical, there are two

punctures at the base, the outer one apparently represents an

appendage to the fourth stria, the inner represents all there is

of the fifth stria, there is no sutural; the propygidium has a

scattered irregular punctuation with fine points intermixed ;

the pygidium has a more even and ocellate punctuation, but

the punctures are not closely associated, the surface of the

segment is convex; the prosternum is without strie2; the

mesosternum is bisinvous, with a very distinct marginal stria,

which is angulate on either side; the anterior tibia are

5-dentate.

The general outline of this species is similar to that of

Platysoma Dufali, Mars., but the form of the sterna is that

of an Apobletes.

Hab. Mahé, Malabar.

Apobletes Foersiervi, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, complanatus, nigro-piceus, nitidus ; pedibus brun-

neis; fronte punctulata, stria integra; pronoto lateribus parce

sed distincte punctulato; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 in medio

subinterrupta, 4 apicali; prosterno bistriato; mesesterno stria

marginali late interrupta; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 3-3} mill.

Oblong-oval, depressed, pitchy black; the head feebly

impressed in front, stria complete, strong over the eyes, trans-

versely fine and very feebly bisinuous, surface throughout

with thinly scattered points; the thorax narrowest at the

anterior angles, marginal stria strong from the base round the

226 Mr. G. Lewis on

anterior angle, fine and irregularly crenulate anteriorly, with

an indication of being broken behind the eye, surface sparingly

punctured, points very fine on the disk, but more distinct

laterally, with a few larger points near the base opposite the

first elytral stria ; the elytra, outer humeral strong and com-

plete, inner wanting, 1-2 dorsal complete, 3 almost complete

but a little broken and punctiform in the middle, 4 apical and

short, there are fine and somewhat obscure punctures on the

interstice between the humeral and first dorsal striae and some

more distinct in the apical area; the propygidium has two

shallow fovee and is clearly but not densely punctured,

especially at the sides; the pygidium is similarly but more

evenly punctured; the prosternum, the anterior lobe is

distinctly punctate, keel with a few very fine points, bistriate,

strie sinuous; the mesosternum is marginate on each side

only, not behind the keel, the suture between the sterna is

scarcely traceable ; the anterior tibie are 4-dentate.

The general form of this species resembles A. mysolicus,

Mars.

Hab. Sumatra (Dr. Foerster).

Platysoma scalptum, sp. n.

Oblongum, subdepressum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte haud excayata,

stria integra; pronoto striis marginali et laterali integris ;

elytris striis, subhumerali ab humero ad suturam distincte con-

tinuata, 1-3 integris, 4-5 abbreviatis ; propygidio pygidioque

subocellato-punctatis, hoc haud convexo ; tiblis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 4 mill.

Oblong, rather depressed, black and shining; the head not

excavated, frontal stria complete, strong, and nearly straight

anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria very fine, lateral stria

close and parallel to it and joining it behind the eyes, well

within the lateral stria, but near the middle of the lateral

border are some conspicuous scratches or broken strie, which

are very characteristic, the surface is impunctate; the elytra,

strie, the outer humeral is complete and well-marked and is

continued along the apical edge and a short distance round

the sutural angle, dorsal strie 1-38 complete, 4 almost di-

midiate, 5 somewhat longer, sutural wanting, unless the

terminal end of the outer humeral represents it; the pro-

pygidium and the pygidium are densely and coarsely punctate ;

the prosternum is rather narrow and without strie; the

mesosternum is formed similarly to that of P. Confucii,

Mars., but the marginal stria is complete ; the anterior tibie

are 4-dentate.

Hab, Malié, Malabar.

new Species of Histeride. 227

Platysoma Thugnaum, sp. u.

Oblongo-ovatum, parum convexum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte im-

pressa, stria integra ; pronoto (basi excepta) impunctato ; elytris

striis 1-4 integris, 5 ultra medium abbreviata; propygidio

pygidioque grosse punctatis, hoc utrinque profunde foveolato ;

mesosterno marginato, late sinuato.

L. 33-32 mill,

Oblong-oval, convex above, black and shining; the head

feebly punctulate, impressed anteriorly, stria complete and

nearly straight in front; the thorax smooth, with a row of

punctures on each side along the basal edge, scutellar fovea

extremely minute, marginal stria complete ; the elytra, stria

1-4 complete, 5 equidistant between the fourth stria and the

suture, it reaches beyond the middle and anteriorly turns very

slightly away from the suture, the sutural stria is wanting ;

the propygidium is transversely densely punctate, punctures

large and ocellate, but along the base there are only small

irregular points ; the pygidium is similarly punctate, with a

very conspicuous fovea on either side and a smooth posterior

rim; the prosternum, the keel is narrow in the middle and

without striz; the mesosternum is widely sinuous anteriorly,

with a well-marked marginal stria; the anterior tibiz are

5-dentate, the two apical teeth are a little separated from the

third.

This very distinct species may be placed near P. zntegrum,

Sch.

Hab. Mahé, Malabar.

Platysoma vicinale, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatum, parum convexum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte punc-

tata, tenuiter impressa, stria integra; elytris striis 1—4 integris,

5 et suturali abbreviatis ; propygidio pygidioque grosse punctatis,

hoc postice marginato.

L. 3 mill.

Oblong-oval, little convex above, black and shining; the

head is obtusely angulate over the eyes, surface rather densely

punctured, punctures varying in size, largest before the middle

of the neck, stria complete and strongly sinuous over the

eyes; the thorax punctured like the head near the anterior

angles, finely punctulate on the disk, marginal stria strong at

the sides and crenulate behind the neck ; the elytra, striz,

outer humeral fine and complete, inner does not quite reach

the base and is shortened just at or before the middle, and it

is somewhat deep and wide and has a short basal appendage,

228 Mr. G. Lewis on

there is also an oblique stria, dorsal 1-4 complete, 5 apical

and not reaching the middle, sutural shorter, broken and ill-

defined, along the apical margin are a few scattered punctures ;

the propygidium is irregularly punctate, with fine points

along its base; the pygidium has similarly large punctures

more evenly set, and the posterior rim is raised; the pro-

sternum is sparingly and finely punctulate and is without

strie ; the mesosternum is sinuous behind the keel and the

marginal stria is complete; the anterior tibia are 4—d-

dentate.

Somewhat similar to P. baliolum, Lew., but more oblong

and more depressed, and the dorsal striation is different. The

punctuation of the pygidia is very similar in both species,

but the pygidium is not marginate in P. baliolum.

fab, St. Thomas, Gulf of Guinea (Jocquerys).

Platysoma obliguum, sp. n.

Elongatum, depressum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte punctulata, trans-

versim haud striata; pronoto stria marginali antice interrupta ;

elytris striis, 1 apice subabbreviata, 2-3 integris, 4 apicali, sutu-

rali paullulum longiore, obliqua; prosterno striis antice diver-

gentibus, postice abbreviatis; mesosterno sinuato haud marginato;

tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 3-33 mill.

Elongate, depressed, black and shining; the head very

lightly impressed anteriorly, surface punctulate and striate

over the eyes only; the thorax, marginal stria interrupted

behind the middle of the neck; the elytra, striz, outer

humeral complete, inner wanting, dorsal 1 slightly abbre-

viated apically, 2-3 complete, 4 very short and apical, 5

wanting, sutural longer than the fourth, oblique and abbre-

viated apically ; the propygidium and pygidium are slightly

convex, evenly and not densely punctulate, the apex of the

latter is almost smooth; the prosternum is bistriate, striae

divergent anteriorly and do not pass beyond the coxe behind ;

the mesosternum is broadly sinuous, with a short hamate stria

on either side not close to the margin nor reaching the poste-

rior edge; the metasternum and the first segment of the

abdomen have a well-marked lateral stria; the anterior

tibixw are 4-dentate.

The species of this genus are probably very numerous in

Madagascar, but those known at present are the above, P. quad-

ricollis, Lew., P. Richtert, Sch., P. pulvinatum, Sch., and

P. Fairmairei, Théry, all very distinct species.

Hab. Fort Dauphin, Madagascar.

new Species of Histeride. 229

Lblisia Natrit, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovata, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte impressa, stria in-

tegra; pronoto stria laterali a margine distanti pone oculos

retrorsum acuminata ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 dimidiatis,

suturali simillima, sed postice abbreviata ; pygidio levi utrinque

profunde excavato.

L, 33 mill.

Oblong-oval, depressed, black and shining; the head im-

punctate, frontal stria well-marked and slightly bent, with a

shallow and somewhat wide impression behind it ; the thorax,

stria complete, strong and sinuous laterally, and somewhat

distant from the margin (like that of Phelister Steinheili,

Mars.), less deep and arched behind the anterior angle, and

acuminately reflexed behind the eyes; the elytra, strie 1-3

complete, 4-5 coequal and dimidiate, sutural similar to the

fifth but shortened apically; the propygidium has a trans-

verse median band of deep irregular punctures; the pygidium

is smooth, with two large and deep comma-shaped excavations

at the base; the prosternum, the keel is rather narrow and

posteriorly semicircular in outline, between the coxe are two

striz, which diverge behind, and apparently but not distinctly

join in front ; the mesosternum is widely sinuous and has a

well-marked stria which is only marginal at the sinuosity, it

continues along the side of the metasternum, and behind the

angles of the mesosternum there is a short outer stria; the

metasternum and the first segment of the abdomen are laterally

bistriate ; the anterior tibia are 5-dentate.

Hab. Mahé, Malabar.

Eblisia pagana, sp. n.

Ovata, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte impressa, stria integra ;

pronoto stria laterali a margine distanti pone angulos acute

angulata; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 apicali haud dimidiata,

5 et suturali ultra medium abbreviatis ; pygidio profunde bifoyco-

lato ; tibiis anticis 5-spinosis.

L. 3 mill.

Oval, depressed, black and shining; the head sparsely

punctulate, stria well-marked and feebly sinuous, forehead

impressed behind the stria; the thorax, stria complete, strong

and sinuous laterally, and somewhat distant from the margin

except at the base, where it turns inwards, behind the angles

(where a feeble punctuation is visible) the stria is finer and

distinctly angulate ; the elytra, striz 1-3 complete, 4 apical

and one third of the elytral length, 5 reaches just beyond the

230 Mr. G. Lewis on

middle, the sutural is slightly shorter; the propygidium and

pygidium are microscopically strigose over their whole surfaces,

the first is irregularly punctured, the second has a deep some-

what circular fovea on either side at the base, which is

obscurely punctured between the foves; the prosternum, the

keel is rather narrow and without striz; the mesosternum is

rather widely emarginate and has a bent stria on either side,

which is continued laterally along the metasternum, trans-

versely there is a median arched stria, which is common also

to the metasternum ; the first abdominal segment is laterally

bistriate ; the anterior tibie are 5-spinose.

Hab. Tongking, “ Montes Mauson, alt. 2300 feet” (ZZ.

Fruhstorfer ).

Eblisia infans, sp. n.

Ovata, parum convexa, punctulata, picea, nitida; fronte stria trans-

versa bisinuata, utrinque interrupta; pronoto stria laterali antice

abbreviata ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 ultra medium, suturali

basi, abbreviatis ; prosterno haud striato; meseosterno bistriato ;

tiblis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 12 mill.

Oval, rather convex, piceous and shining; the head

sparsely punctulate on the vertex, stria bisinuous and inter-

rupted near the eyes; the thorax, the lateral stria is distant

from the margin, but turns towards it at the base, and it is

much shortened in front, behind the anterior angles the

marginal stria faint and arched (like that in £. Nairiz), but

behind the neck it is stronger and crenulate, the scutellar

puncture is very small but distinct, and close in front of it is

a second even smaller; the elytra, stria 1-4 complete, 5

extends beyond the middle, sutural is shortened well before

the base; the propygidium is distinctly punctate; the py-

gidium is smooth and has two deep lobe-shaped excavations

placed transversely at the base; the prosternum, the keel is

narrow and without striz and the anterior lobe is punctate ;

the mesosternum is widely emarginate, the marginal stria is

complete and close to the edge at the emargination only, the

transverse stria is widely arched, both these striz are rather

fine and both continue aiong the metasternum, the surfaces of

the meso- and metasterna are distinctly but not densely

punctulate ; the anterior tibize are 5-dentate.

This is the smallest species of the genus known.

fab. Sumatra.

new Species of Histeride. 231

MEGALOCRERUS, gen. nov.

Corpus cylindricum ; caput retractile ; epistomum excavatum; frons

utrinque marginata; mandibule equales, robust; antenne

foveolis in angulo prothoracis detectis ; pronotum stria marginali

integra; elytra 6-striata; prosternum basi truncatum, mar-

ginatum; mesosternum antice sinuatum; propygidium trans-

versum, breve; pygidium semicirculare vix convexum; tibiw

fossa tarsali recta, parva et profunda.

The genus established here is represented by a species

having the superficies of Pachycrerus, but the mesosternum

is not produced anteriorly and the tarsal grooves in the ante-

rior tibiz are straight. The antennal fossettes are similar to

those of Hxosternus.

Megalocrerus rubricatus, sp. 0.

Cylindricus, robustus, niger, nitidus; elytris basibus late rubris,

striis 1-6 integris, tenuiter impressis ; prosterno bistriato ; meso-

sterno antice late sinuato; propygidio pygidioque punctatis;

tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 4 mill.

Cylindrical, robust, black and shining, the elytra broadly

imbricate at their bases except on the sutural border; the

head is feebly punctulate and the lateral stria well-marked

over the eyes; the thorax, marginal stria complete but ex-

tremely fine anteriorly, along the lateral border the punctua-

tion is similar to that on the head; the elytra, strize are fine,

outer humeral and 1-6 dorsal complete, the fifth and sutural

being joined at the base, of the inner humeral there is only a

trace behind the middle; the propygidium and pygidium are

clearly punctate, the points on the latter are the more evenly

set; the prosternum is bistriate, strie parallel; the meso-

sternum is widely sinuous anteriorly and the marginal striz

continue along the sides of the metasternum; the anterior

tibize are 6-dentate and the intermediate and posterior are also

very similarly dentate.

Hab. Jatahy, Province Goyas, Brazil. There is an

exawple also in the British Museum taken by A. Rt. Wallace

in the Amazon Region.

Fachycrerus prasinus, sp. 0.

Ovalis, parum convexus, supra viridi-metallicus; fronte distincte

punctulata ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 4 tenuiter impressa, 5 di-

midiata, suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque sat dense

punctatis ; tiblis paullulum dilatatis.

L. 3§ mill.

232 Mr. G. Lewis on

Oval, somewhat convex, brightly green above; the head is

wider and more clearly punctulate, with the marginal stria

less deeply impressed than in P. cyanescens, Er.; the thorax

is more transverse, but similarly punctate to that of cyanescens,

and the marginal stria is like it interrupted behind the neck ;

the elytra, strize, outer humeral is fine, apical and dimidiate,

inner also fine and more complete, but shortened apically,

1-4 dorsal complete, but the fourth is much finer than the

third, especially at the base, 5 fine, apical, and_ scarcely

reaching the middle, with a small puncture as a basal ap-

pendage, sutural fine and abbreviated before the base; the

pygidia are similarly but more closely punctured than those

of cyanescens; the prosternum, the striz are closer together

than those of cyanescens, are parallel laterally, and slightly

divergent at the base, the surface of the keel is microscopi-

cally strigose and the anterior lobe is punctate; the meso-

sternum, marginal stria is complete, rather fine, and feebly

sinuous, and it does not follow the outline of the anterior

edge; the anterior tibize are 4—5-dentate, and all the tibiz

are much wider than those of cyanescens.

This species is relatively broader than P. cyanescens, Er.,

and the prosternal striz are parallel and nearer together,

resembling more closely those of P. ewruleatus, Lew., although

they are more strongly impressed.

Hab. Mpudzi River, Manica, Gazaland (Guy A. K.

Marshall, 1901).

Pachycrerus ellipsodes, sp. n.

Ellipticus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; pronoto stria marginali

antice late interrupta ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata,

suturali basi evanescenti; prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno mar-

ginato; tiblis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 44 mill.

Elliptical, rather convex, black and shining; the head,

frontal stria complete and angulate before the eyes, surface

punctulate, with some larger points along the base; the

thorax, lateral stria is continued anteriorly only as far as

behind the eyes, the punctuation is similar to that of the

head, but it is somewhat dense laterally and the finest points

are before the scutellum and on the disk; the elytra, striz,

the outer humeral is apical and dimidiate and deepest in the

anterior portion, dorsal 1-4 complete, 5 dimidiate, with a

basal punctiform appendage, sutural is evanescent at the base,

along the apical border are a few punctures ; the propygidium

is irregularly, not closely punctured, some of the punctures

: new Species of Histeride. 233

are ocellate, and between them are others very fine; the

pygidium is similarly punctured, but the larger points do not

extend to the apex; the prosternum, keel bistriate, strize

nearly parallel to each other, but slightly widening out behind,

and they are uot joined in front, there area few fine punctures

between the striz, and the surface is microscopically strigose,

the punctuation is denser on the anterior lobe; the meso-

sternum is marginate and the acumination rather minute, the

surface with that of the metasternum has a very fine punctua-

tion; the anterior tibiz are 5-dentate.

In general outline this species agrees with P. morulus,

Lew., which is the only other elliptical species known.

Hab. St. Thomas’s Island, Gulf of Guinea.

STENOTROPHIS, gen. nov.

Body short, cylindrical, and truncate; head retractile,

epistoma excavated, mandibles very robust and very strongly

dentate; antennz, club orbicular in outline, joints 3-7

moniliform and equal in size ; antennal fovea is in the angle of

the thorax and not open as in Pachycrerus ; thorax transverse

and marginate at the sides; elytra, dorsal striz short and in-

complete ; prosternum, keel very narrow, parallel at the sides,

and bistriate ; mesosternum produced in the middle; pygidium

semicircular and convex; anterior tibia with 9 coequal and

equidistant teeth, the anterior femora are grooved and strongly

dilated at the tibial end on the anterior edge, somewhat

similar but more explanate than in Phelister Simontt, Lew.

(fig. 1, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. p. 46, July 1839),

Type Pachycrerus cavifrons, Lew.

This genus should be placed next to Chalcurgas, in which

the antennal fossette and narrow sternal keel are very similar.

I have recently received four examples of S. cavifrons,

Lew., from Usambara which are metallic blue, but the type

is brassy green and is from N. Kamerun. I cannot see any

other difference, and so conclude that the species has a wide

range. Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall has lately found Maero-

sternus Lafertet, Mars. (originally recorded from Senegal)

in Gazaland, and I believe there are other species Shiels

extend from coast to coast on the African continent,

E:XOSTERNUS, gen. noy.

Body oval, robust, rather convex, somewhat metallic;

head retractile, forehead flat and punctate, epistoma distinctly

separate ; thorax marginate and the antennal fossettes are in

the angle and not open like those of Pachycrerus ; elytra,

234 Mr. G. Lewis on ,

strie, humeral and dorsal all complete ; pygidium convex and

semicreular behind ; prosternum bistri ate and incised at the

base ; mesosternum marginate, bisinuous, and produced in

the middle like that of Cypturus ; tibiee, anterior 8—9-dentate

and moderately dilated, intermediate and posterior more

dilated and widest near the tarsi, the tarsi are short and rather

robust, with two claws.

Exosternus manicatus, sp. ne

Ovalis, parum convexus, nitidus; fronte plana, rugoso-punctata ;

elytris striis humeralibus et dorsalibus integris, suturali antice

cum 5* juncta; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno marginato, in

medio producto; tibiis dilatatis.

L. 32 mill,

Oval, somewhat convex, nearly black and shining; the

head, forehead plane, densely and rugosely punctured, and the

transverse stria is almost obliterated by the sculpture; the

thorax, marginal stria complete, surface clearly and densely

punctured except before the scutellum, where the points are

finer and less close; the elytra, stri, inner and outer humeral

and 6 dorsal all complete, minutely crenulate and rather fine,

especially the fourth, fifth, and sutural, the sutural joins the

fifth at the base, the apical margin is strigose; the pro-

pygidium is densely and somewhat rugosely punctured; the

pygidium is more finely and clearly, not rugosely punctured ;

the prosternum, anterior lobe marginate in front, with punc-

tures rather closely set together, keel bistriate, striee faintly

sinuous in the middle, surface sparingly punctulate; the

mesosternum is marginate and bisinuous; the metasternum

is sparingly and minutely punctured, transverse stria straight

and finely crenulate, and it joins the lateral strong and

oblique stria; the first segment of the abdomen has a small

fovea on either side well within the margin; the anterior

tibizs are 8-9-dentate and are somewhat dilated and are bowed

on the outer edge; the intermediate and posterior tibiz are

more dilated, especially at the tarsal end.

Hab. Mpudzi River, Manica, S. Africa (Guy A. K.

Marshall), December 1901.

Exosternus eratus, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, subseneus, nitidus ; fronte plana, rugoso-

punctata; elytris striis omnibus integris; mesosterno in medio

producto, marginato; tibiis dilatatis. :

L. 33 mill.

Oval, rather convex, somewhat brassy and shining, with

new Species of Histeridee. 235

the apical margin of the elytra reddish ; the head densely and

rather rugosely punctate, transverse stria obliterated; the

thorax, marginal stria complete, surface somewhat closely

punctured, points finest on the disk and before the scutellum ;

the elytra, strie similar to those of the preceding species,

except that the fifth and sutural are not so distinctly joined ;

the propygidium is rather densely punctured, punctures

varying in size, some small and circular, others oblong and

rather large, and a few are confluent, and it has a lobe-shaped

but somewhat obscure elevation on either side ; the pygidium

is more finely and more evenly punctured; the prosternum,

anterior lobe marginate and sparsely punctate, keel bistriate,

strie widely sinuous in the middle and not clearly meeting in

front, surface of the keel with a few punctures smaller than

those of the lobe; the mesosternum is marginal and bisinuous,

surface finely and sparingly punctulate ; the metasternum has

a straight and fine crenulate stria, which joins the lateral

stria, which is strong and oblique; the tibize are formed like

those of #. manicatus, but are a little less dilated.

flab. Dar-es-Salaam, German Kast Africa.

Phelister conquisitus, sp. n.

Rotundatus, parum convexus, piceus, nitidus ; fronte haud striata ;

pronoto stria marginali integra, stria interna utrinque interrupta ;

elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 in medio late interrupta, 5 apicali,

suturali ultra medium abbreviata; propygidio distincte punc-

tato; prosterno margine sulcato ; mesosterno dense punctulato.

L. 23 mill.

Rather convex, piceous and shining; the head feebly

punctulate and without a frontal stria; the thorax, marginal

stria fine and complete, lateral stria extremely fine and broken

in the middle, behind the eyes it is again interrupted, and

behind the neck clearly crenulate ; the elytra, striae 1-3 com-

plete, 2-3 minutely hamate at the base, 4 short and basal,

distinctly hamate anteriorly, with a short apical appendage,

5 apical and equal in length to the appendage of the fourth

stria, sutural apical, but reaching beyond the middle, and

irregularly crenulate; the propygidinm is clearly punctate,

punctures closest on the anterior portion; the pygidium is

microscopically punctulate; the prosternum, anterior lobe

margined anteriorly with an even and deep furrow, and

coarsely punctate on either side before the suture, the median

area is densely punctulate, keel broadest at the base, com-

pletely marginate, and the surface densely punctulate; the

mesosternum is sculptured like the prosternum and marginate

256 Mr. G. Lewis on

anteriorly, with an arched crenulate stria which continues to

the base of the metasternum ; anterior tibizw 5-dentate.

Hab. Ulster, New York Province, U.S.A. (Hl. H. Smith).

Phelister foveicollis, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum conyexus, piceus, nitidus ; fronte excavata; pronoto

conspicue bifoveolato, lateribus sparsim punctato ; elytris striis

1-3 integris, 4 dimidiata, 5 apicali, suturali ultra medium abbre-

viata ; prosterno parum lato, bistriato ; mesosterno in medio haud

marginato.

L. 22 mill.

Oval, rather convex, piceous and shining; the head exca-

vate and finely and sparingly punctulate, stria fine and inter-

rupted behind the epistoma; the thorax conspicuously but

not closely punctate laterally, but not close to the border,

surface finely punctulate like the head, marginal stria com-

plete, in a line behind the eye halfway before the base is a

very conspicuous fovea on either side, and there is a minute

fovea placed obliquely near each of the larger fovew, the

scutellar fovea is oval and very distinct; the elytra, stria,

inner humeral apical and rather wide, with a short finer

median appendage, dorsal striz 1-3 complete, the second

turns away from the first at the base, 41s apical and di-

midiate and punctiform anteriorly, 5 apical and shorter and

also punctiform anteriorly, sutural stronger and somewhat

abbreviated before the base, at the base of each elytron there

is a transverse bent stria, which is apparently an appendage

to both the sutural and fourth strize; the propygidium and

pygidium (except at the apex) are clearly but not closely

punctured; the prosternum is rather wide, bistriate, striz

sinuous between the coxe and do not touch the base nor turn

towards each other in front ; the mesosternum has two short

marginal strie at either angle and a transverse arched crenu-

late stria which continues along the sides of the metasternum ;

the anterior tibiz are 6—7-spinose.

Hab. Para, Brazil (71. LH. Smith).

Phelister hospes, sp. n-

Ovalis, parum convexus, piceus, nitidus; fronte leviter concaya,

stria integra; pronoto stria laterali ad angalos arcuata, pone

oculos interrupta; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi subabbre-

viata, 5 dimidiata, suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio ocellato-

punctato ; pygidio dense et minute rugoso; prosterno bistriato,

striis antice et postice conjunctis; tibiis anticis 6-dentatis.

L. 2 mill.

Oval, somewhat convex, piceous and shining; the head,

new Species of Histeride. 237

stria complete and nearly straight anteriorly, forehead slightly

concave behind the stria, surface sparingly and minutely

punctulate; the thorax, marginal stria very fine and ceasing

behind the eyes, lateral stria arched and feebly crenulate

behind the anterior angles, interrupted behind the eyes, the

stria is continued behind the neck, where it is crenulate and

both its ends are reflexed, surface punctulate like the head,

with a few large punctures scattered on either side of the disk,

the scutellar fovea is longitudinal and acuminate anteriorly ;

the elytra, strize 1-3 complete, 4 almost complete, 5 dimidiate

with a few additional punctures, sutural two thirds of the

elytral length, all the stria have more or less crenulate edges ;

the propygidium is clearly and rather densely ocellate-punc-

tate; the pygidium is minutely and densely rugose, with a

few punctures visible here and there; the prosternum, the

keel is very narrow behind the anterior lobe, and there is a

marginal stria which is united at both ends; the mesosternum,

the marginal stria is fine and widely sinuous, the transverse

stria is also fine and feebly arched, and it continues laterally

along the metasternum ; the first segment of the abdomen is

bistriate at the sides, the inner stria being continued along

the basal edge; the anterior tibia are 6-dentate.

flab. Ulster, New York Province, U.S.A. (H. H. Smith).

Omalodes fovetpennis, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, in

medio profunde foveolata, stria integra, antice retrorsum acumi-

nata; pronoto lateribus punctulato, margine haud sinuato;

elytris bifoveolatis, striis dorsalibus punctorum lineis compositis;

propygidio basi bifoveolato et in medio conspicue impresso ;

tibiis anticis 6-dentatis.

L. 6-63 mill.

Shortly oval, convex, black and shining ; the head clearly

punctulate, with a deep fovea on the vertex, stria complete,

with an anterior acumination similar to that of O. s¢xuwati-

collis ; the thorax, marginal stria complete and strong, sides

punctulate, especially behind the anterior angles, scutellar

fovea small and shallow ; the elytra, stria, outer humeral fine

and complete, inner less distinct, dorsal striz all punctiform,

1-3 complete, 4-5 consist of a very few punctures and do not

reach beyond the middle, the sutural 1s more conspicuous

than the fourth, but does not reach the base, at the base

of the third stria there is a conspicuous fovea; the propy-

gidium has two large fove on either side with a median

impression on the posterior edge, in and near the fovex the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 17

238 On new Species of Histeride.

punctures are rather large, but behind the median impression

they are smaller ; the pygidium has a rather large depression

on either side of its base, and it is more regularly punctured

than the propygidium ; the prosternum and mesosternum are

finely punctulate, the transverse stria of the latter is minutely

crenulate; the anterior tibiz are 6-dentate.

Omalodes sinuaticollis, Mars., has a similar elytral fovea

to this species, and the two species are similar in outline, but

the frontal fovea, sculpture of the pygidia, and the transverse

stria between the meso- and metasterna are distinctive

characters in fovedpennis. In several specimens there are

thoracic fovee, but they are not constant either in number or

position.

Hab. Province of Espirito Santo.

Fister boleti, Lew.

Hister boleti, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 185 (1884).

The prosternum in this species is bistriate between the

cox, and the mesosternal marginal stria is complete and

punctate.

Hister mundulus, sp. n.

Ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, stria integra ;

pronoto stria interna antice late interrupta; elytris striis 1-4

integris, 5 ultra medium extensa, suturali ante basin abbreyiata ;

propygidio pygidioque punctulatis.

L, 45-5} mill.

Oval, convex, black and shining; the head finely and some-

what densely punctulate, stria complete and semicircular, but

feebly irregular in its course; the thorax, marginal stria

very fine laterally, but much more distinct behind the head,

inner lateral not quite reaching the base, hamate and ceasing

behind the anterior angle; the elytra, striz, outer humeral

short and median, inner wanting, dorsal 1-4 complete, 5

reaching just beyond the middle, sutural shortened before the

base and turning away from the suture apically, all the striz

are crenulate; the propygidium and pygidium are somewhat

faintly punctulate, very fine points are set in between the larger

ones ; the prosternum, anterior lobe margined with two striz

laterally, the outer stria the shorter, keel narrow between the

coxe ; the mesosternum, marginal stria is complete and fine,

also that of the metasternum, the latter continues conspicu-

ously in a loop to the elytral margin; the anterior tibiz are

bifid, with three simple teeth above them.

On new Species of Locustide from South Africa. 239

This species is somewhat similar to HZ. hamatitis, Lew.,

especially in the form of the inner stria and the outline of the

meso- and metasterna.

Hab. Sumatra (Dr. Foerster).

Hister tetricus, sp. n.

Late ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; stria frontali integra,

antice sinuata; pronoto stria unica, basi abbreviata, angulo antice

foveolato ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 basi incurva, abbreviata,

suturali ultra medium extensa; tibiis anticis 5-6-denticulatis.

L. 32 mill.

Broadly oval, rather convex, black and shining ; the head,

frontal stria complete and sinuous anteriorly; the thorax,

lateral stria is shortened at the base, and there is a circular

fovea at the angle, fovea smaller than that of H. geminus, Er.,

and without punctures, the surface has a shallow leather-like

sculpture and a fine but obscure punctuation; the elytra,

there is a fine oblique humeral stria and an indication of an

inner humeral at the apex, 1-4 dorsal are strong and com-

plete, 5 is shortened before the base and incurved anteriorly,

sutural reaches beyond the middle and apically turns away

from the suture; the punctuation of the pygidia is micro-

scopical; the prosternum, anterior lobe strongly marginate,

keel narrow before the coxe and without striz ; the meso-

sternum is widely arched anteriorly, but the marginal stria is

complete and more arched, it does not quite follow the out-

line of the anterior edge; the anterior tibie are dilated near

the tarsi, and have five or six small denticulations.

The superficies of this species resembles that of HZ sesszlis,

Lew.

Hab. Sumatra.

[To be continued.]

XXXI.— Descriptions of Five new Species of Locustide from

South Africa. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S.

SINCE the publication of my papers on South-African Locus-

tide in the ‘Transactions of the Entomological Society of

London’ for 1902 Mr. Distant has submitted a few more

specimens to me for examination, among which I find three

species of the genus //eteropternis, Saussure, and one each of

Dittopternis, Saussure, and Caloptenopsis, Bolivar, which

appear to be new and which I therefore describe below.

240 Mr. W. F. Kirby on new

1. Dittopternis (?) rosacea.

Long. corp. 19 millim. ; exp. al. 40 millim.

Male.—Head, thorax, four front legs, and base of tegmina

yellowish grey, mottled with black, almost the terminal half

of the tegmina hyaline, sparingly reticulated with black ;

abdomen, face, and under surface yellowish; wings rose-

colour, with the apex hyaline, separated by a black band,

curved outwards below the costa, round the hind margin, but

ceasing before reaching the anal angle; hind femora black

inside, with a yellow ring before the tip, outside yellowish

grey, mottled with black; upperside banded with black and

yellowish grey and with a row of raised black points; hind

tibie and tarsi bright red; base of tibie and tips of spines

black.

Hab. Eureka, Barberton (endall).

A very distinct species.

2. Heteropternis guttifera.

Long. corp. 21 millim.; exp. al. 36 millim.

Male.—Brown, indistinctly mottled with darker, blackish

towards the front of the rostrum below, on the hinder part of

the pronotum, on the basal segments of the abdomen above,

and towards its extremity. Hind femora brown, mottled

with black, the under surface bright red; hind tibize

blackish, with a narrow and broad yellow belt towards the

base, a longitudinal yellow band above before the extremity,

and the tarsi mostly yellowish. ‘Tegmina brown towards the

base, irregularly mottled with yellowish white ; towards the

extremity the cells are whitish subhyaline, with a brown

streak or spot in the centre of each. Wings hyaline, nar-

rowly brown along the costa, and with the tip inclining to

brownish ; possibly with the nervures reddish or yellowish

towards the base during life.

Hab. Eureka, Barberton (Rendall).

3. Heteropternis Saussuret.

Long. corp. 26 millim.; exp. tegm. circa 45 millim.

Female.—Head, thorax, and antenne black, mottled with

yellow; behind the eyes run converging pale bands (perhaps

red in life), partly macular, crossing each other, and ending

in a large spot on each side at the base of the hinder lobe of

the pronotum. Abdomen blackish, mostly yellow beneath,

and shining, and varied with testaceous or reddish on the

sides. “Hind femora black, thickly and transversely mottled

Species of Locustide from South Africa. 241

with yellow outside, red towards the base on the inside

beneath. Hind tibiew red, with a black stripe on each side,

and red spines; the black stripes are broadly interrupted

towards the base and that on the outer side is spotted with

yellow on its upper portion below the interruption. Inner

spine twice as long and thick as the outer; tarsi dull red.

Tegmina blackish towards the base and yellowish sub-

hyaline, irregularly clouded and reticulated with brown,

beyond. Wings hyaline, brown towards the margins.

Hab. Zoutpansberg (Listant).

Described from a single damaged specimen labelled

“ H. hyalina, Sauss.,”’ but it does not well agree with the

description of that species.

4, Heteropternis pallida.

Long. corp. 28 millim.; exp. tegm. 37 millim.

Female.—Light brown, cheeks smooth, varied with ivory-

white; back of pronotum mottled with black, the sides with

a short oblique blackish band, and the back above semi-

circularly blackish to the extremity over the greater part of

the hinder lobe; tegmina light subhyaline brown, with brown

and reddish-brown spots, nervures, and reticulations, the

outer third clearest ; the longitudinal spots darkest towards

the base in the subcostal area. Wings hyaline, with the

nervures on the costal third blackish, except at the base, the

costal nervure, and the longitudinal nervure above the last

two blackish ones, and all between the latter and the inner

margin, which are yellowish or whitish. Palpi reddish

brown, yellowish towards the base; legs reddish brown,

femora paler, hind femora slightly mottled with brown, with

two slightly marked brown transverse bands above, marked

on the upper carina with black spots; the upper lateral carina

marked with more numerous small black longitudinal spots

and the lower carina with much larger ones; hind femora

with black-tipped spines; abdomen light brown, indistinctly

marked, the valves black, reddish at the base.

Hab. Figtree Creek, Barberton (Rendall).

Probably allied to H. hyalina, Sauss.

5. Caloptenopsis femoralis.

Long. corp. 30 millim.; exp. al. 65 millim.

Female.—Light brown, cheeks and lower mouth-parts

varied with glaucous white, sutures of face partly bordered

with blackish; front with a median blackish band extending

upwards and over the greater part of the pronotum above;

242. Ona new Dik-Dik from British East Africa.

median and terminal carine mostly yellowish; pronotum

above with large depressed punctures; the lateral carinz

bordered with black below in front; the sides with a short

oblique band in the middle in front, brown above, and

yellowish, edged with blackish, below ; hind femora glaucous

white outside and below; the outer space marked with orange

curves or angles, spotted with black; the upper part alter-

nately banded with black and testaceous; the inside of the

femora rich purple nearly to the extremity; hind tibiz and

tarsi light purple above and on the inside, glaucous white on

the outside; tibial spines white, tipped with black; tegmina

yellowish, subhyaline, more opaque towards the base, medial

area with a row of dark brown spots, separated by pale

yellowish spaces; beyond these are larger but paler brown

blotches, the spaces between the crowded nervures mostly

spotted with pale yellowish, and beyond these are irregular

brown spots almost to the tip. Above the central area runs a

row of small blackish spots tor half the length of the tegmina,

Wings greenish hyaline, unclouded.

Hab. Pretoria (Distant).

A very distinct species, easily recognizable by the colour

of the legs.

XXXII.—A new Dik-Dik from British East Africa.

By Ovprietp THOMAS.

AmonG the specimens contributed by Dr. 8. L. Hinde to the

National Museum is a fine Dik-Dik from Kitui, and this

appears to differ so much from the ordinary Madoqua Kirkit

of East Africa as to deserve at least subspecific distinction.

It may be called

Madoqua Kirkit Hindet, subsp. n.

Size rather larger than in true J. Airkiz. Coloration

much more fulvous throughout. Mesial area of back bright

grizzled fulvous, very difterent to the dull yellowish grey of

M. Kirkii. Sides brighter and clearer fulvous than in

M. Kirkii, and the belly even, at least laterally, is strongly

suffused with the same colour. Legs deep reddish fulvous.

White eye-markings well defined and conspicuous. Long

hairs of crest deep reddish fulvous for their basal three fourths,

their tips deep black. Kars with the upper half of their

auterior margins edged with black externally.

On a new Monkey from Nyasaland, 243

Skull much as in MW. Kirkit. Nasals more bent down and

compressed laterally than usual. Premaxille just touching

nasals above.

Skull-dimensions of the type (a female, just adult) :—

Greatest length 109 millim.; zygomatic breadth 53:5;

tip of muzzle to tip of nasals 84; nasals 18°7x 16; muzzle

to orbit 52°5; breadth of brain-case 43°7 ; muzzle to front of

anterior premolar 24,

Hab. Kitui, British East Africa. Altitude 3500 feet.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 0.9.4.2. Collected 27th July,

1900, and presented by Dr. 8S. L. Hinde.

The strong fulvous colour of this form will readily distin-

guish it from any of its allies.

XXXIUI.—On a new Monkey from Nyasaland.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS, F.R.S.

AMONG a small collection of mammal-skins from Nyasaland

presented by Mrs. H. R. Mill to the National Museum there

occurs an example of a new monkey of the Cercopithecus

albigularis group, which I propose to name in honour of its

donor.

Cercopithecus Francesce, sp. n.

General characters of C. albigularis, but smaller. Colour

of body much darker and greyer, with less yellowish—the

yellow being restricted to a narrow area along the back, and

the hairs even then being only quite narrowly ringed sub-

terminally with this colour; their basal three-fourths dark

slaty grey and their tips black. Elsewhere, on head, nape,

shoulders, flanks, and hips, the colour is dark blackish grey,

finely grizzled with whitish. Hairs bordering ears on inner

side bright reddish or fulvous. Usual light neck-patch

present, dull white, not specially sharply defined, and not

encroaching upon the back of the neck. Limbs below elbows

and knees black. Tail long, its base grizzled like the body,

the rest dull black.

Approximate dimensions of the type, a native-made flat

skin :—

Head and body 450 millim., tail 620.

Hab. Near Mt. Waller, western side of Lake Nyasa; high

up on the plateau.

Type. B.M. no. 2. 7. 24.1. Collected by the Rev. James

Henderson, and presented by Mrs. Frances Mill.

244 Mr. O. Thomas on

This striking monkey is readily distinguished from all its

allies by its red ears and the reduction of the yellow in its

body-colour. Its geographical ally, C. Moloney?, is parti-

cularly strongly coloured on the back.

XXXI1V.—On Two new Hares allied to Oryctolagus crassi-

caudatus. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

A RENEWED examination of the South-African hares of the

remarkable Oryctolagus crassicaudatus group has convinced

me that not only is the form from Nyasa previously deter-

mined as QO. crassicaudatus worthy of being distinguished,

but also that another hare from the Orange River Colony,

collected some years ago by Mr. A. W. Curry, should also

be described as new.

Good material for the description of the true O. crassi-

caudatus of the Cape is still wanting, and I am at present by

no means certain whether the type of Smith’s Lepus rupestris

(B.M. no. 45. 7. 3. 8) is only a young specimen of O. crasst-

caudatus or represents another definable form. In colour it

closely agrees with the older known form, and is therefore

unquestionably distinct from the small O. c. Curryi described

below. A large O. crassicaudatus has a hind-foot length

of 97 millim. (s. u.) and a greatest cranial length of 92 millim. ;

in the type of L. rupestris these measurements are respec-

tively 71 and 69 millim.

Whether these hares are best considered as subspecies of

O. crassicaudatus or as species of a crassicaudatus “ group,”

I am doubtful, but, for the sake of showing their relationship,

I provisionally adopt the former method. Iam, however, by

no means convinced that this is the proper solution of the

difficulty.

Oryctolagus crassicaudatus nyike, subsp. n.

Lepus crassicaudatus, Thos. P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 9388 (nec Geoft.).

Size markedly less than in the true OU. crasstcaudatus, the

feet particularly short and stumpy; ears also decidedly

shorter. Coloration essentially as in that animal, the head

and body grizzled greyish fawn, the rump more rufous.

Individually the longer hairs of the back are black, with a

subterminal buffy band and a paler base, and the wool-hairs

are pale slaty grey for their basal halves, then buffy and the

Two new [ares. 245

tips black. On the rump the buffy of the wool-hairs becomes

more tawny and at the same time less hidden by the longer

hairs, thus producing the general effect of a more rufous

rump. Under surface dull buffy or tawny, the bases of the

hairs slaty. Head clearer grey than the back, the cheeks

especially being without buffy suffusion. Ears short, clear

grey, their backs rather darker than their inner surface ;

their inconspicuous fringes dull whitish. Nape-patch dull

tawny. Chin buffy whitish; chest grizzled buffy, like sides.

Limbs deep tawny proximally, paling to dull buffy ter-

minally. ‘Tail thick and long, wholly tawny rufous, without

dark tip ; a few of the terminal hairs only with inconspicuous

dark ends.

Skull smaller in all dimensions than that of O. crassicau-

datus, but of about the same general proportions. Shoulder-

like expansions at the anterior bases of the zygomata,

projecting considerably both forward and outward. Palatal

foramina very large, widely open, their greatest breadth ex-

ceeding the antero-posterior diameter of the palatal bridge,

which is far narrower than in O. crassicaudatus. Molars

with the peculiar characteristic structure found in O. crassi-

caudatus.

Approximate dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 385 millim.; tail 100, with hairs 130;

hind foot (s.u.) 743; ear 55.

Skull: greatest length 82; zygomatic breadth 40; nasals

388x175 interorbital breadth 16°5; intertemporal breadth

13°5; diastema 26; palatal foramina 24 x 8:3; palatal

bridge 7°8.

Hab. Nyika Plateau, Northern Nyasaland. “On the

highest peaks, at about 7000 feet.”

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 97. 10.1. 254. Collected

June 1896 by Mr. A. Whyte, and presented by Sir Harry

Johnston, K.C.B. ‘Two specimens.

This hare differs from O. crassicaudatus by its smaller

size, shorter feet and ears, longer and more wholly red tail,

and by the cranial details described above.

Oryctolagus crassicaudatus Curry?, subsp. n.

Size smaller than in true O. crasstcaudatus; about as in

O. c nyike; feet short, but ears longer than in nyike.

General colour far more rufous than in the other forms,

mainly owing to the very different colour of the underfur.

Longer hairs of back with a short black tip, a subterminal

buffy ring, succeeded by a slightly darker part, below which

246 Mr. O. Thomas on

the long and very thin basal portion is dull whitish. Wool-

hairs with inconspicuous black tips, below which they are

wholly rufous * to their bases. This is the case all over the

body, above and below, except just on the cheeks, where

the hairs are slaty based as usual. Under surface only

differing by the longer hairs being broadly whitish terminally,

without black tips. Tail deep rufous, the hairs at the end

tipped with blackish.

Skull markedly smaller and narrower in the interorbital

region than in true crassicaudatus, both interorbital and inter-

temporal dimensions decidedly less than in the other forms.

Antero-external zygomatic projections much less developed

than in O. c. nytke. Palatal foramina narrower than in

the latter, palatal bridge equally small. Bulle larger than

in true crassicaudatus.

Dimensions of the type, stated to have been taken in the

flesh :—

Head and body 365 millim.; tail with hairs 93; hind foot

(s.u.) 78; ear 72.

Skull: greatest length 81; basilar length 63; zygomatic

breadth 39; nasals 40 x 16; interorbital breadth 13°2; inter-

temporal breadth 11°8; diastema 26:5; palatal foramina

25xX7°5; palatal bridge 7.

Hab. Boshof, Orange River Colony.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 97. 6. 6. 1. Collected and pre-

sented by Mr. A. W. Curry. One specimen.

This striking animal is no doubt the high veldt repre-

sentative of the crasstcaudatus group. Intermediate in

geographical position, it is more distinct from either of the

other two forms than they are from each other.

XXXV.—WNew Forms of Saimiri, Oryzomys, Phyllotis,

Coendou, and Cyclopes. By OLDFIELD ‘J'HOMAS.

Saimiri boliviensis nigriceps, subsp. n.

General colour of the true S, boliviensis (better but erro-

neously known as S. entomophagus {), but with the crown of

* Between “ vinaceous-cinnamon ” and “ cinnamon-rufous.”

+ Callithrix boliviensis, Is. Geoftr. & Blainy. N. Ann. Mus, iii. p. 89

(1834). : r f

‘'alitrix entomophagus, @ Orbigny, Voy. Am. Mérid,, Atlas Mamm. pl. iy.

(1836). ;

Saimiris entomophagus, d’Orb, op. cit. Texte, p. 10 (1847).

new Forms of Saimiri, Oryzomys, &e. 247

the head deep black, the black ends to the hairs, asin S. Zirstedt,

completely covering their grey bases, and rendering the whole

top of the head an almost unmixed glossy black. Vertical

dark line in front of ears strongly marked. Auricular white

patch well defined, sharply contrasting with the black cap ;

hairs on inner surface of ears yellow. Back of the same

grizzled yellowish as in true bolivensis. Under surface and

inner side of limbs proximally clear pale yellow. Forearms

and hands and hind feet rich golden yellow to the tips of the

digits ; in boliviensts the fingers and toes, beyond the meta-

podials, change to dull whitish yellow. ‘Tail dull grizzled

yellow above, with a black tip; clear yellow along the middle

line below.

Dimensions of the typical skin :—

Head and body 330 millim. ; tail 400; hind foot 76.

Skull: extreme length 66; zygomatic breadth 41°5; breadth

of brain-case 35; basal length 42.

Hab. Cosnipata, Eastern Peru.

Type. Male. 3B.M. no. 69. 5.13.1. Collected 19th Oc-

tober, 1868, by Mr. H. Whitely.

This monkey is no doubt the “ Chrysothrix entomophaga,

D’Orb.” of Wagner *, who looked upon his deeply black-

capped specimens, collected by Natterer on the Mamoré, as

the fully developed form of D’Orbigny’s animal. But the

examples, practically topotypical, collected by Mr. Bridges

in Bolivia are all perfectly uniform, young and old, and it is

also one of these that Schlegel f, after referring to the colour

of the cap, states to be “‘ tout-a-fait semblable ” to a typical

specimen from Guarayas obtained during D’Orbigny’s voyage.

S. b. nigriceps has just about the same deep black cap as

S. Cérstedi, from which it differs by its dull yellowish body.

Oryzomys pheopus olivinus, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical form in all essential respects, but

instead of the dark umber-brown of true pheopus, the general

colour is grizzled olivaceous or bistre, almost as in the common

Akodons of this region. Feet dark grey, not so blackish as in

pheopus.

Skull and teeth as in true pheopus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 135 millim.; tail (imperfect); hind foot

* Wiegm. Archiv, 1842, p. 357; Schr. Saug., Suppl. v. p. 121, pl. 10

(1855).

+ Mon. Singes, p. 247 (1876).

245 Mr. O. Thomas on

(s. u.) 25; ear 16. Of another specimen with perfect tail—

head and body 132; tail 90; hind foot 25; ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 30°5, basilar length 23°7; greatest

breadth 16; nasals, length 11°83 interorbital breadth 5:9 ;

palate length 13; palatal foramina 5:6 x 2°2 ; length of upper

molar series 4°8.

Hab. Zaruma, Southern Ecuador. Alt. 1000 metres.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 0. 2. 9.44. Original num-

ber 380. Collected 14th June, 1899, by P. O. Simons.

Eight specimens.

This animal varies considerably in colour, but the average

tone is far paler and more olivaceous than in true pheopus,

which is itself hardly as dark as the more northern subspecies

obscurior, and the Central-American chrysomelas. It is the

most southern representative of the phwopus-chrysomelas

group, which is so distinct from true Oryzomys that I have

thought it worthy of subgeneric distinction *, and have sug-

gested for it the name of Melanomys, with O. phewopus as the

the type.

Phyllotis boliviensis flavidior, subsp. n.

Size and proportions about as in the typical. form, or the

tail may average slightly longer. General colour buffy grey,

the hairs of the back broadly tipped with dark brown. Under

surface pale buffy white, the bases of the hairs slate. Yellow

patches at anterior base of ears strongly marked ; ears grey-

ish, but the hairs of the inner surface also generally yellowish.

Shoulders and forearms strongly washed with yellow, flanks

with a marked yellow edging to the white of the lower surface,

and rump suffused with yellow. Upper surface of hands

white, of feet also white, but with their outer edge and a

prominent patch on the end of the metatarsals deep yellowish.

- Vail with its under surface dull yellowish, at least terminally,

often scarcely lighter than the upper surface.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 126 millim.; tail 95 ; hind foot (s. u.) 24 ;

ear 26.

Skull: greatest length 30°5, basilar length 25°3 ; zygo-

matic breadth 16°8 ; nasals 12°2 x 4:1 ; interorbital breadth 4;

diastema 8°2; palatal foramina 7°2X31; length of upper

molar series 5°6.

Hab. Bateas, Caylloma, Peru. Altitude 4500 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 2. 7. 2.5. Collected 19th May,

* Noyitates Zool. 1902,

new Forms of Saimiri, Oryzomys, ec. 249

1901, and presented by Mr. Bernard Hunt. Twelve specimens

examined from Caylloma (Hunt and Simons) and itive from

Titiri (J. Kalinowskt).

An examination of the series of Phyllotis bol’viensis obtained

by the late Mr. P. O. Simons at Potosi shows that these agree

precisely with the type; and as Mr. Bridges is known to have

collected at Potosi, that place may very well be considered as the

typical locality. Other similar specimens were collected by

Mr. Simons at Livichuco in the same region.

But the skins obtained by Messrs. Kalinowski, Hunt, and

Simons in the Peruvian part of the plateau, at Caylloma and

Titiri, are all noticeably more strongly suffused with yellow,

the ears more yellow (especially internally), the shoulders and

sides more yellow, the yellow patches on the metatarsals,

often imperceptible in true boliviensis, always strongly marked,

and the underside of the tail, white throughout and contrasted

with the buffy or brownish upperside in boliviensis, is in

flavidior either wholly or partly dull yellowish, and is often

but little lighter than the upperside.

Coendou mexicanus yucatanie, subsp. n.

General external characters as in true C. mexicanus of S.

Mexico and Guatemala, except that the long black fur of the

body is somewhat shorter and poorer, so that the spines are

more or less visible through it, at least on the head, flanks,

and limbs. In other respects I can find no external difference

between the two forms.

Skull markedly swollen and weaker throughout than in

‘true C. mexicanus. Nasals parallel-sided, not expanded an-

teriorly. Forehead much inflated, the highest point at the

naso-frontal suture, vertically above the first true molar,

Interorbital region smooth, convex, broadening posteriorly,

where there are well-marked and considerably developed post-

orbital inflations. Brain-case small and narrow. Anterior

palate flat, not hollowed behind the palatal foramina. Bulle

high and narrow, well inflated.

Incisors weak and narrow. Cheek-teeth comparatively

small. Premolar rather, but not conspicuously, larger than

the molars.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 440 millim.; tail (c.) 380; hind foot,

8, Un lO2y Cem, 745

Skull: greatest length 88; basilar length 75; zygomatic

breadth 48°5; nasals 30°5 x 19; height of forehead above

palate 97 ; interorbital breadth, anteriorly 30, posteriorly 36;

250 On new Forms of Saimiri, Oryzomys, &c.

breadth across brain-case just behind zygomata 33; palate

length 38°5; diastema 25; palatal foramina 8x 3:2; length

of upper tooth-row 18:1; combined breadth of upper in-

cisors 5:2.

Hab. Yucatan (probably near Izamal).

Type. Male. B.M. no. 91. 3. 24.1. Collected by Dr. G.

I. Gaumer.

While all the poreupines of this group are extremely

similar externally, the skull-differences between individual

specimens, even from the same place, are very great, and it

is most puzzling to know what should be put down to indi-

vidual variation and what to specific or subspecific distinction.

But the very small size of this Yucatan skull (a Guatemalan

one has the basilar length 8 millim. greater), its smooth even

convexity above, the development of the inflated postorbital

projections, and the small incisors and cheek-teeth induce me

to think that this form of C. mexicanus should be distinguished

by name. In any other group, having less variable skulls,

the differences would be fully specific.

Cyclopes didactylus eva, subsp. n.

Size as usual. General colour of body comparatively dark,

as in C. d. da and true didactylus, not yellowish as in C. d.

dorsalis. Face, forearms and hands, lower legs and feet

strongly yellow, matching these parts in C. d. dorsalis.

Shoulders and thighs not greyer than rest of body, but

tending towards yellowish. Dorsal streak present, fairly

well defined ; sternal streak vague and ill defined, but rather

variable in development. Under surface dull buffy, more or

less suffused with fulvous ; inner sides of arms and legs dull

yellow. Tail yellow, becoming bright golden yellow at its tip.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 200 millim.; tail 206; hind foot 31;

ear 13.

Skull: greatest length 50; interorbital breadth 11; breadth

of brain-case 23; palate length 20.

Hab. of type. Rio Tapayo, N.W. Ecuador. Other speci-

mens from Balzar Mts., W. Ecuador, and Bogota, Colombia.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 2. 7. 26.3. Collected

16th November, 1901.

This form is intermediate between the yellow C. d. dor-

salis of Central America and the darker grey-limbed and

grey-tailed C. d. ida and didactylus, having the greyish

body of the two latter, with the yellow limbs and tail of the

first named,

On the Panda of Sze-chuen. 2:

XXXVI.—On the Panda of Sze-chuen.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

THE Panda (Adlurus fulgens) was recorded from Sze-chuen,

Western China, many years ago by M. Pousargues, but

neither he nor any other author appears to have made a com-

parison between the Chinese and Himalayan specimens.

The British Museum now owes to the generosity of Mr. F.

W. Styan a fine example of the Sze-chuen Panda, and on

comparing its skull with a series from Nepal and Sikim, I

find that it is so much larger as to deserve subspecific

distinction.

In honour of its donor, to whom we owe go large a propor-

tion of our Chinese collection, I propose to call it

Ailurus fulgens Styant, subsp. n.

Colour and proportions very much as in the true fulgens,

although the anterior back is less noticeably darker than the

middle back, the back of the ears is less conspicuously black,

and there is rather less white on the cheeks and round the

eyes. But I doubt if any of these differences will prove

constant, as the Himalayan specimens vary in all of them.

Skull conspicuously larger than in A. fulgens, and especially

far more inflated in the frontal region. While the frontal

profile in fulgens, from nasal to vertex, is only slightly convex,

in Styan?t it is conspicuously swollen, owing to the large

frontal sinuses; thus in Styani the measurement, taken with

callipers, from the hinder part of the palate to the most

prominent part of the forehead is no less than 46 millim.,

while in fulgens it is only about 87. Brain-case more swollen

anteriorly in Styanz, so that the outline, as viewed from

above, is more parallel-sided, instead of the even contraction

forwards found in A. fulgens. Zygomata stout and strong,

widely spreading ; continued backwards above the meatus as

a broad upcurved ledge, far move developed than in fulgens.

Posterior palate broad, the posterior nares widely open.

Bulle low and flat, but little inflated. Lower jaw with the

coronoid process very large, broadly spatulate, higher, broader

above, and narrower below than in fulgens.

Teeth large and powerful throughout. Upper anterior

premolar large, triangular, with a large internal process.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 610 millim.; tail 405; hind foot (s. u.)

(wet) 112; ear (wet) 60.

Skull: greatest length 115; basal length 98 ; zygomatic

252 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

breadth 88; interorbital breadth 31; palate length from

enathion 54; breadth of posterior palate 13:3; lower jaw,

top of coronoid to lower side of angular process 55 ; coronoid,

height from level of condyle 28-5, breadth at same point 17°5.

Teeth : combined breadth of upper incisors 15, combined

length of upper cheek-teeth 37.

FTab. of type. Yang-liu-pa, N.W. Sze-chuen.

Type. Old male. B.M.no. 2. 6.10.41. Killed 14th June,

1897. Presented by F. W. Styan, Esq.

The large size of the head, and especially the greatly swollen

forehead, makes the skull of this animal look very different

to the comparatively flattened skull of A. fu/gens. But

although at least two are old, yet none of our Himalayan

skulls are quite so old as the Sze-chuen one; and on this

account I do not venture to distinguish Mr. Styan’s animal

as a separate species, on the chance that intergradations may

occur, and older specimens of the Himalayan Panda show

some tendency to the swollen character of the skull of

Styani.

XXXVII.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An-

drews.—No. XXIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D.,

F.R.S., &e.

[Plate VI.]

1. Further Note on abnormally-coloured Plaice (a specimen with white

spots).

: on Example of Regalecus glesne, Ascan., in the Museum of the

University.

. On Sharks &c. captured in Nets at St. Andrews.

. On British Neretde and Staurocephalide.

. On the Nereide of the ‘ Porcupine ’ Expedition.

. On Canadian Nereide dredged by Dr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St.

Lawrence.

. On Norwegian Neretde collected by Canon Norman, D.C.L. Xe.

N QoPco b9

1. Further Note on abnormally-coloured Plaice (a specimen

with white spots).

This example is considerably larger than the peculiarly-

pigmented or piebald forms described in the last note. It

measures 17 inches in length and fully 9 inches in breadth.

The ground-colour of the dorsum and the white under (left)

surface are normal, and the external structure presents no

peculiarity. Instead of the ordinary red spots on the dorsum,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 253

a series of pure white spots, some of them larger than a six-

pence, had taken their places. The largest spots, which often

were not quite circular, were dotted irregularly over the

anterior two-thirds, whilst a distinct series about three-quarters

of an inch apart, and chiefly in a single row like the ordinary

red, occurred along both dorsal and anal fins. On the narrow

part of the body in front of the caudal the spots were smaller

and nearer each other: none extended to the caudal fin. The

specimen was well nourished and had evidently escaped the

dangers usually associated with conspicuous abnormality of

coloration until it came in the way of the undiscriminating

methods of man.

2. On the Example of Regalecus glesne, Ascanius, in the

Museum of the University.

In Day’s ‘ British Fishes’ various instances of the occurrence

of this fish (his Regalecus Banksii) are noticed, and amongst

them is one, on August 21st, 1880, “ 12 feet 9 inches long,

which was found dead, but quite fresh and uninjured, at the

mouth of the Eden, on the sands at St. Andrews.” This

specimen has been stuffed and is now in the University Mu-

seum. The author, however, had overlooked another example

which was stranded on the West Rocks, St. Andrews, in April,

1861, and an account of which was given by Robert Walker*,

who apparently was unaware of a previous structural account

of a specimen by Hancock and Embleton ft.

So far as can be ascertained, the example in the University

Museum was caught in the salmon stake-nets off Tents’ Moor,

on the further bank of the Eden—that is, on the stretch of

sand between the rivers Eden and 'l'ay. It was alive when

captured and came into the hands of the authorities then in

charge of the Museum in a perfectly fresh state. Unfortu-

nately no attempt seems to have been made to give a minute

account of its external appearance, to determine the sex and

the condition of the internal organs, or to see that the taxis

dermist in Dundee followed nature. The result is that

instead of a companion-account to Prof. John Reid’s Trachy-

pterus arcticust (his 7’. vogmarus) there is only an inaccurately

mounted skin as a record of one of the most perfect examples

of the species procured in this country. ‘The total length is

12 feet, yet, according to Day, it was 12 feet 9 inches when

fresh, This reduction may have been due to the abnormal

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, x. p. 1 (July 1862).

t Ibid. ser. 2, iv. p. 1, pls. 1. & i. (1848).

¢ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. iii, p. 456 (1849).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 18

254 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

breadth (53 inches) given to the body by the taxidermist, as

shown by contrasting it with the section of an example from

Stonehaven kindly presented by the late Sir John Struthers.

Moreover, the 10-15 long (occipital) rays of the dorsal fin

are absent or represented by a haphazard series of short arti-

ficial rays, and those of the fin behind are also artificial and

placed bolt upright, besides being both too short and too flat.

They should, of course, slope backwards. Day gives the

4 , es ee eo ee ‘

number of the dorsal fin-rays at Son Lane hilst in the ‘ Scan-

dinavian Fishes’* the condition is a In the specimen

in the St. Andrews Museum the rays are 294 in number, the

last four being so strong and thick as to resemble offensive

weapons, a feature probably due to a misapprehension.

The pectoral fins have the correct number of rays (11). The

pelvic fins appear to be wholly artificial, and have a spatula-

like symmetrical tip at the end of a smooth ray, and thus

differ from the figure in the € Scandinavian Fishes,’ which

shows a triangular trilobate tip and a dermal flap on the

inner side of the ray about the commencement of the terminal

third.

3. On Sharks &c. captured in Nets at St. Andrews.

The use of gill-nets for the capture of cod and pleuronectids,

as well as the employment of trawls, has shown that many

an inhabitant of the sea—of whose presence we have hitherto

had slight acquaintance—approaches the inshore waters at

certain seasons, or is found at various times roaming in

the offshore, like the fox-shark (Alopias vulpes) of 14 feet

caught in a trawl off the Forth, the stomach of which was

filled with half a bushel of another somewhat uncommon form,

viz. Belone vulgaris. The gill-nets recently used in St. An-

drews Bay produced last winter at least five examples of the

Porbeagle shark (Jsurus cornubicus), of which only one was

a male, and ranging from 7 to 9 feet. This fish, therefore, is

by no means uncommon off the eastern coasts, as, indeed, its

capture by liners and by salmon stake-nets indicated formerly.

The contents of their stomachs usually consisted of the remains

of Gadoids, lenses especially being conspicuous in the pulp

after digestion. In one instance 11 hooks with the hair

““snood” attached occurred, the shark having passed along

the fisherman’s line and removed the haddocks and other

fishes by biting the snood. The hooks appear to give no in-

convenience in the stomach, and are probably ejected by the

* 2nd edit., Smitt, 1893, i. p. 322.

Gutty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 255

mouth. This species, from its swiftness, strength, and the

nature of its teeth, would seem to be capable of doing con-

siderable injury to large forms, but there is no history of its

attacking man in British waters. The muscles of both this

and the fox-shark form excellent food, the flavour of the

latter especially resembling lobster, so that each was success-

fully used for a students’ dinner to 80 or 100 men.

Besides the foregoing forms several examples of the tope

and picked dog-fish, numerous porpoises and skate, a young

sturgeon, various rare bony fishes, many diving birds, and a

seal were procured in the gill-nets.

When the sperm-whales find multitudes of cuttlefishes

unknown to man in the recesses of the Pacific and the

“dolphins ” (Coryphenoids) in the same and other oceans;

when sharks fall on shoals of such fishes as the green bone,

whose presence is rarely or ever revealed by any mode of

fishing in the sea; and when any new method of fishing (in

waters which have been harassed for hundreds of years)

produces numerous forms whose presence was wholly un-

suspected—it is well to approach the question of the ‘ impo-

verishment of the sea” with caution. It cannot be doubted

that constant interference renders the surviving marine fishes

much more wary, and they are very capable of eluding any

method of fishing.

4. On British Nereides and Staurocephalide.

In Dr. Johnston’s ‘Catalogue of the Annelids in the British

Museum ’ four species of Nereids are recorded; but, as the

author himself remarks, re-examination of several is neces-

sary, indeed about half tiie number therein described would

appear to be synonymous. Thus his Nereds brevimana appears

to be N. diversicolor, Nereis cerulea = N., cultrifera (excl.

syn.), Nereis fimbriata = N. pelagica, Nereis imbecillis =

Nereilepas fucata, and what Nereis pulsatoria refers to is

uncertain.

Hleteronereis lobulata = N. cultrifera (excl. syn.), L/etero-

nereis renalis and Lleteronereis margaritacea = Nereilepas

fucata, and [7, signata, Baird, is probably one of the fore-

oing.

The Nereids are so generally distributed and so readily

recognized that for a long time they have been well known

to marine zoologists, and therefore recent researches have

not increased their number to any noteworthy degree. No

species new to science, so far as can be ascertained, has been

recorded from the British area. ‘The relationships of the

Heteronereids of the various species, however, have been

256 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

more satisfactorily made out since the labours of Ehlers and

Claparéde enriched the subject. The complexity, in the case

of such species as Nere’s Jumerilit, is sufficiently known,

though perhaps it is less difficult to distinguish the various

forms in this species than in others. Most of the Nereids

frequent tubes of one kind or other.

At St. Andrews the cosmopolitan Nerets pelagica appears

to show a heteronereid condition only in the male, the female,

however, having a special coloration at the breeding-season ;

yet Eblers records a heteronereid female. No finer examples

of this species have been found than at St. Andrews, though

it ranges from Greenland to Japan. Those from the Channel

Islands are smaller than those in the north, The Nerets

cultrifera of Grube is very generally distributed both on the

.eastern shores of Scotland and in the south, as at Plymouth,

Polperro, and the Channel Islands, Its value as bait causes

it to be more readily observed. The epitocous condition is not

frequent.

It is long since Nereis irrorata, Malmgren, was procured in

the Channel Islands (1868), and, as shown in the collection

of the British Museum, at Polperro and elsewhere, and

Mr. Allen finds it plentiful at Plymouth. Nereis Marionii,

Aud. & Iid., is also a stiictly southern form, occurring on

the shores of [’rance and the Channel Islands. It does not

seem to have been procured at Plymouth.

No more conspicuous species occurs in the south than

Nereis Dumerilii, Aud. & Kd., and it is also abundant in the

west as well as not infrequent in the east. A species which,

in its ordinary form, presents the separate sexes, which may

be hermaphrodite, or shows the pelagic transformation in both

sexes, cannot be otherwise than conspicuous, especially in the

Jaminarian region and deeper water.

Nerets diversicolor, O. F. Miiller, again, is abundant on

various parts of the coast—from the northern to the southern

shores—frequenting clayey mud, peat, and other media—often

in brackish water.

A large species, Werezs longissima, Johnston, has a wide

distribution—ranging from Shetland to the southern shores

of England, and to a depth of 1366 fathoms off the west

of Ireland (Ehlers, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869), as well as in shallow

water in the Bay of Tunis in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of

1870. ‘The southern forms differ in tint from the northern,

as also does that from the Bay of Tunis. A more important

point, however, is the occurrence of heterogomph bristles at

the inferior border of the upper series of bristles in the foot.

These, apparently, had hitherto been overlooked.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 257

It is curious that so conspicuous a form as Nere?s virens,

Sars, should have escaped the persevering efforts of Dr.

George Johnston; yet this species is the giant of the family,

if not of the order—large specimens measuring fully 3 feet,

with a breadth of 1? in. across the body and feet. It is

found at various parts of the coast both east and west, often

in muddy sand, and very large examples are common on the

beach at St. Andrews after storms in April, May, and

October. It is a favourite bait in line-fishing.

The last of the British Nereids is Neredlepas fucata,

Savigny, a form very abundant in deep water off the eastern

shores, and in the stomach of the cod and haddock. It is

frequently commensalistic with Pagurus Bernhardus in

Buccinum and Fusus.

The British Staurocephalidz, a group which Ehlers regards

as falling under his Lunicea prionognatha, have hitherto been

chiefly conspicuous by their absence from faunistic lists. One

species, however, viz. Staurocephalus rubrovittatus, Grube *,

was not uncommon in 1868 on the under surfaces of stones

near low-water mark, and under the larger stones in pools,

at Herm. Its beautiful carmine bands and graceful outlines,

as well as its active Hestone-like movements, make it a

striking form. Staurocephalus Kefersteint, M‘Intosh +, again

occurred under stones near low-water mark at Lochmaddy,

North Uist, in 1865, and also subsequently, in 3-4 fathoms,

in Loch Portan, an inland sea on the same island.

A third species was met with under stones between tide-

marks at St. Peter Poit, Guernsey, in July. Its pale

lavender colour, with a median dorsal yellow belt bounded

by a red vessel on each side, the structure of its dental appa-

ratus, its curious strong bristles with dilated bifid tips, and

other features at once distinguish it. Though it approaches

the Staurocephalus Chiajwt of Claparéde it is probably

distinct from it.

A fourth species procured in a trammel net off Fermain

Bay, Guernsey, has a head furnished with four red eyes and

an elongated body, as in Staurocephalus Kefersteini, but of a

pale yellow hue with a white line from the middle of the

dorsum at the proboscis backwards, the line becoming double

posteriorly. In the minute structure of the feet this form

approaches S. Keferstein? except in certain details.

The last of the group is Ophryotrocha puerilis, Clapare le,

a species formerly described as Staurocephalus Siberti t, and

* Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1855, p. 97.

+ Trans. R. 8, E. xxv. pt. ii. p. 417, pl. xvi. fig. 11.

J Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 5, xvi. p. 482, pl. xiii. figs. 5-8,

258 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

which occurs abundantly on the oyster-beds at Whitstable,

and is readily kept in a smail aquarium, where it freely

multiplies,

5. On the Nereide of the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition, 1870.

Only a single example occurred, viz., a small male of Nereis

Dumerilé, Aud. & Ed., in 30 fathoms in Tangiers Bay.

6. On Canadian Nereidze dredged by Dr. Whiteaces in

the Gulf of St. Lawrence.

Only two species of this family were obtained, viz., Nerets

pelagica, L., and Ceratocephala near Lovent, Malmgren.

‘The former widely distributed species occurred in considerable

numbers, though none were beyond medium size, especially

from Station 53 (Hgmont Bank, a small rocky patch to the

north-east of Shediac Bay, in 10 fathoms), 1873, and again

from Orphan Bank, Gulf of St. Lawrence, and at Stations

nos. 46-48 (near Prince Edward Island). The specimens

present no structural variation.

Ceratocephala near Lovent, Malmgren.

One example was in all probability procured in 1872 in the

deep water (313 fathoms) between the east end of Anticosti

and the Bird Rocks, though no station is marked on the

bottle.

In 1873 another was obtained at Station 7, in the deep

water (110-220 fathoms) between Anticosti and the Gaspé

Peninsula.

The single species of Ceratocephala hitherto known is

characterized, amongst other things, according to Malmgren,

the originator of the genus, by the uniform condition of the

feet: ‘ Pedes per totum corpus fere eadem forma”; whereas

the form now described is distinguished by the reverse, the

feet in the middle or anterior part of the median region

having the dorsal cirri so greatly developed as to form a

characteristic feature. As, however, this may be a sexual

variation, further vestigation is required.

The two examples are small, neither exceeding half an

inch in length, and both are imperfect, about 24 bristled

segments in each case being present. One, however, was

larger than the other.

The head (Pl. VI. fig. 1) is of moderate size, and has a

median fissure in front, from which a groove passes to its

posterior border. The tentacles are subulate organs, rather

filiform at the tip. ‘The palpi are somewhat small, but have

the normal position, the distal region in each bearing a tapering

conical process, so different from the usual bulbous termina-

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 259

tion in the ordinary Nereids. No eyes are visible. The

tentacular cirri are proportionally slender, and the longest is

the dorsal of the first pair, not the dorsal of the second pair,

as in the ordinary Nereids. The proboscis is armed with a

pair of amber-coloured jaws, having slender points and about

eleven teeth (Malmgren). No paragnathi are present, but

the basal segment of the organ in extrusion has a series of

conical papillae ranged entirely round the distal region, and,

as Malmgren points out, not in a uniform line.

The first foot has a tapering dorsal cirrus, which extends

beyond the other parts. The dorsal lobe is little developed.

The setigerous region ends in a conical papilla behind that

for the spine, and bears a single brown spine and a series of

homogomph bristles, the terminal process of which has a

dilatation with longer spines near the base. The ventral lobe

is a short conical process. The ventral cirrus is of consider-

able size, and only one appears to be present on this foot ;

indeed, the specimen did not show the double cirrus till the

fifth or sixth foot, but this may have been due to injury.

The third foot has the prominent conical ceratophore (of the

long subulate dorsal cirrus), with a broad base to the inner

side of the dorsal lobe, which is subulate. An upper seti-

gerous lobe appears on this foot, with a small brown spine

and a small tuft of bristles. The inferior setigerous lobe has

its terminal papilla posteriorly and two considerable tufts of

bristles. ‘lhe ventral lobe is conical with a large basa}

region.

All the bristles (Pl. VI. fig. 4} have the same structure,

namely, a cylindrical translucent shaft with very regularly

arranged camerze and a dilated distal end, which does not taper

to a point inferiorly, but forms a rounded cup-shaped out-

line. The terminal pieee is curved, dilated at the base, where

the spines on the edge are longer, and tapers to a fine point ;

the inferior articulating process is comparatively short, leav-

ing a portion of the socket free.

The fourth and fifth feet appear to have only a single

ventral cirrus, which is placed close to the body, a long

interval occurring between it and the ventral lobe. ‘The sixth

foot has two ventral cirri. The great proportional size of

the bristles in such a foot is a feature, and they have a

peculiar pale golden sheen. ‘The upper spine is the smaller,

and the bristles pass off in two bundles above and below it.

The inferior spine likewise divides the bristles of its lobe into

two divisions, both of which are larger than in the upper

groups; the only differentiation of these bristles is that the

dorsal are more slender and have the longest and most delicate

terminal pieces, whilst the ventral have stronger shafts,

260 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

broader and shorter terminal pieces, and larger spines on the

edge. At the ventral edge of this series the terminal pieces

are somewhat shorter. This form of foot is represented in

the seventh (Pl. VI. fig. 2).

The tenth foot shows a notable increase in the size of the

ceratophore of the dorsal cirrus, and whilst the foot is propor-

tionally shorter, the dorsal and ventral lobes are larger and

longer. On the eleventh foot the ceratophore has nearly

doubled its length, so that it is not much shorter than the

long—almost filiform—cirrus projecting from its tip. The

dorsal and ventral lobes have also increased in size.

At the fourteenth foot (Pl. VL. fig. 3) the great development

of the ceratophore of the dorsal cirrus is evident, the slender

cirrus projecting from a basal region which is longer than

itself. Both specimens agree in respect to this region, and,

as no sexual elements are visible, it would appear to be un-

connected with the ripe condition, and, so far as known, with

sex ; yet it is well to wait for more complete specimens before

deciding the question of species.

This genus was established by Malmgren* in 1867 for a

species obtained by the distinguished Swedish zoologist,

Sven Lovén, on the shores of his country.

It has not been thought necessary at present to do more

than indicate the differences between these imperfect examples

and the European form.

7. On the Nerwegian Nereidee collected by

Canon Norman, D.C.L. &c.

Three common species were dredged, viz., Nereis pelagica,

N. Dumerilit, and N, diversicolor.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Head and anterior segments of Ceratocephala near Loveni, Malm-

eren, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada. Enlarged.

“ig. 2. Seventh foot of the foregoing. Magnified.

Fig. 8. Fourteenth foot. Similarly magnified.

Fig. 4. Bristle of Ceratocephala. x Zeiss oc. 2, obj. D.

XXXVIIL.—List of the Fishes collected by Mr. W. L. S. Loat

at Gondokoro. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Tne Survey of the Fishes of the Nile, undertaken by the

Kgyptian Government in response to the appeal of the late

Dr. John Anderson in 1899, has recently been extended into

* ¢Annulata Polycheeta,’ p. 176.

Fishes collected at Gondokoro. 261

the Uganda Protectorate, arrangements having been made

for Mr. W. L. 8. Loat, the Superintendent of the Survey, to

spend a few weeks at Gondokoro. No attention had been

paid to the fishes of that district since the expedition of

Mr. and Mrs. Petherick in 1863, on which occasion Dr. J.

Murie made a staall collection which has been described by

Dr. Giinther *.

Mr. Loat’s stay at Gondokoro lasted from the beginning pe

January 1902 to the end of March, during which ‘period, i

spite of severe illness, he was able to bring together som?

three hundred specimens of fishes, referable to thirty-nine

species, a small number as compared to those obtained at

other points on the White Nile. But he informs me that

Gondokoro is a most unsatisfactory place to fish at, and that

the same is true of the station of Lado on the opposite bank

of the Nile, according to the statement of the officers of the

Congo Free State, whose experience extends to other periods

of the year. In fact they derive very little benefit from the

fishes for their subsistence, owing to the difficulty of pro-

curing them and to the insipid nature of the flesh of most of

thé kinds which occur there, the Bolti (Tilapia nilotica) and

the Nile Perch (Lates niloticus) being the only exceptions.

Although I believe instructions were issued from headquarters

in Brussels to preserve fishes, if possible, for transmission to

the Congo Museum, the Belgian officers have so far been

unable to do anything to assist in this branch of natural

history.

The collection made by Mr. Loat is therefore one of great

value for the study of the distribution of the Nile fishes,

even if not realizing the hopes that were entertained at the

outset of the expedition; and it is not quite deficient in

novelties, since it contains the type of a new Cichlid fish

of the genus Paratilapia, a genus not previously known to

be represented in the Nile, although occurring in Lake Vic-

toria. This new fish is named Paratilapia Wingati2, after

* Petherick’s ‘Travels in Central Africa,’ 11., Appendix C (1869),—

Gondokoro is the southernmost locality at which fishes were obtained

by the Petherick expedition. Dr. Giinther states (p. 201) that Mr. Pethe-

rick collected “on an affluent of the White Nile (B. il Gazal and Djoor)

south of Gondokoro.” This is evidently a slip, the Bahr el Ghazal and

its upper range, the Djoor or Jur, is, as correctly shown on Petherick’s

own map in the first volume of the work, north, and not south, of Gondo-

koro. The fishes broug a home from Gondokoro belong to the following

species :—Clarias lazera, C. & V.; Schilbe mystus, L. (8. dispila, Gthv.) ;

Mochocus niloticus, Joann. (Rhinoglanis typus, Gthr.); Ophiocephalus

obscurus,, eee Q and Anabus Pe otherict, Gthr.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 19

262 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

the Sirdar, Sir Reginald Wingate, to whose assistance, so

kindly granted to Mr. Loat on his journey through the

Soudan, the success of this part of the Nile Fish-Survey is in

no small measure due.

Unless otherwise stated, the fish mentioned in the following

list were caught in the White Nile itself. Hxamples of four

species were obtained from a large lake, name unknown, in the

forest about 6 miles N.E. of Gondokoro.

Polypteridz.

1. Polypterus bichir, Geoftr.

2. Polypterus Endlicheri, Heck.

3. Polypterus senegalus, Cuv.

This is the only common species of the genus at Gondo-

koro, the two others being rare.

Mormyridz.

4. Marcusentus Isidori, C. & V.

5. Gnathonemus cyprinoides, L.

From the lake.

6. Hyperopisus bebe, Lacep.

Also trom the lake.

‘7. Mormyrus Hasselquistii, C. & V.

Characinide.

8. Hydrocyon Forskalit, Cuv.

9. Hydrocyon lineatus, Blkr.

10. Alestes dentex, Hasselq.

11. Alestes baremose, Joannis.

12. Alestes nurse, Riipp.

13. Alestes macrolepidotus, C. & V.

14. Micralestes acutidens, Ptrs.

15. Distichodus brevipinnis, Gthr.

16. Nannocharaz niloticus, Joannis.

17. Citharinus latus, M. & T.

Fishes collected at Gondokoro. 263

Cyprinide.

18. Labeo coubie, Riipp.

19. Barbus perince, Riipp.

20. Barbus camptacanthus, Bikyr.

21. Barilius niloticus, Joannis.

22. Barilius Loati, Blegr.

Found abundant in running water.

23. Chelethiops bibie, Joannis.

Several specimens were obtained, together with Bardlius

niloticus, Nannocharax niloticus, and Mochocus niloticus.

Siluride.

24. Clarias lazera, C. & V.

25. Schilbe mystus, C. & V.

From the lake.

26. Clarotes laticeps, Riipp.

27. Chrysichthys auratus, Geoftr.

28. Auchenoglanis biscutatus, Geoftr.

29. Auchenoglants occidentalis, C. & V.

Two species have been confounded under the name of

A. biscutatus, both occurring in the Nile and the Senegal.

A. occidentalis, to which the Chartoum specimens of Petherick’s

collection belong, differs in the longer snout (longer than the

rest of the head), the shorter maxillary barbel (not extending

beyond the centre of the eye), and the dark spots on the fins,

if present, larger and separated by a network of the ground-

colour. A. bescutatus was by far the commoner of the two at

Gondokoro.

30. Synodontis schall, Bl. Schn.

31. Synodontis frontosus, Vaill.

32. Synodontis batensoda, Riipp.

From the lake.

33. Mochocus niloticus, Joannis.

Cichlidz.

34. Hemichromis bimaculatus, Gill.

264 On Fishes collected at Gondokoro.

30. Paratilapia Wingatii, sp. n.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total

length. Snout with slightly convex profile, as long as the

eye, which is 33 times in length of head and slightly exceeds

interorbital width ; maxillary extending to below anterior

border of eye ; two series of minute teeth in each j jaw, and an

outer series of much larger ones; 4 series of scales on the

cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers very short,

9 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XIV 10; spines

increasing in length to the last, which measures mearly half

length of head ; soft portion pointed, the longest ray ? length

of head. Pectoral obtusely pointed, 2 length of head. Ven-

tral produced into a filament, extending beyond origin of anal. —

Anal III 6; third spine as long as and stronger than last

dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle a little longer

than deep. Scales strongly ctenoid, Bin 2

33 lateral line >.

Pale brown, with iridescent gloss, ee five dark brown bars

on the body; three horizontally elongate blackish-brown

spots on each side, the first from the eye to above the axil,

involving a steel-blue opercular spot, the second on the lower

lateral line below the last dorsal rays, the third at the base of

the caudal fin; a vertical blackish-brown bar below the eye ;

dorsal fin greyish brown, bright orange at the base, with

blackish spots at the base of some of the spines; anal greyish,

with three darker light-edged ocelli on the soft rays ; ventrals

yellow, with the outer rays bluish black; caudal greyish,

with rather indistinct crowded darker spots.

Total length 60 millim.

A single specimen was obtained on the 10th March with

other small fish from the river. In spite of diligent search,

Mr. Loat was not able to secure further examples.

Paratilapia Bloyeti, Sauvage, from Usagara and Lake

Kivu, appears to be the nearest ally of this new species.

36. Tilapia nilotica, L.

As in the specimens previously collected by Mr. Loat in

the White and Blue Niles, the parent carrying the eggs or

young in the mouth and pharynx is invariably the female.

I have examined over thirty such nursing individuals from

Mr. Loat’s collection, measuring from 34 inches to about a

foot.

37. Tilapia galilea, Hasselq.

38. Tilapia Zilli, Gerv.

Tetrodontide.

39. Tetrodon jahaka, Hasselq.

Mintern Bros.sc.et.imp-

Ann .& Mag. Not. Hist. 8.7 VolX PLV.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES,]

No. 58. OCTOBER 1902.

XXXIX.—On new Species of Histeridx and Notices of

others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

{Concluded from p. 239.]

Eretmotus major, sp. 0.

Orbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte tenuiter rugoso-punc-

tata; pronoto leviter punctulato; prosterno basi subtiliter

punctulato, striis sinuatis ; mesosterno antice late arcuato mar-

ginatoque.

L. 33 mill.

Orbicular, convex, black and shining; the head feebly

impressed with shallow rugose punctures, some confluent

in the median area, but this sculpture disappears at the sides,

the lateral carine are not strong; the thorax, anterior angles

are obtuse and very similar to those of 2. corpulentus, Lew.,

surface finely punctulate; the elytra, striz, inner humeral

carinate and complete, 1 and 3 dorsal are basal and do not

reach the middle, 2 longer and apparently reaching beyond

the middle, all are fine; the pygidia are finely and evenly

punctulate ; the prosternum, anterior lobe transverse and

narrow, and widely sinuous anteriorly, surface feebly and

rugosely punctured, the striz are rather fine and rather deeply

sinuous at the coxz, the base of the keel is only very finely

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 20

266 Mr. G. Lewis on

and sparingly punctured, but two thirds of the anterior por-

tion are distinctly punctured, the punctures seen under the

microscope show fine central points; the mesosternum is

widely arched like that figured for H. corpulentus (Ann.& Mag.

N. H. 1892, x. p. 236, pl. xix. fig. 1), and the marginal stria

closely follows the edge behind the prosternal keel only, surface

finely punctulate, the suture is marked by a fine stria which does

not meet in the middle, but it continues laterally halfway down

the metasternum, the sternal pits are very wide and shallow,

and their posterior limit is indicated by a feeble transverse

elevation.

This species is most like /. corpu/entus, but is larger.

Hab. Kabylia.

Eretmotus sinuaticollis, sp. n.

Orbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte dense punctata; pronoto

utrinque conspicue sinuato; prosterno striis anticis abbreviatis ;

mesosterno marginato, margine utrinque subtiliter striato ; femo-

ribus parce punctatis.

L, 22 mill.

Orbicular, convex, black and shining; the head rather

densely punctate, lateral stria equally strong throughout its

length; the thorax is anteriorly similarly and evenly punctate

like the head, but posteriorly, especially before the scutellum,

it is sparingly and finely punctured, it is markedly sinuous

laterally, and the anterior angles are obliquely truncate ; the

elytra, inner humeral stria cariniform and complete, 1 dorsal

very fine but traceable as complete, 2 more vague but appa-

rently dimidiate, 3 obsolete; the pygidia are evenly and

somewhat closely punctulate ; the prosternum, the strie are

sinuous and shortened anteriorly, only occupying two thirds

of the keel length, the anterior lobe and the anterior part of

the keel are rather densely punctured, but the keel between

the strize is-more densely and coarsely punctate; the meso-

sternum is bowed anteriorly, similarly to that figured for

E. sociator (‘ Annals,’ 1892, x. p. 236, pl. xix. fig. 4), with a

clear marginal stria which follows the course of the edge, and

on either side behind the coxe on the marginal edge is

a second fine stria, the marginal edge is punctulate, the fovee

are fairly deep; the femora are slightly punctured.

This species is most similar to #. soctator, but the pro-

sternal strize are shorter and the striation of the mesosternum

is different.

Hab. Freudah, Algeria (M. Maurice Pic, No. 1).

new Species of Histeridee. 267

Eretmotus cesariensis, sp. n.

Orbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte dense punctata; pro-

sterno rugoso-punctato; mesosterno stria marginali arcuata ;

femoribus conspicue punctatis.

L. 23 mill.

Orbicular, convex, black and shining; antenne and legs

piceous ; the head, forehead flat, lateral striz cariniform,

surface somewhat opaque and closely punctured, punctures

most dense and somewhat rugose near the eyes; the thorax,

anterior angles obliquely truncate, densely punctured behind

the anterior angles and along the border behind the neck, and

some of the points are ocellate, even on the disk the punctures

although smaller are close together ; the elytra, outer humeral

stria is carinate, particularly at its base, and it extends beyond

the middle and posteriorly nearly touches the inner humeral,

the latter is complete and markedly cariniform at the base,

but fine posteriorly, 1 dorsal very fine, but is traceable as

complete, 2 fine and dimidiate, 3 obsolete, surface finely and

sparingly punctulate, some of the points are aciculate; the

pygidia are evenly but not densely punctulate; the pro-

sternum is densely and somewhat rugosely punctate, some of

the points being confluent, the striz are widely sinuous and

are evanescent, or obliterated by the density of the sculpture,

before the suture; the mesosternum is prominent, and the

stria behind it is rather narrowly arcuate, the sternal fovec

are deep and nearly circular in outline; the femora are

densely and conspicuously punctured.

This species is most similar to H. Bedeli in the form of

the mesosternum, but the mesosternal stria is more arcuate,

the femora are punctured and the prosternal keel rugosely

punctured. In E, Bedeli the femora are smooth, and the

punctures in the keel free of rugosities. . sociator is some-

what similar also, but it differs from both #. cwsariensis and

Bedeli in having the mesosternal outline and stria more

widely arched, and also in its femora being less distinctly

punctured.

Hab. Bou Berak, near Dellys, Algeria. Discovered by

Dr. Chobaut, associated with Aphanogaster testaceopilosa.

Notodoma saturum, sp. n.

Globosum, rufo-castaneum, nitidum ; fronte punctata, stria antice

retrorsum acuminata; pronoto lateribus conspicue punctatis ;

elytris striis tenuiter impressis, 1, 2,4 et suturali integris, 4 cum

suturali basi arcuatim junctis, interstitiis parce et levissime punc-

tulatis; metasterno stria arcuata, crenulata; tibiis anticis 12-

spinulosis,

L. 5 mill.

20*

268 Mr. G. Lewis on

Globose, reddish brown and shining, with two pale blotches

on the base of each elytron; the forehead is distinetly,

rather closely, but not densely, punctate, the marginal stria is

a little broken before the eyes, but is continued anteriorly an

acuminately drawn back in the middle, the epistoma is finely

punctulate ; the thorax, marginal stria complete, there is a

shallow fovea behind the anterior angles, and along the sides

there is a border of rather large punctures, behind the neck

the points are much finer and gradually become very fine on

the region before the scutellum; the elytra, striz, inner

humeral shortened at the base, but apically joined to the

sutural stria, 1, 2,4, and sutural dorsal complete, the last two

join at the base, there is no conspicuous punctuation on the

elytra; the propygidium and pygidium are less closely and

less distinctly punctured than the region behind the neck ;

the prosternum, keel with a few shallow punctures, lateral

striz feebly sinuous at the coxe, but otherwise parallel to

each other and a little shortened before the suture; the meso-

sternum, punctuation rather fine and sparse, marginal and

transverse strize complete and crenulate, the metasternal

arched stria is also crenulate, but the crenulations are wider

and less regular.

The large size of this species and the form of the frontal

strie are good distinguishing characters.

Hab. Tongking, “ Montes Mouson, alt. 2000-3000 feet, in

May” (H. Hruhstorfer).

Notodoma globatum, Mars.

Marseul states that this species has no prosternal strie

(Mon. p. 135), but I think this is an error, although the state-

ment is practically repeated in the Annales Soc. Ent. Belg.

p- 109 (1870). Ihave examples from Birma and Tenasserim,

which have the thorax wholly punctured, and which in other

respects agree with Marseul’s description and figures of

N. globatum, and in figure 1 a the striz appear to exist.

Notodoma nigrum, sp. n.

Globosum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte stria antice valida; pronoto

pone oculos impresso; elytris striis 1-4 et suturali integris, 5 basi

abbreviata ; antennis clava rufa; pedibus piceis, tibiis anticis

spinulosis.

L. 23 mill.

Globose, black and shining; the head, forehead slightly

concave anteriorly, over the anterior edge of each eye there is

new Species of Histeridee. 269

a small boss which interrupts the marginal stria, which other-

wise is complete and strong, the surface is spar ingly punctured ;

the thorax, the marginal stria is complete and crenulate

behind the head, behind the eyes there is a longitudinal

impression which occupies nearly half the thoracic length,

surface somewhat evenly but not densely punctured ; “the

elytra, strie, inner humeral basal and dimidiate, 1-3 com-

plete, 4 turns towards the sutural at the base, but does

not quite join it, 5 is shortened before the base; the propy-

gidium and pygidium are sparingly punctured; the prosternum,

keel flat, widest at the base, and bordered with a stria which

meets anteriorly ; the mesosternum has two irregular mar-

ginal striz which do not meet in the middle, the transverse

stria is feebly bent and crenulate; the metasternum has a

band of sparse shallow and irregular punctures in lieu of the

arched crenulate stria seen in N. fungorum, Lew., and others ;

the first segment of the abdomen has a row of round pune-

tures along its anterior edge, and the tarsi are relatively short

for a species of Notodoma.

This species is remarkable for its colour, strong froutal

stria, and short tarsi.

Hab, Palembang, Sumatra.

Phowonotus lectus, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, brunneo-piceus, nitidus; fronte utrinque mar-

ginata; pronoto stria marginali integra, tuberculis 6 basi; elytris

sutura elevata, 2 tuberculorum 3 lineis, striis 1 et subhumerali

integris, 2-4 dimidiatis tenuibus; prosterno bistriato, striis

divergentibus, in medio longitudinaliter tenuiter carinato ; meso-

sterno sparse et minute punctulato.

L. 4 mill.

Oval, convex, piceous and shining ; the head striate on either

side, surface very finely pointed and also that of the thorax ;

the tubercles on the thorax and elytra, also the striz on

the latter, are fine, and correspond with those figured for

P. tuberculatus, Mars.; the pygidia are finely and evenly

punctured ; the prosternum, anterior lobe is marginate and

moderately expanded, keel rather broad and bistriate, strive

cariniform and widely divergent, and are rounded off anter iorly

and continued along the edge of the lobe, the keel is longi-

tudinally feebly carinate ; the mesosternum is rather acutely

pointed anteriorly, with a fine marginal stria which follows

the course of the acumination, the sternal suture is marked

by a feeble crenulate stria, crenulations wide and irregular,

surface with a sparse and extremely fine punctuation ; the

270 Mr. G. Lewis on

metasternum has a band of shallow, often crescent-shaped,

punctures across the middle, and there are fine points along

the anterior and posterior borders; the first segment of the

abdomen has a well-marked lateral stria and a band of

crescent-shaped punctures along its anterior border, the other

segments have fine transverse crenulate strive; the tibie are

formed like those figured by Marseul for P. tuberculatus.

The form of the prosternal strize and the punctuation of

the sternal plates will readily distinguish this species from

P. tuberculatus, Mars. In Marseul’s species the prosternal

striz are almost parallel, the keel longitudinally concave and

the sternal plates wholly punctured.

Hab. Eastern Peru.

Phoxonotus Fryi, Lew.

Phoxonotus Fryi, Lew. Ent. M. M. xvi. p. 61 (1879).

Ovalis, convexus, piceus, nitidus; pronoto stria marginali integra,

tuberculis 6 basi; elytris distincte punctatis, striis parum validis,

lsubintegra, 2-4 dimidiatis, 5 tuberculiformi; prosterno bistriato,

striis antice connexis ; mesosterno marginato in totum punctato.

L. 4 mill.

Oval, convex, piceous and shining; the head marginate

laterally, punctuation very fine ; the thorax has four tubercles

along its base, but the two anterior tubercles seen in P. tuber-

culatus, Mars., are almost obsolete; the elytra, both humeral

striz are complete, 1 dorsal almost complete, 2-4 dimidiate,

5 represented by three carinate tubercles, all the dorsal striz

are strong and well-marked as compared with the last species ;

the pygidia are finely and evenly, not densely punctured ;

the prosternum faintly raised longitudinally in the middle,

with the lateral striz very fine at the base and gradually but

slightly divergent and cariniform from the coxee forwards and

angular anteriorly and continuous along the edge of the lobe,

anterior lobe truncate with a feeble sinuous edge; the meso-

sternum is marginate and sharply pointed anteriorly, the sur-

face is clearly and evenly but not densely punctate, punctures

somewhat large and shallow, the transverse stria is straight

and crenulate, crenulations (19-20) close and even; the meta-

sternum has a band of larger but similar punctures along its

base, the points lessen in size anterioily till they become very

fine behind the crenulate stria; the first segment of the abdo-

men is somewhat similarly punctured, but the finest points

are on the median area; the anterior tibize are very similar to

those of P. lectus.

new Species of Histeride. 271

The straight crenulate stria at the suture of the mesosternum

is a marked character of this species and also that the pro-

sternal stria has an angular course anteriorly, not rounded off

as in P. lectus and tuberculatus.

Hab. Rio Janeiro (Fry).

Reninus turritus, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, convexus, piceus, nitidus; fronte lateribus carinato-

striata, clypeo truncato marginato; pronoto basi bicarinato; elytris

striis humerali et 1-4 integris, carinatis, suturali tuberculiformi ;

mesosterno in medio transversim bistriato ; tibiis valde dilatatis.

L. 33 mill. .

Shortly oval, convex, piceous, shining; the head with a

carinitorm lateral stria, the epistoma with a few fine irregular

transverse strie, clypeus truncate with the edge distinctly

raised; the thorax smooth, marginal stria complete, anterior

angles a little oblique, on either side at the base opposite the

third elytral stria is a somewhat oblique fine carina which

does not quite reach to the middle of the disk; the elytra, stria,

inner humeral carinate and complete, 1-4 also complete but

less carinate, especially the fourth, 5 wanting, sutural tuber-

culiform, tubercles seven and one basal close to the scutellum;

the propygidium is finely, transversely, and irregularly strigous

except at the apex; the pygidium is almost without sculpture;

the prosternum, surface microscopically densely strigose, thean-

terior lobe is widely expanded and marginate, the keel has two

median striz which widen out widely at the base, where they

join the lateral strie, anteriorly the median striz join before

the middle, the two lateral strize are broken or branched ante-

riorly ; the mesosternum is obtusely acuminate, the marginal

stria is fine and does not follow the contour of the acumination,

behind the marginal stria are two well-marked transverse stria,

the anterior one is widely bowed, the posterior one is nearly

straight, the suture is sufficiently traceable to show its position;

the metasternum has a straight lateral stria and three others

outcurved beside it, near tie centre there is a very minute

tubercle; the first segment of the abdomen has three fine

lateral striz and some irregular scratches or striz on each side

of its base. ‘The surfaces of all the sterna are impunctate ;

the tibize are all widely dilated and spinulose on their outer

edges.

This species closely resembles R. meticulosa, Lew., in the

thoracic carina and the tuberculate sutural stria. 2. Salvin?,

Lew., has no sutural stria, and in semznitens, Sch., the sutural

stria is punctiform and dimidiate. &. meticulosa has the

Qe, Mr. G. Lewis on

clypeus sinuous at the edge, not truncate, and the epistoma is

marked by irregular but distinct transverse striae.

Hab. Para. One example in the British Museum.

Tryponeus cornifrons, sp. n.

Elongatus, cylindricus, niger, nitidus; rostro apice acuminato,

bisulcato; fronte in medio conspicue tuberculata ; pronoto antice

depresso ; elytris rufo-maculatis ; propygidio pygidioque vix dense

punctatis; prosterno mesosternoque bisuleatis ; metasterno longi-

tudinaliter in medio conspicue punctato; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis,

L. 53 mill.

Elongate, cylindrical, parallel laterally, black and shining ;

the head, rostrum acuminate and slightly reflexed at the apex,

somewhat trigular and bisulcate on either side of a median

carina, on the vertex is a large and conspicuous dentiform

tubercle, the ocular tubercles are rather small and obtuse,

behind the front tubercle are large shallow somewhat irregular

punctures; the thorax behind the head is rounded off,

depressed and punctured, the punctures are larger than those

on the head but otherwise are similarly shallow and irregular,

the other parts of the thorax are more clearly punctured but not

thickly, especially near the scutellum, where the points are

finer; the elytra are finely and rather sparingly punctulate,

with a large lobe-shaped red spot, the spot does not touch the

base and is rather more narrowly divided at the scutellum ;

the propygidium and pygidium are rather densely punctate,

the latter being pilose and obtuse at the apex ; the prosternum,

the keel has the outline of an elongate triangle and a marginal

stria which is not continued at the base; the mesosternum is

obtuse anteriorly with two deep lateral sulci, the keel has a

few scattered punctures; the metasternum has two short

sinuous strie which touch the anterior edge behind the middle

of the mesosternal keel, there are no lateral striw, but the

surface has large and clear punctures, especially down the

median area; the anterior tibia are 4-dentate and the tooth

on the inner edge is very long and conspicuous.

This species may be placed near 7. pictus, Mars., but it is

parallel at the sides and the rostrum is formed like that of

T. spiniger, Mars. I have not seen the female.

Hab. Jatahy, Province Goyas, Brazil (H. Grounelle).

Tryponeus bellator, sp. ne

Cylindricus, parum elongatus, niger, nitidus; fronte marginata, in

medio carinata, rostro utrinque impresso ; pronoto antice in medio

new Species of Histeride. 273

excavato; prosterno parum late marginato ; pygidio dense punc-

tato; tibiis antice intus haud dentatis.

L. 43 mill.

Cylindrical, rather elongate, and robust, black and shining ;

the head, rostrum is rounded off at the apex, not reflexed (the

figure for 7. lutecventris, Mars. Mon. 1860, pl. 15. fig. 4, 3,

fairly represents the outline and impressions of the rostrum, but

the apex in bellator is more rounded), there is a median rather

broad and slightly raised carina with a lateral impression on

either side, the impressions are widest between the eyes; the

thorax is very finely and sparingly punctured on the disk,

more distinctly laterally and rather densely behind the anterior

angles, behind the neck there is a wide, somewhat triangular

excavation, but it is rounded off posteriorly, and when viewed

sideways the posterior edge is seen to. be distinctly elevated ;

the elytra are more closely punctulate than the disk of the

thorax ; the propygidium and especially the pygidium are

densely punctured, the latter is convex and a little pilose ;

the prosternum is parallel laterally, but very slightly widening

at the base, the marginal stria meets anteriorly but does not

continue round the base, laterally it leaves rather a wide

margin ; the mesosternum has an arched outline in front and

an entire marginal stria; the metasternum has a narrow

median canaliculation and is sparsely punctulate, the points

are much clearer than those on the mesosternum, which are

sparse and almost microscopical ; the anterior tibie are 4—5-

dentate and the interior edge is angulate at the base and not

toothed.

This species must be placed near 7. bisu/cifrons, Mars. ; the

general outline, form of the head, and parallel prosternum are

similar, but in 7’. besuleifrons the prosternum is bordered with

a narrow carinate stria.

Hab. Brazil, “Sao Paulo, val de Pardo” (Z. Grounelle).

COPTOSTETHUS, gen. nov.

Gen. Trypetico forma similis. Corpus cylindricum, truncatum ; pro-

notum parallelum; pygidium subconicum vel convexum; pro-

sternum utrinque truncatum ; mesosternum antice obtusum ; tarsi

omnes graciles.

The type I have taken for this genus is 7ryponcus pro-

boscideus, F,: the species have the facies of Trypeticus rather

than Z'ryponeus ; the prosternum has the shape of a parallelo-

gram whose angles are all right angles. In Tryponeus the

prosternum is widest at its base.

274 Mr. G. Lewis on

XYLONZUS, gen. nov.

Genus Zryponco forma similis. Corpus elongatum, cylindricum ;

pronotum parallelum ; pygidium conicum (dg) vel compressum

(2); prosternum mesosternumque longitudinaliter sulcata ; tarsi

elongati, omnes gracillimi.

This genus is established to receive 7ryponcus bifidus,

Lew., the sterna of which are shown in the figure given in the

Biologia Centr.-Amer., Coleopt. vol. 11. part 1, tab. 6. fig. 17.

T. fallax, Mars., filum, Mars., tuberculifrons, Mars., aculeatus,

Lew., and columellaris, Lew., must also be assigned to

Xyloneus. My collection also contains some undescribed

species of which I have only female examples—in all there

are about 13 species.

Xyloneus immarginatus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, niger, nitidus; fronte tuberculata, rostro apice acuto ;

pronoto angulis anticis prominulis; prosterno longitudinaliter

valde suleato, lateribus haud marginato, in medio utrinque angu-

lato-dilatato.

L. 44 mill.

Cylindrical, black and shining; the head is impressed

between the eyes, surface (and also that of the rostrum)

microscopically strigose, with shallow scattered punctures, the

base of the rostrum has a median somewhat compressed

tubercle and in front of it a shallow oval excavation, the point

of the rostrum is acute ; the thorax when viewed from above

is sinuous behind the eyes and the angles are somewhat

obliquely prominent, surface clearly and rather strongly but

not densely punctate, and there is an irregular narrow median

space smooth ; the elytra are less clearly punctured and the

points are oval and closest along the sutural area; the pro-

pygidium and pygidium are punctured similarly to the thorax

and the latter is rather acutely conical ; the sterna are all

clearly canaliculate longitudinally, but have no marginal

strie or sulci, the prosternum is angularly widened out in the

middle and the surface is strigose rather than punctate; the

mesosternum is distinctly and closely strigose; the metasternum

is strigose in the region of the canaliculation and punctate

laterally.

The remarkable form of the prosternum of this species is

very dissimilar to any other known.

Hab. Brazil. ‘* Kt de Sao Paulo, Ribeirao pires ” (Z. Grou-

nelle, November, 1898).

new Species of Histeride. 275

Trypeticus Grounelled, Mars., 1883.

This species belongs to a section of the genus in which the

male has an asymmetrical rostrum ; the terminal protuberance

is largest on the left side. I have three other species which

are similar in this respect, and I think 7’. selvicola, Sch., also

belongs to this division, but the description is drawn up from

the female, and I am therefore uncertain.

Teretriosoma festivum, Lew. Ent. M. M. xvi. p. 61 (1879).

Subcylindricum, viridi-cyaneum, metallicum, undique dense punc-

tatum ; antennarum clava rufa; fronte subdepressa, in medio

levi; elytris tuberculo subhumerali levi; mesosterno antice

immarginato; pygidio in medio transversim carinato; pedibus

rufo-brunneis, tibiis anticis 6-dentatis.

L. 3-33 mill.

The mesosternum is somewhat obscurely marginate at the

sides, but not round the acumination, and the pygidium has

the higher and lower parts divided by a very well-marked

carina. This species is more quadrate in form than 7. facetum,

Lew., and in its general outline agrees with 7’. immarginatum,

Lew.

I have two specimens of the above species from Jatahy, in

the Province of Goyaz, which measure only 3 mill., but I can-

pet see any other difference. he type specimen came from

arana.

Teretriosoma prasinum, sp. n.

Cylindricum, cyaneo-viride, nitidum ; capite basi triangulariter levi ;

pronoto utrinque tenuiter foveolato; elytris basi transversim

impressis ; propygidio pygidioque dense et pariter punctatis ;

mesosterno utrinque marginato ; pedibus rufis.

L. 23 mill.

Cylindrical, bluish green, shining ; the head and epistoma

evenly and densely punctured, except a small triangular space

in the middle at the base; the thorax, marginal stria com-

plete, punctured less regularly than the head, some of the

punctures near the scutellum and along the base are the

largest, there is a shallow fovea on either side well within the

lateral border and midway between the basal and anterior

edges, and there is a narrow smooth space before the scutellum;

the elytra are transversely impressed at their bases and their

punctuation is more even and rather more dense, especially

at their apices, than that of the thorax, there is a humeral

smooth boss ; the propygidium and pygidium are very evenly

276 Mr. G. Lewis on

and densely punctured, and the ridge dividing the latter seg-

ment is rounded off and not very prominent; the prosternum

is arched at the base and closely punctured ; the mesosternum

has a marginal stria only at the sides, surface evenly punctate,

and the punctures are much larger than those of the pro-

sternum ; the metasternum, the punctuation varies in size

and is scattered, especially in the median area; the first seg-

ment of the abdomen is densely punctured, very similarly

to that of the prosternum ; the anterior tibia are 6-dentate

and the legs red.

Hab. Jatahy, Province of Goyaz, Brazil (#. Grounelle).

Teretrius pilimanus, Mars.

Dr. H. Brauns has sent me from Willowmore, Cape Colony,

the female of this species; it is much less robust than the

male and the long hair is wanting on the anterior tibia. I

have Marseul’s type specimen from the Chevrolat collection

which I purchased in 1877; it is a male.

Teretrius Marshalli, sp. n.

Cylindricus, brevis, niger, nitidus, antennis pedibusque rufis, supra

parce punctatus ; pronoto stria integra antice tenuiter impressa ;

prosterno antice truncato, bistriato, striis antice paululum

divergentibus.

L. 13-2 mill.

'ylindrical, rather short, black and shining; the head

convex above, vertex and epistoma finely or rather sparingly

punctured, but along the base and the lateral border the

punctures are much larger, striate over the eyes; the thorax

and the elytra are more evenly punctured, and the punctures

are much larger than those of 7. punctulatus, Bohm, the

sutural edge is narrowly smooth; the propygidium and

pygidium are evenly punctured; the prosternum is mar-

ginate and anteriorly truncate, surface with shallow punctures,

striee reach the suture from the base and slightly and gradually

diverge in front of the coxee; the mesosternum is marginate

anteriorly and the acumination is impressed behind the mar-

ginal stria; the anterior femora are distinctly punctate and

the anterior tibie are 5-6-dentate.

T. punctulatus, Bohm, is much larger than 7. Marshall,

but it is similar to it in the form of the prosternal striz, in

the punctuation of the anterior femora, and in the scape of the

antenne being free of pilosity in the male. Marseul’s mea-

surement of 8 mill. for 7. punctulatus is less than the length

of ordinary specimens of that species.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (Guy A. K. Marshall).

new Species of Histeride. 277

Teretrius quadristriatus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, niger, nitidus; antennis pedibusque rufo-brunneis ;

pronoto ante scutellum grosse punctato; prosterno utrinque

bistriato ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 12 mill.

Cylindrical, black and shining, antennz and legs reddish

brown; the head convex above, punctate, punctures some-

what coarse and least closely set along the neck ; the thorax is

similarly punctured anteriorly, but nearer the base, especially

before the scutellum, the punctures are much larger and oval,

the marginal stria is complete but very fine behind the head ;

the elytra are more finely punctured and the points are less

close in the median areas; the pygidia are evenly not densely

punctured; the prosternum is finely marginate and the sur-

face somewhat obscurely and rugosely punctate, the keel has

two strize on either side, the striae are joined at the base and

slightly and gradually diverge anteriorly, but the two inner

strize are almost parallel to one another; the mesosternum is

rather obtuse in the middle and marginate, surface, and that

of the metasternum also, is punctured but not closely; the

anterior tibize are 5-dentate.

Teretrius mozambicus, Mars., is slightly larger than this

species and similar in outline. The prosternal striz are

different to those of any other described species.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (Guy A. K. Marshall).

Teretrius indus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, subelongatus, brunneo-piceus, antennis pedibusque rufo-

brunneis, undique punctulatus; prosterno lato, striis anticis

paululum divergentibus ; mesosterno in medio obtuse prominulo,

marginato; propygidio parum convexo; tibiis anticis 5—6-dentatis.

L. 2} mill. |

Cylindrical, rather elongate, pitchy brown and shining,

wholly bat not densely punctulate; the head is a little

convex between the eyes; the thorax narrowest anteriorly,

marginal stria complete, but extremely fine behind the head ;

the elytra also are not quite parallel laterally, and the smooth

space below the shoulder, usually a little raised in this genus,

is flat; the prosternum has a broad keel and the striz are

wide apart and diverge slightly in front, the anterior lobe is

distinctly marginate both laterally and alone its anterior

edge ; the mesosternum is marginate anteriorly and obtusely

acuminate; the surfaces of the sterna and the first segment

of the abdomen are somewhat sparingly punctulate; the

anterior tibize are 5-6-dentate.

278 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

This species is larger and less parallel than 7. pulex, Fairm.,

and the pygidium is more distinctly convex, but the sterna

are constructed very similarly in both species.

Hab. Central Province, India, “ from the galleries of bark-

boring species, Oct. 1901” (H. P. Stebbing, No. 7).

Trretrius distinctus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, piceus, nitidus; prosterno conspicue marginato, striis

obscuris, brevibus; mesosterno tenuiter marginato; abdomine

segmento 5° in medio prominulo,

L. 1? mill.

Cylindrical, piceous, shining; the head convex, lateral

stria rather strong, surface with that of thorax rather coarsely

but not closely punctured ; the elytra are rather less strongly

punctate; the thorax is reddish at the anterior angles and

the marginal stria complete and well-marked; the pygidia

are equally but not densely punctured; the prosternum is

markedly marginate, truncate anteriorly, oblique laterally,

surface evenly and clearly punctate, strize short and obscure ;

the mesosternum rather sharply acuminate, with a fine mar-

ginal stria, surface and also that of the metasternum punctate

like that of the prosternum ; the abdomen, the segment next

to the pygidium has an overlapping semicircular projection

in the middle of its posterior edge; the antennz have long

flavous hairs on the scape; the legs, anterior tibize 5-dentate.

I only know the male of this species, so that the projection

in the abdominal segment may be a masculine character.

Hab. Algoa Bay (Dr. H. Brauns).

XL.—On the Systematic Position of Luvarus imperialis,

Rafinesque*. By C. Tate Recan, B.A.

THis rare fish, an inhabitant of the Mediterranean and the

neighbouring parts of the Atlantic and an occasional visitor

to our coasts, was placed by Giinther in the Coryphenide,

* For the synonymy, see Day, Fishes Gt. Britain, i. p. 121, and Goode

and Bean, ‘ Oceanic Ichthyology,’ p. 222.

The following short diagnosis may be useful:—Depth of body about

3 to 35 times in total length, length of head 3 (young) to 5 times. Eyes

placed in the middle of the height of head, their diameter 43 (young) to

7 times in the length of head. Snout 3 to as long as the postorbital

part of head. Posterior nostril minute. Maxillary about as long as eye.

D. 21-23, commencing above the eye, the rays increasing in height to

Systematic Position of Luvarus imperialis. 279

and although Gill has separated it from them as the type of

a distinct family, he has still retained the Luvaride among

the Scombroid fishes, near the Corypheenide.

I have arrived at the conclusion that the Luvaride are

closely allied to the Acanthuridse. A comparison shows that

in both families the body is oblong and compressed, the

dorsal and anal fins long, the caudal peduncle slender, the

caudal fin deep, the scales small, rounded, and usually rough,

covering the head and body, and the lateral line concurrent

with the dorsal profile. In both also the gill-membranes are

broadly united to the isthmus, there are four gills, with a

slit behind the fourth, five branchiostegals, well-developed

pseudobranchiz, and short gill-rakers.

In Luvarus, as in the Acanthuride, the mouth is small,

the premaxillaries are not protractile, and the maxillaries are

attached to them and not independently movable. The tooth-

less palate, the palatine arch attached only to the pre-ethmoid,

the coalescent pelvic bones, the separate lower pharyngeals,

and the upper pharyngeals much compressed antero-posteriorly,

are further points of agreement between the two families.

Luvarus, like the Acanthuride, is a vegetable feeder, and

exactly resembles them in its visceral anatomy *. The

stomach is large and thick-walled, the pyloric appendages

short, simple, and few in number, and the intestine very long

and much coiled ; the air-bladder is large.

The skeleton t of Luvarus resembles that of the Acan-

thuride in many features. The most striking correspondence

ig seen in the vertebral column, the vertebree numbering

twenty-two in both cases, the first being very short and more

about the fourteenth, which is as long as the head in the young, shorter

in the adult, the last 10 rays branched, the anterior rays wider apart than

the rest. A. 17-18, similar to the dorsal. In large specimens, D. 12-14,

A. 13-15, the anterior rays having disappeared, their interneurals and

interheemals forming bony ridges in the dorsal and ventral middle lines

respectively ; some specimens (? males) with the first ray of the reduced

fins more or less elongate. Pectorals elongate, nearly 3 the length of

body. Ventrals I 4, slightly in front of the pectorals, the soft rays elon-

gate in the young and absent in the adult. Caudal peduncle slender,

keeled in the adult, caudal deeply lunate. Scales very small, rough,

shagreen-like. Bluish above, silvery below and on the sides. Fins red.

The young with 5 or 6 longitudinal series of round black spots on the

sides and dark dorsal and anal fins.

* For the visceral anatomy see Cuy. & Val. ix. p. 358, and compare

with Acanthuridee described in vol. x. Also Nardo, ‘De Proctostego,’

1827, and Haller, in Krukenberg, Vergl. Physiol. Stud. iv. 1881, p. 1.

+ Ginther (Proe. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 336) gives a short description of

the skeleton, with a plate (not well executed).

280 Mr. C. T. Regan on the

or less regularly convex anteriorly, fitting the concavity

formed by the facets of the basi- and exoccipitals, the second

without ribs, as usual in Perciform fishes, the next seven

bearing ribs, and succeeded by thirteen caudals. The ribs

are very similar in each case, but in Luvarus they are more

blade-like. A notable difference is that in the Acanthuride

the precaudals have well-developed parapophyses, to which

epipleurals are attached, and subsessile ribs ; Luvarus, on the

contrary, has only rudimentary parapophyses, apparently no

epipleurals, and sessile ribs.

According to Siebenrock * in Zuvarus the post-temporal

is attached above to the skull, and lower down emits a short

rounded process which joins the squamosal, whilst its distal

end is long and attached to the clavicle, there being no

supra-clavicle, unless this bone represents the co-ossified post-

temporal and supra-clavicle. As this bone is attached distally

to the clavicle and proximally to the same parts of the skull

as the post-temporal in Acanthuride, the probability that it

represents both supra-clavicle and post-temporal is very

great; in having this latter bone forked Luvarus is less

specialized than the Acanthuride, in which family the post-

temporal is simple, owing to the reduction of the process which

joins it to the squamosal. It is worth noting that in many

characters Luvarus approaches more closely to Naseus than to

any other genus, notably in the long anal fin extending to

the vent, which is situated just behind the origin of the

ventrals, and in the physiognomy of the head. Naseus is the

only genus of Acanthuride with pointed teeth in the jaws,

and in some species these are quite feeble, so that in this

character also it approaches Luvarus, the young of which

have a single series of small pointed teeth in the jaws. The

similarity of the keel-like plates on the caudal peduncle in

both genera is evide it, and the posterior nostril is noticeably

small in Naseus and minute in Luvarus.

Apparently the remarkable feature of the loss of the ante-

rior rays of the dorsal and anal fins during growth is peculiar

to Luvarus, and not paralleled in the Acanthuride.

The Luvaride may be defined thus :—

Similar to the Acanthuride, but with feebly ossified

skeleton, very weak dentition, and post-temporal forkel.

Precaudal vertebree with rudimentary transverse processes ;

ribs sessile, blade-like, inserted at the middle of the length

of the centrum; epipleurals absent. Anterior rays of dorsal

* Ann. Hofmus, Wien, xvi. 1901, pp. 119 & 125.

Systematic Position of Luvarus imperialis. 281

and anal unbranched, but not forming pungent spines.

Ventrals with one spine and four soft rays.

The Luvaride may be considered as_ ultra-specialized

Acanthuride, and it is generally agreed that the Plectognatht

are descendants of the same family, the origin of which is by

no means so settled a question. Jordan and Hvermann place

them near the Chetodonts, with the Zanclide as a connecting

family; but this arrangement has recently been criticized by

Swinnerton *, in his valuable paper on the morphology of

the Teleostean head-skeleton. He considers the mode of

attachment of the palatine arch to be a character of great

importance, and shows that most Acanthopterygiit have the

palatine attached to the ethmoid region at two points—the

pre-ethmoid and par ethmoid cornua—whilst the Plecto-

gnathi, with the allied Zanclide and Acanthuride, have only

the pre-ethmoid attachment. This leads him to the conclusion

that the origin of the Acanthuride is not to be sought within

the Acanthopterygu, but lower down, and that they may be

more nearly allied to the Scombresoces, which have a single

palatine attachment. This position would require strong

arguments to substantiate it, as the Acanthuride are typically

Acanthopterygii in all other characters, and, judging by what

we know of the fossils, are not a family of great antiquity.

I have not the least doubt that the Teuthidide are closely

allied to the Acanthuride, and on examination [ tind that in

Teuthis the palatine is attached to pre-ethmoid and par-ethmoid

by two facets. Moreover, the author above mentioned, in

the same paper, describes the attachment of the palatine in

Chetodon in these words :— The palatine lies against the

par-ethmoid, it is united to that bone exclusively by ligaments,

and the articular surfaces have aborted.’ Here, then, we

have an intermediate condition between the mode of attach-

ment in the typical Acanthopterygii and that of the Acan-

thuride, and it only needs the elongation of the ethmoid

region, thus removing the par-ethmoid from contact with the

palatine, to produce the arrangement which characterizes

that family. It seems therefore that the position of the Acan-

thuride near the Cheetodonts is by no means weakened by the

consideration of the ethmo-palatine attachment, and, as the

two families approach each other in many characters of

importance, that they have been rightly placed near together

in the system.

* Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xiv. 1901, pp. 555, 582, & 583,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 21

282 Mr. W. L. Distant on Piratine.

XLI.—Rhynchotal Notes.—XV. Heteroptera: Family Redu-

viidee (continued), Piratine and Ectrichodine. By W. L.

DISTANT.

ALL the species described by Walker in the Piratine and

Ectrichodinze have been examined and their position considered

in this paper, while some of those he described under the

genus Reduvius, and which were left over from the last paper,

are now determined; but a few more await further investiga-

tion, and will be dealt with subsequently. A number of new

species contained in the National Collection are described at

the same time.

PrraTin#.

Genus EcToMocorIs.

Ectomocoris atrox.

Pirates atrox, Stil, Gify. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 187.

Pirates diffinis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 120. n. 77 (1878).

Pirates ypsilon, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiv. p. 118, pl. iv. fig. 8

(1891).

Pirates stigmativentris, Kirby, loc. cit. p. 112. (Immature form.)

Ectomocoris quadriquttatus.

Reduvius quadriguttatus, Fabr. Spec. ii. p. 880 (1781).

Pirates sermaculatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 116. n. 70 (1878).

Pirates decisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 118. n. 75.

Walker, in his description of P. decisus (supra), has

omitted to mention that the posterior lobe of the pronotum is

testaceous.

Ectomocoris rufifemur.

Pirates rufifemur, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 119. n. 76 (1873).

Eumerus insignis, Reut. Act. Soc. Se. Fennic. xii. p. 317 (1881).

Eumerus Reuteri, Bol. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1882, p. 464.

The spot described by Walker as near the tip of the

corium is really in the membrane. MReuter’s description of

E. insignis will correctly replace the pseudo-description given

by Walker of his EZ. rufifemur.

Ectomocorts posticus.

Pirates posticus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 115. n. 69 (1873),

Eumerus flaviger, Stal, En. Hem. iv. p. 61 (1874).

Ectomocoris elegans.

Reduvius elegans, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 270 (1803).

Pirates inscriptus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 115. n. 68 (1873).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Piratine. 283

Ectomocoris cordiger.

Ectomocoris cordiger, Stal, (Efv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1866, p. 256.

Pirates adjunctus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 114. n. 67 (1873).

Ectomocoris biguttulus.

Ectomocoris biguttulus, Stal, Efv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1870, p. 692.

Pirates caliginosus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 123. n. 92 (1873).

Ectomocoris decoratus.

Pirates decoratus, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 57.

Pirates decorellus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 129. n. 110 (1873).

Strthenea decorella, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 129 (1896),

Ectomocorts truculentus.

Pirates tructlentus, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1863, p. 56. (Immature

form, type in Brit. Mus.)

Eumerus fasciola, Reut, Act. Soc. Sc. Fennic. xii. p. 315 (1881).

Ectomocoris pictus, sp. 1s

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black, shining, posterior

lobe of pronotum more or less piceous brown; corium and

membrane piceous, opaque; apex of clavus connected with a

lunate spot on corium, a spot near base of membrane, and

basal margin of membrane at apex of corium, stramineous ;

connexivum, coxe, legs, and rostrum ochraceous ; sternum

piceous, abdomen castaneous ; lateral margins of meso- and

metasterna and lateral margins of abdomen stramineous ;

connexivum above and beneath spotted with castaneous ;

basal joint of antenne castaneous, remaining joints fuscous ;

antenna: thickly and finely pilose ; legs longly pilose; ante-

erior lobe of pronotum distinctly finely centrally sulcate,

obscurely longitudinally suleate on lateral areas; body

beneath finely but sparingly tomentose.

Long. 14-15 millim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: Athi River (C. S. Betton, Brit.

Mus.).

Genus PIRATES.

Pirates atromaculatus.

Cleptocoris atromaculatus, Stal, (ify. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870, p. 692.

Pirates sinensis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii, p. 114. n. 66 (1873).

Pirates sanctus.

Reduvius sanctus, Fabr. Mant. ii. p. 810 (1787).

Lestomerus sanctus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 94 (1875).

Pirates latifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 119. n. 75.

284 Mr. W. L. Distant on Piratine.

Pirates affinis.

Peirates affinis, Sery. Ann. Sci. Nat. xxiii. p. 216 (1831).

Lestomerus affinis, Walk., var.?, Cat. Het. vii. p. 91 (1873).

Lestomerus piceipennis, Walk, loc. cit. p. 92. n. 5.

Var. Lestomerus diffinis, Walk. loc, cit. n. 7.

Pirates Walkeri, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 127 (1896).

Pirates arcuatus.

Spilodermus arcuatus. Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870, p. 692.

Pirates mutilloides, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 120. n. 79 (1873).

Pirates femoralis.

Lestomerus femoralis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 92. n. 6 (1873).

Pirates (Lestomerus) cruciatus, Horv. Term. Fiiz. ii. p. 148 (1879).

Pirates bicoloripes, Bredd. Abh. Ges. Halle, xxiv. p. 101 (1901).

Although Walker only described the four anterior femora

as being “towards the base” “tawny,” the whole of the

femora are reddish, varying in extent of that coloration from

the base.

Pirates turpis.

Pirates turpis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 120. n. 78 (1873).

Pirates (Cleptocoris) brachypterus, Horv. Termesz. Fiizetek, iii. p. 148

(1879).

Pirates concolor, Jakowleff, Bull. Mose. lvi. p. 215 (1881).

Pirates (Cleptocoris) mestus, Reut. Act. Soc. Se. Fennic. xii. p. 311

(1881).

Pirates glaber.

Pirates glaber, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 129. n. 111 (1873).

Sirthenea glabra, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. ili. p. 129 (1896).

Allied to P. ephippiger, White.

Pirates sobrius.

Pirates sobrius, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 128. n. 107 (1873).

form.)

Sirthenea sobria, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ili. p. 129 (1896).

(Immature

Pirates noctis, sp. n.

Piceous black, opaque, membrane shining; first and second

joints of the antenne (remainder mutilated), apices of anterior

temora, outer surfaces of intermediate and posterior femora,

the tibiz and tarsi testaceous; disk of abdomen beneath

more or less obscure testaceous. Anterior lobe of pronotum

centrally sulcate and obscurely furrowed on each lateral area ;

Mr. W. L. Distant on Piratinee. 285

legs and antenne longly pilose; eyes and ocelli obscure

stramineous.

Long. 25 millim.

ee Madagascar: Antananarivo (Rev. Rk. Toy, Brit.

us.).

Pirates aurigans, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, sternum, rostrum, antenne,

and legs black ; corium, membrane, and abdomen beneath

dark piceous brown; connexivum above and beneath and a

discal longitudinal fascia to corium (commencing on claval

margin at about one third from base, terminating on basal

margin of membrane, a little widened interiorly near centre,

where it emits a short transverse spur) golden yellow; a

discal spot to corium and a larger discal spot to membrane

black. Anterior lobe of pronotum with a distinct central

basal fovea, the lateral areas obscurely suleate ; scutellum

with the lateral margins and apex strongly carinate; antenna

thickly and finely pilose, second and third joints subequal in

length.

Long. 12-13 millim.

Hab. Brit. East Africa: El donyo eb Viru (C. S. Betton,

Brit. Mus.).

Pirates marginiventris, sp. n.

Dull dark castaneous; head, corium, and membrane

piceous ; connexivum above and beneath, antenna, rostrum,

legs, and basal lateral angles of corium ochraceous; antenne

with the second and third joints infuscated. Anterior lobe of

pronotum finely centrally sulcate, lateral areas obscurely

suleate ; membrane distinctly passing the apex of abdomen,

its apical margin pale fuliginous.

Long. 10-11 millim.

Hab, Brit. Hast Africa: Athi River, Athi-ya-Mawe (C, 8S,

Betton, Brit. Mus,).

Pirates sepulchralis, sp. n.

Black, shining, corium and membrane opaque ; apical half

of clavus connected with a somewhat similar spot on corium at

claval margin, the apical fringe to tibiz, and apex of second

joint to rostrum ochraceous ; tarsi brownish ochraceous.

Head between the eyes centrally sulcate ; anterior lobe of

pronotum narrowly centrally suleate on posterior half; apex

of scutellum upwardly tuberculate; anterior femora strongly

incrassated and spined beneath, four spines on apical half.

Long. 23 millim.

Hab. West Australia (EZ. H. Saunders, Brit. Mus.).

286 Mr. W. L, Distant on Piratine.

Genus RASAHUS.

Rasahus maculipennis.

Reduvius maculipennis, Lepell. & Serv. Encyl. Méth. x. p. 276 (1825).

Pirates biplagiatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 100. n. 34 (1873). -

Rasahus flavovittatus.

Sphodrocoris flavovittatus, Stal, Ey. Hem. ii. p. 107 (1872).

Pirates vittifer, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 106. n. 35 (1873).

Mr. Champion has compared the types of Stal and Walker.

Rasahus rufiventris.

Pirates rufiventris, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 107. n. 38 (1873).

Rasahus ceneus.

Pirates eneus, Walk, Cat, Het. vii. p. 108. n, 40 (1873),

Genus SIRTHENEA.

Sirthenea flavipes.

Rasahus flavipes, Stal, defy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 187.

Rasahus Cuming’, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxi. p. 407 (1860),

Pirates strigifer, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 116. n. 71 (1873),

Pirates basiger, Walk. loe. cit. p. 117. n. 72.

Sirthenea horrida.

Lestomerus horridus, Kirby, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiy. p. 111, pl. iv.

fig. 16 (1891).

Kirby’s type is an immature specimen. I have since

received perfect examples from Ceylon and Burma, and the

British Museum also contains another Burmese immature

but more fully developed specimen than the Ceylonese type.

3g. Hemelytra reaching apex of abdomen, piceous, opaque ;

apical area of clavus and a fused spot on claval margin of

corium and a spot on basal area of membrane pale ochraceous.

Sirthenea vittata, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum shining black; corium,

membrane, body beneath, rostrum, and legs piceous brown ;

an elongate longitudinal discal vitta to corium, antenne,

apices of intermediate and posterior coxz, upper surface and

a vitta on each side of anterior femora, bases of intermediate

and posterior femora, bases of tibie, and a central and

marginal series of spots to abdomen pale ochraceous. Elon-

gate; fincly pilose; anterior lobe of pronotum longitudinally

Mr. W. L. Distant on Piratine. 287

sculptured and centrally sulcate; scutellum centrally foveate,

its margins and apex strongly carinate.

Long. 15 millim.

Hab. Colombia: Cali (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.). Trinidad

(Coll. Dist.).

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species

belonging to the Subfum. Pixatine.

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera.

Pirates planus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 111. n. 52 (1878).

dimidiatus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 54 (nee dimidiatus, p. 102. n. 23).

instabilis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 118. n. 74.

—— turpis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 120. n. 78,

concinnus, Walk, loc. cit. p. 124, n. 93.

sobrius, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128. n. 107, An immature form, sp. ?

Sulvipennis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 108.

erythromelas, Walk. loc. cit. n. 109.

glaber, Walk. loc. ert. p. 129, n. 111.

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.

Lestomerus femoralis, Walk. Cat. Het. vil. p. 92. n. 6 (1878), belongs to

gen. Pirates.

flavipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 93. n. 8, belongs to gen. Pirates.

Pirates degener, Walk, loc. cit. p. 100. n. 20, belongs to gen. Melanolestes,

rufiventris, Walk. loc, cit. p. 107. n, 38, 5 y Lasahus.

eneus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 108, n. 39, - a

—— minusculus, Walk. doc. cit. n. 40, - 5, Leogorrus.

posticus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 115. n. 69, 99 3 Lctomocoris.

—— rufifemur, Walk. loc. cit. p. 119. n. 76, _ ,, ‘a 55

— interruptus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 124. n. 94, ,, » Vehtra.

Species treated as synonymic.

Lestomerus piceipennis, Walk. Cat. Het. vil. p. 92. n. 5 (1873),= Pirates

affinis, Serv.

diffinis, Walk. loc. cit, n. 7,= Pirates affinis, var.

Tirates semirufus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 99. n. 17,= Thymbreus crocinopterus,

Stal.

mexicanus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 18,= Rasahus guttatipennis, Stal,

concisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 101, n. 22,= Rasahus hamatus, Fabr.

morio, var., Walk. loc. cit. p. 104. n. 80,= Rasahus arciger, Stal.

— indecisus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 52,= Rasahus hamatus, Fabr,

lepidus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 105. n. 38,= Phorastes femoratus, De Geer.

— biplagiatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 384,= Rasahus maculipennis, Lep. &

Serv.

vittifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 106. n. 55,= Rasahus flavovittatus, Stal.

megaspilus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 36, = Leogorrus picturatus, Stal.

— hamifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 107. n. 87,= Rasahus albomaculatus, Mayr,

—— sinensis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 114. n. 66,= Pirates atromaculatus, Stal.

— adjunctus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 67,= Ectomocoris cordiger, Stal.

—— inscriptus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 115, n. 68,= Ectomocoris elegans, Fabr.

288 Mr. W. L. Distant on Ectrichodine.

Pirates secmaculatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 116. n. 70,=Ectomocoris quadri-

guttatus, Fabr.

—— éstrigifer, Walk. loc. cit. n.71,=Sirthenea flavipes, Stal.

basiger, Walk, loc. cit. p. 117. n. 72,=Sirthenea flavipes, Stal.

—— eed Walk. loe. cit. p. 118. n. 78,=Eetomocoris quadriguttatus,

Fabr.

—— latifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 119. n. 75,= Pirates sanctus, Fabr.

— diffinis, Walk. loc. cit, p. 120. n. 77,= Ectomocoris atroz, Stal.

—— mutilloides, Walk. loc. cit. n. 79, = Pirates arcuatus, Stal.

caliginosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128, n. 92,= Ectomocoris biguttulus,

Stal.

sculpturatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 125. n. 95,= Acanthaspis flavovaria,

Hahn.

decorellus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 129, n. 110,=Ectomocoris decoratus,

Stal.

contiguus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 180. n. 112,= Rasahus hamatus, Fabr.

To be treated as non-existent,

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.

Lestomerus diversus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 93, n. 9 (1878).

—— formicarius, Walk. loc. cit. p. 94. n. 10.

Pirates dimidiatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 102. n. 23 (nec dimidiatus, p. 111,

n. 54).

-— sinicus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 121. n. 88.

—— trinotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 180. n. 118,

EerricHoDINé£.

Genus SANTOSIA,

Santosia erythrocephala.

Reduvius erythrocephalus, Wolff, Icon. iii. p. 126, fig. 120 (1802),

Var. Ectrichodia diminuens, Walk. Cat. Het. viu. p. 45. n. 28 (18738).

Santosta lugubris, sp. n.

Black, opaque ; head, antenna, rostrum, pronotum, scutel-

lum, and legs brownish ochraceous; basal half of posterior

femora, sometimes basal halves of all the femora, black ;

antenne very longly pilose, first joint a little longer than

pronotum, second joint a little longer than first; anterior

lobe of pronotum a little shorter than posterior lobe, centrally

finely but deeply sulcate, sulcation not reaching base of poste-

rior lobe ; femora obscurely subnodulose at apices.

Long. 13-15 millim.

Hab. Borneo: Sarawak (She/ford, Brit. Mus.).

The type in the British Museum has only the basal half of

the posterior femora black; another specimen in my own

collection, also received from Mr. Shelford, has the halves of

all the femora black.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Ectrichodine. 289

Genus H#MATOL@CHA.

fHematolecha nigrorufa.

Scadra nigrorufa, Stal, GEfy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1866, p. 301.

Ectrichodia includens, Walk, Cat. Het. viii. p. 51. n, 50 (1878).

Hematolecha Ridleyana, sp. n.

Head and pronotum reddish ochraceous; fascia between

eyes and base of head, fascia at transverse constriction, central

sulcation and basal margin of pronotum, black ; scutellum and

hemelytra black, basal angle of hemelytra reddish ochraceous ;

connexivum reddish ochraceous, with large subquadrate

black spots; central area to head beneath and sternum black ;

abdomen piceous, its lateral margins spotted with reddish

ochraceous and somewhat luteous on disks of fifth and sixth

segments; legs stramineous, apices of femora, bases and

apices of tibize, and apices of tarsi piceous; antenne with

the first and sccond joints fuscous, third and fourth joints

stramineous, base of third and apex of fourth fuscous, re-

maining joints mutilated.

¢. Anterior femora only moderately incrassated ; central

impression somewhat obsolete to anterior lobe of pronotum,

profound to posterior lobe, sublateral impressions profound,

subcrenulate.

Long., ¢, 20 millim.

Hab. Singapore (H. N. Ridley, Brit. Mus.),

Genus MINDARUS.

Mindarus discus.

Ectrychotes discus, Burm. Handb. ii. p. 238 (1835).

Ectrichodia venusta, Walk, Cat. Het. viii. p, 58. n. 72 (1878),

Mindarus nitidissimus,

Ectrichodia nitidissima, Walk, Cat. Het. viii. p. 57. n. 71 (18738),

Mindarus decolor.

Reduvius decolor, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 185. n, 14 (1878).

Lctrichodia nigroscutata, Walk. lve. cit. viii. p. 60, n. 80,

Mindarus pallitarsis.

Letrichodia pallitarsis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 59, n. 79 (1878).

Mindarus colossus, sp. 0.

Black ; central fascia to head broadened between the eyes,

290 Mr. W. L. Distant on Ectrichodine.

a somewhat large spot on each lateral area of the anterior

pronotal lobe, two small discal spots near transverse constric-

tion and basal margin of posterior pronotal lobe, a spot near

base, two discal lines (the innermost smallest) to corium,

spots to connexivum, three discal series of spots, a lateral

marginal series of spots, and apical segmental margin to

abdomen beneath, apices of all the femora above, base of

posterior femora above, and tibize (excluding bases and apices)

sanguineous; antenne with the first four joints black, pilose,

remainder mutilated ; lateral areas of the head striate; body

somewhat broad and robust.

Long. 29 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 8} millim.

Hab. Paraguay (Brit. Mus.).

Genus ZIRTA.

Zirta hirticornis.

Redurius hirticornis, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 544 (1798).

Ectrichodia atripennis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 56. n. 69 (1873).

Zirta stmillima, sp. n.

Closely allied to Z. hirticornis, but differing by having the

posterior lobe of the pronotum smooth, not rugulose, and the

scutellum and connexivum totally black.

Black ; head and anterior lobe of pronotum dull ochraceous,

posterior pronotal lobe reddish ochraceous.

Long. 18 millim,

Hab. Brazil (Brit. Mus.). Amazons: St. Paulo (Coll.

Dist.).

Zirta granulata,

Ectrichodia granulata, Walk, Cat, Het. vill. p. 58. n. 73 (1878).

Genus CLEPTRIA.

Cleptria mombase, sp. n.

g. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and legs brownish ochra-

ceous; mucronate apices of the scutellum sanguineous ;

hemelytra black, opaque; base of corium and clavus and

lateral margin of corium continued inwardly near apex

brownish ochraceous; coxe, bases of femora, anterior and

intermediate tibiez and tarsi, rostrum, and body beneath

ochraceous; lateral areas of meso- and metasterna, abdominal

incisures, and anal segment piceous; antenne brownish

piceous, strongly pilose; eyes and area of ocelli black.

Second joint of antenne slightly longer than the first ; vertex

Mr. W. L. Distant on Ectrichodine. 291

of head distinctly sulcate between eyes; pronotum finely

centrally sulcate, the sulcation neither reaching the anterior

nor posterior margin, posterior lobe profoundly sulcate near

lateral angles.

Long., ¢, 17 millim.

Hab. Kast Africa: Mombasa (Brit. Mus.),

Genus MENDIS.

Mendis pectoralis.

Mendis pectoralis, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 46.

Mendis japonensis, Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiv. p. 445

(1874),

Mendis semirufa.

Ectrichodia semirufa, Stal, Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1854, p. 287.

Ectrichodia luteoatra, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 53. n. 57 (1875).

Adrania lutecatra, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 185 (1896),

Mendis chinensis, sp. n.

Sanguineous, shining; antenne (excluding basal joint),

eyes, hemelytra, spots to connexivum on fourth and fifth

segments, four spots to metasternum (two central and one on

each side), a small lateral spot to second abdominal segment,

and large transverse lateral spots to third, fourth, and fifth,

segments black; tarsi brownish ochraceous; basal joint of

antenne dul] testaceous; antennze very longly pilose, second

joint slightly longer than the first; anterior pronotal lobe.

foveately sulcate throughout its entire length, posterior lobe

much more finely suleate for about half its length.

Long. 11 millim,

Hab. China; Amoy (Brit. Mus.).

Genus ECTRYCHOTES.

Ectrychotes porrigens.

Ectrichodia porrigens, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 47. n. 54 (1873).

Physorhynchus porrigens, Leth. & Sev, Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii, p, 140

(1896),

Ectrychotes atripennis.

Larymna atripennis, Stal, difv. Vet.-Ak, Forh. 1866, p. 302.

Ectrichodia ophirica, Walk. Cat. Het. vill. p. 51. n. 49 (1873).

Scadra ophirica, Leth, & Sev, Cat, Gén. Hém. t. ili. p. 183 (1896),

292 Mr. W. L. Distant on Ectrichodine.

Genus PHYSORHYNCHUS.

Physorhynchus Linnei.

Ectrichodia Linnéi, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1859, p. 178.

Ectrichodia discrepans, Walk. (part.), Cat. Het. viii, p. 46. n. 33 (1878).

Physorhynchus marginatus.

Physorhynchus (Haematorrhopus) marginatus, Reut. Act. Soc. Se.

Fennic. xii, p. 801 (1881).

Ectrichodia discrepans, Walk. (part.), Cat. Het. viil. p. 46. n. 38 (1873).

Genus CENTRASPIS.

Centraspis ducalis, sp. n.

Head, hemelytra, rostrum, body beneath, and legs shining

black ; pronotum, scutellum, connexivum, lateral margins of

sternum and abdomen (widest on sternum and at apex of

abdomen), anal abdominal segment, and the coxe ochraceous ;

two discal spots to posterior lobe of pronotum, three elongate

basal spots to scutellum, and suffusions to coxe black; an-

tenne with the first joint black, second brownish piceous,

remaining joints mutilated. Pronotum profoundly trans-

versely and longitudinally sulcate, the sulcations fine and

impunctate.

Long. 27 millim.; exp. pronot. ang], 74 millim.

Hab. Ashantee (W. H, Adams, Brit. Mus.).

Genus VILIUS.

Vilius melanopterus.

Vilius melanopterus, Stal, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1863, p. 46.

Ectrichodia msignis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 48. n. 39 (1878).

Ectrichodia limbifera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 49, n. 48,

Mendis insignis, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 137 (1896).

Vilius macrops.

Ectrichodia macrops, Walk. Cat. Het. viii, p. 48. n. 42 (1878).

Doubtfully distinct from the preceding species.

Vilius intermedius.

Ectrichodia intermedia, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 50, n. 48 (1873).

Scadra intermedia, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém, t. iii, p. 132 (1896).

Vilius albomaculatus, sp. n.

Black, shining, hemelytra opaque; head, rostrum, lateral

and anterior margins of anterior lobe of pronotum, spots to

Mr. W. L. Distant on Ectrichodine. 293

second, third, and fourth segments of connexivum, body

beneath, and legs ochraceous; eyes, a broad central annula-

tion to femora, tibie (excluding base), tarsi, lateral spots to

fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal segments, two small central

spots to sixth segment, anal segment and abdominal apex,

and a lateral spot to the pro- and mesosterna black ; antenne

with the first and second joints piceous, remaining joints muti-

lated, base of first joint ochraceous ; hemelytra with a discal

greyish-white spot ; basal joint of antenne distinctly longer

than head; central suleation to pronotum broad and foveate.

Long. 18 millim.

Hab. Malay Peninsula: Selangore (H. V. Ridley, Brit.

Mus.).

ScHOTTUS, gen. nov.

Antenne four-jointed, moderately pilose, joints moderately

robust, first and second stoutest, first joint about as long or

almost as long as head, second almost half as long again as

first, third and fourth more slender and subequal; rostrum

with the first joint longer than the second, very little shorter

in length than second and third joints together ; head broad,

gibbous behind the eyes, constricted at base; pronotum

centrally foveately suleate, from base of anterior to near base

of posterior lobe, longitudinally sulcate near posterior angles,

transverse constriction interrupted at central sulcation ;

scutellum biangulate posteriorly, the mucronate angles some-

what widely separated; connexivum exposed, upwardly

directed ; hemelytra almost reaching apex of abdomen ; ante-

rior femora not prominently incrassated, unarmed ; abdomen

centrally ridged beneath ; sternum broadly channelled between

the intermediate coxe.

A genus allied to Vilius, but at once separated by the

structure of the rostrum, robust second joint of antenne, &c.

Schottus sulicus.

Ectrichodia sulica, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 50, n. 47 (1873).

Scadra sulica, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 183 (1896).

Hab. Sula (Brit. Mus.).

Schottus luteicollis.

Ectrichodia luteicollis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 52. n. 51 (1873).

Scadra luteicollis, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. iii. p. 182 (1896).

Hab. Borneo; Malay Peninsula (Brit. Mus.).

294 Mr. W. L. Distant on Ectrichodine,

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species

belonging to the Subfam. Ectrichodine.

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera.

LEctrichodia tibialis, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 62. n. 95 (1873).

Species considered valid, but requiring generie revision.

LEctrichodia diversipes, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 41. n. 11 (1878), belongs

to gen. Physorhynchus.

marginicollis, W alk. loc. ett. p.42.n.12, belongs to gen. Physorhynchus.

porrigens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 47. n. 34, is 35 Lectrychotes.

macrops, Walk. loe. cit. p. 48. n. 42, 6 9 Vilus.

aliena, Walk. loc. cit. p. 49. n. 46, 5 » Scadra.

sulica, Walk. loc. cit. p. 50. n. 47, % », Schottus, g. n.

intermedia, Walk. loc. cit. n. 48, Op » Vilrus.

luteicollisy Walk. loc. cit. p. 52. n. 51, 53 » Schottus, g. n.

cylindrica, Walk. loc. cit. p. 55. n. 56, —,, » Adrania.

nitidissima, Walk. loc. cit. p. 57. n. 71, ,, » Mindarus.

—- granulata, Walk. loc. cit. p.58.n. 73, —,, » Zita.

pallitarsis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 59. n. 79, + Mindarus.

Reduvius decolor, Walk. loc. cit. vil. p. 185. n. 14, belongs to gen, Mindarus.

Species treated as synonymic.

Ectrichodia diminuens, Walk, Cat. Het. viii. p. 45. n. 28 (1873),=

Santosia erythrocephala, Wolff, var.

— discrepans, Walk, (part, ), doc. cit. p, 46. n. 58, = Physorhynchus

Linnei, Stal.

— discrepans, Walk. (part.), loc. cit. p. 46. n. 33, = Physorhynchus

marginatus, Reut.

— insignis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 48. n. 39,= Vilius melanopterus, Stal.

— limbifera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 49. n. 43,= Vilius melanopterus, Stal.

— ophirica, Walk. loc. cit. p. 51. n. 49,=Letrychotes atr ipennis, Stal.

— includens, Walk. loc. cit. n. 50,= Hematoleecha nigrorufa, Stal.

— luteoatra, Walk. loc. cit. p, 53. n. 57,= Mendis semirufa, Stil.

atripennis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 56, n. 69,= Zirta hirticornis, Fabr.

fervida, Walk, loc. cit. p. 57. n. 70,= Ectrichodia crudelis, Stal.

venusta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 58. n. 72,= Mindarus discus, Burm.

nmigr oscutata, Walk. oc, cit. p. 60. n. 80,= Mindarus decolor, Walk.

media, Walk. doc. cit. p- 62. n. 94, = Ectrichodia cruciata, Say.

Pothea centr alis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 63. n. 8,= Pothea lugens, Fabr.

reciproca, Walk. loc. cit. p. 64. n. 9,= Pothea enescens, Stal.

To be treated as non-existent.

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.

Ectrichodia pictipes, Walk. Cat. Het. viii. p. 45. n. 29 (1873).

pyrophila, Walk, loc. cit. p. 55. n. 66.

geniculosa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 59. n. 74.

On the Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 295

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES.

SALYAVATINE.

Lisarda inornata.

Acanthaspis inornata, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 175. n. 51 (1873).

Lisarda pallidispina, Stal, En. Hem. iv. p. 83 (1874).

A CANTHASPIN #:

Genus PASIRA.

Pastra perpusilla.

Reduvius perpusillus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 196. n. 50 (1873).

Pasira pusilla.

Reduvius pusillus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 193, n. 43 (18738).

Clavus, base of corium, a linear spot near centre of apical

margin of corium, spots to connexivum, and extieme apices

of anterior femora obscure brownish ochraceous.

XLIL.—WNotes on the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.—

1V. On the Systematic Position of the Pleuronectide. By

G. A. BouLenGaer, F.R.S.

In the classification of Cuvier, at the beginning of the last

century, the presence or absence of spines in the dorsal fin

was regarded as of so great importance in the Teleostean

fishes that they were primarily divided into Acanthopterygians

and Malacopterygians. According to the presence or absence

and the position of the ventral or pelvic fins, the latter division

was again split up into three groups—Abdominals, Sub-

brachials, and Apodes. The Gadoids and Pleuronectids were

thus brought together as Subbrachial Malacopterygians.

When Johannes Miller took up the condition of the air-

bladder as a basis for the establishment of higher groups,

these Subbrachial Malacopterygians were removed from the

Abdominals or Physostomes and placed nearer the Acantho-

pterygians, but remained associated under the name Anacan-

thini. And so they have been in most classifications, even

modern text-books teaching us that flat-fishes are only modified

asymmetrical Gadoids, But any one who will carefully

compare the anatomical structure of the principal members of

these two families cannot fail to recognize the absurdity of

296 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

such a conception. The Anacanthini, as defined by Miiller,

are a purely artificial group, for the recognition of which not

even the excuse of external similarity can be adduced.

A step in the right direction had already been made by

Cope in 1871 *, followed later by Gill and by Jordan, in

separating the flat-fishes as a suborder under the Dumerilian

name of Heterosomata, but merely on account of the asym-

metry of the skull, and, to quote from the latter author f,

persisting to consider the nearest relationship of this suborder

to be probably with the Gadidaw, although the developed

pseudobranchiz and the thoracic fins indicate an early differen-

tiation from the Anacanthine fishes.”

Objections to this view were raised by J. T. Cunningham

in 18971, who observed :—It is a remarkable fact that

although the Pleuronectide and Gadide have generally been

considered to be so similar that they have been placed in

the same order Anacanthini, the structure and development

of the tail described above [heterocerey] occur in the flat-fish,

but are entirely wanting in the Gadide. In the latter the

tail is permanently diphycercal, it is composed of dorsal and

ventral rays which are equal in number and size, and, in

fact, closely resemble the tail of the extinct Coslacanthide.

There can be little doubt that even if the Gadide cannot be

directly derived from the latter family, they are descended

from Crossopterygian Ganoids with diphycercal tails, and_

have never passed through a heterocereal condition§. Al-

though the structure of the tail in the Gadide was briefly and

correctly described by Alexander Agassiz in his paper on the

development of the tail, he did not attach sufficient import-

ance to it, believing that a very slight apparent up-bending

of the termination of the notochord showed the essential

similarity in the development of this type of tail with that

seen in other Teleosteans. The proper classification of the

Anacanthini is yet to be worked out, bat there can be no

doubt that the Gadide and Pleuronectide, instead of being

closely allied, are very remote from each other in structure

and descent.”

The latter conclusion had already been reached by Agassiz

from the study of fossils. On p. 260 of the fourth volume of

his ‘ Poissons fossiles,’ dealing with the curious extinct genus

Macrostoma (= Amphistius), to which I shall have occasion

to refer presently, he expresses the opinion that ‘ L’ensemble

* Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. (2) xiv. 1871, p. 458.

t ‘Fishes of N. America,’ iii. p. 2602 (1898),

} ‘Science Progress,’ (2) i. p. 498.

§ See my remarks on this subject, further on.

Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 297

bizarre de caractéres que présente ce genre me parait une

confirmation éclatante du rapprochement que j’ai fait des

Pleuronectes et des Chétodontes, et si l’on fait abstraction des

rayons épineux de ces derniers, ou plutét si l’on considére le

peu d’importance que mérite ce caractére dans une famille

qui compte des genres conformés comme les Plataw et les

Psettus, on ne méconnaitra pas leur intime affinité. (Q’on

ne m’objecte pas la conformation bizarre et irréguliére de la

téte des Pleuronectes ; car ot qu’on les range, ils se distin-

gueront toujours par 1a de tous les poissons connus.”

Somewhat the same suggestion as that of Agassiz was

again incidentally made by HE. W. L. Holt in 1894 *:—

“Messrs. Cunningham and MacMunn find a difficulty in

accepting reversion or atavism as an explanation of the

ambicolorate condition, in that the hypothetical vertically

swimming ancestor of the flat-fish must have had an un-

pigmented white or silvery ventral surface, as other sym-

metrical fishes have, whereas completely ambicolorate flat-fish

are uniformly pigmented all over. The difficulty certainly

arises if we assume that the ancestor really was paler on the

ventral region than elsewhere ; but is it not equally reasonable

to assume a stage of evolution in which the fish resembled

such forms as Platax or Dascyllus, to take instances from

families widely separated from each other by systematists ?

Both forms have high compressed bodies, and in some species,

at any rate, of both genera the ventral region is as deeply

pigmented as the dorsal. Even in the John Dory (Zeus

faber), in which the ventral abdominal region is flattened, it

is nevertheless rather darkly pigmented, and to me it certainly

seems more probable that the Pleuronectide of the present

day began to take on their asymmetrical characters as com-

pressed and uniformly coloured forms than in the condition

of ordinary round fish.”

Merely for the sake of completeness would I allude to the

suggestion made by Gill in 1887 } :—“ I am half inclined to

think that the Heterosomatous fishes may have branched off

from the original stock, or progenitors of the ‘Taniosomous

fishes [Trachypteride]. I shall investigate the subject when

I can get the requisite material.” Dr. Gill has not published

the reasons which made him incline towards such a con-

clusion, and the position in which he has left the Pleuronectids

in his latest classification {, with the Anacanthini between

them and the Trachypterids, seems to show that the idea of

* P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 438.

+ Amer. Natur. xxi. p. 86.

t Mem. Nat. Acad. Washington, vi. 1893, p. 137.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 22

298 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

any very close relationship between these two aberrant groups

has been abandoned by him *.

In spite of the absence of spines in the fins, the Gadoids

offer a combination of characters—closed air-bladder, jugular

ventral fins, reduced parietal bones, maxillary excluded from

the border of the mouth—which, taken together, indicate

descent from the Acanthopterygians, and not from the lower

Teleosteans, a conclusion further supported by their relation-

ship to the Blenniids and Trachinids. This being admitted,

it follows that the characters which serve to define them as a

group are the result of specialization, not primitive. These

characters are :—

1. The diphycercal or isocercal + termination of the verte-

bral column. This has often been regarded as a primitive

character ; but if we accept, as I do, the conclusions of Dollo

in his remarkable discussion of the Dipneusti {, we cannot

hesitate to lay down as an axiom that all Teleosteans are origi-

nally descended from heterocercal forms. But the caudal fin

may become reduced or disappear, as in the series Mormyrops—

Gymnarchus, Urenchelys-Murena, Thyrsites—Trichiurus,

Pleuronectes—Cynoglossus, to mention only examples in which

the direction of the line of evolution does not seem open to

controversy ; and if it should reappear, it cannot be again 1a

the specially modified condition known as homocercy. Sucha

form of secondary caudal fin is exemplified among the Crosso-

pterygians by the Coelacanthide §. I have reason to believe

that the Gadoids must have been derived from such a group

as the Berycide, through forms of which the Macruride,

with thoracic ventral fins composed of 7 to 12 rays, are the

nearest known examples, and in which the caudal fin had

entirely vanished. I regard the isocereal condition of the

Gadidz as the result of the formation of a new caudal fin,

the homocercal extremity of the vertebral column having

been lost by the direct ancestors of these fishes.

2. The relations of the bones supporting the pectoral fin,

which differ considerably from those of the earlier Acantho-

pterygians. The scapular bone is imperforate and the fenestra

is situated between it and the coracoid. Of the basalia or

* It is not improbable that the Trachypteride have branched off from

the hypothecial primitive Acanthopterygians out of which the Berycide,

Zeide, and Macruride may be derived.

+ For eentaone of these terms, cf Boulenger, Poiss. Bass. du Congo,

, 7 (1901).

P t Mém. Soc. Belge Géol. ix. 1895, p. 79.

§ Cf. Bashford Dean, ‘ Fishes Living and Fossil,’ p. 158, figs. 155 and

156 (1895).

Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 299

pterygials, two or three are in contact with the coracoid and

one or two with the scapula, this being the reverse of what

_ obtains in the Berycide and most Acanthopterygians.

3. Absence of pseudobranchie.

If we now compare the Pleuronectide to the Gadoids, we

find that in these three characters they differ from them and

agree with the majority of the Acanthopterygians, especially

with those which, geologically and morphologically speaking,

may be termed the oldest. ‘The tail, whenever a caudal fin

is well developed, belongs to the homocercal type (hetero-

cercal in the embryo), with comparatively few rays (20 or

less), The pectoral fin, in its fullest development, is supported

by four pterygials, of which three are attached to the scapula

and one to the coracoid, and the fenestra is in the scapular

bone. Pseudobranchie are present.

From a consideration of these characters alone, the Pleuro-

nectide cannot be held to have been derived from the Gadoids,

but their ancestors must be sought for among more primitive

Acanthopterygians. Bearing in mind Holt’s suggestion

quoted above, I have proceeded to make a search among the

deep-bodied, strongly compressed types, such as the so-called

Squamipinnes and some of the Scombriformes. I may

mention that in seeking for extinct allies of the Zeide I had

already arrived at the conclusion that a form placed among

the Carangide by Woodward*, Amphistium, agreed very

closely with them in the structure of the vertebral column,

notwithstanding the lower number of vertebrae (10+ 14) ; its

caudal fin, quite similar to that of the Zeide, precluded its

reference to the Carangide, and a careful examination of one

of the specimens preserved in the British Museum, kindly

placed at my disposal for study by Dr. A. 8. Woodward,

convinced me that as many as eight branched rays in addition

to a spine are borne by the pelvic bone—this, of course,

affording a confirmation of the supposed affinity with the

Zeide. The latter differ from all other Acanthopterygians,

except the Berycide, Macruride, and various Gadide, in

having more than five (6 to 8) articulated rays to the ventral

fin—an important character, indicative of descent from a

lowly type, for | am not disposed to admit that the number

of rays on one bony support having once been reduced can

again become multiplied. We know, in the evolution of

the dorsal and anal fins, that the exoskeletal rays, having first

been in excess of their endoskeletal supports (interspinous

bones), became reduced so as to correspond with them in

* Cat. Foss. Fish. iv. p. 434 (1901).

29%

300 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

number; and there is no example of their having again

increased in number except concurrently with a multiplication

of their supports.

The Zeide or Cyttidse, comprising the genera Zeus, Zenion,

and Cyttus, to which I would add the little-known Grammico-

lepis, described by Poey and by Shufeldt* from a single

specimen, have been placed by some authors near the Cheto-

dontide, by others with the Scombriformes or with the

Beryciformes. They form a perfectly natural family, which

may be defined as follows :-—

Acanthopterygians without subocular shelf or suborbital

stay for the preoperculum, with double basis cranii}, well

developed entopterygoid, and strongly protractile premax-

illaries. Two nostrils on each side. Gill-membranes free

from isthmus ; 7 or 8 branchiostegal rays; gills 3}; pseudo-

branchiz well developed. Lower pharyngeal bones separated,

Vertebre 30 to 46, the anterior with sessile ribs, the posterior

precaudals with long neural spines bent forwards and with

transverse processes directed downwards, forming hemal

arches and bearing the ribs at their extremity ; epipleurals

much reduced or absent; hypural large, without the basal

spine present in most Perciformes and all Scombriformes and

Percecoces, bearing fewer than 20 rays. Dorsal and anal fins

elongate, the former with a distinct spinous portion, the

Jatter with 1 to 4 spines detached from the soft portion.

Pectoral fin supported by four pterygials, of which three are

in contact with the perforated scapular bone; posttemporal

forked and solidly attached to the skull. Ventral fin with 1

spine and 6 to 8 soft rays.

The family which | propose to name Amphistiide, with

the single genus Amphistium, Ag. (Macrostoma, Ag.), froma

the Upper Eocene, agrees with the Zeide in all characters

that can be ascertained on the preserved remains, except that

the vertebra are fewer (24), the spines of the vertical fins

are reduced to a few adnate to and continuous with the series

of soft rays, and the scales are more normal and imbricate.

Now, as already pointed out by Agassiz, these Amphistiids,

provided they be possessed of the last half-gill absent in the

Zeid, and this is a character which unfortunately cannot be

ascertained on the fossils, appear to realize in every respect

the prototype of the Pleuronectide before they had assumed

* Journ. of Morphol. ii. 1888, p. 271.

+ Iam unable to confirm the statement made by Starks (Proc. U.S.

Nat, Mus. xxi. 1898, p. 470), that the basisphenoid is absent and that the

parietals unite in front of the supraoccipital.

Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 301

the asymmetry which characterizes them as a group. I am

fully convinced that if they do not actually form part of the

ancestral group out of which the flat-fishes were evolved,

they are very nearly related to them; and it follows that the

Zeide, of which our familiar John Dory is the best-known

representative, are the nearest known living allies of the

Pleuronectide. The number of vertebre in Amphistium is

Restoration of Amphistium paradovum, Ag., from the Upper Eocene.

rather in favour of than against such a view, since the least

specialized of living Pleuronectidx, Psettodes *, agrees with

it in this respect, all other forms of which the skeleton is

known having 28 or more. Although it is perfectly true that

in a general way the number of vertebrae has become reduced

in the course of evolution, this law certainly does not apply

to the particular groups, as seems to me proved by such series

of forms as we know in the Siluride, Scombriformes, and

especially in this instance, where the increased number is

evidently related to the undulatory swimming movements

of these fishes.

* In which the eye of the blind side is not lateral, but on the dorsal

surface of the head, the dorsal fin does not extend on the head, the mouth

is large and symmetrical, and the pelvic bones and fins are placed as in a

normal Perciform,

302 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

D. S. Jordan regarded a high number of vertebra, other

things being equal, as indicative of generalization, and even

thought the Pleuronectide afforded support to this view.

Not aware of the state of things in the Hippoglossine

Psettodes, he wrote * :—‘“ Thus in the comparatively primi-

tive subfamily of Hippoglossine, the halibut group, the

division nearest the cod-like stock from which the flounders

are probably descended, the numbers range from 305 to 50.

In the turbot group (Psettine) from 31 to 43.” I have

gradually arrived at the conclusion that Jordan’s theory

cannot be applied to the various groups which make up the

suborder Acanthopterygii, and that the explanation of the

fact that so many of its marine members agree in having 24

vertebre is due to common eects ick a Cretaceous marine

type, probably Berycid, in which the number had been thus

reduced. Further evolution would again have tended to an

increase of the segments, especially in freshwater, deep-sea,

and pelagic forms, for physiological requirements, which,

however, are not always clearly apparent. The “ natural

selection” theory, by which Jordan has endeavoured to

explain the variability in the number of vertebrae within

restricted groups, can have no further claim than that of

ingeniousness, since it implies a reversion of the evolution-

lines that can be followed in the minor groups of the Pleuro-

nectide, especially the Hippoglossine and Soleine.

Another good reason for regarding the Amphistiide and

Zeide as related to the ancestral type of the Pleuronectide is

the fact that the ventral fin of the latter, although always

much reduced, contains frequently as many as six articulated

rays, sometimes with the addition of a simple ray (/Hippo-

glossus) .

I therefore propose the establishment of a division of the

suborder Acanthopterygil, under the name of Zeorhombi, to

be defined as aberrant, strongly compressed Perciformes, with

very short preecaudal region, modified in the direction of the

flat-fishes, and characterized by the combination of an

increased number (7 to 9) of ventral rays, with absence of *

hypural spine (by which Berycida are excluded), or by

asymmetry of the skull in the forms in which the spine of

the ventral fin has been lost.

‘This division embraces three families only :—

* ‘Temperature and Vertebree: a Study in Evolution’ (Ithaca, 1893),

p. 26.

Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 303

A distinct spinous dorsal fin; anal spines detached

from the soft portion; a ventral spine; gills

three and a half, three slits between them.... 1. Zeide.

Dorsal and anal spines few, continuous with the

soft rays; a ventral spine.................. 2. Amphistiidz.

No spines; cranium twisted in front, with the two

orbits on one side; gills four, a slit behind the

FOUPCH oa, ain cic oe AY, ao a 3. Pleuronectida.

According to our present information the three families

can be traced back to the Upper Eocene. The common

ancestors of the Zeide and Amphistiide will probably be

found in the Upper Cretaceous associated with the Berycide,

to which they will no doubt prove to be related *,

It is fair that I should add that the idea of deriving the

Pleuronectids from some form similar to Zeus had occurred

to Mr. E. W. L. Holt some years ago, He had been so

struck by the asymmetry in the number and arrangement of

the dorsal and anal bony plates in the young of the John

Dory that he induced his friend Mr. L. W. Byrne to examine

the matter on a large number of specimens between 23 and 5

inches in length, captured by Plymouth trawlers. This

study, which I hope Mr. Byrne may soon publish, demon-

strates the large proportion of specimens with an asymmetrical

arrangement of the plates and the apparent tendency to vary

especially in the direction of an asymmetry in which the

plates of the right or of the left side predominate. It is a

pity that so little should be known of the habits of the John

Dory, in view of the suggestion put forth a few years ago by

Verrill t, when dealmg with the sleep of some Labride, first

observed by Mobius}. “The common Tautog or Black-

fish (Tautoga onttis),”’ says Verrill, has the curious habit

of resting upon one side, half buried among gravel, or partly

under stones, and is often curved in strange positions. It is

easy to imagine that the flounders originated from some

symmetrical ancestral form that acquired, like the tautog, the

habit of resting upon one side, at first only when sleeping,

but afterwards continually, owing to the greater protection

that this habit and its imitative coloration afforded. The

one-sided coloration and the changes in the position of the

eyes, etc., would gradually follow in accordance with well-

known laws of evolution.”

* On the ground of the number of ventral rays the Zeide have been

brigaded with the Berycide by Woodward (Cat, Foss. Fish. iv. p, 384).

t Amer. Journ. Sci. (4) iii. 1897, p. 136,

} Zool, Garten, 1867, p. 148.

304 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Equidee.

Mr. Byrne, who has seen Zeus alive at Plymouth, in-

forms me that it does not live well in an aquarium and has

not been observed to ‘‘ sleep,” but that it swims in a lop-sided

fashion, at any rate in captivity, and also seems to use the

soft dorsal and anal fins as organs of propulsion, moving

them in waves, much as a needle-fish does.

XLIT.—A new Arrangement of the existing Species of Liquide,

with the Description of a new Subspecies of “ Zebra.” By

k. J. Pocock.

Ir is customary to classify existing Equide as Horses, Asses,

aud Zebras.

The genus Equus, Linn, (Syst. Nat. ed. x. 1766), originally

contained LH. caballus (the domestic horse), £. asinus (the

domestic ass), and /. zebra (the mountain zebra, with which

Linneus included the quagga).

In 1825 Gray (Zool. Journ. i. p. 241) established thie

genus Asinus for EF. vulgaris (=asinus), E. zebra, L. quagga,

and , Burcheli. In other words, he divided the Kquide

into ‘f Horses” and ‘ Asses.”

Hamilton Smith went a step further, and removed from

Gray’s genus Asinus, under the name [Hippotigris, H. zebra,

Hi. quagga, H1. Burchelli, and added H. antiquorum, leaving

Asinus tor the African and Asiatic species of wild ass

(Nat. Libr., Mamm. 1. pp. 350-351). This classification

expresses in technical language the prevalent notion as to the

affinities of the species included, although generic value has

been seldom accorded to the three groups. It was adopted

nevertheless by ‘Trouessart in 1898 (Cat. Mamm. ii.),

EL. Grevyi and a number of subspecitic forms of £. Burchelli

being included under Hippotigris.

Zebra is no doubt a convenient vernacular term for the

striped as opposed to the unstriped species of Equide; but

its technical equivalent [/zppotigris, in the broad sense used

by Hamilton Smith and the still broader application given

to it by Trouessart, cannot, I think, be maintained as

symbolizing a natural unit,

‘There is a mass of evidence favouring the view that the

ancestors of _Lquus were striped. In that case the stripes

of “zebras” are a heritage from a common ancestor. To

that extent only are they a sign of affinity between the species

which possess them. ‘They have been retained where the

physical conditions required their retention for purposes of

Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Equidee. 305

concealment, and lost where their suppression was demanded

for the same object. Their slight systematic importance

is shown by their extreme variation within the limits of the

group termed “ Burchell’s zebras’”—a group composed of

forms admittedly related to one another. ‘Their disappearance

in such forms as the African “asses” (H. teniopus and

somaliensis) and Asiatic “asses” (EH. hemionus, onager, and

hemippus) is in itself no proof of kinship close enough to

justify the union of these two sections of the Hquide into a

group equivalent to one embracing the striped species.

The stripes of the Equide in fact appear to be strictly

comparable to the stripes or spots of the Felidz and to have

much the same taxonomic value. No one, presumably,

would feel justified in establishing a genus for the tawny or

fawn-coloured cats, like the lion, puma, caracal, jaguarundi,

&c., on the strength of their uniform coloration, and another

for those species of Felis in which the primitive variegated

markings persist.

Rejecting, then, for these reasons the suppression or reten-

tion of body-stripes as a basis for the classification of those

existing species of Equide which have warts only on the

fore legs, a short erect mane, and a tufted tail, I think these

species may be classified under the following headings :—

1. Grevy’s ZeEBRAS (Equus Grevyt).—One species with

the two subspecies described below.

That Grévy’s zebra stands apart from the other striped

species has been already pointed out (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xx. pp. 48-49, 1897). The arrangement of stripes

on the hind-quarters is unique; the warts on the fore legs

are abnormally small, and the extension of the mane over the

withers sharply differentiates this species from those of the

following section, to which H. Grevyi is commonly supposed

to be nearly related. Lastly, the widely expanded rounded

ear is quite peculiar and contrasts forcibly with the longer or

shorter, but narrow, fusiform, and pointed ear of other

Equidee.

2. AFRICAN WILD ASSES and MountTaAIN ZEBRAS (Asinus).

a. LH. asinus.

a. Subsp. teniopus.

B. 4, somaliensis.

b. #. zebra.

a. Typical subspecies. *

B. Subsp. Hartmanne. : : :

Pas Po sinineg: Perhaps identieal.

306 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Kquide.

Apart from the retention of the stripes and the unique

character of the reversal of the spinal hairs, the mountain

zebras seem to differ but little from the African wild asses.

In general form, shape of head, length of ear, and narrowness

of hoof the two species are strikingly alike. As contrasted

with what obtains in the following group, there is a marked

tendency of the stripes to persist upon the legs in the species .

that have lost them on the body.

3. QuacGas (Hippotigris)—QOne species (H. quagga),

with many subspecies.

a. T'ypical subspecies, now extinct.

y ;

B. Subsp. Burchell.

Y: ” antiquorum.

Br ae Wahlberg.

CNG prer Chapmani.

G5, Beloust.

nN. 5, + Crawshay?.

SS Cae:

etc., etc.

The validity of this group must, I think, be admitted.

The true quagga is generally set apart as an isolated species,

displaying less similarity to Burchell’s zebra than the latter

shows to the mountain zebra. Judging, however, from

extant figures and the few specimens of 4. guagga preserved

in museums, considerable individual variation was exhibited

in the extent to which the stripes on the flanks and hind-

quarters were suppressed. Even in the extremest cases of

suppression the difference between £. quagga and the typical

E. Burchelli is less pronounced than that between the latter

and the subspecies known as Crawshayt or Granti*.

The quaggas furnish an admirable object-lesson in subs

specific forms. Broadly speaking, the most fully striped

forms occur to the north of the Zambesi, both Grant’s quagga,

which inhabits Southern Abyssinia and British East Atrica,

and Crawshay’s quagga, from British Central Africa (Nyasa-

land), being strongly striped to the hoofs and banded to the

middle line on the belly. Nearest to these comes Selous’s

quagga, from Mashonaland, which, however, has paler narrow

intermediate stripes, at least on the hind-quarters. From this

,* The adoption of the term “ quagga” for this group will be followed

by the advantage of enabling us to speak of these subspecies as Crawshay’s

or Grant’s quagya, instead of Crawshay’s Burchell’s zebra, Grant’s Bur-

chell’s zebra, &e.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Equide. 307

form a complete series of gradations may be found in which

the stripes gradually die away from the hoofs upwards,

ultimately leaving the belly, legs, and hind-quarters up to

the last flank-stripe unstriped. This suppression of stripes

on the limbs and belly is accompanied by an increase in the

number and forward extension of the shadow-stripes, the

consummation in both particulars being reached, so far as

existing types are concerned, in Burchell’s quagga. In the

true, but now extinct, quagga the process was carried one

step further, the stripes being suppressed over the quarters,

and the shadow-stripes, at least apparently in some cases,

showing a great increase in development, the result being a

more uniform coloration of the fore part of the body and

head. It would be extremely interesting to discover why

these quaggas, as they passed from north to south in Africa,

found it advantageous to drop the stripes on their limbs and

hind-quarters. The answer to this question could probably

be given by a careful study of the physical conditions under

which each subspecies exists.

4. Astatic WILD Asses (? Hquus, s. s.),—Certainly one

well-marked species, #. hemionus, with the subspecies

onager and hemippus. Possibly the Horses should be

here included, if L. Przevalski be a valid species,

As the quaggas are the most equine of the “ zebras,’’ so

the kiang is the most equine of the ‘ asses.”

The question as to whether there is a genuine wild species

of true horse is still swb gudice. If the verdict be adverse, the

horse as a domesticated animal, artificially modified to an

unknown extent, has no place in a system dealing with

existing species. Assuming for the moment that Prze-

walski’s horse is not feral and not a hybrid, it must take its

place at the end of the series given above, probably, I think,

as a second species under section 4.

In the specimens of this animal in the Zoological Gardens,

as in the original type, the hairs on the basal half of the tail

are much shorter than those at the end. The tail, in fact,

presents an intermediate stage between that of H. caballus and

of H. hemionus. Similarly, the mane of the kiang exhibited

in the Gardens is almost as much “equine” as “asinine”

in character. Moreover, considering the extent to which the

warts on the hind legs vary in size in domesticated horses,

it would be rash to give more than a specific value to their

presence.

308 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Equide.

Finally, if the kiang be united to the true horses, as pro-

posed by Mr. Lydekker*, it will be seen that of the four

groups into which the existing Kquide fall three have

received generic names. If in the future these be restored

to use, a fourth name must be given to H. Grevy?, which is

perhaps the best-marked type of all; and Iam inclined to think

that if the genus Hguus be subdivided, a classification which

placed H. Grevyi in one category and the rest of the species in

another would not be far wide-of the mark.

The original example of Grévy’s zebra was sent from

Abyssinia by the Emperor Menelik to the then President of

the French Republic, after whom it was named by Oustalet

(‘ La Nature,’ x. p. 12, 1882). Specimens of apparently the

same species were subsequently received in this country from

Somaliland, and were unquestionably considered to be

identical with the Abyssinian form, of which no topotypical

examples were available for comparison. Within the last

few years, however, several living Abyssinian specimens,

presented by Menelik to our English Sovereigns, have been

exhibited in the Gardens of the Zoological Society. These

zebras differ strikingly from those obtained in Somaliland

which have been sent to the British Museum in their staring

black-and-white coloration.

That the type of the species upon its arrival in Paris

resembled the specimens afterwards sent by Menelik to this

country is attested by Oustalet’s description of the stripes as

‘* purple-brown tending to black, standing boldly out on a

white ground scarcely washed with grey.”

Since, then, the available evidence points to a constant

difference in coloration between the Abyssinian and Somali

Grévy’s zebras, the latter must be regarded as a distinct

subspecies fF.

The two may be diagnosed and contrasted as follows :—

a. Stripes black, interspaces white and of ap-

proximately the same tone as the white of

Hevy coll AR Pac Oe Bee cae ee Lao iS Aes Typical subspecies.

b. Stripes dark brown, interspaces washed with

ochre-brown and very noticeably darker

than the white of the belly ............, Subsp. berberensis, noy.

The type of E. Grevyt berberensis is the skin of a specimen

shot by Capt. Swayne at Duhri, Ogardain (B.M. Reg.

94.2. 21—1).

* ‘Nature,’ vol. lxv. pp. 103 & 104 (1901).

+ A form of Grévy’s zebra from Lake Rudolf has been described by

Dr. P. Matschie (SB. Ges. naturfor, Berlin, 1898, pp. 169 & 180) as

Equus Fauret. See also Camerano, Atti Acc. Torino, vol. xxvii. 1902,

where another form of “ quagza” is described as 2. Chapmanti jalle,

On the East-African Representative of the Bongo. 309

XLIV.—On the East-African Representative of the Bongo

and its Generic Position. By OLpDFIELD THoMaAs, F.R.S.

For some years the presence of a large Tragelaphine antelope

in the district of the Ravine Station, British East Africa, has

been recorded, and guesses made as to its identity with species

known elsewhere. In 1897 Mr. F. J. Jackson sent home a

pair of horns, with certain native information about them

which now proves to be remarkably correct ; and these horns

were figured by Mr. Sclater in the ‘ Proceedings of the

Zoological Society’? *, with the suggestion that they might be

the horns of 7. Angast.

Now at last the mystery is cleared up by Mr. F. W. Isaac,

who has obtained through the natives, and presented to the

National Museum, a remarkably fine series of this antelope,

which proves to be not the Inyala, but a close ally of the

Bongo, hitherto only recorded from West Africa.

The most noteworthy point about Mr. Isaac’s series is the

definite proot they give that this animal, belonging to a group

with the females normally hornless, has long horns in that

sex—a character fully of generic importance. Gray’s distinc-

tion of the genus “ Huryceros”’ +, supported alone of recent

writers by Dr. Jentink, therefore proves to have been correct.

But the name Huryceros, being preoccupied {, will require to

be changed, and I would suggest that of Boocercus, based on

the characteristic bovine tail of B. eurycerus.

No evidence as yet exists as to whether the true western

Bongo has horns in the female, no examples of that sex,

horned or hornless, being in any European museum. But

should it prove, contrary to all probability, that there are no

horns in the West-African females, I would expressly assign

as the type of the genus Boocercus the Kast-African form

which we know to possess them.

This East-African form, so far as there is western material

for comparison with Mr, Isaac’s fine set, appears to be very

closely allied to the true Bongo, but may be subspecifically

distinguished as follows :—

Boocercus eurycerus Isaact, subsp. n.

Closely similar to the true B, eurycerus. Size very large ;

skull of male considerably larger and heavier than that of the

type form (see measurements below), strongly convex above,

* P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 455.

+ P.Z.S. 1850, p. 144,

} Lesson, Cent, Zool. p. 217 (1830).

310 On the East-African Representative of the Bongo.

with much arched frontals and swollen nasals. Tooth-row

about half an inch longer than in the ally. Bony projections

on base of skull between anterior end of bullae much larger

and more prolonged—in 6. eurycerus they do not extend

backwards between the bullee at all. Bulle larger, rounder,

and more inflated, those of the female still more developed

than those of the male.

Horns of male very thick and massive, apparently decidedly

thicker at all ages than in true eurycerus ; the angles rounded

and but little marked; the surface rough and coarse, not

worn smooth, as is commonly the case in the allied form ;

dark blackish brown, the tips white. Horns of female pro-

portionally rather longer than in the male, slender, rounded,

more closely twisted than in the male, and with about half a

turn more; their general direction more nearly parallel to

each other, about as in the Lesser Kudu.

Markings quite as in the typical form, but the general

colour seems to be a stronger and richer fulvous. Muzzle

prominently black. Dorsal line, from the withers backwards,

marked with black, except where the continuations of the lateral

vertical lines cut it with white. White flank-lines about ten

to thirteen in number.

Measurements of the typical skull (¢) :—

Basal Jength 394 millim.; greatest breadth 167; top of

nasals from palate 157 ; nasals 148 x 52; muzzle to orbit 235;

muzzle to front of anterior premolar 123; palate length 223 ;

combined length of three premolars 51, of tooth-row 126.

Horns: length round curves 870 millim. (=344 inches) ;

in straight line 725 millim. (=284 inches) ; circumference at

base 286 millim. (=114 inches) ; greatest spread (outside)

455 millim. (=18 inches).

A female skull has a basal length of 350 miilim., and its

horns measure 686 millim. (=27 inches) round the curves,

615 millim. (=24+ inches) in a straight line, with a basal

circumference of 177 millim. (=7 inches) and a greatest

spread of only 227 millim. (=9 inches).

Hab. Eldoma Ravine, British East Africa. In deep

forest.

Type. Adult male. Collected April 1902, and presented

by F. W. Isaac, Esq.

Mr. Isaac is to be congratulated on the satisfactory way in

which he has cleared up the problems in connexion with this

magnificent inhabitant of our Kast-African territories,

On some new Forms of Otomys. 311

XLV.—On some new Forms of Otomys.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

In the fine collection of mammals from Deelfontein, Cape

Colony, prepared by Troopers Grant and Seimund, and

presented to the National Museum by Col. A. T. Sloggett,

R.A.M.C., there are a number of Otomys belonging to three

species, and in working these out certain other members of

the genus prove to need description.

The Deelfontein species are (1) Otomys Brantst’, A. Sm.,

(2) a local subspecies of O. unisulcatus, and (3) a new species

allied to the last-named. This may be described as follows:—

Otomys Sloggetti, sp. n.

Essential characters of incisors, molars, and bulla as in

O. unisulcatus. Size less than in that animal. Fur soft, fine

and thick. General colour of upper surface vinaceous brown,

like the most strongly vinaceous specimens of O. untsulcatus.

Sides gradually becoming dull buffy, and this passes without

line of demarcation into the eolour of the under surface, which

is uniformly soiled buffy, with slaty bases to the hairs, from

chin to anus, Head greyish brown, without vinaceous, con-

trasting markedly with the back. Hyes with narrow buffy

lids. ars not large, their hairs mixed brown and buffy, with

a narrow darker edging at the backs of their anterior margin.

Hands and feet small and lightly built, their upper surfaces

clear buffy. ‘ail thin, short, finely haired, markedly less

hairy than in O. unisulcatus, dull buffy below and on the

sides, blackish, darkening terminally, along a narrow line on

the top.

Skull smaller than that of O. unisulcatus, but closely

similar in its proportions. Palatal foramina not widely open,

Posterior nares narrow, Bulle slightly larger than in true

unisulcatus.

Upper incisors with one well-defined groove near the outer

edge, but not quite so close to the edge as in unisulcatus, the

broader portion about twice instead of about three times the

breadth of the narrow. Lower incisors as in O. Brantsiz,

with one indistinct groove on each.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 184 millim,; tail68; hind foot (s. u.) 22°5;

ear 19.

Skull: greatest length 35; basilar length 28; zygomatic

breadth 18°5; nasals, length 14; interorbital breadth 4:3 ;

interparietal 3°8x8; palate length 16°6; diastema 9:2;

Bi2 Mr. O. Thomas on

palatal foramina 7; length of bulla 8:1; length of upper

molar series (crowns) 6°7.

Hab. Deelfontein, Cape Colony.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 2. 9. 1. 61. Original

number 215. Collected Ist April, 1902. Presented by

Col. Sloggett. ‘Two specimens.

This animal at first sight looks like a small O. unisuleatus,

but may be distinguished by its differently coloured head, its

short, slender, thinly haired, and pale-coloured tail as com-

pared with the comparatively long well-haired black tail of

that species, and by the presence of indistinct grooves on its

lower incisors, those of O. unisulcatus being quite smooth.

In Mr. de Winton’s notes on the species of Otomys* two

names, pallida and rufifrons, have been placed under O. uni-

sulcatus, but have apparently been transposed from the

synonymy of O. Brantsi, to which they both unquestionably

belong. ‘The description of the second of them, O. rufifrons,

agrees 1n some respects with O. S/oggetti, but fits still better

an immature O, Brantsiz, in which the normal yellowish

colour of the upper surface is as yet only present on the

head. In O. Sloggetti the head is greyer, not more yellowish,

than the body.

Otomys unisulcatus Grantit, subsp. n.

Like true O. un/ésulcatus in all respects, but the grooves on

the upper incisors, which are clear and distinct in that animal,

shallow and faint, and in some specimens hardly distinguish-

able at all.

General colour of the same grizzled greyish brown, with a

slight tinge of vinaceous, and all other colour-characters as

in unisuleatus. ‘The feet, however, are rather clearer yel-

lowish. ‘Tail long, heavily haired, black ; greyish proximally

below.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 166 millim. ; tail 118; hind foot (s. u.) 27;

ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 39°5; basilar length 33; zygo-

matic breadth 21°3; nasals 17 x 5:5; interorbital breadth 5 ;

interparietal 5°2 x 8°5; palate length 18°5; diastema 10°5;

palatal foramina 8; length of upper molar series (crowns) 8 ;

length of bulla 7-6.

Hah. Deelfontein, Cape Colony.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 2. 9. 1.50. Original number

127. Collected 13th February, 1902, by C. H. B. Grant,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 5 (1898).

some new Forms of Otomys. 313

and presented by Col. Sloggett. Seventeen specimens

examined,

All the examples of the O. untsulcatus group hitherto seen

have the grooves on the upper incisors clear and well defined,

but the series from Deelfontein have these grooves shallow

and indistinct, and in some cases (e. g., no. 2. 9. 1. 52) they

are scarcely or not perceptible at all to the naked eye. This

would seem to be a local peculiarity worthy of a subspecific

name.

Otomys Broomi, sp. n.

Size and tooth-characters of O. undsulcatus. General

colour far paler, the back between “ drab-grey ” and “ drab”

of Ridgway. Sides greyer and passing evenly into the pale

whitish buffy of the tips of the belly-hairs. Long bristle-

hairs of rump unusually numerous, broadly tipped with

whitish. Face like back; eye-rings not marked in the

general pale colour. Ears very large, their surface covered

inside and out with short pale buffy hairs; the long hairs at

their anterior base broadly tipped with whitish ; postauricular

patch large and prominent, dull whitish. Upper surface of

hands and feet pale yellowish white. Tail long, thickly

haired, dark brown above (in one specimen scarcely darker

than the back), dull white on sides and below.

Skull as in O. unisulcatus, with clear and well-defined

incisive grooves, but the bull, in correlation with the large

external ears, are also perceptibly larger than in that. species,

although nothing like the huge swollen bulla of O. Brantsz.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 159 millim. ; tail 102; hind foot (s. u.) 28;

ear 27.

Skull: greatest length 855; basilar length 28°53; zygo-

matic breadth 18°2; nasals 14 x 4°7 ; interorbital breadth 4°6 ;

interparietal 4°4x 7:5; palate length 164; diastema 8:2;

palatal foramina 6°5; length of upper molar series 7:5;

length of bulla 8 (in second specimen 8*2).

Hab. Port Nolloth, Little Namaqualand,

Type. Female. B.M. no. 98. 9. 3. 4. Collected 25th

March, 1897, and presented by Dr. R. Broom. ‘Two speci-

mens.

This animal is evidently a pallid desert representative of

O. unisulcatus, with the enlarged ears so commonly found in

desert animals. I have great pleasure in naming it after its

captor, to whom the National Museum is indebted for some

very interesting and valuable Namaqualand animals.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 23

314 On some new Forms of Otomys.

Otomys trroratus tropicalis, subsp. n.

The northern strong-coloured form of O. ¢rroratus, with

seven lamin to the last upper molar.

Size slightly larger than in O. ¢rroratus. General colour

deep brown, nearest to “ vandyke-brown ” of Ridgway, very

different therefore to the grizzled grey of trne South-African

irroratus. In each case the colour varies considerably, but

the general tone seems always darker in the northern animal.

Sides clearer brown. Belly slaty, with the tips of the hairs

buffy ; in irroratus they are comparatively clear grey. Sides

of muzzle dark fulvous. Eyes without lighter rings. Lars

of medium length, well-haired, rather paler than the head.

Upper surface of hands and feet dark brown, the digits darker

than the metapodials. ‘Tail less than half the length of the

head and body, well-haired, broadly black above, dull whitish

below.

Skull apparently much as in true ¢rroratus, but the nasals,

though very variable, tend to be more broadly expanded

anteriorly, and the interorbital space is commonly narrower.

Teeth as in irroratus, but the last upper molar with seven

lamine.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 195 millim.; tail 93; hind foot (s. u.) 30;

ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 43°5; basilar length 35; zygomatic

breadth 21:7; nasals 18x75; interorbital breadth 3°3;

palate length 19°55; palatal foramina 8:2; length of upper

molar series (crowns) 8°5; length of bulla 7:2.

Hab. Eastern Tropical Africa, from British East Africa to

Nyasaland. ‘Typical locality, western slope of Mt. Kenya,

British East Africa. Altitude 10,000 feet.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 0. 2.1. 20. Collected 22nd

August, 1899, by Mr. H. J. Mackinder.

The difference in general colour and in the number of

molar laming between northern and southern specimens of

this group has long been known, and it is quite time that a

name should be applied to the former. Examples from

Mashonaland vary in the number of the lamine, and for this

reason I do not at present distinguish the Hast-African form

as a species, but only as a subspecies. The Mashona skins

are distinctly southern so far as colour is concerned, while

Nyasa ones are clearly northern.

On some new African Spiders. 315

XLVI.—Some new African Spiders.

By R. I. Pocock.

Fam. Aviculariide.

Genus Scopra, Becker.

Scodra Batesti, sp. n.

3 .—Colour of the upper and underside of cephalothorax

and abdomen and of underside of legs and palpi like that of

S. brachypoda and grisezpes, there being a large blackish

patch at the distal end of the femur, two, divided by the con-

verging white stripes, on the patella, a single undivided median

stripe on the proximal half of the tibia, one on the protarsus

and on the tarsus, all these spots being of equal intensity,

whereas in S. brachypoda and griseipes the protarsal and

tarsal spots are much deeper than the others.

Carapace slightly longer than femur of first, slightly

shorter than that of fourth leg, as long as patella + ? the tibia of

the palp, also as tibia+tarsus of palp; slightly longer than

tibia, slightly shorter than protarsus of fourth leg ; as long as

tibia+ 4 patella or as protarsus+ } tarsus of first.

Legs 4,1, 2, 3, fourth exceeding first by more than the

length of its tarsus, the fourth four times as long as the cara-

pace, the first less than three and a half times as long;

protarsus of first with its upper surface level, as in S. brachy-

poda, not depressed in its basal half, as in S. grisecpes, but

furnished below at its proximal end with a tuft of long silky

hairs, as in S. grisedpes, arising from a basal rounded tuber-

cular excrescence, somewhat as in S. griseipes, except that in

the latter the interior excrescence or swelling corresponds to

the superior depression.

Palpus long, slightly surpassing the tibia of the first leg

and exceeding twice the length of the carapace by its tarsus ;

palpal spine lightly concavo-convex, as in S, brachypoda, but

a little stouter, blunter, and separated from the bulb at the

base posteriorly by a distinct notch, much like that of

S. griseipes.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 31; cara-

pace 14; palpus 31; first leg 49, second 48, third 44,

fourth 56 (all from base of femur); patella+tibia of first

17:'5, of fourth 20; protarsus + tarsus of first 18, of fourth 22.

Loc. Etalen, 1500-1800 feet alt., 70 miles from the Congo

coast (G. L. Bates).

The males of S. calceata and S. fumigata are unknown to

23*

316 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

me; but the type of this new species differs from the females,

and no doubt also from the males, of these two forms at least

in the coloration of the underside of the anterior legs and

palpi. The points in which it differs from the males of the

other known species may be summarized as follows :—

a First leg long, longer than the fourth, nearly four times

as long as the carapace (145: 55), its femur slightly

longer than carapace, its patella+tibia longer than,

and protarsus+-tarsus about equal to, those of fourth ;

palpus scarcely surpassing its middle ; (protarsus of

first sinuous, with inferior silky tuft of hairs)........ griseipes.

6. First leg short, shorter than fourth, less than three and

a half times as long as carapace, which slightly exceeds

its femur; its patella+tibia and protarsus-+ tarsus less

than those of fourth; palpus considerably surpassing

its middle.

a’, Legs strongly spotted; palpus long, slightly sur-

passing tibia of first leg, its patella-tibia con-

siderably longer than carapace, which equals its

tibia + tarsus; fourth leg four times as long as cara-

pace, which is equal to its tibia and less than its

protarsus ; protarsus of first with basal inferior tuft

of silky hairs and tubercular excrescence ........ Batesit.

b'. Legs weakly spotted except on protarsus and tarsus ;

palpus short, falling short of tip of tibia of first leg,

its patella tibia equal to its tibia+tarsus, much

shorter than carapace ; fourth leg much less than

four times as long as carapace, which exceeds its

protarsus ; protarsus of first without inferior proximal

silky tuft ‘and tubercular excrescence ...s.se00005 brachypoda.

Genus Harpactira, Auss.

farpactira Hamiltont, sp. n.

3g — Colour greyish mouse-brown, with silky golden lustre ;

carapace black, clothed with golden- -yellow hairs, showing a

definite radial arrangement; sternum and coxe blackish ;

hairs on underside of femora foxy red.

Carapace a little shorter than patella+tibia of first leg,

equal to those of fourth.

Tibial apophysis of first deg not straight, but somewhat

strongly bent or geniculate, its basal half on the outer side

showing a deep notch; protarsus of first leg with its outer

surface convex, its inner surface concave, armed distally

below with a high tuberculiform prominence. Spine of palpal

organ stouter and more strongly curved than that of //, tégrina

and curator.

On the external side of the mandible the inferior row of

stridulating-spines forms a single series close to the oral

fringe.

some new African Spiders. 317

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 26; cara-

pace 15; palpus 20; first leg 40, second 36, third 31, fourth

42; protarsus + tarsus of first 14, of fourth 17.

A female referred to this species gives the following

measurements :—Total length 33 ; carapace 15°5; palpus 23 ;

first leg 36, second 32, third 29, fourth 39; patella+ tibia of

first 14, of fourth 13; tarsus+protarsus of first 10°5, of

fourth 14°5,

Loc. Vredefort Road, Orange River Colony (Capt. Barrett-

Hamilton).

The male of this new species differs very markedly from

that of the other species known to me in the shape of the

tibial apophysis of the first leg, the curvature of the pro-

tarsus, and the size of its distal tubercle beneath. The

female is very like that of H. gigas, Poc., from the Trans-

vaal, but is much smaller.

Mr. G. P. Staunton has also recently sent me specimens

of H. Hamiltont from Durban.

Fam. Dipluride.

Genus BRACHYTHELISCUS, nov.

Allied to Brachythele, Auss., but differing in having the

tibia of the first leg simple, armed with strong spines, but

without a spur. ‘he tarsus of the palp is short and truneate.

Type B. bicolor, Poe. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 735)

(Brachythele) .

The type of this genus was based upon a single mutilated

female example collected by Mr. H. A. Spencer at Durban.

Being acquainted only with the female, I was not able to

separate the species from those of the genus Brachythele. he

discovery of the male by Mr. G. P. Staunton has, however,

shown that the species differs from the typical species of

Brachythele in the absence of a tibial spur on the first leg in

the male.

In both males and females the abdomen is spotted or

banded above.

The male has long and slender legs ; the protarsus of the

first is armed beneath with 1, 1 spines, of the second with

2,1,2spines. The palpi are short, the tibia a little exceeds the

patella, is inflated proximally below, and armed with two long

external spines beneath and one internal. The bulb of the

palpal organ is piriform, passing gradually into the spine,

which is lightly curved.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 10; length of

carapace 4°5, of first leg 15, second leg 14, third leg 13,

fourth leg 18.

318 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Genus Evaarus, Auss.

Euagrus caffer, sp. n.

@ .—Prevailing colour deep brown; hairy clothing silky

yellowish brown ; abdomen dark above and speckled with

pale spots ; legs with a pink dorsal rim on the distal end of

the segments.

Carapace one fourth longer than wide, as long as patella +

tibia of fourth leg and as patella + tibia + 4 the protarsus of the

first, a little shorter than protarsus and tarsus of fourth. yes

of anterior line strongly procurved, anterior edge of medians,

if anything, behind the posterior edge of the laterals, close

together, medians about half their diameter from each other

and from the laterals, to which they are subequal in area;

posterior laterals as large as anterior laterals and subequal to

them. ‘Tibia of first and second /egs armed with spiniform

sete, with at most a pair of inferior apical spines; protarsi

armed with many strong spines; tarsi scarcely spined ; tarsus

of palp spined; tibie of third and fourth furnished with

spiniform sete; protarsi strongly and numerously spined ;

tarsi with a few spines. Anterior spinners separated by a

space which exceeds their width ; posterior spinners 1} times

as long as carapace, second segment exceeding the first, the

third a little shorter than the sum of the other two.

fg .— Smaller than female; carapace longer than patella +

tibia of first leg and about as long as its protarsus-+ tarsus.

Palpus short, scarcely surpassing patella of first leg, its tibia

inflated below proximally, longer than the patella, armed on

the inner side beneath with three long spiniform sete ; tarsus

short, truncate, as in the Aviculariide ; the palpal organ long,

quite as long as the tibia, the bulb oval, piriform, gradually

passing into the spine, which is stout and curved basally -

and very slender, filiform, and straight distally, with a slight

apical curve. ‘Tibia of first leg strongly spined internally,

much thicker than the protarsus, which has 1, 2, 2 spines

beneath ; tibia of second leg a little inflated internally, armed

near the middle of its length on the inner side with a large

triangular process, which is itself armed anteriorly with three

short, sharp, tooth-like spines ; protarsus with a low angular

spine-tipped process in the middle of its basal half beneath.

Measurements in méllimetres.— ? . Total length 14; cara-

pace 6°5; spinners 9; first leg 13°5, second 13, third 13°5,

fourth 14; patella + tibia of first or fourth 5, protarsus + tarsus

of first 4°5, of fourth 5:5.

gd. Carapace 4:2; first and second leg 11, third leg 11°5.

Loc. Durban (G. P. Staunton).

some new African Spiders. 319

Mr. Staunton is particularly to be congratulated on this

capture which adds a new genus to the fauna of Africa.

Hitherto Huagrus has only been known from species

collected in Central America. In general form and habits

Euagrus resembles Ischnothele, of which one species has been

recorded from South Africa, namely, ZL. mashonica, from

Mashonaland, where it was found by Mr. J. ff. Darling (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 337, 1901). Lschnothele, however,

has the Jabium and maxille cuspulate, two rows of teeth on

ne mandibles, and the tibia of the first leg modified in the

male.

Fam. Ctenizide.

Genus STASIMOPUS, Sim.

Stastmopus nigellus, sp. n.

3 .— Colour jet-black, with the tarsi and distal end of the

protarsi yellowish red ; paler brownish beneath, the genital

plate and opercula testaceous.

Carapace coarsely rugose, as in S. ¢dnsculptus, Poc., from

King William’s Town, a little longer than tibia of first leg or

of palpus, equal to protarsus of fourth.

JZyes of anterior line large, subequal, and subequally

spaced, less than a diameter apart, scarcely at all procurved,

their anterior edges in approximately the same straight line ;

eyes of posterior line small, subequal, widely separated, but

the median nearer the lateral than to the anterior median, its

inner edge almost in a line with the middle point between

the anterior and lateral eyes of the front row.

Palpi long and slender, midway in length between those

of P. palpiger and P. insculptus; the tarsus extending to the

middle of the protarsus of the first leg, the patella overlapping

that of this appendage and a little longer than it, but only

about half as long as its femur, and equal to two thirds the

length of the tibia; the trochanter a little longer than that of

the first leg.

Legs of first and fourth pairs subequal, third subequal to

palpus.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 9; carapace 4;

palpus 11; first leg 14°5, second 18, third 10°5, fourth 15.

Loc. Vredefort Road, in the Orange River Colony (Capt.

Barrett-Hamilton).

Genus Moceripera, O. P. Cambr.

Moggridgea Stauntont, sp. n.

9 .—KEasily distinguishable from the rest of the known

320 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

South-African species of this genus * by the absence of the

patches of spinules on the coxe of the first, second, and third

pairs of legs, by the restriction of the spinules on the labium

to the apical half of this sclerite, and of those on the coxa of

the palp to three or four irregular rows on the preaxial side of

the under surface. Moreover the eyes of the anterior line

are either straight by their centres or shghtly procurved; the

medians being from about one half to three quarters of a

diameter apart and from about one and a half to nearly twice

their diameter from the laterals, to which they are subequal

in size, being sometimes slightly larger and sometimes

slightly smaller; the distance between anterior median and

anterior lateral about equal to that between anterior median

and posterior lateral and much greater than that between the

two laterals on each side, which about equals a diameter and

a half of the anterior lateral, In M. Dyert, Abrahami, and

Whyted the distance between the two lateral eyes is subequal

to the other distances, so that the three eyes in question are

disposed as if on the angles of an equilateral triangle.

‘The spines on the palpi and anterior two pairs of legs are

inconstant in number; on the palpi there are usually two

(sometimes three) spines on the inner and outer sides of the

tibia and tarsus; on the first and second leg there are usually

externally 8-9 tibial and 4-5 protarsal spines, while the inner

side of each of these segments is usually armed with 4 spines.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15; carapace 8;

patella+ tibia of first leg and fourth leg 7.

Loc. Durban (G. P. Staunton).

Genus ACANTHODON, Guér.

Acanthodon Hamiltoni, sp. n.

? (subadult).— Colour uniformly ochraceous; ocular tu-

bercles black.

Anterior lateral eyes looking forwards from the extremities

of a pair of large, elongate, abruptly rising tubercles, which

are as long as the depression separating these tubercles from

the posterior eye-cluster ; the four median eyes of the latter

forming a quadrangle which is only a little wider behind than

it is long; the eyes compact, subequal, the anterior and

posterior on each side separated by a narrow space, the

anteriors separated from each other by a space of about a

diameter, the posteriors by a space which a little exceeds a

diameter ; posterior lateral eyes very large, each larger than

the sum of the adjacent eyes of the median quadrangle, their

* For table of these see Pocock, P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 734.

some new African Spiders. 321

anterior edges slightly in advance of the anterior edges of

the anterior medians, their centres a little in advance of the

mid-point between the anterior and posterior medians, their

posterior extremities a little in advance of the middle of the

posterior medians ; distance between posterior medians and

posterior laterals about twice that between the posterior

medians,

Labium with a single row of four cusps. Palpus with its

tibia armed externally beneath with three long spines and

about eight short spines above them; tibia of first leg armed

in the same place with about six long spines and twenty

short spines above them; tibia of second Jeg with three long

setiform spines beneath and only one short spine above; spines

on anterior side of patella of fourth leg arranged in two or

three rows, not forming a thick cluster of about half a dozen

rows, as in A. flaveolum.

Total length 10 millim.; carapace 5.

Loc. Vredefort Road, Orange River Colony (Capt. Barrett-

ITamilton).

Differs from the females of the other tropical and South-

African species of the genus in the large size of the posterior

lateral eyes and in the proximity of the posterior median

eyes.

Fam. Scytodide.

Genus Scyropes, Latr.

Scytodes Broomt, sp. n.

? .— Colour. Carapace ornamented with yellow and black

bands of about equal width; an anterior black patch covers

the median eyes; from the anterior lateral angles of the

clypeus a black stripe extends backwards on each side of the

middle line, over the lateral eyes, and stops short just past

the middle of the carapace in front of the highest point of the

eminence ; externally to this stripe arises a second of about

equal width, which runs from the antero-lateral margin of

the carapace towards the summit of its highest portion, then

descends abruptly to its posterior border, almost or quite

meeting its fellow of the opposite side; anteriorly it touches

the abbreviated admedian stripe a short distance behind the

lateral eyes ; the external surface of the carapace may be

described as covered with a black field relieved by four large

pale spots, or as being ornamented with two irregular-shaped

black lines united by transverse bars.

Legs yellow and black; coxe black in front, trochanter

with au anterior black spot; femora largely blackish in

322 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

front, with a subapical black band and a more or less defined

submedian band ; distal end of patella and proximal end of

tibia black ; a subapical black ring as well as an indistinct

median band; mandibles with black patch in front; palpi

with femoral and tibial ring; labium with three black spots ;

sternum with four black patches on each side and a median

black stripe; abdomen ornamented above with four rows of

black spots; blackish beneath.

A. Scytodes Broomi, sp.n. Ventral abdominal sclerites of female.

B. Scytodes Marshalli, sp. n. Ventral abdominal sclerites of female.

C. Cerostris corticosa, sp. n. Vulva.

D. Cerostris Darling, sp. n, Vulva.

Carapace high, beset with short bristles rising from pores

with elevated rims, which impart a sparsely granular appear-

ance to the integument; clypeus lightly emarginate, about

as long as the width of the anterior eyes. Lalp with tarsus

about twice as long as tibia and longer than tibia and patella.

Legs \ong and slender, carapace shorter than tibia of third.

Horny plates on lower side of abdomen consisting of a pair

of high crests, which at first run inwards from near the angles

of the genital operculum, then turn backwards and slightly

outwards at an obtuse angle; the area between these crests

is at least as wide as long mesially and wider than long

some new African Spiders. 323

posteriorly, where it nearly equals the width of the genital

cleft. (Hig. A, p..322.)

Measurements in nillimetres.—Total length 10; carapace

5°5; length of first leg 33, third leg 21.

Loc, Garies, in Namaqualand (Vr. &. Broom).

Scytodes Marshalli, sp. n.

?.—Colour. Fore part of carapace brownish, with two

narrow black lines on each side showing through the brown,

the inner passing backwards from the median eyes, the outer

from the same point over the lateral eyes; posteriorly the

two are more or less confluent with a broad black stripe

which extends over the summit of the carapace, is broken up

by three or four pale spots, and posteriorly meets its fellow

of the opposite side, the two circumscribing a conspicuous

cordate yellow patch on the middle of the carapace ; laterally

the carapace is marbled with black and yellow. On the legs

the femora and tibiz have three black bands, the proximal

and submedian tibial band showing a tendency to coalesce,

the patella entirely pale above, but spotted in front; sternum

black, with symmetrical yellow patches; palpi with a strong

and complete distal tibial stripe; abdomen marbled with

black laterally and below and in the middle above its anterior

and posterior extremity.

Carapace high posteriorly, hairy, and with about the same

length of clypeus as in the preceding species, as long as the

tibia of second leg, a little shorter than that of first, con-

siderably longer than patella+-tibia of third.

Abdomen with horny plates distinct and bordered exter-

nally by a thickened rim or crest, each of which runs obliquely

inwards and backwards from near the angles of the genital

cleft without any very noticeable curvature. (Fig. B, p. 322.)

Measurements in millimetres.— Total length 8; carapace 3°5;

first leg 16, its tibia 4°5; tibia of second 3°8; patella + tibia

of third 3; third jeg 10°5.

Loc, Estcourt, Natal, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall).

Fam. Uloboride.

Genus Drnopis, MacLeay.

Dinopis Stauntoni, sp. n.

? —Colour. Integument uniformly blackish brown and

covered with a coating of whitish-yellow hairs, which are

particularly thick upon the dorsal side of the carapace and

324 Mr. R. [. Pocock on

abdomen; the underside of the trunk a little darker than the

upper; the underside of the posterior bifid prominence

yellowish.

Carapace of the same shape apparently as in J). bubalus,

Sim., with an angular horn over the eyes. Femur of first

and second legs subequal, the former basally expanded and

geniculate on the inner side, to fit against the side of the

head. Abdomen elongate, with a pair of large tubercles in

front of the middle and a bifid posterior extremity.

Vulva consisting of a rounded eminence, with convex

anterior and straight posterior border, impressed posteriorly

with a pair of obliquely diverging pits, separated by a septum,

narrow in front and broad behind.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 25; length of

carapace 8, width 5; length of abdomen 18, width 5; secoud

leg 43, third and fourth 22-23; femur of first 15.

Loc. Durban (G. P. Staunton).

This species certainly differs from D. bubalus, Simon,

from Kilimanjaro, in the form of the vulva. This organ in

D. bubalus is described as flat and subquadrate. Moreover,

the sternum and legs are described as “ luridi.”

This new species may prove to be the femaleof D,cylindricus,

which was also captured at Durban. If the differences

pointed out between the males and females of Dénopis in the

subjoined table prove to be merely sexual, it seems probable

that the synonymy of some of the African species will work

out as follows :—

D. bubo, Brit. Cap., ¢,=D. Anchiete, Brit. Cap., 9; from

ngola.

D. cornigera, Gerst., 6,=D. bubalus, Sim., 9 ; from

German East Africa.

D. cylindricus, Poc., $,=D. Stauntoni, Poc., 9 ; from

Natal.

Pending the settlement of this supposition the tropical

African species of this genus seem to be separable by the

following characters :—

a. §.—Carapace without white bands; abdomen

with a large tubercle on each side near the

middle.

a. Femur of first leg without anterior basal

enlargement (no frontal horns).......... aspectans, Poe.

b'. Femur of first leg with a large basal enlarge-

ment.

some new African Spiders. 325

a. Hrontal hornsjahsent. 4%. classe nce-0s. 0+ ornatus, Sp, n.*

6°. Frontal horns present ................ Anchiete, Brit. Cap.,

and bubalus, Sim.

b. $.—Carapace with V-shaped cephalic stripe

and pale stripe on lateral border; no median

abdominal tubercles.

a®, Femur of first leg less than twice as long as

carapace ; palpus much shorter than cara-

pacers. ASevee ya PNAS fees ete acct ets COP NIGER CE, Cereb,

&*. Femur of first leg about three times as long

as isa tac ; palpus longer than carapace.

a*. Carapace as long as femur of palp...... dubo, Brit. Cap.

b*, Carapace as long as femur, patella, and

tibia: Grpalpe canciceina ete sls 2 sikele os «2 CUCU ICUS, EOC,

Genus MENNEUS, Sim.

Menneus camelus, sp. n.

? .— Colour. Integument yellow, clothed with white hairs ;

carapace speckled with brown laterally ; abdomen variegated

with olive-brown stripes and patches, somewhat as in Ceros-

tris ; its lower surface marked with two fuscous mesially

interrupted bands ; sternum infuscate laterally and behind,

pale in the middle; labium infuscate distally ; maxillee with

a distal fuscous patch; mandible with a fuscous patch in

front and some fuscous spots; legs mostly yellow, with black

spines; the tarsi and distal end of the protarsi infuscate ;

upperside of patella and distal end of femur of fourth leg with

median black stripe.

* This new species may be diagnosed as follows :—

Dinopis ornatus, sp. 0.

without frontal horns, the superciliary ridge of the eyes being evenly

rounded,

Carapace rather scantily covered mesially with short dark yellowish-

brown hairs, brown forming a large triangular patch ; many white hairs on

the head and on the sides and posterior portion of the thoracic area ;

upperside of abdomen yellowish, covered with silvery white hair, with a

large anterior black patch on each side anda dark patch behind the pro-

minence, a white stripe descending on each side from the dorsal to the

ventral surface in front of the prominence ; lower surface with a pair of

subcentral yellow patches.

Vulva convex, not strongly chitinized, furnished posteriorly with a

linguiform sclerite, which is narrowed in ‘front, but is for the most part

concealed in the epigastric fold, where on each side of it the apertures

of the receptacula seminis open.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 29; carapace 9°5; femur

of first leg 19, length of fourth leg 41.

Loe. Aby ssinia,

326 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Eyes of anterior line subequal, the medians about three

diameters apart and one diameter from the posterior medians,

the latter twice the diameter of the anterior medians and

rather more than three diameters apart and a little more than

that from the posterior laterals; the median quadrangle twice

as wide behind as its anterior width and about as long as its

anterior width; distance between anterior lateral and anterior

median eye on each side equal to three times the distance

between the two medians.

Abdomen lightly expanding towards its middle, about twice

as long as wide; its upper surface just behind the middle

prolonged into a long conical process, which, when distended,

is as long as the carapace or at least three quarters the length

of the abdomen.

Vulva consisting of a simple horny triangular plate, with

transverse posterior border, the apertures of the receptacula

seminis on its posterior portion within the epigastric fold.

Mandibles powerful, armed with four anterior and five

posterior teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—T otal length 11; carapace 5 ;

height of abdomen 8 ; length of first leg 33, fourth 16.

Loc. Durban (G. P. Staunton).

This is the second record of the genus Menneus from

Africa. The only other species known from this country,

M. tetragnathoides, Simon (Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. i. p. 218,

1876), was based upon a male from the Congo, which

certainly differs from J/. camelus in having the anterior

median eyes and also the posterior median eyes about a

diameter apart. ‘The abdomen, too, is described as narrow,

elongate, and parallel-sided.

Fam. Argiopide.

Genus Cmrostris, Thor.

Cerostris corticosa, sp. n.

9 .—Closely resembling C. sewcuspidata, Fabr., in colour

and general characters, but with the ventral surface of the

abdomen dead black, no bitubercular prominence above the

spinning-mamille, and the fringe on the posterior side of the

femur of the fourth leg formed of slender undifferentiated

hairs.

Vulva very different, the two processes long, slender, sub-

membranous, separated by a space equalling the length of

either, the area between them deeply grooved longitudinally ;

the two fossee looking obliquely inwards and backwards, with

some new African Spiders. 327

a relatively small thickened sclerite lodged in the infero-

external angle. (Fig. C, p. 322.)

Total length 17 millim.

Loc. Estcourt, in Natal, 4000 feet (G. A. K. Marshall,

type); Vryburg, British Bechuanaland; Port Elizabeth (Dr. 2.

Broom) ; Brak Kloof, Grahamstown (Mrs. White); Salisbury,

Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall).

I formerly (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 311, 1898)

referred this species to C. Vinsonit, Thorell, on account of

the length and wide separation of the processes of the vulva.

Recently, however, I have received from Mr. Quekett an

example of C. nodulosa, Poc., from Zululand; and since the

description of the vulva of C. Vinsonii applies more closely

to this organ in C. nodulosa than in C. corticosa, I have

been compelled to abandon the old supposition with regard

to C. Vinsoni?, and to give a new name to the form I at one

time supposed to be that species.

Thorell’s (Hug. Resa, Araneze, pp. 4-9) contribution to

our knowledge of the South-African forms of the genus

Cerostris may be summarized as follows:—The species

Simon, probably rightly, determines as C. sexcuspidata, Kabr.,

Thorell describes as C. mitralis, Vins., with two varieties,

humilis and turrigera, based upon the form of the abdomen.

As separate species he describes C. Keyserlingti and C. Wahl-

bergit, based also apparently upon the form of the abdomen.

At all events, since the vulva is said to be alike in the three

species, it is probable that they all belong to one and the same

form, namely C. sewcuspidata. _C. Vinsonii, on the other hand,

is no doubt distinct. The vulva is described as follows :—

“ Vulva ut iniis [1. e. mitralis, Wahlbergit, and Keyserlingit |

transversa, sed foveze ejus dua minores sunt, et antice plaga

elevata, transversa, cornea, qu impressione media, postice

latiore notatur, est limitata; aculei duo recurvi, basi non

uniti, in margine anteriore hujus plagee longe ante foveas

conspiciuntur.”

Cerostris Darlingi, sp. n.

9 —Nearly related to C. sexcuspidata and C. corticosa,

but differing from the latter in that the fringe on the poste-

rior side of the femur consists of expanded, flattened, blade-

like hairs.

Vulva somewhat like that of C. corticosa, but with a distinct

transverse sclerite in front of the eminence bearing the

stylets; the latter much thicker at the base than in C. cort?-

cosa and not quite so widely separated ; the two fovee have

328 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

the same aspect as in C. corticosa, each is occupied by an

irregular membranous sclerite, and they are separated down

the middle line by a strong but narrow longitudinal crest,

which anteriorly bifureates. (Fig. D, p. 322.)

Total length 20 millim.

Loc. Enkeldoorn, Mashonaland (J. ff Darling).

The following table, in which a new specific character is

used, may facilitate the determination of the tropical African

members of this genus represented in the British Museum :—

a, Femur of fourth leg clothed behind with a

brush of unmodified hairs ...........++- corticosa, Sp. 0.

b, Femur of fourth leg clothed behind with a

brush of thickened, flattened, or otherwise

modified hairs.

a‘, Hairs of the brush not all alike, a few at

the base of the femur much larger than

the rest.

a’, The brush consisting of many long and

relatively slender hairs, the larger

basal hairs broad and spatulate...... columnifer, nom. nov.*

b?, The brush consisting of many very

short and broad closely packed hairs,

those at the base of the segment much

longerand :prOne icing ae eos ... nodulosa, Poc.t

o. Hairs of the brush alike or approxi-

mately alike in form, those at the base

of the segment not noticeably larger than

the rest.

a, Hairs of the brush serially set, very

broad, flat, with edge near the body

convex, and slender sharpened apex... albescens, Poc.{

b®, Hairs of brush irregularly arranged,

close-set, more numerous, and much

finer.

a‘, No basal white band on underside of

tibiee of second to fourth legs;

hairs of femoral brush coarser .... femoralis, Thor.§

bt. A broad white band on the base of

all the tibiz ; hairs of brush much

finer.

a’, Processes on vulva short, horny,

and in contact in the middle line, sexcuspidata, Faby.

* New name for Cerostris turriger, Poe. (P. Z. 8. 1899, p- 857, pl. lvii.

fiz. 15), from the Benito River. The name “turrigera” was used by

Thorell for one of the Caffrarian varieties of the species he described as

C. mitralis, Vins. (‘ Eugenies Resa,’ Aranez, pp. 4-6).

Te ee SseL Gos, p- 514, pl. xli. fig. 7.

ft Peas: 1899, p- 856, pl. lvii. fig. 16, from the Benito River, Congo.

§ Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. ‘Handl. xxv. Afd. iv. no. 1, p. 63, from the

Cameruns, Oct. 1900,=C. argostictus, Poc. (P. Z. 8. 1899, p- 855, pl. lv.

fig. 5, May 1901), Benito River. The femora of this species vary in

colour from red to steel-blue. M. E. Simon first drew my attention to

this synonymy.

some new African Spiders. 329

6°. Processes on vulva long, slender,

submembranous, and widely sepa-

rated in the middle line........ Darlingt, sp, n.

ARTHRISCUS, gen. nov.

Allied to £throdes, Poc. (P. Z. S. 1899, p. 861, pl. lv.

fig. 2), but differing in the following characters :—

a. Ocular quadrangle slightly longer than wide, parallel-

sided; carapace with a single large tubercle just in

front of the fovea; upperside of abdomen with six

pairs of tubercles in addition to those on the margin ;

seven pairs of tubercles along the anterior border, not

including the lateral, and nine sigilla along the anterior

border, as in Aranethra; anterior lateral angles of

abdomen subrectangular, the angular tubercle not

larger or more prominent than the rest ........ .... Asthrodes.

6. Ocular quadrangle considerably shorter than its anterior

width, which much exceeds its posterior width ; cara-

pace with one small tubercle on a level with the

cephalic constriction ; upperside of abdomen with only

marginal or submarginal tubercles ; eleven sigilla along

the anterior border; a very large and prominent ante-

rior lateral tubercle, giving an acutely angular aspect

to this region of the abdomen ........sesesseeueee Asthriscus.

Aithriscus olivaceus, sp. 0.

2 .—Colour olive-brown; upperside of abdomen clear

olive-yellow, with darker margin.

Upperside of abdomen flattish, smooth and shining, with

its anterior border straightish, lightly sinuous, the median

emargination shallow and furnished with a pair of contiguous

tubercles behind the middle third of the anterior border,

similar to but less prominent and less scattered than those of

Aithrodes mammosa, the inner being close to the median

sigillum, the outer being separated from the inner by a space

impressed with two sigilla ; the posterior border of the upper

surface bearing a pair of somewhat widely separated sub-

median tubercles; the anterior lateral tubercle subbifid, pro-

jecting’ downwards and forwards ; close to the posterior border

immediately behind it there is also a large erect tubercle,

exceeding the others of the dorsal surface in size.

Vulva exhibiting just in front of and below the generative

cleft a pair of widely separated oval apertures to the recep-

tacula seminis; in front of these its surface rises into a

triangular process, the free arch of which is produced into a

slender forwardly directed scape.

Width of abdomen 15 millim.; median length 7.

Loc. Benito River, Congo (G. L. Bates).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 24

330 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on Two new

Fam. Heteropodide.

Genus SELENOPS, Latr.

Selenops Stauntoni, sp. n.

? .—Resembling S. parvulus, Poc., in size, coloration, and

general appearance, but differing in that the tibi of the first

and second pairs of legs are armed beneath with five pairs of

spines ; sometimes also tlrere is a small apical spine on the

anterior side of the tibia of the first leg. Of the eyes of the

median quadrangle the posteriors are considerably larger than

the anteriors, with their inferior edges only very slightly

higher than the centres of the latter.

Vulva large, recalling that of §. Spenceri; it may be

deseribed as a longitudinally oblong horny plate, with its

anterior half marked with a pallid, heart-shaped, membranous

area.

Total length 7 millim.; carapace 4.

Loc. Durban (G. P. Staunton).

XLVIT.—Descriptions of Two new Coleoptera of the Family

Buprestidae. By Cuas. O. Watrernouss, F.E.S.

Amorphosoma distans, sp. ui.

Elongatum, subparallelum, crassum ; eapite cupreo, punctulato, in

longitudinem profunde sulcato, quadrituberculato ; thorace trans-

vers9, inzequali, obseure cupreo, tuberculis fusco-cupreis instructo ;

elytris fere nigris, area basali pube griseo-flava ornata, fascia

post medium grisea; corpore subtus obscure cupreo; metasterno

abdomineque area basali albo-pubescentibus.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Waterberg, Transvaal, S. Africa.

The head has four round obtuse tubercles, the two on the

vertex much stronger than the others. The thorax is broader

than long, obscure coppery, with the raised parts much

darker. The anterior part of the disk has six obtuse round

tubercles (arranged thus -]!- ), and at each posterior angle

a comma-shaped elevation. Hach side has two obtnse angles

(with aslight sinuosity between them), so that the general

form of the thorax is a transverse hexagon. ‘The elytra are

nearly black, with a shade of copper at the base. The basal

half is clothed with greyish-white pubescence, which near the

suture shows a slight golden lustre in certain lights. ‘There

Coleoptera of the Family Buprestide. 831

is a transverse black mark close to the base of each elytron,

united with a black humeral spot. A very small black spot

at the side below the shoulder, and behind this a rather large,

somewhat ill-defined, oblong black mark. ‘here are nume-

rous other small black dots. At some distance from the apex

there is a moderately broad fascia of whitish pubescence, in

which are several small black marks. ‘There is an interrupted

ring of whitish pubescence close to the apex. ‘I'he apex has

its margin finely serrate.

This species is in the British Museum and also in Mr. W. L.

Distant’s collection.

Amorphosoma dentifer, sp. n.

Sat breve, crassum, cupreo-zneo tinctum; capite bituberculato ;

thorace lato, transverso, inequali; elytris nigro-variegatis, hic et

illic pube brevi ornatis, ante apicem fasclis duabus angulatis

albis ; singulo elytro ad apicem dente acuto armato et denticu-

lato.

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. Waterberg, Transvaal, 8. Africa.

Head coppery ; the forehead with two slightly diverging

conical tubercles, which are tipped with black scales. ‘Thorax

strongly tiansverse, sloping down at the sides, very convex

in front, strongly impressed at the base. Obliquely widened

for one third its length from the anterior angles, then sub-

parallel (only very slightly narrowing posteriorly), and then

obliquely narrowed to the base; the angles thus formed are

obtuse; the margins slightly crenulate. On the disk there

are four slight elevations, but they are not well defined, and

on each side a distinct coppery tubercle. There is a carina

extending from the posterior angle to the anterior of the two

lateral angles. There is a little silvery pubescence in the

basal impression, but it is only visible in certain positions.

The elytra are coppery eneous, with various vague blackish

marks, the most conspicuous being a rather large mark at the

base ; several black dots on the suture and on the margins,

alternating with silvery white dots (these, however, are not

very distinct); a rather broad ill-defined fascia at some

distance from the apex. Near the apex there are two zigzag

lines of white pubescence, which do not reach the suture. At

the apex of each elytron there is a well-marked acute tooth ;

the sutural angle is slightly dentiform, and at the outer angle

there are four minute acute teeth. The underside of the

insect is coppery, shining. ‘The sides of the metasternum

are clothed with yellowish-white pubescence. On the abdomen

832 On Two new Felicoid Land-Shells.

there is a little whitish pubescence, which has a tendency to

form spots. ‘The apical segment is transverse, truncate,

with the angles rounded.

This species is in Mr. W. L. Distant’s collection.

XLVUL—Description of Two new Helicoid Land- Shells.

By G. K. Gupbg, F.Z.S.

Eulota (Euhadra) Gereti, sp. n.

Shell moderately umbilicated, depressed conoid, shining,

finely and regularly ribbed, decussated by wavy impressed

spiral lines; straw-yellow, with three pale chestnut bands,

the upper two of which are rather narrow and well defined.

The first borders the suture; the second is just above the

periphery, the third below, paler than the other two and

gradually fading into the paler umbilical region. Spire

depressed, suture rather deep, apex obtuse. Whorls 64,

Figs. 1-38.—Lulota (Euhadra) Gereti, sp. nu.

increasing slowly and regularly, a little rounded above, some-

what flattened below, and becoming tumid towards the mouth ;

last whorl not descending in front. Aperture oblique,

crescent-shaped; peristome straight, thin, acute, with a

thickened rim inside; margins distant; columellar margin

a little dilated and slightly reflected over the umbilicus,

which is rather narrow but deep, showing all the whorls.

Diam. maj. 22°5, min. 21; alt. 15 millim.

Hab. Japan. ‘l'ype in my collection.

A single specimen, labelled Heliaw simode, Jay, was re-

ceived from Mr. P. Geret, of Paris. Upon comparison with

the description and figures of the type in Pilsbry’s ‘ Manual

of Conchology,’ it was at once apparent that the shell could

not be referred to that species, but that it was an undescribed

form, intermediate between Hulota luna, Pils., and E. Editha,

A. Ad. £. Gereti, however, is larger than either of these

two species and much more depressed than L. luna.

Bibliographical Notices. 300

Mr. E. A. Smith kindly showed me two specimens from

the Cuming Collection in the British Museum pertaining to

i. Geretié, which were also labelled H. stmode; they are,

however, larger than the type, measuring 28 and 26 millim.

respectively. The exact locality is not recorded in either case.

Ganesella procera, sp. 0.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, trochoid, thin, solid, corneous,

very finely striated, minutely granulated above and decussated

with spiral lines below the periphery. Spire conical, slightly

globose ; suture margined, apex obtuse. Whorls 9, flattened

above, a little swollen below, increasing slowly and regularly,

the last not descending anteriorly, and scarcely dilated towards

the mouth, with an acute pinched keel at the periphery,

which is continued upwards above the suture. Aperture

oblique, subquadrate ; peristome thin, acute, slightly thick-

ened, its margins distant, upper nearly straight, a little re-

flected, forming an angle with the basal margin, which 1s

arcuate and well reflected; columellar margin dilated above

and partly covering the narrow umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 14, min. 12 5; alt. 17 millim.

Hab, Than-moi, Tonkin. ‘Type in my collection.

A single specimen received as G. phonica, Mab., from

Mr. KE. Boubée, of Paris, proved upon examination to be a

new species. It resembles G. eximia, Midff., but is larger

and wider at the base, the keel is more prominent and

pinched, and the umbilicus is narrower; the surface is

minutely granulated above and spirally striated below, features

which are lacking in G. eximia. G. phonica, eximia, and

procera form a group of which phonica is the smallest and

procera the largest. Mr. Ponsonby possesses a specimen

similar to the type. I hope shortly to illustrate this new

species, together with some others.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

International Catalogue of Scientific Literature. First Annual

Issue. M. Botany. Published for the International Council by

the Royal Society of London. London: Harrison & Sons,

45 St. Martin’s Lane, Vol. I. Part 1. 1902 (May). &vo.

Pp. xiv, 3738.

We have here the first specimen of the new undertaking initiated

by the Royal Society, to take the place of the * Catalogue of Scientific

334 Bibliographical Notices.

Papers,’ which at present is only brought down to 1883. The

volume under review is due to international co-operation, each

country, by its Regional Bureau, undertaking to supply the biblio-

graphy of science, to be combined into one whole by the Central

Bureau in London. The idea is that of the seventeen annual

volumes which are planned each should be devoted to one science,

thus making it easy for specialists to subscribe for such portions as

they may require.

Although printed by the month of May, the volume has only

recently been issued—-a delay which must be attributed to the diffi-

culty attending every new issue of similar extent.

The scope of the volume before us may best be given by a state-

ment of its contents. A short preface of five pages explains the

foundation of the work, the contributing countries, and the list of

subjects, followed by an enumeration of twenty-nine Regional

Bureaus and their chiefs, explanations of the method of using the

volume, and then the schedule of botanie subjects, each item having

a registration number, to facilitate the grouping of titles. While

each subject volume is denoted by a letter—e. g., M. Botany,

N. Zoology, R. Bacteriology, &c.—each item of the schedule is

designated by four figures. Thus, the introductory portion com-

prises such items as 0040, Addresses, Lectures; 0070, Nomen-

clature. External Morphology and Organogeny are comprised in

numbers 1000 (General) to 1800 (Teratology); similarly Anatomy,

Development, and Cytology are numbered from 2000 (General) to

2900 (Cell-formation). The succeeding main headings are :—

Physiology, Pathology, Evolution, Taxonomy, and Geographic

Distribution, closing with an index of the subheadings. The

schedule is also given in French, German, and Italian. Topogra-

phical Classification, a scheme common to ail the sciences, also

appears in the same languages, closing this preliminary matter.

The catalogue of books and papers under the title of ‘* Authors’

Catalogue” occupies pp. 43-126. The name of the writer pre-

cedes the title of his work in usual bibliographic method, followed

by the registration number or numbers under which the same paper

will be found in the “Subject Catalogue ;” these entries are con-

secutively numbered for reference. The “Subject Catalogue” of

240 pages forms the largest part of the volume; and this feature is

peculiar to this series, being entirely absent in the ‘Catalogue of

Scientific Papers,’ so far as that has been issued. Each separate item

ot the schedule is set out, with the particulars referring to it from

the ‘‘ Authors’ Catalogue” repeated ; the registration numbers are

given at the head of each page as an indication, Under the heading

Taxonomy a list of new genera and species is appended to each

group—as, for instance, the Algze, Fungi, and so forth; the running

numbers of the “ Authors’ Catalogue” are here used to show the

particular paper in which the species is published. The volume

ends with an enumeration of the serials referred to, with the

abbreviations employed.

Bibliographical Notices. 335

The cover states that the manuscript was completed in January

of the present year, from which it may be inferred that the whole

of the botanic literature for 1901 is not included. This is explicitly

admitted in a notice on page xiv, in which it is stated that tho

second part of the volume will be issued in a few months.

Practically the whole of the literature published in Great Britain

and Ireland is included, but only a portion of some other countries.

Germany and the United States are well represented, France less

so, while Italy seems quite unrepresented. Japan, in spite of its

distance from the Central Bureau, is well to the front, a sign of the

energy of that enterprising nation.

It is to be hoped that this endeavour to supply promptly a review

of the scientific literature of the world will be successful, and thus

supply the worker with information so much needed; in that case

the new venture of the Royal Society will earn the hearty thanks of

every working naturalist.

The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Pub-

lished under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in

Council. Edited by W. T. Branrorp.—Rhynchota. Vol. I.

(Heteroptera). By W. L. Disranr. London, &c., 1902.

Pp. xxxviii, 438.

Tuts valuable series of works on the Fauna of British India continues.

to make steady progress, and we have now to record the appearance

of a volume dealing with the first three families (Pentatomid,

Coreidie, and Berytidee) of the suborder Rhynchota (or Hemiptera)

Heteroptera, which comprises the true bugs. Though not one of

the largest orders of insects, it includes a considerable number of

handsome and interesting forms, and many of the shield-bugs

(formerly placed in a distinct family, but now usually included in

the Pentatomide) rival the most brilliant beetles in their rich

metallic hues; and, indeed, many of them might easily be mistaken for

beetles at a first glance but for the antennie ; and for the scutellum,

which latter often overlaps and covers the wings and wing-cases,

and is not divided by a suture down the middle, as are the wing-

cases of beetles, which correspond in function and appearance to the

scutellum of the shield-bugs.

The general scheme of the work is the same as in previous

volumes.

Mr. Blanford’s preface informs us of the progress of the present

series of works, from which we gather that volumes on Ants by

Col. C. T. Bingham, Longicorn Coleoptera by Mr. C. J. Gahan, and

another on Land-Mollusca (author not stated) may be expected in

the immediate future. Then follows a list of the principal works

quoted in the synonymy (pp. v—xi), the Systematic Index (pp. xiii-—

xxil), the Introduction, the descriptive part of the work, and the

Alphabetical Index.

336 Bibliographical Notices.

The Introduction details the materials used in the composition of

the volume, proceeds to discuss the structure, habits, classification,

&c. of the Rhynchota, illustrated by a series of excellent diagrams,

and concludes with a synopsis of the families of the Heteroptera,

Mr. Distant’s name is a sufficient guarantee for the care and

accuracy with which the systematic portion of the book has evidently

been compiled ; and a word of praise is due to Mr. H. Knight for

the series of 249 illustrations in the text, which are among the

most excellent which we have seen. They are without colour ; but

this deficiency is less noticeable in Rhynchota, with their simple

colours and patterns, than in the case of Lepidoptera, for instance,

with their strongly marked colours and complicated patterns, for

the adequate representation of which coloured figures are often

almost indispensable.

Paleontologia Indica, Series XV. Himdlayan Fossils. Vol. U1.

Part 1. Upper Triassic Cephalopod Faune of the Himdlaya.

By Dr. Epmunp Mogsstsovics, Eptem von Mossvar, Imp. Acad.

Vienna, &c, ‘Translated by Dr. Anraur H. Foorp, F.G.S., and

Mrs. A. H. Foorp. Folio. 157 pages, 22 plates, and some wood-

cuts. Calcutta: Geol. Survey Office. London: Kegan Paul &

Co. 1899.

Tue Introduction (pages 1-4) gives some account of the history of

the collecting of these Triassic Fossils of the Himalaya and of the

description of allied forms by several authors. ‘The species referred

to in the following list are described with few exceptions at

pages 5-126. .

AMMONEA TRACHY- No. of

OSTRACA. No. of Species,

A. TroprroipEa. Species. b. Dittmarites ...... 1

Valorites™ \eeseoseseeerere 5 ¢. Clionites........... 7 10

AOVANHEE] S.cpepcoconnboscosa0 3 d, Steinmannites...... 5

Parajuvayites ............ 13 €) Dionites es.ess-nere 1

Juyavites. Il. Heraclitea.

a. Anatomites......... 3 Heraclites(Guembelites) 1

b. Griesbachites ...... 2 Tibetites.

Wsculutess sesesectecccesscee 2 @. Aibetites 3858: e-0-e eee

[Woodeut, p. 41.] [ Woodcut, p. 78.]

WAP ENILES op cessssesescase 4 b. Anatibetites ...... 2

[ Woodeut, p. 41.] c. Paratibetites ...... 5

IDelanNNES besscasnoupedos 1 [Woodeut, p. 84.]

IUROVAINE) Gecgsrondoaqca0200 5 atienttess-s-s-ess-sesees

SLIME) “oonodaaosbodesqoot 2 III, Trachyceratea.

Eutomoceras ............ 2 Trachyceras.

Maetiaites) Fis... ert - 2 a. Protrachyceras ... 1

B. CerarrromEa. 6. Trachyeeras, s.s.. 1

I. Dinaritea. Sandlingites............... 2

Ceratites. MUInenibes aeceses-cecoseeete 3

aaMelictutes? | -25.-... 1 AMMONEA LEIOSTRACA.

Be MBbISDIeS).- lactase 1 A, ARCESTOIDEA.

Arpadites. Arcestes.

a, Arpadites, 8.8. .. 3 DleManCestes messes aectes 1

[ Woodeut, p. 58.) [Woodcut, p. 97.]

Bibliographical Notices. 337

No. of No. of

Species. Species.

ACESS SNS) wceeoecides 3 Btychites v.....2.0-s.52:2s

Broan Cestestcesssss-ces 1 an paritesy cece. <cccee ae l

Wo bitesstescssscssscsccons 1 [ Woodcut, p. 119.]

Oates prncseess ose 1 NAUTILEA.

Cladiscites (Hypocla- A. GYROCHRATIDA.

@isGibes)! .c..ecssses - 1 Pleuronautilus ......... 2

Paracladiscites ......... 2 B. Nautirip2.

B. Pinacocerarorpna. INiautilie yee sesceesecccess 3

PinaGOCerasiesness=s-= cee ee Clydonautilus............ 3

Bambanagites ............ 2 C. OrrnoceRatip2x.

IDI OSS heogesrenpsecteoce 3 Oxthoceras) esas eces- se: 1

Megaphyllites ............ 1 DIBRANCHIATA.

Mojsvariles ............006 1 AULACOCERATIDE,

Phy llocerdsingcsarcas00ce i AGPAChLbOSh \ Sacemeann tens 1

In the Results (pages 126-157) the forms described are grouped

in zones that correspond mainly, as characterized by the Cephalo-

pods, with the Carnic (page 127) and the Juvarian (page 137)

stages of the European Trias, as shown in the accompanying Table,

and details are given of the relationship of these stages,

It has been the aim of geologists acquainted with the several

faunze found in these zones to work out the extent and limits of

the seas of the Trias Period. The chief of these old marine areas

is the so-called Thetys, including :—1. The Mediterranean Province

(the most westerly inlet); 2. The Germanic shallow sea; 3. The

Indian Province.

‘“The Germanic shallow sea forms a part of the Mediterranean

Province, and may be regarded as an estuary, which was bordered

by the extensive continent now sunk in the Atlantic Ocean. This

Triassic ‘Atlantis’ existed probably already at the elose of the

Paleozoic period. It reached in the west probably as far as the

present North-American continent, which, as is known, possesses

extensive Triassic lacustrine deposits, of the character of the German

Buntsandstein and Keuper in its eastern part ; while pelagic deposits

of the Trias are to be met with only on the Pacitic slopes of this

continent.”

The Upper Triassic deposits in the Arctic-Pacific Provinces are

not yet fully examined, but very interesting results are anticipated

for the future. It is known that the Noric Tirolitide, spreading

from the Mediterranean Province, penetrated to the eastern shore

of the Pacific basin, and that “the poor Cephalopod fauna of the

Werfen beds extended from the eastern regions of the Thetys into

the small Mediterranean area.”

Further migrations appear to have occurred while the Mediter-

ranean gulf remained in open connexion with the Thetys. ‘“ The

Indian regions of the Thetys were in uninterrupted communication

with the Arctic regions in the Scythic as well as in the Dinaric

period.”

The author has elsewhere already referred to the simultaneous

occurrence of types in remote regions of the sea and to the surprising

fact that in both the Mediterranean and the Indian Trias a con-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 25

Tue Triassic Depos

Zones or THE MEDITERRANEAN i|

SErrEs. Sraces. SUBSTAGES. Piarne .

Rhixtie. Rheetie. 22. Zone of Avicula concorta.

Z1. Zone of Sirenites Argonaute.

Sevatic.

Bajuvarian. (20. Zone of Pinacoceras Metternich.

Juvyarian. BPA.

_ Alaunie. | 19. Zone of Cyrtopleurites bicrenatus.

| — = |

f | 18. Zone of Cladiscites ruber.

Lacie ——_

17. Zone of Sagenites Gieheli.

Tuvalic. | 16. Zone of Tropites subbullatus. :

Carnic. | t

Juhan. 15. Zone of Trachyceras Aonoides. |

Tyrolese. Cordevolic. 14. Zone of Trachyceras Aon.

Longobardic. 13. Zone of Protrachyceras Archelaus.

Noric. 12. Zone of Dinarites avisianus. |

Fassanie.

| 11. Zone of Protrachyceras Curioni. |

Bosnian. | 10. Zone of Ceratites trinodosus.

Anisie. a 4 7

Dinarie. Balatonie. 9. Zone of Ceratites binodosus. |

Hydaspic. | Hydaspic.

Zone of Tirolites Cassianus. .

Jakutie. Jakutie. : a

Seythian. iL

Brahmanice. Gandarie.

Gangetic.

or tHE THETYs.

HIMALAYA.

Saut-RanGe.

Huchgebirgskalk (?).

“ Sagenites beds” (?).

Beds with Spiriferina Griesbachi. |

Zone of Steinmannites undulatostriatus.

Zone of Clydonautilus Griesbachi.

Tropites Limestone of Kalapani.

a. Daonella beds.

6. Beds of Trach. tibeticum.

Zone of Ptychites rugifer.

Zone of Stbirites Prahladu.

Beds with Ceratites subrobustus,

Zone of Otoceras Woodwardi.

RO 29 BO TOD

Variegated Series,

Pseudharpoceras spiniger (?),

. Zone of Stephanites superbus.

. Zone of Fleminyites Flemingianus.

Zone of Flemingites radiatus.

Zone of Ceratites normals.

Zone of Proptychites trilobatus.

Zone of Proptychites Lawrencianus,

Zone of Gyronites freguens.

340 Bibliographical Notices.

cordant order of successive faune can be proved to exist. “It is

now shown that this phenomenon also extends to the Pacific region,

and that it therefore comprises the whole vast region of the pelagic

Triassic deposits known to us.”

Research in the vast regions of the earth not yet opened out will

probably settle the doubts as to the habitats of the original types of

now scattered faune. ‘‘ At the time of the Upper Trias remarkable

changes in the distribution of continents and in the extent of the

seas, especially in tbe region of the Pacific Ocean, must have taken

place.” It follows ‘that changes in the physical characters of the

surface of the earth must have most materially influenced the

-flistribution of the organic beings thereon.”

Paleontologia Indica. Series XVI. Baluchistén. Vol. I. The

Jurassic Fauna. Part 1. The Fauna of the Kellaways of Mazdr

Drik. By Fritz Norrie, Ph.D., F.G.S., &e. Folio. 22 pages,

13 plates. Calcutta: Geol. Survey Office. London: Kegan Paul

& Co. 1896.

Tue lowest formation in the Mari Hills of Baluchistsén is a massive

limestone, for the most part yielding only some Terebratule and

Rhynchonelle, not well preserved ; but a good fossil fauna was found

in this rock near Mazar Drik, namely :—Brachiopoda, 2 species ;

Pelecypoda, 3 spp.; Gasteropoda, 1 sp. ; Cephalopoda, 15 spp. Of

the last there are three species of Nautiloidea and twelve of Ammo-

mera. The genus Macrocephalites predominates ; and MZ. polyphemus

is the most frequent species. Hence this massive limestone of

Baluchistan is called the polyphemus-limestone by the Author, and

appears to be equivalent to the Charee group of Kutch, and to be

homotaxial with the Lower Kellaways Series of Europe.

Of the thirteen plates, pl. i. illustrates Terchratula ventricosa,

Zieten, Rhynchonella plicatella, Sow.; also a Lima and a Pholadomya.

Remains of a Gervillea and of a Pleurotomaria are also described

(page 6).

Plates ii. to xiii. illustrate the following :—

Nautilus wandaensis * , Wacgen. Macrocephalites subcompressus * ,

giganteus * , d’ Orbigny. Waagen.

intumescens * , Waagen. | —— grantanum * , Waagen.

Harpoceras, sp. opis * , Waagen.

Sphzeroceras bullatum, d’ Ord. Perisphinctes balinensis * , Waagen

Macrocephalites macrocephalus * , (non Newmeyr).

Schlotheim, sp. baluchistensis, sp. nov.

—— transiens * , Waagen. recuperoi * , Gemmellaro,

aberrans * , Waagen.

—— polyphemus * , Waagen.

The species marked with an asterisk ‘“haye been identified with specimens

described from Kutch.”

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 59. NOVEMBER 1902.

XLIX.—WNotes on the Natural History of East Finmark. By

Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,

F.L.S.

I HAD spent three summer holidays in dredging-excursions in

South and West Norway, and in 1890 I resolved to go to the

extreme north-eastern district of Norway, in order to obtain

the more arctic fauna.

East Finmark is a portion of that country which was

’ formerly called Lapland, and commences a little to the east of

the North Cape at the Porsanger Fiord. It extends thence to

the Russian frontier as its eastern boundary, while to its south

lies the northern frontier of Finland.

It is generally known that the extent of the Norwegian

seaboard is very great, and is about 2000 miles from Christi-

ania to the Varanger Fiord; but it is not usually realized

how greatly the Norwegian coast all the way up trends east-

wards, and, of course, directly east after the North Cape has

been rounded: so that Vads6 on the Varanger Fiord is not

only as far north as Disco in Baffin’s Bay and as Icy Cape in

Alaska, far within Behring Strait, but also nearly two degrees

further east than Constantinople.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 26

342 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

The following is the itinerary of my excursion :—

June 17.—Left Newcastle by steamer.

19.—Arrived at Bergen, and left by steamer for north

the same evening.

25.—Arrived at 'Tromsé,

28.—Left Tromso.

July 2.—Arrived at Vadso.

10.—Crossed Varanger Fiord to Kirchenes in Sydva-

ranger.

28.—Returned to Vadsé.

31.—Left Vadso.

Aug. 6.—Arrived at Svolver in Lofoten.

11.—Left Svolver.

18.—Home.

I dredged a little whilst waiting at Tromsé, and on the

liomeward journey worked for a few days at Svolveer in the

Lofoten Islands.

At Troms:6 I was joined by Herr J. Sparre Schneider, the

friend who was to be my companion and who added so much to

the interest and pleasure of my trip. Herr Schneider is the

Curator of the Tromsé Museum, and his knowledge of the

fauna of arctic Norway, on which he has written so many

papers, is unequalled. It was indeed surprising to find at

‘lromsé, far within the Arctic Circle, a museum in which all

departments of the arctic fauna were so fully illustrated and

so admirably arranged. At my request Herr Schneider had

engaged as my head dredger a young farmer who had a taste

for natural history and had sometimes accompanied him in

his work at Tromsé. Herr Bersvend Bjerking was a very

fine fellow physically, and his invariable good humour, his

energy and heartiness in his work, and his never-ceasing

attention to myself remain as most pleasant reminiscences.

We left Tromsé, and Herr Schneider thought it well to

carry with us in the steamer his small boat fitted for shallow-

water work over the 500 (?) miles we had to go, in case there

should be any difficulty about boats at our destination. We

fortunately, however, had no difficulty in hiring a larger boat

at Vads6 and in Sydvaranger. At the latter place our crew was

certainly a curiously mixed one, consisting of one Englishman

(myself), two Norwegians (Schneider and Bjerking), a Lapp,

a Finn, and a Russian.

In the voyage between the North Cape and Vadsé we

passed two very famous breeding-places of sea-birds—Sver-

Natural History of East Finmark. 343

holtklubben and Syltefjordklubben. The high cliffs were

perfectly white with Larus tridactylus, and when a gun was

fired from the steamer to arouse them, the clouds upon clouds

of these gulls and other sea-fowl which filled the air were

simply astonishing. Two islands at Vardé are also great

breeding-places.

Vads6 is an excellent dredging-station, and the fauna,

whether of tide-marks, of shallow depths, or of deep water in

the middle of the Varanger Fiord, is most interesting. Never-

theless, we were glad to leave it. The inn was miserable, the

place horrid to a degree. The cod brought in here in vast

quantity are disembowelled and their heads cut off, and while

the fish are hung up on lines to dry the refuse is left rotting

on the ground, until it is gathered up in carts and carried to

the fish guano manufactory to be boiled down. The stench

from the chimney of that manufactory was unbearable.

Herr Schneider suggested that we should cross the Varanger

Fiord to Sydvaranger, in the hope of being able to find

quarters with a landowner at whose house he had previously

stayed when on an entomological expedition. ‘This we did,

and in the hospitable and commodious house of Herr H.

Figenschou found ourselves in the lap of luxury for so out-

Jandish a place. Here was every comfort and kind attention

from our good host and his wife, with excellent food—though,

of course, fresh meat was not to be expected every day, where

it must of necessity be home-kiiled. ‘‘ Kirchenes”’ with its

owner’s family and its guests—for there were several others

besides ourselves—can never be forgotten.

Here at Sydvaranger we were within 7 miles of Russia.

All fellow voyagers had been left behind, and among these

had been some most interesting companions. During the

short summer months many of the government officials appear

to go to the furthest north to carry out their inspections,

Thus, before coming to Sydvaranger we had met the Harbour

Director, the Inspector of Fisheries of Norway, the Inspector

of Inland Fisheries of Finland, the head of the Geological

Survey, the Professor of Chemistry, Herr Svend Foyn (the

great whale-hunter), and others of interest, besides English

salmon-fishers, for the rivers of Hast Finmark are famous for

their salmon.

Sydvaranger is, however, beyond the range of ordinary or

almost any travellers. Ornithologists have been there ; ento-

mologists, especially my friend Herr Schneider, have done

excellent work in the district ; botanists have added species to

the Norwegian flora and worked well there; but the only

26*

344 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

marine zoologists * who had previously collected in the fiords,

as I was informed by Herr Schneider, were Nylander and

Gadd, who, in 1855, gave what they had found to the Hel-

singfors Museum, but did not publish anything on the subject.

The sun never set while we were in Kast Finmark.

Schneider was often entomologizing and I botanizing until

near midnight.

I may here add that when dredging we always landed at

some spot which had not previously been visited, to have a

midday meal and to give our men an hour or an hour and a

half’s rest. While they were resting Herr Schneider was

busy with his net after insects, and more especially Bombyces,

which were very abundant and especially affected Vicia cracca,

a very common vetch of the district, and which there grows

with a luxuriance which I have not seen equalled in our own

islands. While Schneider was ccllecting insects I was intent

on the botany of the spot.

Geography and Ceology.

Norway is divided into Stifts, Amts, and Fogderier. A

Stift is a Diocese, and the whole of Norway north of

lat. 65° 15’ N. is comprised in the Stift of Tromsé. This

great Diocese contains three Amts—Nordland, Tromsé, and

Finmark. Of these, Finmark is divided into five Fogderier—

Altens, Hammerfest, Tana, Vardé, and Varanger. The first

two of these Fogderier belong to West Finmark and the last

three constitute East Finmark. East Finmark, as has been

already stated, extends from the Porsanger Fiord, which is the

next large fiord to the east of the North Cape, to the Russian

frontier. Beyond Vardé, the most eastern point, the coast-line

trends southward and then westward, forming the large Varan-

ger Fiord, the entrance of which thus faces eastward. The

northern shore of the Varanger Fiord is known as Nordvaran-

ger, and here is situated the famous whale-fishing station

Vadsé. ‘The territory on the southern side of the Varanger

Fiord is Sydvaranger. Running inland to the south from Va-

ranger Fiord is Bog Fiord, which ultimately becomes forked,

the western fork being Lang Fiord and the eastern Klosterelv

Fiord. On the projecting land which forms these last-named

fiords is situated Kirchenes, where we had our quarters. At

the head of Klosterelv Fiord is Elvenes, at the mouth of the

Pasvik River, which river throughout the greater part of its

* Except M. de Guerne, for whose expedition see observations in

succeeding part of this paper.

Natural History of East Finmark. 345

length from Lake Enara is the boundary between Norway

and Russia. A mile or so above Elvenes, however, the

Russian boundary crosses the Pasvik, in order to take in a

very ancient and highly prized chapel of Boris Gleb, which

Russia insisted on possessing. By the kind invitation of

Madame Prebensen, the wife of the Amtmand (=a sort of

Lord Lieutenant, but with much more extended powers), who

was staying at Hlvenes, I accompanied her to Boris Gleb,

where we were most hospitably entertained by the Russian

priest. The little old chapel, now no longer used, with the

ancient vestments preserved in it, is very interesting. The

inhabitants of the little village are Lapps, who belong to the

old Greek Church *, and retain many curious old customs.

They do not smoke ; they will not eat or drink out of any

vessel which has been used by those not of thew peculiar

faith. Formerly there were castrati among them tor the

Kingdom of God’s sake; but this rite is no longer practised,

unless secretly, since it has been forbidden by the government.

The priest does not, of course, share these old superstitions

and views.

The population of East Finmark embraces a mixture of

Norwegians, Fins, and Lapps.

The Fins or Quains are as tall as Norwegians, and well-

made men. ‘They have usually little or no hair on the chin

or cheeks, and but slight moustache; the hair is light or

brown, less often dark, the cheek-bones usually high, and the

eyes mostly of a cold blue colour.

The Lapps are short, and their average height not more

perhaps than 5 feet. There are three sections of them :—

(a2) Mountain or Nomadic Lapps. ‘These are the purest

breed. They are characterized usually by broad faces and

dark hair, and are very commonly bow-legged. They live in

tents, or, in winter, in temporarily constructed huts—wan-

dering trom place to place, in order to procure the reindeer-

moss or other food for their herds of reindeer. Their clothes

are chiefly made from the skins of those animals.

(6) River Lapps. ‘These reside in the river-valleys of the

extreme north. ‘hey are agriculturists, cultivating the land

and having their cattle and sheep, and also feeding on the

salmon in which the rivers (@ g., ‘lana) abound. The only

reindeer they have are for use in sledging.

* Ali Lapps in Russia belong to the Greek Church; but those who

live in the Swedish und Norwegian parts of what used to be called

Lapland are Luthera_s.

346 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

sea. With Sea Lapps Norwegians occasionally intermarry,

but very rarely with Nomadic Lapps. When on my voyage

north we stopped at Hammerfest, a Norwegian companion

with whom I became acquainted on board lionized me through

this most northern town in the world, showing me its reservoir,

fountain, buildings, &c. It was Sunday morning. The bell

was ringing for service, and the Sea Lapps were trooping to

it; their dress was extremely pretty and picturesque, consisting

of white flannel bound with crimson or bright blue. I was

much pleased with the place, and resolved on my homeward

journey to stop there for a week’s dredging. ‘The entire town,

with all its warehouses and church, was built of wood. Only

a week later news came to us at Vadsé that the whole town

had been destroyed by fire. When the steamer touched there

on my return voyage not a single house or building remained.

The coal-heap by the wharf was still burning; all else was

blackness and ruin. I went to where the church had stood,

and there found and brought away a piece of the melted bell

which I had heard summoning the Lapps to their morning

service.

There is an affinity between the languages of the Lapps

and Quains; but they differ entirely from all other Kuropean

languages, the nearest perhaps being Hungarian.

Norway is, as it were, a skeleton. Denudation during the

Glacial Epoch has been carried to an extreme; almost all

sedimentary rocks have been swept off into the sea, and

primary rocks for the most part alone remain. It is this

which gives such a peculiar facies to the scenery within

vision, for as we steam along the entire coast roches

moutonnées everywhere meet the eye. Here and there, of

course, some sedimentary rocks are still to be found. One

of the most important deposits in northern Norway is on the

outlying island of Ando, lat. 69°, which is at the northern

extremity of Nordland. In this island there is a small

Jurassic deposit characterized by such fossils as Ammonites,

Belemnites Blainvillet, Desh., and brevicornis, Voltz, Gry-

phea dilatata, Sow., several Pectens, Lima duplicata, Sow.,

Astarte excavata, Sow., Scleropteridium Dahllianum, Heer,

Pinus Nordenskitldi, Heer, P. microphylla, Heer, &c., Ke.

There is also here a seam of inferior coal.

Other small deposits of secondary rocks occur here and

there on the islands to the north of this ; but on the mainland

up to Hammerfest and the North Cape we meet with igneous

rocks, gneiss, granite, and serpentine. At the North Cape

first appears a series of rocks of unknown horizon called the

Natural FHistory of East Finmark. 347

“ Gaisa” * system. It consists of two series—an upper, which

is continued from the North Cape aiong the Hast Finmark

coast as far as the Tana Fiord; ana lower series, commencing

on the eastern side of the Tana Fiord and extending thence

to Nordvaranger. The ‘‘ Gaisa” system is composed of con-

glomerates embracing lumps of sandstone, quartz, granite,

dolomite, &c. Up to the time of my visit all attempts to find

embedded fossils in the fragments of these conglomerate rocks,

and thus cbtain a clue to their age, had been unavailing. A

beautiful section of these rocks was seen from the steamer as we

passed Kjolle and Ox Fiords, the strata presenting layers of

very varied and lovely colouring. The geological formation at

Vadsé and the northern shores of the Varanger Fiord consists

of “ Gaisa,” with some glacial deposits here and there along

the shore ; but on crossing the fiord to Sydvaranger this inter-

esting formation is left behind and the rocks are again igneous.

This geological change, of course, cannot be without exhibiting

effects on the flora and perhaps also on the fauna of the fiords.

The chief factor, however, which influences the fauna of

East Finmark consists in the difference of climate. West

Finmark, up to the North Cape and beyond it, is indebted to

the influence of the Gulf Stream for a temperature all through

the winter months which keeps the sea free from ice. The

climatic conditions of the Varanger Fiord are, however, very

different, and the smaller fiords, such as those of Sydvaranger,

where my dredging was chiefly carried on, are completely

frozen over from December or January to the middle of May

or into June, the ice attaining a thickness of 2 to 3 feet. As

a necessary consequence the fauna of the Varanger Fiord and

of the other fiords of that district is of more arctic character

than that round the North Cape, although in latitude the

latter is somewhat more northern. In the summer months

the difference of temperature is evidenced by the dense fogs

which are commonly met with off the coast of Hast Finmark,

and which are the result of contact of the warm air coming

from the west with the cold currents passing westward from

the Kara Sea. It was in one of these fogs, during which we

had to lie to for twenty-seven hours, that while other

passengers were filling great tubs with the cod which so

freely took the bait, I employed my time in castmmg trom the

deck of the steamer a little hand-dredge off the mouth of

Laksefjord, and thus obtained animals some of which are

recorded as from that locality in the following notes,

* Gaisa, the name of a mountain in the Porsanger district.

348 Canon A. M. Norman—Jotes on the

MAMMALIA.

The following notes on a few of the mammals were given

me in conversation by Herr J. Sparre Schneider when we were

together in Finmark.

Ursus arctus, Linn. (Brown Bear.) Occurs through Norway ;

abundant in the valleys of Tromsé Amt, but scarce in East

Finmark.

Gulo luscus, Linn. (Glutton.) Common in East Finmark, as

throughout mountains of Norway.

Mustela martes, Linn, (Pine-Marten.) Occurs in West Finmark

and perhaps in Kast.

Putorius ermineus, Linn, (Ermine.)

Canis lupus, Linn. (Wolf.) Common in East Finmark, but

almost extinct in the rest of Norway. It comes in numbers

on the ice in winter on the Pasvik River. Nine were killed

one night by Herr Figenschou about five years before I was

staying with him.

Vulpes alopex, Linn. (=V. vulgaris, Briss.). (Common Fox.)

Common.

lagopus, Linn. (Arctic Fox.) Found throughout Norway,

but most abundant in mountains of Finmark. Two hundred

were killed by poison in one winter at Vadsé some years ago.

[Felis lynx, Linn. (Lynx.) Does not occurin East Finmark. It

has been killed in West Finmark, and is most abundant in the

neighbourhood of Trondhjem, coming into the outskirts of the

town in the winter months. |

Trichechus rosmarus, Linn. (Walrus.) Has been seen rarely in

Finmark.

Halicherus grypus, Fabr. (Grey Seal.) Breeds at Trondhjem,

but does not now reach East Finmark, although bones of it

have been found there.

Erignathus barbatus, Fabr. (Great Seal.)

Phoca vitulina, Linn. (Common Seal.)

fetida, Fabr.,=P. annellata, Schinz,=P. hispida, Schreb.

(Marbled Seal.)

Pagophilus grenlandicus, Fabr. (Greenland Seal.)

Lemmus norvegicus, Desm. (Lemming.)

Evotomys ruficanus, Sund.

Microtus ratticeps, Keys. & Blas, No rat or house-mouse occurs in

East Finmark.

Alces machlis, Gray. The Elk is now altogether absent from, or, if

present, very rare in, East Finmark, nor is it found on the

west coast of Norway. It is still abundant about Namsos and

a little further north.

Natural History of East Finmark. 349

Rangifer tarandus, Desm. All the Reindeer in East Finmark are

now tame. ‘hey are still wild in the Hardanger district and

in the central range of mountains.

Megaptera boops, Linn. Not so common as the two following.

Balenoptera musculus, Linn. This and the next are the two great

whales, measuring when adult 70--80 feet in length, which

chiefly occur at Vadso,

Sibbaldi, Gray.

borealis, Lesson, Sporadic at Vadsé, more common in West

Finmark.

rostrata, Fabr. Smaller species; not hunted, caught in nets

and often shot. Chiefly found in Bergen district, occasionally

in Kast Finmark.

Balena biscayensis, Gray. Extinct in East Finmark for some

200 years(?); bones found at Vadso and Soro.

Hyperoodon rostratus, O. F. Mill. (Bottle-nosed Whale.) Chiefly

killed in Arctic seas, but occurring in ice-floes to the north of

Kast Finmark.

Monodon monoceros, Linn. (Narwhal.) Killed once in Varanger

Fiord about eighty years ago.

Delphinapterus leucas, Pallas. (White Whale.) This species, the

inhabitant of the seas of Nova Zemblia, Spitsbergen, Greenland,

and N.E. America, has occurred off the East Finmark coast.

Orca gladiator, Laplace. (Grampus.) Rarely killed. It swims

in herds and attacks the great whales.

Globocephalus melas, Traill. Occasional ; chiefly enclosed by nets

in narrow fjords and then shot. As many as 2500 have been

killed at Lofoten at one time.

Lagenorhynchus albirostris, Gray. Occurs throughout the whole

of Norway.

The whales which are chiefly killed for oil are Megaptera

boops, Balenoptera Sibbaldit, musculus, borealis, and rostrata.

Some years ago Vads6 was the great centre of Norwegian

whale-fishery ; I have a note (but do not remember whence

it was taken, and therefore, though I believe it to be correct,

I cannot vouch for its accuracy) that in 1884 450 whales were

killed, in 1885 1598, and in 1886 954. When the fishery

was at its height the harbour of Vadsé was covered with

floating oil, and the stench from the dead whales must have

been something frightful. The fishery at Vadsé was at the

time of my visit closed; but the fishery was still continued

at Mehavn, Sér6, and Jan Fjord. But the whales are now

scarce. I only saw one which had been killed and perhaps

half a dozen alive spouting. ‘Their great destruction has been

due to the mode of slaughter invented by the well-known

350 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

Herr Svend Foyn, whom I saw as an old man, and who has

since died. He hunted the whales in steamers of about

80 tons, with engines of about 30 horse-power, shooting the

whales with harpoons to which were attached cartridges,

which, exploding, blew holes in the whales’ sides.

MOLLUSCA.

The following catalogue contains all the Mollusea which

are known to occur in Kast Finmark. The species found by

myself have a locality attached ; species of which the name

only is given are inserted on the authority of G. O. Sars and

others ; species in this and other lists which have a * prefixed

were procured by me in 1890 either at ‘l'romsé or Svolver,

Lofoten Islands, but not in Kast Finmark.

CEPHALOPODA.

The following seven species are recorded by G. O. Sars :—

Ommastrephes sagittatus, Lamarck.

Gonatus amenus, Lichtenstein.

Rossia glaucopis, Lovén.

Octopus arcticus, Prosch.

PTEROPODA.

Limacina helicina, Phipps.

balea, Moller.

Clione limacina, Phipps.

GASTROPODA.

*Tornatina nitidala, Lovén. Svolver, Lofoten, 5-10 fathoms.

pertenuis, Gould. Vadsé, in 5-25 fathoms; Klosterely

Fiord.

Cylichna alba, Brown. Very common in Kast Finmark.

var. corticata, Beck. Vads6 and Sydvaranger.

propinqua, M. Sars. In shallow water at Vadsé and in all

the Sydvaranger fiords.

Diaphana hyalina, Turton. Vadsé and Klosterely Fiord.

globosa, Lovén,=hyemalis (Gould), G. O. Sars. Bog and

Klosterelvy Fiords, but only a single specimen in each locality.

Scaphander punctostriatus, Mighels.

Philine finmarchica, M. Sars. Bog Fiord.

quadrata, 8. Wood. Lang Fiord, very fine specimens,

scabra, Miiller. Lofoten.

— lima, Brown. Vadso and Bog Fiord.

*¥

Natural listory of East Finmark. oo

Philine fragilis, G. O. Sars.

Acanthodoris pilosa, Mill. Tide-marks, Vadso6.

Lamellidoris muricata, Mill. Tide-marks, Vadso.

bilamellata, Linn. Vadso Sound.

Doris obvelata, Mull. 'Tide-marks, Vadso.

Issa lacera, Miill.

Dendronotus frondosus, Ascanius. Vadso.

velifer, G. O. Sars.

Atolidia papillosa, Linn. Vads6.

Limapontia capitata, Miller. 'Tide-marks, Vadso,

Bela pyramidalis, Strom. Vadso and fiords of Sydvaranger; also

Lofoten.

var. semiplicata, Sars. Vadso.

Pingelit, Beck. Harbour at Vadsd, and in a bay west side

of Bog Fiord.

rugulata, Troschel. Abundant.

var. assimilis, G. O. Sars. Bog and Lang Fiords.

nobilis, Moll. Varanger and Sydvaranger Fiords.

scalaris, Moll. Lang Fiord, 5-15 fathoms, one large living

specimen ; Vadsé Harbour, one dead.

exarata, MOll.,=mitrula, Lovén. The most abundant Bela

in the district.

obliqua, Moll. One living specimen in Lang Fiord, 5-15

fathoms.

cancellata, Migh.,=elegans, Sars. Klosterely and Lang

Fiords,

var. declivis, Lovén. Much more frequent than the type,

Varanger and Sydvaranger Fiords.

— Trevelyana, Turton. Varanger Fiord, down to 125 fathoms ;

fiords of Sydvaranger and also Lofoten.

decussata, Couthouy,=viridula, Moll. Vads6 and Bog and

Lang Fiords.

var. conoidea, G. O. Sars.

tenuicostata, M. Sars. One only in Bog Fiord, 100-125

fathoms.

harpularia, Couthouy. Vadsd, Bog and Lang Fiords, 5-30

fathoms.

Kobelti, Verkriizen, = B. virrdula, G. O. Sars (non MOll.),

Varanger Fiord, east of Vads6, in 10-25 fathoms,

cinerea, Moll.

bicarinata, Couthouy.

var. violacea, Migh. In all the fiords and at Lofoten in

5-30 fathoms,

352 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

Bela bicarinata, var. cylindracea, Beck. One living in 100-120

fathoms, Bog Fiord.

angulosa, G. O. Sars.

simplea, Midd.

expansa, G. O. Sars.

*Clathurella linearis, Montagu. Svolvier, Lofoten.

Typhlomangelia nivalis, Lovén.

Spirotropis carimata, Phil.

Peretia amena, G. O. Sars. <A living specimen, Varanger Fiord,

125-150 fathoms.

Taranis cirrata, Brugnone,=Z'. Morchi, Malm. | Klosterely and

Bog Fiords, 5-10 fathoms.

Admete viridula, Fabr. | Throughout the district, and of larger

size than it attains in West Norway; reaches 16 millim, in

length.

var. undato-costulata, Verkriizen. Vadsd and Sydvaranger,

and as large as the types.

Trophon truncatus, Strom, Living between tide-marks at Vadso,

and dredged in 5-30 fathoms in all the Sydvaranger fiords

examined.

clathratus, Linn. In all the fiords down to 120 fathoms.

var. Gunnert, Lovén. Varanger, Lang, and Bog Fiords,

15-80 fathoms.

_—— barvicensis, Johnston. ‘ Porsanger Fiord ” (fide Friele).

Purpura lapillus, Linn., and var. imbricata, Lamk, Vads0, of a

rich purplish-brown colour,

Astyris rosacea, Gould. Lang, Klosterelv, and Bog Fiords, and at

Svolveer, Lofoten, 5-50 fathoms.

Nassa incrassata, Strom. Svolveer, Lofoten. Recorded by G. O.

Sars from East Finmark.

Boreofusus berniciensis, King.

Volutopsis norvegica, Chemn.

Ukko Turtoni, Bean. Vardo, fishermen’s lines.

Neptunea despecta, Linn. Bog Fiord; Vardé, fishermen’s lines ;

Svolveer, Lofoten.

Sipho gracilis, Da Costa, var. glabra, Verkr. Vard6, from fisher-

men’s lines.

____ islandicus, Chemn. Vardo, fishermen’s lines.

__— latericeus, Mill. Varanger Fiord, 100-125 fathoms, and

Lang Fiord, 3-30 fathoms.

Siphonorbis Verkriizeni, Kobelt.

—__— lachesis, Morch.

_—— tortuosus, Reeve.

var. turvitus, M. Sars. Vadso.

Natural History of East Finmark. 353

Siphonorbis ebur, Morch.

Jusiformis, Brod.

Buccinum undatum, Linné.

var. borealis, nov. nom.,=var. pelagica, G. O. Sars (but not

var. pelagica, King). Vadsé, in shallow water. The nearest

approach to the form that we have in British seas is var.

flewuosa of Jeffreys, from Shetland, which it resembles in its

elongated form and flexuose ribs ; but the latter is a much more

delicate and in all respects more elegant form.

var. cerulea, G. O. Sars. This variety is found at low water

at Vadso ; the substance of the shell is commonly of a rich

vinous-purple colour, whichis especially evident on the columella.

Sars says of the colouring “ fusco-cerulea, faucibus intense

nigro-castaneis.” Theribs are often almost entirely absent on

the lower whorls. It passes into var. borealis at a few fathoms

depth.

var. Schneideri, Verkriizen. A beautiful pure white form

which comes up very constantly on the fishermen’s lines at

Vardé. I have seen half-grown specimens which might pass

for the rare white variety of var. zetlandica; but the form is

much less produced than in that variety from the Shetland

Haaf; the whorls are more tumid aud the ribs much more

developed. Occasionally pure white examples of var. zetlandica

occur; but in the case of var. Schneideri the whole race is a

pure white one—at least, I did not see any similar specimens

of a different colour on the quay at Vardo.

Buccinum finmarchianum, Verkrizen. This beautiful species is

brought up in great numbers by the Vardo fishermen’s lines ;

among a large number which I procured at Vardo there was

a single white specimen. I have an example in my cabinet,

kindly given me by Herr Schneider, which is no less than

80 millim. long; it is referable to var. attenuata, G. O. Sars ;

60 millim. may be considered as the ordinary limit of measure-

ment of a full-grown shell. Sars gives as measurement of

the usual form 55 millim., of var. attenwata 58 millim., of var.

scalaris “ Long. usque ad 65 mm.”

Buceinum grenlandicum, Chemnitz. Between tide-marks, Vadso.

var. nuda. I propose this name for a remarkable form of

Buccinum to be found on the outer side of the island which

shelters the harbour of Vadsé. The form is more evenly conical

than grenlandicum, the whorls usually being flatter and the

suture less deep. In general the whorls are perfectly smooth,

without any trace of ribs, riblets, or puckers; but in other

cases flexuous ribs are, more or less, developed on all the

whorls accompanied by spiral riblets, and the resemblance

to B. undatum becomes so exact that such a specimen

taken by itself might be ascribed by a conchologist as

being without doubt a small variety of that species, The

354 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

colour varies greatly : some are pure white, others rich purple,

others mottled with rufous spots on a paler yellowish ground.

The length of full-grown specimens is an inch anda half. I

have left to the last the important character which distin-

guishes it so markedly from B. grenlandicum: the epidermis

is perfectly smooth, and at no age, nor on any specimen that I

have seen, could a trace be found of the longitudinal epidermal

pleats, crowned with backward directed setose processes, which

are so characteristic of B. grenlandicum. It is not B. par-

vulum, Verkriizen, it is not at all like his figures, nor has it any-

thing to do with a specimen in my collection which came thus

named from him indirectly to myself, and which agrees perfectly

with his figures, and has the seta-crowned epidermal pleats of

B. grenlandicum. I previously, however, had the form nuda

in my collection (a) from Professor G. O. Sars, and (4) from

Verkriizen, labelled in his writing “ Buccinum ? n. sp., Finmark

occidentalis ”; and also a shorter form of the same thing, with

the mouth somewhat more expanded, received from Prof. Sars,

* Buccinum grenlandicum, var. patula.” Iam rather inclined

to believe that this form is not, in the ordinary sense of the

term, a variety, but that it is a hybrid between B. undatum

and B. grenlandicum. The conditions under which it occurs

are curious. The island to which I have referred is only a

little place. At its north-eastern corner between tide-marks

B,. undatum, var. cerulea, G. O. Sars, is found accompanied by

ordinary B. grenlandicum. A little further round—though

really close by—for perhaps a hundred yards or so, var. nuda

occurs in the greatest profusion; and beyond this again

B. grenlandicum takes its place with the usual epidermis.

The purple colour so prevalent in var. nuda, but totally absent

in the normal forms, is exactly the same colour which is so

marked in Sars’s B, undatum, var. cerulea.

Buccinum hydrophanum, Hancock, var. tumidulum, G. O. Sars,

Varanger Fiord in 100-150 fathoms.

Odostomia turgida, G. O. Sars.

turrita, Hanley.

unidentata, Mont.

Inostomia eburnea, Stimpson. Vadso, in 10-25 fathoms,

Pyrgulina eximia, Jeffreys.

spiralis, Montagu.

Eulima bilineata, Alder. Entrance to Vads6 Harbour.

Scalaria grenlandica, M6. Vadsé and Svolver, Lofoten, 10-25

fathoms.

var. Loveni, G.O. Sars. One only. Lang Fiord, 15-25

fathoms.

var. crebricostata, G.O. Sars, One only. Varanger Fiord,

100-125 fathoms.

Natural History of East Finmark. 35

Scalaria obtusicostata (S. Wood), G, O. Sars.

Leocochlis granosa, Wood.

Cerethiopsis costulata, Moll, Lang Fiord, 30 fathoms; Bog F iord,

20-30 fathoms.

Newtoniella metula, Lovén.

Turritellopsis acicula, Stimpson. Vadsé and Varanger Fiord, in

shallow water to 15 fathoms.

Trichotropis borealis, Brod. & Sow. Lang and Bog Fiords and

also Lofoten, down to 80 fathoms.

conica, Moll.

Littorina littorea, Linn. Vadsé, Lang Fiord, &c.

— yudis, Maton, var. grenlandica, Mill. Extremely abundant.

When found near or quite at high-water mark on rocks it is

of smaller size than when living lower down, and at the same

time more richly coloured. ‘he colour is very variable: pure

white; white banded with black or brick-red; grey; grey

mottled with dispersed yellow spots; black; black banded

with white. A form taken in Bog Fiord has the spire more

elevated than usual, and corresponds to our English var.

tenebrosa. The surface of the shell is usually smooth or

sculptured only with slightly elevated spiral ridges. At Vardo,

however, a large variety occurs which is girt with strong spiral

ribs, and is quite indistinguishable from Littorina sttchana,

Philippi, from Vancouver and the Behring Sea. It is figured

by Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. pl. ix. fig. 10.

= obtusata, Linn. Occurs of quite the normal British form and

appearance at Svolver, Lofoten. In East Finmark it gives

place to the following very remarkable varieties :—

var. palliata, Say, Sars, pl. ix. fig. 9. Tromsd, Vardo,

Vadso, &e.

forma ¢clatior, Sars, pl. xxi. fig. 19, has the spire so much

elevated that it has the shape of ZL. rudis; it occurs between

tide-marks not far from low-water mark at Vardo.

forma coarctata, Sars, pl. xxi. fig. 20. This extraordinary

shell occurs with the last at Vard6, and is indeed an extreme

form of forma elatior, with which, and with palliata of

ordinary form but of large size, it is found.

Lacuna pallidula, Da Costa, Tide-marks, Vadso.

divaricata, Fabr., var. solidula, Lovén. Vadsé and Bog and

Klosterelv Fiords.

var. frigida, Lovén, Klosterely Fiord. In both these

varieties the specimens have been compared with cotypes

received from the late Professor Loven.

Skenea planorbis, Fabr. Vadsé; Klosterely Fiord and Syolver.

Hydrobia minuta, Totten.

356 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

*Rissoa parva, DaCosta. Svolver. The type not from East Finmark.

var. interrupta, Adams. Vadso and Svolver.

Alvania Jan-Mayeni, Friele. Varanger Fiord, in 100-125 fathoms.

New to the Norwegian fauna.

Jeffreysirt, Waller.

Cingula castanea, Moll. Lang Fiord, in 5 fathoms.

tumidula, G. O. Sars.

Onoba striata, Adams, var. savatilis, Moll. (=aculeus, Gould).

Tide-marks and shallow water, Vadsé ; Lang and Bog Fiords ;

Svolveer.

Jeffreysia globularis, Jeffr. Klosterelv and Lang Fiords, 5-15

fathoms.

Homologyra atomos, Philippi.

Velutina levigata, Penn. Lang and Bog Fiords.

lanigera, Moll.

Morvillia undata, Brown. Lang Fiord.

Velutella flewilis, Mont.

eryptospira, Midd.

Marsenia prodita, Loven.

micromphala, Bergh.

grenlandica, Moll.

Onchidiopsis glacialis, M. Sars.

Natica affinis, Gmel.,=N. clausa, Brod. & Sow. In all the East

Finmark Fiords and at Lofoten.

*Zunatia Alderi, Forbes. Svolveer.

= Montagui, Forbes. Svolveer.

—— yronlandica, Beck. Lang and Bog Fiords and Svolver,

5-120 fathoms.

nana, Moll. Vadsé, in 10-50 fathoms.

Amauropsis islandica, Gmel. Vadsé and middle of the Varanger

Fiord, 10-125 fathoms.

Calliostoma occidentale, Migh. & Ad. Bog Fiord, 20-30 fathoms.

Macheroplax obscura, Couth.

var. bella, Verk. Varanger, Lang, Bog, and Klosterely

Fiords, in shallow water.

var. albula, Gould. Vadsé, in 10-25 fathoms.

varicosa, Migh. Vadsé and Bog Fiord.

*Gibbula ecineraria, Linn. Svolveer.

—-~ tumida, Mont. Svolver; and given to me by Herr Dahl, of

Vardé, as from that place.

Margarita grenlandica, Chemn. In all the East Finmark Fiords,

at Tromsé, and at Svolveer.

var. levior, Jeffr. With the last.

Natural History of East Finmark. 357

Margarita olivacea, Brown. YVaranger, Lang, and Bog Fiords.

cinerea, Couth. Throughout the district from shallow water

to 125 fathoms.

helicina, Phipps. Vadsé; Lang and Bog Fiords.

Molleria costulata, Mill. Vadsé; Lang, Bog, and Klosterelv Fiords.

Cyclostrema Petterseni, Friele. Klosterely and Bog Fiords in

shallow water.

Scissurella crispata, Flem. In all the Sydvaranger Fiords.

Puncturella noachina, Linn. Throughout the district.

Lepeta ceca, Mill. Throughout the district.

Pilidium fuluum, Mill.

Acmea virginea, Mill. Varanger, Klosterelv, and Bog Fiords ;

and at Svolveer.

testudinalis, Mill. Vads6 and Sydvaranger Fiords.

—— rubella, Fabr.

POLYPLACOPHORA.

Tonicella marmorea, Fabr. Throughout the district, but small.

Trachydermon ruber, Lowe. Common everywhere, but small.

albus, Linn. Throughout the district.

Leptochiton arcticus, G. O. Sars. Vadsé and Lang Fiord.

Hanleyia debilis, Gray. Lang Fiord; one very fine, measuring

22 millim. when dried. It thus approaches H. abyssorwin,

M. Sars.

SCAPHOPODA.

Dentalium entalis, Linn. Vadsé ; Lang and Bog Fiords.

occidentale, Stimpson. Vadso.

Siphonodentalium vitreum, M. Sars. Varanger, Lang, and Bog

Fiords, down to 125 fathoms.

PELECYPODA.

Anomia ephippium, Linn. Varanger and Klosterelv Fiords,

var. aculeata, Mill. Svolver. Sars records it from Kast

Finmark.

Pecten islandicus, Mill. Varanger and Klosterelvy Fiords.

tigrinus, Mill. Lang Fiord.

septemradiatus, Mill.

imbrifer, Lovén.

grenlandicus, Sow. Varanger and Bog Fiords, in 80-125

fathoms.

Limea Sarsi, Loven.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 27

358 Canon A. M. Norman— Notes on the

Mytilus edulis, Linn. In several places.

Modiola modiolus, Linn, Lang and Klosterelv Fiords.

phaseolina, Phil. Vads6 and Lang Fiord.

Modiolaria discors, Linn. Among Corallina in rock - crevices

between tide-marks at the back of the island which forms the

harbour of Vadso.

levigata, Gray. Bog and Lang Fiords, in 10-30 fathoms.

nigra, Gray. In all the Fiords, but not abundant, and I

saw no large specimens, 10-125 fathoms.

corrugata, Steenst. Lang Fiord, in 15—25 fathoms.

Dacrydium vitreum, M6ll. Varanger, Bog, and Lang Fiords, in

30-125 fathoms.

Crenella decussata, Mont. Vads6, and all Sydvaranger Fiords, in

15-125 fathoms.

Arca glacialis, Gray. Varanger and Bog Fiords, 30-125 fathoms.

Nucula tenuis, Mont. Abundant throughout the district.

delphinodonta, Migh.

Leda minuta, Mill. Throughout the district.

pernula, Mill. Throughout the district.

Yoldia limatula, Say. A dead specimen brought up ina small

dredge which I threw out from the steamer when lying in a

fog off the mouth of Laksefiord.

Portlandia lucida, Lovén. Varanger and Lang Fiords, in 25-125

fathoms.

intermedia, M. Sars. Varanger, Lang, and Bog Fiords, 80-

125 fathoms.

lenticula, Fabr. Varanger, Lang, and Bog Fiords, in 5-100

fathoms.

frigida, Torell. In all the fiords, in 5-125 fathoms.

Astarte compressa, Linn. (=A. elliptica, Brown). In all the fiords

of Sydvaranger, in 5-50 fathoms.

borealis, Chemn. Lang Fiord, Tromsé and Svolver.

var. placenta, Mérch. Klosterely Fiord, 5 fathoms.

crebricostata, Forbes. Varanger, Lang, aud Klosterely Fiords,

in 5-125 fathoms.

striata, Leach (= compressa, Mont., non Linn.). Vadsé;

Lang and Klosterelv Fiords, in 5-25 fathoms. Species showing

considerable variation. A striking feature in East Finmark is

the great abundance of Nuculidee and Astartide.

Turtonia minuta, Fabr. Tide-marks, Vadsé and Klosterely Fiord.

Montacuta bidentata, Mont. Svolvzer. ;

ferruginosa, Mont. Svolveer.

—— Malizani, Verk.

Natural History of East Finmark. 399

*Cardium echinatum. Svolveer.

elegantulum, Beck. Varanger, Lang, and Bog Fiords, 25-

125 fathoms.

ciliatum, Fabr. (=islandicum, Chemn.). Varanger, Lang,

and Klosterely Fiords, 5-25 fathoms.

fasciatum, Mont. In all the fiords, also at Tromsé and

Svolveer.

Serripes grenlandica, Linn. In Laminarian zone throughout the

district.

Cyprina islandica, Linn. Klosterely Fiord, 2-5 fathoms, The

extreme profusion in which this species occurs in the Glacial

Clays of Scotland I had always supposed to be a state of things

which had entirely passed away; until at Svolver, Lofoten

Islands, I found Cyprina living in the same extraordinary

abundance. ‘The shore there is densely strewn with the dead

shells and their comminuted remains which have been cast up.

Venus gallina, Linn, Vads6.

casina, Linn. ‘ Vardo,” fide Lovén.

Timoclea ovata, Penn. Svolver. Entered by Sars as found in

East Finmark.

Thyasira flexuosa, Mont.

var. Sarsvi, Phil. Vadsé, Klosterely and Bog Fiords, and

at Svolveer.

var. Gouldit, Phil. Varanger, Lang, and Bog Fiords, 20-

125 fathoms.

obesa, Verrill. Vadso, in 10-25 fathoms.

Axinopsis orbiculata, G. O. Sars. Vadso and all the Sydvaranger

Fiords, in 2-50 fathoms.

Iucina borealis, Linn. Svolver. Sars records it from East

Finmark.

Mactra elliptica, Brown. Vadso.

subtruncata, Da Costa. Lang Fiord. A single specimen.

*Syndosmya prismatica, Mont. Syolveer.

Tellina balthica, Linn. Very abundant; living between tide-

marks in Klosterelv and Lang Fiords. The shells are of com-

paratively small size, with a dull chalky-like surface. The

substance of the Klosterelv shells is white, while that of almost

all those from Lang Fiord is pink.

calcarea, Chemn. Vadsd; Lang and Klosterely Fiords ; also

Svolveer.

fabula, Gmel. Svolveer.

Mya arenaria, Linn. Vadsi; Klosterely Fiord; Svolvzer.

— truncata, Linn. One dead, Klosterely Fiord.

Corbula gibba, Olivi.

rae

360 On the Natural History of East Finmark.

Panopea norvegica, Spengler. Dead valves, perhaps fossil, in

Klosterely Fiord. Sars records this from West but not from

East Finmark.

Saxicava rugosa, Linn. Common throughout the district.

var. arctica, Linn. Occasional.

Thracia truncata, Brown. Varanger and all the Sydvaranger

Fiords, 38-30 fathoms.

Cuspidaria arctica, M. Sars. This very large and fine species was

found in the Varanger and Bog Fiords in 80-125 fathoms,

but very rare.

glacialis, G. O. Sars. Varanger Fiord; rare in 100-126

fathoms.

—— subtorta, G. O. Sars. Varanger, Lang, and Bog Fiords, in

3-30 fathoms.

obesa, Lovén.

Poromya granulata, Nyst and West. ‘‘ Porsanger Fiord,” fide

Friele.

BRACHIOPODA.

Terebratulina caput-serpentis, Linn., var. septentrionalis, Couth.

Lang and Bog Fiords, in 5-100 fathoms.

Eudesia cranium, Mill. Lang Fiord, 25 fathoms. A single

broken specimen.

Rhynchonella psittacea,Gmel. Varanger, Lang, and Bog Fiords,

in 15-80 fathoms.

Of the Mollusca found in East Finmark the following are

not as yet known elsewhere :—

Phaline fragilis. Siphonorbis Verkruzeni.

Dendronotus velifer. Scalaria obtusicostata.

Bela expansa. Cingula tumidula.

The following are North American, and not found else-

where on the Norwegian coast :—

Liostomia eburnea. Cuspidaria arctica.

Thyasira obesa,

The following are Arctic species which reach East Finmark,

bnt are not known further south on the Norwegian coast :—

Bela simplex. Turritellopsis acicula,

Siphonorbis lachesis. Portlandia intermedia.

Alvania Jan-Mayent. Cardium ciliatum.

Cingula castanea. Serripes grenlandicus.

Velutella cryptospira. Montacuta Maltzani.

Marsenia grenlandica. Cuspidaria glacialis.

Lunatia nana. arctica.

Macheroplax varicosa.

On a new Species of Paramithrax. 361

The following species have not been found under more

arctic conditions than those existing in Kast Finmark :—

Typhlomangelia nivalis. Gibbula tumida.

Spirotropis carinata, Pilidium fulvum.

Taranis cirrata. Hanleyia debilis.

Odostomia turgida. Pecten tigrinus.

—— unidentata. —— septemradiatus.

— turrita. Limea Sarsi.

Pyrgulina eximia. Modiola phaseolina.

spiralis. Venus gallina.

Eulima bilineata. fasciata.

Alvania Jeffreysii. Lucina borealis.

Jeffreysia globularis. Mactra subtruncata.

Marsenia prodita. Corbula gibba.

A comparison of this list of East Finmark Mollusca with

two Norwegian catalogues which I have previously published

will illustrate the changes in the Molluscan Fauna as we go

further north up the Norwegian coast (see Norman, ‘“ Mollusca

of the Fiords near Bergen,” Journal of Conchology, vol. ii.

1879, p. 8; and “A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord,” Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. 1893, p. 341).

[To be continued. ]

L.—On a new Species of Paramithrax from New

Zealand. By Grorce M. Tuomson, F.L.S.

[Plates VII. & VIII.)

In the course of a trawling-cruise round the coasts of this

colony undertaken by the Marine Department numerous

trials of the inshore fishing-grounds were made by Mr. Ayson,

Inspector of Fisheries, in the small chartered steamer the

“Doto.’ In the course of one of these trials off Cape Saunders

a number of specimens of the fine new crab described in this

paper were obtained at a depth of about 50 fathoms and at a

distance of some 10 miles off shore. It is rather remarkable

that, though trawling has been carried on for a year or two

now, the same species should not, so far as I am aware, have

been met with again. ‘There are no doubt periods of seasonal

migrations even of such slow-moving creatures as crabs, for

on a more recent occasion, but only once, the trawl brought

up a great many specimens of Prionorhynchus Kdwardsit, a

362 Mr. G. M. Thomson on a new

remarkably large species originally known only from the

Auckland and Campbell Islands.

The genus Paramithraz is represented in New Zealand by

four species. Of these the three formerly described species,

P. Peronti, M.-Edw., P. minor, Filhol, and P. Latreilh,

Miers, are found along the coasts of both islands from between

tide-marks to a depth of 20 fathoms. They are smaller than

the species described here as P. /ongipes, and differ not only

in the length of their legs, but in having the external

maxillipeds smooth externally, so that the various articulations

can be easily made out, while in the new species these ap-

pendages are buried in a dense mass of felted hairs.

The following is a description of the species :—

Paramithrax longipes, sp. n.

(Pls. VII. & VIIL.)

Carapace almost smooth. Spines of the rostrum not di-

vergent. Branchial regions with four submarginal spines.

Basal joint of external antenne nearly square above, its inner

margin bearing a ridge which ends in a blunt tubercle.

External maxillipeds buried in thick hairs, except a central

white knob. Carpus of chelipeds tubercled, but without

ridges; fingers smooth internally.

Male.—Carapace ovoid, rather convex, with a somewhat

pronounced dorsal ridge; surface covered with scattered

tubercles, rising occasionally on the median line into blunt

spines, destitute of hairs.

The rostrum is produced into two long acute spines, the

intermediate space being filled with short hooked hairs,

The hepatic region rises into a prominent pointed tubercle

at a short distance from the margin.

The four submarginal spines on the branchial region are

placed at a considerable distance from each other, the last

well up on the dorsal surface. A ridge with a few tubercles

passes obliquely forwards across the front of the branchial

region, while in the middle of the same, a little distance to

each side of the median line of the carapace, there rises a

prominent spinose tubercle.

The sternal plate is deeply hollowed out between the bases

of the chelipeds and is transversely ridged opposite each

ambulatory leg. The abdomen is 6-jointed; the first joint

is very nariow, the next much wider, the rest contracting to

the extremity.

The basal joint of the external antenne is broad, nearly

square above, its outer margin somewhat curved and ending

Species of Paramithrax from New Zealand. 363

in a rounded knob, while its inner margin is produced into a

strong ridge standing almost at right angles to the joint and

running out into a distinct spine. The flagellum reaches

slightly beyond the spines of the rostrum.

The external maxillipeds are so thickly covered with felted

hairs that only the line of junction of their second and third

joints is seen, and this stands out as a tumid white projection.

The inner half of the second joint is produced upwards and

the outer half of the third joint downwards, the whole forming

a closely-locked articulation.

The chelipeds are shorter than the first pair of ambulatory

legs; the meros bears a few spinose tubercles on the outside

and one acute tooth at its widened extremity between the

prominent joint tubercles; the carpus has several tubercles on

the outer surface, but is not ridged; the hand is quite smooth,

externally slightly concave, on the inner side produced into

a broad median elevation, above which is a long blood-red

patch, all the rest of the joint being white; fingers acute at

their extremities, smooth internally.

The ambulatory legs are very long, slender, and smooth ;

the meros of the first pair as long as the two succeeding

joints; the dactyla cylindrical, slender, rugose towards the

extremities and ending in smooth yellowish-brown claws.

In colour the carapace and legs are whitish grey, with

blood-red spots; the hands also have a characteristic blood-

red patch on the upper inner side.

Female.—The body is smaller in every way, the chelipeds

are very much shorter than the first pair of ambulatory feet

and are very slender.

Dimensions tin millimetres.

: Oo

Gene thvol Catapaee itr. .cr > ects ot 36s 70 55

Breadth Of carapace) Stacia ass 2 40

Ikength,of chelipedy...... 72s. 110 48

ey HANG"OL SAME =<). » esters 45 21

* first ambulatory leg .... 160 73

When the chelipeds of the male are extended the distance

between their tips is 215 millim., between the tips of the

first ambulatory legs 300 millim.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate VII. Paramithrav longipes,G.M.Thomson. 6, front view.

Piate VIII. The same, dorsal view.

364 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

LI.—A Contribution to the Systematics of Scorpions.

By R. I. Pocock.

I.—Some Corrections 1n NOMENCLATURE.

Tur genus Ischnurus was first published in 1837 in ‘ Uebersicht

des Arachnidensyst.,’ pt. 1, p. 37, and based upon the species

described as J. complanatus, the only species cited under it.

I. complanatus, therefore, is the type of Ischnurus ; and since

complanatus is congeneric with the type species of Hormurus,

that genus falls as a synonym of Ischnurus.

In his monograph on Scorpions (Das Tierr., Scorpiones,

p- 158, 1899) Kraepelin falls into the error of dating Ischnu-

rus from 1838, when Koch described under it three species—

namely, I. ochropus, I..australasia, and I. complanatus ; and

since Thorell had eliminated the last two under Hormurus,

Kraepelin assigned the remaining species ochropus to Ischnu-

rus. This method of dealing was based upon the mistake in

the date of publication of Ischnurus. The latter must take

complanatus and australasie, leaving ochropus available for

the name Chiromachus, which I proposed for it in 1893 (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 320).

These conclusions may be briefly tabulated as follows :—

1. Ischnurus, C. Lu. Koch, Uebers. Arachnidensyst. 1. p. 37,

pl. vi. fig. 69 (1837) (type complanatus).

Syn. Sisyphus, id. ib. on pl. vi. fig. 69 (errore for Ischnurus).

Ischnurus (in part only), C. L. Koch, 1888.

Hormurus, Thorell, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii. p. 14 (1876)

(type H. caudicula, L. Woch).

Not syn. ZIschnurus, Thorell, Karsch, Pocock, and Kraepelin.

2. Chiromachus, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii.

p. 820 (1893) (type ochropus, C. Koch).

Syn. Isehnurus, C. Koch, Die Arachn. iv. p. 69 (1838) (in part.) ; Kraep.

Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. xi. p. 180 (1894); id. Das Tierr.,

Scorp. &e. p. 153 (1899).

Not syn. Ischnurus, C, Koch, 1837,

The name Centrurus, which, since 1876, has been applied

by common consent to a well-known American genus of

Buthidee, was originally projected into literature in 1828 by

Hemprich and Ehrenberg as a nomen nudum, no species being

cited as referable to it (Symb. Phys., Scorpiones, 1828; Verh.

nat. Fr. Berlin, 1829, p. 8350; Férussac, Bull. Sci. Nat. xviii.

p: 304, 1829). It is true that Ehrenberg appears to have

the Systematics of Scorpions. 365

labelled certain specimens in the Berlin Museum with the

name Centrurus; but this action does not establish its right

to recognition. The first author to introduce the name in

the orthodox and accepted fashion into systematic zoology

was C. Koch, who, in 1838 (Die Arachn. iv. p. 110), assigned

it to a scorpion described as Centrurus galbineus, which was

alleged by Karsch to be based upon the young of a species

belonging to a genus inhabiting the Oriental Region

and afterwards named Palamneus by Thorell. Gervais

rightly accepted Koch’s application of the name Centrurus.

Peters, on the contrary, finding Ehrenberg’s labelled speci-

mens, ‘used Centrurus for the species exemplified by them,

discarding Jsometrus as a synonym, in spite of its far greater

claims for admittance. If C. Koch had not previously taken

up the name Centrurus, Peters’s application of it might have

been accepted, and strong reasons could have been advanced

for fcllowing Thorell when, in 1876, he used Centrurus in a

restricted sense for the genus diagnosed by himself and

typified by Scorpio gracilis of Latr. (=diaculeatus, Luc.).

But since the name had no recognized status until Koch

introduced it, I see no escape from the conclusion that it

must date from 1838 and be regarded as assignable to the

genus typified by the species described by Koch as Centrurus

galbineus.

For the genus Centrurus, as diagnosed by Thorell, I adopt

the name Centruroides, which, although without a diagnosis,

was given by Marx to one of the species, namely C. exilicauda,

Wood. ‘This species, therefore, is the type of the genus in

question. It has not been described since 1863, and its

generic position was unknown to Kraepelin when preparing

his monograph of the scorpions in the ‘ Tierreich,’ in spite

of Marx’s publication on the subject.

Its characters and synonymy are given below (see p. 376).

II.—Nores oN SOME SPECIES OF P4rABUTHUS CONTAINED IN

THE BritrisH Museum.

1. Parabuthus planicauda, Poe. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

i. p. 344, pl. xv. fig. 5, 1889).—The type of P. planicauda,

iPocs(@..e: the female specimen measured and described in the

original description), is specifically identical with the South-

African form to which Purcell has recently restricted the

name capensis of Hemvr. & Ehrenb. The evidence that

these two names are synonyms, however, is very far from

conclusive. In fact, all the data upon w hich I can lay hands

point rather to the opimion that Purcell has redeseribed

366 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

capensis as neglectus. The facts that lead me to this view are

briefly these :—

(1) It is, perhaps, more likely than not that the types of

capensis in the Berlin Museum came from German rather

than from British territory in South Africa. P. neglectus

inhabits German 8.W. Africa, P. planicauda does not.

(2) Ehrenberg described at the same time as he described

capensis a species named granulatus, which is known to

occur in German S8.W. Africa, where it exists alongside of

P. negiectus. The idea that the types of the two were

collected together at once suggests itself.

(3) In Keyserling’s collection in the British Museum

there are a couple of specimens (¢ ¢) ticketed “Cap b.

espér.” and labelled ‘ Prionurus capensis, Khrb.,” which,

from certain internal evidence, I have reasons to believe were

identified by Dr. Karsch, who had access to Ehrenberg’s

types for comparison. These specimens are referable to

P. neglectus, not to P. planicauda.

(4) Kraepelin describes the male of P. capensis as having

wide hands. ‘This is true of P. neglectus, not of P. plani-

cauda. Kraepelin also had access to Ehrenberg’s type.

In view of these considerations it would be a mistake to

cite planicauda as a synonym of capensis until the stronger

claims of neglectus for such a fate have been further enter-

tained.

The British Museum has specimens of this species from

Port Elizabeth (H. A. Spencer, I. L. Drege, J. M. Leshe),

Grahamstown (Schénland), Tea Fountain, near Grahamstown,

and Jansenville (Miss Leppan).

P. capensis, subsp. Frenchi, Pure.

The British Museum has specimens of this subspecies from

Burghersdorp (Miss Leppan).

2. Parabuthus neglectus, Purcell (=P. planicauda, Poe., in

part. Male specimen, ticketed ‘W. Africa,” of original

description).

The Museum is badly off for this species, possessing only

the two males ticketed ‘“‘W. Africa” that were originally

referred to planicauda, the male and female mentioned above

as belonging to Keyserling’s collection, one ticketed “ Cape

of Good Hope” (‘ Challenger’), and one from Garies in

Namaqualand (Dr. R. Broom).

the Systematics of Scorpions. 367

3. Parabuthus granulatus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.

The British Museum has specimens from Benguela (Mon-

teiro), Port Nolloth and Garies (Dr. R. Broon), Pearston

(Dr. Broom), Jansenville (Miss Leppan), Hopefield, Graaf

Reinet.

P. granulatus, subsp. fuscus, Poe.

Kalahari Desert (R. Cunningham).

The British East-African species P. pallidus, Poc., of

which the Museum possesses examples from Mombasa,

Giriama, and Taru, differs entirely from P. granulatus in

the completion of the median lateral keel on the fourth

caudal segment, the small hands of the male, the enlarged

basal pectinal lobe in the female, &c.

4, Parabuthus flavidus, Poc. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

iii. p, 419, 1899).

According to Purcell’s table of the South-African species

of Parabuthus, P. flavidus falls alongside P. Schlechteri

from Bechuanaland, which is unknown to me; but the two

seem to be at least separable as follows :—

a, Upper surface of second caudal segment with a mode-

rately large oval shagreened excavation occupying its

anterior half, the posterior half mesially grooved and

smooth; shagreen fine, not squamiform ; pectinal teeth

PETES EONS ACO Mapai « «8 alseiedy asieb's 5 aisle v4 25h Schlechtert.

b. Upper surface of second caudal segment evenly chan-

nelled throughout, the entire channel covered with

coarse, mostly squamiform shagreen; pectinal teeth

SG eh MAELO Ee eta: aietante Soe s Giatels Ge erat PR, Mateo Jlavidus.

The type and hitherto only recorded individual of this

species is a subadult example from Taungs in Bechuanaland

(H. A. Spencer). A much larger specimen collected by

Mr. R. Cunningham in the Kalahari Desert gives the

following measurements in millimetres :—

Total length 77; carapace 8°5; tail 48; width of first

segment 6, of fourth 7; width of brachium 3, of hand 4°2;

length of movable finger 7.

5. Parabuthus cristatus, Poc. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

vi. p. 284, 1901), from the Congo, differs from P. brevi-

manus as described by Purcell in having the sides and lower

surface of caudal segments 1-3 smooth, and not ** densely

and finely granular.” Moreover, the four inferior keels of

368 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

the first are strong and smooth, not “‘ granular” and “ rather

weak.” ‘The shagreened area of the first and second segments

is not flanked by an oblique row of granules, giving them a

broadly cuneate appearance. It is noticeable, moreover, that

Purcell makes no mention of the strong lobate inferior crest

running along the fore margin of the lower side of the fourth

raudal “segment and abutting against and as high as the

U-shaped crest on the third—a feature which has no parallel

in other species of the genus. Yet, since Purcell states that

the description of P. cristatus meutions no structural charac-

ter to distinguish that species from brevimanus, 1 can only

conclude that the characteristic in question is present in

brevimanus. If so, it is not a little singular that neither

Thorell (who “minutely describes both sexes of brevimanus’’),

Purcell (who devotes nearly three pages to the species,

mentioning all the less important details), nor Kraepeliu

say a word to justify the belief in its existence.

II].— Descriptions or somME New AND OLD SPECtIts.

Family Scorpionide.

Genus Panpinus, Thorell.

Pandinus Percivali, sp. n.

? .— Colour a tolerably uniform yellowish brown, the terga

anteriorly darker, fingers darker ; a brown spot at the distal

extremity of the femur, patella, and protarsus of the leg.

Carapace densely and closely punctured; the interocular

triangle and the area at the sides of and behind the median

eyes smooth ; some coarse punctures on the frontal lobes,

and a few granules in front of the ocular tubercle; studded

at the sides with coarse but not close-set granules; about as

long as the first and the second and one third of the third

caudal segments, and a little longer than the third and fourth

segments.

Terga smooth, polished and punctured, except at the sides

and along the posterior border, where, except in the middle

line, there are many coarse granules; the last with the lateral

crests weak, granular, the area between the admedian pair

quite smooth.

Sterna quite smooth, punctulate, the last obsoletely crested.

Tail about three times as long as carapace, slender; fourth

segment about twice as long as wide, third considerably Jess

than that, fifth almost three times as long as wide; the

superior and superior lateral keels denticulated ; the inferior

the Systematics of Scorpions. 369

and inferior laterals smooth, except on the fourth, where

they are weakly denticulated or crenate, and on the fifth,

where they are distinctly denticulated; intercarinal spaces

smooth ; vesicle much wider than high, as wide as the third

caudal segment, serially granular below and laterally.

Chele: humerus w ith” superior and anterior denticulate

crests, a few scattered coarse granules on the upperside ; the

lower side with a series, pomerinace partially double, of coarse

granules along the posterior border; lower side of brachium

with three rows of setal pores posteriorly, the anterior crest

of the lower side denticulate, the posterior smooth, the ante-

rior surface minutely granular, with one large denticle, the

posterior surface pitted with coarse punctures, but smooth;

the superior crest crenate ; hand very wide, its width equal

to the median length of the carapace and a little shorter

than the movable finger , its upperside punctulated, smooth,

with a sculpturing of low smooth anastomosing ridges, nearly

obsolete in the middle, but becoming coarser and more tuber-

cular towards the inner edge and externally above the smooth

keel of the underhand ; inner edge of hand widely rounded,

not much produced posteriorly, and strongly dentate in the

middle, the denticles becoming smaller towards the base of

the immovable finger and posteriorly, the whole of the poste-

rior border of the lobe smooth; underside of the hand with

a few scattered denticles and a pair of weakly denticulated

keels; no large tooth on the fingers.

Legs with two external protarsal spines on the first and

second, one apical on the third, and none on the fourth;

tarsal lobes armed with four spines, one of which is apical,

the total number of spines on the tarsi being five in front

and seven or eight behind, the larger number being upon

the third and fourth legs.

Pectinal teeth 21-22.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 98; carapace

17; tail 53; width of hand 15, length of underhand 9°8, of

movable finger 16.

Loc. Al-khaur, in the Abian country, 80 miles east of

Aden, in Arabia. Collected by Mr. A. B. Percival.

Apparently most nearly resembling the Somaliland species

P. meidensis of Karsch in the sculpturing and crests on the

upperside of the hand and the presence of only a small

number of granules on the posterior underside of the

humerus; but in meidensis there are four rows of setal pores

on the underside of the brachium and two more spines, one

on each side, upon the tarsi of the legs. ‘The other Arabian

species, P. arabicus of Kraepelin (Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst.

370 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

xi. p. 58, 1894 ; id. Das Tierr., Scorpiones &c. p. 120, 1899),

described from Homran, differs from P. Percivali in the

thick and coarse granulation of the underside of the humerus

of the chela and in having only three instead of four spines

on the tarsal lobes, only two keels on the upperside of the

hand, &e,

Genus Uropacus, Peters.

Urodacus spinatus, sp. un.

3 .—Allied to U. hoplurus, Poc. (Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist.

(7) 11. p. 64, 1898), from Lawlers, Western Australia, but

differing in the following features :—

The frontal portion of the carapace is smooth, polished,

and finely punctured, not tubercular ; its median area bearimg

the eyes is not elevated. The two granular crests on each

side of the last abdominal tergite extend well past the middle

of the plate, the external reaching further than the internal ;

in U. hoplurus the external barely reaches the middle, the

internal falls far short of it.

Tail longer and thinner than in U. hoplurus, almost six

times as long as the carapace, which is as long as its first

segment++ of the second or as the fourth; first segment

about twice as long as wide, the fourth four times as long as

wide; superior keels of segments 1-4 weakly denticulated

and terminating in a high, erect, triangular spike lke that of

U. hoplurus ; inferior keels of the fourth distinctly but weakly

denticulated ; in U. hoplurus these keels are smooth; vesicle

weakly and sparsely granular, as wide as the second caudal

segment, wider than the fifth, its height about equal to the

width of the fourth.

Chele much flatter than in U. hoplurus, the upperside of

the brachium defined behind by a keel ; the keel on the hand

stronger than in U. hoplurus, the height of the outer surface

of the hand equal to about half its length along the keel of

the underhand ; inferior pores on brachium and hand as in

U. hoplurus ; movable finger about as long as carapace.

Five posterior protarsal spines on first Jeg, six on second

and third legs; in U. hoplurus there are five of these spines

on the first and second legs and four on the third leg,

Pectinal teeth 20-21.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 93; carapace

10; tail 68; length of first segment of tail 7-5, length of

fifth segment 15; width of vesicle 3°5; height of hand 5;

length of underhand 8; width of hand 6:3.

Loc. Queensland: Cape York Promontory.

the Systematics of Scorpions. at

Urodacus subarmatus, sp. nu.

? .—Colour a tolerably uniform yellowish brown.

Carapace as long as the caudal segments 1+2 or 3+4,

rather longer than the fifth ; anteocular area smooth except

for some weak tubercles behind the anterior margin, the

margin obliquely truncate, with a shallow median notch; the

ridges of the ocular tubercle continued in front halfway

across the anteocular area, and continuous behind with the

ridges bounding the posterior triangular impression.

Terga very finely granular at the sides; the internal

granular keels of the last extending to the middle of the

plate, the external surpassing the middle; last sternal plate

with two conspicuous smooth keels.

Tail short, about four times as long as the carapace, mode-

rately robust, first segment about as wide as long, the fifth a

little more than twice as long as wide, wider than the fourth

and almost as wide as the second ; superior keels of segments

1-4 ending behind in a triangular spike, the anterior border,

however, of which is in the same straight line as the granular

superior crest ; supero-lateral crest also sharply granular;

inferior crests smooth, those of the fourth at most weakly

granular ; fifth segment with denticulated keels, its lower

surface somewhat thickly granular between the keels, the

median of which consists of two rows of granuliform denticu-

lations; sides and, to a lesser extent, the upper surface of

the segment granular; vesicle thickly but finely granular, as

wide as the fifth caudal segment.

Chele with humerus weakly granular above; brachium

smooth, except the crests that border its anterior surface

above and below, the lower surface bordered behind by a

smooth crest, in front of which there is a row of eleven pores ;

hand smooth all over, except for a few granules on its upper

inner edge, thick, convex above, and furnished with two

fairly strong finger-keels, and a row of about eleven pores

beneath on the inner side of the keel of the underhand, and

about twelve irregularly arranged above it; movable finger

furnished throughout three fourths of its length with three

closely packed rows of squamiform teeth, and in the distal

fourth with a single median row, flanked on the inner side

with about four short transverse rows of three teeth each

and on the outer side with about four pairs of transversely

set teeth.

Protarsus of first and second /egs with six (rarely five) long,

slender, subequal spines, that of the third with five, that of

the fourth with four,

BY? Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Pectinal teeth 17.

Measurements in millimetres. —Total length 62; carapace 9 ;

tail 36, length of its first segment 4, of its fifth 8°6; width

of hand 6°5, height 4:8; length of underhand 7:5, of

finger 9°5.

Loc. Queensland: Cape York Promontory.

In many respects the type of this species resembles that of

U. armatus, Poe., which was from Port Lincoln in South

Australia. Ifthe two had come from the same locality, I

should have been inclined to regard them as sexes of one and

the same species, in spite of the fact that the superior lateral

keels of the first four caudal segments are smooth or nearly

so in U. armatus and sharply granular in U. subarmatus.

This structural character, coupled with the difference in

distribution, completely justifies the view of the specific

distinctness of the two forms.

Kraepelin’s statements (Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 103,

1899), that U. armatus and U. hoplurus are characterized by

the presence of a single row of teeth extending nearly

throughout the length of the movable finger of the chela,

that the last abdominal sternum is without conspicuous

keels, and that the underside of the brachium is also keelless,

have no foundation in fact.

Urodacus simplex, sp. 1.

$ .—Colour a uniform yellowish brown.

Carapace with squarely truncate anterior border and deep

median angular notch, with a small triangular sclerite in the

middle; anteocular area smooth, very finely punctured, with

a few granules in front; lateral portions of carapace sha-

greened ; ocular ridges not continuous behind with the ridges

bordering the posterior impression.

Terga finely and closely granular, smoother in the middle ;

the last with only a small number of larger granules marking

the lateral keels, which are so prominent in most other

species.

Tail about four times as long as the carapace, which is a

little shorter than segments 1+ 2 or 3+4 and only a little

longer than 5; sides of segments lightly convex; segmeuts

1-4 smooth except for a few lateral granules; inferior keels

smooth, superior and superior lateral keels granular or sub-

denticulated, the former a little elevated posteriorly ; fifth

segment with granular intercarinal spaces; the inferior

median keel double.

Chele with brachium distinctly though finely granular

the Systematics of Scorpions. 373

above, smooth externally, with ten or eleven inferior setal

pores ; upperside of hand flat, with inner finger-keel nearly

obsolete, the height of its outer side almost half its length ;

a row of fifteen or sixteen pores on its underside; fingers

armed with a single median row of teeth and a single series

of spaced teeth on each side of it, short, the movable con-

siderably shorter than the carapace.

Legs with six protarsal spines on the first, five on the

second and third.

Pectinal teeth 16.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 46; length of

carapace 6°3, of tail 27, of first +second caudal segment 7:5,

of the fifth 65; width of hand 4°6, height 3°2; length of

underhand 5:5, of movable finger 5:5.

Loc. Queensland: Cape York Promontory.

_ Distinguishable from all the species known to me by the

simple dentition of digits of the chelie &c,

Family Buthide.

Genus Butuus, Leach.

Buthus mauritanicus, sp. n.

Colour blackish brown all over, like B. bicolor and eneas,

with hand redder and tarsi pale; a pale stripe on the first,

second, and third sterna.

Allied to B. crassicauda, Olivier, from Persia and Asiatic

Turkey, but with the carapace and terga more coarsely

granular and with more coarsely granular keels; the keels

on the last abdominal sternum and lower side of first caudal

segment smoother.

Tail keeled and with its intercarinal spaces smooth, as in

B. crassicauda, but relatively thicker; third and fourth

segments the widest of the series, the fourth as wide as long,

inferior lateral keel of fifth with one large lobate tooth in

front of the trilobate terminal lobe, from which it is sepa-

rated by a space containing from one to three smaller teeth,

In B. crassicauda there are about three subequal large teeth

and often no distinct interval between them and the terminal

lobe. -

Chele with the hand incrassate in both sexes, that of the

male large, much wider than the brachium, the movabie digit

only lightly sinuate, the immovable with a deep basal notch

and large lobate prominence.

Pectinal teeth about 28 in both sexes.

Measurements in millimetres.— 8. Total length 69; length

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 28

374 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

of carapace 8, of tail 42, width of its third segment 7, length

65; width of brachium 8, of hand 4; length of movable

finger 9.

Loc. Morocco (adult males and females collected by

Mr. F. G. Aflalo and received from the Zoological Society of

London); Tangiers (F. W. Frohawk) ; Mehedija, at the

mouth of the Sebu River (HZ. G. B. Meade-Waldo).

The largest example of this species I have seen is a male,

measuring 75 millim., taken by Mr. Meade-Waldo.

This scorpion has probably been confounded hitherto with

one or the other of the black species of Buthus which occur

on the shores of the Mediterranean, and which have been

until lately confounded as one species under the name crassi-

cauda. In Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. p. 308, I pointed

out that the Egyptian black scorpion, B. bicolor, is quite

distinct from the Persian and Syrian form, B. crassicauda.

This opinion was adopted by Kraepelin in Das Tierr.,

Scorpiones, p. 17 (1899). But under the synonymy of bicolor

appears the name eneas, which was given by C. Koch to an

Algerian species. The British Museum, however, possesses

black scorpions from Algeria and Tunisia which must be

referred to eneas, and these I find to be specifically distinct

from the Egyptian B. bicolor. The references and synonyms

of B. eneas are as follows :—

Androctonus eneas, C. Koch, Die Arachn. vi. p. 3, fig. 432 (1839) (9);

id. in Wagner’s Reisen in Algier, iii. p. 218, Atl. pl. x. (1841) (Q).

Androctonus bicolor, Lucas, Expl. de Algérie, Zool. i. p. 271, Atl.

pl. xviii. (1849) (¢).

Both B. bicolor and B. eneas differ from B. crassicauda

and B. mauritanicus in having the middle of the upperside of

the last abdominal tergum and of the first caudal segment

and to a lesser extent of the second finely and closely granular,

the granular area perhaps constituting a stridulating-organ

such as is found in the genus Parabuthus (see P. Z. 8. 1892,

p. 222). The Egyptian form, B. bicolor, may be distinguished

from the Algerian B. eneas by having the median lateral keel

strong and almost complete anteriorly upon the second and

third caudal segments, and the hand in both male and

female not wider than the brachium and of equal width in

both sexes; whereas in B. eneas, to judge from the small

number of specimens in the British Museum from Tunis and

Algeria that I refer to this species, the hand of the adult male

is longer as compared with the movable finger and thicker

than the brachium, and the median lateral keel is weaker on

the second caudal segment and almost absent on the third. |

the Systematics of Scorpions. 375

There is still, however, much to learn regarding the black

forms of Buthus allied to B. australis and B. bicolor, and it

may ultimately prove that B. crassicauda and B. mauritanicus

are melanistic subspecies of the former.

Thorell (Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxv. p. 857, 1894) has already

recorded from Tunis two examples, referred to B. australis,

which differ from the typical form only in being entirely

olive-green in colour.

Genus CrentruroipeEs, Marx.

Centruroides Hasethi, sp. n.

Syn. Centrurus granosus+ Bertholdi, Thor., Kraepelin, Das Tierr.,

Scorpiones et Pedipalpi, p. 90 (1899) (nec Centrurus granosus,

Thor. ; nec C. Berthold, Thor.).

In the ‘Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ Arachn. Scorp.

pp. 27-28, I have pointed out that the male of the scorpion

from Curacoa identified by Kraepelin as C. Bertholdi,

Thorell, which was considered to be the male of C. granosus,

Thor., differs from C. Bertholdi in having no subaculear

tooth upon the vesicle, the carapace longer than the first

caudal segment, than half the length of the sum of the first and

second, and more than one seventh the length of the tail, and

in the smoothness of the upper keels of the hand ; and on p. 32

I have given reasons for regarding C. granosus of Thorell as

based upon a small specimen of C. margaritatus, and have

pointed out that the female of the species from Curacgoa

which Kraepelin referred to C. granosus differs from that

species in colour and in having no subaculear tooth upon the

vesicle.

The type (¢) of this new species and a female, both

received in exchange from Dr. Kraepelin of the Hamburg

Museum, were collected in the island of Curacoa.

Their measurements in millimetres are as follows :—

36. Total length 66; length of carapace 6; of tail 44, of its

first segment 5°5, second segment 6°5, fifth segment 8; width

of brachium 2, of hand 38; length of underhand 4°7, of

movable finger 7.

?. Total length 71; carapace 7 ; tail 43, its first segment 5,

second segment 6°3, fifth 8°3.

For the sake of comparison I subjoin some of the measure-

ments ot C. Bertholdi, as given by Thorell: —Total length 79°5;

carapace 6°5; tail 51°5, its first segment 7, second 8:5,

fiitth 10°3.

These dimensions speak for themselves when compared

with those of the male of C. Hasethi.

28*

376 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Centruroides exilicauda (Wood).

Buthus exilicauda, Wood, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1863, p. 107; id. Journ.

Ac. Philad. v. p. 866 (1863).

Centrurus exilicauda, Marx, P. Ent. Soc. Wash. p. 91 (1888).

Centruroides evilicauda, id. Proc. U.S. Mus, 1889, p, 211.

¢.—Of about the same size and coloration as C. sub-

yranosus, Ky., being uniformly ochraceous with exception

of the eyes, which are black ; no distinct dorsal black bands,

merely an indication of a slightly paler median and lateral

spot on the terga; a faintly defined dark band on lower side

of tail,

Upperside of trunk and surfaces of tail noticeably more

coarsely and closely granular than in C. subgranosus ; the

last abdominal sternum closely granular throughout, the four

keels distinctly granular and closer to each other than in that

species, the fourth with traces of a pair of keels; also short

lateral keels present on the terga.

Tail longer and much thinner than in C. subgranosus,

about six times as long as carapace, as long as the third

segment of the tail, the latter twice as long as wide, fifth

segment about three times as Jong as wide; vesicle smooth,

more globular, not granular, and with no subaculear tooth,

only the minutest trace discernible. (In C. subgranosus

the third caudal segment is distinctly less than twice as long

as wide and the fifth is only twice and a half as long as wide ;

the vesicle is granular.)

Chele and legs more granular than in C. subgranosus, all

the crests on the hand stronger and more distinctly granular,

that of the underhand granular. Movable finger with

stronger lobe. Coxee of legs finely granular, especially along

their anterior edges.

Pectinal teeth 19.

Measurements in millimetres —Total length 48; cara-

pace 4°5 ; tail 29, length of fifth segment 5:2, width 1:7,

Loc. Lower California : San José del Cabo (in Mus. Brit.).

The above-described specimen appears to belong to the

species from Lower California named Buthus exilicauda by

Wood, which was referred by Marx to the genus Centrurus,

and was subsequently made by this author the type of the

uncharacterized genus Centruroides and recorded from

St. Margaret’s Island. According to Wood, the species attains

a length of 45 millim. (20-21 lines), has 18 pectinal teeth,

very small hands, and no subaculear tooth. The colour is

said to be ‘‘ dilute aurantiaco-brunneus, interdum obscure

maculatus,” with generally an inferior stripe on the tail,

the Systematics of Scorpions. 377

apparently such as is seen in the Texan examples of C. vitta-

tus in the British Museum.

The species also resembles the preceding, C. Hasethi,

Pocock, from Curacoa, in the absence of the subaculear tooth,

but differs in having the crests on the hands studded with

pearly granulation, the smaller number of pectiual teeth, the

smooth and more globular vesicle, &c.

Genus Ruopaturvs, Thor.

Rhopalurus Borellii, sp. n.

Heteroctenus agamemnon, Pocock, Journ. Linn, Soe., Zool. xxiv. p. 393

(1893). Nee Trtyus agamemnon, C. Koch, Die Arachn. vi. p. 103,

fig. 506; and Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorpiones &e. p. 94 (1899)

(Centrurus).

? .—Colour. Upperside of trunk a nearly uniform yellowish

brown, the frontal area of the carapace infuscate ; tail yellow,

with exception of the fourth and fifth segments, the latter

deep blackish brown throughout, the former blackish poste-

riorly, more deeply and extensively so beneath and laterally

than above ; inferior median keels of third segment sometimes

infuscate ; chelze with humerus and brachium clear yellow,

hands strongly infuscate, but not so dark as the fingers,

which are black, with the extreme apex yellow; mandibles

distally infuscate; legs and sterna uniformly pale yellow.

Carapace coarsely granular, the granules subserially

arranged laterally, as long as the first+4 the second or as

the fifth caudal segment.

Terga coarsely granular, without lateral crests.

Sterna for the most part smooth, but the depressed area on

each side of the first finely and closely granular throughout

as far back as the stigma, the median triangular area

perfectly smooth and sparsely punctured, last sternum granular

throughout and with four granular crests.

Tail thick and strong, more than five times as long as the

carapace; fourth segment as wide as long, fourth and fifth a

little wider than first, the former about one fourth, the latter

about one third longer than wide ; upperside of tail weakly

granular, sides and lower surface thickly and coarsely

granular, especially on the posterior segments; the keels

coarsely granular, the superior subdenticulate posteriorly,

upperside of fourth and fifth segments excavated, with up-

standing keels; the median lateral keel strong on the second

and quite distinct on the third segment, and just detectable on

the fourth; vesicle weakly granular, wider than high, a little

378 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

wider than the hand or the brachium ; an acute subaculear

tooth about twice its basal diameter from the aculeus.

Chele very finely granular above, with coarsely and evenly

granular crests; hand narrow, as wide as brachium, its width

two thirds the length of the underhand, which is less than

half that of the movable finger; upper surface of hand

shagreened, with feebly granular but conspicuous finger-

keels ; movable finger longer than fifth caudal segment,

weakly lobate, with eight rows of teeth.

Legs weakly granular, with granular crests.

Pectines strongly expanded at base, as in R. junceus, with

19-20 teeth.

g.—Tuail a little longer than in female, nearly six times

as long as carapace, the latter as long as the first+} of the

second and slightly shorter than the fifth segment, fourth

segment about one fourth longer than wide.

Hand smooth, not crested, much wider than brachium, its

width nearly equal to the length of the underhand, which

exceeds half the length of the movable finger, the two fingers

separated by a narrow ~-shaped space.

Pectinal teeth 24-25.

Measurements in millimetres.— ¢. Total length 75; cara-

pace 8°5; tail 44, width of first segment 5, of fourth 5°5, of

brachium 2°5, of hand 2°8; length of underhand 4, of movable

finger 10.

g. Total length 77; carapace 8°5; tail 47, width of

first segment 5:5, of fourth 6°5, of brachium 2°5, of hand 42 ;

length of underhand 5, of movable finger 9.

Loc. Brazil Gn Mus. Brit.).

I formerly supposed the specimens here described to he

referable to Tityus agamemnon of C. Koch; but according to

Kraepelin, who has presumably examined Koch’s types,

T. agamemnon has only eight keels on the second and third

caudal segments, as in junceus. Also the median area of the

first abdominal sternum is said to be granular. ‘The species,

which I have pleasure in dedicating to Dr. Borelli, is most

nearly related to R. laticauda, Thorell.

Genus Tiryus, C. Koch.

Tityus Engelkei, sp. n.

Allied to 7. pachyurus and T. metuendus, but differing

from both in colour as well as in certain structural characters.

Prevailing colour yellowish brown, frontal portion of cara-

the Systematics of Scorpions. 379

pace sometimes blackish anteriorly; terga never longitudinally

banded and with scarcely a sign of spots; sterna not varie-

gated ; tail with its fourth and fifth segments and vesicle

strongly infuscate in the adult, the upperside of the fourth

paler; chelicerz distally infuscate; legs almost uniformly

pale, at most obscurely mottled distally; chelze pale, with

black fingers.

Fingers of male widely separated at base.

Pectinal teeth 21-23 in male, generally 21 in female.

Movable finger with 16 rows of teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.— 8. Total length 77 ; cara-

pace 8; centre of tubercle to posterior border of carapace 45 ;

tail 50; width of first segment 4:5, third 5'4, fourth 6;

vesicle 3; length of second segment 7°5, of fourth 8-7, of

fifth 85; width of brachium 3-3, of hand 5; length of

movable finger 105.

?. Total length 77; carapace 8; tail 43, width of first

segment 4°3, of fifth 4°5, of brachium 3, of hand 3°5.

Loc. Onaca, 2200 feet (type), and Chiaca, 1200 feet, in

St. Martha in Colombia. Collected by Mr. Charles Engelke.

Tityus Kraepelini, sp. 1.

Allied to 7. magnimanus, Poc., but with the inferior median

keels of the third caudal segment not united, merely con-

verging in the posterior third ef the segment, those of the

fourth confluent in the posterior half of the segment, without,

however, forming a definite median longitudinal crest as in

TL’. magnimanus, but a series of irregularly disposed granules.

3 -—Colour blackish, with the chele, excepting the fingers,

reddish,

Tail a little longer than that of T. magnimanus ; chele

much like those of that species, but the fingers much

shorter, the movable only as long as the fourth caudal segment,

whereas in 7. magnimanus it is longer than the fifth (9°5 : 8°6).

? .—Differing from those of 7. magnimanus and trinitatis

by the structure of the inferior keels on the third and fourth

caudal segments; further differing from 7. ¢rinitatis in the

greater thickness of its tail (cf. measurements).

Measurements in millimetres.— g (type). Total length 62 ;

carapace 6°3; tail 40, width of its fourth segment 3:5, length

of third segment 7, of fourth 7°5, of brachium 7°5, of under-

hand 5°5, of movable finger 7°5 ; width of hand 3:3. |

?. Total length 62; carapace 6°5; tail 37, width of its

first segment 3°6, length of the fourth 6°5, width 4, length of

380 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a new

the fifth 7:5, width 4; length of brachium 7, width 3; length

of hand 4°5, width 3-5; length of movable finger 8.

Loc. Venezuela: Merida (type) and Pedregosa.

In 1898 I received a dried female specimen of this species,

ticketed ‘‘ Merida,” from Prof. Kraepelin. The material

was, however, not sufficient to base a species upon. Recently

the British Museum has acquired examples of both sexes

from that locality, as well as one from Pedregosa, which satis-

factorily establish the constancy of the characters.

LII.—Description of a new Genus and Species of Apterous

Locust from Ecuador. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S.

OPAON, gen. nov.

Head convex above, with a row of granulations running

from the occiput nearly to the inner edge of each eye; eyes

separated by a space about equal to their width; fastigium

depressed, subtriangular, extending between the antenne

nearly to the length of the scape; lower part of face falling

away obliquely behind the level of the eyes; antenne with

thirteen joints of the flagellum remaining, which are not unlike

those of a Prionide beetle; joints very thick, two or three

times as long as brcad; pronotum as long as broad behind,

where it is somewhat widened, transversely wrinkled, and

with two distinct transverse sutures, the first about the middle,

the second halfway between this and the extremity ; before

the middle are one or two shallow ones ; hinder edge with

a row of large rounded warts. Mesothorax, metathorax, and

first segment of abdomen covered with larger and smaller warts,

and with an irregular carina, rising into an obtuse projection

behind each; the meso- and metathorax contracted in the

middle, so as to leave wide interstices between, the centre of

which is blackish ; prosternal spine broad at base, conical and

rather pointed at tip; abdomen contracted in the middle, and

transversely wrinkled behind the first segment; legs rather

hairy, first two pairs short, front tibiz with no foramina, femora

and tibie of about equal length, nearly straight, tibie with

some short spines towards the extremity beneath ; second joint

of tarsi distinctly shorter than the first, third considerably longer

than both the others together, smooth, widened towards the

Genus and Species of Apterous Locust. 381

extremity ; arolium * well-marked. Hind femora very long,

extending for one fourth of their length beyond the abdomen,

straight and rather slender, covered with large raised warts

both on the carine, which are rather indistinctly marked, and

on the surface ; the two upper carine are close together, and

the innermost is set with a row of larger blunt teeth than are

visible elsewhere. Hind tibize as long as the femora, slightly

incurved towards the base, the upper surface with seven or

eight strong and nearly straight spines on each side, not

symmetrical, but the outer ones placed beyond the level of

the inner, almost halfway between; no terminal spine on the

outer row.

Opaon granulosus, sp. 0.

Long. corp. 36 millim.; long. fem. ant. 9 millim.; long.

fem. post. 26 millim.

Head, antenne, and greater part of abdomen black ; palpi

whitish ; thorax, basal segment of abdomen, and hind legs

bright red, except a black spot on the side of the first segment

of the abdomen, enclosing a large yellow spiracular spot ;

spines of hind tibizw black ; four front legs and hind tarsi of

a lighter red, with the spines and claws black.

One female specimen from Paramba, in Ecuador,

This curious insect will probably require a new family for

its reception, when more specimens, representing both sexes,

are obtained, In the structure and proportions of the legs Ke.

it shows some resemblance to Opomala viridis, Serv., and I

therefore place it provisionally in the neighbourhood of that

insect, which, however, is a winged and comparatively

smooth species.

* This word is used by several continental entomologists for the pad

between the claws which is present in many insects. It looks like a

classical word, but I have been quite unable to trace its derivation from

any language with which I am acquainted.

382 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

LIII.—The Morphology of the Madreporaria—lll. The

Significance of Budding and Fission. By J. Hh. Durrpen,

Ph.D., A.R.C.Sc. (Lond.), Bruce Fellow, Johns Hopkins

University.

VEGETATIVE or asexual growth is one of the most prominent

characteristics of Madreporarian corals ; yet, however varied

in form the colonies produced thereby may become, the

methods of polypal increase can apparently be reduced to two

sharply defined processes—namely, budding and _ fission.

Much has been written upon the different types of asexual

reproduction in corals so far as they can be studied on the

skeleton alone, and for systematic purposes an extensive

terminology has arisen in connexion therewith. So far as

the polyps are concerned, however, the essential morphological

distinction between budding and fission has never been

established. A study of a large number of West-Indian

representatives of both gemmiferous and fissiparous corals

reveals that the two groups are characterized by very im-

portant differences. Only the essential results and conclusions

will be here presented; the full details upon which they

are founded will appear in a memoir upon the general mor-

phology of West-Indian Madreporarian polyps, shortly to be

published.

The following genera of colonial corals all reproduce

asexually by budding from one region or another of the

polypal wall :—Acropora (Madrepora), Porites, Astrangia,

Phyllangia, Oladocora, Orbicella, Solenastrea, Stephano-

canta, Uculina, and Siderastrea. An anatomical examina-

tion of numerous decalcified specimens of one or more species

of each of the ten genera has been completed, and demon-

strates that in every case the individual polyps of a colony

are built upon the normal hexactinian cyclical plan. All

the polyps possess at least SIX pairs of primary mesen-

teries, including two pairs of directives situated at opposite

extremities.

Very different stages in mesenterial development are repre-

sented by the mature polyps of the different species. In all,

with the exception of Acropora and Porites, the six pairs of

primary mesenteries are united with the stomodeum and

form a first cycle. In the two genera mentioned only the

tirst four developmental pairs are complete, the fifth and sixth

pairs remain permanently free from the stomodzeum. Where

in other genera additional mesenteries occur the next SIX

pairs are arranged in a cycle alternating with the primary

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 383

six; in some cases, as in Phyllangia and some species

of Orbicella, the second order mesenteries become united

with the stomodeum, but usually they are free. Where a

third order of mesenteries is fully developed it consists of

twelve pairs, alternating with the twelve pairs which consti-

tute the first and second orders, and by a difference in size is

recognizable as a distinct cycle. A fourth order of mesen-

teries would consist of twenty-four pairs, alternating with all

the previous pairs, and a little shorter in radial extent, thus

constituting a separate cycle.

The typical condition of a coral polyp with four complete

hexameral cycles of mesenteries is diagrammatically repre-

sented in fig. 1, but such perfect regularity as is here indicated

Fig. 1.

Diagrammatic mesenterial arrangement ina simple polyp of Manicina

areolata in which four orders of mesenteries (I-IV) are present,

arranged in three cycles. D, D, directives. Septal invaginations

omitted. The section is placed with the dorso-ventral axis lateral

instead of vertical, in order to facilitate comparison with figs, 2 and 3,

is rarely exhibited by the later cycles. Further, many polyps,

even when mature, do not possess the entire number of mesen-

teries necessary to complete the last cycle which is begun;

yet in every case the sequence, so far as it goes, is regularly

cyclical and hexameral.

The septa in all the representatives of the above genera are

arranged in hexameral cycles in close conformity with the

384 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

mesenteries, a single septum within each entoccele and each

exoccele. An order (primary, secondary, tertiary, &c.) of

entosepta corresponds with each order of mesenteries, while

the members of the last cycle of septa are all exosepta and

correspond in number with the total number of entosepta. In

Acropora the exosepta are frequently wanting.

The tentacles also show a close correspondence with the

mesenteries and septa; a single tentacle arises from each

mesenterial chamber, and corresponds with a septum below.

The results above summarized are in harmony with those

of von Koch, Fowler, Bourne, and von Heider upon the

morphology of other coral polyps whose asexual reproduction

is by budding. There seems every reason for the assertion

that wherever coral polyps arise by gemmation they conform

to the hexameral cyclical plan as regards their mesenteries,

septa, and tentacles; likewise two pairs of directives which

denote the principal axis of the polyp are always present.

The investigations of the late Lacaze-Duthiers (1873,

1897), von Koch (1897), and H. V. Wilson (1888) have

made us acquainted with the early larval development of

several corals. At the beginning the organs usually arise in

bilateral sequence, but in the end are found to exhibit a

hexameral plan, and the six primary pairs of mesenteries

include two pairs of directives. I have also followed the

development of larval polyps (that is, polyps originating

directly from sexually produced larve as compared with bud-

polyps which arise asexually) of Siderastrea radians (Pallas)

for four months, and the growth of Favia fragum (Esper) and

Manicina areolata (Linn.) less completely. These are like-

wise characterized by cyclical hexamerism.

As gemmation usually takes place on the column wall, in

close association with the mesenteries of the adult, it has not

been possible to determine in many cases whether any of the

organs of the adult are included in the formation of the bud,

or whether the mesenterial pairs arise altogether as new

formations from the polypal wall of the parent. he latter

is certainly the case in buds of Acropora, as I have shown in

the paper preceding this (1902), and the very early stage at

which the polypal organs are found wholly separated in other

forms would seem to imply a similar origin elsewhere.

Investigations have also been carried out upon the early

development of buds, more particularly in Acropora, Clado-

cora, and Solenastrea, and as regards the order of appear-

ance and ultimate arrangement of the organs the sequence

followed is in close conformity with that of the larval polyps

whose history is known.

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 385

Thus all the researches on the asexual reproduction of

corals go to prove that polyps arising as buds reproduce all

the characteristics of polyps formed directly from larve.

Excepting the peculiarities dependent upon the colonial state

I know of no feature by which bud polyps can be distinguished

from larval polyps. ‘The polyps arising on a colony as buds

are to all intents and purposes new individuals, as much as

polyps reared directly from larvee.

Another group of West-Indian corals includes such genera

as Havia, Dichocenia, Isophyllia, Manicina*, Mceandrina *,

Pectinia, and Colpophyllia, all of which reproduce asexually

by fission, not by gemmation. ‘The characteristics of these

will now be compared with those of the gemmiferous polyps

given above.

Numerous decalcified polyps or parts of the polypal

system of species belonging to each genus have been studied

anatomically, and beyond the early developmental stages all

agree in the following features:—(a) absence of directive

mesenteries; (0) absence of any hexameral or other regular

cyclical plan. As such studies involve the prolonged process

of decalcification and the preparation of numerous microscopic

sections, it has not been found possible, except in colonies of

Manicina and Favia, to investigate the entire polypal system

of any large colony; but the number of typical regions

examined in each species appears sufficient to warrant the

summary just made.

The calcareous septa in the genera mentioned confirm the

results from the mesenteries as to the absence of any hexameral

cyclical regularity. While frequently three or four different

sizes of septa may alternate in a manner which suggests so

many different cycles, the regularity of the grouping is never

continued beyond a very short distance; other septa are

intercalated or some are wanting, and thus the apparent

normal sequence is destroyed. Of all the species studied the

corallites of Havia fragum present the nearest approach to

individuality, but in scarcely any two of these is the number

of septa the same, and there 1s no suggestion whatever of

hexamerism. ‘The septa may present an approximation to

a tricyclic condition, but such is never maintained all the

way round the corallite f.

* Verrill (1901, p. 66) has united these two genera along with Diploria

and Celoria under the genus Meandra of Oken, 1815.

+ Where collections of actual specimens are not available the very

fine series of photographic reproductions of West-Indian corals in the

recent papers of Vaughan (1901) and Verrill (1901) serve sufficiently well

to show the essential differences in the eharacters of the septal systems of

gemmiferous and fissiparous corals.

386 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

Similar results are given by Bourne (1887) for the genera

Euphyllia and Mussa, and by Fowler (1888) for Lophohelia,

all of which reproduce by fission *. These authors state that

directive mesenteries are absent in the polyps examined by

them and that the septa are only irregularly arranged in

orders, and are not necessarily a multiple of six.

The special characteristics of the polypal system of fission-

corals thus summarized can be fully understood only from a

knowledge of the early stages of growth. For this purpose

the phenomenon of polypal fission as it occurs in Manicina

areolata and Favia frayum will be briefly described.

The development of the larval polyp of Manicina has been

followed as far as the establishment of the twelve primary

mesenteries, the first two cycles of tentacles, and the appear-

ance of the six primary septa. Adherent to the dead parts of

old colonies are frequently found small independent polyps,

evidently derived from larvae which had fixed themselves on

the parent colony. From these all the subsequent stages of

development, showing two, four, or more oral apertures, have

been secured. Thus for purposes of the present study the

development of Mancina is known from the earliest appear-

ance of the mesenteries until fission has become fully

established.

The primary tentacles, mesenteries, and septa of Manicina

are arranged in regular hexameral cycles. The mesen-

teries throughout arise in a bilateral order according to a

definite sequence, but in the establishment of any cycle the

members become equal, as if they had arisen simultaneously.

The furthest stage obtained in the growth of a simple

unioral polyp is diagrammatically represented in fig. 1.

“Twelve pairs of mesenteries (I, II), including two pairs of

directives (D, D), represent the first and second orders, and

extend as far as the stomodeum ; alternating with these are

twelve other pairs of mesenteries, forming a second cycle

and representing the third order (III); alternating with

both cycles is a third cycle of twenty-four pairs (IV).

The larval polyp is thus built upon the normal hexameral

* Lacaze-Duthiers (1897, p. 154) shows that in Lophohela prohferum

a portion of an older calice takes part in the formation of a bud (blasto-

zoite). As here understood, this would be regarded as an instance of

fission in which the two parts become almost wholly separated, and

Lacaze-Duthiers apparently regarded it as such. In connexion with

the differences between gemmiferous and fissiparous corals, in species

where the polyps become almost wholly distinct from one another, the

hexameral cyclical regularity of the septal plan in the gemmiferous

Amphihelia and its irregularity in the fissiparous Lophohelia, as shown on

pl. viii. of Lacaze-Duthiers’ paper, are very instructive.

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 887

cyclical plan, and at this stage differs in no respects from the

polyps which have been previously described as arising by

gemmation,

Young corallites of Manieina produced directly from larval

polyps have been collected exhibiting the exact corresponding

septal stage of fig. 1, namely, twelve large septa, twelve

alternating medium septa, and twenty-four very small septa.

Exosepta are usually, if not always, wanting in Manicina,

and also in many other fissiparous corals. )

It is at about the stage represented in fig. 1 that partial

fission is introduced. One of the most regular instances of

this obtained is shown diagrammatically in fig. 2. It is

tf 7] I

Diagrammatic arrangement of the mesenteries in a bioral polyp of

Manicina areolata.

evident that a polyp at the stage of fig. 1 has become elon-

gated in the direction of the principal or directive axis and

that fission has taken place midway at right angles to this

plane. ‘l'wo oral apertures and two stomodzea occur, distinct

from one another all the way. Attached to each stomodeum

are six pairs of mesenteries, which include members of the

original primary and secondary orders. Obviously only one

pair of directives is available for each stomodzal system.

‘The plane of fission is included within the shorter axis of the

original oval-shaped oral aperture and within the entoccele of

a pair of mesenteries on opposite sides.

Were the two halves to become entirely distinct at this

388 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

stage each would preserve the hexameral character, but

would differ from the original polyp in having only one

pair of directives. The third order mesenteries of fig. 1

would be second order mesenteries of the two new polyps,

and the original fourth order pairs would advance to members

of the third order.

Other polyps which have been examined at the bioral

stage reveal that the arrangement of the mesenteries is not

always so regular as that here given. Yet the essential facts

are invariably the same, namely, the insertion of one pair of

directives and a certain number of pairs of the original

complete mesenteries on each stomodeum and the entoccelic

plane of separation of the two moieties.

As the bioral polyp continues its growth more pairs of

mesenteries extend as far as each stomodeum, and other new

pairs arise on the polypal wall in a more or less irregular

manner.

The next fission-stage available is one in which four oral

apertures are present on an elongated disk surrounded by a

single system of tentacles and a single column-wall. Stages

with three oral apertures seem to be very rare, so that

evidently fission of each of the two stomedza occurs at

about the same time. Fig. 3 represents the essential rela-

tionships of the mesenteries and the four stomodea. By

Fig. 3.

Diagrammatic arrangement of the mesenteries in a polyp of Manicina

areolata with four stomodeal systems.

this time scarcely any constancy is evident in the number of

mesenteries attached to each stomodeum or in the number of

incomplete pairs which may occur in the exoccele between

any two complete pairs.

Only the two primary pairs of directives still occur, situated

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 389

at the opposite extremities of the system, where growth is

generally proceeding more rapidly than elsewhere. No new

directives are found ever to arise. A variable number of

mesenterial pairs is associated with each stomodeum, the

hexameral plan being wholly departed from. Except in

one doubtful case, the plane of fission has been found to be

always included within the entoccele of two opposite pairs of

complete mesenteries.

During the subsequent growth of the multioral polyp the

original linear arrangement is soon lost, owing to the fact that

one lateral area may grow more rapidly than another, and so

give rise to the sinuous outlines of the mature colony. The

variability in the rate of growth of different regions would

seem to be the main cause of the irregularity of the cyclical

plan. The smallest mesenteries become larger and ultimately

reach the stomodeum, while others arise to constitute the

lower orders. It is doubtful, however, as to how far mesen-

terial orders or cycles should be recognized in fissiparous

polyps, seeing that the members of a lower order assume

Jater the position and relationships of the higher orders,

to)

New mesenteries are intercalated among the others wherever

growth is proceeding more rapidly, and this without reference

to any cyclic plan. With the increase in the number of

mesenteries additional stomodea arise at somewhat regular

intervals, but not, however, in such a manner as to constitute

new individual polyps. Over a score of colonies of Manicina

in various stages of growth have been sectionized; yet in no

instance has more than the two primary pairs of directives

occurred, Hxamination of parts of the mature colonies has

also failed to reveal such. It must therefore be assumed that

in any colony of Manicina, however large, only two possible

pairs of directives occur, situated at what are to be regarded

as the two morphological extremities of the colony.

Results similar to the above have been obtained from the

early stages in the development and fission of Havia fraguin,

though examples are not so readily obtained as in the case of

Manicina. ‘the simple unioral polyps are found to be

regularly hexameral, and in two bioral polyps studied

fission had been introduced during the course of the formation

of the third cycle of mesenteries. As in Manicina, the

fission-plane in Favia is practically at right angles to the

elongated directive plane, and is included within two ento-

ceelic chambers belonging to opposite sides ; the two pairs of

directive mesenteries also remain at the opposite extremities.

Likewise the number of mesenterial pairs associated with

each stomodeum is variable.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 29

390 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

Separation of the results of fission by the production of

transverse partition walls takes place much more frequently

in Favia than in Manicina. On any fully established colony

of Favia many so-called polyps possess only one mouth,

others two or three, but not often more. After its formation,

therefore, a stomodzal system may become entirely separated

from the others, provided with its own disk, zone of tentacles,

and column wall, as if it were a distinct polyp. A number

of these apparent polyps have been sectionized, but none show

any directive mesenteries, and the hexameral plan is wholly

departed from. Two or three different sizes of mesenterial

pairs are represented, but the grouping does not retain the

cyclical regularity all the way round. ‘They are simply

fragments cut off a larger polyp and do not represent new

individuals.

Fig. 4,

Arrangement of the mesenteries in a portion of a colony of Meandrina

labyrinthica. Two complete stomodzal systems are represented and

parts of other two. The septal invaginations at this level are all

entocelic. Partly diagrammatic.

The close similarity in the polypal systems of adult colonies

of Isophyllia, Maandrina, Colpophyllia, &c. to those in

Manicina and Favia, and the like general arrangement of

the mesenteries and septa, would lead one to infer a similar

course of development for these fission genera—that is, that

all have been derived from the continued growth and

fission of a single primarily hexameral polyp. A transverse

section through a part of the polypal growth of Meandrina is

represented in fig. 4 for comparison with the fission-stages in

Morphology of the Madreporarta. 391

Manicina. For the present purpose the fragment figured

will serve for practically the whole polypal system of a brain-

coral, however large. No directives occur, the plane of

fission between one polypal system and another is always

entoccelic, and the mesenterial pairs usually extend as far as

the stomodeum, though sometimes incomplete pairs are

found *.

On almost any colony belonging to the genera first men-

tioned as reproducing by gemmation one or more enlarged

polyps may frequently be found exhibiting one stage or

another in simple fission. These exceptional cases of fission

on gemmiferous colonies will be dealt with in a subsequent

paper. It is found that the process differs wholly from that

above described for Manicina. The resulting polyps are

altogether like ordinary gemmation-polyps in that they retain

the hexameral cyclical plan and possess two pairs of directives.

I endeavour to show that they are best regarded as repre-

senting a specialized form of gemmation, not true fission as

here understood.

Other than these there seems to be no combination in a

species as regards either budding or fission, though such

might be reasonably expected. I have come upon no

instance of true fission in corals of which the normal method

of increase is by gemmation, and, vice versd, no example

of budding in polyps which enlarge by fission. Frequently

in fissiparous colonies fragments of the polypal system are

found wholly isolated from the main mass and appear as if

they might have arisen as buds from the wall of the parent ;

but in sections they exhibit all the characteristics of fission-

fragments—that is, they are devoid of directives, and

present no hexameral or other cyclical regularity as regards

the mesenteries.

We are now in a position to understand the true significance

of gemmation and fission as they occur in corals. ‘The com-

plete correspondence as regards the number, character, and

arrangement of the tentacles, mesenteries, and septa of bud-

polyps with those of polyps reared directly from larve shows

that the former are to be regarded as altogether new indi-

viduals. The parts appear to be formed, as it were, de novo,

* Verrill (1901, pp. 65, 68, 71) refers to cases of apparent exothecal

budding on the collinal ridges of Meandra (Meandrina). It would be

of great interest to determine the actual mode of formation of these as

concerns the polyps. According to the view presented in this paper,

budding would be established only if the polyps were found to possess

directives and the hexameral cyclical plan ; the absence of directives and

an irregular cyclical plan would denote fission,

29%

392 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the

as in the growth of a polyp from the larva. It is other-

wise, however, in fission-corals. Only the early larval polyp

follows the hexameral cyclic plan, and possesses two pairs of

directives. No wholly new individual polyps seem ever to

arise by fission; growth consists in an increase in number

and size of organs in intimate association with those of the

larval polyp, and fission is simply a separation, either partial

or complete, of parts of this growth. It is not a separation

of parts arising independently ; in the early stages of fission

the constituent organs of the original larval polyp can be

traced as constituents of separate stomodzal systems. Fission

does not result in the production of new individuals; it merel

divides partially or completely an enlarged growth, and al

fragment continues its growth on the same plan until fission

may again step in. Kven where the products of fission

become completely or almost completely separated from one

another, as in Pavia, Isophyllia, Mussa, and Lophohelia,

the isolated fragments are not new polyps in the sense in

which they are in gemmiferous species ; they merely repre-

sent a part pinched off an enlarged growth.

A new oral aperture and stomodeum with the associated

mesenteries cannot be considered in themselves as constituting

a new individual polyp. Only when parts arise de novo, or,

at any rate, completely reproduce the main essentials of the

sexually produced polyp, can they be regarded as additional

members of a colony.

It follows, therefore, that the entire polypal system of a

fissiparous coral, however large, is not made up of individual

polyps, but is an enlarged complex growth of the primary

larval polyp in which new oral apertures have been formed to

meet physiological needs. Morphologically, an enlarged

fissiparous coral admits of comparison only with a single

individual of a gemmiferous colony ; only two pairs of direc-

tives occur in each. ‘The former is frequently meandering in

character, or by frequent transverse growths may become

broken up and assume more the character of separate polyps.

A fissiparous coral, whatever its extent or complexity, has

not the morphological value of a colony in the sense of being

constituted of distinct individuals.

Summary.

a. The bud-polyps of gemmiferous corals arise as new indi-

viduals. In the course of their development they pass

through the same stages as larval polyps, and ultimately

possess all the distinctive characteristics—cyclical hexameral

plan and directive mesenteries—of sexually produced polyps. ,

Morphology of the Madreporaria. 393

b. Larval polyps of fissiparous corals at first present a

regular cyclical hexameral arrangement of the mesenteries,

tentacles, and septa. The first fission partially or wholly

divides the polyp into two practically equal parts in an ento-

ceelic plane at right angles to the directive plane, each

half having but one pair of directive mesenteries. In the

later growth new mesenteries arise in isocnemic pairs more

rapidly in some regions than in others, and thus destroy the

regularity of the cyclical hexameral plan. Additional oral

apertures and stomodea, with which a variable number of

mesenteries are associated, arise at somewhat regular intervals.

The various stomodeal systems may remain in continuity

with the common gastro-ccelomic cavity, or partitions may

be formed in a greater or less number and lead to their

partial or complete separation. No new pairs of directives

ever arise, so that, however large the polypal system may

become, never more than the two primary pairs of directives

are present.

c. Morphologically a fissiparous coral, whatever its size,

is to be regarded as only a single complex polyp, as contrasted

with a gemmiferous colony, which is made up of numerous

distinct individual polyps.

feferences.

1873. Lacazz-Dutruiers, H. pr. “ Développement des Coralliaires.

Deux. Mém. Actiniaires & Polypiers,” Archiy. de Zool. Exp. et

Gén. tom. ii.

1887. Bourne, G.C. “On the Anatomy of Mussa and Euphyllia

and the Morphology of the Madreporarian Skeleton,” Quart.

Journ. Mier. Sci. vol. xxviii.

1888. Fowter, G. H. “The Anatomy of the Madreporaria.—IIL,”

Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxviii.

1888. Wixson, H. V. ‘On the Development of Manicina areolata,”

Journ. Morph. vol. ii.

1890. Ortmann, A. “ Die Morphologie des Skelettes der Stein-

korallen in Beziehung zur Koloniebildung,” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool.

bd. 1.

1896. von Kocu, G. ‘ Das Skelett der Steinkorallen.’ Leipzig.

1897. von Kocu, G. “ Entwicklung von Caryophyllia cyathus,” Mitt.

a. d. zool. Stat. zu Neapel, bd. xii.

1897. Lacaze-Duruiers, H. pg. “ FauneduGolfe du Lion. Coral-

liaires. Zoanthaires Sclérodermés,” Archiv. de Zool. Exp. et

Gén. 3 sér., tom. v.

1901. VauaHan, T. W. “The Stony Corals of the Porto Rican

Waters,” U.S. Fish. Comm. Bull. for 1900, vol. ii.

1901. Verritt, A. EK, “ Variations and Nomenclature of Bermudian,

West Indian, and Brazilian Reef-Corals, with Notes on various

Indo-Pacific Corals,” Trans, Conn. Acad, Science, vol. xi.

1902, DurrpeEn, J. E. “The Morphology of the Madreporaria.—IL.

Tacrease of Mesenteries in Madrepora beyond the Protocnemic

Stage,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. x.

594 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

LIV.—Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles from

the Andes of Peru and Bolivia. By G. A. BOULENGER,

F.R.S.

fyla armata.

Tongue circular, entire, slightly free behind. Vomerine

teeth in two very strong, short, transverse series behind the

level of the choane. Head moderate, broader than long;

snout rounded, barely as long as the diameter of the eye;

canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region oblique, concave ;

interorbital region as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum

moderately distinct, about one third the diameter of the eye.

Fingers webbed at the base; no projecting rudiment of

pollex; toes nearly entirely webbed; disks of fingers rather

more than half the diameter of the eye, of toes a little smaller ;

subarticular tubercles moderate; no tarsal fold. Tibio-

tarsal articulation reaching between the eye and the tip of the

snout. Upper parts with small smooth warts, belly and lower

surface of thighs granular. Greyish brown above, spotted or

marbled with darker; sides white, largely marbled with

dark brown; hind limb with dark cross-bands separated by

narrow light interspaces ; lower parts greyish brown. Male

with an internal vocal sac, and with large, black, horny,

pluricuspid nuptial plates, one under the arm, two close

together on the inner side of the inner finger.

From snout to vent 64 millim.

Two specimens, male and female, from La Paz, Bolivia,

4000 m., collected by the late P. O. Simons.

Hyla callipleura.

Tongue subcircular, entire or indistinctly nicked, slightly

free behind. Vomerine teeth between the very large choane,

in two oblique series, forming a chevron pointing forwards.

Head moderate, as long as broad or slightly broader than

long; snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the eye;

canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region oblique, slightly

concave ; interorbital region as broad as the upper eyelid ;

tympanum very distinct, three fifths or two thirds the

diameter of the eye. ‘Three outer fingers one-third webbed ;

a distinct rudiment of pollex; toes three-fourths webbed ;

disks smaller than the tympanum; subarticular tubercles

feeble ; no tarsal fold. ibio-tarsal articulation reaching the

tip of the snout. Skin smooth above, granular beneath.

Batrachians and Reptiles. 895

Grey or brown above, with or without darker dots, with more

or less distinct dark cross-bars, which may enclose light spots,

the first of these bars between the eyes; adark streak on the

canthus rostralis and temple ; limbs with more or less distinct

dark cross-bars; flanks and hinder side of thighs blackish

brown, with round white spots, or barred or marbled with

white. Bones green. Male with an external gular vocal

sac.

From snout to vent 45 millim.

Several specimens were collected by P. O. Simons in

Bolivia, at Charuplaya (1350 m.) and at San Ernesto, Ma-

piri district (500 m.).

This species is closely allied to H. crepitans, from which it

differs in the narrower interorbital region, the absence of a

tarsal fold, and the smaller size.

Phyllomedusa boliviana.

Tongue scarcely emarginate behind. Vomerine teeth in

two small, slightly oblique groups between the choane.

Snout as long as the diameter of the eye, not projecting

beyond the mouth; loreal region oblique, concave; inter-

orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum three

fifths to two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers free,

first shorter than second, third and fourth equal; toes free,

first longer than second; disks of fingers and toes much

smaller than the tympanum; subarticular tubercles strong ;

inner metatarsal tubercle not prominent. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches the tympanum or the eye. Upper surfaces

smooth; parotoids very distinct, nearly as long as the head;

throat, belly, and lower surface of thighs granulate. Blue-

green above (in spirit); supraciliary edge and lower lip

pinkish white, which colour extends backwards to the side of

the body, where it forms a broad band speckled with purple ;

this band does not extend to the groin; thighs green, except

below ; belly and lower surface of thighs greyish white;

throat and lower surface of hands and feet purplish; a pinkish-

white streak, edged with purple along the outer side of fore-

arm and outer finger, and another across heel and along outer

side of tarsus and outer toe. Male with an internal vocal sac

and with a patch of black nuptial asperities on the inner side

of the inner finger.

From snout to vent 75 millim.

Two specimens, male and female, from Chulumani, Bolivia,

2000 metres, collected by P. O. Simons,

396 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Bufo Ockendent.

Crown with feeble bony ridges, including a parietal obliquely

directed inwards; snout truncate, slightly projecting; loreal

region concave ; interorbital region broader than the upper

eyelid ; tympanum very small, indistinct or hidden. Fingers

rather long and slender, first not extending as far as second ;

toes nearly entirely webbed, with somewhat swollen tips and

simple subarticular tubercles ; two small metatarsal tubercles ;

an indistinct tarsal fold. Tarso-metatarsal articulation

reaching a little beyond the tip of the snout. Upper parts

with small irregular warts ; parotoids moderately prominent,

oval, about half as long as the head. Olive-grey or brownish

above, marbled with darker ; limbs with irregular dark cross-

bars; lower parts dirty white, spotted or marbled with

blackish. Male with an internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent 55 millim.

Several specimens, collected in the Marcapata Valley,

K. Peru, by Mr. G. Ockenden, and at Charuplaya, Bolivia,

by P. O. Simons.

FTylodes cruralis.

Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth in two round groups

on a level with the posterior border of the choane. Head

slightly longer than broad; snout rounded, as long as the

diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis feeble ; loreal region

concave ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid;

tympanum very distinct, two thirds the diameter of the eye.

Fingers rather long, first not extending beyond second; toes

moderate, with a slight rudiment of web; disks and sub-

articular tubercles well developed ; two very distinct, subequal,

round metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the tip of the snout. Skin slightly rugose above,

with a raised vertebral line; no glandular dorso-lateral fold ;

belly smooth. Greyish above, with darker symmetrical

markings ; a round whitish spot between the shoulders ; lips

with dark vertical bars ; limbs with dark cross-bars, which

form chevrons pointing backwards on the tibia; lower parts

greyish brown.

From snout to vent 28 millim.

A single specimen from La Paz, Bolivia, 4000 m., collected

by P. O. Simons.

Near HH. Gollmert, Peters.

Batrachians and Reptiles. 397

Atelopus tricolor.

Habit slender. Head longer than broad, about half as

long as the trunk, sides vertical; snout very prominent,

truncate, longer than the eye; nostril nearer the tip of the

snout than the eye; interorbital space much broader than

the upper eyelid. Fore limb rather slender ; fingers webbed

at the base, first very short; toes nearly entirely webbed ;

no metacarpal, metatarsal, or subarticular tubercles. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye or between the eye and

the tip of the snout. Skin smooth. Black above, with

round yellow spots, a yellow streak on each side of back from

eye to groin, and a yellow streak round the upper lip; lower

parts yellow, with black marblings on the sides and under

the limbs and sometimes a few round black spots on the

belly ; axillary and inguinal regions and palmar and plantar

surfaces bright vermilion.

From snout to vent 21 millim.

Several specimens from the Marcapata Valley, E. Peru,

collected by Mr. Ockenden.

Prostherapis bolivianus.

Snout short, truncate, with angular canthi and nearly

vertical lores; nostril a little nearer the tip of the snout than

the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid;

tympanum distinet, two thirds the diameter of the eye. First

and second fingers equal ; toes quite free; disks of fingers

and toes small; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer

round. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin

smooth, somewhat granular on the back. Dark grey-brown

above, black on the sides of the head and body; a white line

borders the upper surface of the head, along the supraciliary

edge and round the snout, and extends along the side of the

body to the groin ; another borders the upper lip and extends

to the fore limb ; sides of limbs and lower parts white, spotted

or marbled with black. Male with an internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent 26 millim.

Two specimens from San Carlos, Bolivia, 1200 m., and

one from 8. Ernesto, Bolivia, 800 m. Collected by P. O.

Simons.

Lioleemus tropidonotus.

Nostril supero-lateral. Upper head-scales small, smooth ;

two longitudinal series of scales on the frontal region ; inter-

398 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

parietal and parietals small, subequal; four or five supra-

oculars feebly enlarged transversely ; a single series of scales

between the labials and the sunbocular; two or three projecting

granules on the anterior border of the ear. Sides of neck

granular, strongly folded. Dorsal scales rather small, rhom-

boidal, obtusely pointed, as long as broad or slightly longer

than broad, strongly keeled, strongly imbricate; lateral

scales smaller, smooth or feebly keeled ; ventral scales a little

larger than dorsals, strongly imbricate, smooth, rounded ; 60

to 66 scales round the middle of the body. The adpressed

hind limb reaches the shoulder; digits rather short; hinder

side of thighs uniformly granular. Male with 5 anal pores.

Tail about once and one third as long as head and body ;

upper caudal scales larger than dorsals, strongly keeled,

pointed but not mucronate. Brown or green above, with

three light longitudinal streaks with dark bars or square

transverse spots between them; lower parts white, belly

uniform or with small greyish spots, throat abundantly

spotted with blackish ; hinder side of thighs with white spots

between a dark network.

millim.

Total Length eve sere scepter estes 150

lead sidis cece ecensresetneetee haan i7/

‘Wadthsor Head: 225) eens.s Reeatre comes 14

POG yrecetotel a itekete eetn’s terete eevee trainers 43

Hore linih ia mcniones erste eames 24

ind Vimiby wscenerhins enters 38

OT ctallag ove25) cccycten nach ay cruye ener Patedoa eachother 90

One male and two young from Turapata, H. Peru,

13,000 feet, collected by Mr. G. Ockenden.

Closely allied to L. multyformis, Cope, and L. annectens,

Bler. Distinguished by the strongly keeled dorsal scales.

Liolemus Simonsit.

Nostril supero-lateral. Upper head-seales small, smooth ;

one to three azygos scales on the frontal region; interparietal

and parietals small, subequal; four to six supraoculars more

or less enlarged transversely ; a single series of scales between

the labials and the subocular; two or three more or less

distinct projecting granules on the anterior border of the ear.

Sides of neck granular, strongly folded. Dorsal scales rather

small, rounded, as long as broad ora little broader than long,

more or less strongly keeled and imbricate; ventral scales a

little larger than dorsals, strongly imbricate, smooth, rounded ;

60 to 65 scales round the middle of the body. The adpressed

Batrachians and Reptiles. 399

hind limb reaches the ear, or between the shoulder and the

ear; digits longer than in the preceding species, the claws

more slender; hinder side of thighs uniformly granular.

Male with 6 to 8 anal pores. Tail once and a half to once

and three fourths as long as head and body; upper caudal

scales larger than dorsals, keeled and usually slightly mucro-

nate. Greyish or brownish above, sometimes tinged with

orange, usually with blackish and yellow spots, the larger

blackish spots in form of more or less regular bars disposed

in longitudinal and transverse series ; a more or less distinct

white band between two black lines on the hinder side of the

thighs ; lower parts white, throat usually spotted or marbled

with blackish.

millim,

Total length (of male) ..../.2...24.. 170

ETC AMET OEP Tree ache A iele ee Dds 77

Wardthyotsrendtetarwicia serrate ceeerc canes 13

POUL vaeeS orsiierersarelNauaysgataispaisia’shs (are teins 48

Boney lum warasccwensec ecto cacvar eccrine averelis 25

linens eeaee thie e cet heats eee. 42

HUNT ae AVE, SEN La Ae kateraberecereie ote @: arate 105

Numerous specimens from Bolivia, collected by P. O.

Simons at Potosi, 4200 m., Challapata, 3700 m., and Uyuni,

3660 m.

Tropidurus melanopleurus.

Upper head-scales smooth ; a series of five or six trans-

versely enlarged supraoculars, not quite half as broad as the

supraocular region; occipital broader than long, a little

broader than the supraocular region; anterior border of ear

scarcely denticulated; temples granulate. A strong curved

antehumeral fold, narrowly separated from its fellow on the

throat; latter distinctly tolded, as well as the sides of the

neck, which are minutely granulate. Body much depressed ;

a mere indication of a very slight nuchal crest, not continued

on the body; dorsal scales small, rhomboidal, juxtaposed,

faintly keeled; lateral scales much smaller still; ventral

scales as large as dorsals, subimbricate, smooth. The ad-

pressed hind limb reaches the eye. ‘Tail nearly twice as

long as head and body, rounded, without crest, the scales

larger than those on the body. Dark olive above, sides of

head and body black ; a broad yellowish band on each side,

from behind the eye to above the groin; throat and ante-

humeral fold black; belly white.

400 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

millim.

Motallength .:..iix cs. resets eee

111s SS ON RS POPE Annee nee Be 20

Widithvotsheadt -)resseien eeen nares 14

IB OD Y ci. cto > ici slasl erie pvenmcuid stem rane 57

Hore MD kee ee a ee 37

labbasliboensy, Saogueceaoccce Ne Ceha ae 54

Dail eeireeraeete ica tetnenaye hoes tdioeeie Haid « Dake 153

Two female specimens from Tamampoya, Bolivia, 1200 m., |

collected by P. O. Simons.

This species is closely allied to 7. peruvianus.

Cnemidophorus vittatus.

Nostril between the two nasals. Three large parietals, and

a small outer one on each side; two large supraoculars; 7 or

8 supraciliaries; no frenoorbital; anterior gular scales larger

than the posterior; a few enlarged mesoptychial scales.

Dorsal scales minutely granular, smooth. Ventral plates in

ten longitudinal series. A number of enlarged preanals, the

central one largest. Brachials in three rows, continuous with

the postbrachials; antebrachials in two rows. Femorals in

six series, one of which is large; tibials in three series, outer

largest. Femoral pores 9-10. Caudal scales oblique,

diagonally keeled. Grey above, sides striped black and

white, the widest black stripe extending from the eye to the

tail, and reappearing as a line on the canthus rostralis; sides

of limbs with black and white stripes ; upper lip and lower

parts white.

millim

Mopellemethices ct tease) iuPole te miciciiered: 132

TGA is513, tee orolenn tes erect woenetateetisases ser euereRe 12

Wirditihvotehiea diem prawn tar ier nian res 6

From end of snout to interparietal plate. . 8

Width at posterior corners of supra-

Ocular TeslOnss = retest lates elerens

From end of snout to fore limb........ 18

From end of snout to vent............ 47

Moreslinab ws ae aici ce cee eects ae,

Hind timbr pase ok eee eres if

AT aii ha acres pareve tee aes oe eo ae 5 toe

A single specimen from Paratani, Bolivia, 2500 m.,

collected by P. O. Simons.

Oreosaurus ocellifer.

Head short, body and limbs moderate. Frontonasal

quadrangular, a little longer than broad ; frontal pentagonal,

Batrachians and Reptiles. A401

narrower than the frontonasal; interparietal a little larger

than the parietals, followed by three small occipitals, forming

a triangle; three supraoculars; no loreal; a series of infra-

orbitals; six upper labials; chin-shiells, one anterior and

three pairs meeting on the median line; eight series of scales

between the chin-shields and the edge of the collar; collar-

shields 9. Dorsal scales quadrangular, keeled, more than

twice as long as broad; lateral scales smaller, but not

granular ; 30 scales round the middle of the body, ventrals

incladed; 29 scales from occiput to base of tail. Ventrals

large, quadrangular, in eight longitudinal and nineteen trans-

verse series. A pair of large preanals. Femoral pores 7-8.

Seales on the tail like those on the body. Brown above,

darker on the sides; a yellowish dark-elged streak on each

side of the head, behind the eye, and of the anterior part of

the back; a series of 7 or 8 black ocelli with small white

centres on each side of the body, beginning beneath the light

lateral streak ; sides of head yellowish, mottled with dark

brown; belly uniform yellowish, throat dotted with dark

brown.

millim.

Ota RIER Cu erator at, bia Noyeie syereiahreaey a ce 107

Elica area et pir, atte eats OL ne ets 9

Wiidithvot headitint Are Usenisctsiis sec tian 4:5

From end of snout to fore limb........ 3

Eromwendior snout tOcvente st acm eck 35

IRORERIIMMD Reet ee ree ecient aeeeicrerecte 9

Elvaelimibe cst tF sf toc totiere nes «ates es 12

Tail 72

A single specimen from the Marcapata Valley, E. Pera,

collected by Mr. Ockenden.

Homalocranium marcapate.

Kye half as long as the snout, which is broadly rounded and

feebly projecting. Rostral considerably broader than deep,

scarcely visible from above ; internasals two thirds the length

of the prefrontals ; frontal pentagonal, more than twice as

broad as the supraocular, a little longer than broad, a little

longer than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter

than the parietals; nostril between two nasals; a small

loreal; one pree- and two postoculars; temporals 1+2;

seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; first

lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the sympliysial ;

four lower labials iu contact with the anterior chin-shields,

which are slightly longer than the posterior. Scales in fifteen

rows. Ventrals 180; anal single; subcaudals 47. Red

402 On the Genus Ateleopus of Schlegel.

above, with black cross-bars; on the anterior part of the

body these bars are as broad as the interspaces between them,

while further back they become narrower ; some of them are

broken on the vertebral line, the two halves alternating;

anterior part of head, parietal shields, and lips black; belly

yellowish, with a series of large black spots on each side,

alternating with the black cross-bars of the upper surface ;

lower surface of tail mottled with black.

Total length 390 millim.; tail 72.

A single female specimen from the Marcapata Valley,

K. Peru, collected by Mr. Ockenden.

Elaps regularis.

Eye slightly shorter than its distance from the mouth.

Rostral large, broader than deep, the portion visible from

above measuring one third its distance from the frontal ;

latter a little broader than the supraocular, once and one third

as long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the

snout, a little shorter than the parietals, the length of which

equals their distance from the internasals; one pree- and one

postocular; temporals 1+1; seven upper labials, third,

fourth, and fifth entering the eye ; four lower labials in con-

tact with the anterior chin-shields, which are slightly shorter

than the posterior. Scales in fifteen rows. Ventrals 214 ;

anal divided; subcaudals 26, the first six single. 39 black

annuli disposed with great regularity and as broad as ora

little narrower than the interspaces, the scales on which are

red with dark brown tips; the first annulus begins imme-

diately behind the parietal shields, which, together with the

temporals and the sixth upper labial, are yellow, the rest of

the head being black.

Total length 315 millim.; tail 24,

A single specimen from Chulumani, Bolivia, 2000 m.,

collected by P. O. Simons.

LV.—On the Genus Ateleopus of Schlegel.

By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

I HAVE already pointed out in these ‘ Annals’ * that the name

Ateleopus, Schlegel, 1846, for a genus of deep-sea fish from

Japan, to which a species from the Indian seas has recently

been added, is preoccupied by Atelopus, Duméril and Bibron,

* Ser. 6, vol. xiv, 1894, p. 374,

On a new Rhynchocyon from Nyasaland. 403

1841, a Batrachian genus from South America. I now

propose to change the name of the fish to Podateles and the

family name Ateleopodide of Giinther to Podatelide.

The family Ateleopodide has hitherto been placed near the

Macruride; but it differs from them, and is more nearly

related to the Blenniidw, in having the scapular foramen

pierced in the scapular bone, which does not support any of

the pectoral rays. It is distinguished from both the Macru-

ridze and the Blenniidew in having the supratemporal bone

loosely attached by ligament to the skull and the pectoral

rays inserted on an undivided cartilaginous plate instead of a

series of pterygial bones or basalia.

If, following Gill and other American writers, we attach

importance to the structure of the pectoral arch in the classi-

fication of the jugular fishes, the Lycodidee and Ophidiidee

should be placed, with the Zoarcide, nearer to the Blennies

than to the Gadoids, The point in question had never been

ascertained on the Ateleopodidee, which must now be removed

from the immediate vicinity of the Gadoids, and included in

the series Blenniidee—Ophidiide.

LVI—A new Rhynchocyon from Nyasaland.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

Rhynchocyon Hendersont, sp. n.

A member of the R. Cirnei—Reichardti group.

General body-colour grizzled dusky grey, much darker

than in R. Cirnet and Retchardti. On each side of the poste-

rior back two deep black stripes, and below them a third

indistinct rufous one ; in the hollows of the upper stripe four,

of the middle six, and of the lower four indistinct whitish

spots, much less conspicuous than in R&R. Retchardti. Head

dark, grizzled blackish. Ears dark fulvous, edged with

black. Under surface dusky, darker than in the other species,

the hairs tipped with buffy. Forearms and thighs dark

grizzled fulvous; hands and feet black, the ankles grizzled

with fulvous. ‘Tail black, with a white subterminal ring ; the

underside of its basal two inches fulvous.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 250 millim.; tail 214; hind foot (s. u.)

(wet) 67; ear (wet) 27.

Hab. Plateau west of Lake Nyasa.

404 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

Type. B.M. no. 2. 9. 8. 1. Collected and presented by

the Rev. James Henderson, of the Livingstonia Institution.

Much darker in general tone than either, and with blacker

stripes, this species is more or less intermediate in marking

between the &. Cirned of Southern Nyasaland and the

I. Reichardti of the Tanganyika plateau. R. Stuhlmanni,

Matsch., from the Semliki, has a similar general colour, but

has fewer black stripes.

Mr. Henderson was the discoverer of the striking monkey

recently described as Cercopithecus Francesce, wae is to be

congratulated on this second interesting capture.

LVII.—On new Species of South-African Cureulionide of

theGenus Hipporrhinus, Schon. By Guy A. K. MARSHALL,

F.Z.S.

THE publication of the following descriptions is the result

of a careful examination of all the species of Hipporrhinus

contained in the British, Stockholm, and Oxford Museums, as

well as those in my own collection, and is intended merely as

a preliminary to a full revision of this polymorphic genus as

soon as I have had access to further expected material. For

many of the species here described I am indebted to my good

friends Dr. H. Brauns, of Willowmore, Cape Colony, and

Dr. Walther Horn, of Berlin, who have generously contributed

large numbers of South-African Curcultonidee to my collec-

tion: most of the Transvaal species were kindly sent to me

some years ago by Dr. J. W. B. Gunning, of the Pretoria

Museum; others were captured by myself in Natal and

Mashonaland; but the majority of the species are from the

fine collections of Pascoe and Jekel contained in the British

Museum. Wherever possible, examples in the National

Collection have been selected as types; the remainder have

been described from my own collection; bat the type speci-

mens will shortly be handed over to the British Museum, in

order to reuder them more accessible to other workers. Iam

indebted to the authorities of that institution for their courtesy

in permitting me to take a number of examples from the

Museum over to Stockholm, for the purpose of comparison

with the types there, which has much facilitated my work,

My thanks are also due to my friends Prof. Aurivillius and

Prof. Sjéstedt, who kindly afforded me every assistance in

their power during my stay in Stockholm.

Species of South-African Curculionide. 405

FHipporrhinus nestor, sp. n.

Long. (excl. apical spines) 20 millim., lat. 8 millim., apical

spines 2 millim.

Head convex, with deep scattered punctures and large white

scales; forehead with a short central stria; anteocular furrows

faint, the lower half obsolete. Rostrum not incised at base,

as long as head and prothorax, gently curved. Upper surface

convex in basal half and broadly excavate near apex, dis-

tinctly punctured, and with a broad smooth central line;

lateral sulci not meeting at base, broad and deep, separated

by a narrow carina, and filled with large white scales ; scrobes

running beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow

shallow. Antenne with scape not nearly reaching eye; the

two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax slightly

transverse, the length about equal to the width at base, which

is broader than apex, sides not much rounded, broadest about

middle, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper surface con-

vex, with distant rounded tubercles, which are flattened and

arranged in more or less regular rows on disk, smaller more

elevated and irregular laterally ; central furrow very broad

and containing a short faint carina ; apices of tubercles black,

shiny, and with very short depressed sete, interstices with

dense white scaling. /ytra oblongo-ovate, sides scarcely

rounded, broadest before middle, shoulders rounded, apical

processes very long and sharp. Upper surface convex, striz

with regular rows of small granules, the alternate intervals

more prominent: intervals 1, 4, and 6 entirely devoid of

tubercles; interval 2 with only a single very large and sharp

tubercle on the summit of the declivity ; interval 3 with three

large, smooth, catenulate tubercles at base, thence with an

irregular row of small rounded tubercles to beyond middle,

where they become larger and sharply conical, the largest being

on the summit of the declivity; this tubercle is of the same

size as, and adjoins, that on interval 2, so.as to form a con-

spicuous transverse row of four large tubercles ; interval 5

with avery large, rounded, boss-like tubercle at base, followed

by two similar but much smaller ones, then five or six small

eranular tubercles, and finally two or three larger conical ones

beyond middle; interval 7 with a complete row of small,

closely-set, conical tubercles. Legs with dense, even, white

scaling ; posterior tarsi with the three basal joints of about

the same width, second and third subequal, first longer.

Cape CoLony.

This very distinct insect falls into a small group with

nodulosus, ¥'., and occidentalis, Mshl., on account of the large

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. T. Vol. x. 30

406 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

boss-like tubercle at the base of the fifth interval. Apart

from their smaller size, these species differ in the presence of

a smooth longitudinal space on either side of the thoracic

furrow and in the absence of the large conical tubercle on the

second interval.

Hipporrhinus occidentalis, sp. n.

Long. 15, lat. 7 millim.

Head convex, obscurely punctured and covered with large

brown scales, except a short smooth line on forehead, which

contains a small puncture; a narrow ring of white scales

round each eye; anteocular furrows practically obsolete.

Rostrum not incised at base, as long as head and prothorax,

very little curved. Upper surface rather convex at base, but

broadly excavate towards apex, punctured and covered with

brown scales except for a broad smooth central line; lateral

sulci not meeting at base and filled with large white scales ;

upper pair very broad and deep, the lower narrow and faint ;

scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ; inferior basal trans-

verse furrow obsolete. Antenne with dense pale scaling and

black sete; scape not nearly reaching eye; the two basal

joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax as long as broad, apex

narrower than base, sides slightly dilated, with a small tuber-

cular angulation before middle; ocular lobes strongly deve-

loped. Upper surface convex, with a broad _lance-shaped

central furrow containing a low carina and flanked on either

side by two rows of closely but irregularly placed tubercles ;

beyond these is a smooth longitudinal band, followed by a

single regular row of tubercles close to the lateral margin,

and below this another similar row, of which a single

tubercle is rather larger than the others and forms the lateral

projection; scaling on disk brown, but greyish in central

furrow and on prosternum. lytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders

roundedly prominent, sides very little rounded, broadest

about middle, apical processes of elytra long and sharp.

Upper surface convex, with regular rows of large and deep

punctures, the alternate intervals dissimilar ; intervals 1, 2,

4, and 6 devoid of tubercles (except a single small one near

base of the latter) ; intervals 3 and 7 with complete rows of

conical tubercles, which become more distant, larger, and

sharper towards apex ; interval 5 with a very large, rounded,

boss-like tubercle at base, followed by six closely-set conical

tubercles, and a solitary larger and sharper one about the

summit of the declivity ; scaling dense, dark brown, except

the suture and reflexed margins, which are grey; the boss-

Species of South-African Curculionide. 407

like tubercle is entirely bare, the others only so at their apices,

which occasionally bear a short depressed seta. Legs with

dense grey scaling; posterior tarsi narrow, joints of about

equal width, second longer than third, and first longer than

second.

West AFRIca (?).

The type in the National Collection is labelled ‘ West

Africa,” but the locality seems a very doubtful one, and it is

more probable that the insect came from South-west Africa.

Occidentalis is nearly allied to nodulosus, F.; but the latter

differs in that there is no central carina on the prothorax and

the fifth interval on the elytra has only two or three large,

distant, conical tubercles in addition to the basal one.

Hipporrhinus fictilis, sp. n.

Long. 14, lat. 6 millim.

Head convex, with close shallow punctures and dense brown

sealing, forehead with an elongate central fovea; anteocular

furrows deep in their upper half, shallow below. Lostrum

not incised at base, as long as head and prothorax, slightly

curved. Upper surface convex at base, shallowly excavate

towards apex, finely and sparsely punctured, with a broad

smooth central line; lateral sulci well developed, not meeting

at base ; scrobes directed to beneath base of rostrum; inferior

basal furrow distinct. Antenne with the scape very short,

not nearly reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

short, subequal. Prothorax longer than its width at base,

which is broader than the apex, sides strongly angulated,

broadest before middle, ocular lobes prominent. Upper

surface rather convex, with a broad and deep central furrow,

containing no carina and flanked by a high narrow ridge

composed of agglomerated tubercles ; beyond this a broad

smooth space, followed by a lateral ridge quite similar to the

dorsal one ; beneath this are two or three scattered tubercles,

including a large compressed one which forms the angular pro-

jection ; all the tubercles smooth and without sete; scaling

dense and brown, but paler in the median furrow, the proster-

num greyish. /ytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides mode-

rately rounded, broadest about middle, apical processes short

but sharp. Upper surface convex, with regular rows of large

shallow punctures; intervals 1, 2, 4, and 6 entirely devoid

of granules or tubercles; intervals 3 and 7 with complete

rows of small rounded shiny tubercles, becoming rather larger

and more conical towards apex; interval 5 with a similar

row, but ceasing abruptly behind middle; autervals 1 and 2

408 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

are so narrow that the three spaces between the four dorsal

rows of tubercles are of about equal width; scaling dense,

uniform earthy brown, margins broadly ereyish white. Legs

with dense pale scaling ; posterior tarsi with joints of about

the same width, first the longest and third the shortest.

CAPE COLONY

Of much the same build and facies as nodulosus, F., and

occidentalis, Mshl., but readily separable owing to the

absence of the large basal tubercle on interval 5 of the elytra.

The species is closely allied to the much larger canaliculatus,

Mshl. (vide infra).

Hipporrhinus canaliculatus, sp. n.

Long. 22, lat. 10 millim.

Head convex, closely but indistinctly punctured and covered

with dense brown scaling ; forehead with an elongate central

fovea; anteocular furrows ‘deep and distinct in its upper half,

obsolete below. Rostrum not incised at base, as long as

head and prothorax, curved beyond middle; upper surface

with the edges angular and subparallel throughout (the gens

dilated at apex as usual), plane at base, shallowly excavate

towards apex, with fine close punctuation and sparse scaling

throughout, except for a narrow smooth central line; upper

lateral sulci entirely dorsal, shallow, not meeting at base and

vanishing beyond middle; lower sulci deep and distinct,

entirely lateral; scrobes directed beneath base of rostrum ;

inferior basal furrow shallow. Antenne with the scape not

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Pro-

thorax as long as its width at base, apex narrower, sides

angulated, with a small but prominent lateral tubercle about

middle, ocular lobes well developed. Upper surface not very

convex, with a broad deep central furrow, containing a strong

carina, and flanked on either side by a high ridge of “agelome-

rated tubercles ; ; beyond this is a broad smooth space, followed

by a sharply defined band of small irregularly placed

tubercles along the extreme edge; scaling dense, brown

above and turning suddenly to w vhite on prosternum imme-

diately below the lateral tubercles. /ytra ovate, shoulders

sloping, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle,

apical processes short but sharp. Upper surface convex,

with regular rows of small shiny granules in lieu of punc-

tures; interval 1 granulate; interval 2 with four or five

isolated low tubercles ; intervals 3 and 5 with small con.

tiguous and usually duplicated tubercles, forming an obtuse

carina to beyond. middle, after which the tubercles become

Species of South-African Curculionide. 409

larger, separate, and sharply conical; 4 and 6 devoid of

tubercles ; 7 with a complete row of separate conical tubercles,

becoming larger towards apex; scaling dark brown, the

suture grey, interval 4 wholly and 6 partly white, reflexed

margin entirely white. Legs with dense pale scaling ;

posterior tarsi almost devoid of sete, joints of about the

same width, second and third subequal, first longer,

CAPE COLONY.

A distinct species, resembling the nodulosus group in

general facies, but differentiated by the absence of the boss-

like tubercle on the fifth interval on the elytra. Its nearest

ally is fietil’s, Mshl., which differs in having no carina on the

prothorax, in having rows of shallow punctures on the elytra

instead of granules, in the absence of tubercles on interval 2,

and, finally, in fict¢l’s the distance between intervals 3 and 5

is about equal to that between the third intervals on the two

elytra, whereas in canaliculatus the former distance is less

than half the latter.

THipporrhinus tncisirostris, sp. 0.

Long. 24, lat. 10 millim.

Head convex, closely and finely punctured, forehead flat-

tened and with a very faint central stria; anteocular furrows

very deep and distinct. Rostrum not incised at base, as long

as head and prothorax, moderately curved. Upper surface

divided into two portions by a broad and deep transverse

incision at about one-third from base; the whole of the basal

portion is strongly raised, so as to form a broad, thick, rounded

horn, which is distinctly punctured throughout; the upper

surface of the anterior portion is broadly excavate, with its

edges strongly carinate, and punctured only along the sides

and base; upper lateral sulci deep, but narrow and short,

ascending the sides of the horn and meeting behind it, but

not continued on to the anterior portion; the lower sulci very

broad and deep, entirely lateral, and continued from base to

the middle of the anterior portion ; scrobes directed to beneath

base of rostrum; the gene produced into a prominent sharp

point; inferior transverse basal furrow absent. Antenne

with scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax rather broader than long, the length

greater than the width at base, which again 1s a little broader

than the apex, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle,

ocular lobes almost obsolete. Upper surface almost plane,

closely covered with small rounded tubercles, leaving a very

indistinct central furrow containing a short but well-marked

410 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

carina; a distinct transverse dorsal impression just behind

apex. Tubercles bare, each with a pale depressed seta ;

interstices with dense brown scaling. Hlytra elongato-ovate,

shoulderssloping, sidesslightly rounded, broadest about middle,

the posterior declivity laterally compressed, so that the space

between the second intervals on each elytron is distinctly

raised, apical processes moderately long and sharp in both

sexes. Upper surface convex, faintly striate, the strie with

indistinct punctures separated by small granules; intervals

even and with regular rows of granules, except the first,

which is smooth throughout, and the lateral compressed portion

of the declivity is also almost free from granules; scaling

rather thin, variegated brown, paler at sides; sete pale, very

small and much depressed. Legs long, rather slender, with

sparse pale setee; posterior tarsi broad, spongy beneath, the

joints of about the same width, second and third subequal,

first a little longer.

CAPE CoLony.

A remarkable and quite isolated species, which may at

once be distinguished from every other member of the genus

by the peculiar structure of the rostrum—especially in the

character of the basal horn, the transverse dorsal incision,

and the acuminate gene.

Hipporrhinus Horni, sp. n.

Long. 19, lat. 8 millim.

Head convex, with dense light brown scaling on vertex ;

forehead bare, indistinctly punctured and with a central fovea;

anteocular furrows distinct. ostrum not incised dorsally at

base, about as long as head and prothorax, slightly curved.

Upper surface distinctly convex at base, shallowly excavate

at extreme apex only; punctuation indistinct, with broad,

smooth, scarcely raised central line throughout ; lateral sulci

not meeting at base, shallow, the lower pair indistinct ; scrobes

directed to beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow

present, but shallow. Antenne with scape not nearly reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

transverse, the length rather greater than the width at base,

which is broader than apex, sides subangulate, broadest

about middle. Upper surface slightly convex, with four fairly

regular rows of small closely-set tubercles, leaving three large

smooth longitudinal spaces; the central one is closely and

distinctly punctured and contains no carina, the others are

indistinctly punctured ; below the outer row of tubercles is a

collection of four or five tubercles which form the lateral

Species of South-African Curculionide. 411

angulation ; tubercles black, shiny, and without sete. Elytra

ovate, shoulders sloping, sides moderately rounded, broadest

about middle, apical prominences long, sharp, divergent and

turning rather upwards. Upper surface convex, with regular

rows of small granules, often separated by large, shallow, indis-

tinct punctures: intervals 1, 2, 4, and 6 plane and smooth ;

interval 3 with a complete row of shiny brown tubercles,

as far as the declivity these are small, rounded, irregular, and

often duplicated, but on the declivity they are large and

sharply conical; interval 5 with a perfectly regular and

closely-set row of small, rounded, brown tubercles from base

to about middle, where it terminates quite abruptly ; interval

7 with acomplete row of small subconical tubercles ; tubercles

bare, shiny, and without sete. Legs with pale scaling; pos-

terior tarsi rather narrow, setose, the joints of about the same

width, second and third subequal, first much longer.

CAPE CoLony.

I have received a single example of this distinct species

from my friend Dr. Walther Horn, of Berlin, and there are

two others in the British Museum from Jekel’s collection.

Its only near ally is H. rubifer, F.; but this species lacks

the lateral smooth spaces on the prothorax; the tubercles on

the elytra are larger and further apart, the row on interval 5

is complete and not abruptly interrupted, and interval 2 always

has a row of four or five large, depressed, and widely separated

tubercles.

Hipporrhinus tricostatus, sp. n.

Long. 13, lat. 6 millim.

Head convex, finely and dispersely punctured, forehead

with a small central fovea; anteocular furrows shallow and

ill-defined. ostrwm not incised at base, about as long as

head and prothorax, deflexed and slightly curved. Upper

surface without any furrow or carina, convex at base and

faintly impressed towards apex, distinctly punctured except

for a broad smooth central line; lateral sulci not meeting

at base, which is continuous with forehead, the upper pair

narrow but distinct, the lower pair almost obsolete ; scrobes

slightly curved, oblique and directed to beneath base of ros-

trum ; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne with scape not

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Pro-

thorax as long as broad, the length much greater than the

width at base, which is about equal to that at apex, sides

gradually but strongly dilated from apex and suddenly nar-

rowed near base, broadest far behind middle, ocular lobes

strongly developed. Upper surface plane, with a very high,

412 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

narrow, central carina, and on each side of it a broad, smooth,

strongly raised costa, the coste uniting at apex so as to form

an elongate horseshoe, the ends of which are sometimes inter-

rupted near the base; outside the costa is a broad smooth

space followed by a lateral row of small closely-set single

tubercles, below which is a curved row of three larger tubercles

forming the most prominent part of the lateral dilatation ;

tubercles and coste black and shiny, interstices with brown

scaling. lytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides moderately

rounded, broadest rather before middle, apical processes in

female very short but sharp. Upper surface convex, with

rows of foveze, those in adjoining rows often merging so as to

give the elytra the appearance of being strongly wrinkled

transversely : intervals 1, 4, and 6 entirely without tubercles ;

interval 2 with a short apical row of four or five sharply

conical tubercles ; interval 3 with a row of five or six larger

subconical tubercles ceasing behind middle; intervals 5 and

7 with complete rows of conical tubercles, those on the former

much larger and sharper near apex ; tubercles black, shiny,

and occasionally with short depressed apical setee, interstices

with uniform brown scaling. Legs with sparse pale scaling,

forming a denser ring at apex of femora; posterior tarsi

narrow, setose, the three basal joints of same width, second

and third subequal, first longer.

Cape CoLony.

I have seen only three examples of this striking species :

two in the British Museum and one at Stockholm. The

peculiar structure of the thorax will differentiate it from every

other species in the genus, the nearest approach to it being

found in such species as canaliculatus, Mshl., and jictil’s, Mshl.

But the seulpturing of the elytra is, however, very different

from that in those species, being rather of the type found in

Jerus, Gyl., and its allies,

LMipporrhinus maculatus, sp. n.

Long. 26, lat. 11 millim. :

Head convex, closely shagreened on vertex, punctured in

front, with a broad band of elongate yellow scales across fore-

head and running down in front of eye ; forehead with a deep

fovea near base of rostrum; anteocular furrows deep and

complete, converging dorsally. Rostrum not incised at base,

as long as head and prothorax, in profile the upper line is

straight from base to near insertion of the antenne, then

sharply deflected. Upper surface broadly but very shallowly

excavate throughout, with its edges strongly carinate from

Species of South-African Curculionide. 413

base to insertion of antenne, with punctures and yellow

scaling at the sides, and a broad, smooth, central line

throughout; upper lateral sulci obsolete, the lower ones

faint, filled with yellow scaling, and quite hidden from

above by the lateral carina; scrobes directed beneath base

of rostrum; inferior transverse basal furrow absent. Av-

tenn with dense yellow scaling; scape not quite reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax

broader than long, length equal to width at base, apex

narrower, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle,

ocular lobes moderately developed. Upper surface almost

plane, sparsely covered with large flattened tubercles, leaving

a central furrow containing a very short carina and a lateral

smooth line on either side; prosternum and the three dorsal

lines covered with yellow scaling, the rest bare. Elytra

ovate, shoulders sloping, sides moderately rounded, broadest

about middle, apical processes in female long and sharp.

Upper surface convex, the striz with more or less regular

rows of large granules, the intervals unequally tuberculate:

interval 1 with elongate depressed tubercles becoming smaller

behind and vanishing before apex; intervals 2,3, and 5 with

closely-set, elongate, depressed tubercles to beyond middle,

after which they become sharply conical to apex, those on

interval 2 being the most prominent; intervals 4, 6, and 7

with smaller separated tubercles, depressed near base and

conical towards apex ; tubercles and granules quite bare and

without sete, the interstices with small patches of dense

yellow scales, forming more or less regular rows of spots

along the intervals. Legs with dense yellow scaling varie-

gated with numerous bare black spots ; posterior tarsi broad,

spongy beneath, the joints subequal in length and breadth,

NatTAt (teste Jekel: more probably Cape Colony),

I have seen only the unique type of this species in the

British Museum. It is most nearly allied to nivosus, Sparrm.,

but also bears some resemblance to insignis, Fahr. From

both these species it may be distinguished owing to the upper

surface of the rostrum having its edges sharply carinate right

up to the base, but they are not raised into a sharp angle in

front, as is the case with ndvosus. This latter insect differs

further in the presence on the rostrum of the inferior trans-

verse basal furrow, and in the complete absence of tubercles

on intervals 4 and 6 of the elytra. However, maculatus

agrees with nivosus, and differs from ¢nsignis, in having the

tubercles on interval 2 more prominent than those on 3,

414 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

ITipporrhinus lobatus, sp. n.

Long. 23, lat. 10 millim.

Head convex, with scattered shallow punctures, vertex with

dense scaling, forehead bare and with a central fovea; ante-

ocular furrows distinct and complete. Lostrum not incised at

base, about as long as head and prothorax, strongly curved,

its upper edge in profile being in a continuous line with the

forehead from base to middle, then very sharply deflexed,

almost ataright angle. Upper surface convex at base, deeply

excavate anteriorly, its edges being strongly raised in the

form of angulated carine, punctures large, diffuse, and shallow,

leaving a broad smooth central line; lateral sulci shallow and

faint, the upper one very narrow and obsolescent; scrobes

directed to beneath the base of rostrum ; inferior basal furrow

absent. Antenne with dense brown scaling; scape not

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Pro-

thorax transverse, the length about equal to the width at

base, the apex narrower, sides moderately rounded, broadest

about middle, ocular lobes strongly developed. Upper

surface plane, diffusely set with large elevated rounded

tubercles, leaving a broad central furrow containing a distinct

short carina; tubercles and carina bare, interstices covered

with large round whitish scales. lytra oblong, sides sub-

parallel to beyond middle, shoulders prominent but rounded,

a strong impression about apex of fifth interval, apical pro-

cesses in female short but sharp and divergent. Upper

surface slightly convex, striz with rows of small punctures

with more or less distinct intervening granules, intervals

uneven: interval 1 with a row of distant granules; interval

2 with an abbreviated row of tubercles from before middle to

apex, those on disk small and rounded, those on declivity

much larger and sharply conical; intervals 3, 5, and 7 with

complete rows of small subconical tubercles, which become

larger and more conical near apex ; intervals 4 and 6 quite

smooth. ‘Tubereles bare and with short pale depressed sete,

interstices with thin brown scaling variegated with grey.

Legs with dense pale scaling; posterior tarsi with the joints

of about the same width, first a little longer than second, and

second than third.

CAPE COLONY.

A distinct species, though clearly falling into the group

represented by ferus, Gyl., and perhaps most nearly re-

sembling mammillatus, Gyl.; but, apart from its much more

elongate elytra, the strongly lobate edges of the rostrum will

at once distinguish it.

Species of South-African Curculionide. 415

LHipporrhinus brachyceroides, sp. n.

Long. 22, lat. 9 millim.

Head convex, without any central carina or fovea; the

punctuation hidden by very dense brown scaling, anteocular

furrows distinct. ostrwm not incised at base, as long as

head and thorax, strongly curved ; at base a large stout double

horn, the apices of which are divergent. Upper surface with

a broad central furrow throughout and thickly covered with

large whitish scales. The lateral sulci are broad and dis-

tinct, coarsely punctured and filled with scales; the interval

between them narrowly carinate ; the basal transverse furrow

beneath very deep; scrobes directed below base of rostrum.

Antenne black, setose; scape not reaching eye; first and

second joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax as long as

broad, apex narrower than base, sides very little rounded,

broadest about middle, ocular lobes very strongly developed.

Upper surface convex, irregularly set with conical tubercles,

leaving a broad central furrow containing a short but strong

carina ; apices of tubercles bare, each with a puncture con-

taining a depressed seta, interstices with dense variegated

sealing. lytra oblong, shoulders prominent, sides sub-

parallel for three-fourths of the length, apical processes very

short. Upper surface convex, with regular rows of shallow

foveole : interval 1 entirely devoid of granules or tubercles ;

interval 6 with a more or less abbreviated row of tubercles,

sometimes wanting; the remaining intervals with regular,

complete rows of small, conical, closely-set tubercles—except

that on interval 4, which ceases at the summit of the declivity ;

the tubercles increase slightly in size towards apex, being

subcristate on the declivity of the second interval. ‘The entire

surface, including the apices of the tubercles, is densely

clothed with variegated grey and brown scaling. Legs

short and thick, densely clothed with light-coloured scales

and sete; second and third joints of posterior tarsi subequal,

distinctly shorter than first, all three of about equal width.

Cape CoLony : Namaqualand.

A very distinct species, approaching the aberrant Dreget,

Gyl., but, apart from being smaller and of a different colour,

the rostral horn is much larger and the apices divergent ; the

thoracic tubercles are smaller, more conical, and more closely

set; the prosternum has a strong conical projection just in

front of the anterior coxe ; the large intra-apical tubercular

prominence of Dregez is represented only by a very slight

elevation in brachyceroides. ‘The prosternal projection is, so

far as I am aware, unique in the genus, although rudzfer, F.,

and some of its allies have a slight fold in the same position,

416 On new Species of South-African Curculionide,

Hipporrhinus oaxus, sp. 0.

Long. 23-24, lat. 85-9 millim.

Head convex, bare, punctuation close but faint on vertex,

deeper and more scattered in front; forehead rather retuse,

with two faint rounded impressions ; anteocular furrows

distinct. ostrum cut off from head by a deep dorsal incision,

almost as long as head and thorax, distinctly curved, sub-

parallel from base to beyond middle, then gradually dilated

to apex. Upper surface convex and without central furrow

or carina in basal half, shallowly excavate towards apex, the

basal part smooth shiny and with fine sparse punctuation, the

punctures much closer and deeper near apex; lateral sulci

strong and deep, the intervening carina rather narrow and

undulating, the lower pair longer, the upper pair scarcely

uniting at base; scrobes lateral, parallel with sulci; inferior

basal furrow very broad and deep. Antenne with scape just

reaching eye; second joint of funicle longer than the first in

male, subequal in female. Prothorax rather broader than

long, apex about as broad as base, which is equal to the

length in female, but narrower in male, sides distinctly

rounded, broadest about middle, ocular lobes strongly de-

veloped. Upper surface slightly convex, fairly closely set

with large elevated rounded tubercles bearing depressed sete,

central furrow narrow and without a carina; no scaling.

Elytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders rounded, but more prominent

in female, sides slightly rounded, broadest before middle,

apices slightly and bluntly projecting in male, with sharp

parallel processes in female 1 millim. long. Upper surface

convex, the dorsal strie simply punctate, the outer ones granu-

late, the intervals not equally prominent: interval 1 quite

smooth to near declivity, but with strong granules from

there to apex; interval 2 quite smooth throughout; 3, 5,

and 7 with tubercles strongly depressed to beyond middle,

then sharply conical, those on 3 being especially prominent

and continued right on to the apical processes in both

sexes; intervals 4 and 6 with rows of depressed tubercles

ceasing beyond middle ; tubercles almost entirely devoid

of sete, the elytra bare and with a strong dull bronze

reflexion. Legs shiny, tibiz and tarsi setose; femora finely

punctured at base, impunctate in middle, and very coarsely

punctured at apex; the posterior and anterior tibia strongly

curved in male, but especially the former; joints 2 and 3 of

posterior tarsi subequal, the first a little longer.

CAPE COLONY.

This species is certainly a very close ally of H. verrucosus,

Dr. H. Ray Lankester on the Okap?. 417

L., but as the fourteen examples which I have examined all

retain their distinctive characters, it seems advisable to regard

it as a distinct species, at least provisionally. I retain for it

Buquet’s collection name under which it already stands in all

the older collections. The chief points in which it differs from

Linné’s species are:—(1) the absence of the deep central

furrow on the rostrum; (2) the lower lateral sulcus is dis-

tinctly longer than the upper and parallel with it, whereas in

verrucosus it is shorter and the sulci converge apically ;

(3) the thoracic tubercles are more elevated ; (4) the discal

punctures on the elytra are deep and simple, whereas in

verrucosus they are shallow and with a small but distinct

granule at the side of each; (5) the discal portions of the

intervals 1 and 3 near the base are quite plane and smooth,

and not distinctly tuberculate or carinate.

[To be continued. ]

LVIII.—The Specific Name of the Okapi presented by Sir

Harry Johnston to the British Museum. By E. Ray

Lankester, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Director of the Natural

History Department of the British Museum.

SINCE it appears probable (according to Dr. Forsyth Major’s

observations) that the skin of the Okapi received in Brussels

in May last belongs to a species of the genus Okapia distinct

from that represented by the entire skin and skull (the larger

of the two skulls) sent home by Sir Harry Johuston in the

previous year, and now mounted and exhibited in the public

gallery of the Museum, and since, moreover, according to

Dr. Forsyth Major’s observations, the “ bandoliers ” of striped

skin sent home by Johnston at a still earlier date, and named

Equus Johnstoni by Sclater, belong to the species received in

Brussels in May 1902, and not to the species represented by

the entire skin and skull sent by Johnston in 1901, it becomes

necessary to assign a new name to the latter. This is the skin

figured and described in my memoir in the Trans. Zool. Soe.

1902 (vol. xvi.): the larger of the two skulls and the lower

jaw there described and figured belong to it. I propose to

call this species after the Belgian officer Mr. Eriksson, who

obtained it at Sir Harry Johnston’s request, as recorded in

my memoir above cited. ‘his species will therefore stand

as Okapia Hrikssont, Lankester. The type is the stuffed

418 Bibliographical Notices.

skin, skull, and lower jaw now in the Natural History

Museum, London. The type of Okapia Johnstont, Sclater,

namely the two pieces of skin (“ bandoliers”) from the hind

limbs, is also preserved in this Museum.

Certainty as to the distinctness of these two species and a

complete diagnosis of their characters, if they should prove

to be, as now supposed, distinct, can only be based on the

examination of a large series of specimens.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Palcontologia Indica. New Series. Vol. I. Part 3. Fauna of the

Miocene Beds of Burma. By Fritz Nortuine, Ph.D., F.G.S.,

Palxontologist, Geological Survey of India. Folio. 378 pages,

25 plates. Calcutta: Geol. Survey Office. London: Kegan

Paul & Co. 1901.

Tue author explains that the fossils here described, besides in-

cluding those collected by himself from the Irrawadi series and

other beds, comprise some collected by the late Mr. Grimes and

others by Messrs. Theobald and Fedden in Lower Burma some thirty

years ago. He found that the want of any reliable literature on

Burmese paleontology was not relieved by any of the published

works on Indian fossils. The corals and echinoids are too rare in

Burma for Duncan and Sladen’s monographs on those of Western

India to be of service, and Sowerby’s descriptions of Cutch fossils

are not sufficiently distinct. The memoir on the fossils of the

Nummulitic group of Sind by d’Archiac and Haime he found to be

‘*‘ worse than useless,” the fossils of different formations being con-

fused. The type fossils require to be revised and carefully compared

with others of authenticated horizons.

Martin’s ‘ Tertiiirschichten auf Java,’ however, has been of great

use to him; and, following Stoliczka’s suggestion that the fauna of

the Burmese Tertiary System should be compared with the living

fauna of the Indian Ocean, F. Noetling has been able, thanks to

Major Alcock, to study the great collection in the Indian Museum

with highly satisfactory results.

Thus a new line of research has been opened out in the study of

the Indian Tertiary System, affording some highly interesting ‘views

regarding not only the origin of the recent fauna of the Indian

Ocean, but also of the relation the Miocene of India-Burma had

with the older Tertiary System of Europe and the recent fauna of

the Western Pacific. In fact, I think that one of the most im-

portant of my results,” says Mr. Noetling, ‘is the proof of a migration

of species from Europe in an eastern direction, which commenced

with the Eocene and probably lasted through the Miocene—a migra-

tion which still continued in an eastern direction during the Miocene

Bibliographical Notices. 419

period in India-Burma, though all direct communication between

the Miocene Ocean of Europe and India was disconnected during

the Miocene period.”

In subdividing the Tertiary System of Burma the author finds

that the Upper or Irrawaddi (Pliocene) Series contains the remains

of land and freshwater (fluviatile) life, and is based on a conglome-

rate containing numerous fossil bones, such as those of Hippotherium

and Acerotherium.

(It was on an exposed ledge of this conglomerate that Mr. Noetling

discovered, in association with a fossil tooth of Hippotherium ante-

lopinum, the stone implement described in ‘ Natural Science,’ vol. x.

no, 62, p. 234, 1897.)

The Lower or Arrakan (Miocene) Series in its subdivisions com-

prehends :—(1) The Upper or Pegu division (Miocene), no Nummu-

lites; (2) The Middle or Bassein division, with Nummulites

(Eocene); (3) The Lower or Chin division, without Nummulites

(Eocene or Cretaceous ?). It is noted that the geology and fossils of

the Pegu division have been best known and that those of the

Bassein and Chin divisions have not been so closely collected and

studied. The Pegu division comprises :—(1) The Yenangyoungian

beds, marine, largely littoral, and partly estuarine; and (2) The

Promean, of estuarine origin, with its petroleiferous strata.

The description and corollation of the formations and their zones

in Lower Burma (pages 17-26) and in Upper Burma (pages 27-38)

are followed by tables of the vertical and zonal distribution of the

fossil molluscan fauna (pages 19-53). Two hundred and eight

species, including some varieties, besides indeterminate forms, are

described at pages 101-378.

The relationships of wide territorial types, namely, (1) the Gallic,

Pacific, and Mediterranean groups of Paleogene species, and (2) the

Identical, Subidentical, and Evolutionary Neogene species (page 98),

are defined, and their proportions stated.

The proofs are given of an Eastern migration of European species,

assumed by the late H. M. Jenkins in 1864 to have proceeded in

Miocene times, but by F. Noetling (in the work before us) as having

been in the Eocene period. This extensive subject is carefully and

philosophically treated at pages 39-100, and elucidated with elabo-

rate successional and statistical tables.

Noetling agrees with Martin that there is no evidence to warrant

the adoption of Oligocene” for any part of the Indian Tertiary

System resting on that regarded as Eocene, whether in Baluchistan,

Western India, Burma, Java, Sumatra, or Borneo.

Biologia Centrah-Americana.—Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Vol. II.

By G. C. Cuampron. Pp. xvi & 416. With 22 plates. London,

1897-1901.

Tux first part of this work, comprising the families Pentatomid,

Coreidx, Lygeide, Pyrrhocoride, and Capside, and elaborated by

Mr. Distant, was finishedin 1893. The remaining nineteen families

of the Heteroptera are worked out by Mr. Champion in the present

420 Bibliographical Notices.

volume, which includes 592 species—no less than 289 being new,

with 30 new genera. With the species enumerated in Vol. I. the

total number of Heteroptera recorded in the ‘ Biologia’ is 1715,

rather more than half of which have been treated as new.

Mr. Champion’s work is not only faunistic,it is much more. The

descriptions are excellent, and there is scarcely one among the nine-

teen families dealt with, not excepting the Aradidx and Anthocorida,

in which the author has not succeeded in finding new, hitherto

overlooked characters for distinguishing the species. The sexual

characters are carefully noted, and in nearly every genus in more

than one of the species. The enumeration of the latter is in most

cases preceded by a synoptical table, much facilitating their deter-

mination.

Mr. Champion is to be congratulated on having so successfully

completed this work, the most important contribution to Hemiptero-

logical literature published during the last few years.

K. Bererorn.

Gephyrocrinus Grimaldi, Crinoide nouveau provenant des campagnes

de la ‘Princesse Alice.” By R. Konnier and F. A. Barner,

Mém. Soc. Zool. France, xv. pp. 68-79, 4 text-figures. July

1902.

Tue specimen herein described was dredged by the Prince of

Monaco at a depth of 1786 metres near Hierro in the Canaries, and

not, as the authors state, ‘dans les parages des Acores.” It is

referred to the Hyocrinide, a family represented until recently by

a single species, Hyocrinus Bethellianus, dredged by the ‘Challenger.’

A second species, not yet described, was found by the ‘ Valdivia’

near Enderby Land, in the Antarctic. The present specimen is

therefore of great interest, all the more so since it is considered to

form the type of a new genus differing from Hyocrinus, and, indeed,

from all known crinoids, in the fact that the food-grooves are carried

across from the fourth brachials to the orals on a thin unplated

membrane stretching like the web of a duck’s foot between each

arm and the tegmen. The name Gephyrocrinus is suggested by

this resemblance to a suspension bridge. Minor points of distinc-

tion from Hyocrinus are the fusion of the basals, the greater thickness

of the cup-plates, the almost complete atrophy of the ambulacrals,

and the form of the pinnules, which have not the peculiar arrange-

ment characteristic of Hyocrinus. These differences have induced

the authors to give afresh diagnosis of the Hyocrinide, differing

considerably from that in the ‘ Challenger’ Report.

Although the unique specimen of G. Grimaldi is small, some-

what imperfect, and naturally cannot be sacrificed for minute

dissection, it has been found possible to give a very exact description

of all the details of its external anatomy. These have suggested to

one of the authors a renewed investigation of the type of Hyocrinus

Bethellianus, with results that may be published more fully else-

where.

‘durt’ so.rg wae jury YT Ute QUTYy yp

UMA IA X INL S 9S PON Oy rp ey

TL equ A

-duar sorg uray uy

MAI X INL S782 PON Say 2H

EE) ANNO AGES

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 60. DECEMBER 1902.

LIX.—Descriptions of new Fishes from the Collection made

by Mr. E. Degen in Abyssinia. By G. A. BoULENGER,

F.R.S.

THE splendid collection of Abyssinian fishes brought home

by Mr. E. Degen is one of exceptional interest from the fact

that it contains examples of every one of the species described

by Riippell in 1835 *, of which only some of the types are

preserved, in a dry condition, in the Senckenberg Museum at

Frankfort a. M., and which had not been rediscovered since

the expedition of that illustrious zoologist and traveller ; and

that it has brought to our knowledge the existence in those

waters of a Loach, a group of which no African representa-

tive was on record, and of an astonishing multiplicity of species

of the genus Barbus, as well as of two new Silurids of the

genus Clarias. ‘Twenty-one species are here described as

new ; fifteen of these belong to the section of which the

Nilotic Barbus bynni is the type and of which representatives

are known to occur in Hast and South Africa and in the

* The material now available shows Varicorhinus beso, Riipp., to be

the same as the fish since described as Chondrostoma Dilloni, C. & V.

Gobio quadrimaculatus, Riipp., should bear the name Crossochilus quadri-

maculatus, and Chondrostoma dembeensis, Riipp., that of Discognathus

dembeensis, Gobio hirticeps, Riipp., is not the male of G. guadrimacu-

latus, as suggested by Riippell, but of D. dembeensis, the eye being situated

in the posterior half of the head.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 31

422 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

great Central African lakes. The study of these fishes is a

bewildering one from the very close affinity which connects

them, as I have already pointed out in a recently published

paper dealing with the collection made by Mr. Hinde in the

Kenia district * ; and nothing short of the large series (about

350 specimens) got together by Mr. Degen could have enabled

me to estimate correctly, as I believe, the value of the cha-

racters which have been regarded by some authors as generic,

whilst by others they have been refused even specific importance.

Thus, the character on which Riippell founded his genus

Labeobarbus, though insufficient for generic separation, is of

the greatest value for the distinction of species, as I have

ascertained that it is not sexual nor dependent on age in the

Abyssinian fishes, since the lips are as much produced in a

Barbus (Labeobarbus) nedgia of 64 inches as in one of 20.

The idea expressed by Giinther a few years ago J, that adult

specimens of Barbus intermedius have the lips more developed,

is not supported by the evidence available at present, and is

clearly the result of an error of determination, since the largest

specimen named “ Barbus intermedius, Riippell,” from Hast

Africa {, on which this view is founded, measures only

3 inches, whilst the type of B. zntermedius from Lake Tsana§,

for the loan of which I am indebted to the kindness of the

Directors of the Senckenberg Museum, measures 13 and lacks

the mental lobe.

It is extremely surprising how fishes, agreeing completely in

the form and scaling of the body and in the position and struc-

ture of the fins, in the pharyngeal teeth, and alsoin the skeleton,

so far as I have been able to ascertain, may differ very con-

siderably in the proportions of the various parts of the head,

* P. Z. 8. 1902, ii. p. 221. t P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 91.

¢ I propose the name Larbus Gregorti for the species referred by

Gunther to B. intermedius, from which it differs in the much-developed

lower lip with a rounded median lobe, and in the longer barbels, the

anterior measuring 13 to 14, the posterior 13 to 2 diameters of the eye.

D. IV 8-9; A. III 5; Sc. 31-33 %2, In its smaller scales, of which

three series intervene between the lateral line and the ventrals, it differs

from the other allied species of the Tana system (B. tanensis, Gthr.,

Hindii, Bler., perplericans, Blgy., labiatus, Blgr.) ; in these the number of

i ern Teer :

scales is 25-30 — 2 between the lateral line and the ventrals, and the

number of branched dorsal rays is 9 or 10. A specimen from the Gota

River, in the Degen collection, appears to be referable to B. Gregoriv.

§ Often written “Tana” on modern maps. I think it desirable to

retain the old orthography, in order to avoid confusion with the system

of the Tana River further south in East Africa, the fishes of which haye

much in common with those of the great Abyssinian lake which is the

source of the Blue Nile.

new Abyssinian Fishes. 423

the form and development of the lips, and the relative length

of the barbels. I trust that the rich material which I have

had the privilege of studying has enabled me, through com-

parisons of numerous specimens of all sizes, to form a more

correct estimate of the changes that take place with age, and

that the number of species has not been unduly multiplied,

although it is, of course, quite possible that some of them are

founded on hybrids. In order to facilitate the discrimination

of the species of the Barbus bynni group here described as

new, I append a tentative synopsis of all the African species

of that group, one of the most difficult with which it has ever

been my lot to deal.

Mr. Degen deserves great credit for the manner in which

he has collected and preserved in spirit this large and well-

selected series of fishes—some as much as 2 feet in length—

accompanied by notes and coloured sketches made by him on

the spot, which have been of great assistance to me.

The altitude of the localities mentioned in this paper are

only approximative, Mr. Degen not having been in a position

to determine them with precision.

Synopsis of the African Species of Barbus related to

B. bynni, Lorsk.

Dorsal fin with a very strong, bony, non-serrated spine and 8 to 10 branched

rays; anal with 5 branched rays *; scales large, 40 or less in the

lateral line ; barbels four.

171 ‘ eS

A. Se. 33-40 2-3 4+; D. 1V 8-9; lower

é eas 3

lip continuous across the chin.

Ces .

Se. 40 =; barbels not longer than eye; inter-

orbital width 3 times in length of head; (p. 426.

lower lip not forming a median lobe...... B. microterolepis, Bler.,

Se. 32-37 = barbels 2 to 23 diameters of eye ;

interorbital width 23 to 3 times in length [p. 427.

of head ; lower lip with a median lobe..., 2B. macronema, Blgr.,

Se. 33-36 agi barbels 13 to 2 diameters of

eye; interorbital width 3 to 3 times in

length of head; lower lip not forming a fp. 427.

mips ODOT. | 5), <)/cls viele «ve ome ...... B. Rueppelli, Bigr.,

Se. 36-39 2 ; barbels not or but slightly longer

than eye ; interorbital width 2} to 3 times

* This character excludes the Moroccan species, which agree with the

Fast-African ones in the structure of the dorsal fin, but have 6 or 7

branched rays in the anal.

+ The figure or figures after the numbers in the transverse series refer

to the series of scales between the lateral line and the ventral fin.

31%

424 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

in length of head ; dorsal fin nearer caudal

than occiput..... A ee

B. Se. 30- 38 2 D2 ts eo

1. Lower i not continuous across the chin.

a. Mouth inferior, evenly curved.

a. Anterior barbel 14 to 1}, posterior

13 to 1? diameters of eye ; inter-

orbital width 25 to 5 times in

length of head.

Depth of body 23% to 3 times in total length;

snout less than 3 length of head ........

Depth of body more than 3 times in total length ;

snout more than 3 leneth of head ........

8. Barbels not more than 1? diameters

of eye.

* Ventrals not in advance of origin

of dorsal; interorbital width 23

to 3 times in length of head.

Length of head 33 to 53 times in total length;

“snout rounded, not more than 1} diameters

of eye, which is 8 times in length of head...

Length of head 3 32 to 44 times in total length ;

“snout rounded, not twice as long as ey e,

which is more than 3 times in Teneth® of

head gecuersie eyes is sou oe

Teneth of head 4 to 42 times in total length ;

“snout rather pointed, nearly twice as Tong

asieye 1m the a@uliy wep tns oe ote ckeleleeee

** Ventrals anterior to origin of

dorsal.

Interorbital width 24 times in length of head. .

Interorbital width more than 4 times in length

of thend ia. 25s 6 hice ta ae te ce e ee

6. Mouth inferior, forming a broken arch,

a feebly curved transverse line in

front; lips very feebly developed;

barbels not longer than eye ......

c. Mouth terminal; anterior barbel not

longer than ey e.

Interorbital width 23 to 8 times in length of

head ; posterior ieee 1} to 12 diameters of

2) Ci SOI rab eR Sek ccicis MP o NS SNe ae

Interorbital width 33 to 42 ‘times in length of

head ; posterior barbel not longer than eye.

2, Lower lip continuous across the chin,

sometimes produced into a median

lobe.

a, Spine of dorsal fin as long as or longer

than head ; interorbital width Qt to

3 times in ‘length of head.

Snout strongly projecting beyond lower jaw ;

anterior Larbel not or but slightly longer

B. Holubi, Stdr.

B, surkis, Riipp.

[p. £28.

B. Harringtoni, Blyr.,

[p. 429.

B. jarsinus, Blgr.,

B. intermedius, Rupp.

B. Fergussonii, Blgv.

B. Eduardianus, Blgr.

B. Breyeri, M. Weber.

[p. 429.

B. plagiostomus, Blgr.,

[p. 450.

B. platystomus, Bigr.,

B. gorguari, Riipp. F

+ B. elongatus, Riipp., cannot be separated from B. gorguart.

new Abyssinian Iishes. 425

than eye; depth of body 2% to 33 times in

total-lenetle ey yet. 2 nett mite ee eee B. bynni, Forsk.

Snout feebly projecting ; anterior barbel 1} as

long as eye; depth of body 5} times in [p. 431.

LOCH AOR EDE, 2 ce iets ats hae tata ne tape een eee B. kassamensis, Blgv.,

Snout feebly projecting ; anterior barbel a little

shorter than eye; depth of body 32 to 4

times.in total. lenoth | $9y2 005. 2h. ahh B. gananensis, Vincig.

6. Spine of dorsal fin shorter than head ;

depth of body 53 to 43 times in total

length.

a. Anterior barbel shorter than eye,

posterior as long as eye or a little

longer ; interorbital width 31 to

3? times in length of head. [p. 431.

Length of head 23 to 34 times in total length.. B. brevibarbis, Bler.,

Length of head 4 to 4} times in total length .. 2B. leptosoma, Blgr.,

8. Anterior barbel at least as long as [p. 432.

eye.

* No subtriangular dermal lobe

above the mouth.

+ Interorbital width 24 to 3 times

in length of head.

¢ Anterior barbel not or but

slightly longer than eye.

Posterior barbel 14 to 1} diameters of eye; depth

of body equal to length of head; snout 3

times in length of head ................ B. oreas, Blgy., p. 432.

Posterior barbel not or but slightly longer than

eye; depth of body nearly equal to length

of head ; snout more than 5 times in length

DMORG YG PRTG tet, te an ou Oe cet Slama eee) w ai8 B. altianalis, Blyy.

tt Anterior barbel at least

nearly 13 as long as eye.

Posterior barbel about 14 diameters of eye; (A. Smith.

depth of body equal to leneth of head .... B. marequensis,

Posterior barbel 12 to 1¢ diameters ofeye ; depth

—)

of body greater than length of head ...... B. Duchesnii, Bler.,

Posterior barbel 12 diameters of eye; depth of [p. 453,

body equal to length of head; a subtrian-

polar momtal 1Oh6).27.9.4 A avs occntcns! sho 05 b's B. mento, Blgr., p. 434.

tt Interorbital width 3; to 3}

times in length of head; an-

terior barbel 12 to 1%, poste-

rior 13 to 2 diameters of eye.

Ventrals below origin of dorsal.............. B. Gregori, Bier.

Ventrals posterior to origin of dorsal ........ B. hursensis, Bler.,

ttt Interorbital width 34 to 4 [p. 434.

times in length of head ; bar-

bels 1 to 13 diameters of eye. DB. affinis, Rupp.

#* A subtriangular dermal lobe

above the upper jaw; posterior

barbels not more than 13 diame-

ters of eye; interorbital width

3; to 32 times in length of head.

Lips not produced into long triangular median

426 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

lobes, but snout with a projecting dermal

LAD aSeyetanhe | silelate’ointoys Peis 2 siela.c'o plete te eaeters B. Degeni, Blgy., p. 435.

Both lips produced into long triangular median

MOCK ie aac s.s<.s sme ssh picts is Sede Pee B. nedyia, Riipp.

C. Se. 25-80 48 2; D. IV 8-10.

1]. Lower lip continuous across the chin;

both upper and lower lips produced

into triangular median lobes ; anterior

barbel as long as eye, posterior a little

LONGER picaetnc aoe ie es eeinre ores B. labiatus, Blgr.

2. Lower lip interrupted on the chin.

a. Mouth without horny sheath.

Anterior barbel 14 to 13 diameters of eye, poste-

BLOK UA APO Nena chaneienstesenate)s) =asiapeysh- oie, stele B. tanensis, Gthyr.

Anterior barbel about as long as eye, posterior

1} to 12 diametersvof eye cose... see B. Hindi, Bier.

Barbelsishorter than eye 4. se.00 00 ewe es ane B. oxyrhynchus, Pfeff.

b. Lower jaw with a trenchant horny

edge; barbels as long as eye, or

posterior a little longer .......... B. perplexicans, Blgr.

Barbus microterolepis.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 times in total

length. Snout rounded, 32 times in length of head; diameter

of eye 4 times in length of head, interorbital width 3 times ;

mouth terminal, its width 4} times in length of head *; lips

moderately developed, the lower continuous ; barbels two on

each side, anterior ? diameter of eye, posterior as long as

eye, the distance between them 3 diameter of eye. Dorsal

IV 8, last simple ray strong, bony, not serrated, slightly

curved, a little shorter than head ; free edge of the fin strongly

emarginate ; its distance from the occiput less than its distance

from the caudal. Anal III 5, longest ray 3 length of head.

Pectoral 2 length of head, not reaching ventral; latter a

little posterior to origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 13 as

longasdeep. Scales 40 a 4 between lateral line and ventral,

16 round caudal peduncle. Olive above, silvery beneath ;

fins greyish.

Total length 135 millim.

A single specimen was obtained at Buggali, from the Maki

River, a fast-running stream flowing towards Lake Swai

from the eastern slope of the Adami Mountains, in the Addia

country, altitude about 4000 feet, March 3, 1902, together

with examples of Barbus affinis, Rupp.

This species is remarkable in having the smallest scales

among the numerous allies of Barbus bynni, Forsk.

* J, e., the greatest width of the closed mouth, the lips being lifted if

necessary, and not included.

new Abyssinian Fishes. 427

Barbus macronema.

De pth of body 33 to 3? times in total length, length of

head 34 to 4 times. Shout rounded, 3} to 32 times in length

of head; diameter of eye 6 to 64 armde in ‘length of head,

interorbital width 2? to 3 times ; mouth inferior, its width 34

to 4 times in length of head; lips well developed, the lower

with a very short, rounded or truneate median lobe; barbels

two on each side, nearly equal, 2 to 24 diameters of eye, 12

to 21 as long as the distance between them. Dorsal LV 8,

last simple ray strong, bony, not serrated, feebly curved,

about 4 length of head; free edge of the fin emarginate ; its

Je entes from the occiput equal to or a little less than its

distance from the caudal. Anal III 5, longest ray 2 to 3

length of head, reaching root of caudal, or a little beyond.

Pectaxal to 4 ‘length of head, not reaching ventral; latter

below origin of dorsal. @aival peduncle 14 as long a deep.

Scales 32-37 ° g 4 between lateral line and ventral, 12 or 14

round caudal peduncle. Olive above, wrelloypish beneath ;

fins greyish.

Five specimens measuring 260 to 365 millim.: one was

obtained at Gafersa, in the Maki River, altitude about

5000 feet, March 11, 1902; two were procured together at

Dedota, altitude about 5500 feet, in the Hawash River,

March 16, 1902; and two are from the Hurso River, a fast-

running mountain-stream flowing northwards in the Upper

Adal country, altitude about 7000 feet, Jan. 17, 1902.

This species has much in common with B. Gregori’, Blgr.,

but differs in the longer barbels and the presence of tour

series of scales between. the lateral line and the ventral fins.

Barbus Rueppelli.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 to 34 times in

total length. Snout broad, rounded, 3 or Bi times in length

of head ; diameter of eye 41 (young) to 64 times in length of

head, interorbital width 3 to 34 times; mouth inferior, its

width 4 times in length of head; lips broad, continued across

the chin, but not forming a median lobe ; barbels two on each

side, anterior 1} to 1? diameters of eye, posterior 1? to 2, the

distance between them equal to or a little exceeding diameter

of eye. Dorsal IV 8, ae simple ray strong, bony, not

serrated, feebly curved, o 2 length of head; free edge of

the fin emarginate ; its as a froth the occiput less than its

distance from the caudal. Anal IIT 5, longest ray 2 length

of head, reaching root of caudal or a little beyond. P ectoral

428 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

3 to 4 length of head, not reaching ventral; latter below or

slightly posterior to origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 to

14 as long as deep. Scales 33-36 mae 4 between lateral

line and ventral, 12 or 14 round caudal peduncle. Greenish

above, golden on the sides and below ; fins yellowish green.

Five specimens, measuring from 180 to 340 millim., from

the Errer River, a mountain-stream flowing northwards from

the Jebel-Amhar range of mountains, in the Upper Adal

country, altitude about 4000 feet, Jan. 20, 1902.

This new species, named in memory of the first explorer of

the Abyssinian fish-fauna, is distinguished from the preceding

in the shorter barbels and the continuous lower lip, which is

not notched on each side to form a median lobe.

Barbus Harringtont.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} times in total

length. Snout rounded, a little more than 4 length of head;

diameter of eye 8 times in length of head, interorbital width

3 times; mouth large, subinferior, its width 3 times in length

of head; lips moderately developed, interrupted on the chin ;

barbels two on each side, anterior 14, posterior 14 diameters

of eye and as long as the distance between them. Dorsal IV 9,

last simple ray strong, bony, not serrated, feebly curved,

nearly 4 length of head; free edge of the fin emarginate ; its

distance from the occiput equal to its distance from the caudal.

Anal III 5, longest ray 2 length of head, nearly reaching root

of caudal. Pectoral # length of head, not reaching ventral ;

latter below origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as

deep. Scales 34 a 3 between lateral line and ventral, 12

round caudal peduncle. Olive above, whitish beneath ; fins

reyish.

Total length 500 millim. Stated by Mr. Degen to reach

double that length.

A single specimen from the Hawash River at Warrar,

altitude about 4000 feet, Feb. 6, 1902.

This large Barbel, named in honour of Col. J. L. Harring-

ton, C.B., C.V.O., H.B.M. Consul General at the Court of the

Emperor Menelek, is nearly related to B. surkis, Riipp., from

which it differs in the less deep body, the longer snout, the

larger mouth, and the shorter barbels. The lower pharyn-

geal bones are much less massive, smaller in fact in this type

than in a smaller B. surkis; the anterior pharyngeal teeth of

the inner row have compressed mammitorm crowns instead

of the subspherica] form assumed by them in B, surkis,

new Abyssinian Fishes. 429

Barbus jarsinus.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 to 32 times in

total length. Snout rounded, 3 times in length of head;

diameter of eye 3} to 44 times in length of head, interorbital

width 3 times ; mouth inferior, its width 4 times in length of

head ; lips moderately developed, the labial fold not extending

across the chin; barbels two on each side, anterior 2 to 1

diameter of eye, posterior 1 to 14, the distance between them

z to 3 diameter of eye. Dorsal [V 9 (rarely 8), last simple

ray strong, bony, not serrated, straight, $ to ? length of head;

free edge of the fin feebly emarginate; its distance from the

occiput less than its distance from the caudal. Anal IIL 5,

longest ray 2 to 3 length of head. Pectoral 3 to 3 length of

head, not reaching ventral; latter below anterior rays of

dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1} to 13 as long as deep. Scales

31-34 ap 24 or 3 between lateral line and ventral, 12 or 14

round caudal peduncle. Olive-brown above, silvery on the

sides and below ; a darker streak along each side of the back ;

axil of pectoral and of ventral and base of anal bright orange.

Total length 115 millim.

Numerous specimens of this small Barbel were obtained on

Jan. 13, 1902, in the Jerrer or rapid mountain-stream five

hours’ ride from Harrar, flowing from Mount Jarso to the

Webi Shebeli, altitude about 6000 feet.

This species is most nearly related to B. intermedius of

Riippell. Compared with young specimens (120 millim.

long) of the latter, it differs in the longer snout, the smaller

eye, the narrower interorbital region, and the shorter dorsal

spine.

Barbus plagiostomus.

Depth of body 3} to 4 times in total length, length of head

4 to 44 times. Snout rounded, 3 or 3} times in length of

head ; diameter of eye 43 to 5 times in length of head, inter-

orbital width 2} to 23 times; mouth inferior, forming a

broken arch, a feebly curved transverse line in front, its width

3 or 3% times in length of head; lips very feebly developed,

confined to the sides; a thin horny sheath, with a blunt keel,

covers the jaws; barbels two on each side, subequal, as long

as or a little shorter than diameter of eye. Dorsal LV 9, last

simple ray very strong, bony, not serrated, nearly straight, as

long as head or only 3 its length; free edge of the fin strongly

emarginate ; its distance from the occiput less than its distance

from the caudal. Anal Il] 5, longest ray ? to 4 length of

430 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

head, reaching or nearly reaching root of caudal. Pectoral

as long as or a little shorter than head, not reaching ventral ;

latter a little posterior to origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle

12 to 1% as long as deep. Scales 33 ay 3 between lateral

line and ventral, 12 or 14 round caudal peduncle. Silvery,

darker on the back ; pectoral and ventral fins flesh-coloured ;

iris nearly white, with a fine yellow ring round the pupil.

Total length 220 millim.

‘Three specimens of nearly the same size, one from the

Gota River at Marmusa, Jan. 21, 1902, and two from the

KKassam River at Awhorra Mullka in Shoa, altitude about

4000 feet, Feb. 7, 1902. ‘

Like the recently described B. perplexicans from the Tana

system, this fish might be referred to the genus Capoéta as

defined by Giinther; but this, it seems to me, would be in

violation of the natural affinities, which are with B. dnter-

medius, Riipp., just as those of B. perplexicans, Blgr., are

with B. tanensis, Gthr., and B. Hindiz, Blgr. Nevertheless,

Barbus plagiostomus evidently constitutes a connecting-link

between B. intermedius and Varicorhinus beso of Riippell.

Barbus platystontus.

Depth of body 33 to 3% times in total length, length of

head 4 to 43 times. Snout very broad, ronnded, not quite 4

length of head; diameter of eye 5 to 54 times in length of

head, interorbital width 2? to 3 times; mouth large, terminal,

its width 8 times in length of head; lips moderately deve-

loped, interrupted on the chin; barbels two on each side,

anterior as long as the eye, posterior 14 to 12 diameters of eye,

the space between them as long as the eye. Dorsal 1V 8-9,

last simple ray very strong, bony, not serrated, feebly curved,

3 to § length of head; free edge of the fin emarginate ; its

distance from the occiput less than its distance from the caudal.

Anal III 5, longest ray ? to # length of head, reaching or

nearly reaching root of caudal. Pectoral % to % length of

head, not reaching ventral; latter a little posterior to origin

of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1? as long as deep. Scales

35-387 2% 3 between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Bluish or steel-blue above; fins of a dark slate-

colour; iris yellow or orange.

Two specimens, measuring 245 and 310 millim. respec-

tively, from Bahardar, Lake 'Tsana, altitude about 5500 teet,

June 4, 1902.

Intermediate between 2B. Harringtont and B. gorguari,

new Abyssinian Fishes. 431

Riipp. Distinguished from the latter by the much broader

snout and the broader interorbital region. The lower pha-

ryngeal bones are relatively small,as in B. Harringtont, from

which they do not differ in the dentition.

Barbus kassamensis.

Depth of body 34 times in total length, length of head 4

times. Snout rounded, 3} times in length of head ; diameter

of eye 4} times in length of head, interorbital width 3

times; mouth inferior, its width + length of head; lips

moderately developed, lower continuous across the chin but

not produced into a lobe; barbels two on each side, ante-

rior 14 diameters of eye, posterior 13, the distance between

them 3 diameter of eye. Dorsal IV 8, last simple ray very

strong, bony, not serrated, as long as the head; free edge of

the fin emarginate ; its distance from the occiput less than its

distance from the caudal. Anal IIL 5, longest ray a little

shorter than head and reaching root of caudal. Pectoral as

long as head, nearly reaching ventral ; latter below anterior

rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1} as long asdeep. Scales

30 = 3 between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Olive-brown above (in spirit), the scales edged

with darker, yellowish beneath ; fins greenish yellow.

Total length 225 millim.

A single specimen from the Kassam River at Awhorra

Mullka, Shoa, altitude about 4000 feet.

Very closely allied to B. bynni, Forsk. Distinguished by

a less prominent snout, less developed lips, longer barbels,

and a less deep body.

Barbus brevibarhis.

Depth of body 33 to 3? times in total length, length of

head 31 to 84 times. Snout rounded, 3 times in length of

head; diameter of eye 4 (young) to 63 times in length of

head, interorbital width 33 to 3$ times; mouth inferior, its

width 43 times in length of head; lips much developed, the

lower forming a short rounded lobe in the middle; barbels

two on each side, the anterior % to ? diameter of eye, the

posterior as long as eye and as long as or a little longer than

its distance from the anterior. Dorsal IV 9, last simple ray

very strong, bony, not serrated, straight or very slightly

curved, ? to ? length of head; free edge of the fin emar-

ginate; its distance from the occiput equal to or a little less

than its distance from the caudal, Anal II] 5, longest ray 3

length of head. Pectoral about 3 length of head, not reaching

432 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

ventral ; latter below or slightly posterior to origin = dorsal.

Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. Scales 31-33 *, 24 or 3

between lateral line oad ventral, 12 round caudal dated

Bluish olive above, yellowish beneath ; fins dark slate-colour ;

iris deep yellow.

Four specimens, measuring 350, 250, 150, and 130 millim.

respectively, were obtained in Lake T’sana, the largest at

Zegi, May 31, 1902, the three others at Bahardar, June 4,

1902.

This species is near B. nedgia, Riipp., from which it is

distinguished by the lesser development of the lips and the

shorter barbels.

Barbus leptosoma.

Depth of body 3? to 44 times in total length, length of

head 4 to 44 times. Snout rounded, 3} to 3} times in length

of head; diameter of eye 4 to 4% times in length of head,

interorbital width 31 to 3} times; mouth inferior, its width

4} to 5 times in length ot head; lips moderately developed,

continuous across the chin; barbels two on each side, sub-

equal, as long as the eye or a little shorter, longer than the

distance between them. Dorsal III 8-9, last simple ray very

strong, bony, not serrated, straight or slightly curved, as long

as or slightly shorter than the head; free edge of the fin

emarginate ; its distance from the occiput less than its dis-

tance from the caudal. Anal III 5, longest ray 3 length of

head. Pectoral # to ¢ length of head, not eae ventral ;

latter below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle twice

or nearly twice as long asdeep. Scales 30-35 a, 3 between

lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Silvery

in life, tinged with a vivid blue; the belly and fins whitish,

tinged with carneous,

Three specimens, two measuring 225 millim., the third 160,

from Zegi, Lake 'T'sana, May 18 and 19, 1902.

Distinguished from B. brevibarbis by the more elongate

form, the shorter head, the thinner lips, and the longer spine

of the dorsal fin.

Barbus oreas.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total

length. Snout rounded, 3 times in length of head; diameter

of eye 44 to 5 times in fom of head, interorbital width 3

times ; mouth inferior, its width 4 times in length of head ;

lips much developed, the lower forming a short rounded median

lobe; barbels two on each side, anterior slightly longer than

eye, posterior 14 to 14 as long as eye, the distance between

new Abyssinian Fishes. 433

them 3 diameter of eye. Dorsal IV 9, last simple ray strong,

bony, not serrated, straight, 2 or 2 length of head; free edge

of the fin emarginate ; its distance from the occiput less than its

distance from the caudal. Anal IIL 5, longest ray 3 length

of head. Pectoral 3 or $ length of head, not reaching ventral ;

latter below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1? or

twice as long as deep. Scales 33 ee 24 between lateral

line and ventral, 12 or 14 round caudal peduncle. Olive

above, silvery on the sides and below; dorsal and caudal

fins greyish.

Total length 170 millim.

‘Two specimens from the Jerrer, near Harrar (ca. 6000 feet),

Jan. 13, 1902.

Very nearly related to B. gananensis, Vincig., from the

Ganana and Auata Rivers, Somaliland; distinguished by the

smaller eye, the narrower interorbital space, the shorter spine

of the dorsal, and the longer caudal peduncle.

Barbus Duchesnit.

Depth of body 34 to 34 times in total length, leneth of

head 4 to 44 times. Snout rounded, 3 to 33 times in length

of head, interorbital width 3 times; mouth inferior, its width

4 times in length of head; lips moderately developed, the

lower continuous ; barbels two on each side, subequal, 12 to

1? diameters of eye. Dorsal IV 9, last simple ray very strong,

bony, not serrated, straight or very slightly curved, 2 to #

length of head; free edge of the fin strongly emarginate ; its

distance from the occiput a little less than its distance from

the caudal. Anal III 5, longest ray 4 length of head, reaching

or nearly reaching root of caudal. Pectoral nearly as long as

head, narrowly separated from ventral ; latter below anterior *

rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. Scales

30-33 =, 24 between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal

peduncle, Colour iridescent green and blue in life; all the

fins dark slate-colour; iris dark, with a fine yellow circle

round the pupil.

‘Total length 300 millim.

‘Two specimens: the larger from Bahardar, Lake Tsana,

June 2, 1902; the other (250 millim. long) from the Moger

River, a tributary of the Blue Nile, in Shoa, altitude about

4000 feet, April 17, 1902.

Named after M. J. Duchesne-Fournet, the chief of the

French Scientific Mission of that name, who most kindly

assisted Mr, Degen with advice during his stay on Lake

sana.

434 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

B. Duchesnii is related to B. affinis, Riipp., but differs

chiefly in the longer barbels and the broader interorbital

region.

Barbus mento.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3? times in total

length. Snout rounded, 3 times in length of head ; diameter

of eye 6 times in length of head, interorbital width 3 times ;

mouth inferior, its width 4 times in length of head; lips very

strongly developed, the lower produced into a subtriangular

median lobe which is as long as the eye; anterior barbel 14,

posterior 12 diameters of eye, the space between them a little

greater than diameter of eye. Dorsal IV 8, last simple ray

very strong, bony, not serrated, slightly curved, 4 length of

head ; free edge of the fin emarginate; its distance from the

occiput a little less than its distance from the caudal. Anal

IIL 5, longest ray ? length of head, reaching root of caudal.

Pectoral # length of head, not reaching ventral; latter below

anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 12 as long as deep.

Scales 35 2 3 between lateral line and ventral, 12 round

caudal peduncle. Olive above, yellowish beneath; fins

greyish.

Total length 300 millim.

A single specimen obtained at Marmasa (alt. nearly

5000 feet) in the Gota River, flowing northwards from the

Jebel-Amhar Mountains, Jan. 21, 1902.

Barbus mento may be compared with B. nedgia, Riipp.,

from which it differs in the broader head, the broader inter-

orbital region, and the lesser development of the lips. It

differs from B. Duchesnti in the less elevated body and the

longer mental lobe.

Barbus hursensis.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 33 or 4 times in

total length. Snout obtusely conical, 3 times in length of

head ; diameter of eye 5 times in length of head, interorbital

width 3} times; mouth inferior, its width 4 times in length

of head; lips strongly developed, the lower forming a rounded

median lobe; anterior barbel 14, posterior twice as long as

eye, the distance between them a little less than diameter of

eye. Dorsal III 8-9, last simple ray strong, bony, not

serrated, curved, 2 or 3 length cf head; free edge of the fin

emarginate ; its distance from the occiput a little less than its

distance from the caudal. Anal II 5, longest ray 2 length of

head, reaching root of caudal. Pectoral # or 2 length of

new Abyssinian F shes. 435

head, not reaching ventral ; latter somewhat posterior to

origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1} or 1} as long as deep.

Scales 32-34 °*?, 3 between lateral line and ventral, 12 or

14 round caudal peduncle. Olive above, golden on the sides ;

fins yellowish green ; iris golden yellow.

Total length 210 millim.

Two specimens from the Hurso River, Upper Adal

country, altitude about 7000 feet, Jan. 17, 1902. A third

badly preserved specimen from the Gota River probably

belongs to the same species.

The longer barbels and the broader interorbital space

distinguish this species from Riippell’s B. affinis, to which it

is most nearly related.

Barbus Degen.

Depth of body 32 to 44 times in total length, length of

head 33 to 32 times. Snout pointed, 2? to 3 times in length

of head; diameter of eye 5 to 84 times in length of head,

interorbital width 34 times ; snout produced into a triangular

dermal flap overhanging the lip ; mouth inferior, its width 44

to 54 times in length of head; lips very strongly developed,

the lower produced into a rounded median lobe which measures

4 to 2 the diameter of the eye; anterior barbel 1 to 14, poste-

rior 1} to 1} diameters of eye, the space between them equal

to or a little less than diameter of eye. Dorsal LV 9, last

simple ray very strong, bony, not serrated, straight or slightly

curved, } to 2 length of head; free edge of the fin emarginate ;

its distance from the occiput a little less than its distance

from the caudal. Anal III 5, longest ray $ to 2 length of

head, reaching or nearly reaching root of caudal. Pectoral

2 to 3 length of head, not reaching ventral; latter below

anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 1} to 12 as long as

deep. Scales 31-35 Hee 24 or 3 between lateral line and

ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Head and upper part of

body dark slate-colour, sides dark green, belly yellowish

green in life; caudal green, other fins steel-grey ; iris dark

bronzy.

Four specimens, measuring 225 to 450 millim., from Lake

Tsana. ‘The largest was obtained at Zegi, May 27, 1902, the

others at Bahardar, June 1 and 4, 1902.

This fine Barbus is closely allied to B. nedgia, differing in

the less developed mental lobe and the absence of an upper

labial lobe, which is replaced by a similar appendage formed

by the skin of the snout above the lip.

436 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

Barbus pleurogramma.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total

length. Snout rounded, 43 times in length of head; dia-

meter of eye 3 to 3} times in length of head, interorbital width

3 times; mouth terminal, its width 44 times in length of

head ; lips feebly developed; barbels two on each side, the

anterior barely 4 diameter of eye and longer than its distance

from the posterior, which measures nearly # diameter of eye.

Dorsal III 7, last simple ray bony, strongly serrated behind,

3 length of head; free edge of the fin not emarginate ; its

distance from the occiput a little less than its distance from

the caudal. Anal IIL 5, longest ray 3 length of head. Pec-

toral 2 length of head, not reaching ventral; latter below

anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle twice as long as

deep. Scales 35 = 3 between lateral line and ventral, 16

round caudal peduncle. Silvery, brownish on the back; a

black line along each side of the body ; fins greyish.

Total length 40 millim.

Three specimens from Bahardar, Lake ‘T’sana, June 4,

1902, and one from the Unfras River, Lake T'sana, May 9,

1902.

Near the East African B. paludinosus, Peters, in which,

however, the dorsal fin originates behind the vertical of the

base of the ventrals.

Barbus humilis.

Depth of body 3} to 3? times in total length, length of

head 32 to 4 times. Snout rounded, 4 times in length of

head; diameter of eye 3 to 34 times in length of head, inter-

orbital width 24 to 22 times; mouth terminal, its width 4

times in length of head; lips feebly developed ; barbels two

on each side, the anterior about 3, the posterior 3 diameter of

eye, the space between them hardly } diameter of eye.

Dorsal III 8, last simple ray not enlarged, flexible, as long

as head; free edge of the fin emarginate; its distance from

the occiput about 3 its distance from the caudal. Anal IIL 9,

longest ray 2 length of head. Pectoral 3 to ? length of head,

not reaching ventral; latter below anterior rays of dorsal.

Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales 29-31 4 2 be-

tween lateral line and ventral, 12 or 14 round caudal peduncle.

Silvery, brownish on the back; an indistinct darker lateral

band; fins whitish.

‘Total length 65 millim.

new Abyssinian Fishes. 437

Numerous specimens from Bahardar, Lake Tsana, June 4,

1902.

The nearest ally of this small Barbel appears to be B. tn-

ermis, Peters, the dorsal of which originates in front of the

vertical of the base of the ventrals.

Barbus trispilopleura.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 times in total

length. Snout rounded, 4 times in length of head; diameter

of eye 3 times in length of head, interorbital width 24 times;

mouth terminal, its width 434 times in length of head; lips

feebly developed ; barbels two on each side, the anterior 2,

the posterior a little longer than diameter of eye. Dorsal

III 7-8, last simple ray not enlarged, flexible, as long as

head ; free edge of the fin not emarginate ; its distance from

the occiput about 2 its distance from the caudal. Anal IIL 5,

longest ray % to 2 length of head. Pectoral 2 length of head,

not reaching ventral; latter below anterior rays of dorsal.

Caudal peduncle 1? as long as deep. Scales 27-28 3, 2 be-

tween lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle.

Brownish above, silvery on the sides and below; three round

black spots on each side of the body, the first and second above

the lateral line, the third on the lateral line at the base of the

caudal.

Total length 45 millim.

Three specimens from Bahardar, Lake Tsana, June 4,

1902.

Resembles B. trimaculatus, Peters, in general appearance,

but the scales are fewer, the last unbranched dorsal ray is

weaker, and the barbels are shorter.

Nemachilus abyssinicus.

Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 5

times. Head feebly compressed behind, twice as long as

broad. Snout a little shorter than postorbital part of head, a

little depressed ; eye 63 times in length of head, 3 interorbital

width ; longest barbels twice diameter of eye. Dorsal 10,

a little nearer caudal than occiput, originating immediately

behind vertical of root of ventral, middle rays longest, nearly

% length of head. Anal 9. Caudal slightly emarginate.

Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. Yellowish brown, with

irregular dark spots, and a series of 10 large transverse dark

spots along the back ; a small round black spot on the dorsal ;

caudal with dark spots.

Total length 40 millim.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 32

438 On new Abyssinian Fishes.

A single specimen from Bahardar, Lake Tsana, June 4

gle s} ’ ) )

This is the first known African representative of the Cobi-

tidine. It belongs to a genus of wide distribution in Europe

and Asia, and its nearest ally appears to be N. Leontine,

Lortet, from the Lake of Galilee.

Clarias tsanensis.

Depth of body 64 to 7} times in total length, length of head

31 to 3¢ times. Head 14 to 13 as long as broad, perfectly

smooth above; vertex very strongly flattened, almost concave

in the adult; occipital process angular; frontal fontanelle

knife-shaped, 5 to 4 times as long as broad, 4 to 5 times in

length of head; occipital fontanelle indistinct ; eye small, 23

(young) to 4 times in length of snout, 4 (young) to 6 times

in interorbital width ; width of mouth equal to interorbital

width, } length of head. Band of pizemaxillary teeth 4 to

54 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth granular, forming

a crescentic band, which is as broad as the premaxillary

band. Nasal barbel 4 to } length of head (? in the very

young); maxillary barbel # to ] length of head (longer in

ithe very young), reaching base or extremity of pectoral spine ;

cuter mandibular barbels 5 to # length of head (as long as

head in the very young). Gill-rakers fine and closely set,

60 to 70 on first arch (45 in young). Dorsal 78-85, its

distance from the occipital process 4 to + length of head, its

distance from the caudal hardly equal to the diameter of the

eye. Anal 60-70, touching root cf caudal. Pectoral not

quite 4 length of head, the spine very slightly serrated on the

outer border, 2 (young) to 2 the length of the fin. Ventral

equally distaut fiom end of snout and from caudal, or a little

nearer the former. Caudal nearly 4 length of head. Dark

olive-brown above, greyish beneath.

Five specimens, measuring 125 to 430 millim., from Zegi,

Lake ‘I'sana, May 12 and 22, 1902.

The smooth head, combined with the high number of gill-

rakers and of dorsal rays, and the absence of a space between

the anal and caudal fins, distinguish this species from its

allies with granular vomerine teeth.

Clarias Vinciquerre.

Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 3

times. Head 1? as long as broad, its upper surface strongly

granulated ; occipital process angular; frontal fontanelle

knife-shaped, 33 times as long as broad, 43 times in length of

On new Species of South-African Curculionidae, 439

head ; occipital fontanelle small, in advance of occipital pro-

cess ; eye small, 3 times in length of snout, 54 times in inter-

orbital width ; width of mouth a little less than interorbital

width, ? length of head. Band of premaxillary teeth 54

times as long as broad; vomerine teeth granular, forming a

crescentic band which is as broad as the premaxillary band.

Nasal barbel 2? length of head; maxillary barbel slightly

shorter than head, reaching base of pectoral fin; outer man-

dibular barbel 2 length of head, inner 2. Gill-rakers fine and

closely set, about 90 on first arch. Dorsal 67, its distance

from the occipital process $ length of head, its distance from

the caudal 2 diameters of eye. Anal 53, narrowly separated

from the caudal. Pectoral not quite } length of head, the

spine finely serrated on the outer border, ? the length of the

fin. Ventral a little nearer end of snout thancaudal. Latter

nearly 4 length of head. Dark brown above, whitish be-

neath; anal and caudal with a fine light edge.

Total length 410 millim.

A single specimen from the Kassam River at Awhorra

Mullka, Shoa, about 4000 feet, Feb. 7, 1992.

This species, named after Dr. D. Vinciguerra, is closely

related to C. Robecchit, Vincig., from which it is distinguished,

as well as from C. dazera and other species with granular

vomerine teeth, by the narrower head and by the shorter inter-

space between the occiput and the origin of the dorsal fin ;

the gill-rakers are more numerous than in C. Robecchii,

resembling those of C. dazera, in which the vomerine teeth

form a wider band.

LX.—On new Speetes of South-African Curculionide of the

Genus Hipporrhinus, Schén. By Guy A. K. MArsHALL,

F.Z.8.

[Concluded from p. 417.]

Hipporrhinus janus, sp. n.

Long. (excl. apical spine) 19, lat. 8} millim. Length of

apical spines 1 millim.

Head convex, with scattered shallow punctures on vertex,

much deeper and coarser on forehead, which is retuse and has

a short central carina; anteocular furrows deep and complete.

Rostrum cut off from head by a deep dorsal incision, as long

as prothorax only, deflected and scarcely curved, subparallel

440) Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

for two-thirds of its length, thence dilated to apex. Upper

surface convex, with five narrow and undulating carine, the

central being higher and also rather shorter than the others ;

the lateral sulei broad and deep, the lower pair longer, the

upper pair meeting at base; scrobes not purely lateral, but

continued to beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal sulcus

deep. Antenne piceous, finely squamose; scape just reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorax.

a little broader than long, the length greater than the width

at base, which is broader than apex; sides moderately

rounded, broadest about middle, ocular lobes strongly de-

veloped. Upper surface slightly convex, closely set with

small rounded tubercles having scarcely perceptible sete,

central furrow very narrow and without a carina; tubercles

bare, shiny, interstices with whitish scaling forming three ill-

defined stripes. lytra broadly ovate, shoulders prominent

and subrectangular, sides very little dilated, broadest much

before middle, apical processes long and sharp. Upper

surface convex, with shallow sulci containing regular rows

of granules, which are very much reduced towards apex; the

intervals with single rows of small tubercles, which are

depressed and rather elongate in the dorsal area, but elevated

towards the sides and apex; the tubercles shiny and mostly

without sete, the interstices with scattered patches of whitish

scaling, the scales being very large and circular. Legs with

sparse scaling and pale sete; the three basal joints of

posterior tarsi subequal; the onychium elongate, about equal

to the three preceding joints together.

Care Cotony (Collis. Pascoe & J. ke!)

A striking species superticially resembling HZ. obesus, Gyl.,

and Hl. verrucellus, Gyl., but readily recognized by the

presence of a strong central carina on the rostrum and by the

long apical spines. J. corpulentus, Gyl., which has the

rostral carina, has a very different appearance, owing to

the even granulation throughout the elytra obliterating the

sulci; its apical processes algo are very short and tuberculi-

form.

Flipporrhinus congestus, sp. n.

Long. 18, lat. 7 millim.

Head convex, rugosely punctured, some of the punctures

containing a single large white scale, forehead not flattened,

coarsely strigose and with a short central stria; anteocular

furrows deep and complete. ostrum separated from head

by a deep dorsal incision, as long as the thorax only, dis-

tinctly curved, subparallel to beyond middle, then slightly

Species of South-African Curculionide. 441

dilated. Upper surface convex, with a deep narrow central

furrow throughout having a broad and coarsely punctured

costa on either side ; both pairs of lateral furrows are deep

and distinct, being of equal length; the intervening carina is

narrow and impunctate; the upper sulci alone meet at the

base, which is not elevated; the scrobes are quite lateral,

and almost parallel to the sulci; the inferior basal furrow is

_ strongly developed. Antenne black, setose; scape just

reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothoraz nearly as long as broad, the length equal to the

width at base, apex much narrower, sides very little rounded,

slightly diverging from base to neat apex, then rapidly

narrowing, broadest well before middle. Upper surface

colvex, ‘closely set with large rounded shiny granules,

leaving a very narrow central stria without any carina;

granules without sete; scaling almost absent; ocular lobes

strongly developed. /ytra short ovate, shoulders prominent

and almost rectangular, sides strongly rounded, broadest

about middle, apical processes short and blunt in female,

Upper surface convex, with no distinct striation, the whole

surface being equally covered with even and regular rows of

rounded granules, except for a tubercular prominence on the

declivity of the third interval (as in albieinctus, Gyl.) and a

much lower elongate one on the declivity of interval 5;

a few isolated white scales are scattered about the surface, |

but they are more numerous near the margins. Legs black,

with scattered white scales and black setz; the tubercles on

the inner edges of tibiz large and tooth-like; posterior tarsi

setose, the three basal joints subequal.

Soutu AFrica (Sir A. Smith).

A very distinct species allied to corpulentus, Gyl., from

which it may be distinguished at once by the presence of the

tubercular prominences on the declivity and the absence of a

central cara on the rostrum. On account of these promi-

nences it also bears some resemblance to albicinctus, Gy]. ;

but the granulation is much fiver than in that species, the

shoulders are not produced forwards, and the rostrum has no

*central carina.

Hipporrhinus criniger, sp. n.

Long. 16, lat.6 (¢), 7 (2) millim.

Head very convex; punctuation on vertex closer but

shallow, deeper and more scattered in front; forehead retuse,

with a more or less distinct central impression; anteocular

furrows deep and complete. ostrum cut off from head by a

deep dorsal incision, about as long as prothorax only, stout,

442 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

strongly curved, sides subparallel to beyond middle, then

gently dilated to apex. Upper surface convex, with five

strong carine, which are generally smooth and shiny; the

lateral sulci deep and strong, the lower pair rather shorter,

the upper pair alone meeting at base; scrobes straight,

oblique but lateral; inferior basal furrow very deep. An-

tenne with scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of

funicle subequal. Prothorax distinctly transverse, the length

about equal to the width at base, apex scarcely narrower,

sides strongly rounded, broadest a little behind middle,

ocular lobes moderately prominent; upper surface almost

plane, closely set with round flattened tubercles (devoid of

sete) leaving a narrow central furrow, without a carina;

tubercles bare, interstices with dense brown scaling. lytra

oblongo-ovate, much narrower in male, shoulders sloping,

sides scarcely rounded, broadest at or before middle, apical

processes absent in both sexes, the sutural part slightly raised

on the declivity in female only. Upper surface slightly

convex, striz with regular rows of shallow punctures sepa-

rated by small granules, alternate intervals more prominent:

intervals 1, 3, 5, and 7 with elongate depressed shiny

tubercles, each bearing a very long erect black seta; inter-

vals 2, 4, and 6 with rows of small closely set granules, each

bearing a very short depressed pale seta; tubercles and

granules bare, interstices with dense brown scaling, more or

less variegated with small white patches. Legs with close

pale pubescence slightly thicker near apex of femora; second

joint of posterior tarsi shorter than first, equal to, but narrower

than, third.

CaPE COoLony.

I have found examples of this species in the British and

Oxford Museums (under the collection name “‘ petrous,” Buq );

and there is a single male in the Stockholm Museum which

has been labelled J. lacunosus, Gyl., by Mr. Péringuey.

Although this insect has a strong superficial resemblance to

Gyllenhal’s species, an examination of his type (a female)

shows it to be quite distinct. In dacunosus the intervals are

uniform and the granules are subequal throughout, there”

being no elongate tubercles; moreover there are no long

black sete, but each granule has a very short pale seta,

strongly depressed.

Hipporrhinus Gunningt, sp. n.

Long. 19-20, lat. 73-8 millim.

Head closely punctured and densely squamose, convex on

vertex, forehead flattened and with a central carina; eyes

Species of South-African Curculionide. 413

rather prominent; anteocular furrows obsolescent. Fostrum

not incised at base, scarcely as long as prothorax alone,

slightly deflected and very little curved. Upper surface with

a shallow central furrow throughout containing a narrow

shiny carina; lateral sulci well-marked, the upper pair

uniting at base, which is not much raised; coste between

sulci obtuse, densely squamose and each with a single row of

shiny black granules; scrobes almost straight, lateral but

oblique; inferior basal furrow absent. Antenne with scape

just reaching eye; the basal joints of funicle subequal.

Prothoraz as long as broad, apex and base of equal width,

sides rounded, broadest about middle, a faint transverse

impression just behind apex, ocular lobes feebly developed.

Upper surface convex, closely set with small granular

tubercles leaving a narrow central furrow, without a carina ;

tubercles black, shiny, each with a depressed seta, interstices

with brownish-grey scaling and three narrow paler lines.

Elytra elongate, strongly acuminate towards apex in female,

scarcely so in male, shoulders sloping, sides rounded, broadest

rather behind middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface

not very convex, with regular broad shallow striz containing

single rows of small granules; intervals of equal height, with

somewhat irregular and often duplicated rows of small closely-

set granules; granules black and shiny, each with a depressed

seta; scaling dense, fulvous, variegated with small patches of

dark brown and grey. Legs black, with thin grey pubescence;

posterior tarsi with the second joint narrower than first and

third, but about as long as the latter.

TRANSVAAL: Leydenburg (teste Dr. J. W. B. Gunning).

Through the kindness of Dr. Gunning, I received some

years ago a series of six examples of this species from the

Pretoria Museum. Its only close ally is constrictus, Gyl.,

which differs, however, in having the prothorax much broader

than long, and also in having the dorsal part of the rostrum

much more strongly elevated above the level of the forehead.

Both these insects may be distinguished from the adjoining

species, arenarius, Fahr., and laticeps, Mshl., by their large

size and the presence of a frontal carina.

Hipporrhinus errans, sp. n.

Long. 12, lat. 6 millim.

Head densely covered with brown squame, vertex convex,

forehead flattened and with a short central stria; anteocular

furrows distinct in their upper half only. Rostrum not

incised at base, stout, about as long as prothorax only,

not much curved. Upper surface almost plane, with a distinct

444 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

carina abbreviated in front, rugosely punctured, with dense

scaling and scattered sete. Lateral sulci distinct, the upper

pair rather longer and broader, and meeting at the base,

which is a little elevated; scrobes lateral, straight and oblique;

inferior basal furrow deep. Antenne with scape just reaching

eye; the two basal joints of funicle subequal. Prothorag

distinctly transverse, apex a little narrower than base, sides

strongly rounded, broadest about middle, ocular lobes

moderate. Upper surface convex, closely set with small

granular tubercles leaving a very narrow and ill-defined

central furrow, containing no carina; apices of tubercles

black, shiny, each bearing a depressed seta, interstices with

dense brown scaling and three narrow whitish lines. Elytra

short ovate, sides moderately rounded, broadest about middle,

shoulders rounded, apical processes very short but acute.

Upper surface convex, with regular rows of deep punctures,

intervening granules sometimes present, but hidden by the

scaling; intervals unevenly costate: intervals 3, 5, and 7

more raised than the others and with regular and complete

rows of low granules; interval 1 has a similar complete row,

bunt 2, 4, and 6 are very variable, bearing anything from a

complete row to none at all; granules shiny and each with

a short depressed seta; scaling dense, variegated brown and

grey. Legs with sparse pale scaling, which is more dense at

the apex of femora; posterior tarsi with the joints of about

the same width, second and third subequal, first longer.

Nata: Estcourt.

In its general facies this insect resembles such species as

arenarius, Fahr., and albicans, Gyl., from which it may be

readily recognized by the uneven elevation of the intervals

on the elytra.

Hipporrhinus consors, sp. n.

Long. 11, lat. 53 millim.

Head with dense brownish scaling, vertex convex, forehead

plane and without carina or fovea; anteocular furrows dis-

tinct, but not very deep. Rostrum not incised at base,

shorter than prothorax only, deflected from base, very little

curved. Upper surface closely but faintly punctured, densely

covered with greyish scaling, with a large tubercle close to

base, which is strongly bifid and distinctly dilated at apex;

the anterior part without furrows and smooth except for a

very faint central carina; both pairs of lateral furrows

almost obsolete; scrobes lateral, but oblique and almost

straight; inferior basal furrow distinct. Antenne short,

thick, squamose; scape just reaching eye; the two basal

Species of South-African Curculionide. 445

joints of funicle subequal, not much longer than the others.

Prothorax transverse, base and apex of equal width, sides

strongly rounded, broadest rather before middle, a transverse

impression behind apex, ocular lobes well developed. Upper

surface convex, fairly closely set with small rounded tubercles,

leaving a narrow central furrow without a carina; tubercles

black, shiny, with apical punctures, but without sets; inter-

stices with thick grey scaling. /ytra short ovate, shoulders

sloping, sides distinctly rounded, broadest about middle,

apical processes absent. Upper surface convex, with shallow

striz containing very indistinct punctures separated by small

granules; these disappear towards apex and are normally

hidden by the scaling; intervals evenly raised with regular

and complete rows of small separated granular tubercles,

those on intervals 3 and 5 being often more distant.

Tubercles rounded, black and shiny, each with a very short

depressed seta; interstices variegated with large patches of

pale scaling, the most conspicuous of which is a broad trans-

verse patch at the summit of the declivity. Legs clothed

with pale scaling, which is thicker about apex of femora; pos-

terior tarsi short and broad, the three basal joints subequal.

TRANSVAAL: Leydenburg.

I have received examples of this species from Dr. W. Horn,

of Berlin, and from Dr. Gunning, of Pretoria. It may be

distinguished from the allied nasutus, Fahr., and monttor,

Fahr., by the presence of regular rows of tubercles on inter-

vals 2 and + of the elytra, and also by the almost obsolete

central carina on the rostrum. ‘The latter character also

separates it from cornicuwlatus, Fahr., in which species the

rostral tubercle is parallel-sided and not dilated as in consors.

Hipporrhinus asper, sp. 0.

Long. 11-12, lat. 44-5 millim.

Head convex, vertex closely and finely punctured and with

dense fulvous scaling; forehead bare, dispersely punctured

and with a distinct central fovea; anteocular furrows distinet.

Rostrum not incised at base, about as long as head and pro-

thorax, evenly but not strongly curved throughout. Upper

surface with a distinct central furrow, narrow at base and

much dilated towards apex, its sides bluntly raised; no

central carina; distinctly punctured, except on a narrow

smooth central line, punctures bearing depressed sete ; lower

lateral sulci almost obsolete, upper ones distinct, convergent,

but not meeting at base; scrobes directed to beneath base

of rostrum; inferior basal furrow shallow. Antenne with

scape not reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

446 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new .

subequal. Prothoraz broader than long, apex about as wide

as base, sides very strongly dilated (owing to several large

lateral tubercles), broadest before middle, ocular lobes strongly

developed. Upper surface convex, with comparatively large

elevated tubercles bearing depressed sete and leaving a deep

central furrow, containing a strong carina; interstices with

fulvous scaling. lytra ovate, shoulders roundedly promi-

nent, sides slightly rounded, broadest about middle, apical

processes short and blunt. Upper surface convex, with

regular rows of fovez separated by small granules: interval

1 with an indistinct row of granules vanishing behind middle;

interval 2 with only three to five prominent tubercles on

dcclivity ; interval 8 with a row of seven or eight elevated

tubercles terminating abruptly just behind middle; intervals

4 and 6 smooth; intervals 5 and 7 with regular and complete

rows of elevated tubercles ; scaling sparse, variegated brown

and fulvous. Legs with scattered scales and a denser pale ring

near apex of femora; posterior tarsi with the joints of about

the same width, second and third subequal, first longer.

TRANSVAAL: Leydenburg. NaArTat.

I have received a single specimen of this species from

Dr. Gunning, and there are six others in the British Museum.

It is most nearly allied to caudatus, Fahr., but, in addition to

its much smaller size, it lacks the long apical processes and

has the anteccular furrows converging and distinctly visible

from above, whereas they are invisible in caudatus.

Lipporrhinus serratus, Sp. 0.

Long. 11, lat. 5 millim.

Head convex, with dense fulvous scaling on vertex ; fore-

head bare, faintly punctured, and with a rounded central

depression ; anteocular furrows very deep. Lostrum not

incised at base, about as long as head and prothorax, stout

and slightly curved. Upper surface convex in basal half,

almost plane anteriorly, without any central furrow or carina ;

punctuation deep and setigerous, leaving a narrow smooth

central line; lower lateral sulci faint, the upper ones much

longer and deeper, meeting at base; scrobes directed to

beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow deep. An-

tenn with scape not quite reaching eye; joints 1 and 2 of

funicle subequal. Prothoraz about as long as broad, base

and apex of equal width, sides strongly rounded, broadest

rather before middle, ocular lobes well developed. Upper

surface convex, with comparatively large, separated, sub-

conical tubercles, leaving a broad central turrow containing a

Species of South-African Curculionide. 447

well-developed carina; tubercles bare, shiny, each with a

short depressed seta, interstices with fulvous scaling, paler

laterally. lytra oblongo-ovate, shoulders roundly prominent,

apical processes in female very short and blunt, sides very

slightly rounded, broadest just behind shoulders. Upper

surface convex, with regular rows of fovex, occasionally

interrupted by faint granules: interval 1 without distinct

granules ; interval 2 with only a short apical row of four or

five sharply conical tubercles; interval 3 with a basal row of

rather smaller subconical tubercles terminating about middle ;

intervals 4 and 6 plane; intervals 5 and 7 with complete

rows of sharp conical tubercles; the tubercles, which are of

nearly equal size throughout, are bare and shiny, each with a

depressed apical seta, the interstices with dark brown scaling

variegated with lighter patches. Leys with dark scaling and

sete, except for a ring of white scales near apex of femora;

posterior tarsi setose, the joints of about the same width,

second and third subequal, first rather longer.

TRANSVAAL: Leydenburg.

The only examples I have seen of this species were kindly

sent me by Dr. Gunning. It is closely related to deplora-

bundus, Fahr., but that insect has a continuous central furrow

on the rostrum, narrow at the base and broadly excavate in

front; the central thoracic carina is also much fainter and

concealed beneath the scaling; finally, the row of tubercles on

the third interval of the elytra is evenly continuous to the

apex.

Hipporrhinus deceptor, sp. n.

Long. 3-15, lat. 6-7 millim.

Head convex, with sparse punctures and squame, forehead

with a rounded impression, anteocular furrows distinct.

Rostrum separated from head by a deep dorsal incision, as long

as head and prothorax, thick and strongly curved. Upper

surface with five strong, smooth, narrow carine of even height ;

lateral sulci deep and distinct, of about equal length, and

uniting at base ; scrobes lateral, straight and oblique; inferior

basal turrow very deep. Antenne piceous, thinly pubescent ;

scape barely reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle

subequal. Prothorax transverse (more distinctly so in

female), the length equal to the width at base in female,

greater in male, apex rather narrower than base, sides

strongly rounded, broadest about the middle, ocular lobes

not very prominent. Upper surface rather convex, closely

set with small, elevated, granular tubercles, leaving a narrow

central furrow without a carina; tubercles bare, shiny, and

448 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

with very short depressed sete, interstices with dark scaling

and three narrow pale lines. /ytra ovate, much narrower in

male, shoulders roundly prominent, sides strongly rounded

(less so in male), broadest about middle, apical processes very

small and contiguous in both sexes. Upper surface convex,

distinctly suleate, sulci with rows of shallow punctures

separated by small granules; intervals all evenly raised, sub-

costate and with regular rows of large shiny granules, each

bearing a depressed seta; scaling uneven, with small varie-

gated patches of brown, fulvous, or white. Legs piceous,

with fine pale pubescence; posterior tarsi with the second

joint a trifle narrower than the others, second and third

subequal, first longer.

CapPE CoLtony: Port Elizabeth (Dr. H. Brauns).

Dr. Brauns has kindly sent me a fine series of this new

species, apart from which I have seen only a single example,

a female, in Chrevolat’s collection at Stockholm. It is allied

to lacunosus, Gyl., which differs in having a much thicker

and more strongly curved rostrum, the dorsal surface of which

is almost plane and has only a low carina (whereas in decepéor

it is very deeply sulcate with a strong central carina) ; again,

the first joint of the funicle is distinetly longer than the

second (an unusual character in the genus) ; the prothorax is

more narrowed behind and the tubercles are strongly de-

pressed ; the elytra of the female /acunosus (I have not seen

the male) are much more oblong, the suture is prominently

raised on the declivity, the sulci are shallower, the granules

more depressed and elongate, and the apical processes absent.

Hipporrhinus sparsus, sp. 0.

Long. 12, lat. 6 millim. (female).

Head convex, bare, with faint scattered punctures ; forehead

with a slight central depression ; anteocular furrows deep and

complete. Ltostrum cut off from head by a deep dorsal in-

cision, as long as head and prothorax, distinctly curved, very

gradually dilated from base to apex. Upper surface nearly

plane, with three fine carine, the central one the shortest

and vanishing beyond middle; no scaling, punctuation in-

definite ; lateral sulei broad and deep, separated by a strong

costa bearing a faint stria, the upper pair only meeting at

base ; scrobes straight and lateral, almost parallel to the

sulci; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne piceous;

scape just reaching eye; the two basal joints of funicle sub-

equal. Prothorax slightly transverse, the length greater than

the width at base, which is equal to the apex, sides strongly

Species of South-African Curculionide. 449

rounded, broadest about middle, ocular lobes moderately

developed. Upper surface slightly convex, closely set with

small elevated shiny tubercles with short depressed apical

setxe, central furrow very narrow and without carina ; inter-

stices with sparse brown scaling. lytra oblongo-ovate,

shoulders prominent, the breadth there much greater than

base of thorax, sides not much rounded, broadest before

middle, apical processes absent in female. Upper surface

slightly convex, with shallow closely punctured striz;

intervals with small rather distant tubercles, which are some-

what depressed dorsally and near base, but conical towards

sides and apex; intervals 2, 4, and 6 with the tubercles more

distant than the rest; interval 1 slight, raised (female) on

declivity and with the tubercles there closely set ; tubercles

with a short apical seta, elytra bare except for a few small

scattered patches of yellowish scales. Legs black with fine

pale scaling ; second and third joints of posterior tarsi

subequal.

Cape CoLony (Coll. Pascoe).

A fairly distinct species, coming nearest to H. deceptor,

Mshl., from which it may be distinguished by the absence of

the central furrow on the rostrum and the fine narrow central

carina; also by the larger and more distant tubercles on the

elytra and the smallness of the prothorax.

LEipporrhinus chirindensis, sp. n.

Long 17, lat. 8 millim.

Headconvex, withindistinet puncturesand fairly dense brown

squame; forehead with a distinct central stria; anteocular

furrows very deep and strong, approaching one another closely

above. ostrum not incised at base, about as long as head

and thorax, distinctly curved. Upper surface with a shallow

central furrow triangularly dilated to apex and containing a

faint central carina; lateral sulci deep, the upper pair con-

vergent at base but not meeting; the interval between the

sulci carinate and rugosely punctured; scrobes directed to

beneath base of rostrum; inferior basal furrow shallow.

Antenne with scape not reaching eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothoraxv broader than long, narrower

at apex than at base, sides strongly dilated, broadest about

middle, ocular lobes moderate. Upper surface almost plane,

with a broad transverse impression just behind apex, fairly

closely set with small shiny rounded tubercles, each bearing a

short depressed seta; central furrow shallow, containing a

very short but well-marked carina; interstices with uniform

450 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

brown sealing. Z/ytra ovate, shoulders sloping, sides mode-

rately rounded, broadest about middle; apical processes in

female very short, blunt, and divergent. Upper surface

convex, with regular rows of fovez separated by small shiny

granules: interval 1 with a few indistinct granules ; 2, 3, 5,

and 7 subcostate and with regular rows of granules; on the

last three the rows are complete and the granules are larger

on the declivity ; on interval 2 the granules cease abruptly

at the summit of declivity; scaling uniform earth-brown.

Legs with sparse depressed pale setee on femora and an ill-

defined ring of light scales near apex; tibize with mingled

light and dark sets, the former depressed, the latter erect ;

posterior tarsi spongy beneath, joints of about the same width,

second and third subequal, first longer.

MASHONALAND: Mt. Chirinda, Melsetter District.

Very nearly allied to HW. Bohemanii, Fahr., but smaller,

and distinguished by the absence of granules on intervals 4

and 6 of the elytra, the presence of a central furrow and

carina on the rostrum, and the long stria on the forehead.

HHipporrhinus brevis, sp. n.

Long. 10, lat. 5 millim. (female).

Head convex on vertex, which is closely and distinctly

punctured ; forehead flattened, with fine convergent plications

and a short low central carina near the rostrum bearing a

single fovea; anteocular furrows obsolete. Rostrum not

incised at base, short and thick, as long as thorax only,

deflected and slightly curved. Upper surface with a stout

basal tubercle which has its sides rather convergent and its

apex sharply bifurcated; anterior part almost plane, rugosely

punctured and with a very faint short carina; lateral sulci

broad and distinct, uniting at base; scrobes lateral and

curved; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with

scape reaching to about middle of eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal. Prothorax transverse, the length equal

to the width at base, which is as broad as apex, ocular lobes

distinct. Upper surface convex, closely set with low granules,

each bearing a pale depressed seta ; scaling brown, with three

narrow and indistinct paler lines. Hlytra very short, ovate,

sides strongly rounded, broadest before middle, acuminate

behind (female), shoulders rounded, apical processes absent.

Upper surface rather convex, striae with rows of shallow,

subreticulate fove, intervals evenly raised and with large,

very depressed, shiny, distant granules, which bear depressed

pale setee; scaling not very dense, yellowish brown. Legs

Species of South-African Curculionide. 451

with scattered pale scaling, forming a denser ring at apex of

femora ; posterior tarsi with the three basal joints of about

the same width, second and third subequal, first longer.

CaPE COLony.

The nearly allied ta/pz, Fahr., and vietnus, Mshl., differ

in the absence of plication on the forehead, in the finer

punctuation of the strive, and in the smaller and much more

numerous granules (and therefore sets) on the elytra.

Hipporrhinus Braunst, sp. n.

Long. 11, lat. 5 millim.

Head convex on vertex, forehead flattened and with a deep

impression on each side; punctuation close and regular, but

mostly hidden by fulvous scaling ; anteocular furrows deep,

convergent above and only separated by a narrow costa,

Rostrum not incised at base, nearly as long as head and pro-

thorax, deflected and slightly curved. Upper surface with a

broad and distinct central furrow throughout, containing no

carina, but with its edges carinate and bearing a regular row

of depressed pale sete ; punctuation hidden by uniform dense

brown scaling; lateral sulci broad and deep, subequal, the

upper pair alone meeting at base, which is much raised above

the level of forehead; scrobes directed to beneath base of

rostrum ; inferior basal furrow deep. Antenne with scape

not reaching eye; joints 1 and 2 of funicle subequal.

Prothorax a trifle broader than long, apex and base of equal

width, sides strongly rounded, broadest before middle, ocular

lobes well developed. Upper surface convex, with small

rounded widely separated tubercles leaving a broad but

shallow central furrow containing a distinct carina; tubercles

black and shiny, with a depressed pale apical seta ; interstices

with dense brown squamosity. lytra ovate, shoulders

rounded, sides very little dilated, broadest before middle,

apical processes (in female only) very small, tuberculiform,

and contiguous. Upper surface convex, with regular rows of

large reticulate foveze without intervening granules: interval

1 without granules but with a single row ot depressed sete ;

interval 2 with only a short apical row of three or four very

small tubercles, that at the summit of declivity much larger

than the rest; interval 3 with a costa to beyond middle and

continued to apex in the form of small separate tubercles, the

largest being at the top of the declivity (in a varietal torm

this costa is replaced by a row of small separated tubercles) ;

intervals 4 and 6 smooth or with a few isolated tubercles ;

5 and 7 with complete rows of small conical remote tubercles ;

452 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

scaling dense, uniform brown; tubercles bare at apex, each

with a thick whitish depressed seta. Legs thin, densely

covered with brown scaling and with scattered white sete;

posterior tarsi narrow, the three basal joints of equal width,

second and third equal, first rather longer.

ORANGE CoLtony: Bothaville (Dr. /Z. Brauns).

I owe all my examples of this species to the kindness of

my friend Dr. Brauns. ‘The only insect with which it can

be confused is guadrinodis, Fahr., in which, however, the

costa on interval 3 of the elytra terminates abruptly at the

declivity, without any apical tubercles, and interval 7 is

simply carinate and not tuberculate.

Hipporrhinus vicinus, sp. n.

Long. 10, lat. 5 millim.

Head densely covered with brown scaling, convex, forehead

without fovea or carina; anteocular furrows absent. os-

trum not incised at base, short and thick, shorter than the

prothorax alone, deflected but scarcely curved, a little more

slender in male than in female. Upper surface with a stout

basal tubercle which has its sides subparallel and its apex

sharply bifurcated; anterior portion almost plane, rugosely

punctured, and with a faint carina running from the middle

back to the apex of tubercle; lateral sulci indistinct, the

upper pair uniting at base; scrobes shallow, lateral, and

oblique ; inferior basal furrow very deep. Antenne with

scape reaching to about middle of eye; joints 1 and 2 of

funicle subequal. Prothorax rather transverse, apex about

as wide as base, sides strongly rounded, broadest about middle,

ocular lobes very slight. Uppcr surface convex, closely set

with setigerous granules, central furrow almost obsolete ;

granules black and shiny, interstices with brown scaling,

except for three pale longitudinal lines. “/ytra short ovate,

broadest before middle, shoulders sloping, apex bluntly

rounded in male, subacuminate in female, apical processes

absent. Upper surface distinctly sulcate, sulci with rows of

ocellated punctures, without intervening granules, and often

hidden by the scaling; intervals finely carinate, especially 3,

5, and 7, which are rather higher than the others ; intervals

1 and 2 with no granules but with regular rows of recumbent

setze; the other mtervals have rows of minute setigerous

granules which disappear near apex and are there replaced by

depressed setze ; scaling dense, variegated brown and grey,

granules black and shiny. Legs with thin pale scaling and

without a femoral ring; posterior tarsi broad, tirst joint longer

Species of South-African Curculionide. 453

than second or third which are subequal, but the latter

slightly broader.

Nata: Estcourt.

I found this species fairly common near Estcourt, where

it seems to replace the nearly allied talpa, Fahr., which

differs in having the intervals on the elytra less raised

and of even height, and in having a fovea on the forehead.

Prof. Aurivillius first drew my attention to the specific

distinction of vicinus, and kindly gave me one of the original

examples of ta/pa captured by Wahlberg.

Hipporrhinus laticeps, sp. n.

Long. 10, lat. 4 millim.

Head densely covered with brown scaling, convex on

vertex, forehead broad, flattened and with a short central

carina; eyes prominent; anteocular furrows short and

narrow, but distinct. Rostrum not incised at base, short and

thick, about as long as prothorax only, scarcely curved.

Upper surface convex, with five thin undulating carine,

which are black and shiny, the three central ones being of the

same height; the intervals closely punctured and clothed with

dense brown squame ; lateral sulci distinct, the upper pair

much broader and converging at base, which is evidently

raised ; scrobes lateral, but oblique ; inferior transverse basal

furrow absent. Antenne piceous, finely pubescent; scape

just reaching anterior margin of eye ; the two basal joints of

tunicle subequal. Prothoraw transverse, its length about

equal to the width at base, which is scarcely broader than

apex, anterior margin deeply sinuate, sides moderately

rounded, broadest about middle, ocular lobes very slight.

Upper surface convex, closely set with rounded granules,

leaving a narrow central furrow without any carina ; granules

bare, shiny, each with a subdepressed seta ; interstices with

brown scaling and a paler central line. E/ytra eloneato-

ovate, rather acuminate apically in female, shoulders not

sloping but rounded, sides scarcely ampliated, broadest about

middle, apical processes absent. Upper surface almost plane

on disk, faintly sulcate, the sulci containing small shallow

punctures which are quite hidden by the scaling ; all intervals

similar, having single rows of minute black granules bearing

subdepressed sete; scaling dense, uniform grey-brown.

Legs with long whitish pubescence ; posterior tarsi narrow, -

setose, joint 2 rather narrower than 1 and 3, distinctly shorter

than 1, but about equal to 3.

Cape Cotony: Port Elizabeth (Dr. H. Brauns).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 33

454 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on new

This species is most nearly related to arenarius, Fahr.,

and setiferus, Gyl. The former differs in having the base of

the rostrum more strongly raised and the inferior basal

furrow is present ; the prothorax has its sides strongly

rounded and the apex is much narrower than the base ; the

elytra are much broader, with the shoulders sloping, the sides

strongly rounded, and the punctures and intervening granules

in the sulci clearly visible through the scaling. Gyllenhal’s

species has a much narrower, rather longer, and more curved

rostrum, on which the inner pair of carine is parallel and not

convergent towards base ; the prothorax is much less trans-

verse, the anterior dorsal margin is truncate, and the ocular

lobes strongly developed ; the elytra are of much the same

shape, but broader, the sulci are granulate and the granules

on the intervals are much more numerous, more prominent,

and less regular.

Hipporrhinus tncertus, sp. n.

Long. 10, lat. 45 millim.

Head with dense brown scaling, vertex convex and closely

punctured, forehead strongly depressed, indistinctly punc-

tured and without fovea or carina; anteocular furrows obso-

Icte. Rostrum not incised at base, short and thick, about as

long as prothorax only, deflected and scarcely curved.

Upper surface with a stout basal tubercle, which has its sides

subparallel and its apex sharply bifid; anterior part slightly

excavated, closely punctured and with a narrow but distinct

central carina, which ascends the tubercle; lateral sulci

meeting at base, the upper pair broad and shallow, the lower

narrower and deeper; scrobes lateral, oblique and curved ;

inferior transverse furrow broad and deep. Antenne with

scape reaching the posterior margin of eye; the second joint

of funicle rather longer than first. Prothoraw transverse, its

length equal to the width of both base and apex, sides

rounded, broadest about middle, ocular lobes very little deve-

loped. Upper surface convex, fairly closely set with small

separated conical tubercles, arranged in more or less irregular

longitudinal rows, and leaving a narrow central furrow without

any carina; tubercles black, shiny, and each with a depressed

seta ; interstices with uniform brown sealing. Llytra ovate,

shoulders sloping, broadest before middle, female more acumi-

uate apically than male, apical processes absent. Upper

surface convex, with faint striz containing rows of indistinct

punctures,-sometimes separated by minute granules : intervals

1, 3, 5, and 7 with regular and complete rows of granules ;

Species of South-African Curculionide. 455

intervals 2, 4, and 6 without any, or at most a few isolated,

granules; granules black, shiny, each with a depressed seta ;

scaling thin, uniform brown. Legs black, with sparse

brownish-grey scaling and a paler ring near apex of femora ;

posterior tarsi with joints 2 and 3 subequal.

MASHONALAND: Salisbury and Marandella’s.

From its nearest allies, ta/pa, Fahr., and vicinus, Mshl.,

this species may be recognized by the sparser and more

elevated granules on the prothorax, the almost entire absence

of granules on intervals 2, 4, and 6 of the elytra, and the

much larger and more distant granules on the remaining

intervals. From other small species having a rostral tubercle,

such as corniculatus, nasutus, and armatus, Fahr., it may best

be distinguished by the fact that the scape extends well

beyond the anterior margin of the eye.

Hipporrhinus aculeatus, sp. n.

Long. 12, lat. 5 millim.

Head broadly and deeply excavated; densely clothed with

brown sealing, with the vertex, a narrow central line, and :

ring round the eye paler and with a metallic reflexion; a

short fine central stria between the eyes; anteocular furrows

narrow but deep, approximated dorsally. Rostrum not in-

cised at base, as long as head and thorax, deflectel and

slightly curved, its upper outline very strongly angulated

beyond middle. Upper surface convex, densely covered with

pale scaling, 5-suleate, the carina edging the central furrow

being gradually raised so as to form a sharp angular promi-

nence beyond middle. Lateral sulci deep and distinct, the

upper pair meeting at base; scrobes straight and directed

beneath base of rostrum; basal transverse furrow beneath

present, but not strongly marked. Prothorax as long as

its width at base, very little narrower at apex, sides not

much rounded, broadest about middle, ocular lobes mode-

rately developed. Upper surface not very convex, with a

broad median furrow (without a carina) and three rezular

rows of long, cylindrical, spine-like tubercles, each row con-

taining five. ‘The whole surface densely clothed with brown

scales, except the extreme apices of the tubercles, each of

which bears a long depressed seta. Llytra elongato-ovate,

sides not much rounded, broadest about middle, apical decli-

vity longer and more abrupt than usual, no apical processes.

Upper surface very convex, with regular rows of punctures

(somewhat obscured by the dense brownish scaling); the

intervals slightly and equally costate, each with a regular

Do)

—OvV

456 On new Species of South-African Curculionide.

row of small, scale-covered, setigerous granules, those on

interval 2 slightly cristate on the declivity only. Legs elon-

gate, with dense grey scaling and scattered pale sete ; poste-

rior tarsi with the second joint a little narrower than the

others, second and third subequal, first slightly longer.

Antenne with scape barely reaching eye; the two basal joints

of funicle subequal.

Carre Cotony: Grahamstown (coll. Pascoe).

This species is closely allied to the aberrant H. thoracicus,

Fahr., from which it is distinguished among other points by

the dorsal angulation of the rostrum, the more deeply excavate

head, the more declivous and less strongly costate elytra, and

the shorter tarsi; but the most interesting distinction lies in

the direction of the scrobe, which is purely lateral in thora-

cicus, but directed beneath the base of the rostrum in

aculeatus.

Hipporrhinus bimaculatus, sp. n.

Long. 10°5-12, lat. 4°5-5°5 millim.

Head convex, closely and distinctly punctured, and with

thin yellowish scaling ; forehead with a small, bare, smootir

spot near base of rostrum ; anteocular furrows absent. Ros-

trum not incised at base, as long as prothorax only, scarcely

curved. Upper surface convex, with a fine, smooth, central

carina and two, much less distinct, on either side; the upper

pair of lateral sulci meeting at base, where the central part of

the rostrum is sharply raised, so as to form a rudimentary

basal tubercle ; the scrobes are shallow, entirely lateral, and

oblique; no transverse basal furrow beneath. Antenne

rather longer in the male, black, with grey pubescence ; scape

reaching the posterior margin of eye ; the two basal joints of

funicle subequal. Prothorax in the male a little broader than

long, the length being equal to the width of both base and

apex; in the female distinctly transverse, the length being

shorter than the width of base or apex; sides strongly

rounded, broadest about middle, ocular lobes almost obsolete.

Upper surface convex, closely set with low granular tubercles,

each bearing a depressed seta, and leaving a very narrow

central furrow, without any carina. Scaling brown, with

three narrow white lines, one central, the others lateral,

Elytra ovate and acuminate in female, ellipsoidal and narrower

in male, jointly rounded at apex, shoulders sloping, sides

rounded, broadest rather before middle. Upper surface

convex, with shallow striz containing regular rows of small

punctures ; intervals all equally raised, each bearing a single

row of shiny setigerous granules, which are largest near base

On Snakes from N.W. Argentine and Bolivia. 457

and rapidly diminish in size towards apex. Scaling dense,

variegated brown and grey, with a small but conspicuous

white spot at the declivity on the third interval. Legs with

fine grey pubescence ; intermediate tibize curved internally

just before apex, but much more markedly so in the male ;

this sex also has the posterior tibies very strongly compressed

laterally just before apex; posterior tarsi with the second

joint a trifle narrower than the others, second and third sub-

equal, first joint very long and broad in male, longer than

second and third together, but normal in female.

MASHONALAND: Salisbury.

A plentiful species about Salisbury, usually feeding on a

common herbaceous plant (Pseudarthria sp.). It is nearly

allied to varius, Fahr., but that species has no trace of a

rostral tubercle, the elytra are more acuminate in both sexes,

and the granules are obsolescent on the disk ; the interme-

diate tibize are not nearly so incurved; and the male has the

posterior tibize and tarsi normal. ‘The compression of the

posterior tibia in bimaculaius distinguishes it from every other

species in the genus known to me.

LXI.—On a Collection of Snakes from North-western Argen-

tine and Bolivia containing new Species. By Dr. HINAR

LONNBERG.

Baron ERLAND NORDENSKIOLD, having returned this summer

from an expedition to the Bolivian Chaco and North-western

Argentine, has delivered to me for determination a collection

of snakes containing sixteen species, two of which seem to

be new and which I venture to describe in the following pages ;

but as the region visited is very little known zoologically

except through the collections brought home to Europe

by Dr. Borelli*, I append the full list of species of this

collection.

The places where Baron E. Nordenskidéld and his com-

panions made the principal collections were the following :—

Quinta, S. Barbara, near Laguna de la Brea, Province de

Jujuy, North-western Argentine: luxuriant subtropical forests,

Moreno, Puna de Jujuy, Argentine, 3500 m. above the sea-

level: stony desert, with a sparse vegetation of shrubs.

* Conf. Peracca, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, 1897, vol, xii.

no. 247,

458 Dr. E. Lénnberg on Snakes from

Fortin Crevaux, Bolivian Chaco near Pileomayo: dry

woods with spiny Mimosacee &c.

Tatarenda, Caiza, Bolivian Chaco: on the border between

the dry woods and the subtropical forest, partly broken up in

groves separated by grassy areas.

Drymobius bifossatus, Raddi.

Four specimens from Tatarenda, Bolivian Chaco.

P )

Leptophis rostralis, sp. nu.

A young specimen of this genus seems to represent a

litherto unknown species, and I name it therefore, at least

provisionally. It does not agree with any of the descriptions

in the literature, but might perhaps turn out to be the young

stage of some other species, although that, too, does not seem

probable.

The loreal is absent, the obliquely disposed scales are

smooth and arranged in fifteen rows. The ventrals are

distinctly angulate laterally. ‘The rostral is broadly visible

from above. Already the combination of these characteristics

seems to suffice to distinguish it from the hitherto known

species of Leptophis, but a full description will make the

distinction still more plain.

Head moderately elongate, a little more than twice as long

as broad. Eye rather large, its length equalling its distance

from the nostril. Rostral broader than deep, the portion

visible from above almost equalling two thirds the length

of the internasals. Internasals much shorter than pre-

frontals, about equalling two thirds the length of the latter.

Frontal about once and a half as long as broad, longer than

its distance from the snout, but shorter than the parietals,

Nasal elongate, semidivided. No loreal; preefrontal in

contact with second and third labials. One preeocular, not

reaching the frontal; two postoculars. T'emporals 1+1.

Hight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye. Five

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which

are a little shorter than the posterior. Scales in 15 rows, all

smooth, although in the posterior part of the body a faint

trace of a keel may be discerned on some scales of the median

and adjoining rows, more seldom on others. Ventrals dis-

tinctly angulate laterally, 167 in number. Anal divided;

subcaudals 148. General colour bronzy above, because the

scales are densely mottled with bronzy or golden, so that the

bluish (green) ground-colour is not conspicuous unless under

a magnifying-glass, and then mostly at the base. On the

North-western Argentine and Bolivia. 459

anterior part of the body a series of oblique dark stripes are

seen running from the back and sloping down the sides in a

backward direction. These stripes are regularly arranged

and are formed in such a manner that the tip and more or

less of the upper part of every third scale is blackish. Poste-

riorly the body and the tail are uniformly bronzy. The

upper head-shield bluish, mottled with bronzy and black-

edged. Upper labials and lower parts, including the outer

row of scales, whitish, but posteriorly and under the tail the

colour becomes more greyish.

The only specimen was collected at San Miguel. It

measures 36 centim.

Liophis pecilogyrus, Wied.

Six (mostly young) specimens from 'Tatarenda, Bolivian

Chaco.

NXenodon Merremit (Wagler), Bler.

Several specimens from Tatarenda.

The largest specimen measured 94 centim. This and

three others had the usual spotted appearance. A fifth

specimen, measuring 824 centim. in length, does not show

any markings at all, being uniformly light brown above and

dirty yellowish beneath. The next smallest specimen,

measuring 63 centim. in length, has the markings very well

developed and shows a remarkable likeness in pattern and

mimicry to Lachesis Neuwiedi, which lives in the same region.

The youngest specimen, measuring about 314 centim., has the

cross-bands constricted in the middle only in the anterior part

of the body. ‘The small spots of the lateral series become on

the posterior part of the body and the tail confluent into a dark

stripe.

Lystrophis semicinetus, Dum. & Bibr.

Three specimens from Crevaux, near Pilcomayo, Bolivian

Chaco, and others were observed at different places.

Lhadinea sagittifera (Jan).

Numerous specimens from Tatarenda and Crevaux,

Bolivian Chaco.

The specimens agree as regards their coloration with

Peracca’s * description, the large individuals having the back

* Boll, Mus, Zool. Anat. Comp. Uniy. Torino, vol. xii. (1897).

460 Dr. E. Lénnberg on Snakes from

quite or almost unspotted ; but the young ones have nume-

yous more or less confluent spots on the back and along the

sides &e., as the author quoted states. On some specimens

there are quite fine minium-red stripes between the scales,

which stripes on the tail become broader and encroach more

on the scales, so that the tail appears almost brick-red towards

the end.

Rhadinea ocetpitalis, Jan.

A small specimen from Tatarenda.

Oxyrhopus rhombifer, Dum. & Bibr.

A beautiful specimen from Quinta, Province de Jujuy,

. . *. ] 74 ml _ a Bas

Argentine. It is not recorded in Berg’s “ Fauna Erpetologica

Argentina” (An. Mus. Nac. de Buenos Aires, t. vi. 1898).

This snake, as well as Lystrophis semicinctus, may be said

to strikingly mimic Hlaps in their coloration.

Oxyrhopus clolia (Daudin).

A large black specimen (160 centim.) from Tatarenda,

Bolivian Chaco.

Tachymenis peruviana, Wiegm.

Two specimens of this snake were collected near Moreno,

Puna de Jujuy, Argentine, 3500 m. above the sea-level.

Philodryas Erlandi*, sp. n.

Eye a little longer than half its distance from the end of

the snout (in the young its length equals its distance from

the nostril). Snouta little prominent and obliquely truncate.

Rostral much broader than high, just a little visible fromabove.

Internasals shorter than prefrontals. Frontal not quite once

and a half as long as broad, a little longer than its distance

from the snout, not quite as long as the parietals (almost as

long in the young). Loreal longer than deep. One pre-

ocular, not reaching the frontal. Two postoculars. ‘T'em-

porals 142. Eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering

the eye. Five (four in the young) lower labials in contact

with the anterior chin-shields, which are of equal size with

the posterior ones. Scales smooth (with single apical pits),

in 19 rows. Ventrals only very obtusely angulate, 230-236 ;

anal divided ; subcaudals 140-150. Bluish green anteriorly

* J take the liberty of dedicating this species to my friend Baron Erland

Nordenskiold.

North-western Argentine and Bolivia. 461

(in spirit), becoming light greyish brown towards the poste-

rior halt of the body ; tail paler, being in the older specimen

light brownish grey, in the younger more reddish, almost

dull brick-red. ‘The younger specimen is also more brownish

or olive on top of the head and neck, so that the bluish-green

colour is most prominent on the sides of the neck and body,

where the scales have that colour, but are edged with light

brownish. A blackish stripe extends from the nostril, through

the lower part of the eye along the upper margin of the upper

labials, which otherwise are whitish. This dark stripe dis-

appears on the neck. Below greenish blue anteriorly, be-

coming more greyish (or reddish in the younger one) posteriorly ;

a whitish band occupies the lateral ends of the ventrals and the

lower half of the outer row of scales. This band is con-

spicuous to the anus, where it disappears. ‘The tail has about

the same coloration below as above, only lighter below.

The larger specimen from Crevaux, Bolivian Chaco,

measures 744 centim. in total length, the tail is 234 centim.

The smaller specimen is from Tatarenda *.

Elaps frontalis, Dum. & Bibr.

I refer to this species a rather large specimen from Tata-

renda measuring about 124 centim. It has eight sets of

black annuli; upper head-shields black, edged with yellow ;

only three lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields ; tail ending very obtusely. With these characteristic

features 1t combines, however, a rather large numberof shields,

namely, ventrals 246 and subcaudals 28. I think, however,

that this does not prevent the identification from being correct,

because the variability of the species seems to be rather large

with regard to the number of shields.

Leptognathus Mikani (Schleg.).

One specimen from the Bolivian Chaco.

Leptognathus turgida, Cope.

Three specimens from Tatarenda, Bolivian Chaco.

Lachesis Neuwiedi, Wagler.

Three specimens from Quinta, Province de Jujuy, Argen-

tine, and six from Tatarenda, Bolivian Chaco.

It is known under the name of “ Vibora.”’

* I have had the pleasure of consulting Mr. G. A. Boulenger con-

cerning this new species, and beg therefore to offer him my thanks for

his kindness,

462 Mr. G. M. Thomson on the

Crotalus terrificus (Laur.).

A specimen without any distinct markings on the neck. It

resembles thus, in this respect, the more northern form. The

specimen recorded by Boulenger in Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus.

from Bolivia had the “stripes on the neck well-marked ”

(2. c. p. 575). It is not recorded by Peracca from Borelli’s

collection (/. c.) nor by Boulenger* from Boggiani’s collec-

tions in the northern Chaco. Dr. Rob. Fries, the botanist of

the Swedish expedition, told me about the death of two

Bolivians caused by the bite of the “ cascavella.”

LXII.—Some Recent Additions to and Notes on the Crusta-

cean Launa of New Zealand. By Grorce M. THomson,

HLS:

In view of the proposed publication of the ‘Index Faune

Nove-Zealandiz’ under the editorship of Captain F. W.

Hutton, it is desirable to record the occurrence of any species

which have recently been identified as occurring in these

islands, and which have already been described elsewhere.

The following species of Crustacea have hitherto not been

recorded from New Zealand.

BRACHYURA.

Family Macrophthalmide.

Genus MAcROPHTHALMUS, Latr.

Macrophthalmus hirtipes.

Cleistostoma? hirtipes, Jacquinot et Lucas, Voy. au Pole Sud, vol. iii.

p- 68, pl. vi. figs. 3 & C.

This crab, originally described from Samoa, has hitherto

been confused with Heniplax hirtipes, Heller, a species from

which it is quite distinct. It occurs commonly in Otago

Harbour, Akaroa, and Port Cooper, and is usually found

between tide-marks,

Family Leucosiide.

Genus Esauta, Leach.

Ebalia tuberculosa, A. Milne-Edwards.

Ebalia tuberculosa, A. Milne-Edwards, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 306,

pl. xxv, pfip: 1.

* Ann, Mus, Civico Genova, s. 2, vol, xix. (1898).

, e 29

Crustacean Fauna of New Zealand. 469

This species was hitherto only recorded from New Zealand

in the Report of the ‘ Challenger,’ numerous specimens having

been taken at Station 167, about 150 miles west of New

Plymouth, in 150 fathoms. I have recently received several

specimens collected by Mr. R. Henry in over 40 fathoms, 1n

Dusky Sound.

AMPHIPODA.

Family Lysianasside.

Genus AMARYLLIS, Haswell.

Amaryllis macrophthalmus, Haswell.

Amaryllis macrophthalmus, Haswell, Cat. Australian Crust. p. 227.

I have identified specimens from Moko-Hinau taken by

Mr. Sandager ; and from Lyttelton, where one was collected

by Dr. Chilton.

Family Phoxocephalids.

Genus PHoxocEePHALUs, Stebbing.

Phoxocephalus bassi, Stebbing.

Phoxocephalus basst, Stebbing, ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 811, pl. liv.

This species is described from a single specimen taken on

the surface in Bass Straits. I have the same species among

surface-net collections taken in Otago Harbour by Dr. Chilton.

Family Eusiride.

Genus LILJEBoRGIA, Spence Bate.

Liljeborgia Haswell, Stebbing.

Liljeborgia Haswelli, Stebbing, ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 985, pl. xcii.

A single specimen was collected by me in the Bay of Islands

many years ago; but recently, in trawling off Otago Heads

and in Tasman Bay, the species has been commonly met with

living in pairs in the upper whorls of shells occupied by

hermit-crabs. In the southern locality it was always asso-

ciated with Hupagurus nove-zealandie, Dana, but in Tasman

Bay with H. rubricatus, Henderson. It is a strikingly

coloured species, the anterior half of the body being bright

pink or red and the posterior white.

464 On the Crustacean Fauna of New Zealand.

Genus Evsirus, Kroyer.

Eusirus longipes, Boeck.

Dusirus longipes, Boeck, ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 965, pl. Ixxxvil.

Eusirus cuspidatus, Kroyer, var. antareticus, mihi.

The species was originally wrongly identified by me.

‘There is no doubt it is the same as the northern species. The

solitary ‘ Challenger’ specimen was collected at Kerguelen.

Family Ampeliscide.

Genus AMPELISCA, Kroyer.

Ampelisca acinaces, Stebbing.

Ampelisea acinaces, Stebbing, ‘Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 1036, pls. ei

& cil.

Stebbing’s description was drawn up from a solitary female

specimen obtained in Port Jackson at a depth of 35 fathoms.

The species is not unfrequently found washed up on the

ocean beach, Dunedin, often in considerable numbers. It is

probably therefore a pelagic form.

Family Photide.

Genus AUTONOE, Bruzelius.

Autonoe kerguelent, Stebbing.

Autonoe kerguelent, Stebbing, ‘Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 1087, pl. exi.

Several male specimens of this species were collected by me

in the Bay of Islands. ‘The species was originally described

and figured by Stebbing from a single specimen taken off

Cumberland Bay, Kerguelen, in 127 fathoms,

Family Phliadide.

Genus IPHINOTUS, Stebbing.

Iphinotus typica, Thomson.

Iphigenia typica, Thomson, Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xiv. p. 237.

f Iphinotus Chiltoni, Stebbing, Trans, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. vii. p. 419,

pl. xxxv. B.

The name Iphigenia having been preoccupied, Stebbing

suggested the new genus /phinotus to receive a species resem-

bling . typica, which he named Iphinotus Chilton?. But a

re-examination of my original species shows that I wrongly

On some Coccide from Meatco. 465

described certain features, and convinces me of the identity

ot the two species. The name therefore must stand as above.

The species has been found only rarely in Otago Harbour.

Order COPEPODA.

Family Calanide.

Genus GUERNEA, Thomson.

In 1895 I described and figured a new Copepod from

Macquarie Island as Guernea antarctica. In accordance

with a suggestion received from my friend Rey. T. R. R.

Stebbing, I propose the name Deguernea for the new genus,

as the former is already preoccupied.

LXIII.— Some Coccide from Mexico.

By T. D. A. CockERELL.

THe Coccide herein discussed were all collected in the

summer of 1902 by Professor C. H. Tyler Townsend, to

whom we have also in former years been greatly indebted for

additions to the Coccid fauna of Mexico *.

Evrium zapotlanum, sp. n.

?.—Gregarious on the leaves, in loose globular snow-

white sacs, about 3 millim. diam., which adhere to anything

they touch. Boiled in KHO, turns crimson, but only slightly

stains the hquid; ¢ cleared and mounted about 1800 w long

and 1000 broad. Anal ring with six bristles; dorsal surface

with small spines (about 18 w long) in rows, far apart; sides

with many minute glands; ventral surface with fewer but

larger circular glands and a very few bristles; labium di-

merous, about 100 w long and 81 broad; legs and antenn

pale, no denticle on inner side of claw; antenne 7-jointed:

Measurements of legs and antenne in w:—Femur+tro-

chanter 186; tibia 150; tarsus 69; claw 27. Antennal

joints: (1) 30, (2) 30, (3) 33, (4) 27, (5) 25, (6) 27, (7) 66.

Hab. Gapotlan, July 7, on “ Huele de Noche.”

Allied to Erium ertogoni (Dactylopius eriogoni, Ehrhorn)

from California, but the female is of a different colour, and

* Including the species now reported, 161 Coccide are known from

Mexico. Of these, 96 have proved new to science, their discoverers

being, so far as known, as follows:—Townsend, 51; Koebele, 26;

Dugeés, 6; Cockerell, 5; Sallé, 2; Llave, Herrera, Palmer, 1 each, ‘

466 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

there are other differences obvious upon close comparison. T

am not quite sure that we do well to accept the genus Hrium

as distinct from Dactylopius (i. e. Pseudococcus, Westw.) ; if

it is accepted it would seem that it ought to include also Jrishi,

Steelit, lichtensioides, and neomexicanus. It is easy enough

to group together these species which have a complete sac,

but there remains a doubt whether they are as intimately

related as their superficial appearance would suggest.

E. Steelii (Ckil. & Towns.) was found by Townsend on May 3

at Ojo de San Diguela in Chihuahua. Its antennal joints

measured thus: (1) 42-45, (2) 40-45, (3) 36-42, (4) 21-27,

(5) 24-33, (6) 27, (7) 36-40, (8) 84-87.

Takahashia jaliscensis, T. D. A. & W. P. CkIl., sp. n.

?.—Ovisac pale yellowish, firm, standing straight out

from branch, about 13 millim. long and 6 broad, with the

shrivelled female on the end. Female after boiling dark

brown (nearly clear after prolonged boiling), circular, about

6 millim. diam.; margin with sharp spines as in Lichtensia,

about 30 w long and as far apart as the length of one; skin

with numerous minute glands; anal plates ordinary, but

quite broad, about 240 w long; legs strongly coloured;

femur-+ trochanter 315 yw, tibia 219, tarsus 132; claw about

45 pw long, very large and very stout at base; tarsal digitules

extremely fine, about 75 uw long, with minute knobs; claw-

digitules extending far beyond claw, as far as tarsal digitules,

very slender, with small knobs; antenne short, more or less

rudimentary, 5- to 7-jointed, length 210 w or more; inthe 5-

jointed form the last four joints measure in uw: (2) 30, (3) 54,

(4) 90, (5) 60; in the 6-jointed 4 is divided, and we have

(4) 42, (5) 30, (6) 60; in the 7-jointed 6 is divided.

Embryonic larva with 6-jointed antenne, the joints

measuring inp: (1) ?, (2) 30, (3) 24, (4) 24, (5) 36, (6) 51.

The young are ochreous, with two broad longitudinal black

stripes ; the cephalic end is abruptly narrowed, and the black

stripes are replaced by mere lines; eyes black and conspicuous.

Hab. Barranca de Atenquique, Jalisco, July 9, on “ Copal.”

The leaves of the plant are pinnate, with about eleven to

twelve pairs of leaflets. The plant is, perhaps, a Rhus, as

suggested by Townsend.

The discovery of Tukahashia in Mexico is very surprising ;

the genus has hitherto been represented by a single species

found in Japan. A new study of the genus shows that it is

derived trom Lichtensia, not from Pulvinaria, as formerly

supposed. Lawretopus is also related to Lichtensia.

some Coccide from Mewvico. AGT

Lichtensia colimensis, sp. n.

9 .—Ovisae white. Skin with numerous large colourless

oval pits, 15-21 w long; spiracles large, the outer ring about

75 w diameter; margin with numerous sharp spines, as in

the other American members of the genus; anal plates

ordinary, about 165 w long; legs and antenna light brown ;

claw-digitules with large knobs, extending considerably

beyond claw; tarsal digitules as in ZL. crescentie; hind

tarsus with a constriction ; antenne 8-jointed. Measurements

of legs and antenna in « :—Anterior leg—femur + trochanter

195, tibia 135, tarsus 63; hind leg—femur-+ trochanter 213,

tibia 135, tarsus 75-81. Antennal joints: (1) 30, (2) 36-45,

(3) 66-72, (4) 37-45, (5) 86-42, (6) 33-35, (7) 30, (8)

39-45.

Hab, Colima, July 12; on Celtis (?).

The antenne are as in L. lyct’, except that joint 2 is

longer ; the tibia and tarsus are too small for L. crescentie or

mimose, but agree pretty well with lyciz. ‘he constriction

of the anterior tarsus is a little before the middle in lyei?; in

colimensis a similar constriction exists, but a little beyond

the middle.

Lichtensia zapotlana, sp. n.

? .—Ovisac long, pure white, narrow, firm, not adhering

to objects; length 6, breadth 2 millim. 9 covered with an

easily deciduous glassy secretion; the insect is very dark

brown and very hard to clear, remaining dark after prolonged

boiling in KHO. Anal plates ordinary; marginal spines

sharp, about 30 wu long, and as far apart as the length of one ;

anterior leg with femur+trochanter 330, tibia 204, tarsus

100 »; antenne 8-jointed, (1) 45, (2) 33-35, (3) 111-114,

(4) 69-81, (5) 60-66, (6) 39-40, (7) 30-32, (8) 45-51.

6 .—NScale glassy, roughish, with a subreticulate appear-

ance, dorsal area (between the longitudinal lines) about equal

to either lateral area. 4 reddish, marked with black ; costa

with a greyish-red stripe.

Hab. Zapotlan, July 7, on a leguminous shrub.

Seems near to L. argentata, Hempel. Pulvinaria parvula,

Ckll., is also allied, and should stand as Lichtensta purvula :

it is a smaller insect than zapotlana, but has even larger legs.

It appears that in tropical Mexico (and possibly in the whole

Neotropical region) Lichtensta takes the place of Pu/vinaria,

the species of the latter genus found there being introductions

from elsewhere. There are genuine species of Pulvinaria at

present found only in the West Indies and Brazil, but it is

468 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

not impossible that they came from other regions where they

have not yet been observed.

Lichtensia lutea (Ckll.).

San Geronimo, Colima, Aug. 1, on “ Orteguilla,” Fcus sp.

Toumeyella mirabilis (Ckll.).

Cerro, Chilicote, Chihuahua, April 29, on Prosopis.

Tachardia larree (Comst.).

Plain at west base of Cerro Chilicote, Chihuahua, April 25,

on Larrea.

Prosopophora manthotis, Townsend.

Zapotlan, Jalisco, July 6, on Mimosa sp., and July 7 on

Leucena sp.

Boiled in KHO they exhibit a reddish-purple colour:

diameter of mouth-parts 165 ~; caudal bristles about 70 uw

long; antennz 8-jointed, very variable, one measured gave

(1) a mere ring, (2) 24, (3) 39, (4) 39, (5) 51, (6) 21, (7) 15,

8) 10.

: think this is likely to prove a synonym of P. proscpidis,

Maskell, but the description and figures given by Maskell

are unsatisfactory.

Asterolecanium Townsendt, sp. n.

? .—On the twigs of the plant, not making pits. Scale

‘about 2 millim. diam., convex, circular, not carinate, or with

‘sometimes traces of a keel posteriorly ; colour bright opaque

lemon-yellow ; a slight irregular fringe of white rods, not all

in one plane.

¢.—Turns crimson on boiling in KHO: diameter of

mouth-parts about 120 w; skin crowded with figure-of-8

glands; margin with a row of figure-of-8 glands (about 10 u

diam. and 10 apart) and a more or less double row of simple

glands.

3 .—Scale elongate, about 14 millim. long and 2 broad;

similar to female scale in colour and texture, fringe more

regular and distinct. @ (dry, from under scale) reddish,

with a long caudal spike, as in the Diaspinz; wings broad

and ample, head broad, thorax very broad. Length of caudal

spike 210 4; breadth of thorax 420; breadth of wing 495.

Hab. Platanas, Jalisco, on ‘ Guasima,” Aug. 4.

some Coccide from Mexico. 469

Compared with A. viridulum the scales are larger and

much more opaque. A. Townsend? really looks most like

the European A. jimbriatum, but that has a double row of

figure-of-8 glands on the margin.

Eriococcus aurescens, sp. n.

? .—On twigs of “‘ Guasima.” Sac about 34 millim. long,

of the usual form, dense, but with a surface like a rough

blanket ; colour of sac a light reddish yellow, a sort of light

apricot-colour. 9. Boiled in KHO turns dull crimson, and

stains the liquid light amber; globular or nearly so; antenne

and legs brown; spines numerous and large, about 48 u long ;

caudal tubercles narrow and cylindrical, about 90 w lone and

45 broad at base, each emitting a stout bristle about 210 u

long ; bristles on inner side of tibia and tarsus large. Measure-

ments of legs and antenne in w:—Anterior lee—femur+

trochanter 186, tibia 105, tarsus 120; middle leg—tibia 144,

tarsus 159. Antennal joints: (1) 380-39, (2) 33-39, (3) 51-

60, (4) 86-48, (5) 27-33, (6) 24-27, (7) 36-37. One an-

tenna showed only six joints, with a long third joint (93 y),

the suture between 8 and 4 being practically obliterated.

Hab. Platanas, Jalisco, Aug. 4.

It has a dipterous parasite. The species is easily recog-

nized by the colour of the sac; the 6-jointed aberration

resembles the normal form of E. eryptus (CkIl.), which often

has a yellowish ovisac.

Cryptokermes brasiliensis, empel.

Zapotlan, July 6, on Mimosa sp.

Previously known only from Brazil, whence I have speci-

mens sent by Mr. Hempel. The early stages were not

known, but are well represented in the Mexican material.

Egg.— Crimson, greatly elongated, about 285 w long and

90 wide.

Newly hatched larva.—Pale crimson (after boiling in

KHO), greatly elongated (about 285 long and 90 wide),

without rows of spines, but with longitudinal rows of figure-

of-8 glands; legs and antenne well developed; caudal

tubercles not elongated; anal tube present, but broad and

shallow, with the anal lobes projecting; tibia very short ;

anterior legs with tibia about 8, tarsus 21 ~; a very long

filiform digitule (21 w) at end of tarsus.

Second stage.—Scales on twigs, broad oval, composed of

the same granular yellowish lumps as the adult scale, but

largely surrounded by white cottony filaments ; a rather long

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 34

A770) Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

white rod projects at hind end. The insect itself (dried

specimens) is about 225 w long and 150 broad (doubtless

much longer in life); segmentation of abdomen strongly

marked ; a long white rod projecting from anal tube (as in

Antonina and Ourococcus) ; the three last abdominal segments

have on each side a very long (about 300 y) bristle, after the

manner of Jcerya larve; legs and antenne very dark ferru-

ginous ; antenne 6-jointed, with an extremely short third joint

(twice as broad as long) and a very large and long club, the

basal part of which is slightly constricted, so as to simulate

an additional joint. Joints 2 to 4 are cylindrical, 5 is cup-

shaped. Measurements in w:—(l1) 36, (2) 45, (3) 18, (4) 39,

(5) 24, (6) 105.

Third stage.—Oval, about 1600 » long; turns crimson on

boiling in KHO. Antenne reddish, very short and stout,

of 5 or 6 obscure joints, with many short bristles at the tip.

They are about 135 w long and 60 broad, and very close

together, only about 45 w apart. Legs very short and stout.

Round dermal glands very numerous and exactly as in

Spherococcus. he anal region is provided with a tube and

is quite after the manner of Spherococcus casuarine.

1 had been quite uncertain as to the relationships of Crypto-

kermes in the absence of the early stages. It is now clear

that the genus is closely related to the Australian Sphero-

coceus and Ourococcus.

Chrysomphalus (Melanaspis) tonilensis, sp. n.

@ .—Scales on branches, about 2 millim. diam., oval to

circular, strongly convex, rough, with concentric ridges, dark

purplish brown to black; exuvie large, shining black, sub-

lateral, covered with an easily deciduous white film. Nearly

spherical, about 1400 mw long, caudal end rather strongly

chitinized. No circumgenital glands; dorsal glands rather

numerous, minute, not over 3 w diameter; anal orifice oval,

about 21 mw long and 108 from hind end; genital orifice

about 42 w anterior to anal orifice; spines short, not over

12 w long; no squames; three pairs of lobes, all low and

broad, the second and third with a central depression or

notch ; a low prominence takes the place of the fourth lobe ;

club-shaped glands in pairs, those of each pair alike, all short,

the longest only 18-21 yw long.

Hab. Tonila, Jalisco, Aug. 2, on stalk, branches, and root

of a low bush “of sage family,” with very hairy green parts.

The male scales also occurred in some numbers and are

oblong, reddish brown, often conspicuously white posteriorly ;

some Coccide from Mexico. 471

exuvia near the anterior end. Allied to Chrysomphalus

bromelic: (Aspidiotus bromelie, Newstead).

Chrysomphalus albopictus (Ckll.).

Colima, July 14, on leaves of orange.

Chrysomphalus agavis (Towns. & CkIl.).

Tonila, Jalisco, Aug. 7, on narrow-leafed Yucca. Volcan

de Colima, Aug. 3, lower slopes, among pines, about 7500 ft.,

on Agave. Zapotlan, July 6 and 7, on Agave.

Some of the last-mentioned material is marked as collected

by Townsend and Boyd.

Aspidiotus Crawi, Ckll.

Tonila, Aug. 3, on ALimosa.

Aspidiotus cydonie, Comst.

The more I see of this the more I feel assured that it is

distinct from A. latanie and A. Crawit.

Tonila, Aug. 2 and 3, on Lantana and several other plants,

evidently very abundant. Volcan de Colima, Aug. 3, at

7500 ft., on “ Madrofia”’ or “ Manzanita.” Base of Volcan

de Colima, 7000 ft., on Lantana.

Aspidiotus persearum, Ckll.

Colima, July 14, on upperside of leaves of Magnolia.

A. persearum was previously known only from Japan and

the Sandwich Islands.

Aspidiotus hedere, var. Neri (Bch.).

Trapuato, July 4, on oleander.

Diaspis cacti, Comst.

Zapotlan, July 5, on Opuntia.

Diaspis Townsend’, Ckll.

Irapuato, July 4, on Prosopis.

Mytilaspis nigra, Ckll.

Zapotlan, July 7, on tree Yucca (smooth dark green leaf)

and Agave sp. (narrow saw-edge leaf),

472 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

The specimens are smaller than the type, the female scale

not over 3 millim. long, exuvie 1 millim. ; the median lobes

are quite large, minutely crenulate; second lobes narrow.

The male scale is brownish white, narrow, of the usual type,

half the length of the female. ‘The species is allied to

M. Gloveri.

Mytilaspis mexicana, Ckll.

Zapotlan, July 8, on Solanum sp.

Mytilaspis argentata, Cll.

El Salto, Cualata, Colima, July 26, on a low bush. Pre-

viously known only from Brazil.

Mytilaspis philococeus, Ckll.

Zapotlan, Jalisco, on tree Yucca and Agave; Irapuato,

July 4, on post cactus.

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

Sept. 28, 1902.

LXIV.—Notes on the Natural [istory of East Finmark. By

Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,

FES.

{Continued from p. 361.}

[As it was quite possible that in the introductory notes to

these papers I might have fallen into some errors, I sent a

proof to Herr Schneider and requested him to criticize closely.

To-day (Nov. 13) I have received his reply. In respect of

Mammalia :—

Vulpes lagopus, Linn. (Arctic Fox). The two hundred were

killed by poison in one winter at Vardé (not Vadsé),

Halicherus grypus, Fabr. (Grey Seal), “ is still living in Finmark.

A large male specimen was killed at Soverholt this last spring.

I got the splendid cranium ” (Schneider).

The following are verbal corrections. My head dredger’s

name should be spelt Bjerkeng (not Bjerking). M. Figen-

schau’s place should be spelt Kirkenes (not Kirchenes) ;

Bog Fiord should be read everywhere for Bog Fiord. Two

Natural History of East Finmark, 473

important mistakes, which I cannot tell how I came to make,

are :—

Page 344, line 12, for “ Bombyces ” read “ Bombide.”

Page 354, line 24, for “ north-eastern” read “ north-western.”

MOLLUSCA (continued).

The following additional species and varieties were recorded

in 1882 from Vard6 and Kirkenes by J. Sparre Schneider * :—

Theshia nana, Lovén. Buccinum Humphreysianum, Ben.

Buccinum Donovani +, Gray. Sipho Sarsii, J ettr.

frayile, Verkriizen. Helcion pellucidum, Linn.

parvulum, Verkriizen. Gibbula cineraria, Linn,

Since the preceding part was sent to press I have received

from Herr Friele an account of the Mollusca dredged by the

‘Michael Sars’ in 1900 ¢. Among these are five species

from the Porsanger Fiord which are additions to the fauna of

East Finmark :—

Coryphella Sarsi, sp. n. Ampullina Smithii, Brown.

Dendronotus robustus, Verrill. Limopsis minuta, Phil.

Acera bullata, O. F. Miller.

The number of Mollusca of East Finmark, according to the

foregoing lists, is 232 ; of these, 164 were found in 1890 by

myself, and 68 are added on the authority of G. O. Sars,

Lovén, Schneider, and Friele.

Professor G. O. Sars, in the concluding pages of his

‘Mollusca regionis Arctica Norvegie,’ 1878, divides the

Norwegian Mollusca under the two headings of Arctic and

Boreal species. Although I should myself refer a few of

the species which he characterizes as arctic rather to a boreal

origin (as he himself would perhaps do with our present

knowledge of distribution), it may nevertheless be interesting

to state that he classifies the whole of the species contained in

the preceding lists as of arctic origin, with the exception of the

following fourteen :—

* Schneider (J. Sparre), “ Nogle zoologiske-iagttagelser fra Vardé,”

Tromsé Museums Aarsberetning, 1882, p. 81; and Theshia nana, Lovén,

from Kirkenes, Schneider, “ Undersdgelser af dyrelivet i de arktiske

fjorde. ILI. Tromsdsundets Molluskfauna,” Tromsd Museums Aarshefter,

viii, 1886, p. 22.

+t This and the two followimg Buceina I regard as varieties of B. un-

datum and B. grenlandicum.

{ Friele (H.), “ Mollusken der ersten Nordmeerfahrt des Fischerei-

dampfers ‘Michael Sars’ 1900 unter Leitung von Herrn Dr. Johan

Hjort,’ Bergens Museums Aarbog, 1902.

474 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

Ommastrephes sagittatus.

Acera bullata.

Theshia nana.

Trophon barvicensis.

Eulima bilineata.

Jeffreysia globularis.

Littorina obtusata.

Gibbula cineraria.

Helcion pellucidum.

Dentalium entalis.

Pecten tigrinus.

Dosinia exoleta.

Mactra subtruncata.

Poromya granulata.

In 1857 Dr. Danielssen made a zoological excursion in

Nordland and Finmark, and published a full account of the

Invertebrata* he met with.

are recorded from Vadsé :—

Teredo norvegica.

ry oz

Newra cuspidata.

Thracia phascolina, var. arctica,

Syndosmya eed

Cardium edule.

echinatum.

nodosum.

suecicum.

Yoldia pygmea.

Arca Korenii.

In his list the following Mollusca

Pecten striatus.

similis.

Crania amomale.

Chiton asellus.

levis.

alveolus.

Velutina haliotoidea.

Cylichna cylindracea.

Bulla Cranchii.

Now of these 19 species only 2 are arctic, while 17 are

boreal, and it seems impossible not to suppose that some

error has been made. Moreover, Sars has not entered these

species in his Hast Finmark column.

In 1875 Mr. Verkriizen, after a visit to East Finmark,

published a paper, in which a list is given of Mollusca

found on different parts of the Norwegian coast. ‘The entire

list contains 190 species, but of these ‘97 are referred to East

Finmark, and include the following Mollusca which are not

in the lists which I have given :—

Utriculus obtusus.

Columbella nana.

Odostomia rissoides.

Odostomia acuta.

Rissoa albella.

Chiton cinereus.

In this paper Verkriizen described Buccinum finmarchianum,

Margarita bella, and Montacuta Maltzant.

In the following year Kobelt described and figured some

Fuside and other Mollusca which Verkriizen had brought

* Danielssen (D. C.), “ Beretning om er Zoologisk Reise foretagen i

Sommeren 1857,” Nyt Mag. for Naturvidenskaberr 1e, vol. ii. 1861,

pp. 1-58.

+ Verkriizen (T. A.), “ Bericht iiber einen Schabe-Ausflug im Sommer

1874,” Jahrb. der deutschen malalozoologischen Gesellschaft, 1875, p. 229.

Naiural History of East Finmark. 475

back from East Finmark }t. Among the species are Sipho

Verkriizent, Kobelt, Buccinum parvulum, Verkriizen, and

Admete undatocostata, Verkriizen.

In 1881 M. Jules de Guerne, accompanied by other French

naturalists, went to the Varanger Fiord on a “ Mission

scientifique.” ‘Two papers on the expedition were published

by M. de Guerne ¢. These naturalists went in their vessel

‘Coligny’ to Elvenes, at the mouth of the Pasvik River, in

order that they might proceed thence to Lake Onega, and

thus they dredged in Klosterely Fiord. The only list of

Marine Invertebrata published by them is contained in the

second paper. It is one of 97 species of Mollusca, which,

with the exception of “ Rissoa provima, Alder,” are recorded

in my lists.

INLAND MOLLUSCA.

A paper entitled ‘‘ Land and Freshwater Mollusca in the

Arctic Regions of Norway,” by Miss Birgithe Esmark §, gives

the following list of the species known in Kast Finmark :—

Arion subfuscus, Drap. Mouth of the Tana River.

Vitrina angelic, Beck. Vardo.

Hyalina petronella, Charp.*

Conulus fulvus, O. F. Miller. Vardo.

Patula harpa, Say. “Of this pretty little mollusk Schneider has

in July found two dead specimens in the stem of a decayed

birch-tree at Kirchenes in South Varanger. It was first found

in North America, later in the country of Amur, but not yet

in Siberia, while in Finland it goes as far as the shores of the

Arctic Ocean.”

Patula pygmea, Drap. Vardo.

ruderata, Studer. Elvenes, in Sydvaranger.

Arionta arbustorum, Linn.*

+ Kobelt (W.), “ Beitrige zur arctischen Fauna,” Jahrb. der deutschen

malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 1876, pp. 60, 165, 571.

t De Guerne (Jules), “ Conférences faites par M. Jules de Guerne.

Souvenirs d’une Mission Scientifique en Laponie,’”’ Union Géographique

du Nord de France, 1882; and “ Notes sur Vhistoire naturelle des régions

arctiques de l'Europe, la Varangerfjord,” Bull. des Sci. de la Soc. roy.

Malacol. de Belgique, vol. xviii. 1883, and xxi. 1886.

§ ‘Tromsé Museums Aarshefter,’ vol. v. 1882, p. 93.

* The species to which an asterisk is appended must, I think, be received

with doubt. Miss Esmark does not give any locality for them, but has

introduced them into the Kast Finmark column apparently (see p. 95) on

the authority of G. O. Sars (Mollus. reg. Arct. Norveg. p. 369); but the

column of Sars from which the names are taken does not relate to East

476 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

Pupa muscorum, L. THornd at Vardo.

inornata, Mich., var. Gredleri, Cless., = columella (Bens.),

Wester. Abundantly under stones on Horné at Vardo.

arctica, Wallenb. “This species is new to Norway.

Mr. Schneider found it this summer under stones together with

P, Gredleri on Horné at Vadsé. Wallenberg found it first in

Lulea Lapmark. Miller and Mérch mention it from Green-

land as P. Hoppet. It is found in many places in Sweden.”

Succinea putris, Linn.*

Limnea stagnalis, Linn. ‘“ At Gadde-Luobbal, Pasvik River, in

Sydvaranger.”

Planorbis borealis, Loven. “ One shell from Varanger Fiord belongs

to the museum at Upsala.”

Murgaritana margaritifera, Linn, Berlevaag in East Finmark.

CRUSTACEA.

As in the list of Mollusca, I have in the following notes

inserted without locality the names of Crustacea which have

been found in East Finmark by Sars and by others, but

which were not met with by myself. ‘This is therefore a

complete catalogue of the Crustacea of this high northern

district of Europe.

PODOPHTHALMA.

Hyas araneus, Linn. Bog -Fiord.

courctatus, Leach. Varanger and Lang Fiords.

Stenorhynehus rostratus, Linn.

Lithodes maia, Linn. Vadso.

Eupagurus bernhardus, Linn. Varanger Fiord.

pubescens, Kroyer. Vads0d, Lang, and Klesterelv Fiords.

Munida rugosa, Fabr. Vadso ( fide Wollebsek, 1900).

Crangon vulgaris, Linn. Klosterely Fiord and Syolver. The

former is, I believe, the most north-eastern locality of our

common shrimp. M. Sars recorded it in 1858 from Oxfjord.

Pontophilus norvegicus, M. Sars.

but to the whole of Finmark; and why these three species have been

inserted from that column, and not also Hyalinia hammonis and Limnea

peregra, there isno evidence to show. Jf a mistake has been made it has

been repeated, since Westerlund, in “ Land- och Séttvatten-Mollusker

insamlade Vega-expeditionen” (Vega-expeditionens Vetenskapliga Iaktta-

gelser, vol.iv. 1885, p. 148), gives a list of East Finmark Inland Mollusca

which is identical with, and evidently has been taken from, the column

“ Kast Finmark” in Miss Esmark’s paper.

Natural [History of Hast Finmark. 477

Sclerocrangon boreas, Phipps. Varanger, Bog, and Klosterely

Fiords,

Sabina septemcarinata, Sabine. Vads6, Klosterely, and Lang

Fiords.

Sarsii, 8. I. Smith. One specimen, Lang Fiord.

Spirontocaris securifrons, Norman. Vadsé Harbour; Lang and

Klosterelv Fiords.

Gaimardi, H. M.-Edw. In all the fiords.

polaris, Sabine. Varanger, Bég, and Klosterely Fiords ;

Svolveer.

turgida, Kroyer. In all the Sydvaranger Fiords, Laksefiord,

and Troms6.

pusiola, Kroyer. Vadsid; Klosterely and Lang Fiords ;

Syolveer.

Pandalus borealis, Kroyer. Varanger Fiord.

Montagui, Leach.

Caridion Gordoni, Bate.

Mysis oculata, Fabr. Klosterely Fiord.

Michtheimysis mixta, Liljeborg. Bog and Klosterely Fiords.

Considering the number and characters of the genera into

which the old genus Myszs has now been divided, Mysis iniata

can no longer remain in the same genus as MM, oculata. I

therefore propose a genus Michtheimysis to receive it. From

Mysis, as represented by M. oculata and its allies, it differs in

having the antennal scale unprovided with a second joint, but

drawn out to an excessive length, and finally terminated in a

spine-like point. In the male the sexual fourth pleopod is

quite different from the same organ in JMysis (proper) and

agrees in structure with that of Schistomysis.

Evrythrops Goésii, G. O. Sars. In all the fiords.

abyssorum, G.O. Sars. Varanger Fiord, 110-150 fathoms.

Pseudomma truncatum, 8. I. Smith.

Amblyops abbreviata, G. O. Sars. Taken by the Norwegian North-

Atlantic Expedition east of Vadsé (Stat. 262).

Parerythrops robusta, 8. I. Smith.

abyssicola, G. O. Sars.

Stilomysis grandis,.Goés.

Macromysis inermis, Rathke, Klosterely Fiord,

Nyctiphanes norvegica, M. Sars.

Thysanoessa neglecta, Kroyer,=T. borealis, G. O. Sars.

longicaudata, Kroyer,=T7. tenera, G. O. Sars.

478 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

CUMACEA.

Lamprops fasciata, G. O. Sars. Vadsé, Svolveer.

fuscata, G. O. Sars. Lang and Klosterely Fiords.

Hemilamprops rosea, Norman. Lang and Bog Fiords.

assimilis, G. O. Sars.

Leucon nasicus, Kroyer. Lang and Klosterely Fiords,

fulvus, G. O. Sars.

acutirostris, G. O. Sars.

Eudorella truncatula, Bate. Lang and Bog Fiords, only a single

specimen in each locality.

emarginata, Kroyer. In all the fiords.

Diastylis Rathkii, Kroyer. In all the fiords,

var. Sarsi, noy. nom. The variety figured by Sars in

‘ Crustacea of Norway, Cumacea,’ pl. lxx., occurred in 110-125

fathoms in the Varanger Fiord.

lucifera, Kroyer.

spinulosa, Heller.

— echinata, Bate. Varanger Fiord, rare.

— scorpioides, Lepechin. In all the fiords and down to 125

fathoms.

Goodsiri, Bell. Lang Fiord, in 5-30 fathoms.

Diastylopsis resima, Kroyer. In all the fiords, and especially

abundant in a bay on the west side of Bog Fiord.

Leptostylis macrura, G. O. Sars.

villosa, G. O. Sars.

ampullacea, Lilljeborg.

Pseudocuma cercaria, J. yan Ben.

Petalosarsia declivis, G. O. Sars.

Campylaspis rubicunda, Lill}. Bog Fiord.

costata, G. O. Sars.

TSOPODA.

Apseudes spinosus, M. Sars.

Sphyrapus anomalus, G. O, Sars.

Typhlotanais tenuicornis, G. O. Sars. Varanger Fiord, in 110-125

fathoms,

finmarchicus, G. O. Sars. Bog Fiord.

Leptognathia longiremis, Lillj. Varanger and Klosterely Fiords.

brevimana, Lilij.

Pscudotanais forcipatus, Lillj. Klosterely Fiord, 3-5 fathoms.

macrocheles, G. O. Sars,

Natural History of East Finmark. 4A79>

Calathura brachiata, Stimpson. Varanger and Bog Fiords, 100-

125 fathoms.

Gnathia elongata, Kréyer. In all the fiords.

Aiga psora, Linn, One specimen in Varanger Fiord.

Limnoria lignorum, Rathke. Klosterelv Fiord.

Astacilla longicornis, Sow.

Idotea balthica, Pallas. Vads6 and Syolveer.

neglecta, G. O. Sars. Vadso.

Janira maculosa, Leach. Klosterely and Bog Fiords.

Jeera marina, Linn. Vads0, tide-marks.

Pleurogonium rubicundum, G. O. Sars. Vadso.

spinosissimum, G. O. Sars.

Munnopsis typica, M. Sars. Varanger and Bég Fiords, in 80-120

fathoms.

Echinozone coronata, G. O. Sars.

Aspidarachna clypeata, G. O. Sars.

Ilyarachna hirticeps, G. O. Sars. Varanger Fiord.

Eurycope cornuta, G. O. Sars.

producta, G. O. Sars.

Bopyroides hippolytes, Kroyer.

Phryxus abdominalis, Kroyer.

Dajus mysidis, Kroyer.

AMPHIPODA.

Hyale Nilssoni, Rathke.

Opisa Eschrichti, Kroyer.

Socarnes Vahii, Kroyer. Vardo (J. S. Schneider).

Ambasia Danielssent, Boeck. Lang and Klosterely Fiords, but

only a single example in each locality.

Aristias neglectus, Hansen. One only, Bog Fiord, 20-30 fathoms,

tumidus, Kroyer.

Hippomedon denticulatus, Bate. Entrance to Vadsé Harbour.

propinquus, G. O. Sars. A few specimens in Bog Fiord and

off Vadso.

Orchomene serratus, Boeck. One only, Klosterely Fiord, 2-5

fathoms.

pectinatus, G. O. Sars,

Tryphosa grenlandica, Hansen.

minuta, Kroyer. Vadsi, Tromsd, and Svolveer.

Tryphosites longipes, Bate. Vadso.

Anonyx nugax, Phipps. In all the fiords and at Tromso and

Svolveer.

480 Canon A. M. Norman—Notes on the

Haplonyex cicada, Fabr. Varanger Fiord, down to 125 fathoms.

Centromedon pumilus, Lill}. Klosterely Fiord, 2-5 fathoms.

Pscudalibrotus littoralis, Kroyer. In great abundance by washing

sand dug at low water in Klosterelv Fiord and at: Kirkenes.

Onesimus Edwardsi, Kroyer. Vads6.

plautus, Kroyer. Recorded by Schneider from Vardo f.

* Menigrates obtusifrons, Boeck. Svolveer.

Euonyx chelatus, Norman,

Lepidepecreum umbo, Goés. Lang Fiord, 20-30 fathoms.

Bathyporeia pelagica, Bate.

Argissa hamatipes, Norman, = Argissa typica, Boeck. Vadsé,

10-25 fathoms.

Phowxocephalus Holbolli, Kroyer. In all the fiords and at Tromsé

and Svolveer.

Puraphowus oculatus, G. O. Sars.

Harpinia neglecta, G.O. Sars. Throughout the district.

Pontoporeia femorata, Kréyer. In shallow water, Klosterely and

Bog Fiords.

Aimpelisca Eschrichti, Kroyer. Varanger, Bog, and Lang Fiords,

down to 125 fathoms.

macrocephala, Lill}. Throughout the district and also at

Svolveer.

Byblis Gaimardi, Kroyer. Klosterelv, Lang, and Bog Fiords.

erythrops, G. O. Sars. Varanger Fiord.

Haploops tubicola, Lill}. Throughout the district.

— - setosa, Boeck. Varanger and Bog Fiords, to 80 fathoms.

Stegocephalus inflatus, Kroyer, Klosterely Fiord, in 2-5 fathoms.

Andaniopsis nordlandica, Boeck. Bog Fiord, 20-30 fathoms.

Andaniella pectinata, G. O, Sars. One only, in the same locality

as the last.

Astyra abyssi, Boeck.

Amphilochus manudens, Bate.

Amphilochoides odontonyx, Boeck.

Gitanopsis inermis, G. O. Sars.

arctica, G. O. Sars.

Gitana Sarst, Boeck.

Mitopa rubrovittata, G. O. Sars.

Sthenometopa robusta, G. O. Sars. Varanger Fiord, in 110-125

fathoms,

+ For this aud other species entered on Schneider’s authority see

Schneider (J. Sparre), ‘ Nogle zoologiske-lagttagelser fra Vardi,” Tromsé

Museums Aarsberetning, 1882, p. 16.

Natural History of East Finmark. 481

In my paper on ‘ British Amphipoda,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 7, vol. vi. 1900, p. 45, I instituted a genus

Metopina to receive M. palmata and its allies, including

M. robusta. Metopina had, however, been previously used,

and I therefore here substitute the name Sthenometopa for

my genus.

Gdiceros sayinatus, Kroyer. One specimen, west side of entrance

to Vads6 Harbour, 25 fathoms.

Pareediceros lynceus, M. Sars. Very common in all the fiords and

at Svolvzer.

propinquus, Goés,= Gdiceros microps, G. O, Sars. Lang

Fiord, in 5-30 fathoms.

Monoculodes tessellatus, Schneider. In all the fiords, in 5-30

fathoms.

borealis, Boeck. Very common in all the fiords and at

Svolveer.

subnudus, Norman,= JM. falcatus, G.O. Sars. Klosterely

and Lang Fiords, 5-80 fathoms.

lattmanus, Goés. Lang and Bog Fiords, 5-30 fathoms.

longirostris, Goés. Lang and Bog Fiords, 5-50 fathoms.

— Packardi, Boeck. Varanger Fiord, 100-125 fathoms.

norvegicus, Boeck.

tuberculatus, Boeck.

Monoculopsis longicornis, Boeck. Vadsé and Bog Fiord, 20-30

fathoms.

Perioculodes longimanus, Bate. Lang and Big Fiords, 3-30

fathoms, and at Svolveer.

Halimedon brevicatcar, Goés. Bog Fiord, shallow water, and

Svolveer.

parvimanus, Bate & Westw.

megalops, G. O. Sars.

Bathymedon obtusifrons, Hansen. Varanger and Bog Fiords,

50-125 fathoms.

Pontocrates arcticus, G. O. Sars.

Aceros phyllonyx, M. Sars. In all the fiords, 5-125 fathoms.

Aceroides latipes, G. O. Sars,= Aceros distinguendus, Hansen. One

specimen, Varanger Fiord, 125 fathoms,

Pleustes panoplus, Kroyer. Vads6 and Svolveer.

Paramphithoe bicuspis, Kroyer. Vardo, fide Schneider,

pulchella, Kroyer. Varanger and Lang Fiords, 3-30

fathoms.

brevicornis, G. O. Sars.

Parapleustes latipes, M. Sars. Lang Fiord, 5-15 fathoms,

482 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

Parapleustes glaber, Boeck. Tromsé and Svolver. Sars says that

it is found “ off the whole coast of Finmark.”

pulchellus, G. O. Sars.

Acanthozone cuspidata, Lepechin.

Acanthonotosoma serratum, Fabr. Bog Fiord, 20-30 fathoms.

cristatum, Owen. Svolveer.

Odius carinatus, Bate. Bog Fiord, 20-30 fathoms.

Syrrhoe crenulata, Goés. In all the fiords, 5-125 fathoms.

Tiron acanthurus, Lillj., = Tessarops hastata, Norman. Lang

Fiord, 20-30 fathoms.

Pardalisca cuspidata, Kroyer. Klosterely and Bog Fiords, in

5-10 fathoms.

Halice abyssi, Boeck.

Eusirus cuspidatus, Kroyer.

Ehachotropis Helleri, Boeck. One specimen, in the Varanger

Fiord,

inflata, G. O. Sars,= R. tumidus, G. O. Sars. (Crust. Norway,

Amphip. p. 430). Klosterely Fiord, 3-5 fathoms.

macropus, G. O. Sars.

Halirages fulvocincta, M. Sars. Vadsié and Bog Fiord, 10-20

fathoms.

* Apherusa bispinosa, Bate. Svolveer.

tridentata, Bruz.

megalops, G. O. Sars.

Calliopius leviusculus, Kroyer. Tide-marks, Vadso.

* Paratylus uncinatus, G. O. Sars. Svolveer, one specimen.

Swammerdamii, H. M.-Edw.

Smitti, Goés.

Dexamine spinosa, Mont. Svolver. Dr. Danielssen found it at

Vadso.

thea, Boeck. Abundant, tide-marks, Vadso.

Melphidippa borealis, Boeck.

Amathilla homari, Fabr. Vads6 and Bog Fiord, tide-marks and

dredged in shallow water, also at Svolveer.

Gammarus locusta, Linn, Tide-marks throughout the district.

Melita Goési, Hansen (‘ Oversigt over de paa Dijmphna-Togtet

insamlade Krebsdyr,’ 1886, p. 46, pl. xxi. fig. 13). A fine and

quite perfect specimen, taken in Lang Fiord, in 20-30 fathoms.

This species is at once distinguished from Melita dentata by

the long, narrow, parallel-sided, basal joints of the last three

pairs of pereopods and the Jess spinous armature of the

mesosoma. New to the Norwegian fauna. Previously known

from the Kara Sea and (?) Spitsbergen; and dredged by

Mr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St. Lawrence.

Natural History of East Finmark. 483

*Cheirocratus assimilis, Lill}. Svyolveer.

Lilljeborgia pallida, Bate. Lang and Klosterely Fiords, in 5-25

fathoms.

fissicornis, M. Sars. One only, Big Fiord, 20-80 fathoms.

Idunella equicornis, G. O. Sars. Varanger Fiord, 100-125

fathoms.

Microdeutopus sp. A small female, too young to assign with

certainty to a species.

Protomedeia fasciata, Kroyer. Abundant in all the fiords of Syd-

varanger ; also at Syolver.

Gammaropsis melanops, G. O. Sars. Varanger Fiord.

Photis tenuicornis, G. O. Sars. Vads6, in 10-25 fathoms.

Reinhardi, Kroyer.

Amphithoe rubricata, Mont. Vadsé and Svolveer.

Ischyrocerus anquipes, Kroyer. Vadso, tide-marks,

megalops, G. O. Sars. Svolveer.

minutus, Lill]. Vadso.

Parajassa pelagica, Leach, = Podocerus capillatus, Rathke. Vadso,

tide-marks.

Corophium crassicorne, Bruz. Vadsé and Lang Fiord, Tromsd,

Svolveer.

affine, Bruz. Vadso, Klosterely and Bog Fiords.

Uneiola leucopis, Kroyer. Varanger Fiord, 120-150 fathoms.

planipes, Norman.

Dulichia curticauda, Boeck. Klosterely Fiord, 2-5 fathoms.

porrecta, Bate. Klosterelv Fiord, 2-5 fathoms,

spinosissima, Kroyer.

—— monacantha, Metzger.

falcata, Bate.

Phtisica marina, Slabber.

Caprella linearis, Linn. One male, Varanger Fiord.

septentrionalis, Kroyer. Varanger Fiord, Tromsé.

Puracyamus boopis, Liitken.

PHYLLOCARIDA.

Nebalia bipes, Fabr. Vadso.

PHYLLOPODA.

The following three Phyllopoda and two of the Cladocera

have been found by Sars in East Finmark :—

Branchinecta paludosa, O. F. Miill.

Polyartemia forcipata, 8. Fischer.

Linnetis brachyurus, O. F. Mill.

484 Canon A. M. Norman—WNotes on the

CLADOCERA.

Holopedium gibberum, Zaddach. Sydyaranger.

Daphnia magna, Strauss.

Cephaloxus cristatus, G.O. Sars. Kirchenes.

*Ceriodaphnia quadrangula, O. F. Mill. Hammerfest.

Bosmina obtusirostris, G. O. Sars. Sydvaranger and Hammerfest.

Macrothrixz arctica, G. O. Sars.

Acantholeberis curvirostris, O. F. Mill. Sydvaranger.

Ophryoxus gracilis, G. O. Sars. Vardé and Sydvaranger.

Alonopsis elongata, G. O. Sars. Sydvaranger, also Hammerfest.

Acroperus harpe, Baird. Sydvaranger,

Alonella excisa, 8. Fischer. Sydvaranger.

nana, Baird. Sydvaranger.

*Chydorus sphericus, O. F. Mill. Hammerfest.

Polyphemus pediculus, Linné. Sydvaranger, also Hammerfest.

* Bythotrephes Cederstromii, Schcedler. ‘Tromsé.

OSTRACODA.

In the Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vii. (1891)

p- 108, I published ‘* Notes on the Marine Crustacea Ostracoda

of Norway,” among which were included the species I had

obtained in East Finmark in 1890. Referring to that paper

for an account of exact localities &e., I give here a list of the

Ostracoda obtained, in order to make this enumeration of

the Crustacea of Hast Finmark complete.

Pontocypris trigonella, G.O.Sars. | Cytheridea Sorbyana, R., Jones.

Argillecia cylindrica, G.O.S8ars. | Eucythere declivis, Norman,

Cythere lutea, Miiller. | , var. argus, G. O.

pellucida, Baird. Sars.

confusa, Brady & Norman. | Arithe bartonensis, RX. Jones.

— gibbosa, Brady & Robertson. | Lowoconcha tamarindus, RK. Jones.

— limicola, Norman. —— fragilis, G. O. Sars.

— cluthe, Brady, Crosskey, & | Xestoleberis depressa, G. O. Sars.

Robertson. Cytherura affinis, G. O. Sars.

—— villosa, G. O. Sars. | sella, G. O. Sars.

— tuberculatc, G. O. Sars. | undata, G. O. Sars.

concinna, R. Jones. grenlandica, Brady &

—— emarginata, G. O. Sars. Norman.

— finmarchica, G. O. Sars. similis, G. O. Sars.

— angulaia, G. O. Sars. nigrescens, Baird.

mirabilis, G. S. Brady. rudis, G. 8. Brady.

dunelmensis, Norman. | cellulosa, Norman.

Cytheridea papillosa, R. Jones. | Cytheropteron latissimum, Nor-

punctillata, G. 8. Brady. | man.

BES

Natural [istory of East Finmark.

Oytheropteron nodosum, G. 8.

Brady.

Bythocythere constricta,G.O. Sars.

recta, G. 8. Brady.

Pseudocythere caulata,G.O.Sars.

Sclerochilus contortus, Norman.

435

Paradoxostoma variahile, Baird.

rostratum, G. O. Sars.

inflecum, Brady & Norman.

Polycope orbicularis, G. O. Sars.

Philomedes brenda, Baird.

The six following species were additions to the Norwegian

fauna :—

Oythere cluthe.

mirabilis.

Cytherura granlandica.

Cytherura rudis.

Bythocythere recta.

Puradoxostoma infleaum.

Professor G. O. Sars has recorded the following additional

species from Kast Finmark :—

Herpetocypris glacialis, G. O. Sars.

The following Hast Finmark Crustacea have as yet not

been found elsewhere :—

Apherusa megalops.

Paradoxostoma rostratum.,

| —- inflexum.

Typhlotanais finmarchica. |

Pseudotanais Lilljeborgit.

Gitanopsis inermis.

arctica.

Arctic species not known to occur further south than Hast

Finmark :—

Aceroides latipes.

Parapleustes pulchellus.

Paratylus Smittt.

Mera Goésti.

Idunella equicornis.

Unetola leucopis.

Paracyamus boopis (?).

Cytherura grenlandica.

rudis.

Herpetocypris glacialis.

Pseudomma truncatum.

Mysis oculata.

Dyastylis spinulosa.

Calathura brachiata.

Dajus mysidis.

Opisa Eschrichtit.

Aristias tumidus.

(Ediceros borealis.

saginatus.

Monoculodes longimanus.

Species which are not as yet known to occur under more

arctic conditions than those of Hast Finmark :—

Hemilamprops rosea.

assimilis.

Leucon acutirostris.

Eudorella truncatula.

Leptostylis villosa.

ampullucea,

Pseudocuma cercaria.

Campylaspis costata.

Vol. x. 35

Stenorhynchus rostratus.

Crangon vulgaris.

Spirontocaris securifrons.

Caridion Gordont.

Parerythrops abyssicola.

Mysideis insignis.

Mucromysis inermis,

Lamprops fasciata.

Ann. d: Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7.

486

Apseudes spinosus.

Leptognathia brevimana.

Pseudotanais macrocheles.

Limnoria lignorum.

Idotea baltica.

neglecta.

Astacilla longicornis.

Pleurogonium rubicundum.

spimosissimum.

Echinozone coronata.

Aspidarachna clypeata.

Pseudarachna hirsuta.

Eurycope cornuta.

producta.

Hyale Nilssoni.

Ambasia Danielsseni.

Hippomedon denticulatus.

propinquus.

Tryphosites longipes.

Huonyx chelatus.

Harpinia neglecta.

Byblis erythrops.

Andaniopsis nordlandica.

Astyra abyssi.

Gitana Sars.

Metopa rubrovittata.

Sthenometopa robusta.

Monoculodes tessellatus.

norvegicus.

subnudus.

Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark.

Monoculodes Packardi.

Perioculodes longimanus.

Halimedon parvimanus.

Paramphithoe brevicornis.

Parapleustes latipes.

Halice abyssi.

Ehachotropis Helleri (2).

Apherusa tridentata.

Paratylus Swammerdamit.

Dexamine spinosa.

thea.

Melphidippa borealis.

Lilljeborgia pallida.

Parajassa pelagica.

Corophium affine.

Dulichia monacantha,

faleata.

Phtisica marina.

Pontocypris trigonella.

Argillecia cylindrica.

Cythere pellucida.

Loxoconcha fragilis.

Cytherura affinis.

sella.

similis.

—— nigrescens.

cellulosa.

Cytheropteron nodosum.

Bythocythere recta.

Polycope orbicularis.

Future investigations will undoubtedly greatly modify

these lists, and_also, though in a very much less degree, the

division of the Mollusca into Arctic and Boreal species.

North and south are not in these papers so much regarded

as affecting distribution as the more or less arctic conditions.

Thus from a distributional point of view the North Cape,

although really north of the greater part of East Finmark,

may be regarded zoologically as to the south, since all

boreal species must pass round the North Cape to reach Hast

Finmark, and are also at the North Cape living under less

arctic conditions. On the other hand, all South Greenland,

Iceland, and the Murman coast may zoologically be con-

sidered to be more northern, since their climate is more

arctic,

[To be continued. }

On new Mammals from Arabia and Persia. 487

LXV.—On Five new Mammals from Arabia and Persia.

By OLpFieLp THOMAS.

THROUGH the instrumentality of my colleague Mr. W. R.

Ogilvie-Grant, Mr. G. W. Bury has been making a collection

of mammals and birds in the high country to the north of

Aden, on the borders of Yemen. Among the specimens so

obtained are three genets (the genus Grenetta not having been

previously recorded from Arabia), a new Meriones, and

examples of the Arabian fox, which I now think should have

a special subspecific name. While working these out I have

taken the opportunity to describe another fox from Northern

Persia and a mouse obtained in Central Persia by Mr.

Witherby.

Genetia Grantit, sp. n.

A member of the G. dongolana group and very similar to

the red-spotted Hast-African species (G. suwahelica, Matsch.).

Centre line of back from behind withers to tail with a narrow

black line; all other body-markings reddish fulvous. Head

grey, with a well-defined dark median line, bordered on each

side with a broader white streak. Nape with seven narrow

dark lines, all of about equal breadth, diverging as they run

backwards as usual. Sides each with five lines of spots, the

upper line irregularly united into a more or less continuous

streak. Under surface dull greyish, not so buffy as in G. sua-

helica. Ears grey, without darker spots at their posterior

base. forearms grizzled greyish, almost without spots,

scarcely darker behind; fore feet greyish white, the outer

edge of the metacarpal blackened below. Hind limbs indis-

tinctly spotted above, the usual black patch above the ankle

inconspicuous. ‘T'ail long-haired and shaggy, the rings not

sharply marked, owing to the overlapping of the hairs; in-

deed they are scarcely definable proximally ; dark rings eleven

or twelve in number, each rather shorter than the hght ones

dividing them; light rings washed with dull fulvous above.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 414 millim.; tail 426; hind foot 78;

ear 32.

Skull: basal length 75; zygomatic breadth 39; palate

length 38.

Hab. Azraki Ravine, Haushabi, Southern Arabia. Alt.

5200 feet.

Type. Male. Original number 7. Collected 30th May,

1902, by G. W. Bury. ‘Three specimens.

488 Mr. O. Thomas on new

Meriones Buryt, sp. n.

A tufted-tailed Mertones, with naked feet, superficially

resembling Gerbillus persicus, Blanf.

Size fairly large. General characters of MJeriones, but

with wholly naked soles, which are apparently, as in “ Ger-

billus”’ persicus, granulated and quadrituberculate. General

colour above deep “clay-colour,” strongly grizzled with

black ; sides clearer fawn; belly dull buffy white, some of the

hairs slaty based, others white to their roots; lips and chin

white; chest with an ill-defined drabby patch. Median line

of head like back; cheeks and ocular area grizzled grey ;

ears of medium length, their substance dark, their few fine

hairs drabby fawn. Rump with a number of longer whitish-

tipped hairs intermixed with the fur. Upper surface of hands

and feet pale fawn. ‘Tail long, dark fawn all round proxi-

mally, heavily black-crested above for its terminal half, the

longest hairs attaining 15-18 millim.

Skull stout and less strongly built; supraorbital region

heavily ridged; palatal foramina long, reaching just to the

level of the front of m'; bulle: not excessively swollen.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 148 millim.; tail 168; hind foot (s. u.) 33;

ear 2].

Skull: basilar length 32°5; zygomatic breadth 21-7;

interorbital breadth 6°6; palate length 19; diastema 11;

palatal foramina 7°7; length of bulle 12; length of upper

nolar series (crowns) 5:6.

Fab. Zaléd, Haushabi, in the hills north of Aden;

altitude 4300 feet.

Type. Female. Collected 18th September, 1902, by

Mr. G. W. Bury, after whom the species is named. ‘hree

specimens examined.

Owing to the fact that worn molars of Aferiones are quite

indistinguishable from those of Gerbdllus, Dipodillus, &e., and

that this species has the Dipodilline character of wholly naked

soles, Meriones Buryi might easily be taken for a member of

the latter group, in which it would stand near ‘ Gerbillus ”

persicus, whose proportions and foot-characters are not dis-

similar. Unfortunately no young specimens, showing the

true molar structure, of either G. persicus or M. Bury? are

available, and until that is the case I shall not feel satisfied

about the proper allocation of either form. But in general

skull-structure J, Bury? resembles some of the most typical

species of AMeriones, and | therefore now refer it to that

genus, Within which it may be readily distinguished by the

characters above given.

Mammals from Arabia and Persia. 439

“ Gerbillus”’ calurus is another species of doubtful position,

and it appears probable that the examination of young speci-

mens will show it to be also a Mertones.

Vulpes vulpes arabica, subsp. n.

Allied to the Egyptian fox (V. v. egyptiaca), but smaller

and differently coloured.

Size intermediate between V. vulpes and V. leucopus.

General tone of dorsal area rich tawny ochraceous, the hairs

being not or rarely grizzled with grey. In the Egyptian fox

the back is profusely grizzled and the general tone is much

deader and browner. Face, and especially crown, bright

fulvous, often conspicuous in specimens whose bodies are in

the brown, out-of-season, pelage. Har-backs rarely deep

black, more often greyish, and sometimes scarcely darker

than the head. The usual light patches in front of and

behind the shoulders dull yellowish. Chin and belly dull

whitish ; chest with a variable amount of black upon it.

Tail of medium thickness, dull greyish fulvous, its tip gene-

rally inconspicuously white. Skull shorter, broader, and

rather more depressed than in the Mgyptian fox.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 610 millim.; tail 320; hind foot 130;

ear 98.

Skull: basal length 120; greatest breadth 68 ; interorbital

breadth 24°3; breadth of brain-case 43°6; palate, length 64,

breadth between outer sides of p* 38; outer length of p* 11°8;

greatest diameter of m* 11°7, of m* 8:6; combined antero-

posterior diameter of the two latter teeth 12:7.

Hab. (of type). Muscat. Other specimens from Aden

and the Hadramaut.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 94.3.9.1. Collected and

presented by Surg.-Gen, A. 8. G. Jayakar.

On account of its more vivid colour the Arabian fox seems to

deserve a subspecific name, though its considerable variability

makes it somewhat difficult to describe. Of previously named

forms Gray’s “V. flavescens,” said to be trom Persia, is a

much paler and longer furred animal. Blanford’s V. persica

is probably synonymous with V. flavescens, but the type is in

such bad pelage that the point cannot be settled at present.

Vulpes vulpes splendens, subsp. n.

A large long-haired fox of a vivid fulvous colour.

Size large, skull equal to that of the largest Siberian foxes.

General colour above all over rich bright tawny ochraceous,

490 On new Mammals from Arabia and Persia.

grizzled with white on the posterior half of the back. This

rich colour is not confined to a narrow dorsal area, but extends

over the whole upper surface, crown, nape, back, and sides.

Individually the hairs are brownish basally, rich ochraceous

terminally, with a whitish subterminal band in the posterior

dorsal rng. Muzzle reddish brown. Backs of ears orange-

fulvous at their anterior bases, deep black terminally. Belly

and proximal part of limbs a rich deep reddish, between

“hazel” and “ ochraceous-rufous” of Ridgway; lips and

chin greyish; chest white, with brown bases to the hairs.

Hands and feet very thickly furred, grizzled black above, red

on the sides and, more dully, below. ‘Tail very large and

thick, forming a fine brush of a fulvous nearly as vivid as

that of the body; some of the hairs black-tipped and all with

greyish bases; a distinct white tip to the tail.

Skull stout and heavy, with a large rounded brain-case ;

decidedly larger than in the southern Persian and Arabian

forms—more as in Siberian examples. Frontal region more

or less convex, less markedly flattened than usual. Inter-

orbital and intertemporal region broad.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 780 millim.; tail 490; hind foot 162;

ear 93.

Skull: basal length 132; zygomatic breadth 77; inter-

orbital breadth 29; intertemporal breadth 26°5; breadth of

brain-case 48; palate length 70; length of p* (outside) 14;

greatest diameter of m' 13:3, of m?’ 8, combined length of

two latter teeth 15.

flab. Astrabad, N. Persia.

Type. B.M. no. 83. 2. 10. 1. Collected by Lieut.-Col.

Beresford-Lovett.

This magnificent fox exceeds in the richness of its colora-

tion any Old-World form with which I am acquainted. Not

only is the fulvous of its upper surface far brighter than in

other races, but the deep rich rufous of its belly distinguishes

it from all its allies. Still it is no doubt only a local race of

the common fox, and would grade westwards into V. vulpes,

southwards into V. v. flavescens, and eastwards into V. v.

montana.

Mus sylvaticus Witherbyi, subsp. n.

A mouse of the J/. sylvaticus group, with pure white belly

and very small teeth.

Size as in small forms of JL. sylvaticus. General colour

pale grey, but cheeks and sides clear fulvous, which is no

doubt the colour of the whole upper surface when in fally

On new Australian Small Mammals. 491

adult pelage. Under surface, from lips and chin to anus,

inner sides of limbs, and whole of hands and feet pure snowy

white, the hairs white to their roots, except just on the chest,

where they have slaty bases. ars of medium length, grey.

Tail longer than the head and body, sharply bicolor, blackish

above, pure white below.

Skull as compared with that of IZ s. arianus, Blanf., rather

smaller, and with decidedly smaller teeth.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 93 millim. ; tail 102; hind foot 21; ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 25°53; basilar length 19°6; inter-

orbital breadth 3:8; palate length 11; palatal foramina 4°8;

length of upper molar series 3°2.

Hab. Near Sheoul, Fars, Persia. Altitude 5200 feet.

Type. Male, young adult. B.M. no. 2. 10. 1.14. Col-

lected 15th May, 1902, and presented by Harry F. Witherby,

sq.

This is evidently a desert form of the Mus sylvaticus

group, its snowy-white belly distinguishing it from every

described race. Its nearest geographical ally, IZ. s. arianus,

Blanf., from Kohrud, N. of Isfahan, has also markedly larger

teeth.

I have named this pretty mouse in honour of Mr. Witherby,

to whom the National Museum owes examples of several

interesting Persian mammals.

LXVI.—Two new Australian Small Mammals.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Mus ferculinus, sp. n.

An insular form of the West-Australian MW. nanus, Gould.

Size about as in M. nanus. General colour pale greyish

brown, paler than in M. nanus ; head darker brown than the

back. ars rather short, laid forward in a spirit-specimen

they only just reach to the posterior canthus of the eye.

Upper surface of hands and feet duil greyish white ; fifth

hind toe short, reaching without claw barely to the base of

the fourth ; external metatarsal pad of soles almost or quite

obsolete; internal metatarsal oval. Tail rather shorter than

the head and body, very finely scaled (14-15 rings to the

centimetre), finely haired, brown above, dull white below.

Skull about as in A. nanus.

492 On new Australian Small Mammals.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen ) :—

Head and body 96 millim.; tail 93; hind foot (s. u.) 23 7;

ear 12°5.

Skull: greatest length 27; basilar length 20°6; zygo-

matic breadth 14°5; nasal length 9°7; interorbital breadth 4 ;

palatal foramina 5°6 ; diastema 6°43; length of upper molar

series 5°2.

An older specimen hasahead and body length of 103 millim. ;

tail 93; hind foot 24.

Hab. Barrow Island, N.W. Australia.

Type. Young adult female. B.M. no. 2.10. 10.7. Col-

lected by Mr. Tunney, and presented by the Perth Museum,

Western Australia. Five specimens examined.

I owe to the kindness of Mr. B. H. Woodward, Curator of

the Perth Museum, the opportunity of describing this Barrow

Island rat, which appears to be a pale insular form of Gould’s

Mus nanus.

Sminthopsis crassicaudata centralis, subsp. n.

A pale desert form of S. crassicaudata.

General colour pale “isabella,” finely grizzled with

brown, clearing on sides to “ cream-buff,” sharply defined

from the snowy white of the underside, where, however, the

hairs are as usual all slaty based. Muzzle and sides of face

dull creamy white; median frontal and nuchal area darker,

edged on each side, round the bases of the ears, with buffy ;

a white spot behind the posterior base of each ear. Hands

and feet pure white. Fine hairs of ears and tail white, the

greyish skin showing through. ‘Tail apparently rather longer

than in typical crasstcaudata.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 79 millim.; tail 63; hind foot (s. u.) 15°5 ;

ear 22.

Skull: basal length 23; combined length of three anterior

molariform teeth 4°7.

Hab, WKillalpanima, Lake Eyre Kast, desert region of South

Australia.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 2.9.8.7. Collected 21st June,

1902, and presented by H. J. Hillier, Esq.

Native name in Diari language ‘ chooda-chooda.”

This is the central desert representative of S. crasstcaudata,

and shows the usual desert pallor. Its tail, as already

pointed out by Prof. Spencer*, is rather longer than in

ordinary coast specimens.

* Horn Exp. ii, p. 31 (1896).

On Azara’s * Chauve-souris onziéme.”’ 493

LX VII.— On Azara’s “ Chauve-souris onziéme” (Myotis ruber,

Geoff.) and a new Species allied to it. By OLDFIELD

THOMAS.

WHEN giving an account of Mr. W. Foster’s Paraguayan

bats* I was not able definitely to determine Azara’s “‘ Chauve-

souris onziéme ” (Myotis ruber, Geoff.), but suggested that a

certain fawn-coloured species already known to me from

Argentina might prove to represent it.

Mr. Foster has now sent to us three specimens of a Myotis

which, on grounds both of locality and the exactitude of its

agreement with Azara’s description, I have no hesitation in

identifying with his species.

This bat, which must bear the name of Myotis ruber f,

Geoff., is a fairly large animal (forearm 40 millim.), with

rather short velvety fur and medium-sized ears deeply exca-

vated on their outer margin. In colour it is uniform rufous-

brown above (“ Mars brown”’), the hairs scarcely or not

darker towards their roots, and rather paler below, the poste-

rior belly and anal region gradually becoming strong ochra-

ceous yellow, just as in the same part of its body IZ. albescens

becomes conspicuously white.

The skull is large and heavy for the group, with particu-

larly stout powerful canines, which are conspicuously visible

in an upper view of the skull.

From this bat the Argentine one formerly referred with

doubt to M. ruber is clearly distinct, and there being appa-

rently no other name available, it may be called

Myotis Dinelli, sp. n.

Size less than in JL. ruber, the difference being most marked

in the skull.

Fur comparatively long (hairs on back about 7-7°5 millim.

in length), wavy as in most species, not velvety. Hairs

extending but little on to interfemoral above, and not at all

below ; no interfemoral fringe. General colour above uniform

dull rufous-cinnamon, the basal halves of the hairs slaty

black; under surface dull “ isabella,” mixed with theslaty bases

of the hairs. Membranes uniformly dark, without whiter

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 448 (1901).

+ D’Orbigny’s correct reference to this bat under the name of “Vesper-

tio ruber” is misquoted by Lataste (Act. Soc. Sci. Chili, i, p. 79, 1892)

and Trouessart (Mamm. p. 131, 1899) as V. rufus.

494 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Snake.

edging, but the lines on the under surface of the interfemoral

white.

Ears fairly long, their anterior edge evenly convex, their

posterior deeply emarginate.

Skull and teeth of normal proportions, the canines scarcely

visible from above. Small upper premolars subequal in

transverse area, the posterior about half the height of the

anterior, very slightly drawn inwards, and clearly visible

from without.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 39 millim.

Head and body 44; tail 41; ear 14; third metacarpal 35;

lower leg 17; hind foot (s. u.) 7d.

Skull: front of canine to back of m* 5-5; greatest length

(in another specimen) 14:5.

Hab. Tucuman. Other specimens from Salta (Spegazzint)

and Bolivia (Simons).

Type. Female. 3B.M. no. 0.7.9.4. Collected 7th April,

1899, by L. Dinelli; presented by Oldfield Thomas. Five

specimens examined from the type locality.

It would thus appear that in Paraguay and the neighbouring

parts of Argentina four species of Myotis are to be found,

distinguishable as follows :—

General colour dark greyish or blackish.

Lower belly not whiter. Nonaked patch be-

tween shoulders: oo sce «sh <:Mejjeieattee ie M. nigricans, Wied.

Lower belly passing into white. A naked

patch between shoulders............+. M. albescens, Geoff.

General colour more or less rufous or fawn.

Lower belly passing into yellow. Dorsal fur

short, reddish throughout ............ M., ruber, Geoff.

Lower belly not yellow. Dorsal fur long,

darkiatibase 7 seniors ene Lawarto Jae M. Dinelli, Thos.

LXVII.— Description of a new Snake of the Genus

Pseudechis from Queensland. By G. A. BOULENGER,

F.R.S.

Pseudechis Colletti.

Eye rather small, its diameter nearly equalling its distance

from the mouth. Rostral as deep as broad? (end of snout

damaged in the single specimen) ; frontal small, once and a

half as long as broad, not longer than the prefrontals, much

narrower than the supraoculars, half as long as the parietals ;

On new Eastern Heterocera. A495

posterior nasal in contact with the single preocular; two post-

oculars ; temporals 242, first lower very large and wedged

in between the fifth and sixth labials; six upper labials,

third and fourth entering the eye, third, fourth, and fifth equal

in depth. Scales in 25 rows on the neck, in 19 on the body.

Ventrals 223; anal divided; subcaudals 69, mostly single,

only the 9 last divided. Dark brown above, with irregular

yellowish blotches ; a yellowish vertebral streak on the nape ;

sides and lower parts yellowish.

Total length 450 millim. ; tail 65.

A young specimen from Queensland, locality unknown,

for which I am indebted to my friend Prof. R. Collett.

This species differs from P. papuanus, Ptrs. & Dor., to

which it is most nearly related, in the narrower frontal shield,

the equal depth of the third, fourth, and fifth labials, and the

small number of divided subcaudals.

LXIX.—New LHastern Heterocera.

By Colonel C. Swtnuog, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Family Agaristide.

Husemia solicita, nov.

d. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings black,

palpi with a white band on first and third joints; face with a

white spot on each side in front, a white spot between the

antenng, and four white spots on the front of thorax ; abdo-

men ochreous yellow, with black segmental bands, which are

broadest above: fore wings with two ochreous-white trans-

verse bands—the first from the subcostal vein across the

middle of the cell, extending downwards nearly to vein 1, the

second across the disk from near the costa one third from apex

to near outer margin above the hinder angle; also from two

to four subapical white dots; in the nine examples before me

these bands vary more or less, some being nearly even and

some sinuated : the hind wing is reddish orange, with black

basal, costal, and outer marginal bands, the outer band

attenuated towards the anal angle and its inner margin

sinuous; in the middle of the costa there is a knob-shaped

production inwards; a short thick black band from the abdo-

minal margin, above the angle, connected by two black lines

with the marginal band, two white dots on the apical portion

of the marginal black band, sometimes three, sometimes none

at all.

496 Col. C. Swinhoe on

Iixpanse of wings 24 inches.

Kina Bala (Waterstradt), Sandakan.

There is in the B. M. one example from Sarawak and two

without locality with #. vetuwla, Hiibner, and one from

Sarawak and another marked Borneo with EH. conspicua,

Rothschild : it is allied to the latter, but is, I am convinced,

quite distinct; it is much smaller and the inner band on fore

wings is In quite a different position.

Family Lymantriide.

Euproctis oreosaura.

Adlullia oreosaura, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 435

(1894).

Type ¢, Cherra Punji, in B. M.

I have now received a male of this rare and handsome

moth: the fore wings are coloured and marked as in the

female ; the hind wings are much whiter, slightly tinged with

yellow in the costal and outer marginal spaces, the interior

pale red-brown,

Expanse of wings 24), inches.

Ihave also received a pair from Malang, Java.

Family Euteliide.

Targalla apicifascia.

Eutelia apicifascia, Hmpsn. Moths India, ii. p. 894 (1894).

Type ¢, Bombay, in B. M.

I have both sexes from Port Blair, Andaman Is!ands

(Hamilton), and from Goping, Perak (Kunstler). It belongs

to Hampson’s Section I., and not Section LI., the antenne

ot the male being simple and not bipectinate.

Family Quadrifidz.

Sypna fenella, nov.

3 2. Head, body, and fore wings dark pink-brown, tinged

with ochreous ; costa of fore wings with three duplex pale

spots — subbasal, antemedial, and medial — indicating the

commencement of three duplex, transverse, ochreous, very

indistinct bands; a straight ochreous thin band across the

disk, connected with the outer margin above the middle by a

broad dull ochreous patch; a rather prominent ochreous spot

at end of cell; submarginal black spots each containing

duplex ochreous points; marginal pale line and black cilia

new Hastern Heterocera. 497

with dull ochreous spaces at the vein ends; two pairs of white

dots on the costa towards the apex: hind wings brown3 an

indistinct ochreous central band, a short similar band running

up from the anal angle, a large ochreous space occupying the

apical half of the outer margin. Underside ochrecus, with

brown transverse bands somewhat similar to those in S. déversi-

pennis, Walker, but the central band of fore wings is more

curved, the inner and outer bands broader and darker, as is

also the outer band of hind wings.

Eixpanse of wings 2¥5 inches.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Allied to nothing { know of.

Ischyju Anna, nov.

6. Hyes deep black; palpi brown, sprinkled with white

scales and with the first two joints pure white beneath ; body

and wings brown, with a bronzy tint, and irrorated with

minute grey atoms: fore wings with the orbicular and reni-

form shaped much as in /. manlia, but indistinct and not

prominent as in that species; the deep black bars entirely

wanting ; a straight duplex line with pale centre from costa

one fourth from apex to hinder margin one third from the

angle, the inner side of this line broadly black; between this

line and the base and below the cell is a brown triangle filling

up nearly the whole space, its outer side parallel with the

discal line: the hind wing has a broad, discal, blue-grey,

short band much as in ne. with ‘the outer portions

blackish, and similar anal spot. The underside is dull pale

brown ; fore wings with an upper discal short whitish band

much as in maniia; the hind wings white, with a blue tinge,

a broad marginal band, aud a brown sinuous medial line,

Expanse of wings 3 inches.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Waterstradt).

Allied to £. Hageni, Snellen, from Sumatra (Tijd. v. Ent.

xxvill. p. 7, pl. i. fig. 3, 1885), but this species has a large

brown ring with irregular sides on the inner disk of fore wings

above, and not a triangle as in Anna; the white on the hind

wings below has a band of spots across it and the palpi are

not white beneath.

Ischyja recta, nov.

g. Like A, Anna; also with the palpi pure white beneath,

as in Anna, but the mark in the interior disk of fore e wings is

shaped differently to any other species in the genus, being

498 Col. C. Swinhoe on

very nearly square, with the lower side formed by the hinder

margin.

Expanse of wings 3 inches.

Singapore, Sandakan. ‘Type in B. M.

Ischyja ebusa, nov.

?. Palpi, head, body, and more than the inner half of fore

wings purple-black : fore wings with the orbicular and reni-

form as in I. manlia @ , the black portion of the wing limited

by a straight pale thin band with black outer edges; outer

portion of wing brown, thickly irrorated with white atoms,

except ina small portion of the wing, where the absence of

irroration leavesa black apex and black waved band below it ;

outer margin with pure white points: hind wings blackish

brown ; a very large central white patch, nearly round, and

below it there are white irrorations to the outer margin near

the anal angle. Underside blackish brown, the white central

bands as in manlia, but much broader ; a white suffused space

inside the band of fore wings.

Expanse of wings 4y‘y inches.

Solomon Islands (Rzbbe).

Allied to I. neocherina, Butler, from New Britain. It is

such a handsome distinct species, though a female only is in

my possession, I am tempted to describe and name it.

Ischyja inferna, g.

Above as in J. manlia, Cram.; the blue band in the hind

wings is not contracted in its middle as in that species and ts

attenuated hindwards, but otherwise it is very similar; the

underside, however, is very different, the colour is brownish

erey, the discal band of fore wings is broader, and the hind

wings are white, with broad brownish-grey borders and central

irregular grey line as in J, Anna.

Expanse of wings 37% inches.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Waterstrade).

It is well separated from L. Hagenz, Snellen, and J, Anna,

because the transverse black line or band on fore wings above

is differently placed. There are four males in the B. M. from

Sandakan. It is no doubt a local form of LZ. manlia.

Ischyja dispar, nov.

&. Upperside like Z. Anna, but the discal blue band on

the hind wings above is broader, shorter, and more round;

the palpi are brown, as in Z man/ia and I. Hageni, Snellen,

new Eastern Heterocera. 499

and not pure white beneath as in 7. Anna; the mark in the

inner disk is five-sided, in one example nearly round, but the

sides are smooth and not irregularly sinuous as in J. Hagen? ;

the orbicular is also round and very small. On the underside

the colour is brownish grey, the band on fore wings is

broader than usual in the genus, and the hind wings are

entirely white, with a very faint indication of a sinuous

central grey line and a little grey suffusion on the margins.

Expanse of wings 3,35 inches.

Lombok Island (Everett).

Family Deltoidide.

Zethes cauxa, nov.

6 ¢. Greyish ochreous, irrorated with minute brown

atoms; thorax brown: fore wings with white linear-shaped

orbicular and reniform marks: hind wings with a white linear

spot at the end of the cell; both wings with the outer half

brown, the division sharply and regularly defined; an indistinct

sinuous submarginal line; a more or less distinct ochreous

patch on the outer margin of fore wings immediately below

the apex, in some examples this is very distinct, in others it

is nearly obsolescent. ‘he underside is clearer ochreous,

with the makings showing through somewhat: fore wings

with a small black patch in the cell, another on the middle of

the outer margin, a subapical black dot; hind wings with a

black diffuse subbasal band, a similar discal band, and a black

patch on the middle of outer margin.

Expanse of wings | inch.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Waterstradr).

There are four examples in the B. M., unnamed, from

Mount Marapok, N. Borneo, in Deltoid drawer no. 36.

Zithes salsoma, nov.

3 @. Dull ochreous grey, irrorated with minute dark grey

atoms: fore wings with subbasal, antemedial, and medial,

outwardly curved, dark grey sinuous thin bands, the last

running through the dark grey lunule at the end of the cell;

both wings crossed by a discal, irregular, and more or less

dentated dark grey outwardly curved line, which meets the

third band of tore wings at the hinder margin; the outer

portion of both wings suffused with brown, containing a sub-

marginal row of white lunular spots, from which proceed two

or three ochreous-white streaks towards the margin, opposite

the angle above the middle. Underside pale ochreous grey,

500 Col. C. Swinhoe on

irrorated with brown atoms, the outer third suffused with

brown, containing three brown crenulated discal lines close

together and submarginal white lunular spots.

‘Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo ( Waterstradt).

The outer margin is excavated below apex of fore wings

and angled in both wings, There are two examples unnamed

in the B. M. from Bhamo, Burma, and Brunnei, Borneo,

Quadrifid drawer, no. 211.

Zethes chilana, nov.

3 2. Olive-brown, with aslight purplish tinge: fore wings

with a black lunule with a pale centre at the end of the cell ;

some ochreous dots on the costa towards apex; both wings

with interior medial and discal, rather indistinct, brown,

sinuous, transverse lines, the last ‘expanding into deep. black

patches above the hinder margin on fore wings and in the

middle on the hind wings, and rather close in places to the

middle line; an indistinct pale sinuous submarginal line,

black Junulated marginal line, and ochreous lunules in the

interlined brown cilia, opposite the vein-points. On the

underside there is a black subapical spot on fore wings, the

transverse lines are more distinct, and the wing is somewhat

marbled and variegated with brown patches and shades,

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Waterstradt).

The underside is almost similar to that of Z. vaga, Walker,

but all this group of Zethes much resemble each other on the

underside.

Bleptina inconspicua, nov.

g ?. Ofa uniform dark grey above, the orbicular a small

white dot, the reniform white, large, and oblique: fore wings

with three very sinuous, partly dentated and outwardly curved

pale lines, white on and near the costa, antemedial, post-

medial, and submarginal: hind wings with two indistinct

similar lines, discal and submarginal, marginal brown lunules

to both wings, pale marginal line and grey cilia. Underside :

fore wings grey; hind wings nearly white with grey outer

border; fore wings with the costa with white dots, both

wings with brown cell-spots and discal and submarginal grey

sinuous lines.

Expanse of wings 1,%, inch.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo ( Waterstradt).

here is a female from Sandakan in the B. M., unnamed,

in Deltoid drawer no, 34.

new Eastern Heterocera. 501

Bleptina erectilinea, nov.

?. Olive-brown, tinged with ochreous, with chocolate-

brown markings, transverse lines duplex with pale centres,

first close to the base, second antemedial, both slightly out-

wardly curved and sinuous, a small white dot ringed with

brown, as orbicular, just outside the second line, third line

’ ore as a7 :

erect, very nearly straight, a square-shaped white reniform

edged with brown, close on its inner side, a submarginal

very sinuous line, the space between the two lines purplish

brown, as is also the apex and a small space in the centre of

the outer margin: hind wings brown, with indistinct sinuous

pale lines central and submarginal; both wings with black

marginal lunules, pale marginal line, and pale cilia with a

brown base. Underside paler, with black cell-spots and discal

and submarginal sinuous transverse black lines.

Expanse of wings 1,1), inch.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Waterstradt) ; two examples.

ig jy Ho S oye

This species somewhat resembles B. dentilinea, Hmpsn.

’ psn,

from Sikkim, which I have also from the Khasia Hills.

Bleptina carta, nov.

6. Fawn-colour, irrorated with minute brown atoms:

fore wings crossed by three straight brown lines, antemedial

and medial, erect and parallel, the thirl runs from the apex

to the hinder margin near the angle, between the last two

lines is a thin somewhat sinuated and indistinct brown line ;

on the hind wing there is a straight discal line corresponding

to the outer line of the fore wings, which is cut short by a

brown suffused space below the apex, this suffusion extends

more or less along the costa and on the inner portions of

the wing, marginal line black, lunular; cilia ochreous.

Expanse of wings 1,%, inch.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Waterstradt).

There is a female in the B. M. from Pulo Laut, unnamed,

in the Deltoid drawer no. 34.

Bleptina pulla, nov.

6. Of a uniform dull olive-brown colour, a prominent

black lunule at the end of the cell of fore wings, a pale line

with brown edges across the disk of both wings, nearly

straight and erect in fore wings, outwardly curved on hind

wings, indications of a sinuous submarginal line, marginal

Junules black ; cilia with a pale base. Underside of a dull

pale greyish brown, a brown lunule at the end of each celi,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. 36

502 Col. C. Swinhoe on

a transverse grey thin band pale on its outer edge, across

both wings, discal and erect on fore wings, medial and out-

wardly curved on hind wings.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo ( Waterstradt).

The third joint of the palpus is short and thick, and both

second and third joints have long thick hair on the upperside ;

the antenne have short bristles on each side.

Asthala spherula, nov.

3 2. Of a uniform dark chocolate-brown ; the orbicular

a white dot; the reniform a white ring nearly round with a

brown centre: fore wings with the transverse lines duplex

and sinuous, with dull ochreous centres, first antemedial

before the orbicular, the second discal, beyond the reniform,

the third submarginal : hind wings with indications of discal

and submarginal lines towards the anal angle; both wings

with black marginal lunules and pale marginal line. Under-

side grey, with brown cell-spots and discal submarginal

brown sinuous lines.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inch.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Marked above and below somewhat similarly to Asthala

silenusalis, Walker, of which I have received a long series

from the same locality, but the wings are shorter; the one-

sided pectinations of the antenne are so minute, it requires a

strong glass to see them at all; the reniform is round instead

of being ear-shaped, and the underside is differently coloured,

and the bands are closer together.

Adrapsa Editha, nov.

3 9. Of a uniform purple-brown; a white prominent

lunule at the end of cell in male only : both wings crossed by

three sinuous blackish-brown bands, antemedial, medial, and

discal, the second band extending only from the cell lunule to

the hinder margin and nearly straight, the third band with

a curve outwards in its middle, a submarginal sinuous pale

band, a black marginal lunular line, and white marks in the

cilia at the vein ends. Underside greyish, with the bands as

above, but prominent and distinct.

Expanse of wings 1, inch.

Kina Balu, N. Borneo ( Waterstradt).

Three males and twelve females. ‘The antennz are as in

the subgenus Asthala, Moore, but the shape of the wings is

new Eastern Heterocera. 503

very different to that of stlenusal’s, Walker, being long and

somewhat narrow.

Adrapsa thermesia, nov.

& 2. Of a uniform dark olive-brown: fore wings with a

large prominent black spot at the end of the cell, a large

ochreous square patch on the outer margin at the apex, a

brown smear on the costa within the patch; antemedial and

postmedial outwardly recurved sinuous dark-brown lines, the

former inwardly and the latter outwardly edged with ochreous :

hind wing with a similar medial line ; both. wings with indis-

tinct sinuous ochreous submarginal line, black marginal line,

and ochreous lunules in the black cilia opposite the vein ends.

Underside paler, lines similar but very distinct, and all three

complete in both wings; a black spot with ochreous centre

at the end of each cell, and a black apical patch in the

ochreous square at an of fore wings.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Kina Balu, N. Bor neo (Waterstradt).

A long series. The male has an ochreous anal tuft; the

antenne are waved, but have no distortion, and are unipec-

tinate with long spines and cilia ; it much resembles Onevatha

ercboides, Walker, but the antennze and palpi are quite

different.

Oxcenanus marmorea, nov.

@. Black, very uniform in colour: fore wings with a

white lunular streak at end of cell, and three transverse white

lines, first before the middle, second discal, both slightly

sinuous and outwardly curved; third line submarginal, con-

nected with the outer margin by a white subapical : spot, with

the apical space in one specimen smeared with white, in the

type specimen with four duplex white spots on the fringe

below the apex: hind wings with only two outer lines, corre-

sponding to those on the fore wings, the inner one being

medial: both wings with the marginal line dark black ; cilia

paler black, with a basal pale line. Underside blackish

brown, a white lunule at the end of each cell; outer lines and

apical ‘marks as above, and a general variegated and marbled

appearance on both wings.

Expanse of wings 1,8 inch.

Kina Balu, N. Bennea (Waterstradt).

‘Two examples.

36*

504. Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology

LXX.—Some Points in the Morphology and Classification of

the Opiliones. By R. I. Pocock.

[Plates IX. & X.]

Part I.—THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PrAGIOSTETHI.

In 1873 Sérensen (Nat. Tidskr. (3) viii. pp. 514-515)

classified the Opilionides into two tribes—Opilionini for the

typical genera, and Trogulini for Jschyropsalis, Nemastoma,

Dicranolasma, Trogulus, and allied forms. From this classifi-

cation it may be inferred that in the opinion of its author

Ischyropsalis is more nearly related to Nemastoma and Trogu-

lus than to the Phalangiine Opiliones, or Opilionini genuini as

Sérensen called them. Subsequent authors have apparently

been unable to divest themselves wholly of this view of the

matter.

Three years later Thorell proposed the following classifi-

cation (Ann. Mus. Genov. vil. pp. 462-469, 1876) :—

Fam. I, PHALANGIOID&.

Phalangium &e. and Sclerosoma.

Fam. Il. NemasTomomwz.

Subfam. 1. Nemastomini.

A.—a. Ischyropsalis.

6. Nemastoma.,

B. Dicranolasma.

Subfam. 2. Trogulini.

Trogulus and Anelasma.,

This classification, an expansion of Sérensen’s, involves

the supposition on Thorell’s part that Ischyropsalis i is more

nearly related to Trogulus than to Phalangium, since the two

forms are classified together in a group equal to the group

containing Phalangium and its allies. The association,

moreover, of Jsehyropsalis with Dieranolasma in one sub-

family, contrasted with another containing T'rogulus, attests

the belief that Décranolasma is more neatly allied to Ischy-

rane than it is to Trogulus.

- Both these conceptions are unquestionably erroneous.

Simon, in 1879 (‘ Arachnides de France,’ vii.), in an

excellent treatise on the Opiliones_ of France, with stray

notes upon exotic forms, proposed the following taxonomy of

the genera :—

and Classification of the Opiliones, 505

Fam. PHALANGIIDA.

Subfam. 1. Sclerosomatine,

Sclerosoma &c.

Subfam. 2. Phalangiine.

Phalangium &e.

Fam. IscHyroPsALID®,

Ischyropsalis &e.

Fam. NEMASTOMATID®.

Nemastoma.

Fam. TRoGuLip».

Subfam. Dicranolasmatine.

Dicranolasma, Amopaum.

Subfam. Troguline.

Trogulus, Anelasmocephalus.

This classification, which was followed in the main by

Hansen (Nat. Tidskr. 1884), by Sérensen (Nat. Tidskr. 1884,

Term. fiizetek, xvii. 1894), Kraepelin( Mitth. Mus. Hamb. xiii.

1896), Becker (Arach. Belg.), and O. P. Cambridge (P. Dorset

Field-Club, xi. 1890), is more in accord with the facts ; but I

do not think the arrangement of the genera into four equiva-

lent sections fully expresses their true relationships. More-

over, in the key to the determination of these families, they

are grouped under two primary headings, the first containing

the Phalangiide, and the second the Ischyropsalide, Nema-

stomatide, and Trogulidz, a method which suggests a covert

adherence to the views of affinity originally promulgated by

S6rensen.

That the Palpatores or Plagiostethous Opiliones fall into

the four families instituted by Simon is thus generally ad-

mitted, but that these families are naturally groupable into

the two sections which are also usually adopted is, I am_per-

suaded, an erroneous view. ‘They fall into two groups, it is

true, but the line of division comes, not between the Phalan-

giide and Ischyropsalide, but between the Ischyropsalide

aud Nemastomide, /schyropsalis being far more nearly related

to Phalangium than to Nemastoma. :

This proposition, so contrary to what is usually accepted,

may be easily justified.

‘The sternal surface of the prosoma in the Phalangiide is

furnished with a relatively large, usually longitudinally

oblong, anterior plate or dabiwm, which underlies and is

partially united to the maxillary processes of the legs of

the first pair. Behind, with its free anterior edge over-

lapping the posterior border of the labium, lies a second sternal

plate, which is shorter and wider than the first, with its long

506 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology

axis transverse and its posterior border straight or nearly so.

Jutting inwards on each side from the proximal end of the

coxa of the second leg is a movable maxillary sclerite, which

underlies and supports the labium, and the proximal end of

the coxa of the fourth leg projects forwards on the admedian

side of that of the preceding coxa, partially excluding it from

approaching the middle line of the sternal area. (Pl. IX.

fig. 1 A.)

In the structure of its two sternal plates Ischyropsalis

resembles the Phalangiide, as also in the forward prolonga-

tion of the proximal end of the coxa of the last leg. The

chief difference between the two, so far as the structures in

question are concerned, lies in the fact that the maxillary

process of the coxa of the second leg is shorter and directed

vertically downwards *, (PI. IX. fig. 1 B.)

In Nemastema, Dicranolasma, Trogulus, and Metopoctea,

on the contrary, the labium is small, cordate or piriform, or

almost suppressed, and is lodged between the maxillary

processes of the legs of the first pair; its posterior border is

continuous with and flexibly fixed to the anterior end of the

sternum, and the sternum itself lies longitudinally, immovably

wedged between the coxee, narrowed in front between those of

the first pair of legs and expanding posteriorly into a trian-

gular plate or a right and left branch, forming a A-shaped

sclerite. Moreover, there is no maxillary process on the coxa

of the second pair of legs, and the coxa of the fourth lee

does not send forward a process on the proximal side of that

of the third leg. (Pl. IX. figs. 2, 3 A, and Pl. X. fig. 3 B.)

I have been able to examine the sternum only in the

genera mentioned above. No doubt, however, a similar

arrangement will be found in the other genera of 'Trogulide fT.

There is, then, a radical difference between the sternal

sclerites of the Phalangiide and Ischyropsalidee on the one

hand, and of the Nemastomide and 'Trogulide on the other,

* As characters serving to distinguish Jschyropsalis from the Phalan-

giidee the fixity and smallness of the maxillary lobe of the second pair of

legs and the immobility of the cox of the legs have often been urged.

But neither the maxillary process nor the coxe are fixed; they are

movable, as may be easily demonstrated by holding a specimen of Ischyro-

psalis under the microscope and manipulating the parts in question with

a needle. ‘They are not so movable as in the Phalangiide certainly, but

equally certainly the coxe are not fixed, as are those of Gonyleptes or

Trogulus, nor is the maxillary process fixed in the sense that the ocular

tubercle is fixed.

+ In his diagnosis of Amopaum Simon, in 1879, says “ piece labiale

plane et large”; yet Sorensen, in 1884, enumerates amongst the characters

distinctive of the Nemastomoide and Troguloide, including Amopaum,

“ labium sternale minutum.”’ Iam unable to reconcile these statements.

and Classification of the Opiliones. 507

enabling us to classify these four families into two groups.

These I propose to call Apagosterni and Kupagosterni *.

In none of the systematic works quoted above have I found

the sterna of the Nemastomide and Trogulide described.

In speaking of the sternum of the Opiliones in general,

Simon confined his remarks, so far as the Plagiostethi (Palpa-

tores) are concerned, to the Phalangiide (/oc. cit. p. 121). Had

he examined the sternum in Trogulus, Nemastoma, and Di-

cranolasma, he would hardly have described this plate as

“ trés-court, transverse” (p. 157) in the Plagiostethi. In

short, his account of the Plagiostethi contains no statement

of the structural differences pointed out above.

Thorell, on the other hand, appears to have searched for

the sternum at least in Trogulus, but with what measure of

success may be gathered from his statement that in this genus

two small oblique laminze, meeting at an angle in front and

united to the base of the coxe of the first pair of legs, seem to

take the place of the sternum and labium (p. 468, 1876).

‘These “ oblique lamine”’ are the thickened and elevated edges

of the cox in question.

In the present year (Zool. Anz. xxv. p. 445) Borner

writes :—‘‘ Auch bei Trogulus tricarinatus tand ich keine

Unterlippe, aber ebenfalls kein eigentliches Sternum; die

Chitinhaut zwischen den Hiiften der 4 letzten Beinpaare ist

nur schwach und gleichmissig chitinisiert und kaum als

Sternum aufzufassen ; hier schliessen die Coxalfortsitze der

3 Extremitaét den Mund hinten ab. Bei Nemastoma findet

man ein kleines Sternum zwischen den Hiiften der 3 Extre-

mitat, hinter den Coxalfortsitzen; es ist ohne labiale Function,

die von den Kauladen der 3 Extremitit ausgeiibt wird; an-

dere sterna fehlen hier.... Da der Genitaldeckel ...

zwischen den Hiiften . . . des letzten Beinpaare (Zrogulus,

Nemastoma, Phalangide etc.) liegt... fehlen bei den

Opiliones meist das Tetra-, Penta- . . . und Metasternum ”

[=sternal plates of the somites of the prosoma]. And in the

table (p. 439) showing the persistence and suppression of the

sternal plates in various genera of Arachnida the sterna of

the third and fourth somites [¢. e., represented by the first

and second pairs of legs] in Yrogulus are bracketed as

“ schwach chitinisiert,’ those of the fifth and sixth as re-

placed by the genital plate ; in Nemastoma that of the third

[7. e., the labium] is indicated as present, those of the fourth,

fifth, and sixth bracketed as replaced by the genital plate.

* days, loosely knit or unfixed; edzayys, well fixed or firmly knit;

and arépvor, the breast.

508 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology

I cannot agree with this interpretation of the facts. It

appears to me that in all Opiliones, including the Anepignathi

(Leptopsalis &e.), the sternal sclerite that lies behind the

Jabium represents the sternal elements of the posterior four

somites of the prosoma, and is strictly homologous throughout

the order.

In addition to the features mentioned above, Ischyropsalis

differs from Nemastoma and the Troguloid genera, and

resembles the Phalangiinz, in the separation of the carapace

from the tergites of the opisthosoma, the presence of a deep

transverse groove on the posterior portion of this plate, the

exposure of the apertures of Krohn’s glands, the suppression

of the anal sternite, the absence of lateral anal valves, and the

dentition of the digits of the chelicere. The large size of the

cheliceree even is a character shared by such genera of

Phalangiinee as Rhampsinitus and Pantopsalis. Added to all

these features is the presence of a movable styliform process

at the extremity of the penis—a character which Simon

pointed out as distinctive of the Phalangiide, although he was

not able to test the supposed absence of this structure in

Ischyropsalis. In fact, in almost all its characters, except

the shortness of the terminal segment of the palpus, the

suppression of the palpal claw, the absence of tibial spiracles,

and the direction of the maxillary process of the second pair

ot legs, Jschyropsalis is essentially Phalangiine in structure.

‘These four characters justify the formation of a separate

family for Zschyropsalis and its allied form Sabacon, which

is unknown to me; but when balanced in the scale against

the many deep-seated characteristics separating this family

from the Nemastomide, its next of kin amongst the Eupago-

sternous genera, they have but little weight.

One other small point connected with the affinities of

Dicranolasma remains to be mentioned. This genus was

placed nearer to Nemastuma than to Trogulus by Thorell and

nearer to Trogulus than to Nemastoma by Simon. So far as

the facts dealt with by the two authors were concerned,

Thorell’s view appears to me to be the more correct; of the

two, Simon relied solely upon the presence of the frontal

processes in classing the genus with T’rogulus, whereas in the

structure of the appendages, of the sternites of the opistho-

soma, aud of the last two tergites the affinities are very

decidedly more Nemastomine than Troguline. The sternal

plates of the prosoma are, however, more like those of T'ro-

gulus than of Nemastoma. Perhaps, therefore, the most

satisfactory method of dealing with Dicranolasma is to regard

it as the type of a special family.

and Classification of the Opiliones. 509

The Palpatores or Plagiostethous Opiliones may be classified

then as follows :—

a. Anteriorsternal plate (dabcum) small, wedged

in between the sterno-coxal or maxillary

processes of the appendages of the third

pair (first pair of legs); posterior sternal

plate with its long axis longitudinal, nar-

row in front, where it lies between the

coxee of the appendages of the third pair,

expanding posteriorly and sending out a

right and left process, against which the

coxe of the fifth and sixth appendages

(third and fourth legs) abut, its posterior

border being strongly or moderately emar-

ginate ; the proximal end of the cox of

the sixth appendage narrowed and not

overlapping that of the fifth towards the

middle line; coxa of the fourth appendage

without a movable sterno-coxal process.

Dentition of digits of chelicerze evenly

serrulate. Penis of male without movable

terminal sclerite beyond the orifice (sec.

SMG). he ASS OOOO eels SOOO . Bupagosterni.

a, Sternites of opisthosoma free, over-

lapping, without median divisional sul-

cus; first and second (genital and tra-

cheal) narrowed anteriorly and conically

produced between the coxz of the pro-

soma, and only overlapping the poste-

rior two pairs to a relatively small

extent; eighth or penultimate tergite

large, greatly expanded laterally, the

ninth or anal considerably larger than

the anal sternite and than the lateral

anal valves ; labrum elevated, subacute ;

legs longish, with protarsi distally slen-

der, not wider than the tarsi, which are

multiarticulated.

a’. Ocular tubercle normal, bearing the

two eyes and situated a little distance

behind the anterior border of the

carapace ; sternum thickly chitinized,

gnyersely Y-shaped), <... ossseseclas cine Fam. NEMAsTOMID#.

6?. Ocular tubercle absent, its place taken

by a pair of horizontally arched fron-

tal processes, bearing the eyes near

the middle of their length and over-

hanging the chelicerx ; sternum less

strongly chitinized, very narrow in

front, broadly triangular behind .... Fam, DicRANOLASMID&.

6}, Sternites of opisthosoma, except the

genital and anal, fused, not overlapping,

and marked by a median longitudinal

sulcus ; first and second (genital and

tracheal) widely rounded anteriorly and

510 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology

considerably overlapping the proximal

extremities of the two posterior pairs of

coxe; eighth or penultimate tergite

small and narrow, not expanded late-

rally; the ninth or anal subequal in size

to the anal sternite and lateral valves;

labrum flat; legs shorter and stouter,

with protarsi distally broader than the

tarsi, which are pauciarticulated ; cara-

pace with frontal processes concealing

the appendages of the first two pairs;

sternum as in Dicranolasma, but with

the posterior expanded portion shorter

ANS WARCT omre aha eteea yt ee ee Fam. TroGuLipa,

b. Anterior sternal plate (dabiwm) large, sub-

quadrate, as long as or longer than the

posterior sternal plate and underlying the

sterno-coxal or maxillary processes of the

appendages of the third pair (first pair of

legs) ; posterior sternal plate with its long

axis transverse, at least twice as wide as

long, its posterior border straight, not

emarginate ; proximal end of the cox of

the sixth appendages sending forwards a

process on the proximal or inner side of

those of the preceding appendages; cox

of fourth pair (second leg) with distinct

and movable sterno-coxal (maxillary) pro-

cess. Dentition of digits of chelicere

uneven, lobate. Penis of male with moy-

able termiunaliatylo. Giasepcts vee cee Apagosterni.

a, Terminal segment of palpus_ shorter

than the penultimate and clawless ;

postero-inferior edge of the cox of the

appendages of the last pair not fused

with the adjacent sternal plate of the

opisthosoma ; maxillary process of

second leg directed vertically down-

wards; no tibial spiracles............ Fam, IscHyROPSALID®.

b?. Terminal segment of palpus much longer

than the penultimate and armed with a

small claw; coxa of sixth appendage

united near its base on the posterior

side to the tracheal sternite of the

opisthosoma ; maxillary process of

second leg directed horizontally in-

wards; tibial spiracles present ...... Fam, PHALANGUD2.

a‘, Carapace not fused with the anterior

five tergites of the opisthosoma;

apertures of Krohn’s glands exposed . Subfam. Phalangune.

bt, Carapace and anterior five tergites of

opisthosoma fused into a single dorsal

shield; apertures of Krohn’s glands

concealed: .,.02ssese-+a- wseeeee. Subfam, Sclerosomine.

and Classification of the Opiliones. 511

Part I].—TueE PosITIon AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE

INsrpraToOREs.

Up to 1900 there was a tacitly admitted or openly expressed

agreement that the Opiliones, apart from the Anepignathi or

Cyphophthalmi, fall into two nicely balanced groups—the

Palpatores or Plagiostethi and the Laniatores or Mecostethi.

In the year named this arrangement was disturbed by

Dr. J. C. C. Loman (Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xiii. p. 80), who

proposed the suborder Insidiatores for the family ‘Trizno-

nychida of S6rensen—a family resembling the Laniatores in

all essential characters except the presence of a single claw on

the tarsi of the fifth and sixth pairs of appendages, as in the

Palpatores. ‘The characters in which the Palpatores differ

from the Laniatores are numerous and have been pointed out

by 'Thorell, Simon, and especially Sérensen. In Loman’s

opinion the systematic value assignable to the claws is equal

to that of all the other structural characters combined. In

the present year (Zool. Jahrb. xvi. pp. 170-171) he tabulates

the characters of the three suborders, and adds to his earlier

diagnosis of the Insidiatores two additional features in which

they resemble the Palpatores and differ from the Laniatores—

namely, the presence of two receptacula seminis in the female

and of an erectile muscle for the glans of the penis in the

male. Judging, however, from his tabulation of the cha-

racters, the Insidiatores are at one with the Laniatores in the

segmentation of the opisthosoma, the structure of the palpi,

of the coxe of the appendages, and of the sternum of the

prosoma, in the wide distance between the mouth and genital

orifice, in the number of the saccular diverticula of the

alimentary canal, the structure of the lubricating-glands of

the penis, and the structure of the ovipositor.

It appears to me that a greater value must be assigned to

these many points of resemblance than to the three points of

difference above alluded to, and that the Triwnonychide or

Insidiatores must still be classified with the Laniatores in a

group equivalent to the Palpatores. Nevertheless it is evident

that they differ from the remaining families of Laniatores in

characters of greater importance than those used to distinguish

these said families from each other. Hence it is perhaps

advisable to accept the Insidiatores as a group equivalent to

the Laniatores, and to classify them together under the

Mecostethi. 1 propose therefore the following classification

of the Opiliones :—

512 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on the Morphology

A. PLAGIOSTETHI (=Palpatores).

a. Apagosterni.

6. Eupagosterni.

B. Mrcosterut.

a. Insidiatores,

6. Laniatores.

C. CypHOPHTHALMI (= Anepignathi *).

The characters separating the Apagosterni and Eupago-

sterni, however, are of much higher value, in my opinion,

than those separating the Insidiatores and Laniatores. The

sternal plate of the prosoma in the Laniatores shows great

constancy in shape as compared with that of the Insidiatores.

The Laniatores are divided into several families, in all of

which the sternum exhibits but little variation from the

normal characteristic of the Mecostethi. It seems logical,

therefore, to conclude that when striking variations from this

type are met with in the Insidiatores, such variations, if

constant, should form the basis for the establishment of

groups of “ family”’ rank. I propose consequently to divide

the Insidiatores, which by Sérensen and Loman are considered

to be represented by the single family Triznonychidz, into

the following groups of this rank, postulating that the struc-

tural features on which they rest have at least the same value

as those used for the same purpose in the Laniatores :—

a, Sternum very narrow and compressed be-

tween the coxze of the appendages of

the fifth pair, abruptly expanding be-

tween those of the sixth, and showing

a lanceolate or narrowly cordate expan-

sion opposite the line of junction of the

coxz of the fourth and fifth pairs of

appendages.

a’, Posterior expansion of sternum nar-

row, subpentagonal, not wider than

long, much narrower than the length

of the area between the fifth ap-

pendages ; stigmata exposed ...,.. Fam, TRI#NONYCHIDA.

}}. Posterior expansion of sternum trans-

versely arcuate, laterally pointed,

much wider than long, much wider

than the length of the narrow area

lying between the coxe of the fifth

appendages; stigmata concealed .... Fam, TRIZNOBUNID&, nov.

* This name is of later date than Cyphophthalmi, and was based

upon a misconception,

and Classification of the Opiliones. 513

b. Sternum not narrow and compressed be-

tween the coxe of the fifth appendages,

wider at this point than in front, either

narrowly triangular and gradually ex-

panding from before backwards be-

tween the coxe of the fifth appendages

or narrowly pentagonal and somewhat

abruptly expanding between them;

stigmata concealed... teiescctsee. .. Fam. ADRID#, nov.

The Insidiatores are confined to the southern portion of the

Great Continents. The Triznonychide contain the genera

Acumontia from Madagascar; Diasta from Chili; Trienonyx

from Chili, New Zealand, Australia, and Fiji; Nuncta, which

is hardly separable generically from T'vriewnonyx, from New

Zealand ; and two new genera to be shortly described, one

from New Zealand, the other from Tasmania.

The characters of the Triznobunide are taken from a

specimen belonging to a ‘Tasmanian species in the British

Museum which I refer to Zrienobunus. ‘The type of the

latter was from Queensland.

The Adzide are represented by two genera. Adeum, of

which the British Museum has examples, is confined to

S. Africa and New Zealand.

The genus Larifuga, to which belongs P. rugosum, Guér.,

of which the type is in the British Museum, is also

S. African.

Part I1].—FurtTHER NOTES ON THE STERNA AND ON THE

SEGMENTATION OF THE ABDOMEN.

In the paper already quoted Borner states that, on account

of the forward projection of the genital plate between the

coxe of the appendages of the sixth pair in Leptopsalis and

Pachylus and the encroachment of the coxe of the fourth and

fifth pairs towards the middle line in the members of the

group—the Mecostethi—to which Pachylus belongs, the

sternites of the fourth, fifth, and sixth somites of the prosoma

are mostly wanting in these groups, although in Leptopsalis

amongst the Anepignathi or Cyphophthalmi that of the fifth

persists; and in the table, also cited above, the sterna of the

fourth and fifth somites are indicated as absent in Pachylus

and that of the sixth as replaced by the genital plate.

It is difficult to reconcile this opinion with the known facts.

In the Mecostethi (including Pachylus) the sternal plates of

the fourth, fifth, and sixth somites of the prosoma are repre-

sented by a firmly chitinized, narrow, unsegmented, longitu-

dinal plate lying between the coxe of the fourth and fifth

514 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Morphology

pairs of appendages and abutting against the inner angles of

those of the sixth in front of the generative orifice, where it is

slightly (Gonyleptes) or considerably (Adeum) expanded *.

This expanded portion is overlapped by the genital plate, and

frequently the maxillary processes of the fourth pair overlie

its anterior portion in the middle line (Oncopodide, Trizno-

nychide, Biantide, &c.), although it is uncovered in the

Gonyleptidee and Cosmetide.

Borner has also, I think, misinterpreted the sterna of the

opisthosoma in Trogulus. The large plate following the

genital operculum is numbered 4 and the following plate 5

(fig. 11, p. 443), and it is to be inferred that these plates

correspond to those numbered 4 and 5 in the figures of Lepto-

psalis and Pachylus, the fourth being that which bears the

stigmata and the fifth the next following. But in Pachylus

and, I believe, all Laniatores and most Palpatores, except

some Phalangiide (e. g., Sclerosoma), the sterna Bérner

has designated 4 and 5 in the case of Pachylus are united to

form a single plate, the line of demarcation being represented

by a shallower or deeper groove or scarcely at all traceable.

In Trogulus the divisional line is, I think, quite obliterated.

If so, the sternal plate marked 4 by Borner for this genus

should have been marked 4+ 5 to bring it into harmony with

those of Pachylus, and the sternum marked 5 should be 6.

This method of enumeration arrives at numerical similarity

in the sternal plates in the two genera, instead of leaving

Trogulus with one plate short. Z'rogulus is an exceedingly

specialized genus, and the key to its morphology is to be

found in its less specialized allies Dieranolasma and Nema-

stoma. Both these genera have the same number of sternal

plates as Pachylus, namely, seven, including the genital and

the anal, and the second is marked by a transverse impression,

as in Pachylus and many other genera of Laniatores, indi-

cating its primitive double origin. I think there can be no

reason to doubt that this transversely impressed second plate

in Dicranolasma is the homologue of the unimpressed second

plate in Trogulus.

In the Laniatores and Palpatores eight sternal plates are

to be traced with certainty. The first is the genital, the

second the tracheal, and the eighth the anal. In all Lania-

* In the article “ Arachnida” in the supplementary issue of the

Encycl. Britannica, p. 544 (1902), under the heading Laniatores the

insertion of the words “of the fifth pair’? was an error which was

overlooked in the correction of the proof. Also under the family Crypto-

stemmide (p. 543), for Anthracomartus read Poliochera.

and Classification of the Opiliones. 515

tores the second and third are fused, though the line between

the two is very deep and strong in some forms (e. g., Beantes).

In the Eupagosternous Palpatores the divisional line

between the second and third is feebly (Dicranolasma) or

not at all (Zrogu/us) marked, and the eighth is small.

In all the Apagosternous Palpatores, except Taracus be-

longing to the Ischyropsalidee, the eighth is snppressel, the

anal tergite closing against the posterior border of the seventh.

Similarly in all the members of this group the first or genital

is not or scarcely differentiated from the second, and only in

some cases (e. g., Sc/erosoma) is there a deep groove between

the second and third. Hence in the Phalangioid Palpatores

the number of sternites may be reduced to six, (1) by the

suppression of the eighth (anal) and fusion of the first

(genital) with the second (tracheal) in Sclerosoma; (2) by

the fusion of the first, second, and third into a single plate in

Taracus, or even to five by the fusion of the first, second, and

third, and the suppression of the eighth, as in most Phalangiine.

Finally, in many genera of Laniatores the eighth shows

indications of being composed of two sternites, which would

bring the total number of sternites up to nine, thus equalling

the tergites in number and agreeing precisely with the

number of sternites found in the young of Péetialus and the

adults of the species of Stylocellus (Leptopsalis) amongst the

Anepignathi (Cyphophthalmi), the third suborder into which

the existing Opiliones fall, and also with the numbers found

in the genera of the Carboniferous Anthracomarti, as I have

recently shown (Geol. Mag. 1902, Oct. and Nov.).

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX. & X.

Fig. 1. The ventral surface of the prosoma of a species of Gagrella (1 A)

one of the Phalangiide, and of Ischyropsalis (1 B), one of the

Ischyropsalide, with the genital prolongation of the opistho-

soma removed, to illustrate the structure of the sternal plates

&c. in the Apagosterni. II-VI, basal segments of the ap-

pendages from the second to the sixth pairs ; mx. 2, ma.3, ma. 4,

maxillary processes of the second, third, and fourth appendages ;

st. 1, anterior sternal plate or labium ; s¢.2, posterior sternal

plate, the so-called sternum proper ; mb., membrane forming the

roof of the genital canal, representing, perhaps, the sternal area

of the genital somite.

Fig. 2. Ventral surface of the prosoma of a species of Nemastoma, one of

the Eupagosterni, with the genital prolongation of the opistho-

soma removed, I-VI, basal segments of the appendages; dr.

labrum ; mx. 2, mx. 3, maxillary processes of second and third

pairs of appendages ; s¢., sternal plate attached anteriurly to the

piriform labium; mé., membrane forming the roof’ of the

genital canal, and representing, perhaps, the sternal area of the

genital somite.

516 On the Mole of the Roman District.

tg. 3. Ventral surface of the prosoma of a species of Dicranolasma (3 A)

and of Zrogulus (3 B), two of the Eupagosterni, with the genital

prolongation of the opisthosoma removed. The lettering as in

fiz. 2. (For the sake of clearness the distinctness of the labium

in these figures is exaggerated.)

F%g. 4. Median portion of ventral surface of prosoma of a species of

Adeum (A) and of Trienobunus (B), with the genital plate of

the opisthosoma removed. III-VI, coxe of the third to the

sixth appendages; /b., labial portion of sternum; mr. 3, mz. 4,

maxillary processes of third and fourth pairs of appendages ;

st., sternum overlapped in front by the coxee of the fourth ap-

pendage on each side; mb., membrane in front of the genital

orifice (y), representing, perhaps, the sternal area of the genital

somite, C. Sternum of Larifuga (after Loman).

Fig. 5. Median portion of ventral surface of prosoma of a species of

Acumontia (A), one of the Trizenonychide, and of a species of

Gonyleptide (B). Lettering as in fig. 4.

LXXI.—On the Mole of the Roman District.

By OLpFreLp THOMAS.

TuE British Museum owes to the kindness of Dr. L. Sambon

two moles obtained by him during the important malaria

experiments carried out by him during the summer of 1900.

An examination of the skulls of these specimens shows

that they differ widely both from the common European mole

(Talpa europea) and Savi’s mole (Ta/pa ceca) by the very

much greater size of their teeth and certain other cranial

characters, and are clearly separable specifically. Talpa ceca

has, if anything, even smaller teeth than J’. europea.

Talpa romana, sp. n.

Colour and proportions about as in J’. europea; orbits

apparently covered by skin, but this is not absolutely deter-

minable.

Skull of about the same length as that of 7. europea, but

somewhat more heavily built ; zygomata thicker and percep-

tibly longer, their hinder end starting from the brain-case

nearer its external angles and nearly or quite above the ante-

rior part of the meatus instead of wholly in front of it;

lacrymal foramina markedly larger than usual.

Teeth, and especially molars, conspicuously larger through-

out ; upper incisors broad, closely touching one another, the

median pair larger in proportion to the others than in the

common mole; molars much larger and heavier in every

direction, broader, with larger internal lobes, higher and longer

than in any other European form. ‘The combined length of

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol.

Ae PTI

Pig. B.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. X. Pl, X.

Fig. 4.

Dibliographical Notices. aia

the three upper molars is 7°5 millim. as compared with 6-2 in

7’. europea, and of the lower 8°1 as against 6°8; the breadth

of m* is 3:0 as against 2:1, and of m, 2:0 against 1:3. The

difference in the height of unworn teeth is equally striking.

Second lower molar with a small supplementary external

basal cusp at the bottom of the valley separating the main

cusps; last molar with a slight indication of the same cusp,

which is not found in Talpa europex or ceca; although very

possibly not constant, its presence is noteworthy.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 126 millim.; tail 29; hind foot (s. u.) 19.

Skull: greatest length 36:7; basal length 31°6; zygo-

matic breadth 15; mastoid breadth 17°8; interorbital breadth 8;

palate, length 16:2, breadth outside m! 11°1, inside m' 4:7.

Hab. Neighbourhood of Rome. Type from Ostia; a

second specimen from Frascati.

Type. B.M. no. 1. 1. 2.8. Collected August 1900, and

presented by Dr. L. Sambon.

This mole, by its powerful teeth, is remarkably different

from all its allies, and it is most surprising that it has not

been distinguished before.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

First Steps in Photo-Micrography. A Handbook for Novices. By

F. Martin Duncan, F.R.H.S. London: Hazell, Watson, and

Viney, 1902. Pp. 104. Price 1s.

Tuts little book should prove a useful guide to the difficult art of

photo-micrography. Commencing at the very beginning of the

subject, the reader is led by gradual steps onwards until the

photography of such minute objects as bacteria is reached. The

first part of the book is devoted to the actual process of taking the

photograph, the second to developing the negative, printing, and the

preparation of objects. The apparatus employed is fully described,

and directions are given for its home-manufacture, together with a

number of practical “tips,” the outcome of the author’s experience.

The directions given for the preparation of objects are necessarily

brief, but are, perhaps, sufficient for the beginner. A concluding

chapter deals with stereo-photo-micrography, and the advantages of

this neglected branch are emphasized.

Report on the Collections of Natural History made in the Antarctic

Regions during the Voyage of the ‘Southern Cross.’ London:

the Trustees of the British Museum. Pp. 344, pls. lin. 1902.

Zootocists both of the present generation and for generations to

come will doubtless hold the name of Sir George Newnes in grateful

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. x. a7

518 Bibliograph ical Notices.

remembrance for his splendid munificence in fitting out the expe-

dition of the ‘Southern Cross’ in 1898 for the exploration of the

inhospitable regions of the Antarctic. Thereby the cause of science

has been materially furthered and we have advanced a stage in our

knowledge of these mysterious and dread shores.

The present handsome volume, embodying the zoological, botanical,

and mineralogical results of the expedition, has been published by

the Trustees of the British Museum in return for the handsome

donation of the first set of all the specimens collected. The names

of the authorities selected to work out the collections are a sufficient

guarantee that the best account possible has been obtained of the

several groups—animals, plants, and minerals—that were obtained

during these two years of arduous work,

Captain Barrett-Hamilton’s Report on the Seals will prove an

extremely valuable addition to our knowledge of these animals, more

especially as regards their dentition and the modifications thereof.

Undoubtedly the most valuable of his observations is his contention

that the remarkable and unique teeth of Lobodon, which apparently

feeds almost entirely on Huphausia, serve the purpose of a sieve like

the baleen of the Balenide. It isa pity that figures of these teeth

were not given, since space is found for a whole plate showing the

dentition of Ommatophora. Not that these last are not worthy of

the space they occupy; on the contrary, on account of their extra-

ordinary individual variability their omission would have been a

mistake. :

lt is a matter for serious regret to read at the end of Capt. Ham-

ilton’s introduction that, owing to the want of care after the death of

the soologist Nicolai Hanson and the unfortunate and inexplicable

loss of his notes, the skulls are practically worthless, so that the

‘whole work will have to be performed again from the collections

procured by the various expeditions which started in 1901.”

The Report on the Birds has been prepared by Dr. Bowdler

Sharpe, who has contrived to make it one of the most interesting in

the whole volume. By a series of judiciously selected quotations

from the published records of Mr. Bernacchi, the magnetic observer,

Mr. Hugh Evans, the assistant zoologist of the expedition, Mr. Howard

Saunders, and others, he has brought the account of the Antarctic

avifauna completely up to date.

The Fishes were entrusted to Mr. Boulenger, who has described

eight new species, two of which belong to hitherto undescribed

genera.

Of the Invertebrates the most important contributions are those

on the Mollusca by Mr. Edgar Smith, the Crustacea by Mr. T. V.

Hodgson, now the zoologist of the ‘Discovery’ expedition, the

Polycheta by Dr. Arthur Willey, and the Actinize by Mr. Joseph

Clubb. ‘Two species of these Actinians possessed special brood-

chambers, and the description of these forms a feature of consider-

able valne in this Report, since the author, in addition to his own

excellent work, has briefly summarized the labours of Verrill and

Carlgren on the same subject.

Miscellaneous. 519

The Report on the Botanical Collections occupies something less

than two pages ; but it would seem from the remarks of Mr. Gepp,

in his account of the Musci, that some of the collections whicb have

been recorded elsewhere as having been made on this expedition

failed to reach the Museum.

The Report on the Rock-specimens is written by Mr. G. T. Prior.

It is to be hoped that his surmise that ‘ future exploration may

possibly lead to the discovery of fossiliferous Mesozoic rocks ”

will be proved to be correct by the researches of the ‘ Discovery’

expedition.

Not the least valuable part of this book is contained in the

“Extracts from the Private Diary of the late Nicolai Hanson.”

These extracts have been rescued from oblivion by the efforts of

Dr. Sharpe. Nicolai Hanson, it will be remembered, was the

zoologist of the expedition, and was the only member thereof to

succumb to the rigours and hardships inseparable from a sojourn in

a region so inhospitable. Intended only for the perusal of his

wife, this diary naturally contained merely references to such zoolo-

gical facts as would be likely to interest one who was not a professed

zoologist. His detailed and scientific observations were entered in

a series of separate note-books which contained most precious

information concerning the life-history of the creatures which came

under his ken and of the specimens daily added by him and his

assistant Mr. Evans to the collection. ‘These note-books, we are

told, “were handed to the commander of the expedition by the

dying naturalist ....on the 14th of Oct., 1899.” The only record

we have of their contents are some observations from one of these

books by the commander of the expedition; the rest have disap-

peared, and with them the fruits of the untiring labours of him

whose zeal, as is shown by the diary to his wife, overtaxed his

strength and ultimately brought about his death. The loss to

zoological science of so gifted a naturalist is undoubtedly great,

but it is rendered doubly great by the deplorable disappearance

of these books, whereby he has been robbed of the reward of the

labours which cost him his life and this Report has been materially

impoverished.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the Histeride (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1902, vol. x. p. 273).

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

Owine to a misprint in Scudder’s list of genera I used the name

of Coptostethus in establishing a new genus. The name was used

in 1854 by Wollaston, so I wish to substitute Coptotrophis for

Coptostethus.

INDEX to VOC]

Acanthaspis, new species of, 184.

Acanthodon, new species of, 9, 320.

Adzide, characters of the new

family, 513.

Adrapsa, new species of, 502.

Aithriscus, characters of the new

genus, 329,

Ailurus, new subspecies of, 251.

Amorphosoma, new species of, 330.

Amphistiide, characters of the new

family, 800.

Ampulex, new species of, 54.

Apobletes, new species of, 223,

Arachnida, new, 6, 315, 368,

Aranez, new African, 9.

Ariolica, new species of, 49,

Arrow, G. J., on Tropical American

Dynastide, 137.

Asterolecanium, new species of, 468.

Asthala, new species of, 502.

Ateleopus, note on the genus, 402.

Atelopus, new species of, 397.

Atkins, E., on the bees of the family

Nomadide, 40. :

Barbus, synopsis of African species

of, 483; new species of, 426,

Batrachians, new, 152, 894.

Beecher, Prof. C. E., on Pennsyl-

vanian Phyllocarida, 76. ;

peers denee? sis, remarks on,

Lingham, Lt.-Col. C. T., on Hy-

eeuonnre from the Transvaal,

<Vi.

Bleptina, new species of, 500.

Bongo, on the Ee African representa-

tive of the, 309.

30ocercus, definition of the new

generic name, 309.

Books, new :—Paleontologia Indica,

ser. xvi. Wol. 1. pt. 3,7); meee

vol. i. pt. 2, 73; ser. 1x. vol. ai.

pt. 2, 170; ser. xv. vol. iii. pt. 1,

336 ; ser. xvi. vol. i. pt. 1, 340;

n. s. vol. i. pt. 3, 418; Interna-

tional Catalogue of Scientific

Literature, 333; Fauna of British

India, Rhynchota, 335; Biologia

Centrali- Americana— Hemiptera-

Heteroptera, vol. ii., 419; Koehler

and Bather’s Gephyrocrinus Gri-

waldii, 420; Duncan’s First Steps

in Photo-Micrography, 517; Re-

poe on the Collections of Natural

listory made during the Voyage

of the Southern Cross, 517.

Boulenger, G. A., on a new S.-

African Galeid Selachian, 51; on

Benedenius deneensis, 52; on new

Cichlid fishes from Lake Nyassa,

69; on the systematic position of

the genus Lampris and on the

suborder Catosteomi, 147 ; on new

S.-American apodal batrachians,

152; on anew Cyprinodontid fish,

153; on fishes from Gondokoro,

260; on the systematic position of

the Pleuronectide, 295; on new

batrachians and reptiles from Peru

and Bolivia, 394; on the genus

Ateleopus, 402; on new fishes

from Abyssinia, 421; on a new

species of Pseudechis, 494.

Brachysiderus, new species of, 146.

Brachytheliscus, characters of the

new genus, 317.

Broomiella, characters of the new

genus, 7.

INDEX. 521

Buccinum — greenlandicum,

variety of, 355.

Buto, new species of, 596.

Buthus, new species «f, 373.

Cecilia, new species of, 152.

Ceerostris, new species of, 326.

Caloptenopsis, new species of, 241.

Cambridge, F. P., on the genus

Latrodectus, 38 ; notes on nomen-

clature, 89.

Cameron, P., on new fossorial Hy-

menoptera from the Khasia hills,

lode

t , .

54, 77

Canthesancus, new species of, 178.

Catosteomi, on the new suborder,

147.

Centraspis, new species of, 292.

Centrocnemis, new species of, 181.

Centrolophus, notes on species of,

194.

Centruroides, new species of, 375.

Ceratocephala, note on a new species

of, 258.

Cerceris, new species of, 57, 214.

Cercopithecus, new species of, 243,

Cerilocus, new species of, 188.

Ceroma, new species of, 8.

Chimarrogale, new species of, 165.

Chrysomphalus, new species of, 470.

Clarias, new species of, 438.

Cleptria, new species of, 290.

Cleve, Prof. P. T., notes on recent

publications concerning Diatoms,

27.

Cremidophorus, new species of, 400.

Coccidie, new, 465,

Cockerell, T. D. A., on the bees of

the family Nomadide, 40; on

some Coccidee from Mexico, 465.

Coendou, new species of, 169, 249.

Coleoptera, new, 137, 223, 265, 380,

404, 439.

Coptostethus, characters of the new

genus, 273.

Corymica, new species of, 47.

Crabro, new species of, 59.

Crustacea, new, 3,361; of East Fin-

mark, on the, 476.

Crustacean fauna of New Zealand,

notes on the, 462.

Cubiceps, notes on species of, 122.

Curculionide, New 8.-African, 404,

439.

Cyclocephala, new species of, 188.

Cyclopes, new subspecies of, 250.

Cyrtocara, characters of the new

venus, 69,

new

Deesia, new species of, 6.

Decuernea, definition of the new

generic name, 465.

Diatoms, notes on recent publica-

tions concerning, 27.

Dinopsis, new species of, 325.

l)iscoelius, new species of, 218.

Distant, W. L., on the Hydrome-

tride, Henicocephalide, and Redu-

viidee, 173, 282.

Dittopternis, new species of, 240.

Donald, Miss J., on Proterozoic Gas-

teropoda, 75.

Duerden, Dr. J. E., on the morpho-

logy of the Madreporaria, 96, 382.

Dynastidz, on some Tropical Ameri-

can, 137.

East Finmark, on the natural his-

tory of, 541, 472.

Eblisia, new species of, 229.

Ketomocoris, new species of, 283,

Ectothyris, new species of, 48.

Elaps, new species of, 402.

Epeolus, note on the genus, 44.

Equidie, on the existing species of,

304.

Equus, new subspecies of, 308.

Eretmotus, new species of, 265,

Eriococcus, new species of, 469.

Erium, new species of, 465.

Euagrus, new species of, 318.

Eulota, new species of, 332.

Eumenes, new species of, 220.

Euprosthenops, new species of, 18.

Eupterote axesta, description of the

female of, 47.

EKusemia, new species of, 495.

Exosternus, characters of the new

genus, 233,

Fishes, new, 51, 69, 153, 264, 421 ;

on the classification of Teleostean,

147, 295.

Ganesella, new species of, 333.

Gasteropoda, on Proterozoic, 75.

Genetta, new species of, 162, 487,

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 75,

Graphipterus variegatus, on

stridulating-organ in, 154.

Gude, G. K., on two new land-shells,

332.

Heematolcecha, new species of, 289,

Tlarpactira, new species of, 316,

Hemitilapia, characters of the new

genus, 70.

{lenicocephalide, revision of the,

174.

the

522

Henicocephalus, new species of, 174.

Hermachastes, new species of, 14.

Heteroptera, new, 174, 283.

Heteropternis, new species of, 240.

Hipporrhinus, new species of, 404,

459,

Hister, new species of, 238,

Histeride, new, 223, 265.

Homalocranium, new species of, 401.

Homoptera, new, 465.

Hydrometride, revision of the, 173.

Hyla, new species of, 394.

Hylodes, new species of, 396.

Hymenoptera, new, 54, 77, 207.

Ia, characters of the new genus,

163.

Insidiatores, on the classification of

the, 511.

Ischyja, new species of, 497.

Khafra, characters of the new genus,

185.

Kirby, W. F., on new species of

Locustide, 239; on a new genus

and species of apterous locust,

380.

Lampris, on the systematic position

of the genus, 147.

Lankester, Dr. E. Ray, on the specific

name of the Okapi, 417.

Larifugide, characters of the new

family, 518.

Latrodectus, note on the genus, 38.

Lepidoptera, new, 47, 495.

Leptophis, new species of, 458.

Leucania Moorei, definition of the

new name, 80,

Lewis, G., on new species of His-

teride, 223, 265, 519.

Lichtensia, new species of, 467.

Liolemus, new species of, 397.

Lirus, notes on species of, 195.

Locustide, new, 259, 380.

Lonnberg, Dr. E., on snakes from

N.W. Argentine and Bolivia, 457.

Luvarus imperialis, on the syste-

matic position of, 278.

Lycomedes, new species of, 145.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on an abnormally

coloured plaice, 252; on an ex-

ample of Regalecus glesne, 253;

on sharks captured at St. An-

drews, 254; on British Nereide

and Staurocephalide, 255; on a

new Ceratocephala, 258.

Madoqua, new subspecies of, 242.

Madreporaria, on the morphology of

the, 96, 382.

ED Be p.e

Mammals, new, 159, 162, 168, 166,

169, 242, 243, 244, 246, 251, 308,

309, 311, 403, 417, 487, 491, 493,

516; of East Finmark, on the, 348,

472,

Mankuninga, characters of the

new genus, 183.

Marlianus, characters of the new

genus, 191.

Marmosa, new subspecies of, 159.

Marshall, G, A. K., on new 8. Afri-

can Curculionide, 404, 439.

Megalocrzerus, characters of the new

genus, 231.

Melecta, note on the genus, 45,

Mendis, new species of, 291.

Menneus, new species of, 325.

Mereschkowsky, C., notes on recent

publications concerning Diatoms,

27.

Meriones, new species of, 488.

Microtus, new species of, 167.

Mimon Bennettii, note on, 53.

Mindarus, new species of, 289.

Moggridgea, new species of, 319.

Mole of the Roman district, on the,

516,

Mollusca, new, 332; of East Fin-

mark, on the, 350, 473.

Mus, new species of, 490, 491.

Myotis, new species of, 493.

Myzine, new species of, 88.

Nagoda, new species of, 47.

Nemachilus, new species of, 437.

Nereidze, on British and other, 255,

258.

Nitornus, new species of, 177,

Nomada, note on the genus, 41.

Nomadidz, on the family, 40.

Nomenclature, notes on, 89.

Nomeus, note on the genus, 121.

Norman, Canon A. M., on the

natural history of Kast Finmark,

34), 472.

Notodoma, new species of, 267.

Odynerus, new species of, 222.

Okapia, new species of, 417.

Omalodes, new species of, 237.

Onus mustela, on the pelvic fins in

the postlarval and young stages of,

132.

Opaon, characters of the new genus,

380.

Opiliones, on the morphology and

classification of the, 504.

Opistoplatys, new species of, 176,

Oreosaurus, new species of, 400, -

INDEX. 52e

Orestias, new species of, 153,

Orthoptera, new, 239, 380.

Oryctolagus, new subspecies of, 244.

Oryzomys, new subspecies of, 247.

Otomys, new species of, 311.

Oxeenanus, new species of, 503,

Pachycrverus, new species of, 231.

Palpimanus, new species of, 18,

Palystes, new species of, 25, 27.

Pandinus, new species of, 368.

Parabuthus, notes on some species

of, 365.

Paramithrax, new species of, 361.

Parasa, new species of, 48.

Paratilapia, new species of, 69, 264.

Paul, ). M., on the pelvic fins in the

postlarval and young stages of

Onus mustela, 132.

Pelmatorycter, characters of the new

genus, 12.

Peprilus, note on the genus, 204.

Petrochromis, new species of, 70.

Phelister, new species of, 235.

Philanthus, new species of, 65, 212.

Philodryas, new species of, 460.

Phoxonotus, new species of, 269.

'Phyllomedusa, new species of, 395.

Phyllotis, new subspecies of, 248.

Pirates, new species of, 284.

Plagiostethi, on the classification of

the, 504.

Plaice, on an abnormally-coloured,

252.

Platymeris, new species of, 185.

Platyoides, new species of, 19.

Platysoma, new species of, 226.

Pleurocrypta, new species of, 3.

Pleuronectidee, on the systematic

position of the, 295.

Pocock, R. 1., on new African Soli-

fuge and Aranee, 6; on the

stridulating-organ in Graphipterus

yariegatus, 164; on the existing

species of Equidz and anew sub-

species of Zebra, 504; on some

new African spiders, 515; on. the

systematics of scorpions, 364; on

the morphology and classification

of the Opiliones, 504.

Podateles, definition of the new

generic name, 403.

Pompilus, new species of, 82.

Prostherapis, new species of, 397.

Psen, new species of, 63,

Psenes, notes on species of, 124.

Psenopsis, notes on species of, 130.

Pseudagenia, new species of, 66, 207.

Pseudechis, new species of, 494.

Pygolampis, new species of, 176.

Reduviide, revision of the, 175,

282.

Reduyius, new species of, 182.

Regalecus glesne, note on an example

of, 253.

Regan, C. T., revision of the Stro-

mateidee, 115, 194; on the sys-

tematic position of Luyarus impe-

rials, 278.

Reninus, new species of, 271.

Reptiles, new, 397, 457, 494.

Rhinatrema, new species of, 153.

Rhodoneura, new species of, 50.

Rhopalurus, new species of, 3877.

Rhynchocyon, new species of, 403.

Rothus, new species of, 16.

Saica, new species of, 175.

Saimiri, new subspecies of, 246.

Salius, new species of, 77.

Santosia, new species of, 288.

Schottus, characters of the

genus, 293,

Scodra, new species of, 315.

Scorpions, contribution to the sys-

tematics of, 364.

Scott, T., on Scottish Crustacea, 1.

Scylliogaleus, characters of the new

genus, Ol.

Scytodes, new species of, 321.

Selenops, new species of, 21, 330.

Seriolella, notes on species of, 127.

Sharks, on, captured at St. Andrews,

254.

Sirthenea, new species of, 286.

Sminthopsis, new subspecies of, 492,

Sminthus, new species of, 190.

Solifuge, new African, 6.

Sparassus, new species of, 25.

Spencerella, new species of, 17,

Spiniger, new species of, 187.

Spodistes, new species of, 145.

Stasimopus, new species of, 9, 319.

Staurocephalide, on British, 257.

Stenotrophis, characters of the new

genus, 250.

Sthenometopa, definition of the new

generic name, 481].

Stromateide, revision of the, 115,

194,

Stromateoides, notes on species of,

205.

Stromateus, notes on species of,

203.

Swinhoe, Co]. C., on new Eastern

and Australian moths, 47, 495.

new

524

Sypna, new species of, 496.

Tachytes, new species of, 64.

Takahashia, new species of, 466.

Talpa, new species of, 516.

Teretriosoma, new species of, 2

Teretrius, new species of, 276.

Tetragonurus, note on the

206.

Thalassius, new species of, 15.

Thomas, O., on the genera Mimon

and Tonatia, 53; on Marmosa

marmota and elegans, 158; on the

genet of the Balearic Islands,

162; on new mammals from

China, 163; on a new vole, 166;

on a new Centr.-American por-

cupine, 169; on a new dik-dik

from Brit. E. Africa, 242; on a

new monkey from Nyasaland, 243 ;

on two new hares, 244; on new

forms of Saimiri &c., 246; on the

panda of Sze-chuen, 251; on the

E.-African representative of the

Congo, 309; on new forms of

Otomys, 311 ; on a new Rhyncho-

eyon from Nyasaland, 403; on

new Australian mammals from

Arabia and Persia, 487; on new

genus,

LN DER

Australian mammals, 491; on

Azara’s Chauve-souris onziéme,

493; on the mole of the Roman

district, 516. ;

Thomson, G. M., on a new species

of Paramithrax, 361; on the

Crustacean fauna of New Zealand,

462.

Tiarodes, new species of, 190.

Tiphia, new species of, 86.

Tityus, new species of, 378.

Tonatia, note on the genus, 53.

Triznobunide, characters of the new

family, 512.

Tribelocephala, new species of, 175.

Tropidurus, new species of, 399.

Tryponzeus, new species of, 272.

Urodacus, new species of, 370.

Vilius, new species of, 292.

Vulpes, new species of, 489.

Waterhouse, C. O., on two new Bu-

prestidze, 330.

Xyloneus, characters of the new

genus, 274.

Zeorhombi, characters of the new

division, 302.

Zethes, new species of, 499.

Zirta, new species of, 290.

END OF THE TENTH VOLUME.

PRIN IED BY

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

pay:

(isis)

a -

‘ ae 7

MOM A) 40:

a" iy De at at

iin A ie .

Aste ee

ce i \

Now

Bt iapsatne Petri.

vrie 7

" Ss -

es i

——eewA VEC. JUL 2-968

QH The Annals and magazine of

, natural history

Biological

& Medica)

Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE

CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

le Mathie Sidecar ed

vers

Pale SP ION te CE Be

Ore et

ue awe nes ety Sorcnte

NS A set I a ee

r ee ate ee

fle a deak as oe

NNR TE ee ar RE

Sy MET ETE rey Te eC oka

os hey

APE Bee ae EE

FEE OS EEE SN WTF TELE IN

Sabi aint A wih deste etn ote Haas ead

hi ited edeaicahs deat sed

OE Ue

we :

Se er ore eR Mt it

bao aed Aw

A Te eee Qi dae

CVO CMVISTA VE WOr ey Lene ee

teh rh ee aL A Le ee aie hel

x I er en eat at ete de ee LS on See a

PNW vee thy 4 Ay oe

2 ey

Lent Atlas AULD te tien nee ee Sk eee

TENE ate 88

PPE EEN.

NE TOA

een ta

Cpe abels Miah Mstied Ge ah)

ORE EE SAR ae WAN WN ry epg g

ripe hs 02. drt eh M Sweeny:

gi Wee MEA NaS se geet UA be A t se

SA SoS poh tytn e tee

See re eee are cystebe et ROPE Gest Pw ab tees Wh op.

PAS PORN err te Se - $58 id i Ow Sita ae w Goethe eda weer ican,